LIBPtARY OF CONGRESS.! 



\ I li70 : 

! UNITED STATES OP AMERICA. « 



A 



LEXICON TO XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 

llbapteti to all i\)t common (!^tiitionj5(. 



FOR THE USE BOTH OF BEGINNERS AND OF MORE 
ADVANCED STUDENTS. 



ALPHEUS CEOSBY, 

PEOFESSOR EMERITUS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN 
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 



TOGETHER WITH 

INTRODUCTION TO ANABASIS, NOTES ON THE 

SEVEN BOOKS, GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES, 

RECORDS OF MARCHES, 

ETC., ETC. 
THE NOTES, ETC.. EDITED FEOM PROFESSOR CROSBY'S MSS. 

By J. A. SPENCER, S. T. D., 

PEOPESSOE OF GREEK IN THE COLLEGE OF THE CITY OP NEW TOEK. 



NEW YORK AND CHICAGO : '■ 

POTTER, AINSWORTH, AND COMPANY. 
1875. 



THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOJf, 

With copious Notes, Introduction, Map of tlie Expedition, and Eetreat of 
the Ten Thousand, and a full and complete Lexicon. For the use of 
Schools and Colleges. By Alphetjs Ceosby, late Professor Emeritus 
of the Greek Language and Literature in Dartmouth College. Edited 
from Professor Crosby's MSS., by J. A. Spencer, S. T. D., Professor of 
the Greek Language" and Literature in the College of the City of 
New York. 

For the convenience of students and teachers, Crosby's Anabasis is fur- 
nished to them as follows : — 

1. The Anabasis complete, Seven Sooks (as above). 1 vol. 12mo. Price, 

$2.25. 

3. The Anabasis, First Four Books, with Notes, Lexicon, etc. 1 vol. 
Price, 1 2,00. 

3. The Greek Text of the Seven Books, with Summary of Contents, Map, 

etc. 1 vol. Price, 1 1.25. 

4. The Lexicon to the Seven Books, the Notes, Introduction, Map, etc. 

1vol. Price, $1.25. 



COPTEIGHT, 1875. 

By MARTHA K. CROSBY. 



University Press : Welch, Bigelow, & Co., 

Cambridge. 



PREFACE 



Shall the student commeiice tlie reading of Greek with a general 
or a special lexicon 1 If the former is chosen, he must expect, 

1. Greater labor in finding words. The time required for finding 
a word in a lexicon is nearly in the direct ratio of the size of the hook, 
and the number of words in its list. The larger the book, the more 
pages must be turned over, or the more matter scrutinized on a page, 
— commonly both ; and the longer its list, the more words must be 
looked at, before the right one catches the eye. This would seem 
quite too obvious for remark, were not its disregard so common, and 
so costly of time to the learner. 

2. More labor in finding the required signification. How much time 
is often painfully spent in looking through a long article, — where 
various meanings, illustrative examples, translations of these examples, 
references, and remarks are commingled, — before the eye lights upon 
an appropriate signification ; and even after this, not unfrequently, 
how much in addition, before the diff'erent admissible meanings can be 
brought together and compared for the selection of the best ! 

3. A dijficulty in finding some words at all. This difiiculty occurs 
in the Greek far more than in most languages, from the many euphonic 
and emphatic changes in its inflection, from crasis, and especially from 
the various forms of the augment and reduplication, which often render 
it uncertain even under what letter the search should be commenced. 
The considerations first presented have also a special application to the 
Greek, from the copiousness of its vocabulary, and from the variety of 
form and use which its words obtained through so many centuries, 
dialects, and kinds of literature. 

If relief from these disadvantages is sought in the use of an abridged 
general lexicon, then a more serious evil is often substituted, — the 
absence of what is needed, in the place of labor in finding it. 

The great use which is wisely made of Xenophon's Anabasis in 
elementary study seems to entitle it to all the advantages which a 
special lexicon can confer. In more advanced reading, when com- 
paratively few words present themselves as strangers, and a more 
comprehensive view of the language is sought, there can, of course, 
be no adequate substitute for a good general lexicon. 



IV PREFACE. 

It must also be confessed that special lexicons, in their appropriate 
sphere, have not been free from objections. One of their most common 
faults has been a defect in the vocabulary. It is exceedingly difficult, 
in the first attempt, to make a complete list of the words used in a 
particular book ; and the words of most frequent occurrence are pre- 
cisely those which are most apt to pass the collector's eye without 
attracting notice. Yet it is none the less on this account a severe trial 
to the student's patience to be " sent to April," — to waste his time in~ 
searching for that which is not to be found, simply because it does not 
exist. Another frequent defect has been the meagreness of information 
respecting the words presented, both as to form and meaning, and 
especially as to that connection and explanation of meanings which are 
so important to the learner. 

Some special lexicons have been rendered less useful to the student 
in quite a different w^ay. Their authors, in seeking to make them 
commentaries upon the text, have so referred the different meanings 
to the passages in which they occur, as to leave little exercise for his 
own judgment in the choice, thus depriving him of one of the great 
benefits of linguistic study. 

An earnest effort has been made in the present work to avoid, so 
far as might be, these defects. The list of words in the Anabasis was 
already nearly complete through the labors of others. To guard 
against the omission of required forms and meanings, the text has 
been read again and again with pen in hand ; and much pains has like- 
wise been taken in tracing back derived to primitive senses, while the 
syntactic constructions found in the text have also been quite fully 
stated. The significations of words have been presented with much 
copiousness, and different modes of translation have been offered to 
the student's choice ; but that choice has been left, for the most part, 
uninfluenced, so that he should have the fullest benefit of the inde- 
pendent exercise of his own judgment. At the same time, every word 
has been referred to one or more places where it occurs, preference 
being given to the earliest place, as that with which the word should 
usually be most closely associated in the student's mind. 

An asterisk (*) has been attached to many words which occur in 
tables of irregular verbs, or in respect to whose form or use the student 
may profitably consult other parts of his grammar. This consultation 
he will readily make through familiarity with its pages, or the use of 
a full Greek Index. This general mode of reference has been adopted 
as saving room, and as applying alike to different grammars. Even in 
cases where reference has been made to a particular grammar, others 



PBEFACE. V 

cau be consulted through their indexes. The author has also aimed at 
impartiality towards different editions of the Anabasis, by presenting 
their various readings. 

Proper names are here treated with more fulness than has been usual 
in works of this kind ; chiefly by giving such information as the 
student might desire in addition to that which the text itself furnishes. 
The modern identifications of ancient places are in part quite certain ; 
but there are some in respect to which the most painstaking and 
reliable travellers and geographers so differ, that it must simply be 
understood that that is here given which seemed most probable after 
the comparison of different authorities. A similar remark should be 
made respecting dates ; in which there is this especial element of 
difference, that the Greek Olympic year was divided about equally 
between two years of our chronology. 

It has been a pleasure to the writer, that in preparing this work he 
brings himself into direct competition or comparison with no one. 
No Greek and English lexicon to the Anabasis, beyond the first three 
books, has ever been published. To those who have Avritten such 
lexicons in Greek and German, — Marbach, Theiss, Kriiger, Matthia, 
VoUbrecht, Strack (as successor to Theiss), and Holtzmann (for the 
Anabasis with the Cyropaedia), — he gratefully acknowledges his obli- 
gations ; as also to that thesaurus of Xenophontic learning, the Lexicon 
Xenophonteum, and to the lexicons in Greek and English which haA^e 
been prepared for the first two or three books, by Professor Boise, whom 
we rejoice to claim as an American scholar, and more briefly by 
Isbister and Fergusson. In making these acknowledgments to other 
works, however, it ought perhaps to be said, that the present lexicon 
is not a translation or compilation from these, but has been for the 
most part prepared directly from the Anabasis itself, the pages of 
which have been turned often enough, whatever may have been the 
success, to satisfy even the familiar precept of Horace, 

" Vos exemplaria Grseca 
Nocturna versate manu, versate diuma." 

Would that the graceful words of another were no more needed here 
than where they were first written ! " I am not so sanguine as to hope 
that I have escaped errors. He would be a bold man, who, even after 
years of study, should suppose that he had eliminated all the chances of 
error in treating of a language which is so delicate, so exquisite, and so 
perfect a medium for the expression of thought, as the Greek language 
is felt to be by all who have studied it. Some critics may doubtless 



VI PREFACE. 

regard as erroneous, views which I may have deliberately adopJ:ed, 
and which I believe I could adequately defend ; but independently of 
these I may doubtless have fallen into positive mistakes, 
' quas aut incuria fudit, 
Aut humana j)aruin cavit natura. ' 

For the correction of any such errors I shall be grateful." 

Postscript. This work, announced a year and a half since, was all 
in type, with its preface, before the writer learned that another Greek and 
English Lexicon to' the Anabasis was in preparation. He welcomes the 
attestation which is thus given to the need of such a work. — May, 1873. 



EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. 

1. Words are to be here sought, as in other lexicons, under their themes ; 
yet other forms have been placed in the alphabetic list, when direction to 
the theme seemed desirable. If an augmented or rediqMcated form begins 
with t) (not beginning the theme), look first, unless otherwise directed, un- 
der a ; with t), under ai ; with «, under o ; with tp, under oi ; with 6 before 
a consonant, under that consonant ; with a consonant before €, under the 
consonant following. Long a, t, and m are commonly marked where they 
might have been supposed short, except in familiar endings. 

2. Methods of inflection are denoted in the usual way : viz., in nouns, 
by showing the forms of the Nom. and Gen.; in adjectives, by showing 
the forms of the Nom., and in special cases of the Gen., the Compar. and 
Superl. being also noticed (often simply by c, s.), if they occur in the Anab- 
asis ; in VERBS, by showing the forms of the Pres., Firt., and commonly 
Perf., and sometimes also of other tenses, especially the 2 Aor., if they occur 
and require notice. The "Attic Future" is commonly noted, if in use. 
The familiar method of indicating forms by their endings has been usually 
followed, where it seemed to be quite sufficient ; and some forms are marked 
as late or rare. Where a verb is compounded with a preposition, the forms 
added to the theme are commonly those of the simple verb ; and in prefixing 
the preposition to these, there must be a careful regard to euphonic changes. 

3. The PART OF SPEECH to which a word belongs will appear from its 
inflection or use. LTninflected words, not marked as indeclinable, will be 
considered adverbs, unless otherwise stated or shown. The gender of nouns 
as marked in the usual way, except in Dec. 1, neuters of Dec. 2, and the 
jiames of persons, where the general rules render it needless. 

4. The COMPOSITION of words is extensively indicated by hyphens sep- 
arating their parts ; and their derivation, by obelisks pointing up (|) or 
down (t ) to the source, — several successive derivatives being sometimes so 
referred, and a double obelisk ( J ) showing that the word lies between a more 
immediate and a more remote source. Simples and ju'iniitives have been 
given in the iisual manner, within parentheses, whenever there seemed to be 
need ; and regularly ti'anslated, unless they also occur in the alphabetic 
list. A few words have been added to this list in brackets, simply for the 
sake of their derivatives or compounds. . 



EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. VU 

5. Such MEANINGS as would be chosen in translation are usually printed 
in Italics, and explanatory meanings or remarks in Roman letters, — the 
stricter meanings leading. "When a form of translation is equivocal, the 
sense in which it is here used will be inferred from adjoining forms. The 
student will, it is hoped, select carefully from the forms given, and often 
seek for himself others, perhaps more idiomatic. Latin cognates or equiva- 
lents have been often added in Roman letters for comparison ; and a few 
have been dra-\ATi from other languages specially stated. Attention has been 
often called to English derivatives or cognates by printing them in small 
capitals ; even though some of them, it will be observed, come to us more 
immeaiately from the Latin. Proper names in -wv, g. -wvos, admit a double 
form in Latin: as, ISlei^uiu, Menon or Meno. 

6. Much effort has been used so to state and arrange the meanings that 
the student shall be aided in the work, which is earnestly commended to 
him, of constantly tracing derived from original senses ; of observing the 
force of each element of a compound, even when not distinctly translated ; 
and of discerning the distinction of words which may be translated alike. 
The prepositions, for example, give full range for each part of this Avork ; and, 
while they seem to be often translated without discrimination or not to need 
translation, their original distinctions should not be lost sight of, — that ev, 
€15, €^, and 8id refer primarily to the interior, and are hence so greatly used 
with names of places ; dird and ortiv to mere outward connection ; irapd to the 
side, and irpos to the front, whence they are so much used Avith the names 
of persons ; &c. Other familiar illustrations are found in the distinctions 
between demonstrative pronouns in -tos and those in -8e ; between the sub- 
stantive verbs €i(xt and ■yi'yvoiAai (&e and become) ; between the negatives ov 
and HTJ • the conjunctions Kai, 8e', and dWd • &c. 

7. The CONSTRUCTION of Avords, so far as presented in the Anabasis, is 
usually shoAvn, after their translation, by small capitals or by particles ; — 
G. shoAving that the word is grammatically followed by the Gen. ; D., by the 
Dat. ; A., by the Ace. (ae, marking the Ace. of Effect); i., by the Inf. 
(sometimes, in strict analysis, rather the subject), while i. (a.) shoAvs that 
this Inf. may have a subject Ace; p., by a Participle; cp., by a Comple- 
mentary (in a fcAV cases. Final) Clause ; diro, els, a>s, &c. , by these particles. 
The sign a. sometimes occurs where the Ace. is only indicated by the use 
of the passive voice. Signs not separated by a comma indicate constructions 
that are found together. In the citations, some words Avhich may be ex- 
pressed or omitted, or may take the place of others, are inclosed in paren- 
theses : see djxa, vv^, 6, oij/e. 

8. References are made to the Anabasis by giAdng the book in Roman, 
and the chapter and section in Arabic numerals ; a period, according to the 
English system, separating the chapter from the section, and a comma sep- 
arating tAvo sections of the same chapter. The interrogation-point here 
indicates a various reading, of more or less claim to regard. Special refer- 
ences to the Avriter's ReAdsed and Compendious Grammars are made by figures 
in the older style (as 238). The letter s is often added to a reference to 
signify and the following ; and rarely, a small "• aboA^e the line, to show that 
the reference is to the Revised Grammar only. 

9. Parallels ( ii ) are used to mark a place in modern geography, Avhich is 
believed to correspond closely or nearly Avith the ancient place spoken of in 
the paragraph (cf. page v.). It is Avell knoAvn how various is the orthography 
of modern names Avithin the region of the Anabasis. In the pronunciation 
of these names as here printed, a is usually pronounced as in fatlier, fast, or 
Tnan, e as infete or men, i as in marine ov pin, as in hope or hop, u like 00 
in cool or hook, ch as in chin, and j as in jet. In the Turkish, these names 
have so little distinctive accent, that, like French names, they are apt to 



EXPLANATIONS. ABBREVIATIONS. 



impress the English ear as if accented upon the last syllable ; and hence 
they are often so marked, Burun here signifies promontory, Chai or Irmak 
river, Dagh mountain, Dereh valley, Hissar castle, Keui or Koi village, Ovah 
23lain, Shehr city, town, Su icater, stream, Ak tvhite, Eski old, Kara hladc, 
&c. Among the Greeks, there is now a strong tendency to preserve or revive 
the ancient names of places. 

10. A full LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS follows, though they are generally 
such as to require no explanation : — 



A., acc, accusative: 2 a., 

two accusatives. 
A., a., act., active. 
a., aor., aorist, 

A. D., Anno Domini, 
abs., absolute. 

acc. to, according to. 
adj., adjective, -ly. 
adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. 
AE., accusative of effect, 
^sch. Prom., Prometheus 

of JEschylus. 
Anab., Anabasis, 
apostr., apost., apostrophe, 
art., article. 
Att., Attic, 
attr., attraction, 
aug., augment. 

B. c, before Christ, 
bef , before. 

c, compar., comparative, 
cf., confer, compare, con- 
ch., chiefly. [suit. 
cog., cogn., cognate, 
comm., commonly. 
complem.,complementary. 
compos., composition, 
conj., conjvmction. 
constr., construction : 

const. pra}g., constructio 

praegnans. 
contr., cont., contracted, 
cop., copulative. 
CP. , complementary clause. 
Cyr., Cyropsedia. 
D., d., dat., dative. 
Dan., Daniel, 
dec, declension, 
demonst., demonstrative, 
dep., deponent, 
der., derivative, 
dim., diminutive. 
Diod., Diodorus Siculus. 
Dor., Doric, 
e, g., exempli gratia, for 

example. 
end., enclit., enclitic. 
Eng., English. 
Ep., Epic, 
esp., especially. 



euphon., euphonic. 

exc, except. 

Ezek., Ezekiel. 

f,, fut., future : f, pf., fut- 
ure perfect, 

feni., feminine. 

Fr., French. — fr., from. 

ft., feet. 

G., g., gen., genitive : 2 G., 
two genitives. 

Gen., Genesis. 

Germ., German. 

Hdt., Herodotus. 

Heb., Hebrew. [ophon. 

Hel., Hellenica of Xen- 

Hom. , Homer : — Apoll. , 
Hynni to Apollo; II., 
Iliad; Od., Odyssey. 

I., inf, infinitive: i. (a.), 
infinitive with subject 
accusative. 

i. e., id est, that is. 

impers., impersonal, -ly. 

iniv., imperative. 

in., inches. 

ind., indicative, 

indecL, indeclinable. 

indef., indefinite. 

interrog., interrogative. 

intrans., intransitive, -ly. 

Ion., Ionic. 

ipf., imperfect. 

1., late. 

Lat., Latin. 

lbs., pounds. .. 

Lucr., Lucretius. 

M., m., mid., middle. 

masc, masculine. 

metath,, metathesis, 

meton., metonymy. 

mss,, manuscripts. 

Mt., Mount. 

neg., negative. 

Neh., Nehemiah. 

neut,, neuter. 

nom., nominative. 

Numb., Numbers. 

om., omitted. 

opp., opposed. 

opt., optative. 



orig., originally. 

oz., ounces. 

p., pt., part., participle. 

P., p., pass., passive. 

periphr., periphrasis. 

Pers., Persian. 

pers., person, -al, -ally. 

pf,, perf , perfect. 

pi., plur., plural. 

pleon., pleonastically. 

pip., plup,, pluperfect. 

poet,, po., poetic. 

post-pos. , post-positive. 

pr., pres., present. 

prep., preposition, 

pret, preteritive, -ly. 

prob., probably. 

pron., pronoun. 

prop., proper, -ly. 

q. v ., quod vide, which see. 

X., rare, -ly. 

', Revised Grammar. 

redupl. , reduplication. 

refl,, reflex,, reflexive, -ly. 

rel., relative. 

s, sequens, and the follow- 
ing, [tive. 

s., sup,, superl,, superla- 

Sans., Sanskrit, 

sc, scilicet, namely, under- 
stand. 

sing., singular: 2 sing., 2d 
person singular, &c. 

sp., specially. [tion. 

spec, specif., specifica- 

subj . , su bj uncti ve. 

subj. A,, subject accusa- 
tive, 

subst., substantive, -ly. 

sync, syncopated. 

Thuc, Thucydides. 

trans., transitive, -ly. 

usu,, usually, 

V. I., varia lectio, various 



Virg. , Virgil : — ^n. , Mno- 

id ; G. , Georgic. 
voc, vocative, 
w., with. 
Xeu., Xen ophon. 



For the signs 4, t, X, as here used, see 4 above ; for ?, 8 ; for |j, 9 ; for *, page iv. 



LEXICON 



[d-,* an inseparable particle, com- 
monly denoting privation or negation, 
and then called a- lyrivativc (akin to 
&vev without, the Lat. in-, and the 
Eng. and Germ, un-, and having com- 
monly the fuller form dv- before a 
vowel) ; but sometimes denoting M7iiwi, 
likeness, or intensity, and then called 
a- copulative (akin to iifxa together, and 
having also the form d-) ; 385 a.] 

&, &-"ir€p, see 6s, ocr-irep, i. 2. 27. 

A-PttTos, ov, {§a'Lvo3) impassable (on 
foot, by fording, for a horse, &c.), in- 
accessible, not fordctble, iii. 4. 49 : v. 6. 9. 

'APpo^eXii-qs, ov, Abrozelmes, inter- 
preter to Seuthes, vii. 6. 43 ? 

'APpoKo^ias, a, Abrocornas, satrap of 
Phcenicia, and commander of a fourth 
part of the army* of Artaxerxes. On 
the approach of Cyrus, he appears to 
have considered the result doubtful, 
and to have pursued a course of selfish 
policy. As if a friend to Artaxerxes, 
he burned the boats for crossing the 
Euphrates, and marched as to aid the 
king ; but, as if no enemy to Cyrus, 
he nowhere opposed his march, and 
did not reach the king till five days 
after the battle of Cunaxa. i. 3. 20. 

"ApiJSos, ov, 7], Abyclus, a city built 
by the Milesians upon the Asiatic side 
of the Hellespont, where the strait is 
narrowest. This spot, now Cape N"a- 
gara, is famed for the bridge of Xerx- 
es, and the loves of Hero and Lean- 
der. i. 1. 9. 

Q.ya.'^ui, &c., see 1x70;, i. 3. 5, J7. 

aYaSos, -q, bv (akin to Germ, gut, our 
good, with d- intensive or euphonic); 
c. and s.* ajxeiuiov, apLaros • ^eXrlwv, 

^eXTKTTOS • KpeLTTCJU, KpaTLCTTOS ' XuXxJP, 

X'^rros ' good, virtuous ; good in war 
{els TTjXeixov i. 9. 14s), brave, valiant ; 
beneficial, advantageous, useful, ser- 
viceah/e, desirable, valuable ; good for 

LKX. AN. 1 



L. 'Ayt^o-CXoos 

prodvicing, fertile ; ii. 4. 22 ; 6. 19 : iv, 
4. 9 : — neut. subst. , a good thing, good, 
benefit, advantage, blessing, service, 
favor ; also pi. goods, provisions, sup- 
plies, possessions ; iir dyadu) for one's 
good; ii. 1. 12; 3. 20: iii. 1. 20s ; 5. 1: 
V. 8. 18. See /caXos. 

d-ydXXo),* aXuJ, to adorn : M. to take 
pride in, be proud of, glory in, D., 
kiri, ii. 6. 26. 

dYafiai,^ dydo-o^tai Ep., a. p. as m. 
ifyd(xdr}v, to admire, A,, i. 1. 9. 

^ixyoy adv., very, very inuch, exceed- 
ingly, vii. 6. 39. 

j. d-yairdii), ■»7<Ta>, ijiydinjKa, to love, treat 
with afi^ection, A.; be content or well 
pleased, on : i. 9, 29 : v. 5. 13. 

4.*A'ya(rias, ov, Agasias, a lochage 
under Proxenus, from Stymphalus in 
Arcadia. He was one of the bravest 
and most enterprising of the Cyreans, 
and a firm friend of Xenophon. iii. 1. 31 : 
iv. 1. 27.— 2. V. I. for Bacrias, vii. 8. 10. 

j-dYao-Tos, 77, 6v, admirable, worthy 
ojf admiration, i. 9. 24. 

dyyeiov, ov, {ayyos vessel for con- 
taining) a vessel, receptacle, pail, jar, 
vi. 4. 23: vii. 4. 3. 

tdyyeXia, as, a message, report, an- 
nouncement, ii. 3. 19. 

t dyyeXXo), *eX w, ^yyeXKa, to announce, 
report, A. P. D., i. 7. 13: ii. 3. 19. 

dyyeXos, ov, 6 ij, (ayo)) a messenger, 
i. 2. 21 : ii. 3. 3. Der. angel. 
&7€, see dyw, ii. 2. 10. 
dY€ipca,* a. ijyeipa, (070;) to brin^ 
together, collect, assemble, A., iii. 2. 13. 
d-7€'veLos, ou, (yeueiov, chin, beard) 
beardless, ii. 6. 28. 

'A^iio-i-Xdos, 01;, Agesildus, one of 
the most eminent of the kings of 
Sparta, succeeding his brother Agis, 
B. c. 398, to the exclusion of his 
nephew Leotychides, and reigning 
with great fame for military prowess, 



'A-ytas 



2 



dSiKcci) 



simplicity of manners, integrity, and 
patriotism, till his death in the win- 
ter of 361-0, at the age of 80. He 
was lame, and insignificant in general 
appearance. He was sent into Asia 
Minor, b. c. 396, to prosecute the war 
against the Persians ; but was recalled 
from the plans and promise of great 
accomplishment, in 394, to sustain 
Sparta against the Thebans, Athenians, 
kc, over whom he gained the battle 
of Coronea. Xenoplion served under 
him in Asia, and returned with him 
to Greece, v. 3, 6. 

'AyCaSy ov, Agias, a Cyrean general 
from Arcadia, slain through the treach- 
ery of Tissaphernes. He prob, com- 
manded troops left by Xenias or Pa- 
sion. ii. 5. 31 ; 6. 30. 

&7K0S, eos, TO, a bend or hollow, 
valley, glen, dell, iv. 1, 7. Cf. Lat. 
uncus, angulus. 

^d^Ktipa, as, ancora, an ANCHOR, 
iii. 5. 10. 

d-'yvo^w, Tjerw, rjyvdrjKa, (yvo- in 74- 
ypwa-KO}} not to know or recognize, to he 
ignorant or in doubt, cp., iv. 5. 7: vi. 
5. 12: vii. 3. 38. 
td'yvcofiocrvvT], rjs, want of sense ; pi, 
inisunder standings, ii. 5. 6. 

d-'YV(d|xci)v, Of, g. ojfos, (yvdofxr]) de- 
void of sense, thoughtless, inconsiderate, 
ignorant, vii. 6. 23, 38. 

dyopd, as, {dyeipo}) an assembly ; 
'place of assembly (Lat. forum), market- 
place (the same open place in a city 
being commonly used for both pur- 
poses) ; market, provisions or supplies 
for sale ; i. 2. 10; 3. 14: v. 7. 3: vi. 6. 
3 : irap^x^LV dyopdu to afford or provide 
a market, offer provisions for sale, ii. 
3. 26 s : 01 €K TTjs dyopds f(f)evyov those 
in the market fled frorti it, or the mar- 
ket-men fled, 704 a, i. 2. 18 : dyopd 
irXridovaa, the time of full market, the 
middle of the forenoon, and from that 
time till noon, i. 8. 1. See Kepafiwv. 
\.dyopaX,<a, d<ro}, yfybpaKa, to buy, pur- 
chase : M. to buy for one's self : A. : 
i. 3. 14 ; 5. 10 : vii. 3. 5. 

4. dYopd-vofJLOS, 01;, 6, (vifiw) a super- 
intendent or inspector of the market, 
market-director, market-master; hav- 
ing the general care and direction in 
respect to order, fairness of dealing, 
the quality of the provisions, and often 
their price ; v. 7. 2, 23 s. 



i dyopivo), evao), rjyjpevKa., (comm. f. 
ep<3, pf. eipyjKa, 2 a. €liroi>) to address 
an assembly, harangue, speak, intro- 
duce a subject, A. e/s, v. 6. 27. 

td7pcvft), e{)(T(j), (ay pa field-roaming, 
hunting) to hunt, take in the chase, 
A., V. 3. 8. 

td^ptos, a, ov, living in the field, 
ivild, i. 2. 7; 5. 2. Cf. agrestis. 

d^pos, ov, 6, (cog. ager. Germ, acker, 
our ac7x) field, land, country as opp. 
to city, V. 3. 9 : vi. 2. 8. 

dYp-virvew, ijao}, {dyp-virvos sleep- 
hunting ? sleepless) to lie awake, watchy 
irpo, vii. 6. 36. 

d^o),* d^w, ^xctj 2 a. -^yayov, ago, 
to put in motion, to lead a person, 
army, animal, &c. ; conduct, direct, 
bring, carry, convey; lead on, ad- 
vance; A. eis, iiri, &c.; i. 3. 5; 6. 10; 
9. 27: iv. 3. 5 ; 8. 12 : vi. 3. 18 : i^cv- 
X'^av or eip-qv-qv dyetv to lead a qidet or 
peacef^d life, iii. 1. 14 : <l>epet.v Kal 
dyeiv ferre et agere, to carry and lead 
off, to plunder, spoil, despoil, harry, 
by carrying off things and leading off 
cattle, A. (of booty taken or persons 
robbed), v. 5. 13 : ii. 6. 5 : dye (5^), 
dyere {5rj}, come {now)l ii. 2. 10 : v. 4. 
9 : dywv bringing, with, 674 b, v. 4. 
11: M. to bring one's own things. A., 
i. 10. 17. 

4d'Y»'yi|jLos, Of, portable ; rd dyibyifia, 
the things to be csiYried, freight, v. 1 . 16. 
idydiv, wvos, 6, a bringing together, 
gathering, assembly, especially to wit- 
ness a game or contest ; hence a game 
or games, contest, strife, encounter, 
struggle, i. 2. 10 ; 7. 4. Der. agony, 
I d'ywvCl^op.ai, LaofjLac loOfxat, Tjyibptcr/xai, 
to contend, strive, struggle, fight, ae,, 
irpos, irepL, ii. 5. 10 : iii. 1. 43 : iv. 8. 
27. Der. agonize. 

|dY<«)vo-06Tr]s, ov, (Tid7)fii) an insti- 
tutor, director, or judge of a contest, 
iimpire, iii. 1. 21. 

d-Sciirvos, OP, {detirvov q, v.) supper- 
less, i. 10. 19 : iv. 5. 21. 

d-8€X«|>69, ov, (d- cop, , be\(f>vs matrix) 
a brother, i. 3, 8 : vii. 2. 25, 38. 

d-Sews adv. , {84osfear) without fear, 
fearlessly, securely, i. 9. 13 : vi. 6. 1. 

d-8T]Xos, ov, uncertain, dottbtful, un- 
known, D., V. 1. 10: vi. 1. 21. 

d-8idpaTos, ov, impassable, unford- 
able, ii. 1. 11 : iii. 1. 2. 
td8iK€a>, T^crw, rjdiKrjKa, to be unjust, 



dSiKCa 



at 



act unjustly, do wrong, he in the wrong; 

to treat unjustly, wrong, injure,harm ; 

A. AE., P. ; i. 3. 10 ; 4. 9 ; 6. 7 s : vii. 

7. 3 : pr, as pf. to be guilty of doing 

wrong, to have wronged, 6i2, i. 5. 11; 

V. 7. 26, 29 : ixridkv a. to do no wrong, 

he guilty of no crime, i. 9. 13. 
tdSiKCa, ay, injustice, wrong-doing, 

ii. 6. 18. 

&-ScKOs, ov, s., (diKr]) unjust, guilty, 

criminal, loicked, unprinci'pled, irepi, 

i. 6. 8 ; 9. 13 : ii. 6. 20 : to ddcKov in- 
justice, i. 9. 16. 
|d8tK«s, s.? unjustly, wrongfully, 

V. 7. 29 : vii. 1. 16 (or adj.). 

d-SoXws adv., (56Xos guile, fraud) 

without guile or treachery, faithfully, 

ii.^2. 8 ; 3. 26 ; iii. 2. 24. 

*A8pap,yT[T]iov, see 'ArpafiiTTiov. 
d-Svvaros, ov, impossible, impracti- 
cable ; unable, powerless, inefficient ; 
ii. 4. 6 : iv. 1. 25 : v. 6. 10 : vii. 7. 24. 
a8ft>,* q.(xo^iaL, to sing, A., iv. 3. 27 ; 
7. 16 : vi. 1. 6. 

a.d, less Att. aUi, always, continu- 
ally ; at any time (esp. between the 
art. and a pt., or after a rel. w. a//), 
on each occasion, successively ; i. 9. 19 : 
iii._2. 31, 38: iv. 7. 23: v. 4. 15. 

'acTos, less Att. aUrds, ov, 6, an 
eagle. This bird was regarded by the 
Greeks as sacred to Zeus, and as sent 
by him to give omens of the future. 
It gave to the Assyrians and Persians, 
as to some modern nations, a symbol of 
royalty or power, i. 10. 12: vi. 1. 23. 
&-0cOs, oy,s., (debs) godless, impious, 
ii. 5. 39. Der. atheist. 

['A9T]vd, as, Athena, Pallas, or Mi- 
nerva; in Greek mythology the daugh- 
ter of Zeus, sprung from his head, the 
goddess of wisdom and warlike prow- 
ess, and the especial patroness of 
Athens.] 

I'AOfjvat, C}v, at, Athens, the capital 
of Attica, and the city in which Greek, 
indeed ancient civilization culminated 
(799), "the eye of Greece." Accord- 
ing to tradition, it was founded by 
Cecrops, named for the goddess Athe- 
na (who bestowed upon it the gift of 
the olive), and greatly enlarged by 
Theseus, who united the people of 
Attica as its citizens. At its zenith, 
it is supposed to have contained, with 
its harbor the Piraeus, about 200,000 
inhabitants, or about two fifths of the 



Mhole population of Attica. From 
the Persian wars, in which it acquired 
such glory at Marathon and Salamis, 
and was burned by Xerxes, to the 
Peloponnesian war, in which it was 
conquered by Sparta, it was the lead- 
ing state of Greece. In politics, it 
was the head of the democratic, as 
Sparta of the aristocratic interest. 
The latter war had closed, with the 
prostration of Athens and the exalta- 
tion of Sparta, b. c. 404, about three 
years before the expedition of Cyrus. 
Preserved from destruction through 
the desolations of so many centuries, 
it became, a. d. 1834, the capital of 
the new kingdom of Greece, iii. 1. 5. 
|'A0T]vaia,as, poet, for 'A^iyra, chosen 
as a password, from the kinship which 
Seuthes claimed to the Athenians, vii. 

3. 39 ? 

I* A0t]vafcos, ov, 6, an Athenian : e. g. 
Xenophon, Lycius, Polycrates, &c. 
No Athenian is mentioned in the Ana- 
basis dishonorably, i. 8. 15 : iii. 3. 20. 

l'AQ'{\vr]<ri or -tjo-i, old d. pi. as adv., 
at Athens, 380 c, iv. 8. 4 : vii. 7. 57. 

dOXov, ov, (S.d\os contest) prize of a 
contest, i. 2. 10. Der. athlete. 

iaQpoltfi), oiao}, TJdpoiKa, to assemhle, 
collect, muster, levy, esp. troops, A.: 
3f., to assemble, muster, intrans. : 1. 1. 
2, 6 s ; 2. 1 ; 10. 5 : ii. 1. 1. 

d-dpdos, a, ov, (a- cop., 6 poos noise) 
rustling together, close or thick together, 
in a body, collected, assembled, esp. of 
persons, i. 10. 13 : iv. 6. 13 : vii. 3. 9. 

td0v|i6(», TjiTO}, to be discouraged, dis- 
heartened, dispirited, or dejected; to 
despond, want courage or heart; D., 
Tphs, €veKa, on : iii. 2. 18 ; 4. 20 : v. 

4. 19j vi. 2. 14 : vii. 1. 9. 

J d0'U[JLi]Tcov (ia-rlv rjfjuv) we must he 
disheartened [there is to be discourage- 
ment to us], 682, iii. 2. 23. 

td0iJ|i,ia, a?, discouragemevt, despond- 
ency, dejection, faintheartedness, iii. 2. 
3. 11. 
d-0vpLos, ov, c. , (dvfios), without spirit 
or courage, dispirited, discouraged, de- 
jected, desponding, fainthearted, spirit- 
less, disinclined, irpos, i. 4. 9 : iii. 1. 36. 

I d6v|icos despondingly, dejectedly, dis- 
piritedly, without heart : ddijixws ^x^iv 
to be disheartened or dejected : iii. 1. 3, 
40 : vi. 4. 26. 
al, a^, ats, see 6, 6's, i. 1. 6 : v. 4. 33. 



alYiaXos 

al^i-aXos, ov, 6, (dta-cno to rush, aXs 
sea) that over which the sea rushes, 
se%-shore, beach, vi. 4. 1, 4, 7. 

tAl^vTrTios, a, OP, E';]yptian, ii. 1.6: 
AlyviTTios subst., an Egyptian, i. 4. 2 ; 
8. 9. The Egyptians mentioned in i. 
8. 9 may have entered the Persian ser- 
vice before the revolt stated below, or 
have been otherwise unaffected by it ; 
or they may have been so called as 
descendants of the Egyptians settled 
in Asia by Cyrus the Elder. See Cyr. 
7. 1. 45. 

Al'-yuiTTOs, ov, i), Egypt, the north- 
eastern country of Africa, on both 
sides of the iSTile, so famed for its fer- 
tility in the basin of this river, its 
early and peculiar civilization, its va- 
ried history, and its wonderful remains 
so defying the hand of time. It was 
conquered by Cambyses, the son of 
the great Cyrus, B. c. 525, and made 
a Persian province. Its inhabitants, 
always impatient of the yoke (the more 
on account of the religious antacronism 
of the two nations), had succeeded un- 
der Amyrtseus in asserting their in- 
dependence, B. c. 414. The Persians 
were chagrined at the loss of so im- 
portant a province, and eager for its 
reconquest, ii. 1. 14 ; 5.13. This was 
at length effected in the reign of Arta- 
xerxes iir., b. c. 346. Not long after, 
B. c. 332, Egypt submitted to the 
arms of Alexander ; and after his death 
became the kingdom of one of his gen- 
erals, Ptolemy, In the year 30 B. c, 
it became a Roman province. 

al8EO|xai, ea-o/maL, ydecrfiai, a. rjdeadriv, 
to respect, reverence, revere, regard. A., 
iii. 2. 4 s. 

4.ai8T||x»v, ov, g. ovos, s. ovearaTos, 
o^espectful, modest, i. 9. 5, 

^cilSoiov, ov, private part, groin, iv. 
3.12. 

jaiSws,* 60s, rj, respect, reverence, 
G., ii. 6. 19. 

aUi, alcTos, V. I. for ael, aerbs. 
AIt|tt]s, ov, JEetes, a king of the 
Phasians, regarded as a successor, in 
both sovereigtity and name, to the fa- 
ther of Medea and keeper of the gol- 
den fleece which it was the object of 
the Argonautic expedition to recover, 
V. 6. 37. 

talGpia, as, {aid-qp ether) open air, 
clear sky, iv. 4. 14 ? 



I a'wrxpos 

al'0« (in pr. & ipf.), oh. poet., to set 
on fire, kindle, hum. A., iv. 7. 20 : 
M. to he on fire, Maze, hum, intrans., 
vi. 3. 19. 

a'lKi^a), oftener alKt^o|j,ai, iaofxaL 
lovfiai, yKiafxai, [aliua insult, ahusc) 
to abuse, maltreat, insult, outrage, 
torture, mangle, A. ae., ii. 6. 29 : iii. 
1. 18 ; 4. 5. 

alp.a, arcs, to, blood, v. 8. 15. 

Aiv€ias or Aiveas, ov, 6, AiJneas, a 
lochage from Stymphalus, iv. 7. 13. 

Alvidv, dvos, 6, an ^nianian. The 
iEnianes were a tribe of southwestern 
Thessaly, occupying the upper valley 
of the river Sperchfus (now the Hel- 
lada). i. 2. 6 : vi. 1. 7. 

a'l'l, alyb^, 7/ 6, {d'taaw to leap) a goat 
[leaper], iv. 5. 25; 6. 17. Der. ^gis. 

AloXis, t5os, 7], JEolis, a region in 
the northwest part of Asia Minor, 
colonized by JEolians. Its cities 
(twelve especially) were united in a 
tribal bond, and had a common tem- 
ple and rites at Cyme ; but attained 
no great power or distinction, v. 6. 24. 
t alp€T€os, a, ov, to be taken, that must 
be taken, iv. 7. 3. 

t alpcTos, r], ov, chosen, selected : oi 
aiperot, the persons chosen, deputies, 
delegates, i. 3. 21. 

aipeo),* Tjcru}, ypi^Ka, 2 a. efXoi', a. p. 
Xipedrjv, to take, seize, catch, capture, 
A., i. 4. 8 : iv. 2. 13 : M. to take for 
one's self, choose, elect, prefer, adopt, 
A., 2 a., I., avTL, i. 3. 5, 14; 7. 3s : ii. 
6. 6 : iv. 8. 25 : v. 7. 28 : P. to he taken 
OY chosen, 588, iii. 1. 46 : v. 4. 26. See 
aXio-KOfxac. Der. HERESY, HERETIC, 

atpw,* dpQ), ^pKa, a. ^pa, to lift up, 
raise, A., i. 5. 3 : v. 6. 33. 

al<r0dvo|J,ai,* 6r]cro/xai, rjadTjfiaL, 2 a. 
ya-dofirjv, to perceive, notice, observe, 
learn, become aware of, hear, g., a. p., 
CP., i.1.8 ; 2. 21; 9.21,31: ii. 6. 25 : 
V. 7. 19 : vi. 1. 31. Der. esthetic. 

jaicr0t]o-is, ews, ^, perception, means 
of or chance for discovery, iv. 6. 13. 

al'<r0o}i,at r, for aladdvo/mi ; v. I. ot- 
(Tdeadai, ii. 5. 4. 

al'o-tos, ov, {aicra fate, luck) lucky, 
auspicious, ominous for good, vi. 5. 2. 

Al<rxivt]S, ov, yEschines, of Acarna- 
nia, a commander of targeteers, iv. 3. 
22 ; 8. 18. 
[ai<rx.os, €os, to, disgrace, shame.'] 
jalo-xpos, a, bv, c. ala-xiuv, s. ata-xi-' 



(TTOS, * disgraceful, shameful, base, in- 
famous, irpos, i. 9. 3 : ii. 5. 20 : v. 7. 
12 : vii. 6. 21. 

ja'wrxpais disgracefully, with dis- 
honor, iii. 1. 43 : vii. 1. 29. 

\.aia-\vvr\, rjs, shame, disgrace, dis- 
honor : (bcrre iraaLV aiaxvvrjp elvai SO 
that all ivere ashamed, ii. 3. 11 : al. 
dXXTjXojj' a sense of shame before each 
otJier, iii. 1. 10. 

\.ai(r\vv(a, vvu>, ^'crxvy/ca L, to shame, 
disgrace : M. to be ov feel ashamed, i., 
p., on, i. 3. 10 : vi. 5. 4 : vii. 6. 21 : 
to be ashamed before, revercnce,^ stand 
in awe of, a. i., CP., i. 7. 4: ii. 3. 22 
(a. p. as m. rjcrx^i'dv'^) j 5. 39 ; 6. 19. 

alrco), rjao), rJTriKa I., to ask for a 
thing, demand, a., 2 a., irapd, i. 1. 
10 ; 3. 14, 16 : ii. 1. 10 : 31. (more 
subjective, earnest, or liumble) to ask 
as a favor to one's self, entreat, beseech, 
beg; to obtain by entreaty; A. i., 
trapd, ii. 3. 18 s : v. 1. 11 : vi. 6. 31. 

jaiTta, as, [ground of demand] cause; 
blame, reproach, censure, charge, vi. 6. 
15 s : airiav (alrlas) '^x^iv to incur 
censure [reproaches), be blamed, virb, 
vii. 1. 8 ; 6. 11, 15. 

I aiTido|Aat, (f croyttat, riTidfMat, dep.mid., 
to blame, accuse, complain of, charge, 
reprove, A. i., on, i. 2. 20 : iii. 1. 7 ; 
3. lis: V. 5. 19 : vi. 2. 9. 

^.tttrtos, a, ov, causative, causing, 
productive ; hence, chargeable with, 
responsible, guilty, to blame : 6 at the 
author, to at the cause : G. (444 f), r. 
(A.); i. 4. 15: ii. 5. 22: iv.l. 17: vi. 
6. 8 : vii. 7. 48. 

alxji-a'^"'''Os, ov, (alxf^V point of a 
spear, dXicrKOfiat) taken in war, cap- 
tured : oi al. the 2)riso7iers of war, cap- 
tives : TO, al. the things taken in war, 
prizes of war, including both prison- 
ers and booty : iii. 3. 19 : iv. 1. 12 s ; 
8. 27 : V. 3. 4. 

[aK- p)oint, a root appearing in d/c/x,??, 
^/cwi/ dart, aKpos, alxp-v, o^^^, perh. 
&K060J to point the ear ; Lat. acus, 
acuo, acies ; Sans. aQan dart ; &c.] 

'AKapvdv, dvos, 6, an Acarnanian. 
Acarnania was the most western prov- 
ince of Greece Proper, lying between 
^tolia, the Ionian Sea, and the Am- 
bracian Gulf (now the Gulf of Arta) ; 
and was occupied by colonists of dif- 
ferent tribes, none of which attained 
much eminence or refinement, iv. 8.18, 



fi-KavoTTos, ov, (/cat'w) unburnt, iii. 
5. 13. 

d-K€paios, ov, (KepdwU/xc) unmixed, 

undisturbed ; of troops, fresh, vi. 5. 9. 

d-KTjpvKTOS, ov, (KTipucraoj) witlwut 

intercourse by heralds, without truce, 

implacable, iii. 3. 5. 

dKivdKiis, 01;, (fr. Pers.) a straight 
poniard, dagger, or short-sword, used 
by the Persians, and commonly at- 
tached to the girdle on the right side, 
i. 2. 27; 8. 29. 

d-Kiv8iJvos, ov, without danger, safe, 
secure, vi. 5. 29. 

jdKivS-dvws without danger, safely, 
securely, ii. 6. 6. 

d-KX-qpos, ov, (kXtjpos lot, portion, 
estate) toithout estate, portionless, poor, 
in poverty, iii. 2. 26 ? 
tdKjAd^o), d(x<^}, to be at the acme of 
life, in one's fullest maturity and 
strength, I., iii. 1. 25. 

dK|JLT|, Tjs, {dK-) point, tip, ACME : 
dKjXTjv adv., in puncto temporis, on 
the point, in the act, just, even now, 
iv. 3. 26. 

d-KoXao-TOs, ov, {KoXd^o}) unchaS' 
tised, ii. 6. 9. 

tdxoXovOe'ttf, r}7(j}, TjxoXovdrjKa, to ac- 
company, follow, d. or (xvv, vii. 5. 3. 

d-KoXovOos, ov, (d- cop., K^Xevdos 
road, vKty) going the same way, ac- 
companying, following, consistent, ii. 
4. 19. Der. an-acoluthon. 
taKOVTi^co, l(xw lQ, to throw, hurl, or 
fling a dart or javelin ; to shoot, hit, 
or 23i<^'^ce with a javelin. A.; i. 8. 27 ; 
10.^7: iii. 3. 7: vii. 4. 18. 

ttKovTiov, OV, {dK- ; dim, of &K(ap 
javelin, 371 f) a javelin or dart, for 
throwing, smaller and lighter than the 
ddpv, iv. 2. 28. 
jdKovTio-is, ews, 7], use of the dart, 
throwing the javelin, i. 9. 5. 
4 dKovTi<rT'/|s, ov, javelin-thrower, 
javelin-man, darter, iii. 3. 7: iv. 3. 28. 
OiKovio,* dKovaofiai, dKr/Koa, SL.iJKovaa, 
(dK- ?) to hear, hear of, listen to, learn 
by hearing ; to hear to, heed, obey ; 
G., A., p., 1, (w, subj. A.), CP., irapd, 
irepl, — the gen. properly expressing 
the cause or source of the hearing or 
learning, whether person or thing 
(sometimes even the noise itself), 
while that which is heard or learned 
is comm. in the ace. or in a comple- 
mentary clause ; i. 2. 5, 21 ; 3. 20 s ; 



dKpa 6 

8. 16 : ii. 5. 15 s, 26 : iii. 5. 16 : iv. 7. 
24 : ed aKoveiv bene audire, to he spoken 
well of, virb, 575 a, vii. 7. 23 : pr. as 
pf . , aKovojxev we hear = we have heard, 
are informed, 612, v. 1. 13; 5. 8. 
Der. ACOUSTIC. 

dKpa, as, (fern, of &Kpo$) arx, a 
fortified summit, stronghold or for- 
tress on a height, citadel, v. 2. 17 s. 

&-KpdTos, ov, (Kepdvpvfu) unmixed, 
pure, strong. The use of wine with- 
out mixture Avas accounted barbaric 
by the ancient Greeks, who usually 
tempered it with a much larger por- 
tion of water, iv. 5. 27 : v. 4. 29. 

&-KptTos, ov, {KpLvw) imjudged, un- 
tried, witlwut trial, v. 7. 28 s. 

taKpo-|3o\£^o|xat, iaofiai, (jSdXXw) to 
throw from a height or a distance, fight 
with missiles, skirmish, D., iii. 4. 18, 
33: V. 2. 10. 

I dKpop6Xi(ris, €(as, i), a skirmish, 
skirmishing, iii. 4. 16, 18. 

tdKpd-iroXis, cws, t), (irdXts) tlie [top- 
most city] citadel, acropolis, i. 2. 1, 8 s. 

&Kpos, a, ov, s., (d/f-) at the point, 
tip, or top ; higliest, topmost, extreme : 
rh (iKpov the highest point, height, top, 
summit, eviinence,peak; often rdd/cyoa 
the heights, summits, hills ; i. 2. 21 : 
iii. 4. 49 s : to aKpbrarov tlie loftiest 
summit, v. 4. 15. Der. acro-stic. 

|dKp-cowx^°'> c's, {6vv^ claw, nail) 
nail-tip ; hence, extreme edge, sharp 
ridge or spur of a mountain, iii. 4. 37 s. 

aKT^i, 97s, {B/yvvpiL to break) where 
the sea breaks, promontory, headland, 
shore, vi. 2, 1. 

&-Kvpos, ov, (Kvpos authority) with- 
out authority or jforce, null, void, vi. 
1. 28. 

&K(tfV, ova-a, d.Kov, g. ovtos, 0}j(T7]s, 
(a-, €KU)v) un-willing, reluctant, vii. 7. 
14 : w. pt., involuntarily, uniiiten- 
tionally, iv. 8. 25 : &kovtos Kvpov [C. 
being unwilling] against the will of 
C, or vnthouthis consent, i. 3. 17. 

d\aXd|ci), d^opLai, a. rjXdXa^a, ch. 
poet., (dXaXd war-cry) to raise the 
war-cry, shout for battle, D., iv. 2. 7 : 
V. 2. 14? vi. 5. 26. 

dX€eiv6s, rj, ov, {dXia warmth) ivarm, 
iv. 4. 11 ? 

dXe'lw,* dX€^7i(ru3 Ep., f. m. dXe^rj- 
croixai or dXe^op-ai, a. m. ijXe^dp.'qv or 
TjXe^rjadixrjv, (akin to dXKT) prowess) to 
ward or keep off: M. to keep offixom. 



dX\d 

one's self, defend one's self, repel, re- 
quite,^ A., i. 3. 6 ; 9. 11 : iii. 4. 33. 

dXeTT|s, ov, (dXe'w to grind) a grind- 
er: as adj., 506 f, ovos dXeT7;s a [grind- 
er] mill-stone, i. 5. 5. 

dXevpov, ov, {dXiw to grind) flour, 
esp. wheat-flour, comm. pi., i. 5. 6. 

t dXirj0€ia, as, truth ; reality ; sincer- 
ity, uprightness ; ii. 6. 25 ; vi. 2. 10. 
tdXT]0€vw, eijcrw, to tell or speak tlie 
truth ; to speak, state, report, predict, 
or prmnise truly, A. ; i. 7. 18 : iv. 4. 15. 

d-XT]9TJs, es, (XavOdvo) or XtjOcj) un- 
concealed, t7'ue, real, sincere : to dXrj- 
des [the true] truth, 507 a : ii. 5. 24 ; 
6. 22 : V. 5. 24. 

|dXT]0iv6s, Tj, 6v, truthful, trusty y 
genuine, i. 9. 17. 
j-dXi^Ows truly, in truth, iv. 7. 7 ? 

dXicvTiKos, 77, 6v, (dXtei^w to fish, fr. 
dXs sea) for fishing : d. irXoiov fshing- 
boat, vii. 1. 20. 

'dXi^cD, a. p, TjXia-driv, ( aXiJs crowded) 
to collect or assemble (trans.): M. to 
collect or assemble (intrans.), rendez- 
vous : ii. 4. 3 : vi. 3. 3. 

d-Xi0os, ov, (Xidos) free from stones, 
not stony, vi. 4. 5. 

dXis adv., in crowds, heaps, or 
abundance ; abundantly, sufficiently, 
enough : subst., G., v. 7. 12. 

'AXi<rdpvT], Tjs, Halisame, a small 
town in southwestern Mysia, not far 
from Pergamum, belonging to the 
principality of the descendants of the 
Spartan Damaratus, \\\. 8. 17 ? 

dXC(rKop.ai,^' dXwcropiaL, edXuiKa & 
yfXwKa, 2 a. edXwv & ijXwv, (as pass, of 
alpeo}) to be taken, captured, or caught, 
p. ; to be taken prisoner ; i. 4. 7 ; 5. 2: 
iii. 4. 8, 17 ; 5. 14 : vii. 1. 36. 

dXKip.os, ov, s., {dXKT} proivess, cour- 
age) brave, valiant, warlike, iv. 3. 4. 

dXX' -J^ * exceptive conj., (fr. dXXa 
or dXXo -^5 cf. dXXd) other than, except, 
iv. 6. 11 : vii. 7. 53. 

dXXd,* sometimes adv., but comm. 
adversative conj., (dXXa neut. pi. of 
dXXos, w. accent changed) otJierwise, 
on the other hand, on the contrary, but, 
yet, still, hoivever, nay, but only; 
often after a negation ; and often in 
transitions, to introduce questions, 
commands, exhortations, &c. ; i. 1. 4; 
4. 18 ; 6. 3 : ii. 5. 18 s, 22 : iv. 7. 7 : 
d. (Kai) but also, but even, iii. 2. 19 ; 
5. 16 : v. 6. 10 : d. {p.S.X\ov) but rather, 



dXXaxov 

iii. 1. 35 : vii. 8. 16 : d. 6/acDs hut yet, 
yet nevertheless, i. 8. 13 : d. ovbe nay 
(or yet) not even, nor yet, i. 3. 3 ? 4. 8, 
A speaker, from reference to some- 
thing before expressed or mutually 
understood, often commences with 
aWd, which may then be frequently 
translated adverbially {v)ell, well in- 
deed, indeed, for my part, &c.) or 
omitted in translation (sometimes, w. 
^lev, seeming almost as if used prospec- 
tively, cf. 6Xkos, 567), i. 8. 17 : ii. 1. 4, 
10, 20 : iii. 1. 45. See Se, yap, jx-qv. 

dXXaxov (dXXos, 380 e)j. I. for aXkri, 
ii. 6. 4 : so dWaxTJ or -fj, vii. 3. 47. 

&XXt| (dat. of aWos, as adv., 380 c) 
in another place, direction, way, or 
Tuanner ; elsewliere, otherwise ; i. 9. 
14? ii. 6. 4? iv. 2. 4, 10 : d. /catd. here 
and there, v. 2. 29 ? See dXXos c. 

oWtjXwv * g. pi., 01%, ais, &c., recip- 
rocal pron., {aWos) one another, each 
other, i. 2. 27. Der. paii-allel. 

dXXoGev (aXXos) from another place 
or ])oint, i. 10. 13. See dXXosc. 

&XXo(JLai,* dXoufxai, a. rjXd/jLrju & ijXo- 
fjLr]v, to lea}}, jump, iv. 2. 17: vi. 1. 5. 

fiXXos,*7?,o, alius, other, another, else, 
remaining, rest, besides; one, pi. so?ne.- 
(a) other than has been mentioned, i. 
1.7; 4.14; 8.9: a. (xt par ev^xa another 
army, to a. arpdrev/jia tlie [remaining] 
rest of the army, 523 f, i. 1. 9 ; 2. 25 : 
rd dXXa or rdXXa [as to the rest] in 
other respects, i. 7. 4 : tX koX aWo uX?;? 
also [any thing else] any other kind 
of shrub, i. 5. 1: r^ dWrj, sc. v/J-epa, 
tlie next day, ii. 1. 3 : ovhk dWo ovdev 
bevbpov nor, besides, a single tree, 56/6, 
i. 5. 5 : — (b) other than is to be men- 
tioned, i. 3. 3 : ii. 1. 7 : ovbkv dWo ij 
nothing else tluin, iii. 2. 18 : dWo rt 
[sc. ^(TTtv] ij ; [is there aught else than 
this ?] is it not certain tJiat ? 567 g, 
iv. 7. 5 : oi dXXot Kprp-es the rest, tJie 
Cretans, 567 e, v. 2. 31 : (b, a) dXkos 
dWov €i\k€ one dreiv up anotlier (alius 
alium), V. 2. 15 : — (c, repeated or 
joined with a der., 567 d) different 
from each other, as dXXot dXXws alii 
aliter, [different persons in different 
ways] some in one icay and others in 
another, i. 6. 11 : dXXot dWodev some 
from one point and others from an- 
other, in various directions, i. 10. 13: 
dXXos {dWoi) dWrj one (some) one Avay 
and another (others) another, i7i dif- 



ferent directions, iv. 8. 19 : dWos dXXa 
Xeyei one says one thing, anotlier an- 
otiier, ii, 1. 15. 

|&X\oT€ at another time, at other 
times, iv. 1. 17: d. /cai a. at one time 
and at another, novj and then, from 
time to time, ii. 4. 26 : v. 2. 29 ? 

idXXoTpios, a, ov, alienus, belonging 
to another or others, another's, foixign, 
iii. 2. 28 ; 5. 5 : vii. 2. 33. 

j&Wws in anotlier or any other man- 
ner or way, otherwise, differently ; on 
any otlier condition ; [otherwise than 
should be] at random ; i. 6. 11 (see 
dXXos c) : iii. 2. 39 : v. 1. 7 : vi. 6. 10 
(pleon.): d. ttws i) in any other way 
than, iii. 1. 20, 26: d. e'xet" to be other- 
wise, iii. 2. 37: d. re /cat both other- 
wise and in particular, especially, v. 
6. 9. Cf. Lat. aliter. 

d-Xd'yttrTos, ov, (Xoyi^ofiaL) iiicon- 
siderate, tmreasoning, ii. 5. 21. 

&X<ros, €os, TO, {dXdaivu) to make 
grow) a grove, esp. a sacred grove, v. 
3. lis. 

"AXvs, vos, 6, the Halys, the largest 
river of Asia Minor. It flows into the 
Euxine, and formerly separated the 
Lydian and Persian kingdoms (and 
afterwards Paphlagonia and Pontus). 
Croesus crossed this river, trusting to 
a deceptive oracle, and fought near it 
a great battle ^^dth Cyrus, v. 6. 9. 
II The Kizil-Irmak, i. e. Eed Elver. 

dX<f>tTov, ov, comm. in pL, groats, 
esp. barley-groats, barley-meal, i. 5. 6. 

dXcoircKT], -T\$, or -is, tSos, t], {aXuTrrj^ 
fox) a fox-skin, fox-skin cap, vii. 4. 4. 

aX<o, dX(ooro|xai, see dXLcrKO/xai, i. 4. 7. 
|aX(Go'i|xos, Of, easy to take, liable to 
be taken, easily captured, v. 2. 3. 

djia at tlie sairve time; at the same 
time laitli, togetlur with, with, d. ; i. 
2. 9 : ii. 4. 9 : djxa (t^) T\iiepq. at the 
same time with the day, at daybreak, 
ai tlie doAcn of day, dixa ijXiu) dviaxovTi 
or dvaTeXXovTi. {5vvovtl or dvoaevit}) at 
sun-rise (-set), i. 7. 2: ii. 1. 2s; 2. 13. 
It is often joined with the earlier of 
two words or clauses, when ace. to the 
Eng. idiom, it would rather be joined 
with the later ; or A^th both, instead 
of one only ; vii. 6. 20 : iii. 4. 19 : so 
with a pt. , rather than the verb, dfia 
TavT eiiTihu dveaTrj [having said this, 
he at the same time rose] as soon as 
lie had said this, lie rose, 662, iii. 1. 47: 



'A|Jia^a)V 

ifxcixovTO dfia Tropevofieuoi, fought [at 
the same time] while marching, \i. 3. 5. 

'A-|xa^wv, ovos, 7], {jxa^bs breast) an 
Amazon{so called as wanting a breast, 
the right breast having been removed 
for the better use of arms). The Ama- 
zons were fabled as a nation of female 
warriors, dwelling about the Thermo- 
don in the north part of Asia Minor, 
and having as their capital Themis- 
cyra (now Thermeh ?). iv. 4. 16. 

c{|xa|a, 7JS, (dfia, dyu}) a toagon, esp. 
for freight (cf. dp/xa) ; ivagmi-load ; i. 
5. 7 s ; 7. 20 : iv. 7. 10. 

|ana|taios, a, ov, large enough to load 

a toagon, each a wagon-load, iv. 2. 3. 

jafia^-iTos, 01/, {iTos, verbal of elfXL) 

passable by wagons : 656s d. a ivago'ii- 

way, carriage-road, i. 2. 21. 

dfiapTdvo),* a/jLapTrjao/nai, ijfjLo^pTTjKa, 
2 a. TjixapTov, to fail of hitting, miss, 
G. ; to fail or err in conduct, do ivrong, 
sin against one, ae. irepi ; i. 5. 12 : 
iii. 2. 20 ; 4. 15 : fUKpa. a/xapTrjdevTa 
small things done wrong, small errors 
or mistakes, v. 8. 20. 

d-(xax€i adv., (yudxojuat) without 
fighting, resistance, or a battle, i. 7. 9: 
iv. 6. 12 : vi. 5. 15 {v. I. a/uLaxL). 

^d-p-axiITi = cLfiaxd, iv. 2. 15 {v. I. 
d/i.ax77rei). 

' AfiPpaKKorqs or ' A|xirpaKi«TT]S, ov, 
an Ambraciot or Ambracian. Am- 
bracia (now Arta), the most celebrat- 
ed city in Epirus, was a colony of 
Corinth, about seven miles north of 
the Ambracian Gulf. Siding with 
Sparta in the Peloponnesian war, it 
suffered greatly. It Avas chosen by 
Pyrrhus for his capital, and won much 
fame by its brave and resolute defence 
against the siege of the Romans, B. c. 
189. The entrance of the gulf was 
the scene of the decisive victory of 
Augustus over Antony, b. c. 31. i. 7. 
18 : V. 6. 16. 

c|i€iv«v,* OV, as c. of dyad OS, better, 
superior, braver: for emphasis, dfj.eiuojv 
Kal KpeiTTiov better and more efficient, 
nearly = far better : dp-eivov as adv. , 
c. of ed, in a better way, better : i. 7. 
3:^ii. 1. 20 : iii. 1. 21, 23. 

td|X€Xcia, as, neglect, carelessness in 
guarding, g., iv. 6. 3. 

tdjicXcb), lycrw, rjfjLeXrjKa, to be careless 
or negligent of, neglect, slight, G., i. 
3. 11 : V. 1. 15 : vii. 2. 7. 



8 'A|X({>l8T]fi,os 

[d-(i€\irjs, e's, (luiXei) careless, heed- 
less, neglige7it.] 
idjxeXws carelessly, heedlessly, with- 
out caution, incautiously, v. 1. 6. 

&-(i.€Tpos, ov, (fiirpov) measureless, 
immense, im-mensus, iii. 2. 16. 

'Aji,£vo-iKX€t8T]s, see Naua-t/cXeiSi??. 

^-~H'''1X°'V°S, ov, {p.-nxa.v7}) without 
means, resources, or expedients ; of 
persons, destitute of means or resources, 
resourceless, lulpless ; of things, im- 
practicable, impossible, insurmotmt- 
able, inextricable ; i. 2. 21 : ii. 3. 18 ; 
5. 21. 

d^iXXdo|Jiai, riao/jLai, rttxiKKruxai, 
{dfiiWa strife, competition) to compete, 
contend ; av. eiri or irpos, to race for or 
towards, vie for the attain7nent of, 
struggle to reach, iii. 4. 44, 46. 

djAireXos, ov, ij, (d/x0t eXlaffw to twine 
round) a vine, i. 2. 22 : vi. 4. 6. 

'AfJiirpaKic&TTis, see ' A/j.(3paKLd}Tr]s. 

djivySdXivos, 7}, ov, {d/uLvyddXT) al- 
mond) of almonds, made from al- 
monds, iv. 4. 13. 

d-ftv^«, see jd-i'^w, iv. 5. 27 ? 

dfi^vo), d/jLvvu), 1 a. ijfivva, (cf. raii- 
nio) to ward or keep off : M. to [keep 
off from one's self] defend ones self, 
act in self-defence, one means of which 
is retaliation ; hence to avenge ones 
self upon, requite, punish. A.; ii. 3. 
23 : iii. 1. 14, 29 : v. 4. 25. 

dp.4)i prep.,* (akin to dijLcfxa and Lat. 
ambo, arab-) on both sides of, hence 
on different sides of, about, around : 
(a) w. Ace. of place, i. 2. 3 : of person 
(the person himself often included, 
527 a), 01 afi(f>i Tiaaa^epvrjv [those 
about T.] T. and those tcith him, iii. 
5. 1 : of object of concern or relation, 
rd d. rd^ets [the things about] matters 
relating to tactics, ii. 1. 7 ; d. elvaL or 
ex^Lv to be busy about or occupied with, 
iii. 5. 14 : v. 2. 26 : of time or num- 
ber, about, i. 8. 1 ; d. rd eiKoaiv about 
[the] twentT/, 531 d, iv. 7. 22 : — (b) 
w. Gen., poet, or r. : of object sought 
or cause, about, iv. 5. 17. In compos, 
as above. Cf. irepL 

d[i.^\.-yvoi(a,^' Tjcru}, ipf. rjfKpiyvoovv 
or r]/x(peyv6ovv, (yvo- in yiyvwcKU)) to 
think on both sides, to be puzzled, in 
doubt, or at a loss, to tconder, cp., ii. 
5. 33. 

'A|i<|)i-8ti(ios, ov, Amphidemus, an 
Athenian, father of Amphicratcs. 



'A|i<{>iKpd'n]s 9 

'Ap.«f)i-KpdTt]s, eos, Amphicrates, a 
lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17. 

dfi^i-Xc-yw,* \e'|w, X^Xe^a L, to speak 
on both sides, to dispute or quarrel 
about. A., i. 5. 11. 

'A}i4»''"'o^iTT]s, ov, (AfKpi-TroXis) an 
Amphipolite, i. 10. 7. Amphipolis was 
a city of western Thrace mostly sur- 
rounded by the Strymon near its 
mouth (whence its name), a greatly 
prized colony of the Athenians, for 
the loss of which in the Peloponnesian 
war the historian Thucydides was 
banished. || Neokhorio. 

d[j,<j)opeus, ews, 6, (shortened from 
dfxcpL-cpopevs, a vessel carried on both 
sides, i. e. with two handles ; ^epco) 
amphora, a two-handled vessel (com- 
monly of clay and with a small neck), 
Jar, V. 4. 28. 

tdjKJxjTcpos, a, ou, both (taken or 
viewed together) ; from its significa- 
tion rarely in the sing. : of two in- 
dividuals, pi. or dual : d/j-cpoTepoi both 
or the two j^ersojis or parties. With 
the article, it is placed ace. to the or- 
der of statement, as rcb iroide dixcpo- 
repw both the children, d/xiporepa rd 
cDra both ears, 523 b. i. 1. 1 ; 4. 4; 5. 
14,^17 : ii. 4. 10 : iii. 1. 31: iv. 7. 14. 
Jdp.<{>oT6p«0ev/rom. or on both sides, at 
both ends, g., i. 10. 9 : iii. 4. 29 ; 5. 10. 

&^^<a,* oLv, both, ch. substantively, 
and of two persons, ii. 6. 30 : iv. 2. 21. 

dv* adv., a contingent particle 
which has no corresponding word in 
Eng. (though it may sometimes be e:^- 
■^XQiase^iihj perhaps, or, if joined with 
a rel. pron. or adv., by -ever or -soever) ; 
but verbs with which it is connected 
are commonly translated by the poten- 
tial mode. It is post-positive, and is 
thus distinguished from av if. i. 1. 
■10._ See 618 s. 

"dv * conj., (contr. fr. edv q. v.) if, 
i. 3. 20 ; 7. 4 ; 8. 12 : ii. 1. 8 ? 

dv-, see a- and dvd. 

dvd,* by apostr, dv, prep., up, opp. 
to /card : w. Acc. of place, up through, 
along, upon, iii. 5. 16 : of standard, 
dvd Kpdros [up to one's strength] at 
full speed, i. 8. 1 ; 10. 1.5 : of number 
(distributively), dvd eKurov by the hun- 
dred, each a hundred, iii. 4. 21 : v. 4. 12 : 
dvd Trevre irapaadyyas ri^s rj/m-epas at 
the rate of 5 parasangs a day, iv. 6. 4. 
In compos., up, up again, again, back, 

LEX. AN. 1* 



dvadopv^^ck) 

dva-Pa£v«,* ^rjcrop-ai, jSe^-rjKa, 2 a. 
^^r]v, to go up, march up, climb up, 
ascend, mount, as a height, horse, ship, 
&c. ; to go on board a vessel, embark ; 
often, to go up from the coast of Asia 
into the interior ; ert, &c. ; i. 1. 2j 2. 
22 ; 8. 3 ; vi. 1. 14. 

dva-pdXXo),* ^aXuj, ^ejSXT/zca, 2 a. 
i^oXov, to throvj up ; to lift or pxLt 
upon a horse, A. kirl : iv. 4. 4 : v. 2. 5. 

dvd-Pao-is, ecos, t\, {dva-^aivw) ascent, 
upward-march, expedition into the in- 
terior, i. 4. 9 : iv, 1. 1, 10. 

dva-Pipdt«, jSijScto-w pijBQ, (^ipd^oj 
to make go) to lead up, i. 10. 14. 

dva-Podci), Tjaoixai, ^e^orjKa, to raise 
a cry, call or shout aloud, v. 4. 31. 

dva-PoXT|, ?7S, (dva-jSdWoj) earth 
thrown up, rampart, v. 2. 5. 

dv-a-y-ycXXo),* eXw, ijyyeXKa, a. ijy- 
yeiXa, to bring back word, re-port, A. 
D., i. 3. 19, 21. 

dva-'yt-yvwo-Kw,* yvJjao/xai, iyvuKU, 
2 a. ^yvojv, [to know again, as persons 
or characters before seen] to recognize, 
read, i. 6. 4 : iii. 1.5: v. 8. 6. 

tdva-yKd^w, dao), rjvdyKaKa, to compel^ 
force, oblige, require, constrain, A. i., 
ii. 1. 6 : iii. 3. 12 ; 4. 19, 49. 
tdva-yKaios, a, ov, or 0?, ov, necessary, 
indispensable, inevitable : dvayKolov ti, 
some necessity : oi dvayKolot [those con- 
nected by necessary ties] necessarii, 
kinsmen, relatives ; i. 5. 9 : ii. 4. 1. ■ 

dvayKT], 77s, necessity, constraint, 
necessary cause : dvdyKrj {eaTiv) there 
is a necessity, it is necessary, indis- 
pensable, or unavoidable, it must be, 
I. (A.) : i. 3. : ii. 4. 26 : iv. 5. 15. 

dva-Yvovs, see dva-ycyvuio-Kw, i. 6. 4. 

dv-d^ci),* d'^w, ^x^> 2 a. ijyayov, to 
lead up, bring or carry up, a., ii. 3. 
21 ; 6.1: to bring upon the high sea ; 
M. to put out to sea, tveigh anchor, set 
sail, V. 7. 17 : vi. 1. 33s. Cf. Kar-dyw. 

ava-X;avyvv[ii,^' t^v^oj, e^ev^a 1., to 
yoke up, harness up, break up the camp, 
prepare to start, iii. 4. 37: iv. 6. 1. 

dva-6app6a>, rjcro}, reddppTjKa, to be- 
come confident again, regain confidence 
or courage, vi. 4. 12. 

dva-0€ivai, -0eCs, see dva-riOrjfju. 
4.dvd-GT]p.a, aros, to, a sacred gift or 
votive offering set up in a temple, as a 
statue, tripod, &c., G., v. 3. 5. 

dva-Gopvpe'o), rjcru}, reOopv^TiKa, (66- 
pv^os) to raise a shout or clamor, cry 



dvadpc^os 



10 



uvap\\.a 



out, shout, cheer, applaud, us: v. 1. 3 : 
vi.L30. 

dva-6p€^as, see dva-rpe^o}, iv. 5. 35. 

dv-atpeo),* rjacj, rjpvKO', 2 a. etXov, to 
take up ; sp, to take up a question for 
reply, hence, through an oracle or 
omen, to respond, ansioer, signify, di- 
rect, point out, A. D., I., iii. 1, 6 s : 
vii. 6. 44 : M. to take or pick up for 
one's self, undertake ; sp, to take up 
or carry off one's dead for burial (to 
which the Greeks attached great im- 
portance, believing that the souls of 
the unburied dead were long debarred 
from repose ; so ^. rarely, vi. 4. 9) ; 
A.,^iv. 1. 19; V. 7. 21, 27. 

dva-Kai6> & Att. kuco,* Ka^ao), k4- 
KavKa, to light up a iire, kindle. A., 
iii. 1. 3. ^ 

dva-KaXeto,* koK^cto) /caXiD, kckXt^ku, 
to call [with raised voice] aloud, a., 
vi. 6, 7 : M. to call back to one's self, 
summon, sound a retreat, iv. 4. 22. 

dvd-K€iov or dva-K€iov, ov, (/cet/xai) 
an upper floor, v. 4, 29 ? 

dva-KOivo(0, (tJcrw, pf. m. KeKolvdjjxaL, 
to bring up from concealment in the 
breast and com,municate to another ; 
to consult, as a god : M. to consult or 
confer vAth, as Avith a friend, to com- 
municate : D. A., irepi : iii. 1.5: v. 6. 
36 : vi. 1. 22. 

dva-KO|xil^o), iaoi lQ, KCKOfiiKa, to 
bring u]) : M. to lay up for one's self, 
store, A., iv. 7. 1, 17. 

dva-Kpd^o) r., /cpd^w 1., K^Kpaya, 2 a. 
'iKpayov, to raise a cry, cry out, cry 
aloud, exclaim, shout, ae., ws or 6'ri, 
iv. 4. 20 : V. 8. 10, 12 : vii. 3. 33. 

dv-aXaXa^w, d^ofxaL, to raise the 
battle-shout, to shout tlie war-cry, iv. 
3. 19. 

dva-Xa|i,pdv«,* \7}\pofxai, etXrjcpa, 2 a, 
^Xa^ov, to take up, take ivith one or 
away, rescue, A., i. 10. 6 : iv. 7. 24. 

dva-Xdp.ira), * \po}, XeXa/xwa, to blaze 
^ip, burst into flames, v. 2. 24. 

dva-Xe-yw,* Xefw, to gather up, re- 
count, relate, repeat. A., ii. 1. 17 ? 

dv-dXicTKCi),* -dXthao), --qXwKa, a. 
-TjXwaa, (dXtcr/cw to take, A. as trans, 
not in use) to take up, use up, expend, 
spend, co7isume, A., iv. 7. 5, 7, 10. 

dv-dXa)Tos, ov, {dXiaKO/xai) not to be 
taken, impregnable, v. 2. 20. 

dva-iievw,* p-evCj, fiep.ivr}Ka, to re- 
main, stay ; wait for, A.I., iii. 1. 14. 



dva-iii-yyviii,* fj.l^w, /J-e/iiixa 1., pf. 
p. fMefMcy/jLat, to mix up, mingle, iv, iv, 
8. 8. 

dva-[ii|AVTJ<rK«,* fivi^ffco, a. p. e/iv^- 

adrjv, to remind of, make mention of, 
2 A., iii. 2. 11 : F. and M. to be re- 
minded of, call to mind, remember, re- 
miniscor, a. p., CP., vi. 1. 23 : 5. 23. 



dv-av8pos, ov, {dvrip) un 
weak, cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 

'Avo^tPtos, ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral, false, corrupt, and cruel. 
He was afterwards sent out to oppose 
the Athenians on the Hellespont, and 
having been surprised by the Athenian 
general Iphicrates, died lighting like 
a Spartan, b. c. 388. v.i. 4: vii. 1.2s. 

dva|vpi8es, idcov, at (fr. Pers.), trow- 
sers, such as the Persians wore, i. 5. 8. 

dva-iratiaj, va^/au), ireiravKa, to re- 
fresh : M. to refresh or rest one's self, 
take ones rest, go to rest (as for the 
night), repose, rest, take breath ; to 
desist, G. ; i. 10. 16 : ii. 2. 4 : v. 6. 31 ? 

dva-irctOft),* irdau), ireirei.Kix, to bring 
over to another opinion, gain over, 
persuade, induce, A. i., i. 4. 11. 

dva-ireTavviiiu or -vo),* Trcrdaw ire- 
tCo, {ireTdvvvfxi to sjpread out) to throw 
wide open o.gain, a., vii. 1. 17. 

dva-iri^Sdw, rja-o/mai, TreirridrjKa, (ttt}- 
ddo} to leap) to leap or spring up, spring 
upon or mount a horse, iii. 4. 27 ? vii. 
2. 20. 

dva-Trv€«,* irveiaofiai, TreirvevKa, a. 
'iirvevaa, to breathe again, take or re- 
cover breath, iv. 1. 22. 

dva-irpdrTO),*' irpd^w, Treirpaxn, to 
[make up] exact, a. d. -jrapd, vii. 6. 40. 

dva-TTTVo-oro), * ii^cj, {irTvcrcru} to fold) 
to fold back, swing back, wheel round, 
A.,^i. 10. 9. [v. 2. 24 s? 

dv-diTTU),* di/'w, to light up, kindle, 

dva-7ruv0dvo[xal,* ■weixjop.a.i, ireirv- 
a/JUL, 2 a. dv-eirvdbfji7)v,to inquire again 
or closely, learn by close inquiry, a. p., 
irepl, V. 5. 25 ? 7. 1. ^ 

dv-api6}JLT]Tos, ov, {dpLd/uL€(v to num- 
ber, fr. dpiOubs) in-numerable, count- 
less, iii. 2. 13. 

dv-dpi<rTos, ov, (dpiarov) without 
breakfast, i. 10. 19 : iv. 2. 4 : vi. 5. 21. 

dv-apird^o),* dcroj or daofxaL, TJpiraKa, 
to snatch up), seize, carry off, a., i. 3. 14 ? 
vii. 1. 15. 

dv-apxia, as, {dpyji) want of gov- 
ernment, ANARCHY, iii. 2. 29. 



dvaa-KCvd^o) 



11 



avTip 



dva-o-Kevd^b), dcrw, to pack up, re- 
move, A., vi. 2. 8. 

dva-o-rds, -o-Tfjvai, see dv-iaTrjfxi. 

dva-crratipoo), wcw, (aravpoi) to fix 
or exhibit on a stake or j?oZc, A., iii. 
1. 17. 

dva-cTT^Ww,* eXuJ, ^(TraX/ca, ^o se?ifZ 
or drive hack, keep hack or in check, 
A., V. 4. 23. [ytlt. 

dva-(rT'/j<ras,-o"TT|<ro|JLai, see av-laTTj- 

dva-<rTpe'c})«, * ^^w, ^arpoipa 1., 2 a. 
^. as w. i<TTpd(prji', to turn hack, re- 
treat, retire, turn or wheel round : M. 
to move round, carry one's self ; face 
about, rally: i. 4. 5 ; 10. 8, 12 : ii. 5. 14. 

dva-(rx€'cr9ai, -<rx«nai, see dv-^x^- 

dva-Tapdrro),* d^w, reTapaxo. 1., to 
stir up, confuse : pf. p. pt. [having 
■been piit] in disorder, i. 7. 20. 

dva-T€ivc«),* rej/cD, reruKa, a. '^reiva, 
to stretch or Zt/i{ t^^, A-oZ^i? -z^^;, raise, 
elevate, A. : dva-reTap^evos, elevated, 
ace. to some %:z^A expanded wings : i. 
10. 12 : iii. 2. 9 : vii. 4. 9 ? 

dva-TcXXo),* reXtD, reToKKa, (reXXw 
to rat'sg, ?'we) to me up, ii .3. 1. 

dva-Tt6t]|ii,* drjau}, redecKU, a. edrj- 
Ka {dd, &c.), to^Mi^ up ; put, place, or 
Zaz/ upon : sp. to set up as a sacred 
gift, consecrate, deposit : A. iiri, els : 
il 2. 4 : iii. 1. 30 : v. 3. 5 s. 

dva-Tpe(j)«,* dpe\p(j3, r^rpocpa, to [feed 
up] fatten, iv. 5. 35. 

dva-(}>€VY(i), * (pev^opiai, ir^cfjevya, 2 a. 
^(pvyov, to flee or escape up, evri, vi. 4. 24. 

dva-<{>povefa), lycrw, irecppofriKa, to he- 
come rational again, come to one's 
senses, iv. 8. 21. 

dva-xd^o),* (xd^w c?Wve &<xc^, ch. 
poet.) M. to draw hack, retii'e, retreat, 
iv. 7. 10: so A. iv. 1. 16. 

dva-x<*)pew, 7?crw, /cextipTy/ca, to (^o 
&ac^', retreat, retire, withdraw, return, 
iii. 3. 13 : iv. 3. 6 : vi. 4. 10. 

dva-xwpt^w, tVw LC},to separate again, 
draiv off, a., v. 2. 10. 

dv8pa, -OS, &c., see dv-ffp, i. 1. 6. 
|dv8p-a7a0ia, as, {dyadbs) virtus, 
manly excellence, esp. valor, v. 2. 11. 
idvSpd-iroSov, ov, {iro6s) [a man's 
footstool, as the captive often fell at 
the feet of the con([ueror, and the foot 
of the latter was sometimes placed on 
his neck] a slave, esp. one made in 
war, a ca2)tivc, i. 2. 27 : ii. 4. 27. 

jdvSpeios, a, ou, manly, brave, val- 
iant, vi. 5. 24. 



jdv8p€ioTT]s, TITOS, rj, virtus, onanli- 
ness, bravery, valor, vi. 5. 14. 

|dvSpi^6), l<xw, to make one a man : 
M. to make one's self a man, to act 
the man, act manfully, display ones 
valor, iv. 3. 34 : v. 8. 15. 

dv-^Prjv, see dva-^alvo}, i. 1. 2. 

dv-€7€ipo),* iyepQ, iyriyepKa 1., a,, p. 
Tjyepdyjv, to wake up another, rouse : 
P. to be aroused, to awake, iii. 1. 12 s. 

dv-eiXov, see dv-aipew, iii. 1, 6. 

dv-€ivai, see dv-ir}/jLt, vii. 6. 30 ? 

dv-€nr€iv, 2 a. inf. (see eiireiv), to 
\B]}ediV\\\)\ proclaim, announce, i. (a.), 
6tl, ii. 2. 20 : v. 2. 18. 

dv-eK-irtp.'Tr\T]p.i,* irXifjao}, TreTrXTjKa, 
to fill out again, fill tip, A. , iii. 4. 22 ? 

dv-eXeVOai, see dv-aipeu), iv. 1. 19. 

&vcp.os, ov, 6, (akin to Lat. animus, 
anima) wiiid, iv. 5. 3 s. 

dv-eirtXi]'irTO)s, {eTn-Xa/x^dvu)) in a 
wa,y not to be taken hold of, blameless- 
ly, icithout blame or censure, vii. 6. 37. 

dv-cpcOiJo), icrw lQ, TjpediKa, (ep^dca 
irrito, to provoke) to stir ttp, excite, in- 
flame, instigate. A., vi. 6. 9. 

dv-€p«Td«,* epcjTT^iXci} & epi'jcrofjiac, 
-qpuTTjKa, to ask [up] directly and as 
one Avho has a right to know, demand, 
question, inquire of, A. CP., ii. 3. 4 : 
iv. 5. 34. 

dv-€o-TTiv, see dv-iaTTj/jic, iii. 2. 1. 

dv-etrTpd<|>T]v, see dva-arpeipw. 

&V€v adv. as prep., without, G., i. 3. 
11,^13: ii. 6. 6, 18. 

dv-evpCo-KW,* evprjcrci}, evprjKa or i?!^- 
/97//ca, to find again, discover, find, A., 
vii. 4. 14. 

dv-ex" and dv-C<rx<«),* e'^w and (txtJ- 
aw, ^axVKO., 2 a. iaxov, to hold or lift 
up ; of the sun, to [lift itself up] rise, 
ii. 1. 3 : M. (ipf. w. double aug. T)veL- 
X^P'T^v, 2 a. du-eaxop-w, oftener -qvecrxo- 
p,r,v, 282 b) to hold up under, sustain, 
endure, bear, tolerate,lioldfirm,a,gainst, 
restrain or control one's self, a., g.. 
(661 b), p., i. 7. 4 ; 8. 11, 26 : ii. 2. I.. 

dve\{/ids, ov, 6, a cousin, kinsman 
(in Byzantine law, nephew), vii. 8. 9. 

dv-T|7a"yov, -t]Y[jl€'vos, see dv-dyoj. 

av-r\yipQr]V, see dv-eyeipw, iii. 1. 12. 

dv-'f|K£(rTOs, ov, (dK€op.aL to heal) in- 
curable, irreinediable, irreparable, ii. 
5. 5 : vii. 1. 18. 

dv-if|KO), Tj^ia, to [come up to] reach, 
extend, els, vi. 4. 3, 5. 

dvqp,* dvdpos, vir, a ma?i in dis- 



avTjpwTwv 



12 



*AvTl\€«V 



tinction from a woman or child (as 
dvdpojiros is a man in distinction from 
a higher or a lower being, as from a 
god or a beast) ; hence a onan em- 
phatically, as a husband, a warrior or 
soldier (though hostile, or even cow- 
ardly, vi. 6. 24), a brave man, a man 
of full age, a man to be honored. A 
more specific name with adjective force 
is often joined with it (esp. in address, 
where dvdpes is the term of respect in 
addressing a company of men), and it 
need not then be always translated. 
i. L 6, 11 ; 2. 20 ; 3. 3 ; 7. 4 : iv. 5. 24. 

dv-TipwTwv, see aV-epwrdw, ii. 3. 4. 

dv-T|x9T)v, see dv-dyuj, ii. 6. 1. 

dv0', by apostr. for aVrt, i. 3. 4. 

dvde'fiiov, ov, {dvdos flower) a flower, 
figure of a flower, ^pattern of flowers, 
V. 4. 32. 

dv6-£<m] (Jti,* GTrjdw, ^(TTrjKa, to set 
against : M. to stand against, with- 
stand, resist, vii. 3. 11. 
tdvOpwTTivos, 7}, ov, human, ii. 5, 8. 

dvOpwiros, ov, 6 i], homo, a man 
(one of the race, see dv-qp), humoM 
being, person, fellow ; pi. men, per- 
sons, people, mankind ; i. 3. 15 ; 6. 9 ; 
6. 6. In the expression of respect, 
dvi]p is the rather used ; of contempt, 
dvdpoiiros, i. 7. 4 : iii. 1. 27, 30 ; and 
in speaking of one's self, it is more 
modest to use dvdpoiiros, vi. 1. 26. 
Yet, without special expression, dv- 
dpojTTos is often used as a more general 
and unemphatic term, Avhere dvyp 
might have been used, as in speak- 
ing of soldiers, i. 8. 9 ; with a more 
specific name, vi. 4. 23 ; &c. Der. phil- 
anthropy. See aji//, 

dvida>, cTcrco, rjvidKa 1., (dvia grief, 
distress) to annoy, trouble, A. : M. to 
be grieved, troubled, or distressed : i. 

2. 11 : iii. 3. 19 : iv. 8. 26. 
dv-lT]|xi,* rjcrw, eiKa, a. ^Ka (&, &c.) 

to [let one get up] let go or escape, A. 
P., jii. 6. 30? 

dv-i(id(o, (Ifids leathern strap) used 
in drawing) to draw up, A., iv. 2. 8. 

dv-l<rTT]|JH,'"^ ar-qaia, ^arrjKa, 1 a. 
^arrjaa, 2 a. ^crr-qv, to raise, rouse, or 
start up another, a.: M., w. pf. and 
2 a. act., to raise one's self up, stand 
up, get up, rise (sp. for speaking): i. 

3. 13; 5. 3; 6. 10: iv. 5. 8, 19, 21. 
dv-£<rx<«>, see dv-ix^^, ii- 1. 3 : v. 7. 6. 
dv-o8os, ov, ij, [dvd, 686s), = dvd- 



jSao-ts, the way up, upward march, 
ascent, ii. 1. 1. 

&V-080S, ov, (a-, 656s) pathless, in- 
accessible, or difficult of access, iv.8.10. 

d-voTjTos, ov, .{voew) senseless, de- 
mented, foolish, ii. 1. 13. 

dv-oi-yw,* dv-oi^u), dv-ecpxa-, ipf. dv- 
4(pyov, (oi'7w to open) to [open up or 
again] open. A., v. 5. 20 : vii. 1. 16. 

dvo|jiia, as, (d-vofios) lawlessness, v. 
7. 33 s. 

dv-o|xoi(iDS, {dv-ofioios un-like) dif- 
ferently : d. ^x^cv to be differently 
situated or esteevied, vii. 7. 49. 

d-vo|jLos, ov, (vofios) lawless, vi. 6. 13. 

dvT or dv0', by apostr. for dvTl. 

dvT-a-yopd^w, daoo, rjyopaKa, to buy 
OY purchase in return, a., i. 5. 5. 

dvT-aKOv&>,* aKovaofiai, dK'qKoa, to 
hear in return, listen in turn, ii. 5. 16. 

"AvTttvSpos, 01;, Tj, Antandros, an old 
town of Troas, south of Mt. Ida and on 
the north shore of the Adramyttian 
Gulf, where Yirgil makes J^ineas build 
his ileet (^n. 3. 6). It was later col- 
onized by iEolians, and was sometimes 
under Greek, and sometimes under 
Persian power, vii. 8. 7. i| Avjilar. 

dvT-ep.-irlirXiip.i,* TrXiycra;, Tr^irXrjKa, 
to fill in return, A. G., iv. 5. 28. 

dvT-eirip.6Xeop.ai,* rjaofiaL, eTri/xefi^- 
Xiqfxai, to take Med or care in return, 
oTTws, iii. 1. 16. 

dvT-ev-iroic'w, 'qcrio, ireirolTjKa, to do 
tvell or a service in return, v. 5. 21 ; 
also written, through tmesis, dvr eS 
iroieo), 6991. 

dvTi * prep. , over against, against 
{behind, iv. 7. 6) ; instead of, in place 
of, in preference to, in return for ; G. : 
in compos., against, instead, in turn 
or return .• i. i. 4 ; 3. 4. 21 ; 7. 3 s. 

dvTi-8i8«pi,* bibaw, dedbJKa, a. ?5w- 
Ka {dQ, &c.), to give instead or in re- 
turn, A., iii. 3. 19. 

dvTi-8€«,* devcrofiai, to rim against, 
eiri, iv. 8. 17 ? 

dvTi-KaO-tcmipi,* ar-qau}, ecrrrfKa, a. 
p. €(XTdd7]v, to appoint instead, a., iii. 1. 38. 

dvTi-Xc'Yft),* Xe^w, to speak or say 
against or i7i opp)Osition, gainsay, op- 
pose, object, D. i. (a.), ws, ii.3.25 ; 5. 29. 

'AvTi-Xs'toVjOiTos, Antileon, aCyrean 
from Thurii, a flourishing Athenian 
colony in Italy, on the Tarentine Gulf. 
Among its colonists were the historian 
Herodotus and the orator Lysias. v.i. 2. 



dvTfos 



13 



dirayyiKkoi 



b 



dvTlos, a, ov, {duri) set against ; 
opposite, fronting, over against ; €k 
Tou dvTLOv [sc. fxepovs] from the oppo- 
site part, in front ; w. Uvai, &c., as 
adv., against : opposed, contrary, dif- 
ferent (other than, ■¥\) : i), : i. 8. 17, 
23 s? 10. 10 : iv. 3. 26: vi. 6. 34. 

dvTi-irapa-Gcw, * devaoixai, to run 
[along against] sidewise to meet or op- 
pose, eiri, iv. 8. 17 ? 

dvTi-irapa-o-Kevd5o(iai,d<ro/Aai,e(r/cei;- 
aafiai, to prepare in turn, make prep- 
aration against, i. 2.5. 

dyTi-irapa-rdTTOfJiai, rd^ofiai, reVa- 
7/xai, to [array one's self] draw up or 
form against, A. or Kara, iv. 8, 9. 

dvTi-Trdp-ei(J,i,* ipf. rjeiv, to march 
[along over against] a.breast, iv. 3. 17. 

dvTi-'ird<rx.«, * Trttcro/xai, Treirovda, 
to suffer in turn or return, ii. 5. 17. 

dvTi-ire'pds or dvTi-irepdv, over 
against, on the other side of, g., i. 1. 9 : 
iv. 8. 3 : see Kar-avr Lire pas. 

dvTt-iroiew, -^trco, ireiro'n^Ka, to do or 
act in return, retaliate. A., iii. 3. 7, 12 : 
M. to [make for or claim in opposition 
to another] contest, dispute, contend, 
or strive with one about ov for ; to vie 
in, seek distinction for ; d. G., irept : 
ii. 1. 11 ; 3. 23 : iv. 7. 12 : v. 2. 11. 

dvri-TTopevop.ai, evaojxaL, kc, to 
march against, iv. 8. 17 ? 

dvTi-iropos, ov, ch. poet., opiposite 
to, over against, T)., iv. 2. 18. 

dvTi-o-Tao-id^o), daw, to form a party 
against, to contest or contend with, d., 
iv. 1. 27. 

dvTi-o-Tao-iwrqs, ov, (aTacrtdoTrjs par- 
tisan) one of an opposite party, op- 
ponent, adversary, antagonist, i. 1. 10. 

dvTi-<rTOtx_€w, '>7crw, (crrorxos row) to 
stand in ojJjJosite rows, front each 
other, D., V. 4. 12. 

dvTi-o-TpaTOir€8€iiop,ai, evao/mai, i- 
o-Tparoiredevfiai, to encamp) or take tlie 
field against, vii. 7. 33. 

dvTi-TaTTco,* rd^w, re'raxa, to array 
against, draw up) or marshal against, 
op)pose to, A. D. : M. to array one's self 
against, D.: pf. p. as pret. to [have 
been marshalled] stand in array or he 
drawn up against : i. 10. 3 : ii. 5. 19 : 
iii. ^2. 14: iv. 8. 5. 

dvTt-Ti|i,da), Tjcrw, TeTLixyjKa, to honor 
in return, a. dvTi, v. 5. 14. 

dvTi-Tolevw, €v<Ti33, to shoot in return, 
shoot lack, iii. 3. 15 : v. 2. 32. 



dvTl-<|)vXdTTCi),* d^ix), 7re0y\axct, to 
guard in turn; M. to be on one's guard 
in turn, ii. 5. 3. 

dvrpov, ov, antrum, cave, cavern, 

grot, ANTRE, i. 2. 8. [3. 11. 

|dvTpw8T]s, ej, (elSos) cavernous, iv. 

fdvvo-Tos, 6v , practicable, possible, i. 

8. 11. 

dvvcD & Att. dvvTco,* i5(rw, ijpvKa, to 
accomplish, effect; M., for one's own 
advantage. A., vii. 7. 24. 

&v«, c. dvuirepcj, s. -rdrw, adv., {dvd) 
up, uincards, high up, above, in the 
ascent ; into the air ; up the country, 
from the sea-coast into the interior, in 
the interior : 6 dvo) the upward, upper, 
inland : to dvw [sc. /xe'/oos] the part or 
division above : oi dvoj those above : to. 
dvoj the [places above] high ground, 
heights: G.: i. 2. 1 ; 4. 17 : iii. 1. 8 ; 
4. i7 : iv. 3. 3, 23, 25 ; 6. 26 ; 8. 28. 
|dvw-7aiov, ov, or dvb>yi<av, w, {yala 
= y?j) an upjjer floor, v. 4. 29 ? 
|dv«0€V, froin above, from the in- 
terior, iv. 7. 12 : V. 2. 23 : vii. 7. 2. 

d|ia, as, (fem. of d^ioi) value, desert, 
due, yi. 6. 33. [i. 5. 12. 

d|ivT], 7;s, {dyvviii to break ?) an axe, 
d^tos, a, ov, c, s., {dyo} to bring or 
weigh) [bringing or Aveighing so much] 
worth, loorthy, deserving, worth ones 
while, befitting, becoming, adequate, 
G. D., I.: TToXXoOd. worth much, valu- 
able, of great value : i. 3. 12; 4, 7 ; 7. 
3 ; ^9. i, 29 : ii. 1. 14; 3. 25 : vii. 3. 27. 
I (^lo-o-Tpdnryos, ov, c, worthy to be 
a general or to command, iii. 1. 24. 

|d|t6a), cicro;, rj^LcvKa, to deem worthy, 
! A. G., I. ; to deem fit, proper, or reason- 
' able, to apjprove, A.; hence to claim, 
demand, ask, request, or desire, as fit, 
j proper, or reasonable, A., i. (a.); i. 1. 
18 ;^7. 8; 9. 15 ? iii. 2. 7 : v. 5. 12. 
j |d|i«p,a, aros, to, dignity, vi. 1. 28. 
: Der. axiom. 

d|ft), f. of dVw, ii. 3. 6. 
d^cdv, ovos, 6, {dycj) axis, Germ. 
Achse, an axle, i. 8. 10. 

d-oTrXos, ov, (oirXov) ivithout armor, 
unarmed, ii. 3. 3. 

dir', d(i>', by apostr. for diro, i. 7.1 8. 
dir-a-y-yeXXw, e\w, ijyyeXKa, to bring 
or carry word, a message, or tidings 
from a person or place ; comm. to 
bring or carry back word, a message, 
or tidings, to re-port, announce ; a. d., 
CV.fTrapdjTrepifkc; i. 4. 12s; 10.14s. 



airuYopeutt 



14 



aiTTitiv 



dir-a'yopevo), eico), if^bpevKa, (comm. ] 
f. epCjj pf. etfjTjKa, 2 a. elirov) to [speak 
off from a thing, bid farewell to itj 
renounce, resign, give up ; to give out, 
beco7)ie exhausted ov fatigived, tire, virb : 
also, to [bid one away from a thing] 
Jorhid : dir-elprjKa, as pret., / [have 
become fatigued] am fatigued, tired, 
or wcary^ p.: i. 5. 3 : ii. 2. 16 ; v. 1. 
2 ; 8. 3. See dir^lirov. 

dir-dYO),* d'^w, ■i^X'^* 2 a. i^ayov, to 
lead, conduct, bring, or carry away ; 
comm. to lead, &c., hack: M. to carry 
q/f one's own : A. bLo., els, &c. : i. 3. 14 ; 
10. 6 : ii. 3. 29 ; v. 2. 8 s : vi. 6. 1. 

idTT-a-ywyiq, tjs, a leading away, re- 
moval, vii. 6. 5. 

d-Tra0iQS, €s, {it ados) free from suffer- 
ing, G., vii. 7. 33. 

d-iraiScvTos, ov, (fl-at5euw) unedu- 
cated, ignorant, sttipid, ii. 6. 26. 

dir-aipo),* dpu}, ^p/ca, a. %a, to lift 
from its resting-place, as a vessel, &c. ; 
hence to set sail, depart, vii, 6. 33 ? 

dir-aire*), 770-^, to asTc from, de- 
mand, esp. one's due, as the payment 
of a debt ; to ask hack; 2 a.; i. 2. 11 : 
ii. 5. 38 : iv. 2. 18 : vii. 6. 2, 17. 

dir-aXXaTTft),* d^w, ijWaxa, 2 a. p. 
TJXXdyrjv {dXkdTTO} to change, fr. dXXos) 
to [change from or off] pid away, get 
rid of, escape, a. : 3L and P. to he rid 
or quit of, to be freed from, g. ; to de- 
part from, leave, withdraw, dirb, e/c : 
i. 10. 8 : iii. 2. 28 : iv. 3. 2 : v. 6. 32. 

doroXos, y}, ov, c. , (aTrrw) soft to the 
touch, tender, i. 5. 2 : v. 4. 32. 

d'n--a|JL€ipo|j.ai, xpoixaL, a. p)- rj/nei^drjv, 
ch. poet., esp. Ep., (ct/iei'^w to inter- 
change) to [give back in exchange] re- 
ply, ii. 5. 15. 

dir-avrdw, rjcrw, ijPTyiKa, {dvrdb} to 
oneet, fr. dvTi) to go or come from the 
other side in order to meet or to op- 
pose, to meet as a friend or foe, en- 
counter, goagainst, D., ii.3.17: iv.6.5. 

dira^ once (after eTret, idv, Cjs, as in 
Lat. ut semel), i. 9. 10 : ii. 2. 12. 

d-Trapa-<rK€va<rTos or d-irapd-o-Keu- 
os, ov, c, s., {(TKevd^w, (TKevos) un- 
prejmred, \. 1. 6 ; 5. 9 : ii. 3. 21. 

d-irds, d(Ta, av, (ttSs strengthened 
by a- cop. ) all together, all, tlie whole 
or entire : iredLov dirav, all a jjlain, 
a level region throughout : i. 4. 4, 15 ; 
5. 1; 6. iO: iv. 4. i. 

dir-av0?]p.6pt'^w, ia-u iQ, {fxydryxepov) 



to come back or return on the same day^ 
eiri, V. 2. 1. 

d-Tr-eyvoiKCvat, see d-n-o-yiyvojaKO}, 

dir-cSoii-qv, -e'SwKO, see d7ro-8i8iOfJH. 

dTT-c'Spav, 2 a. of d7ro-8idpd(TKU}. 

dir-€0avov, 2a. ofd7ro-6vrjaKU},i.8.27' 

d/JTiiQibif iqaw, (d-ireidrjs disobedient, 
fr. Treido/jLat) to he disobedient, disobey, 
ii. 6. 4 : iii. 2. 31. 

tdirciXc'ci), 17(70), to threaten, D. A., CP., 
V. 5. 22 ; 6. 34. 

direiXi], ris, a threat, vii. 7. 24. 

dir-eijii,* ^cro/xai, (elfii) absum, to be 
away or absent, to absent one's self, d. , 
ii. 5. 37 : vi. 6. 20. 

dir-ei|ii * (often as f. of aTr-epxojuat), 
ipf. yeiv or ya, (el/uLi) to go from or 
away, depart, withdraw, retire, re- 
treat, desert ; to go back, return ; ae. 
ctTTo, e/c, eTTi, ets, &c., i. 3. 11 ; 9. 29 : 
ii. 2. 4, 10 s; 3. 7, 29. 

dir-ciirov, 2 a. associated with diro.- 
yopevui q. v., to re^iounce, resign, A.; 
to forbid, d. i.; vii. 1. 41; 2. 12. 

dir-€ipT]Ka, pf. associated with dira- 
yopevcj q. v., ii. 2. 16. 

d-ircipos, ov, c, (Treipa) ill-experi- 
enced, unskilled, un-acquai7ited with, 
G.,^ii. 2. 5 : iii. 2. 16 : v. 1.8; 6. 29. 

dir-cixov, see ctTr-^xw, iii. 1. 2. 

dir-^KTOva, aeediro-KTeivu}, ii. 1. 8. 

dir-eXaiivw, * eXdau eXQ, eXrjXaKa, a. 
ijXaaa, to drive off or away, dislodge, 
A. ttTTo : to [drive a horse or armj^] 7'ide 
or march off, aivay, or Jac^, to retreat, 
els, &c.: i." 4. 5 ; 8. 17 : iii. 4. 40. 

dir-cX0wv, see dir-epxafmi, i. 4. 7. 

dir-epiJKti),* v^o} Ep., a. ijpv^a, ch. 
poet., to ^'cr^? q/f. A., v. 8. 25. 

d-Tr-epxciAai,* iXevaofxai, iXrjXvda, 2 
a. 9j\6ov, to come or {^0 /rowi or away, 
depart, loiihdraw, retire, retreat, de- 
sert ; to go hack, return ; wapd, iiriy 
ets, irpos, &c.; i. 1. 4 ; 3. 17; 9. 29. 

dir-cxQdvojJLai,* -ex^^coyuai, -tjx^V 
/xai, 2 a. -TjxGbfjLTjv, (^x^os) to •i^iCMr 
o?ic's hate in return, disp)lease, offend, 
D., ii. 6. 19: v. 8. 25 : vii. 6. 34. 

dir-c'xa>, '■■ e^w, ^(^x•»7^'a, 2 a. ^(txov, to 
[have one's self away from] Je off from 
or distant, G. A. of extent, ctTro : J/, to 
hoM or exclude ones self from, refrain 
ox abstain from, refrain from injuriihg, 
spai'e, decline, G. : i. 3, 20 : ii. 4. 10; 
6. 10 : iii. 1. 22: iv. 3. 5: vi. 1. 31. 

dir-TJ'yaYOV, 2 a. of a'7r-d7w, i. 10. 6. 

dir-rjetv, see d-Tr-ei/xi {elfjn), i. 9. 29. 



dirT]Xa<ra 



15 



diroOvM 



dir-'^Xacra,-T|Xavvov, see aV-eXai/j'w. 

dir-f|XSov, 2 a.oi dir-€pxofJi.ai, i. 9. 29. 

dir-TjXXdYT]v,.seea7r-aX\dTTw,i.l0.8. 

dTT-fjpa, a. of aV-aipw, vii. 6. 33 ? 

dir-i€vai, -101, -tJAEV, -loijii, &c., see 
dtr-€LjxL (dfXL), i. 3. 11. 

t dtrwrTCw, lycrw, rjiriarriKa, to distrust, 
mistritst, suspect j to disobey ; D. ; ii. 
5. 6, 15 s; 6. 19: vi. 6. 13. 

tdirio-Tta, as, want of faith; distrust, 
tnistrust ; faithlessness, perfidy, treach- 
ery, irpbs ; ii. 5. 4, 21 : iii. 2. 4, 8. 

d-irioTos, ov, void of faith ; void of 
credit, distrusted, c, ii. 4. 7: vii. 7. 23s. 

dir-tTcov eaTLv (a7r-ei^t) t'^ is neces- 
sary to depart, 682 ; v. 3. 1. 

dir-io), -i»v, &c., see (XTr-eifit (eX/xL). 

d-irXcTOS or d-irXuros, oy, (TreXdw ^0 
approach) [un-approachablej immense, 
vast, p)rodigious, iv. 4. 11. 

d-irXoos,* 6-q, bov, coutr. oDs, -^j ovv, 
simplex, simple, sincere ; to airXouv 
simplicity, sincerity, 507 a ; ii. 6. 22 : 
V. 8. 18. 

dird,* by apostr. air or a0', prep., 
ab, from ; w. Gen. of place, from, 
away from, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 5 (so of persons 
or tilings from which a separation 
takes place, i. 8. 3, 28): of time, from 
(either before or after), i. 7. 18 : ii. 6. 5 ; 
d0' o5 [from the time when, 557 a] 
since, iii. 2. 14 : of source (origin, 
cause, means, &c. ), from, by means of, 
by, with, through, upon, i. 1.9; 5. 10 : 
ii. 5. 7. In compos., /ro7;i, away, off, 
back (hence where something is due) ; 
sometimes strengthening, and some- 
times reversing the idea of the simple. 

diro-Palvw,* ^-qaoixaL, ^e^rfKa, 2 a. 
^^7]v, to [step off from a vessel] dis- 
embark, eis, e-rri : to [come off] be ful- 
filled or prove true : v. 7. 9 : vii. 8. 22. 

diro-pdXX«,* /3a\cD, ^ejBXrjKa, 2 a. 
^jSaXou, to throw away, lose, a., iv. 6. 
10 : vi. 1. 21 : vii. 6. 31. 

d-iro-ptpd^w, |3i|8d(rw /3ijS(j, {^c^d^u} 
to make go, causative of ^aivw) to dis- 
embark or land another. A., i. 4. 5. 

diro-pXcTTft), i\pofxai, ^ejSXecpa 1., to 
look off to, as one does to a quarter 
from which help is expected ; hence 
to look expectantly or intently upon, 
gaze at, icatch, eis, i. 8. 14 : vii. 2. 33. 

diro-'yi'YVwo-Ka), * yvwcrofxai,, ^vcoKa, 
2 a. ^yvujv, to decide away from some- 
thing, i. e. to abandon or relinquish 
tlie idea of it, to renounce or give up 



the thought or intention of, g., i. 7. 
19.^ 

d'iro-8e8pdKa,seed7ro-565/3dcrAcw,i.4.8. 

dTTO-ScUvvjii,* dei^oj, SeSeixct, a. JJ. 
edelxdWi lo l^oint off or out, show, di- 
rect, declare, publish, a. d., i., cp.; 
to designate, appoint, 2 A.; i. 1. 2 : 
ii. 3. 14: iii. 2. 36 : v. 8. 7 : M. to ex- 
press or show one's opinion or feeling, 
A. I. (a.), cp., v. 2. 9; 5. 3 ; 6. 37. 

diro-Sepw,* 5epw, 2 a. p. iddprju {depoj 
to skin) to take off the skin, to skin, 
flay, A., iii. 5. 9. 

dTro-86XO|iai, de^o/xai, dedey/jxti, to 
receive from one, accept, vi. 1. 24. 

diro-8i][i€Ci), Tjcrw, {diro-drjfxos away 
from one's people) to have Aomc, vii.8. 4. 

dTTO-oiSpdo-Kco,* dpdcro/xai, dedpdica, 
2 a. ^dpdv, to run off or aivay, flee, de- 
sert, iviihdraw, escape, esp. by stealth, 
secretly, or unobserved (cf. ^evyoj, 
d-jTo^evyoj) ; to escape by concealment, 
slip away, hide ones sef; A., eis, e/c, 
&c. ; i. 4. 8 : ii. 2. 13 ; 5. 7 : vi. 4. 8. 

d7ro-8i8a)|Jti,* Scocrw, dedojKa, a. edojxa 
(80), &c.), to give back, restore or re- 
turn, give or deliver up; hence esp. 
to give or 2My what has been borrowed, 
or is due, a. d., i. 2. 11 s ; 4. 15: iv. 
2. 19, 23 : 3f. to [give up for one's 
own profit] sell. A., vii. 2. 3, 6 ; 8. 6. 

d'7ro-8oK6a),* dj^oj, to seem away 
from one's interest ; only as impers., 
dwodoKei, it does not seem good or expe- 
dient, it is decided not to, d. i., ii. 3. 9. 

diro-8o-i)vai, see diro-diSajfii, i. 7. 5, 

dTro-8paii]v, -8pdvai, -Spds, see diro- 
diSpdaKOj, ii. 2. 13 ; 5. 7. 

d-iro-8pap.ovp.ai, f. of diro-Tpex<^- 

d'7ro-8ow,* Sf/o-w, SebvKa, 2 a. as m. 
^dvu, to take off from or stri]) another, 
despjoil, A. ; M. to strip) one's self, take 
off one's own clothes ; iv. 3. 1 7 : v. 8 . 23. 

diro-8cocr«, f. of dTro-didwfJLi, i. 4. 15. 

diro-0av€iv, -0av«v, see d-rro-dv-qaKw. 

d7ro-0app€ci>, -qaw, to be confldent, v. 
2. 22 ? 

diro0£v or dirwOev, (ciTro) from a dis- 
tance, i. 8. 14 ? 

d'n'O-0VTJo-Ka),* davovfxai, ridvqKa, 
2 a. Wavov, to die off, die, fall in bat- 
tle ; as 2^- of diroKretvu), to be killed, 
slain, or put to death, viro : i. 6. 11 ; 
8. 27: ii. 6. 29 s: iii. 2. 39. 

diro-0v(i) (v),* d\](T()j, redvKa, to sacri- 
fice in payment of a vow, pay a sacri- 
fice, A. D., iii. 2. 12 : iv. 8. 25. 



16 



diroir'^'Yvvfj.i 



tdiroiKia, as, a colony, iv. 8. 22. 

oLir-otKos, ov, transplanted from 
home, colonized: subst. i) diroiKos [sc. 
TToXis] colony ; ol uttolkol colonists ; v. 
3. 2 ; 5. 10 : vi. 1. 15 ; 2. 1. 

airo-Kaia> & Att. diro-Kaw,* KaOaw, 
K^KavKa, to hum off ; also of intense 
cold (ne frigus adurat, Virg. G. 1. 92), 
to blast, freeze off, a., iv. 5. 3: vii. 4. 3. 

diro-KaXew,* KaXeaco /caXcD, K€K\r)Ka, 
to call aside or apart, A., vii. 3. 35. 

diro-KajJivw,*" /cttyUoOyttat, K€K/x7]Ka, 2 a. 
cKa/xov, to fall off fi-om worlc through 
fatigue, hccome fatigued, grow tired or 
weary, iv. 7. 2. 

dird-KciiJiai,* Kelaoixai, to he laid 
away or laid up, to he reserved, stored, 
or kept in store, d., ii. 3. 15 : vii. 7. 46 ? 

diro-K\€iw,* KXeiaco, /ce/cXet/ca, to s/t?t^ 
ojf or ou^, intercept, exclude, A. g. ; to 
shut, A. ; iv. 3. 20 s : vi. 6. 13: vii. 6. 24. 

diro-KXlv«,* kXlvQ, KeKXiKa 1., to 
turn aside, ii. 2. 16. 

diro-KOTTTO),* K6\pw, K€KO(pa, 2 a. ]). 
iKOTTTjv, to cut off) strike off beat of, 
A., iii. 4. 39 : iv. 2. 10, 17 : vii. 4. 15. 

diro-Kptvoixat,* KpXvovjxai, KCKplfxai, 
a. eKpivdixTjv (later dir-eKpidriv), to [de- 
cide back] re2'>ly, answer, d. ae., cp., 
irpSs, i. 3. 20; 4. 14; 6.7s : ii.l. 15,22s. 

diro-Kpv'irTw, * Kpv\po}, KCKpvcpa, to hide 
away, conceal, cover, A. : M. to conceal 
one's own, hoard: i. 9. 19? iv. 4. 11. 

diro-KTeivo),* KrevQ, 2 pf. eKrova, a. 
€KTei.ua, {P. supplied by dirodv-qaKOj) to 
Mil of, kill, slay, put to death. A., i. 
1. 3, 7 ; 2. 20 : ii. 1. 8. 

dTro-KTivvi5p.i,* = aTTOKTeivw, vi. 3. 5. 

diro-K(oXva> (v), ifcroj, /ce/cciXu/ca, to 
hinder or prevent from, a. g., i., iii. 
3. 3 ? vi. 4. 24. 

diro-Xafj,pdv«,* X-q^pofxai, etX770a,2a. 
eXafSou, a. 7^. eXrjcpdTji', to take or receive 
hack, re-take, recover ; to receive what 
is due ; to take or cut off, intercept, 
arrest ; A.; i. 2. 27 ; 4. 8 : ii. 4. 17 : 
vii.^ 7. 21, 33, 55 ? 

diro-XetiTft),* XeixJ/co, 2 pf. XeXocwa, 
2 a. isXlitov, to leave behind, forsake, 
desert, quit, fail ; to leave [out] a space; 
A.: P. and M. to he left behivd, fatl 
behind, fail to observe, g. : i.4.8 : ii.6. 
12 : iv. 3. 22 : v. 4. 20: vi. 3. 26 ; 5. 11. 

dTTo-XcKTOs, Qv, (Xe'7w) picked out, 
select, choice, ii. 3. 15. 

diro-Xi]4>0Wj -XT|\j/ofJLai, see dwo-Xap.- 
Bdvw, i. 4. 8 : ii. 4. 17. 



dir-oXXiJfit,* oXeVw 6XQ), oXuXcKa, 
(oXXv/uiL to destroy) to destroy [off or ut- 
terly], slay, A. ; to lose, be deprived of, 
A, virb : M. (f. oXovfiaL, 2 a. (hXo/inju) to 
perish, die, viro : 2 pf. as 7n. d-Tr-oXajXa 
perii, / have perished, I am lost or un- 
done : i. 2. 25 ; 5. 5 : ii. 5. 17, 39, 41 : 
iii. 1. 2; 4. 11 : vi. 6. 23. 

'AiroXXwv,* (avos, wvi, wva and a>, 
"AiroXXov, Apollo, son of Jupiter and 
Latona, and -twin-brother of Diana, 
one of the chief divinities of the Greeks, 
and regarded as the patron of divina- 
cion, music, poetry, archery, &;c. His 
oracles were numerous, and that at 
Delphi in Phocis was the most famous 
of all the Greek oracles. ' ' Apollo had 
more influence upon the Greeks than 
any other god. It may safely be as- 
serted that the Greeks would never 
have become what they were, without 
the worship of Apollo: in him the 
brightest side of the Grecian mind is 
reflected." Dr. Schmitz. i. 2. 8. 

j'A-rroXXwvia, as, Apollonia, a small 
town of Mysia near Lydia, vii. 8. 15. 
^'AttoXXcoviStis, ov, Apollonides, a 
mean-spirited lochage, a Lydian by 
birth, but serving as a Greek in the 
division of Proxenus, iii. 1. 26. 

aTTO-Xo'yeojxai, rjcrofxaL, -XeXoyrjfiai, 
(Xoyos) to plead off from a charge, 
speak or say in defence, apologize, 
irepi, OTL, V. 6. 3. 

dTTO-X-Dco,* Xucroj, XeXvKa, to loosc 
from, acquit, A. 6., vi. 6. 15. 

dir-oXwXcKa, see dir-oXXvpn., ii. 5. 39. 

diro-ixdxoixai,* x^'^^P-^'- XoO^at, fxe- 
fidxvi^^h to fight off resist, refuse, vi. 
2. 6. 

diro-naxos, ov, (/xcixv) Fr. hors de 
combat, kej^t from fighting, disabled, 
non-combatant, out of the ranks, iii. 4. 
32: iv. 1. 13. 

d7ro-vco-T6ft), rjcro}, {vharos a return) 
to return [back] home, iii. 5. 16. 

diro-ire'iJi.Trft),* irifji.\//u}, ir^TropLcpa, to 
send off, away, or back ; to send what 
is due, re-mit ; A. D., ets, iirl, &c. : 
M. to send away or back from one's 
self, dismiss, a. : i. 1. 3, 5, 8 ; 2. 1. 20. 

diro-Tr^TOfJLai,* ireTrjaoixai, comm. 
irrriaoixaL, 2 a. a. 'iirT-qv or ^irrdv, to 
fly off or aivay, i. 5. 3 ? 

diro-iTTi'YVUjxt,* TTTj^oj, TT^irrjxa 1., to 
form curds from a liquid : M. to cur- 
dle, become congealed, freeze, v. 8. 15. 



dTTOirqSdcD 



17 



airotp^vyo) 



diro-TrT]8da), riaofiai, TreTnfjdrjKa, (ttt)- 
ddcd to leap) to leap or spring off, 
away, or back, iii. 4. 27 ? 

diro-irXew,* Tr\evaojj.aL or TrXevaov- 
fiai, TreirXevKa, a. ^irXevcra, to sail off, 
away, or back, to sail for home, e/c, 
&c., i. 3. 14 ; 4. 7 : vi. 6. 9 : vii. 1. 38. 
^.ttTrd-irXoos, contr. ovs, ov, 6, a voyage 
back or home, v. 6. 20. 

dTTO-iropcvoiiai, €vcro,uai, Treiropevfiai, 
to go away, depart, vii. 6. 33. 

t diTopca), Tjtrw, 7}ir6p7]Ka, to he without 
resource or means ; to be at a loss wlvxt 
to do, to be perplexed, puzzled, or in 
doicbt, D. (Jf. in like sense, cp., i.); to 
be destitute or i7i want, to tvant, lack, 
G.;^i. 3. 8; 7. 3: vi. 1. 22? vii. 3. 29. 
tdtropta, as, lack of resource or 
incans ; perplexity, embarrassment, 
distress ; difficulty, I. ; want, lack, 
G.; i. 3. 13: ii. 5. 9: iii. 1. 2, lis. 

d-iropos, ov, without way, resource, 
or means ; vmpracticable, impossible, 
difficult ; of places, impassable ; of 
persons, loithout resource, devoid of 
means, i.; subst. airopov something 
impassable, an insuperable obstacle, 
pi. obstacles, difficulties, straits : ii. 4. 
4; ^5.^21:^ iii. 2. 22; 3. 4: v. 6. 20. 

dTTo-p-p-qTos, OV, ipe- to speak) [away 
from speaking] not to be spoken, for- 
bidden to be told, secret, i. 6. 5 : vii. 6. 
43. See Trotew. 

dTTO-p-pw^, Gryos, 6 tj, cli. poet., 
(diro-p-prjyvv/ut.!. to break off) broken off, 
ab-rupt, steep, vi. 4. 3. 

diro-o-T|7r«,* i^w, 2 pf. as m. aearjira, 
{(X7)irw to rot) to rot off (trans.): M. to 
rot off (intrans. ), be mortified ; roijs 
daKTvXovs diroaeariTrbres [mortified as 
to] having lost their toes, virb, iv. 5. 12. 

diro-o-KdirTO),* di/'W, ecTKacpa, (cr/cd- 
TTTw to dig) to trench off, dig a trench 
to intercept, ae., ii. 4. 4. 

diro-o-KcSdvviip.i,* 0"/ce5d(rw cr/ceSw, 
to scatter abroad (trans. ) : P. and M. 
to be scattered or dispersed, scatter or 
disperse (intrans.), stray or straggle : 
01 diroaKedavvvixevoi the stragglers : iv. 
4. 9, 15 : vii. 6. 29. 

diro-o-KTjveto, 'qcro), or -(jktj'oui, waoj, 
to encamp at a distance from, iii. 4. 35. 

diro-<nrd««),* aaoj, ecnraKa, a. ^;. 
i(nrdadr]v, to draio off, separate, A. 
dTTo : also intrans. to separate one's 
self from, outstrip (or J/.), 577c: P. 
to be separated or removed from, g., 

LEX. AN. 



diro : i. 5. 3 ? 8. 13 : ii. 2. 12 : vii. 2. 
11 j 3. 41. 

diro-o-Tat-qv, -(rrds, see d<p-i(rT7)iM. 

diro-o-Tavpow, c6crw, to sto^c or ^;aZi- 
5«c?e off. A., vi. 5. 1. 

d-JTO-o-TeXXw,* areXQ, earaXKa, to 
send away or back, A., ii. 1. 5. 

diro-CTTepew, * 770-0;, ecrrepriKa, to de- 
prive, rob, def rated, 2 A., vi. 6. 23, 

diro-o'Tfjvai, see d<p-i(rTr)/jii, i. 1. 7. 

diro-crTpaTOTre8€uop,ai, evaojxaL, i- 
cTTpaTOTredev/xac, to encamp at a diS' 
tance, G., iii. 4. 34 : vii. 7. 1. 

diro-o-Tp€(()«,* \p(j], tcrrpocpa L, ^0 
^tir-Tt back, recall, a. e^, ii. 6. 3. 

I diro-o-Tpoij)!), T7S, a [turning aside or 
back] retreat, refuge, resort (place as 
well as act), ii. 4. 22 : vii. 6. 34. 

diro-o-vXaw, 7}cro3, {avXdu} to strip) to 
strip off, despoil, rob, 2 A., i. 4. 8. 

diro-o-xeiv, -<rx.«), see dir-ex(^, ii. 2. 12. 

diro-o-w^co,* crcicro), aecrcjKa, to lead 
or 6rz7Z^ &ac/^ mi safety, to restore safe, 
A. €is, ii. 3. 18. 

diro-Ta4>p6v«, eixrco, (rdcppos) to 
trench off, complete a trench, vi. 5. 1. 

dTTO-Tetvw,* re^w, reraKa, pf. J9. r^- 
TafiaL, to stretch off, ex-tend, els, i. 8. 10. 

d7ro-T€ixtt*>> '''''*' "^5 rercixtfa, to 
wall off, build a wall to intercept, ii. 
4. 4. 

diro-TCfJivto,* TepL,Q, r^T/xrjKa, 2 a. ere- 
fiov, a. jp. irix-qd-qv, to cut off, intercept, 
A. : diroTfi'qdevres rds KecpaXds beheaded, 
481 : i. 10. 1 : ii. 6. 1 : iii. 1. 17 ; 4. 29. 

diro-TiOt^ixi,* Orjcru}, redeiKa, a. edrjKa 
{dCb, &c.), to put away, lay up, store, 
A., ii. 3. 15. 

diro-Ttvctf,* rfcrw, rerlKa, {ftvo} to 
pa^y) to pay back, or what is due, a. d, : 
M. to get pay from, take vengeance, 
requite, punish, A. : iii. 2. 6: vii. 6. 16. 

diro-TfJ,T]6€is, see dwo-refivot}, ii. 6. 1. 
jdiroTojAOS, oj', cut sharp off, precip- 
itous, iv. 1.2; 7. 2 ? 

diro-Tpeirft),* xpoi, r^rpocpa, 2 a. m. 
erpairofjiTjv, to turn off or back, trans. : 
M. to turn of, aside, or hack, intrans., 
iii. ^5. 1: vii'. 3. 7; 6. 11. 

dTro-Tp€x_», * dpafjLov/jLac, SedpdfxrjKa, 
2 a. ebpaixov, to run off or hack, re- 
treat, return, v. 2. 6 : vii. 6. 5. 

diro-<j)aiv«,* (t>avQ}, TreipayKa, a. 
€(l)-qva, to show off or forth : M. to 
shoiv one's self or one's own ; appear; 
express, A. ; i. 6. 9 : v. 7. 12. 

diro-fcv'yw,* (peij^ofiai, irdcpevya, 



dir64>pa|i.s 



18 



dpi^-ycD 



2 a. t(^vyov, to flee avmaj, escape, esp. 
through speed (cf. airo-btdpd(XKw), e/c, 
els, i. 4. 8: ii. 5. 7: iii. 4. 9 : iv. 2. 27. 

dird9pa^i'S, ecus, r;, (dTro-^pdrrw ^o 
fence off, ohstruct) obstruction, blockade, 
G., iv.'2. 25 s. 

diro-x.cjpeti), -^cra) or TjaofiaL, Kex^pv- 
Ka, to go back, retreat, return, i. 2. 9. 

diro-\|/T](|>(,^op.ai, IcrofMai lovfiat, e\py}- 
<pL(TixaL, to vote [oft* from] otherwise or 
against, i. 4. 15. 

d-irpdOvfios, ov, not iificlined, dis- 
inclined, un-willing, vi. 2. 7. 

d-irpoo-SoKiiTOS, ov, {Trpoa-doKdd}} 
unexpected, sudden ; i^ dirpoadoK-qrov 
ex improviso, of a sudden, suddenly, 
unexpectedly, by surprise, iv. 1. 10. 

d-irpo<J>aorto"TO)S adv., {irpoipaai^o- 
fiat) wiiJiovi maMng excuses, prompt- 
ly, without hesitation, ii. 6. 10. 

diTTft),* a\\/bi, to fasten, kindle : M. 
to fasten one's self to, touch, engage in, 
G., i. 5. 10 : V. 6. 28. 

dir- a)X6 jxT]v, see dir-oKKvixi, i. 5. 5. 

dir-wv, see dir-eLixL (ei/Jii), ii. 5. 37. 
[dp-, toft, suit, please, itnite.] 
j.dpa* postpos. adv., a particle ex- 
pressing inference or relation, and 
often throwing force upon the pre- 
ceding word. It is variously trans- 
lated : accordingly, therefore, tJien, 
no2v, indeed, in truth ; it seems ; per- 
haps (as w. el or eav) ; i. 7. 18 : ii. 2. 

3 ; 4. 6 : iv. 6. 15 ? 

4.dpa * interrog.adv., (a stronger form 
of ctpa) indeed? surely? often not ex- 
pressed in Eng., except by the mode 
of utterance. "A/j* ov expects an af- 
firmative, and &pa [x-q a negative an- 
swer, iii. 1. 18 : vi. 5. 18 : vii. 6. 5. 

'ApajSia, as, {"Apa\}/ Arab) Arabia, 
the great southwestern peninsula of 
Asia, so extensively desert, and most- 
ly occupied in ancient as in modern 
times by nomadic and predatory tiibes. 
Its limits on the north were not fixed, 
and Xenophon so extends them as to 
include a desert region beyond the 
Euphrates, i. 5. 1 : vii. 8. 25. 

*Apd|iis, ov, the Araxes, prob. the 
same with the Xa^dbpas, now Khabur 
(the Chebar, the scene of the prophet 
Ezekiel's sublime visions, Ezek. 1.1), 
the largest affluent of the Euphrates 
above its junction with the Tigris, 
i. 4. 19. 

opdrMj see atpo), v. 6. 33. 



'ApPdKas, or*ApPdKt]s, ov, Arbacas 
or -ces, satrap of Media, and command- 
er of a fourth part of the army of 
Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12 : vii. 8. 25. 

'Ap-ycios, ov, 6, {"Apyos) an Argive. 
Argos was the chief city of Argolis, 
the most eastern province of Pelopon- 
nesus ; and according to tradition was 
the oldest city in Greece. Its early 
importance was such that its name is 
applied by Homer, not only to the 
surrounding district, of which Myce- 
nae was the Homeric capital, but even 
to the whole Peloponnese ; and some- 
times the name 'ApyeioL, to the Greeks 
in general. Other cities afterwards 
so eclipsed and depressed it, that it 
played no great part either in Greek 
politics or civilization. In the Per- 
sian wars, it was inactive ; in domes- 
tic wars, as the Peloponnesian, it was 
generally inclined to side with the 
enemies of Sparta. It worshipped 
Hera (Juno) as its especial patroness. 
iv.2. 13, 17. 

dp^ds, ov, (contr. fr. a- e pry 6s, fr. 
tpyov) zoithout work, at ease, idle, 
iii. 2. 25. 
tdp-yvpfos, a, ov, contr. dpyvpovs, a, 
ovv (772 c), of silver, iv. 7. 27. 
tdp-yvpiov, ov, dim., silver in small 
pieces for money, silver-money, money, 
i. 4. 13 : ii. 6. 16 : iii. 2. 21. 

t dpyupd-irovs, 6 i}, g. -irodos, silver- 
footed, iv. 4. 21. 

[dp-yvpos, ov, 6, {dpfybs shining, white) 
silver.'] 

'Ap7«, bos, 7], the Argo, the vessel, 
small in size but great in mythic fame, 
in which Jason with his band of fifty 
heroes sailed from lolcos in Thessaly 
to iEa in Colchis, in quest of the gold- 
en fleece, about a generation before the 
Trojan war, vi. 2. 1. 

dpSiiv adv., (atpu) [all taken up] 
altogether, wlwlly, quite, vii. 1. 12? 

&p8« (in Att. only pr. and ipf.) to 
water, irrigate. A., ii. 3. 13. 

dpeo-K6),*^ dpeaw, (dp-) to please, 
satisfy, suit, d., ii. 4. 2. 

\.dper'f\,TJs, goodness, excellence, virtue, 
magnanimity; good service, Trepi; esp. 
goodness in war (virtus), manhood^ 
valor, prowess, courage ; i. 4. 8 s : ii. 
1. 12 s: iv. 7. 12. 

dprj-yw, Tj^w, ch. poet., (akin to dpK^w) 
to give aid or succor, esp. in war, i. 10. 5. 



'Apr\^i(>iV 



19 



'Apu^vT] 



I'AptilCwv, covos, Aixxion, a sooth- 
sayer in the Cyrean army, from Par- 
rhasia in Arcadia, vi. 4. 13 ; 5. 2, 8. 

'Apiaios, ov, Ariceus, chief com- 
mander under Cyrus of the barbarian 
troops, but treacherous to the Greeks 
after the battle of Cunaxa. He is 
mentioned as in command at Sardis, 
B. c. 395. i. 8. 5 ; 9. 31 : ii. 4. 1 s. 

apiOfjios, of;, 6, number; numbering, 
enumeration ; summary, total, whole 
extent, rrjs 68ov : i. 2. 9 ; 7.10: ii. 2. 6. 
Der. AKiTHMETic. From dp- ? 

*Api(rT-apxos, ov, Aristarchus, Spar- 
tan harmost at Byzantium, corrupt 
and cruel, vii. 2. 5 s, 12 s. — 2. See 
'A/Jto-reas. 

dpio-rdo), yjaw, TjpicrTTjKa, (apiaroy 
q. V.) to breakfast, take the first or 
morning meal, iii. 3. 6 : iv. 3. 10. 

*Api<rTeas, ov, Aristeas, of Chios, a 
"brave and useful commander of light- 
armed troops, iv. 1. 28 (v. I. 'Apiarap- 
Xos) ; 6. 20. 

dpnTTcpos, d, 6u, (fr. dpicrTos by eu- 
phemism ? cf. evibpv/jLos) left in distinc- 
tion fr. right : i] dpicrepd xetp the left 
hand, the left (the art. and xet'p oftener 
omitted): ii. 3. 11 ; 4. 28 : iv. 8. 2. 

'Apio-T-nriros, ov, Aristipinis, of 
Larissa in Thessaly, one of the noble 
family of the Aleuadse. Obtaining 
money from Cyrus, he enlisted troops 
to withstand an opposing party, and 
from these sent a force under his fa- 
vorite Menon to the service of Cyrus. 
i. L 10 ; 2. 1 : ii. 6. 28. 

"opio-Tov, OV, TO, (cf. 9ipL early) the 
first of the two usual and regular 
Greek meals, the morning ov forenoon 
meal, breakfast; not usually taken 
very early, and sometimes correspond- 
ing to our early dinner, or the English 
lunch (Lat. prandium) ; i. 10. 19. 
idptcTTo-iroiccD, 170-0;, topreimre break- 
fast : M. to prepare one's own break- 
fast, get breakfast, iii. 3. 1, cf. 6. 

&pi<rTOS, 17, ov, s. to dyados, {dp-) 
most fitting, best, most useful or ad- 
vantageous (often coupled with Kd\- 
\i.aTos, ii. 1. 9, 17) ; best or first in 
rank, noblest, most eininent ; best in 
war, bravest : dpiara adv. (s, to ed), 
in the best way, best, most successfully 
or advantageously: i. 3. 12; 5. 7; 6. 
1, 4 ; 9. 5 : iii. 1. 6. Der. aristo-crat. 
i'Apto-Twv, wvos, Ariston, an Athe- 



nian sent by the Cyreans on an em- 
bassy to Sinope, v. 6. 14, 
|'ApicrT-«vv(jLos, 01;, Aristonymiis, 
a lochage from Methydrium in Arca- 
dia, one of the bravest and most ad- 
venturous of the Cyreans, iv. 1. 27. 
t'ApKaSiKos, 7?, bv. Arcadian : to A p. 
KadiKov [sc. arpdrev/jia or irXr^dos] tJie 
Arcadian force, iv. 8. 18. 

'ApKds,a5os, 6,an Arcadian. Arcadia 
was the mountainous central province 
of the Peloponnese, inhabited by a 
brave and energetic but not wealthy- 
people, many of whom, like the mod- 
ern Swiss, sold their services abi-oad 
for more liberal rewards than could 
be obtained at home. Their pastoral 
habits led to the especial worship of 
Pan aud culture of music. Arcadia 
was the Greek province most largely- 
represented in the army of Cyrus ; and 
its modern inhabitants are said to be 
the bravest people in the Morea. i. 2. 
1: vi. 2. 10. 

dpKecD, ecrw, to be sufficient or enough; 
to suffice, content, satisfy : ctp/ccDj'asadj., 
sufficient, enough : d., irpos : ii. 6. 20 : 
V. 6. 1 ; 8. 13 : vi. 4. 6. 

dpKTos, OV, 7], comm. epicene, a bear; 
the Northern Bear (Ursa Major), tlie 
north ; i. 7. 6 ; 9. 6. Der. ARCTIC. 

dpp,a, aTo^, TO, (dp-) a yoked vehicle, 
a chariot, esp. for war, with two wheels, 
and open behind. Its use in battle 
(except as scythe-armed among bar- 
barian nations) belonged rather to the 
Homeric than to later times, i. 2. 16 ; 
7. 10 s, 20 ; 8. 3, 10. Cf. dfia^a & 
|dpp,-d|xa|a, -qs, a covered carriage, 
esp. for women and children, i. 2. 16. 
t'Apjxevta, as, Armenia, an elevated 
region of Western Asia, containing the 
head-waters of the Euphrates, Tigris, 
and several other rivers. Here the 
garden of Eden seems to be most nat- 
urally located ; here the ark of Noah 
is comm. supposed to have rested ; 
and this region prefers strong claims 
to be regarded as an especial cradle 
of Caucasian civilization. The Cy- 
reans found its winter climate severe ; 
and its heights occupied by hardy and 
brave, but rude tribes, iii. 5. 17. 

*Ap[X€vios, a, ov, Armenian : ol 'A. 
the Armenians : iv. 3. 4, 20 ; 5. 33. 

'App,T)vii, 77s, Harmene, a village 
and harbor about five miles west of 



dpfJLOCTTTjS 



20 



«fX» 



Sinope and belonging to it : v. I. 'Ap- 
/xifivr} : vi. 1. 15, 17. II Ak-Liman, i. e. 
TVhite Haven. 

app-ooTTT]?, ov, (apfMo^co to regulate) 
a regulator, director, governor of a 
dependent state, harmosb; a title esp. 
given to the officers who were sent by 
Sparta during her supremacy to regu- 
late and control the affairs of subject 
states, and whose arbitrary and cor- 
rupt conduct brought so much odium 
upon the Spartan rule ; v. 5. 19 s. 

&pv6ios, a, ov, {dpvos lamb's) of a 
lamb, lamb's, iv. 5. 31. 

tapira"yTJ, rjs, seizure, robbery, rapine, 
2nllagc, plunder ; Kad' apiray-qv [with 
reference to] /or ^/zMif^er ; iii. 5. 2. 

apird^w,* d<y(j}, oftener daop-ai, rjp- 
TraKa, pf. ^J. ripTraajxaL, rapio, to snatch 
up, seize, carry axooy, capture ; to 
plunder, pillage, rob : oi dpird^ovTes 
the pillagers : A.: i. 2, 25, 27; 10. 3 s. 

"Apiracros, ov, 6, the Jlarpasics, prob. 
the same river with the Acampsis (now 
Choruk-Su), flowing into the south- 
eastern Euxine, iv. 7. 18. 

['Apra-, great or honored, a common 
prefix in Persian names.] 

'ApTa-76po-i]s, ov, Artagerses, com- 
mander of the body-guard of Arta- 
xerxes, i. 7. 11 ; 8. 24. 

*ApTa-Kdp.as, a, Artacamas, satrap 
of Phrygia, vii. 8. 25. 

'Aprd-o^os, ov, Artaozus, a follower 
of Cyrus, who made his submission to 



the king, ii. 4. 16 



35. 



'ApTa-|€p|Tis, ov, {translated by 
Herodotus fxeyas dprfCos great warrior, 
6. 98, see Sep^iys) Artaxerxes ii., sur- 
named Mnemon from his great mem- 
ory, eldest son of Darius Nothus, and 
his successor upon the Persian throne, 
reigning b. c. 405 - 359, Before his 
accession, his name was Arsaces. Of 
natural mildness and easy temper, he 
was a weak king, yielding undue pow- 
er to his mother, the unprincipled and 
cruel Pary satis, and leaving the gov- 
ernment too much to slaves and eu- 
nuchs. His subjects were rebellious ; 
his arms had little success ; and his 
last years were embittered and short- 
ened by the quarrels and crimes of his 
sons. i. 1. 1, 3 s. 

*ApTa-irdTTjs or -as, ov or a, Arta- 
pates or -as, the personal attendant in 
whom Cyrus most confided, i. 6. 11. 



dprdo), lycrw, ijprTjKU 1., to 
hang, or suspend one thing to another, 
A., iii, 5. 10. 

"ApT€|xis, i8os, idi, Lv or tSa, i, Arte- 
mis or Diana, twin-sister of Apollo, 
the goddess of virginity and of the 
chase. She was greatly worshipped 
by the Greeks, and with especial honor 
at Ephesus and in Arcadia, i. 6. 7. 

dpTt adv., {dp-) exactly, just, just 
note, iv, 6. 1 : vii. 4. 7. 

'AprtjAtts, a, Artimas, satrap of 
Lydia, vii. 8. 25. 
tdpTo-Koiros, ov, 6 7], {kottto}) a [bread- 
beater] baker, iv. 4. 21 : v. I. dpro-iroios, 
ov, {iroUui) a bread-maker. 

dpTos, ov, 6, a loaf of bread, esp. of 
wheat, bread, i. 9. 26 : ii. 4. 28. 

'ApTotixo-s, ov or a, Artuchas, a com- 
mander of forces for the king, prob. a 
ruler of the Mardonii or Mardi, iv. 3. 4. 

'Apvo-Ttts, ov or a, Arystas, an Ar- 
cadian, a great eater, vii. 3. 23 s: v. I. 
"Apicrros, "Apvaro^. 
t*Apx-a7opas, ov or a, Archagoras, 
a lochage, an exile from Argos,iv. 2. 13, 
tdpxatos, a, ov, [in the beginning] 
old, ancient : Kvpos 6 a. C. the Elder: 
rb dpxo.'i-ov, as adv,, of old, formerly : 
i. 1. 6; 9. 1: iii. 1. 4: iv. 5. 14. 

tdpx'^j^s, beginning ; rule, command, 
domioiion, sovereignty, G. ; government, 
realm, empire, principality, satrapy, 
province: dpxw, as adv,, in the first 
place, at all (followed by a negative) : 
i. 1, 2s : ii, 1, 11 : vi. 3. 1 : vii. 7. 25, 28. 
tdpx-Tl^os, ov, 6, (dycS) a leader, com- 
mander, officer, iii, 1. 26 ? 

fdpxiKos, T], ov, fitted to command, 
qualified for command, ii. 6. 8, 20. 

d'pxw, dip^w, ^pxc- r-5 to be foremost, 
take the lead ; in time, to begin or com- 
mence, esp. for others to follow, g., i. ; 
in rank or office, to lead, command, 
rule, govern, reign, g. ; dpx<^v subst., 
a leader, commander, officer, ruler, 
governor, prince, chief: P. to be ruled, 
governed, or commanded, hence to sub- 
mit to authority, to obey or serve, virb • 
oi dpxbp-evoL those under command, the 
common soldiers, " the men"-, irpbs 
dWovs dpxofMevovs dirtivai to go as sol- 
diers to other officers (ii. 6. 12 ; v. I. dp- 
Xovras, dp^ojiivovs, &c.): M. to begin or 
commence for one's self, i., G. ; w. dirb, 
to begin [from] at or with (dirb deCov 
with the gods, i. e. by consulting them, 



dpup^a 21 

VL3.18): i.1.2,8; 3.1,15; 4.10,15: 
ii. 1. 3 ; 6. 14 s, 19 : vi. 4. 1. Der. 
ARCH-, -ARCH, -ARCHY, in compounds. 
aptofia, aros, to', an aromatic, 
spice, i. 5. 1. 

tdcre'Pcia, as, impiety, ungodliness, 
iii. 2. 4. 

d-<rePi^S, is, (aejSofxaL to revere) ir- 
reverent, imjnous, ungodly, irpos, ii. 5. 
20 : V. 7. 32. 
td<r0€V€'w, -nacj, to be sick, feeble, or in- 
firm, i. 1. 1 : iv. 5. 19, 21. 

d-o-9€VT|s, es, {adevos strength) weak, 
feeble, i. 5. 9. 

*A(ria, aj, ^sm, a name sometimes 
applied by the Greeks to Asia Minor 
(Anatolia) or the nearer part of it, 
and sometimes to all they knew of 
the grand division now bearing this 
name. The latter was sometimes di- 
vided into T) KOLTU) 'Acta Lower Asia, 
the part west of the Halys, and ij dvcj 
'Acta Up)per Asia, the part east of this 
river, v. 3. 6 : vii. 1.1s; 2. 2. 

*Ao-t8dTTis, ov, Asidates, a Persian 
of rank and wealth, vii. 8. 9, 12, 21. 

'Ao-ivaios, oy, 6,('A(riV77,a small town 
on the Laconian gulf, nearly south of 
Sparta) a.n Asina^an, v. 3. 4 : vi. 4. 
11. II Passava ? 

d-o-ivwsadv., s. daivea-rara, (d-a-ivrjs 
Jiarniless, fr. olvofiaL) without doing 
harm, vnthout injury ox depredation, 
harmlessly, ii. 3. 27: iii. 3. 3. 

d-o- tTos, ov, (o-tros) without or in 

want of food, fasting, ii.2.16 : iv.5.11. 

do-KEb), "ncTio, 7](TKTjKa, to pvactisc, 

cultivate, observe, maintain, ii. 6. 25. 

do-Kos, ov, 6, a skin, esp. of a goat, 

a leathern bag, iii. 5. 9s: vi. 4. 23. 

do-jisvos, 77, ov, (•^5c<;) well-pleased, 
glad; ahyays with a verb, and like 
an adv. in force, gladly, willingly, 
cheerfully, ii. 1. 16: iii. 4. 24. 

ao-Trd^O(JLai, daoixai, (cnrdo}) to [draw 
to one's self] embrace ; to salute, greet, 
welcome, take leave of ; a. ; vi. 3. 24. 

'Acrire'vSios, ov, 6, {"Acnrevdos) an\ 
Aspenclian. Aspendus was a city of 
Pamphylia on the Eurymedon (now 
Capri-Su), about six miles from the 
sea, an Argive colony. Here Thrasy- 
bulus, the deliverer of Athens from 
the tvranny of the Thirtj^ lost his life, 
B. c. 389.^ i. 2. 12. 11 Balkesu. 

do-iTis, i5os, 7}, a shield ; here sp. ap- 
plied to the large oval shield of the 



ardp 



Greek hoplites, comm. made of sev- 
eral thicknesses of stout leather 
strengthened by a metallic front and 
rim, and convex outwardly (so that 
it could even be used as a vessel to 
receive blood, ii. 2. 9): as a collective 
noun, heavy-armed infantry ; dairls 
fxvpia 10,000 [shield] shield-men or 
hoplites (cf. "10,000 horse," i. e. horse- 
men) : Trap d<XTrl5as [by the shields] 
by or to the left, since the shield was 
carried on the left arm (while, in a 
posture of waiting in readiness for 
action, it was also supported in part 
bv the bent knee, i. 5. 13) : i. 2. 16 ; 7. 
10 ; 8. 9, 18 : iv. 3. 26. 
t'Ao-o-vpia, as, Assyria (the kingdom 
of Asshur, Gen. 10. 11), a name ap- 
plied, with varying extent, to the 
famous country of which Nineveh 
was the capital ; in a narrower sense 
confined to the region between Media 
and the Tigris, but in a wider sense 
extending over Mesopotamia to the 
Euphrates. It was the seat of one of 
the greatest of the early empires, which 
was overthrown by the Medes and Bab- 
ylonians about 625 b. c. vii. 8. 25. 

'Ao-crvpios, a. ov, Assyrian, per- 
taining to Assyria, vii. 8. 15. 

d-o-Ta(j)ts, tSos, 17, — (TTo.c^i'i (d- eu- 

phon.) a dried grape, raisin, iv. 4. 9 ? 

do-Tpdirrco, d^w 1., (akin to darrjp 

star) to gleam, flash, glisten,!. 8. 8. 

td(rc|>dX€ia, as, safety, security, v. 7. 

10^: vii. 6. 30. 

d-o-<j>a\T|s, es, c. ecTTepos, s. eararos, 
{a(pdX\oj) not liable to fall, firm, safe, 
secure : iv do-0aXfi in a safe place or 
position, in safety : i. 8. 22: iii. 2. 19. 
&o-<j>a\Tos, ov, 7], ASPHALT, bitumen, 
much used of old for mortar, ii. 4. 12. 
d(r4>a\a)s, C. iarepov, s. iiTrara, 
{d(T(f)a\rjs) safely, securely, i. 3. 11,19. 
a<r)(p\ia, as, {d-crxoXos without leis- 
ure, busy, fr. c^oXt)) occupation, en- 
gagement, vii. 5. 16. 

tdraKTeo), tjo-w, to be disorderly or 
out of order, v. 8. 21. 

d-raKTos, ov, {Tdrro}) disarranged, 
out of order, in disorder or confusion, 
disorderly, i. 8. 2 : iii. 4. 19 : v. 4. 21. 
d-Ta|ta, as, {rdrTU}) tuant of order 
or discipline, disorder, leaving the 
ranks, iii. 1. 38 ; 2. 29 : v. 8. 13. 

drdp conj., but, yet, as in a ques- 
tion expre sing objection, rl; iv.6.14. 



'Arapvevs, ^ws, 6, Atarneus, a city 
in southwest Mysia, on the ^gean, 
over against Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. ||Di- 
keli-Koi. 

drao-daXia, as, {aT-q infatuation) 
recklesmess, wantonness, iv. 4. 14 ? 

fi,-Ta<|>os, ov, un-buried, vi. 5. 6. 

are * (neut. pi. of the relative ocrre, 
used as an adv. of manner) jtist as, 
as ; w. P. , expressing cause and = in- 
asmuch as w. verb ; iv. 2. 13; 8. 27. 

dreXeia, as, {a-TeX-qs exempt from 
tax, fr. reXos) immunitas, exemption, 
immunity; dWrju nva a. some exemp- 
tion from other service, iii. 3. 18. 

tdTi|xd|a>, do-w, -qTifiaKa, to dishonor, 
disc/race, hold in dishonor. A., i. 1. 4. 

A-Tifios, ov, c, (TlfiTj) without ho7ior, 
dis-honored, in dis-honor, iv, vii. 7. 24, 
46,^ 50. 

dT|xi^a>, IcTb), (aT/jLos vapor) to exhale 
or send up vapor, to steam, iv. 5. 15. 

'ArpafJuviTTiov, ov, Adramyttium, a 
city in Mysia, at the head of the gulf 
bearing its name, and called by Strabo 
an Athenian colony: v.l.'Adpa/JUJTiov, 
'Arpa/xijTeiov, &c. : vii. 8. 8. || Adra- 
miti or Edremit. 

d-Tpip-qs, es, (rpi^ri) without tvear, 
un-worn, untrodden, non tritus, iv. 
2. 8 : vii. 3. 42. 

'Attikos, -q, ov, {aKT-q) Attic, Athe- 
nian, i. 5. 6. 

afi post-pos. adv., again, hack, in 
respect either to time, or to the order 
or relations of the discourse (often w. 
be: 5' aS); further, moreover, on the 
other hand, in turn; i. 1. 7, 9s ; 6. 7; 
10. 5, 11 : ii. 6. 7, 18. 

avaivo), avavCb, ch. poet. & Ion., 
{a\j(j3 to dry) to dry, trans. : M. (ipf. 
avaivj/XTju & ■qvaLvbfj.rjv, 278 d) to dry 
up, wither, intrans., ii. 3. 16 ? 

a-u6-aip€Tos, ov, [avros) self-chosen, 
se\f-elected, self-appointed, v. 7. 29. 

ai6-T](jL£p6v or av6TJp.€pov adv., {av- 
ros, -qfiepa) on the same day, iv.4.22s. 

a-£9is adv., (aS) again, hack; more- 
over, besides ; at another time, after- 
wards, hereafter ; i. 10. 10 : ii. 4. 5. 

av\€(o, ijo-w, (auXos) to play on a 
flute or other wind instrument : M. to 
ha.ve the flute pjlayed for ones self, 
581, Trpos : vi. 1. 11 : vii. 3. 32. 

avXi^o|Jiai, i<ro/ji.ai, TjvXia/j.aL 1. , a. tjv- 
"Kia-d/iiyjv in Thuc, but rjuXiad-qv in 
Xen., {avX-q court) to lodge or he lodged, 



2 avT(Js 

encamp, quarter, he quartered,, take 
quarters, bivouac, ii. 2. 17 : iv, 3. 1 s. 
avXds, ov, 6, (ctw to blow) a flute, 
differing from that common with us, 
in having a mouthpiece and a fuller 
tone : a pipe, oboe, clarinet ; vi. 1. 5. 

4.avX(ov, Cbvos, 6, a water-pipe, canal, 
ii. 3. 10. 

aiipiov adv., to-morrow : ij a^piov 
[sc. -qfiipa] the morrow, the next day : 
ii. 2. 1 '{ iv. 6. 8 : vi. 4. 15. 

av(m]poTT]s,77ros, -q, {avffrrjpos harsh, 
AUSTERE, fr. adiji to dry) harshness, 
roughness, strength, of wine, v. 4. 29. 
avTT], a^rai, see oStos, i. 1. 7. 

tavTiKa at the very time, at once, 
immediately, forthwith, directly, speed- 
ily, presently, i. 8. 2 : iii. 2. 32 s; 5. 11. 

iavToQiv from the very spot, frmn 
this or that place, hence, thence, iv. 2. 
6 : V. 1. 10. 

tavToOi ibidem, in the very place, 
here, there, i. 4. 6 : iv. 5. 15 ; 8. 20. 

t avTO-KcXcvcTTOs, ov, (KeXeijix)) self- 
bidden, self-prompted, of one's oxen im- 
pulse, iii. 4. 5. 

tavTO-Kpdrwp, opos, 6 r], {Kpariw) 
ruling by ones self, sole, absolute (cf. 
autocrat), vi. 1. 21. 

t avTo-jjLaTOS, "q, ov, or os, ov, (p.dofj.ai 
to seek) self-moved, or prompted : dtrb 
or CK rod avTOfxaTov of one's own mo- 
tion or accord, of one's self, spontane- 
ously, by chance ; i. 2. 17; 3. 13 : iv. 
3. 8 : vi. 4. 18. Der. automaton. 

t atiTo-fioXcft), 'q(Tw, TjvTOfioXrjKa, to de- 
sert : oi avTopoXoOvres, the deserters : 
Trapd, irpos, &c. : i. 7. 13 : ii. 1.6; 2. 7. 

tavTo-fioXos, ov, {/xoX- to go) [going 
off of one's self J a deserter, i. 7. 2. 

t awTo-vofJtos, ov, self -ruling, inde- 
pendent, vii. 8. 25. Der. autonomy. 
avTos,* -q, 6, (aS, old definitive t6s) 
very, same : (a) preceded by the art., 
6 ai^ros idem, tJie same, d. : rd avrd 
ravra these same things, the same 
course : e/c rod avrov, ev ry avrip, eis 
ravrS, from (in, into) the same place : 
i. 1. 7; 8. 14: ii. 6. 22. (b) Not pre- 
ceded by the art., it is either the 
common pron. of the 3d pers. {him, 
her, it, them, but only in the oblique 
cases, and not beginning a clause); 
or is used as an adjective or apposi- 
tive, with an emphatic or reflexive 
force, as in Lat. ipse, and in Eng. the 
compounds of self {myself, himself, 



avToo-c 



23 



*Axaios 



&c.), the adjectives very, own, &c, 
(sometimes expressed by alone, apart, 
simply, quite, close, directly, as x^P^^ 
avTos lie goes [himself only] alone, iv. 
7. 11; eTr' avrbv rbv Trorafiov to the very 
river, quite tt the river, iv. 3. 11) : i. 
1. 2s; 3. 7s ; 9. 21: avrah tols rpLiq- 
peai [with the triremes themselves] 
triremes and all, 467 c, i. 3. 17 ? Vfie- 
repos avTcou our own, 498, vii. 1. 29. 
Dis'cinguish carefully the adv. avroO, 
the forms of oiiros {avr-q, aSrai), and 
those of the contr. reflexive avrov. 
Der. AUTO- in compounds. 

|avTd<r€ to the very place, thither, 
iv. 7. 2. 

j.avTov adv., in the very place, i7i 

this or that place, here, there, often 

followed by a prepositional phrase 

defining the place, i. 3. 11 : iv, 3. 28. 

j.avTOv contr. fr. e-avrov C[. v., i. 3. 2. 

itt'JJTws or avTws, see a)crai^rajs,v. 6.9. 

avyfyv, evos, 6, the neck ; neck of 
land, isthmus, vi. 4. 3. 

d<^' by apostr. for carb, before the 
rough breathing, iii. 2. 14. 

d4>-aip€b>," aiprjacj, VPV^^^ 2 a. etXov, 
a. x>' VP^^V^i to take from or away, de- 
tach, A. : oftener M. to take to one's 
self /ro?/i another, take away; to rescue, 
from another ; to deprive or roh an- 
other of ; 2 A., A. G., 485 d : P. ^0 be 
taken away or rescued ; to he deprived 
of, A. : i. 3. 4 : iv. 4. 12 : vi. 5. 11 ; 6. 
23, 26 s : vii. 2. 22. 

d-j{>avTJs, €s, (0atVw) not appearing, 
unseen, unobserved; out of sight, gone; 
secret, private, doubtful, little known; 
i. 4. 7: ii. 6. 28 : iv. 2. 4. 

4.d^}>avi5cD, to-w tw, r}(f)dviKa, to make 
invisible, hide from view, annihilate, 
A., iii. 2. 11; 4. 8. 

d!()-apird^a),* dcrw or d<rofji,ai,i]pTraKa, 
to plunder from, pillage. A., i. 2. 27 ? 

dt|>£i8(os, c. earepov, s. earara, (d- 
(petbrjs, fr. (peibo/jiai to sptare) unspar- 
ingly, without mercy, i. 9. 13 : vii. 4. 6. 

d^-€iKa, -eifiai, -civat, -€is, see dcfy-irjixi. 

d(|>-6iX.6n7]v, -eXctfv, see dcp-atpeo}. 

d!|)-€'|£ar9ai, see dTr-e'xa;, ii. 6. 10. 

d<|)-6o-TT]Ka, -€<rTT|K€iv or -€l<rTYiK€tV, 
-eo-TTJIft), see d<t>-l<TT-qn.i, i. 1. 6: ii. 4. 5. 

d4>-T]YE0)j.ai, Tjyrjcrofiai, T]y7},uaL, to 
lead off in conversation, relate, tell, 
D. CP., vii. 2. 26. 

d<})-i?|o-ci), -"HKa, see d^-iy\}XL, v. 4. 7. 
td<{>6ovia, as, abundance, i. 9. 15. 



d-(|>6ovos, or, c, {<f>dbvoi) without 
grudging, bounteous; of land, fertile; 
abundant, copious, plentiful; iii. 1. 
19 : V. 6. 25 : ev dcpdbuoLS amid abun- 
dant supplies, in abundance, iii. 2. 25 ; 
h irdaiv d(f>d6voLS in [all things abun- 
dant] great abundance, iv. 5. 29 : iv 
d(/)dov(aT€pois [sc. TrXotots] m vessels 
more abundantly p^^ovided, or in a 
more abundant supply or greater num- 
ber oftlvem, V. 1. 10, 

d<^-tT]|ii,* i^trw, dKa, a. -^/ca (cD, &c.), 
pf, p. dfiat, to send off, away, or back; 
to dismiss, let go, allow to depart, suf- 
fer to escape ; to let loose, set free, re- 
lease, give up ; to let flow, as water ; 
to let sink or drop, as anchors ; i, 3. 
19 : ii. 2. 20 ; 3. 13, 25 : iii. 5. 10. 

dt})-tKV60(i.ai,* 'i^o/MLi, lyfiai, 2 a. IkS- 
ix-qv, (t'/ccu), to arrive, reaxh, come to, or 
return to, from another place, D. et's, 
7rp6s,&c.,i.^l.5; 2.4,12; 5.4: iii. 1.43. 

d(f>-iir'ir€va>, evau), (I'ttttos) to ride 
away or back, i. 5. 12. 

dt^-ta-TT][it,* arrjffCi}, effTrjKa, 2 a. 
€(TT7]v, f. pf. €(TTr}^o), to withdraw 
(trans.), alienate from, A. dirb, vi. 6. 
34 : M., w. act. complete tenses and 
2 a., to standoff or aloof, forsake, de- 
sert, revolt from, go over to another, 
withdraw or retire (intrans.), 6., irpos, 
els : i. 1. 6s : ii. 6. 27. Der, apostate. 

&(j>-oSos, ov, i), (655s) a [way back 
or off] retreat, departure, iv. 2. 11. 

d4)povTi<rT€&>, iqcro}, (d-(f)p6vTi(7Tos 
Jieedless, fr. (ppouTi^oo) to be heedless of 
or indifferent to, neglect, make light of, 
G.,^v. 4. 20: V. I. dfjieXeoj. 
tdtj>po.(ruvT], 77s, folly, infatuationy 
want of consideration, v. 1. 14. 

d-(f>pa>v, ov, g. ovos, {(pp-^v mind) 
without understanding, senseless, fool- 
ish, infatuated, delirious, iv. 8. 20. 
t d<}>v\aKTea), •^o-o;, to be off one's guard, 
vii. 8. 20. 

d-<|>v\aKTOS, ov, {((>v\d(Ta(X)) un- 
guarded, ii. 6. 24 : v. 7. 14. 
4.d<j>vXdKTa)s, unguardedly, v. 1. 6. 

'Axaids, ov, an Achcean, a man of 
Achaia, the hilly province on the 
north of the Peloponnese, along the 
Corinthian Gulf. In the early his- 
tory of Greece, .the Achfcans were so 
dominant a race that the name most 
frequently applied by Homer to the 
Greeks in general is 'Axatot. On the 
conquest of their old seats in the 



axapio-TOs 



24 



Pap^apiKos 



Peloponnese by the Dorians, many of 
the Achseans retired to the northern 
shore, expelling from it, it is said, 
Ionian settlers, and giving to it their 
own name. Here they formed a con- 
federacy of twelve cities, none of which 
attained any great power or distinc- 
tion. For a long time, the Achseans 
took little part in the general affairs 
of Greece, remaining for the most part 
neutral in the great contests, whether 
foreign or internal. In a later period 
of its history, the Achaean League be- 
came eminent. The Arcadians and 
Achffians constituted more than haK 
of the Greek army of Cyrus, i. 1. 11. 

d-xaptCTOS, ov, {xapL^ofiai) without 
grace or thanks : of things, unphas- 
ing, disagreeable ; unrewarded : of 
persons, ungrateful, els : X^7ets ovk 
axo-picrra you speak [things not Avith- 
out grace] quite rhetorically or enter- 
tainingly : i. 9. 18 : ii. 1. 13 ? vii. 6. 23. 
Idxctpio-Tws adv., without thanks, 
gratitude, or reward; ungratefully ; 
ii. 3. 18 : vii. 7. 23. 

&-Xapis, £, g. LTos, or d-xof i-TOS, o<', 
(xa/)is) = dxapto'T'os, ii. 1. 13 ? 

*Ax€pov<rids, dbos, i), {'Ax^p^v, i 
fabled river in Hades) as an adj., 
Acherusian. 'A. Xeppovrjaos the Ache 
Tusian Peninsula, a promontory near 
the Bithynian Heraclea, with a very 
•deep mephitic hole, fabled as the place 
of Hercules' descent to Hades, vi. 2. 2. 
II Baba-Burun. 

dx0O(xai,* axdeaop-ai, ^'x^T^^tai 1., 
a. 2^- VX^^^^V^j io be [burdened] vexed, 
disjjleased, offended, jnovoked, troubled, 
distressed, nettled, or chagrined, D., 
G. P., AE., TOVTO (483 b), OTL, €iri, i. 1. 

8 : ni. 2. 20 : vii. 5. 5 s ; 6. 10 ; 7. 21. 

d-xp€ios, ov, (xp^'ct "i^s^) use-less, 
unfit for use, unserviceable, iv. 6. 26. 

d-xpT|o-TOs, ov, ixpo-op-at.) use-less, 
ina-pipropriate, ii. 1. 13 ? iii. 4. 26. 

dXP*- (and, before a vowel, less Att. 
dXP'-s) fidv. , as far as, even to, els : 
conj., till, until, dv w. subj.: ii. 3. 2: 
V. 5. 4. Akin to aKpos : cf. p.^xP'- 

w^lvdiov, ov, wormwood, i, 5. 1. 



B. 



Ba^vXcSv, Cjvos, 7], Babylon, one of 
the greatest and most magnificent 



cities of the ancient world, and the seat 
of successive empires. It was situated 
on both sides of the lower Euphrates, 
in a rich alluvial plain. According 
to Herodotus, it was square, with a 
circuit of more than 50 miles ; and 
was surrounded by a wall more than 
300 feet high and 80 broad, with 100 
brazen gates, and with a deep moat 
without. It was taken by Cyrus 
through a diversion of the river, b. c. 
538 ; and opened its gates to Alexan- 
der, after the battle of Arbela, B.C. 331. 
It is now for the most part in utter 
ruin, the more from the perishable 
nature of its chief material, brick, and 
from the removal of this for the con- 
struction of other cities, i. 4. 11, 13: 
ii. 2. 6 : v. 5. 4. || Hillah. 

jBa^vXttvios, a, ov, Babylonia/ii : ij 
Ba^vXccvia [sc. xcipa] Babylonia, the 
alluvial region around Babylon and 
west of the Tigris, conim. regarded as 
extending from the Wall of Media, 
which separated it from Mesopotamia, 
to the Persian Gulf. Watered by the 
overflowing of the Euphrates and Ti- 
gris, and by canals drawn from them, 
it had great fertility, i. 7. 1 : ii. 2. 13. 

pdS-rjv adv., (jSaiVw) stc]) ly step, in 
regular step: /S. Taxu in rapid step: 
iv. 6. 25 ; 8. 28 : vi. 5. 25. 

4Pa8t^w, iffopai loupai, ^epddiKa, to 
walk, march, set foot, go, v. 1. 2. 
tj3deos, eos, TO, depth, i. 7. 14. 

paGvs, era, v, deep, i. 7. 14 s : v. 2. 3. 

Paivo),* ^Tjaopat., ^e^-rjKa, 2 a. ^^r^v, 
to step, go : pf. pret., / [have planted 
foot] stand, stand firm, iii. 2. 19. 

4 j3aKTi]pia, as, baculum, a staff, cane, 
ii. 3. 11 : iv. 7. 26. 

pdXavos, ov, ij, glans, an acorn or 
like fruit, nut, date, i. 5. 10 : ii. 3. 15. 

pdXXo),* pa\Q, §€^\y]Ka, 2 a. ^/Sa- 
\ov, to throw, cast, hurl; to throw at, 
hit with a missile, pelt (esp. w. stones), 
stone, A. D. of the missile : oi ck x^'- 
pbs ^dWovres [those throwing from 
the hand] tJie javelin-men or darters : 
i. 3. 1: iii. 3. 15 : iv. 6. 12: v. 4. 23. 

pdirro),* jSd^w, to dip, A., ii. 2. 9. 
Der. BAPTISM. 
tpappapiKos, -n, 6v, bakbaric, bar- 
barian, foreign ; here esp. Persian : 
TO ^ap^apLKov [sc. cTTpaTevp-o] the bar- 
barian force or army : i. 2. 1 ; 5. 6 s ; 
iv. 5.33; 8. 7. 



PofPapiKMS 



25 



P0€lK($S 



iPapPapiKws in the barbarian tongue, 
in Persian^ i. 8. 1. 

PdpPapos, ov, s,, BARBAROUS, bar- 
barian, rude : ^dp^apos subst., a bar- 
barian, foreigjier. The Greeks so 
termed all other nations, i. 1. 5 : ii. 
6. 32 : V. 4. 34 ; 5. 16. 

PapEcos {^apvs heavy) heavily, with 
heavy heart : ^. (pepeiu graviter ferre, 
to take ill, be smitten with grief : ii. 

1. 4, 9. 

Ba<r£as, ov, Basias, an Arcadian in 
the army of Cyrus, iv. 1.18. — 2. A 
soothsayer from Elis, vii. 8. 10 ? 

tPacriXcia, as, kingdom, royal power, 
regal authority, sovereignty, i. 1. 3. 

tpao-^Xeios, ov, royal, regal, kingly: 
^aaiXeLov [sc. ddfia], oftenerpl., [royal 
building or buildings] a royal resi- 
dence, a imlace of a king or satrap : 
i. 2. 7 s, 20; 10. 12: iii. 4. 24. 

Pao-iXcvs, €0js, a king, esp. applied 
(often \v. fxeyas, and comm. without 
the art.) to the Persian king : i. 1. 5 s ; 

2. 8, 12 s : iii. 1. 12. Der. basilisk. 
4.Pa(riX6v(i>, eucrw, to be king, to reign, 

G. : a;5 ^aai\€V(TovTL [as about to reign] 
as the future king : i, 1. 4 ; 4. 18. 

ipao-iXiKos, 7], bv, s., relating to or 
fit for a king, kingly, royal, the king's, 
i, 9. 1 : ii. 2. 12, 16. Der. basilica. 

pd(rip.o;, ov, {(Saivu}) passable (for a 
horse), iii. 4. 49. 

PttTos, 'n, ov, i^aivu}) passable, D,, 
iv. 6. 17. 

P€Paios, a, ov, (^aivb)) standing firm, 
Jirm, constant, i. 9. 30. 
iPePaidtD, ioau), to make firm, confirtn, 
make good, fulfil, complete, a. d., vii. 
6.17. 

P^Pt^kus, see ^alvo}, iii. 2. 19. 

BsXccrus, vos, Belesys, satrap of 
Syria, i. 4. 10 : v. I. BeXeais, los. 

PcXos, eos, TO, (/SdXXoj) a missile, 
iii. 3. 16 : iv. 3. 6 ; 8. 11. 

PeXTtwv,* ov, PcXtio-tos, t), ov, (jSeXr-, 
akin to l34\os ?) better, best, as c. and 
s. to dyadbs q. v. ; braver, nobler, more 
expedient or advantageous, &c. ; i. 1. 6 : 
ii. 2. 1 ; 5. 41 : iii. 3. 5. 

p-q^ia, aros, to, (jSaij'w) a step, pace, 
iv. 7. 10. 

Pia, as, vis, force, violence : ^la w. 
G. , ill spite of or despite : i, 4. 4 : iii. 
4. 12 : vi. 6. 25 : vii. 8. 17. 

4. pkd^OjJLai, daoixac, ^e^iaa/xai, to use 
force, force ones loay ; to force or com- 

LEX. AN. 2 



pel, A. I. ; to force back, A. ; i. 3. 1 s ; 

4. 5 : vii. 8. 11. 

iP^aios, a, ov, violent : ^iaibv ri [sc. 
Trpdy/xa] any violent act or violence : 
V. 5. 20 : vi. 6. 15. 
ll.^iai<as, forcibly, violently, with great 
force, i. 8. 27. 

[PiPd^o), jSt^dcrw /Si^ScD, (causative of 
^aivuj) to make go.] 

PiPXos, ov, 7], the inner bark of the 
papyrus ; hence, paper made from 
this ; a book : ^.yeypa/Mfi^vai (?) manu- 
scripts, vii. 5. 14. Der. bible. 

BiGvvds, 17, 6v, Bithynian : BiOvvb^ 
subst., a Bithynian. The Bithyni, 
driven by more powerful tribes, crossed 
from Thrace into Asia, and gave their 
name to a region south of the Euxine 
and east of the Propontis (also called 
Asiatic Thrace), vi. 2. 17; 5. 30. 

piKOs or P^Kos, ov, 6, a large earthen 
vessel, esp. for wine ; a Jar, flagon ; 
i. 9. 25. 

Pios, ov, b, (cf. Lat. vivo) vita, life; 

a living, livelihood, subsistence; i. 1. 

1: V. 5. 1: vi. 4. 8. Der. bio-graphy. 

4PioT€V6), eiJo-w, to live, pass ones life, 

ev, iii. 2. 25. 

Bio-dv9i], 77 J, Bisanthe,' a pleasant 
town in Thrace, on the Propontis, 
founded by the Samians, vii. 2. 38 ; 

5. 8. II Rodosto. 

Bia)v or BiTwv, wvos, Bion or Biton, 
a Spartan envoy who brought money 
to the Cyreans, vii. 8. 6. 

pXdpT], rjs, 7], or pXdpos, eos, to, 
(/SXdTTTw) harm, injury, detriment, 
ii. 6. 6 : vii. 7. 28. 

pXaKcvA), evau), {^\d^ lazy) to be 
lazy, loiter, shirk, yield to sloth, ii. 3. 
11: V. 8. 15. 

pXdirro),* d\l/(a, ^€^\a(pa, to harm, 
hurt, injure, 2 A., ii. 5. 17: iii. 3. 11. 

pXEirw, €\pofj.aL, ^e^Xecpa 1., to look; 
of scythes, to be directed or 2)oint to- 
wards ; irpbs, els : i. 8. 10: iii. 1. 36 : 
iv, 1. 20. See bpdw. 

pXtooTKO),* fxoXoOfiai, iiifx^XwKa, 2 a. 
e/uLoXov, ch. poet., to go, come, arrive, 
vii. 1. 33. 

Podd),^ T^crofiaif^e^brjKa 1., (jSot?) boo, 
to cry or call out or aloud, shout, D. i., 
oVt, i. 8.^1, 12, 19,: iv. 7. 23 s. 

PoELKos, 17, bv, ijSovs) relating to 
oxen, of oxen ; i^evyos /3. a yoke of 
oxen, an oaifteam, vii. 5. 2, 4 : v. I. 



Poi^ 



26 



^aftos 



PoTJ, Tjs, a loud cry, shout, shouting, 
outcry, iv. 7. 23. 

JpoTjeeia, as, help, assistance, succor, 
rescue ; auxiliary troops ; ii. 3. 19 : 
iii. 5. 4. 

|PoT]66a), Tycro;, (Se^oifjdrjKa, {^orj-dos 
assisting, running to a cry for help, 
^oTj, deo}) to run to the rescue, hasten 
to help, bring aid, go or come to the 
assistance of another ; to succor, help, 
assist, give assistance: D., cTrt, virep : 
i. 9. 6: ii. 4. 25: iii. 4. 13; 5. 6. 

PoOpos, Of, 6, (cf, ^a^iJs & Lat. pu- 
teus) a pit, iv, 5. 6 : v. 8. 9. 

Boio-Kos, ov, Bolscus, a Thessalian 
boxer, lazy and lawless, v. 8. 23. 

tBoiwTia, as, BceoticL, iii. 1. 31. 

t poKDTid^w, d<xb3, to resemble a Boeo- 
tian, iii. 1. 26. 

BoiuTos, ov, & Boiwnos, ov, 6, a 
Boeotian. BcEotia, lying northwest 
of Attica, was a very fertile province, 
whose inhabitants were in general 
regarded by their neighbors as want- 
ing in spirit, vivacity, intellect, and 
relinement. It had, however, a short 
period of glory under Epaminondas 
and Pelopidas. Its chief city was 
Thebes ; and in Greek politics, except 
Platseae, it was oftener opposed to 
Athens, i. 1. 11: v. 3. Q ; Q. 19. 

Popeas,* ov, contr. Poppds, a, bo- 

reas, the north-ivind, iv. 5. 3 : v. 7. 7. 

pdo-Kt^iia, aros, to, {^6(tku} to feed) 

a fed or pastured animal ; pi. cattle, 

iii. 5. 2. 

tpovXevift), €V(TO}, ^e^oiXevKa, to plan, 
plot, devise, counsel, A. D., ii. 5. 16 : 
M. to take counsel with one's self, 
deliberate, consider ; to consult togeth- 
er ; to meditate, consult, concert, plan, 
devise, propose, purpose, resolve; A., 
I., CP., Trept, Trpos, &c. ; i. 1. 4, 7 ; 3. 
11, 19 s ; 10. 5: ii. 3. 20 s: iii. 2. 8? 
PovXt), tjs, (^ovXo/jLat.) will, plan, 
counsel, consideration, vi. 5. 13. 

PovXt|x.ida), dcru, {^ov-Xifiia bulimy, 
intense hunger, faintness from hunger, 
^oOs, Xifx-os) to have or suffer from the 
bulimy, to be faint with hunger, iv. 
5.7 s. 

PovXofJiai * (2 sing. jSoijXei, iii. 4. 
41 s), Xrjcrofiai, ^e^ovXruxai, volo, to 
%oill, be willing, ivish, desire, choose, 
prefer, consent : 6 ^ovXofievos he or a7iy 
one that wishes, whoever pleases : i. 
(a.), often supplied from the context : 



i. 1.1,11; 3. 4s, 9: ii. 4.4; 5.5; 6.Q. 
See edeXo}. 

tPov-irdpos, ov, {ireipcj to pierce) ox- 
piercing ; (3. o^eXiffKos an ox-spit, vii. 
8. 14. 

Povs,* l3o6s, 6 i], bos, an ox, cow; 
pi. oxen, kine, neat cattle : rj, an ox- 
hide : in compos., sometimes aug- 
mentative : ii. 1. 6 : iv. 5. 32 ; 7. 22. 
tPpaSgws slowly, i. 8. 11. 

PpaSvs, eta, i/, s. iJraros, slow, vii. 
3. 37. 

Ppaxvs, eta, i, c. vrepos, short : 
^pa-xo or €irl ^pax^ [sc. X'^P'-ot', or did- 
(XT-qfia distance'] a short distance : ^pa- 
X^repa a shorter distance : i. 5. 3 : iii. 
3. 7, 17. Cog. brevis, brief. 

Pp«X«>* Pp^^^ !•» a. p. ipp^x^rfv, to 
wet. A., i. 4: 17 : iii. 2. 22 : iv. 5. 2. 

PpovrVj, ^s, thunder, iii. 1. 11. 

PpwTos, 7), ov, {pL^pu}<XKia to eat) eat- 
able, iv. 5. 5. 
tB-uldvTiov, ov, Byzantium, a city 
founded by the Megarians, B. c. 657, 
in an admirable situation upon the 
Propontis at the entrance of the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus. The Athenians and 
Spartans contended repeatedly and 
earnestly for its control. The Cyreans 
found it, as so many Greek cities at 
this time, under the rule of a Spartan 
harmost. The Eoman Emperor Con- 
stantine made it his capital, a. d. 330, 
and gave to it a new name from his 
own. vi. 4. 2 : vii. 1. 3. || Constanti- 
nople or Stambul. 

Bw^dvTios, a, ov, (Bi^fas, avros, By- 
zas, the reputed founder of B3'zan- 
tium) Byzantine : oi Bu^di'Ttot the By- 
zantines, vii. 1. 19, 39. 

P(i>)j.6s, ov, 6, {^aivto) a raised place, 
esp. for sacrifice ; an altar, whether 
of rude stones or earth, or of elaborate 
workmanship. Altars were common 
places of refuge, i. 6. 7 : iv. 8. 28. 



r. 



yaXi\vr], rjs, (akin to yeXdco ?) a 
[smile upon the sea ?J calm, v. 7. 8. 

Der. GALENA. 

tYajxeft),* ya/xu}, yeydfirjKu, to onarTy 
(of the man) : M. to marry or be mar- 
ried (of the Avoman), iv. 5. 24. 

"yd|j.os, ov, 6, marriage, wedlock : 
iiri yd/x({) [on terms of marriage] in 



rdvos 



27 



Yi-yvojJiai, 



marriage, as Ms icife, ii. 4. 8. Der. 

POLY- GAMY. 

rdvos, ov, 7}, Ganus, a small town 
of Thrace, on the west shore of the 
Propontis, vii. 5. 8. |! Ganos. 

ydp* post-pos. conj., {ye apa at least 
in accordance with this) a particle 
commonly marking the accordance 
between a /ac^, statement, &;c., and! 
its ground or reason, explanation or 
specification, confirmation, &c. It is 
commonly translated for ; but some- 
times since, as, or because (as a causal 
conj.), that or nainely (in specifica- 
tion), indeed or certainly (in explana- 
tion or confirmation), then, now, &c. ; 
1. 2. 2; 7. 4: ii. 3. 1; 5.11: iii. 1. 24. 
It often occurs in elliptic construc- 
tion (as in questions, replies, &c., i. 6. 
8 ; 7. 9 : ii. 5. 40); and may frequent- 
ly be either explained as a conj. by 
supplying an ellipsis, or as an adv. 
without doing so : dXXa yap at enim, 
&2i^ (enough, no more, not so, no, &c.,) 
for, or hut indeed, yet indeed, iii. 2. 
25 s, 32 : Kal yap etenim, and (this 
the rather, &c. , ) because, or for indeed, 
and indeed, for even, i, 1. 6, 8 : ii. 2. 
15 : Kol yap odu and (this is apparent, 
for) therefore, and consequently, ac- 
cordingly] i. 9. 8, 12, 17 : ii. 6. 13. 

■yao-TTip,* repos, sync, rpos, i], the 
belly, abdomen, paunch, stomach, ii. 5. 
33 : iv. 5. 36. Der. gastric. 

-yavXiKos or ya-uXiTiKos, r), ov, (^a\j- 
Xos a round-built freighting vessel) 
pertaining to a yauXos : y. x/OTj/xara 
cargoes of freighting vessels, v. 8. 1. 

ravXLTT]s, ov, GauUtes, an exile 
from Samos, faithful to Cyrus, i. 7. 5. 

■ye,* a post-pos. and end. adv. giv- 
ing emphasis or force, more frequent- 
ly to the preceding word, or to a word 
or clause which this introduces, and 
often with an associate idea of restric- 
tion or limitation ; quidem, at least, 
indeed, even, surely, certainly; but 
often expressed in Eng. simply by 
emphasis ; i. 3. 9, 21 ; 6. 5 : ii. 5. 19 : 
76 Stj [surely now] indeed, iv. 6. 3 : 
yk fiePTOL, ye p-rju, certainly at least, 
and or biit certainly, onor cover, i. 9. 
14, 16, 20 : ii. 3. 9. i 

7€"yevT]|x,at, -ye-yova, see yiyvop^ac, i. 
6.8. 

•yfeCTwv, ovos, 6 i], (yrj) a neighbor, 
D. or G., ii. 3. 18: iii. 2. 4. 



7€Xdii>, aaofiaL, a. iyeXaaa, to laugh, 
smile, iiri, ii. 1. 13 : v. 4. 34. 

l^eXoios or "yeXotos, a, ov, laughable, 
ridiculous, v. 6. 25 : vi. 1. 30. 
lYeXws, oJTos, 6, laughter, i. 2. 18. 
l-yeXctfTO-iroids, ou, 6, {iroLeoj), a laugh- 
ter-maker, jester, buffoon, vii. 3. 33. 

7e|i.w, only in pr. and ipf. , to be full 
of or stored ivith, G., iv. 6. 27. 

■yeved, as, {yev- in yiypofiai.) birth : 
d-rro 7ei'eas from birth, of age, ii. 6. 30. 

Der. GENEA-LOGY. 

■yeveidft), tfcrw, {yeveiov chin) to have 
a beard or be bearded, ii. 6. 28. 

7€veo-6ai, yivoi\i.ii\v, 7€VT|(ronai, &c., 
see ylyvoixat, i. 6. 8 ; 9. 1 : iii. 1. 13. 
tYevva.t6Tt]s, tjtos, 17, {yewalos of good 
birth) nobleness, generosity, vii. 7. 41. 

76VOS, eos, TO, {yev- in yiyvofiai) ge- 
nus, birth, descent, race, i. 6. 1. 

yepaios, d, 6v, c. airepos, {yep- in 
yepwv) old, V. 7. 17. 

7£pdvTLov, ov, TO, (dim. fr. yepcjv) 
a feeble old man, vi. 3. 22. 

7€ppov, ov, an oblong shield of 
wicker-work, comm. covered with ox- 
hide, and sometimes strengthened 
with metallic plates, much used by 
the Asiatics ; a wicker -shield, ii. 1. 6. 
4Y6ppo-<})6pos, ov, 6, {(pepcj) a wicker- 
shield-bearer, a soldier with a wicker- 
shield, i. 8. 9. 

■yepwv, ovTos, b, (cf. yrjpas) an old 
man, iv. 3. 11 : vii. 4. 24. 

Ygvw, yeixTw, to make one taste : M. 
gusto, to taste, G., i. 9. 26: iii. 1. 3. 

7€<|>vpa, as, a bridge, whether firm 
or floating, i. 2. 5 ; 7. 15 : vi. 5. 22. 
t7€£d8T]s, es, {elbos) earthy, vi. 4. 5. 

•yfi, 777s, (contr. fr. yea) earth, land, 
country, ground, i. 1. 7 ; 5. 1 ; 8. 10 : 
iii. 2. 19. Der. ge-ology, George. 

l7T|ivos, ov, made of earth, earthen, 
vii. 8. 14. 

J.'yT|-^o4*°S, ov, 6, {\6(pos) an eleva- 
tion of earth, hill, eminence, height, 
i. 5. 8 ; 10. 12: iii. 4. 24 s. 

Yfjpas, aos, to, (cf. yipcav) old age, 
advanced age, iii. 1. 43. 

Yi-yvop-at,* Ion. or later •ytvofiai, 
yevqaoixai, yeyevrj/mai & 2 pf. yeyova, 
2 a. eyevofi-qv, (cf. gigno) to come to be 
(more briefly translated be or come), 
become, get (intrans.); to take jjlace, 
happen, occur, result {h,v ed yevrjTaL if 
it come out well, if the result be fa- 
vorable, i. 7. 7); to come to be in a place, 



yiYV(aa-K<a 



28 



rvfivids 



arrive f come, get, extend, {iv eavrcp 
iyevero came to [be within] himself, i. 
5. 17) ; to he ascertained, shown, or 
proved to be, to prove or show one's self 
to be; D., did, e/c^ iv, iiri, Kara, &c. 
It is variously translated according to 
the subject or other words with wluch 
it is connected, and sometimes by a 
pass, verb (as if supplying the pass, 
of troiecj, &c.) : of children, to be born 
or descended, g., dwo • of rain or snow, 
to fall ; of a cry, shout, laughter, tu- 
mult, war, &c. , to arise ; of the day, 
to dawn ; of a road, to pass or lead ; 
of income, to accrue (rd ytyvofieva the 
proceeds, vii. 6. 41) ; of numbers, to 
amount to; of acts, to be performed, 
vwb • of meetings, to be held ; of oaths 
or pledges, to be taken, given, or ex- 
changed ; of sacrifices, to [result as 
they should] take effect, he favorable 
or auspicious, i. ; &c. ; i. 1. 1, 8 ; 6. 
5, 8; 8. 8, 23 s: ii. 2. 3, 10: — w. dat. 
of possessor (459), Spofios eyhero roi% 
(TTpaTiwrats [to the soldiers there came 
to be a running] the soldiers began to 
run, i. 2. 17 ; iyevero /cai "EXXrjvi Kal 
^ap^dpip TTopeijea-daL [it came to be, be- 
came possible to, &c.] both Greek and 
barbarian could go, i. 9. Id ; rrjv rjixi- 
pav avTOLS iyevero occupiedthemthrough 
tlie day, iv. 1. 10 ; &c. The aor. and 
complete tenses of yiyvofxai sometimes 
seem to supply these tenses for elfit. 

yi-y vwo-KO), * Ion. or later ylvdixrKo), 
yvdjao/xai, ^yvcoKa, 2 a. ^yvwv, a. p. 
eyvibadijv, gnosco, to know, recognize, 
understand, perceive, discern, judge, 
decide, think (pf. have recognized the 
fact, reflect, iii. 1. 43): A. P., i. (a), 
CP., 2 A., irepL : i. 3. 2, 12 s ; 7. 4 : ii. 
5. 8, 35 : iii. 1. 27, 45. See bpdw. 

rXoOs,* ov, oO, ovv, oO, Glus, an 
Egyptian, son of the admiral Tamos. 
He w^as a favorite officer of Cyrus ; 
and was afterwards taken into favor 
by Artaxerxes. He was probably ap- 
pointed to the command of the Per- 
sian fleet ; but slain, after a victory 
over the Cyprians, as he was meditat- 
ing revolt, B. c. 383. i. 4. 16 : ii. 4. 24. 

rvi^(r-iir7ros, ov, Gnesippus, an Athe- 
nian lochage, vii. 3. 28. 

•Yvoti^v, 7votls, "yvoivai, Yvw<ro|iai, 
&c., see ytyvdjcKO}, i. 7. 4 ; 9. 20. 

j-yvwuT], 7?s, understanding, judg- 
ment, conviction, sentiment, thought, 



opinion, design, plan, expectation", 
mind, disposition, inclination, pref- 
erence, favor, consent : rrjv yvdofxyv 
^X^i-^ to have one's mind made up or 
fixed, to he assured, inclined, disposed, 
or attached, D., Trpos, ws w. P. abso- 
lute : yvib/uLy on principle : i. 3. 6, 13 ; 
6. 9s; 7. 8 ; 8. 10: ii. 5. 29 ; 6. 9 : 
vi. 6. 12. Der. gnomic. 

royyvXos, ov, Gongylus, the name 
of a father and son sprung from Gon- 
gylus, an Eretrian who was banished 
for aiding the treason of Pausanias, 
but rewarded by Xerxes with four cities 
in western Asia Minor, vii. 8. 8, 17. 

■YOTjTcva), see Kara-yoTjre6(o, v. 7. 9? 

■Yovcvs, ews, 6, {yev- in yiyvo/xaL) 
father : pi. parents, iii. 1. 3 : v. 8. 18. 

■ydvv,* ybvaros, rb, genu, the knee; 
a joint or knot in a plant ; i. 5. 13 : 
iii. 2. 22 : iv. 5. 36. 

Fop-yias, ov, Gorgias, a celebrated 
sophist and rhetorician from Leontini 
in Sicily, who taught at Athens and 
elsewhere in Greece, for large price, 
dazzling his hearers by the ingenuity 
of his reasoning and the glitter of his 
declamation. He is introduced by 
Plato into a dialogue bearing his 
name. ii. 6. 16. 

rop-yitov, o}vo$, Gorgicni, a son of 
Gongylus and Hellas, vii. 8. 8. 

■yowv adv., (7^ odv) at least then, at 
any rate, at all events, certainly, as- 
suredly, iii. 2. 17: v. 8. 23: vii. 1. 30. 

-ypatSiov, cont. 7pa8iov, ov, rb, 

(dim. fr. ypavs old woman) a feeble old 

woman, vi. 3. 22. 

tYpafJ^ixa, arot, rb, litera, a letter; 

pi. letters, an inscription, v. 3. 13. 

Der. GRAMMAR. 

■ypdcjxo,* ypd\f/u,yeypa(f)a, pf. jo. ye- 
ypaixjxai, to GRAVE, write, jyaint. A., 
CP., i. 6. 3 : vii. 8. 1. Der. graphic. 

yup-vd^ft), dad}, yeyv/xvaKa, (yv/uLvbs) 
to [train naked] train, exercise. A., i. 
2. 7. Der. gymnastic. 

yufAViris, vro$, 6, or -yvftvirJTTis, ov, 
(yvfjLvbs) as adj., [naked] light-armed; 
comm. subst., a light-armed soldier ; 
a term applied to all foot-soldiers ex- 
cept the hoplites, and with special 
propriety to archers and slingers (to 
slingers only, v. 2. 12): i. 2. 3 : iii. 4. 
26 : iv. 1. 6, 28. 

rvjivtds, dbos, 7], Gymnias, a large 
city of the Scythmi in Armenia, iv. 



YVfiVlKOS 



20 



SoiTUS 



7. 19; V. I. Tv/xvias or -vds. ||Gumisli 

Kaneh? — ace. to some, Erzmm, kc. 

tyvp-viKos, 7?, 6v, gymnastic, iv. 8. 2.3. 

YV|iv6s, V, ov, naked : less strictly, 
lightly clad, in ones uncUr -garment 
only ; exposed without defensive ar- 
mor, irpbs : i. 10. 3 : iv. 3. 6, 12. 

yvvi\,* yvvaLK6s,\oc.yvvai,a woman, 
wife, i. 2. 12. Der. miso-gynist. 

Ftoppvas, ov or a, Gohryas, com- 
mander of a fourth part of the army 
of Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12. 



8* by apostr. for 5^, i. 1. 4 s. 

Sdxvft),* drj^ofiaL, deorjxC' L, a. p. eb-ff- 
X^V^, to bite. A., iii. 2. 18, 35. 

SaKpvo), iJcro;, dedaKpvKa 1., (Solkov a 
tear) to shed tears, weep, i. 3. 2. 

tSaKTvXios, ou, 6, ft finger-ring. 
Eings were greatly worn by the Greeks 
for use as seals, and also as ornaments 
or amulets. They were most worn on 
the fourth finger of the left hand, and 
were often embellished with stones cut 
with exquisite art. iv. 7. 27. 

SaKTuXos, ov, 6, (cf. SeiKvvfxi and 5e- 
XOfJM.i) digitus, finger, toe {tCjv vodQu), 
iv. 5. 12 : V. 8. 15. Der. dactyl. 

Aa|i-dpdTos, ov, Darno/rdtus, a king 
of Sparta, deposed through the in- 
trigues of his colleague Cleomeues, 
B. c. 491, but kindly received by king 
Darius Hystaspis. He attended Xerx- 
es in his invasion of Greece, and gave 
him wise counsel in vain. His ser- 
vice was however rewarded by the gift 
of a small principality in southwestern 
Mysia. ii. 1. 3. V. I. Arj/xapaTos. 

Adva, Tjs, 7], or Adva, wv, rd, Dana 
or Tyana, an important city in south- 
em Cappadocia, at the northern foot 
of Mt. Taurus, on the way to the Ci- 
lician Pass. It was the native place 
of ApoUonius, the Pythagorean thau- 
maturgist. i. 2. 20 : v. I. Qoava. \\ Kiz- 
Hissar {Girls' Castle), or Kilissa-Hissar. 

8airavdb), V<^^j dedairdvriKa, {pairdvT] 
expense, akin to bdirTw) to eoipend, 
spend ; to live upon, consume {to. eav- 
tQ)v dairavCjirres at tJieir oicn eoipense, 
V. 0. 20); A. ei's, d/i0t : i. 1. 8 ; 3. 3. 

8d-ir€8ov, 01^, (hid, Tredop ground) 
ch. poet., tJie ground, iv. 5. 6. 

[8dTrT«, ddxpio, poet., to devour.] 



Aapd8a|, aKos, 6, see Adp8as, i.4.10? 

Aap8av€vs, eus, 6, (Adp5avos) ft Dor- 
danian. Dardanus was an ^Eolic town 
of Troas, on the southern part of the 
Hellespont. Its name remains in the 
modern Bardanelles. iii. 1. 47. 

AdpSas, a.To%, or Adp8T^s, t/tos, 6, the, 
Dardo^ or -es, supposed (with some 
dissent) to have been a short canal 
from the Euphrates to the princely 
residence of Belesys, where was after- 
wards the city Barbalissus {field of Be- 
lesys; now Balis) i. 4. 10 : v. I. Aapdda^. 
t8dp€iKds, ov, 6, [sc. ararrip coin] a 
daric, a Persian gold coin stamped 
Avith the figure of a crowned archer, 
= about .$5.00 by weight, but in ex- 
change with Attic silver coins, reck- 
oned at 20 drachmae = about §4.00 
(3000 darics = 10 talents, i. 7. 18). 
It was struck of great purity by Da- 
rius Hystaspis, and either named from 
him or from the Pers. dara, king; cf. 
the Eng. sovereign, i. 1. 9 ; 3. 21. 

Adpeios, 01', Darius ii., king of 
Persia, natural son of Artaxerxes i. 
(Longimanus), and hence surnamed 
Xothus. This prince, whose previous 
name was Ochus, ascended the throne, 
B. c. 424, through the murder of his 
half-brother Sogdianus, who had him- 
self become king in a similar way. 
He aided the Spartans in their war 
with Athens ; and his weak reign Avas 
disturbed by various revolts, of which 
the most important and successful was 
that of Egypt. He was greatly under 
the influence of his ambitious and mi- 
perious wife Parysatis ; but, in oppo- 
sition to her wishes, appointed as his 
successor his eldest son Arsaces, rather 
than the younger Cjtus. He died, 
B. c. 405, leaving, according to Cte- 
sias, four children of thirteen born of 
Parj-satis. Aapetos, like Siep^ijs and 
'Apra^ep^Tjs, seems to have been rather 
a title of dignity than a simple name, 
and to have signified controller or lord 
{ep^LTjs Hdt. 6. 98 ; Pers. dara king). 
\\. 1. 1, 3. 

I t8d<rp.ev<ris, ewj, rj, division, distri- 
j hution, vii. 1. 37. 

8acr|JLds, ov, 6, {daiofxat to divide) a 
portion paid to a ruler, ft tax, impost, 
tribute, revenue, i. 1. 8 : iv. 5. 24. 

8acrvs, ela, v, thick or demise with 
trees, shrubs, hair, &c.; hushy, sliag- 



AaKJjva'yopas 



30 



A€X4>oC 



gy, hairy, with the hair on : to dac^ 
the thicket : ii. 4. 14 : iv. 7. 6 s, 22. 

Aa(f>v-aY6pas, ou, Daphnagoras, a 
guide sent by Hellas, vii. 8. 9. 

8a\{/i.XTJSy €S, (SdTTTw) abundant, in 
abundance, plentiful, ample, iv. 2. 22. 

86 * distinctive conj. and adv., post- 
pos., but, and; yet, however ; on the 
other hand, on the contrary; also, 
further, moreover ; sometimes trans- 
lated while, for, or, then (as after a 
conditional clause, v. 6. 20), now, in- 
deed, even, or omitted in translation ; 
i. 1. 1 s : iv. 5. 4 : v. 7. 6 : vi. 6. 16 : 
/cat . . be and [not only so, but] also, 
and indeed, and even, i. 1. 2 ; 5. 9 ; 8. 
2 : ovbe . . 8e nor yet further, nor in- 
deed, nor even, i. 8. 20. Ae (to which 
fj.h' corresponds) is the common par- 
ticle of contradistinction, intermediate 
in its force between the copulative /cat 
and, and the adversative aXkd but. 
Kai adds without implying distinc- 
tion ; while de implies some distinc- 
tion, and dXXd not only distinction, 
but even opposition. See fieu, 6. 

[-Se* an inseparable end. particle, 
denoting direction towards, affixed in 
demonstratives, and also as a prep, to 
accusatives to form adverbs of place.] 

ZiSia & SeSoiKa, see deidio : i. 3. 10. 

SeSoyp-ai, see doKeoj, iii. 2. 39. 

SdSoixai, see didujM, i. 4. 9. 

8€T]0f]vai,8€T|<ras,&c., see 5ew, i.2.14. 

Ssi impers., see Sea;, i. 3. 5. 

8€i8w* Ep., Maofxai Ep. & vii. 3. 
26 ? pret. 8e8oiKa & 2 pf. 8€8ia, a. 
^deLcra, to fear, be afraid. A., /j-tj, i. 3. 
10; 7. 7; 10. 9: iii. 2. 5, 25. 

86Ckvv|ii & -■6w,* Sei^o?, dedeLxa, in- 
dico, to point out, shov), indicate, make 
signs, a, d., cp., iv. 5. 33 ; 7. 27. 

86i\ii, 77s, afternoon, i3oth early 
{irpwta) and late {o^pla); evening : 5et- 
Xiys or rrjs detXris in the afternoon, at 
evening : aix(pi beiXrjv about the com- 
ing of afternoon, early in the after- 
noon : i. 8. 8 ; ii. 2. 14 : iii. 3. 11. 

SeiXos, 7], 6v, (5et§w) timid, coward- 
ly, i. 4. 7 ? iii. 2. 35 : vi. 6. 24. 

86IVOS, % ^v, (Set'Sct?) dreadful, fright- 
ful, fearful, terrible, perilous ; out- 
rageous, intolerable, insufferable, griev- 
ous, severe ; strange, wondrous ; very 
foxoerful, able, skilful, clever, or 
adroit ; I. {(payelv detvds a terrible fel- 
low to eat, vii. 3. 23): deivdi' subst., 



peril, danger, obstacle : 1. 9. 19 : ii. 
3. 13, 22; 5. 15; 6. 7: iv. 6. 16. 

|8€ivft)s terribly : d\ov 8€iv(3s they 
were [in a terrible condition] suffering 
severely, vi. 4. 23. 

t8ei'irveo), Tycrw, dedeiTrvrjKa, to take 
the second or afternoon meal, to dine 
or sup, ii. 2. 4: iii. 5. 18: iv. 6. 17, 22. 

8eiirvov, ov, (akin to ddirTO) and Lat. 
dajis, though it has been fancifully 
referred to Set iroveiv, as the meal that 
must be Avorked for) ccena, the second 
of the two usual or regular Greek 
meals, the afternoon or evening meal, 
supper, often corresponding to our 
later dinner; the meal for which most 
preparation Avas made, and to which 
guests were especial^ invited ; ii. 4. 
15 : iv. 2. 4 : vii. 3. 15 s. 
4 8enrvo-iroi€(i), •^crw, to prepare sup- 
per for another; but M., for one's 
self, vi. 3. 14 ; 4. 26. 

8£io-ai, -o-as, &c., see beibu}, iii. 2. 5. 

8ei(r6ai, 8€iTai, &c., see dew, i. 1. 10. 

8€'Ka indecL, ten, i. 2. 10, 14. Der. 

DECADE. 

48€Ka-Tr€VTeindecl., fifteen, vii. 8. 26. 

i8eKaT6v<«), evaia, to take a tenth o/j 
tithe. A., V. 3. 9. 

|8eKaTOS, 77, ov, tenth: t] deKdrr} [sc. 
/xo2pa part] the tenth part, tithe: v. 3. 4. 
AeXra, to, in deck, the Delta, a part 
of Thrace between the Euxine and 
Propontis, so named from its shape, 
vii. 1. 33 ; 5. 1. 

86X4>LS, iJ'os, 6, a dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
A€X<}>ot, Qv, 01, Delphi, a small city 
of Phocis, famed for the natural sub- 
limity and beauty of its situation 
overhung by the cliffs of Mt. Parnas- 
sus, and for its temple and oracle of 
Apollo, the most celebrated in the 
world. It was the seat of the Pythian 
games, and one of the two places for 
the meeting of the Amphictyonic 
council ; and was accounted by the 
Greeks the central point of the earth. 
It abounded in consecrated gifts and 
works of the choicest and richest art ; 
and here several states, as the Athe- 
nians, Corinthians, &c., had sacred 
treasuries, esp. for the keeping of such 
gifts as should not stand in the open 
air. Its oracle was finally silenced by 
the emperor Theodosius in his general 
prohibition of Pagan worship, A. D. 390. 
V. 3. 5; vi. 1. 22. HKastri. 



ScvSpov 



31 



8t]\6o) 



8^v8pov, * ov, (dat. pi. dhdpots or 5tV- 
8pea-L, iv. 7. 9; 8. 2), a tree, i. 2. 22. 

St'lao-Gai, -o(i.ai, &c., see dexo/J-ai. 
t8e|t6o|Jtai, ibao;j,ai, to give the right 
hand to another, welcome, greet, con- 
gratulate, vii. 4. 19. 

8€|i6s, a, ov, (akin to dexofji-ai and 
SeiKvv/xi, from the use of the right hand 
in taking and pointing) dexter, right 
in distinction fr. left, on the right (the 
auspicious side in Greek augury, as 
the left in Eoman) : ij Septet [sc. xeip] 
the right hand, often used, as now, in 
greeting, and also in solemn assevera- 
tion ; hence, a pledge or solemn as- 
surance, esp. of friendship or peace ; 
ev de^ia, on the right {hand), G. : to 
8e^iov [sc. Kepas, fxepos, &c.] the right 
(wing) of an army (a position of spe- 
cial honor), the right side or part (so 
TO. de^LO.), the right; eirl 5e^i.d to or 07i 
the right : i. 2. iS ; 5. 1 ; Q.6; 8.4 s, 
13 : ii. 4. 1: iv. 3.17: vi. 1. 23; 4. 1. 

Ae'l-iiriros, ov, Dexipjnis, a Laconi- 
an, prob. a lochage in the division of 
Clearchus, faithless and slanderous, 
V. 1. 15 : vi. 1. 32 ; 6. 5. 

AepK\)\[X]t8as, ov, Dercijl[r\idas, a 
Spartan general of great ability (sur- 
named Sisyphus from his varied re- 
sources), under whom as the successor 
of Thibron, the Cyreans, after their 
return, served against the Persians. 
He had previously commanded for the 
Spartans in the region of the Helles- 
pont (sent out B. c. 411). Plutarch 
informs us, that his generalship did 
not secure him from insult at Sparta 
for being unmarried, v. 6. 24. 

8£p|J.a, aros, rb, (Sepw to flay) the 
sTcin stripped off, hide, i. 2. 8 : iv. 8. 26. 
j.8£p|jLdTivos, T?, ov, of skin, leathern; 
dep/xaTivr) [sc. dairis or TreXTrf] a buck- 
ler of leather or skin, iv. 7. 26 ? 

Aepv-qs, ov or eos, Dernes, satrap of 
Arabia, vii. 8. 25. 

t8€cr|X£i)0), evaw, to chain or tie up, 
A., V. 8. 24? 

8e(r|j.6s, ov, 6, (5^w to hind) a hand, 
strap, yoke-strap, iii. 5. 10. 

86(nr6TT]s, ov, (cf. Lat. potis) a mas- 
ter, lord, ii. 3. 15. Der. despot. 

Scvpo adv., hitJicr, here, i. 3. 19. 

8cvT€pos, a, ov, (c. form fr. 5i;o,376c) 
second : devrepov or rb bevrepov, as 
adv., tlie second time : i. 8. 16 : ii. 2. 4: 
iii. 4. 28. Der. deutero-nomy. 



86XOH'**''»* Si^ofiai, dedeypiaL, to re- 
ceive, accept, take what is offered ; to 
receive hospitably, admit, vjelcome {ol- 
Kia dex^cGoLL to receive [with] into one's 
house, vii. 2. 6); to receive an enemy, 
to meet or await his charge or attack 
(ets xeipas dex^o'dai- to receive an enemy 
hand to hand, to vieet him in close 
combat, iv.3.31); A. els, eiri : i. 8. 17; 
10. 6, 11: iv. 5. 32: v. 5. 2 s, 19 s. 

860),* drjcro:, 5e5e/ca, pf. p. 5e5ep.ai, 
to bind, tie, fasten, A., iii. 4. 35 ; 5. 
10 : iv. 3. 8 ; 6. 2. Der. dia-dem. 

8ea),* deriaw, BedeTjKa, Si.p. as w. edei^- 
dr}v, to need, want, lack, g. i. ; as av- 
Tov oXiyov SerjcravTOS KaraXevadrjvac 
when he had wanted little [to be] of 
being stoned to death, had narrowly 
escaped or come near this, i. 5. 14; 
TToXXou 8ecv to lack much of, be far 
from, vii. 6. 18 : — M.to need for one's 
self, stand in need of, want, requirCy 
desire ; to beg, entreat, beseech, ask, 
request; G. I. fA.), A. of neut. pron. ; 
i. 1. 10 ; 2. 14 • 3. 4 ; 4. 14s : virb rod 
deiadai by want or poverty, ii. 6. 13. — 
Impers. 8€i(5e7;, 5eot, 8dv, Mov, f. hei\- 
aet, a. ede-rja-e) there is need of, G. ; there 
is need that, it is necessary, due, or 
propter, it behooves (often translated 
personally by must or ought, am 
obliged., &c.), i. (a., r. D., iii. 4. 35): 
ovdev {rl, ri, o tl) Set, there is no (some, 
any, &c.) need (adv. ace. or of spec, 
need as to nothing, &c., ii. 4. 7: iii. 4. 
23) : TO 5eov the thing needed or jyro]}- 
er : els to 8eov satisfactorily : ws deij- 
(Tov as it ivould be necessary (pt. abs., 
V. 2. 12) : i. 3. 5 s, 8 : iii. 2. 28, 33, 36. 

8t| * post-pos. adv., (5e) indeed, 
truly, surely, forsooth, even, accord- 
ingly, of course, just, so, then, now, 
pray. It is also translated by other 
strengthening words, or sometimes by 
emphasis only. i. 1. 4 ; 2. 3 s ; 9. 28 s. 

8fjXos, T), ov, evident, manifest, plain, 
clear : briXov {icrTiv) it is evident : by 
personal constr. for impers., §77X05 fjv 
dvLojfxevos it was manifest that he was 
grieved, or he was manifestly grieved 
(so often w, a pt., 573, i. 2. 11 ; 5. 9 : 
cf. V. 2. 26): brjXov otl parenthetically, 
also written drjXovoTL as an adv., [it is 
evident that] evidently : i. 3. 9 : ii. 3. 
1, 6 : iii. 2. 26, 34. 
4.8i]X6a), c6craj, deSrjXufKa, to manifest, 
show, make evident ; to set forth, relate, 



STiixaYWY^'^ 



32 



8ia^£V'yvv|Jii 



declare; A., cp. d., wpos: i. 9. 28: ii. 
1.1; 2. 18 (eSTjXojcre tovto this shoioed 
itself, became evide7it, 577c; or he 
showed this); 5. 26 : vii. 7. 35. 

8T)|x-a-Yb>-y€(d, rjaia, {dijfx-ayuryds a 
DEMAGOGUE, drj/iios, dyw) to play the 
demagogue or airry favor with, win 
hy jjopular arts, A., vii. 6. 4. 

AT](JL-dpdTos, 01;, Demardtus, v. I. for 
Aafxdparos, ii. 1. 3 : vii. 8. 17. 

AT]|j.o-KpdTT]s, eos, Democrates, a 
Temenite, a trusty scout, iv. 4. 15. 

AT]}io(r-d8t]s, V. I. for M.rjboffdbirjs. 

[8f]|j,os, ou, 6, i^c people, the com- 
mons. Der. DEMO-CRACY.] 

4.8T)|jLd(rios, a, ov, belonging to the 
people, being public property : rd 5??- 
fioaia the public money : iv. 6. 16. 

8T|d<i), ticrw, dedrjwKa 1., (Stjios hostile) 
to ravage, lay waste, A., v. 5. 7. 

S-Zj-irov adv., doubtless, surely, cer- 
tainly, of course, iii. 1. 42 ; 2. 15. 

8t]orai, -<ras, -<ro>, see 5ew, ^0 Jmc^. 

8T]xdc£S) see Bclkvcj, iii. 2. 18. 

8id,* by apostr. di, prep. w. G. and 
A., (akin to dijo and Lat. dis-) through : 
more literally, w. Gen. (of place, time, 
means, manner, &c.), i. 2. 5 : ii. 5. 21 s : 
iv. 6. 22 : dia rax^wv through quick 
measures, rapidly, i. 5. 9 : avrois 5ta 
0tXias t'eVat to go to them through the 
way of friendship, to seek their friend- 
ship, did iravTos ToXe/xov avrois levaL 
to ivage utter icar with them, iii. 2. 8 : 
5td TeKovs through the completion, 
throughout, vi. 6. 11 : — w. Ace, cau- 
sal, through the influence, agency, or 
aid of; on account of, by reason of, for 
the sake of, for, through; i. 2. 8 ; 7.5s: 
vii. 7. 7, 49 s. In compos., through (of 
place, time, completion, &c.); apart, 
asunder, about, abroad, denoting di- 
vision or distribution, cf. Lat. dis-. 

Ala, Alt, Aids, see Zei/s, i. 7. 9. 

8ia-PaLva>,^ p-qaofxai, ^i^-qKa, 2 a. 
^^rjv, to go or pass through, over, or 
across, to cross. A., bid : to step apart, 
stride, straddle: i. 2. 6; 4. 14s : iv. 3. 8. 

8ia-Pd\Xti>,* /3aXu), ^efiXrjKa, 2 a. 
^^a\ov, to pierce with words like darts, 
to caluinniate, traduce, sla.nder, accuse 
or state falsely or maliciously, insinu- 
ate, A., AE., irpbs, a>s, i. 1. 3 : vii. 5. 8. 
t8idpa<ris, ecos, 17, the act, Tneans, or 
place of crossing; a crossing, passage ; 
ford, bridge, ferry; temporary bridge; 
i. 5. 12 : ii. 3. 10. 



fSiaParcos, a, ov, thai must he crossed, 
to be crossed, ii. 4. 6: vi. 5. 12 s. 

fStaPards, 77, ov, that may be crossed, 
passa.ble, fordable, i. 4. 18 : ii. 5. 9. 

8ia-PepTiKa, -jBpls, -ptjvai, -P<o, &c., 
see dia-^aivo}, i. 2. 6 ; 4. 14, 16, 18. 

|8ia-pipd^«, ^ijSdaw ^l^Q, {^i^d^o} 
to make go, causative of jSaivut) to carry 
or bring across or over, take or lead 
across, ti'ansport, a., iii. 5. 2, 8. 

8iaPoXifj, ^s, (5ia-/3dXXw) calumny, 
slander, false accusaMon, ii. 5. 5. 

Si-ayye'Wo), eXw, ijyyeXKa, to carry 
word through, report, announce, com- 
municate, A. D., et's : M. to pass the 
word [through] one to another: i. 6. 2 : 
ii. 3. 7 : iii. 4. 36 : vii. 1. 14. 

8ia--Y€Xd(i), dcrofiaL, to make sport of 
among others, expose to ridicule, laugh 
at, jeer at, onock, a., ii. 6. 26. 

8ia-7i"yvo|xai,* yevrjao/uuit, yey^vrjfiai 
& 2 pf. yeyova, 2 a. iyevo/jL-qv, to come 
or get through, subsist, continue, pass 
time, A. p., €v, i. 5. 6; 10.19: ii.6. 5. 

8i-a'YK\)Xdo|JLai, ibaoixai, ■fjyKvXw/juii, 
{dyiwXTj a loop, the leathern thong of 
a javelin, fr. dyKos) to insert one's fin- 
ger in the thong of a javelin, in im- 
mediate preparation for hurling it : 
5iriyKv\u}/j.evoL with their fingers in the 
thongs. The dyK^jX-q (Lat. amentum) 
was prob. fastened to the javelin at 
or near the centre of gravity, and was 
so used in throwing as to give greater 
force or (through rotation) steadiness 
to the motion, iv. 3. 28 : v. 2. 12 : v. I. 
di-ayKvXi^oixai, iaofxai, rjyK^XKXfiai. 

Si-a.y<a,* d^w, -^x«> 2 a. -^'7070?', to 
lead or carry through or across, bring 
over, transport, A. ; to pass time, A. ; 
without an ace. expressed, to jt>as5 the 
time, live, continue, be constantly, P. ; 
i. 2. 11 : ii. 4. 28 : iii. 1. 43 ; 5. 10. 

Si-a'ytdvC^op.ai, Iffojjuan lovfiai, rjyu)- 
vLO-fj-ai, to contend throughout or con- 
stantly, irpbs, iv. 7. 12. 

8ia-86XO(Ji.ai, Si^ofiai, d^deyfiai, to re- 
ceive one from another through a line, 
to relieve one another, succeed, i. 5. 2. 

8ia-8i8a>fJ.i,'^ diva-cj, dediOKa, a. ^Sco/ca 
(5cD, 5oir]v, &c.), to dis-tribute, A. D. 
I., i.9.22; 10.18: v. 8.7: vii. 7. 56. 

8id8oxos, ov, 6, {5La-d€xo/J.ai) a suc- 
cessor, D., vii. 2. 5. 

8ia-^€W"yvv|Jti,* ^€v^of,^^€vxal.,Tpf.p. 
^(^evyfiai, to un-yoke, disunite, sepa- 
rate, A. dirb, iv. 2. 10. 



SiaOedofiat 2 

8ia-6€do(iai, daofiai, reO^d/xai, to 
look through, observe, consider, CP. G. 
of theme, iii. 1. 19. 

8i-ai9pid^(i), dcrw, {aidpia) dis-sere- 
nasco, to he clearing urp or away [the 
clouds dispersing, hence 5td], iv. 4. 
10 : V. I. <Tvv-aLQpi6.^(j}, 

8i-aipe«,* r\<ju}, rjpVKOi,, 2 a. etXou, to 
take apart, and thus destroy or remove, 
A., ii. 4. 22: v. 2. 21. 

8td-K€ip.at,* K€i(To/j,ac,to he arranged, 
dis-posed, or affected, ch. of the state 
of the mind, d., -n-pos, ii. 5. 27; 6. 12 : 
iii. 1. 3 : vii. 3. 17 (impers.; yet by 
some, of the gift, to he disposed of). 

8ia-K6X€vo)i.ai, evcro/xac, to exhort or 
encourage through an. undertaking, 
&c., to cheer on, D., iii. 4. 45 : iv. 7. 26. 
8ia-Kiv8vv6vii), ei/crw, to expose one's 
self throughout, rneet all dangers, in- 
cur all risks, hazard a hattle, i. 8. 6. 
8ia-KXd(o, Kkdaw 1., (Kkdo) to break) 
to break in pieces, A., vii. 3. 22. 

8idK0V€b>, rjo-o}, dediaKourjKa, (did-KOVos 
a waiter, one who goes through the 
dust, /covts • or akin to Stw/cw) to wait 
upon, serve, iv, 5. 33. 

8ta-K6TrT«,* ko^j/o}, K^Kocpa, 2 a. p. 

iKOTTTjv, to cut through or in pieces, 

break through, A., i. 8. 10 : iv. 8. 11. 

8idK6(rioi, at, a, {8is, eKarov) two 

hundred, i. 2. 9. 

8ia-Kptva),* KpXvQ), KeKpcKa, to judge 
between, decide, vi. 1. 22. 

8ta-Xa'yx.dva),* Xrj^ofMai, etXrixa, 2 a. 
^Xaxov, to divide, assigii, or take by lot, 
to allot, A., iv. 5. 23. 

8ia-X.anPdvttf,* Xrjipofiai, etXrjipa, 
2 a. ^Xa^ov, to take apart, separate, 
divide; to take severally, each his 
share ; A.; iv. 1. 23 : v. 3. 4. 

8ia-X6Yop.ai, * Xe^ofiai, eiXeyfiai, iXe- 
X^V^i to share the talk, converse, con- 
fer, or treat with, D., wpos, ae., Trepi, 
i. 7. 9 : iv. 2. 18 s. Der. dialogue. 
8ia-Xci'ira),* Xeti/zw, XeXoiira, 2 a. ^At- 
TTov, to leave an iiiterval, to he or stand 
apart or at intervals, be distant, a. 
airb : rb diaXeiirov tlie interval : i. 7. 
15; 8. 10 : iv. 7. 6 ; 8. 12 s. 

8i-aftapTdv<i>,* aixapT-qaoiiai, ijudp- 
TTjKa, 2 a. rifiaprov, to stray apart 
Ivoxa., fail to find, miss, g., vii. 4. 17. 
8ia-|idxop.ai,* xecro^at %oG/xat, p-e- 
fia,xvi^<^h to fight [through] hard, con- 
tend or resist earnestly or obstinately, 
D., I., irepi, V. 8. 23 ; t). 25 ? vii. 4. 10. 

LEX. AN. 2* 



$ SiappCirrw 

8ta-(i.evw,* p.ev(a, jxepAvqKa, to remain 
through, still remain, vii. 1. 6 : v. 4. 
22? 



8i,a-p.€Tpe6), Tjcrw, ^o distribute by 
measure, measure out, A. d., vii. 1. 
40 s. 

8i-a(i.irep£S (for dc-ava-irepes fr. ireipoj 
to pierce) ch. Ep., quite through, adv., 
or as prep. w. A., iv. 1. 18 : vii. 8. 14. 
8ta-V€ji.«,* vep.Q, vevefirjKa, a. eveifia, 
to distribute, apportion, a. d., vii. 5. 2. 
8ia-vo€Ofxai, riaofjuti, vevorj/nai., a. e^o- 
^^771/, to dis-pose one's thoughts, pro- 
pose, purpose, design, intend, i., ae., 
ii. 4. 17: v. 7. 15 : vi. 1.19: vii. 7. 48s. 
|8idvoia, as, a design, intent, purpose, 
project, V. 6. 31. 

8ia-TravTds adv., or 8id iravrds, 
through everything, throughout, vii. 
8. 11. 

8ia-'Tr€fJL'7rw,* tt^/x^w, TreVo/a^a, to 
send about or round, A., i. 9. 27. 

8ta-Tr€pdft), cCo-oj, TreTrepd/ca, ^0 ^ass 
through, cross. A., iv. 3. 21 ? 

8ia-7rX€<i»,* jcXeiaopua.i, rreirXevKa, to 
sail across, eh, vii. 2. 9 ; 3. 3.; 8. 1. 

8ia-iroX6p.€a), -q(T<j}, TrevoXifirjKa, to 
carry tJie war through, fight it out, d., 
iii. 3. 3. 

8ia--n'opeu(o, evacv, pf. on. irerropev- 
fiai, to carry or convey across or over, 
A.: 3£. to carry one's self over, to 
cross, to march or 2mss through or over, 
A.: ii.2.11; 5.18: iii. 3. 3 : vi. 5. 19. 
8i-airop6(tf, -^au), rjirbp-qKa, A. and M. 
to he at a loss or in doubt between two 
courses, vi. 1. 22. 

8ta-irpdTTa),* irpd^w, ireirpaxa, pf. 
m. and^. ireirpayp-ai, to work through, 
work out, effect, accomplish, obtain, 
gain; diairpd^aL ottws eicreXdoi to ob- 
tain for him [how he might enter] the 
pj'ivilege of entering : M. much as ^., 
to work out for one's self, effect one's 
desire, accomplish one's aim, obtain 
one's request, gain one's point ; to 
negotiate, stipulate, make an agree- 
ment, arrange or settle affairs : a. d., 
I. (a.), CP., irapd, irpbs, Trept : ii. 3. 20, 
25: iii. 5. 5: v. 7.29: vii. 1.38; 2.7. 
8t-ap'Trd'^a),* daop^ai, ripiraKa, pf. p. 
i]p7ra(rp.ac, di-ripio, to snatch apart, 
2jlunder, sack, seize, carry off, A., i. 2. 
19, 26^; 10. 2, 18: ii. 2. 16; 4. 27. 
8ia-p-^6a) = V. I. 5id . . pew, v. 3. 8. 
8ta-p-pl'TrTa> or pnrTew,* pt'i^w, ^ppi- 
0a, to throiv about, scatter. A., v. 8. 6. 

c 



8idppi\|/is 



34 



Siaxwp^o) 



j8idppi\)/is, ews, 7], a throwing about, 
scattering, v. 8. 7. 

8ia-<rT]|Jiatvco, avQ, a. iaT^firjua or di^a, 
to signify or indicate a decision be- 
tween two courses, CP., ii. 1. 23. 

8ia-<rKi]vew (intrans.), tjctoj, & 8ta- 
o-KT^vow (trans.?)? wcrw, to encamp 
apart, separate for quarters, Kara, els, 
iv. 4. 8, 10 ; 5. 29. 

|8ia-(rKT)VTiTeov eorriv, it is necessary 
to encamp apart, els, iv. 4. 14. 

Sia-o-irdw,* <xira<rw, '^airaKa, pf. p. 
^(Tiracrfxai, a. p. eairda-drjv, to draw 
apart, separate, scatter, disperse, A., 
i. 5. 9 : iii. 4. 20 : iv. 8. 10, 17. 

8ia-o"ireip&), *■ airepQ, '^airapKa L, pf. 
p. ^airapfjiai, I a. p. eaTrdprjv, to scatter, 
disperse, spread, trans.: M., intrans.: 
i. 8. 25 : ii. 4. 3 : vi. 3. 19 ; 5. 28. - 

Sta-cTas, -o-Tfjvat, see St-icrrT^/At. 

8ia-cr<j>€v8ovd«, rjcrot}, to sling or 
throic in all directions, iv. 2. 3. 

8id-(rx'», -<rxoip,i, see di-ix^- 

Sta-crto^o), awaoj, a^aooica, a. p. iado- 
6r]v, to preserve through danger, save, 
keep or bring safe : P. & M. to be 
saved or brought safe, save one's self 
or one's own, o.rrive safely: A. d., 
e^s, 7rp6s : v. 4. 5 ; 5. 13 ; 6. 18 : vi. 6. 5. 

8ia-TdTTto,* Ta^oj, riraxo., a. p. erd- 
X^Wi to arrange, draw up, or distrib- 
ute, in order of battle, A., i. 7. 1. 

8ia-T€iv«,* TevG), TeruKU, a. '^reiva, 
to stretch out: M. to strain or exert 
one's self; irdv irpbs vfids 8. to tise every 
effort ivith you, vii. 6. 36. 

Sia-TcXew,* e(Ta> cD, rereXeKa, to fin- 
ish through or entirely, complete, A. : 
w. A. understood (476. 2) to finish the 
way, complete the distance ; to fill up 
the time, to continue, be continually 
or constantly, p. : i. 5. 7 : iii. 4. 17 : 
iv. 3. 2 ; 5. 11. 

8ia-Tif|K<o,* T7?^w, 2 pf. rerrjKa, to 
melt through, trans.: M. and 2 pf., 
intrans., iv. 5. 6. 

8ta-Ti0T]p,t,*' dr'ia-co, reOeiKa, a. edrfKa 
{dCb, &c.), dis-pono, to dis-pose in 
mind ; to dispose of, handle, treat or 
serve ; A., i. 1. 5 : iv. 7. 4 : M. to dis- 
pose of for one's own profit, sell, A. : 
vi. 6. 37: vii. 4. 2. 

8ta-Tpe<j>c»),* 6p€\poj,T€Tpo(f)a, 2 a,, p. 
erpd^rtv, to feed through, nourish, 
sustain. A., iv. 7. 17. 
t8ia-TpiPTJ, T^s, delay, vi. 1. 1. 

8ia-Tpfp«, Tpl\p(j3, T€Tpt(pa, to rub 



through, wear away, waste, pass or 
spend time, A.; w. A. understood, to 
spend the time, delay, tarry j i. 5. 9 : 
ii. 3. 9: iv. 6. 9: vii. 2. 3. 

8ia-<j>aiva>,* <f)avQ3, ■jre(f>ayKa, to show 
through : M. to appear or shine through, 
V. 2. 29 : 2 a. jiJ. irapers. SiecpduT) [it] 
the light shone through, vii. 8. 14. 

|8ia({>ava)s {8ia<pau7is transparent) 
transparently, clearly, manifestly, vi. 
1. 24. 
t8ia({>epovTb)s surpassingly, pre-emi- 
nently, peculiarly, i. 9. 14. 

8ia-<|>€pc«),*' o'iao},evi']voxa, a.ijveyKa or 
-ov, dif-fero, to dif-fer from, surpass, 
excel, G. AE., i^ • impers. w. i., 8Le(f)epev 
dXe^aadai it was differeyit or easier to 
repel; or by pers. constr., diecpepou 
dXe^aadat they tvere [different] better 
able, or found it easier to rejjcl, 573 ; 
ii. 3. 15 : iii. 1. 37 ; 4. 33 : oi irorafioi 
dcoL(rov<rcv [v. I. dtrjaovaip] the rivers 
will [carry us across] permit us to 
cross (ace. to some, will differ in size), 
iii. 2. 23: M. to differ with, quarrel, 
be at variance, dfi(pi, -rrpos, iv. 5. 17. 

8ia-<j>eiJ'Y(«), * (pev^o/mai, Tre<pevya, 2 a. 
^(pvyov, to flee through, get away, 
escape, A. e^, v. 2. 3: vi. 3. 4: vii. 3. 43. 

8ta-<j>0€£pw,* (f)depC), ^(pOapKa, 2 a. j!?.* 
e<p6dp7)u, to spoil utterly, ruin, destroy; 
to corrupt, seduce, bribe ; a. : P. to be 
destroyed or ruined, go to ruin, waste 
away, &c. : iii. 3. 5 : iv. 1. 11 ; 5. 12. 

8id^opos, ov, s., (dLa-(p^p(x}) at vari- 
ance : neut. subst. , variance, disagree- 
ment, cause of diference or dissension, 
iv. 6. 3 : vii. 6. 15. 

8ia-(j)VT|, r]S, {<pvq groivth, fr. 0i;w) 
growth between, a partition or divi- 
sion, V. 4. 29. 

8ia-<J>vXdTT<i>, d^w, irecpiiXaxo,, to 
guard throughout : if. to take care or 
exercise precaution throughout, AE. 
ws, vii. 6. 22 ? 

8ta-xd^«,* (xdfw to drive back, ch. 
Ep.) to draw apart, separate, intrans., 
iv. 8. 18 ? 

8ia-x€i'|J>'d^», d<jw, ix^tixa winter, fr. 
X^w to pour) to go through or pass the 
winter, to winter, vii. 6. 31. 

8ua-\€ipt^c«), L<ro) lG), Kex^lptna, (x^ip) 
to pass through one's hands, adminis- 
ter, manage, A., i. 9. 17. 

8ia-x(>>p^co, rjiyoj, Kcx^^pv^o.} io 90 or 
W07'Jc through : impers. Kdrw diex^pet 
auToHs they had a diarrhxa, iv. 8. 20. 



SiSdo-KoXos < 

t8i8d(rKaXo<;, ou, 6, a teacher, ii. 6. 12. 

StSdo-KO),* d^w, de5idaxf^, to teach, 
instruct, inform, a. CP., i.: P. to he 
taught, learn : i. 7. 4 : ii. 5. 6 : iii. 3. 
4 ; 4. 32 : vi. 5. 18. Der. didactic. 

8t8T]fji.i,* ch. Ep., a prolonged form 
of 5fw to hind, q. v. ; v. 8. 24. 

8i8w}ii,* dd)(T(i}, dedojKa, a. ^5w/ca (5cD, 
&c.), pf. ^. didofiai, a. ^^., idodrjv, Lat. 
do, ^0 g^iye, grant, hestow, a. d., i. 1. 6, 
8s; 2. 12, 27 : dodr^vat aury ado^eiv 
that it should be granted to him to 
save, the privilege of saving, 663 b, 
ii. 3. 25 ; cf. vii. 3. 13. Der. dose. 

8i-cPaivov, -ePT]v, see 5ia-^aivu). 

8t-eYev6(ATjv, see dLa-yiyvo/xaL, ii. 6. 5. 

8i-ctp7a>,* etp^uj, to intercept (sc. au- 
ToOs), intervene, iii. 1. 2. 

8t-€txov, see 5t-e%w, i. 8. 17. 

8t-€Xavvw,* eXdcroi} eXQ, e\7^Xa/ca, 
a. TJXaora, to ride, drive, or charge, 
through, i. 5. 12 ; 10. 7 : ii. 3. 19. 

8i-e\0civ, -eXrjXvBa, see 8(.-4pxofiat. 

8i-€Xwv, see 5t-aipew, ii. 4. 22. 

8i-€|-6pxo}Jiai, * eXevaoixai, eXrjXvda, 
2 a. fjXdov, to come out through, els, 
vi. 6. 38 ? 

8i-6pxop.ai,* eXeixTOjxai., eXrjXvda, 2 a. 
TjXdov, to go or cowze through, pass or 
march through, cross, A., 5td : of a 
rumor, to go abroad, spread : i. 4. 7 : 
ii. 4. 12 : iv. 1. 3, 5 ; 5. 22 : v. 4. 14. 

8i-EpcDTdci), to appeal to, v. I. for epui- 
TOLCJ, iv. 1. 26. 

8i-€crirdpdai, see dca-a-jreipoj, ii. 4. 3. 

8i-exci), * e^w, icrxw^j ipf- ^ ^XOj', 2 a. 
^(Txov, [to have one's self apart] to he 
apart, OAstant, or separated, to diverge, 
G., dTTo : TO diexov, the intervening 
space, interval: i. 8. 17: iii. 4. 22. 

8i.-T]'YE0|j.ai, TjcrofjLaL, TJyrjfjLai, to lead 
through a story, to relate or state in 
detail, narrate, a., iv. 3. 8 : vii. 4. 8. 

8i-T|Xao-a, see hi-eXavvw, i. 10. 6. 

8i-fjX0ov, see hL-epxoii.0.1, i. 4. 7. 

8i-iT]p,i,* r)70i, eiKa, a. ■^/ca (cD, &c.), 
to send through, jJer-mit to go through, 
let pass, A. did, iii. 2. 23 ? iv. 1. 8. 

8i-io-TT](j,i,* arrjao}, ea-rrjKa, 2 a. ^(tttjv, 
to station apart : i/., w. pf. and 2 a. 
act., to stand apart, he stationed at in- 
tervals, open the ranks, i. 5. 2 ; 8. 20. 

8L:<aios, a, ov, c, s., {dlKri) just, 
right, righteous, upright, proper, rca- 
sonnhle, i., i. 3. 5 : iii. 1. 37: to dcKaiov 
jastice, right, pi. ri'fhts ; cktov dcKaiov 
[oat of] acordinj to jurdia, in a just 



Siopdtt) 



'way,\.^.19: St'/cata iroieCv to do wnaiis 
right,i.S.5; to. d'lKaia Xaji^dveiv to take 
justice, vii. 7. 17: oCs edoKOvv diKaiord- 
Tovs elvai tvhom they deemed to he the 
most proper to invite, or the hest en- 
titled to an invitation, = v. I. ov$ eSo/cet 
diKaioTarov elvai tuhom it seemed to he 
the most projjer to invite, 573, vi. 1. 3. 
48iKato<rv)vii, 7?s, justice (as a quality), 
uprightness, righteousness, i. 9. 16. 

|8iKai6Tr]S, t/tos, tj, = dtKaioavj/r}, 
ii. 6. 26. 

^SiKaifas justly, with reason, reason- 
ably, properly, deservedly, ii. 3. 19. 

t8iKa<rT'^S, ov, {diKa^oj to judge) a 
judge, V. 7. 34. 

8tKTi, 7)s, justice or right; jnst retri- 
bution either (1) to him who has suf- 
fered, or (2) to him who has done 
wrong [i] ecrxdrr) Ukt) the severest retri- 
bution or punishment, v. 6. 15); also 
(3) sing, or pi. , a process of justice, 
judicial proceedings, trial; G. Thus, 
(1,3) diKTju dtdovai poenas dare, to give ret- 
ribution or satisfaction, make amends, 
pay tlie penalty, suffer punishment; to 
render a judicial account of one's con- 
duct ; D. ; ii. 6. 21 : v. 7. 29 ; 8.1: U- 
K-qv Xapi^dveLv poenas suniere, to take 
satisfaction, obtain amends or justice, 
inflict punishment, v. 8. 17 : Si/ct^i' ^xetj* 
to have sati'if action, vii. 4. 24 : — (2, 3) 
8iKTr]v eTTLTidevai to inflict retribution, 
punishment, ov just desert, d., i. 3. 10, 
20 : iii. 2. 8 : t?)s blKrfs Tuxe?*/ to receive 
one's desert, vi. 6. 25 : '^x^lv ttjv blK-rjv 
to have ones desert or due, receive the 
jjunishment due, ii. 5. 38, 41 : virexetv 
diKTjv to undergo retribution, make 
am.ends, submit to an investigation, 
trial, or punishment, render account, 
d., v. 8. 1, 18 : vi. 6. 15 : et's 5t/cas Ka- 
Taa-TTjaaL to present for trial, bring to 
trial, V. 7. 34. 

8i-|ioipla, as, (dis, /xoXpa 2Mrtion) a 
double portion, twice as tnuch, vii. 
2. 36. 

8iv€a), r}(T03, ch. poet., {Uvrj a whirl) 
to ivhirl, trans.: M., in trans., vi. 1. 9. 

8t6 adv. = 8l 6, on account of which, 
wherefore, i. 2. 21: v. 5. 10: vii. 6. 39. 

8L-080S, ov, 7], a way or journey 
through, passage, v. 4. 9. 

8t-oi(r<o, see 5ia-0^pw, iii. 2. 23 ? 

8i-opdft),* &\poix.aL, edbpaKu or iopdKa, 
to see through, pterceive, discover, a., 
V. 2. 30. 



Stopvrro) 



36 



uopin^oTos 



8i-opvTT<i),* i/^w, opdipvxa., to dig 
through, A., vii. 8. 13s. 

StoTt* conj., (5i' o Ti) on account of 
this that, because, ii. 2. 14. 

tSl-TTTJX'US, l^, g. eOS, (tT-^XI^s) ^W70 CtA- 

Jife long, iv. 2. 28. 

tSi-irXdo-tos, a, ov, {irXdrTu to form) 
two -fold, double, twice as much or 
many : bnrXdcnov double the distance, 
twice as far, g. : iii. 3. 16 : iv. 1. 13. 

tSt-irXeOpos, ov, {irXedpov) tico hun- 
dred feet long or luide, iv. 3. 1. 

t8i-irXoos, 6t}, bov, contr. Si-irXovs, 
•^j ovv, (-ttXoos, akin to TrXeKw) duplex, 
two-fold, double, vii. 6. 7. Der. di- 
ploma. 

[Sts adv., also in compos, di-, {5vo) 
twice, doubly.'] 

|8io--xlXioi, at, a, two thousand, i. 
1. 10 ; 2. 9. 

8i<|>9€pa, as, {5€<pu} to tan) a tanned 
or prepared skin, a leathern bag or 
pouch, i. 5. 10 : v. 2. 12. Der. diph- 
theria. 

4.8i({>06pivos, 77, ov, made of skins, 
leathern, ii. 4. 28. 

8i-<j>pos, ov, 6, (dis, (t>ip<a) a seat, 
originally for two, as in the old char- 
iot for the warrior and the driver, 
i. 8. 10 : vii. 3. 29. 

8txa adv., (5ts) in two, asunder: 
Sixa TToielv to divide, vi. 4. 11. 

iSixo-lo), d(xo), to divide or separate, 
intrans., iv. 8. 18 ? 

8i\|/d(o (contr. -w, -fjs, -tj), * -qaw, dfdi- 
\f/T)Ka, (Sti/'a thirst) to thirst, be thirsty, 
iv. 5. 27. 

j 8i6)KT6os, a, OV, to be pursued : dico- 
Kf4ov eariv if is necessary to pursue, 
chase must be given, iii. 3. 8. 

Si<aK(0,* (Ji}^(a, oftener do^ofxai, Sedio}- 
Xc, {diw to run away, flee) to make 
iiee or run, pursue, chase, give chase, 
drive or follow as an enemy, A. d%, 
&c., i. 4. 7 s ; 5. 2 s ; 8. 21 : as intrans., 
to Imsten or gallop off, vii. 2. 20. 

^8£to)^is, ews, 17, act of jmrsuing, pur- 
suit, iii. 4. 5. 

t8io)pv^, vxo'i, i], {di-opiJTTU}) a canal, 
trench, i. 7. 15 : ii. 4. 13, 17. 

tSoYfia, aros, t6, a decree, ordinance, 
DOGMA, iii. 3. 5 : vi. 4. 11 ; 6. 8, 27. 
8o9fivai, 8oiT]v, see 5i5w/xt, ii. 3. 25. 
8oK€ft),* do^cv, dedoKTjKa poet., (1) of 
the action of the mind itself, to think, 
suppose, imagine, expect, i. (a.), i. 7. 
1 ; 8.2: dcdoy/j,4vos thought best, ap- 



proved, determined, resolved on, voted, 
iii. 2. 39 : tovtovs tL [sc. ■waddv'] do- 
K€LT€ ; what do you think [these suf- 
fered] was the case with these? v. 7. 26: 
— (2) of the action of an object upon 
the mind, to seem, appear, Lat. vide- 
or ; to seem, good, best, expedient, right, 
proper; to be approved, determined, 
resolved on, adopted, or voted; both 
personally and impersonally, and with 
the former construction for the latter 
(the two combined, iii. 1. 11 ?), 573 ; 
D. I. (a. ; the inf. often supplied fr. 
the context) ; i. 2. 1 ; 3. 11 s, 18, 20 ; 
4. 7, 15 : So^av ravra [sc. iromv fr. the 
context, or see 502] it having been 
voted to pursue this course, or this re- 
solved, on, 675 a, iv. 1. 13, With the 
uses 1 and 2, compare I think and we- 
thinks = me-seems = it seems to me. 
AoK€0} is much used for greater mod- 
esty or courtesy of expression, i. 3. 12 ; 
7. 4 (atV^wecr^at /tot SokQ, me-thinks I 
am ashamed): iii. 1. 38 ; cf, 70m, 654. 

SoKip.d^a>, daoj, {doKifios accepted on 
proof, fr. dexofiai) to approve on ex- 
amination, iii. 3. 20. 

8dXios, a, ov, (doKos) deceitful^ 
treacherous, perfidious, i. 4, 7 ? 

8dXixos, ov, 6, the long race, pro- 
tracted to several miles, by an exten- 
sion of the course, or a repetition of 
it, iv. 8. 27. 

8dXos, ov, 6, dolus, a wile, fraud, 
deceit, treachery, v, 6. 29. 

A6Xo\|/, OTTOS, 6, a Dolopian. The Do- 
lopes were a rude but hardy tribe, 
living on both sides of the southern 
range of Mt. Pindus. i. 2. 6. 
t8d|a, 7/s, opinion, expectation; repu- 
tation, credit, glory, ets : ii. 1. 18 : vi. 
1. 21 ; 5. 14. Der, oktho-doxy. 
j8o|d5ti>, daw, to commend, extol. A., 
vi. 1. 32 ? 

86|as, 8d|«, see So/rew, i. 3. 20 ; 4. 15. 

8opdTiov, ov, TO, (dim. of 86pv) a 
short sjyear, of special use in carr}'ing 
booty or baggage, yet also used as a 
weapon, vi. 4. 23. 

8opKds, dSos, i], [depKOfxai, pf. dedop- 
Ka, to look keenly) a small, swift, and 
beautiful antelope, so named from the 
lustre of its eye, a gazelle, i. 5. 2 : v. 
3. 10. Hence prop, name Dorcas. 

8opirT](rT6s, ov, or 86pin]<rTos, ov, 6, 
(dopirov supper) supper-time, i. 10. 17 : 

V. I. ddpTTlffTOS. 



Sopv 



37 



Svo-TTOpfa 



8dpv,* 86paTos, rby (cf. bpvs oak) a 
beam or large stick, the shaft of a 
spear ; hence comm. a spear, lance, 
pike, Lat. hasta. The common spear 
of the Greek hoplite consisted of a 
long wooden shaft, with a sharp steel 
point {alxiJ-v)f a-nd upon the reverse 
end an iron spike ((raupwr?7;o) for thrust- 
ing the spear into the ground in time 
of rest. 'Eirl dopv [spear-ward] to tJie 
right, since the spear was carried in 
the light hand ; cf. Trap dawidas. i. 
8. 18 : iii. 5. 7: iv. 3. 29 ; 7. 16. 

|8opv-(|>dpos, ov, 6, {(pepw) a spear- 
hearer, spear-man, a forager carrying 
a spear, v. 2. 4 : cf. dopdriov. 

tSovXeia, as, slavery, servitude, bond- 
age, subjection, vii. 7. 32. 

tSovXevo), evcrcj, dedovXevKU, to be a 
slave, iv. 8. 4. 

SovXos, ov, 6, (5ea> to bind) a slave, 
bondman, bond- servant ; under an ab- 
solute government, a subject; i. 9. 15, 
29 : ii. 5. 32,^ 38 : iii. 1. 17. 

Sovvai, 8ovs, see 5ibu3p,L, i. 2. 12. 
t8ov7r€«,* Tja-w, dedovva, ch. Ep., to 
make a din, to clash, d. of instrument, 
irpbs, i. 8. 18. Onomatopoetic. 

SovTTos, ov, 6, ch. poet., a loud 
noise, din, uproar, hubbub, ii. 2. 19. 

ApaKovTios, ov, Dracontius, a Spar- 
tan exile, iv. 8. 25 : vi. 6. 30. 

8pd}ioipii, 8pap.oi)pxii, see rpix^- 
t8p€iravT]-4>6pos, ov, {<p^pw) scythe- 
bearing, scythe-armed, i. 7. 10 s ; 8. 10. 

Speiravov, ov, to, or poet. Zpeiravt], rjs, 
{dpeTTOJ to pluck) a scythe, sickle, i.8.10. 

ApiXai, ujv, the Drilce, a warlike 
people dwelling near TrebizondjV. 2. Is. 

8p6p.os, ov, 6, {rpix^} pf- Sedpofia) 
the act or place of running ; a run, 
running, race ; race-course : dpo/xu} 
upon the run, as in a race, at full 
speed, rapidly : Spofios iyeuero roTs 
(TTparnbTais the soldiers began to run, 
459: i. 2. 17; 8. 18 s: iv. 8. 25 s. 

SvvajAat,* 5vvr}<xo[xaL, dedvvrjfxai, ipf. 
i8vudjj,T]v or rfdwdfiriv, a. p. edvvr}6riv, 
'r]8w7j97)v, or r. ebwdadrfv, to be able 
{can), have power, i. (often under- 
stood) ; hence elliptically, to be strong 
ox powerful ; to be equal or equivalent 
to, to mean, a.; i. 1. 4 ; 5. 6 ; 7. 5 : 
ii. 2. 12 s : iv. 5. 11 s : 01 fxeyLcrTov (or 
fiiyiaTa) dvvdaevoi [sc. Troteti'] the m,ost 
nowerful, ii. 6. 21 : ovk idvydfMrjv ^rjv 
I could not {consent to) live, vii. 2. 33. 



It is often used or to be supplied with 
a rel. and superl., 553 c : cus fidXiara 
eduvaro iTTLKpvrrToixevos [concealing it 
as he best could] as secretly as possible, 
i. 1. 6 ; xi edvvaro rdxto-ra [as he could 
most rapidly] as rapidly as lie could, 
i. 2. 4 ; (hs du Swr/rat irXeiaTovs as 
many as he could, i. 6. 3. 

|8vva|xis, ews, i}, ability, power, 
might, strength, force ; military force, 
forces, troops, army (so pi. i. 5. 9): 
/card or ets d{>pafitv according to or to 
tJie extent of one's ability : i. 1. 6 ; 6. 
7: ii. 3. 23 : iii. 2. 9. Der. dynamic. 

j.8vvd(rTT]s, 01;, a chief or poT^erful 
man, lord, nobleman, i. 2. 20. Der. 

DYNASTY. 

|8vvaTds, 1^, ov, c, s., actively, able, 
conqyetent, powerful, strong, 1.; pas- 
sively, possible, practica.ble, feasible, 
D. I. ; i. 3. 17 ; 9. 24 : ii. 6. 8, 19 : iv. 
1. 12, 24 : €K tQv 5vvarQv from [the 
possibles] tJie means in their power, 
iv. 2. 23. It is often used or to be 
supplied with a rel. and superl., 553 c : 
7J dvvarbv fidXiara [so as is possible, 
most implicitly] as implicitly as pos- 
sible, i. 3. 15 ; OTi dTrapaaKevaaroTaTov 
[according to what is possible, most 
unprepared] as unprepared as possible, 
oTt 7rXei(XTovs as many as possible, i. 1. 
6 ; (hs rdxt^crra Trope^eadai to proceed as 
speedily as ]jossible, i. 3. 14. 

8va),* bvao), to make enter, put on: 
hence 8i5vw & 8vo|xai, dijaofmi, dedvKa, 
2 a. ^5vv, of the sun, to enter the 
western sea, to set, i. 10. 15 : ii. 2. 3. 

8vo,* dvoTv, or, w. plur. nouns, 

indecL, duo, two, i. 1. 1 : iii. 2. 37: 

vi. 6. 14 : vii. 5. 9 ; 6. 1. Der. dual. 

[8v<r-* inseparable particle, ill, mis-, 

un-, DYS-, with diffix:ulty.'\ 

8vcr-PaTos, ov, difficult of access, 
V. 2. 2 : iv. 1. 25 ? 

8vo--8tdpaTos, ov, difficult to pass, 
vi. 5. 19 ? 

8v<rp,TJ, 77s, {bvvtj}) usu. in pi., setting 
of the sun ; -^At'oi; bvcrfxai sun-set ; vi. 
4. 26 ; 5.^ 32 : vii. 3. 34. 

8vcr-TrdpiTos, ov, {rrdp-eifii to pass) 
hard or difficult to pass, iv. 1. 25 : v. I. 
dvcnropiaros (for bvcrirpocriTOS difficult 
of access ?) or SOa-^aros. 

8v<r-irdpe\n"0S, ov, {iropeio}) diffi/iult 
of passage or to pass, d., i. 5. 7. 

t8u<nropla, as, difficulty of crossing, 
difficult passage, g., iv. 3. 7. 



Svinropos 



38 



iy& 



8v<r-'n'Opos, ov, difficult of passage, 
ha.rd to cross, ii. 5. 9; v. 1. 13: vi. 5. 12. 

8v<r-xp'n<rTos, ov, {xpdofji,ai) hard to 
use or manage, of little iLse, unservice- 
able, iii. 4. 19. 

8v<r-xwpia, as, (xwpos) the rugged- 
ness or difficulty of the cowntry, diffi- 
cult ground, iii. 5. 16. 

8(S, 8to<ra), see didio/ju, i. 7. 7. 

8(6-8sKa indecL, {dvo, deKo) twelve, 
i. 2. 10 ; 7. 15. 

t8copeop,ai, iQcrofULi, dcSwprj/xai, to make 
or give a present, to present, give, A. 
D., vii. 3. 18, 26 s; 5. 3. 

t8wpo-8oK€«, 7)(Tb}, {dexo/Mit) to receive 
a gift, take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 

8a>pov, ov, {8i5w/j.i) a gift, present, 
reward, i. 2. 27; 9. 14, 22 : ii. 1. 10. 



la, Idv, &c., see idw, iii. 3. 3. 

4dXb)Ka, IdXcdv, see oXiaKOfMai, iii. 4.8. 

€dv,* (ei, dp) contr. ijv or "dv, conj. 
followed by the subj., if perhaps, if 
haply, if, in case tluit : idv fx-q if not, 
unless, except : idv re . . idv re [both 
if . . and if] whether . . or : i. 3. 14, 
18 s^; 4. 12: vii. 1. 31 ; 3. 37. 
|€dv-irep, if indeed, if only, iv. 6. 17 ? 

iapiX,oi, icrw iQ, {cap ver, spring) to 
^ass or sp)end the spring, iii. 5. 15. 

k-fxvrov,* T/S, contr. aiirov, ??s, refl. 
pron., (e him, avros) sui, of himself, 
herself, itself, ch. nsed when the reflex 
reference is emphatic or direct. In 
the gen., it often supplies the place 
of a possessive pron. (suus) : ol iavrov 
his oivn men, rd iavrQv their own 
affairs, interests, or possessions, i. 1. 
5; 2. 7, 15: iii. 1. 16. V. I. for ifxav- 
ToO or aavTov, 539 d, vi. 6. 15: vii. 5. 
5 : often for ai/rov, or the converse. 

€d«,* idcrco, eidKa, ipf, e'^cvv, to per- 
mit, alloio, suffer, let, A. i. : to let be, 
let alone, leave, dismiss, have nothing 
to do ivith, A. D. : ovk idv to forbid, 
prohibit, protest, 686 i : i. 4. 7, 9 ; 9. 
18^: vii. 3. 2; 4. 10 s, 20, 24. 
tip8op,ir|KOVTaindecl.,sci-c??^?/,iv.7.8. 

^P8o|JLos, 7?, ov,{€'!rrd) sei'cnth,Yi.2.12. 

'Epo^eXfiics or 'EpoX^ep-tos, ov, v. I. 
iov'A(3po^€\fx-r]s, vii. 6. 43. 

iy-, the form which iv takes in 
compos, before a palatal, 150. 

ey-ylyvoykOLi,* ycvrjaojxai, yeyivr]p.ai 



& 2 pf. yiyova, to take place, be pro- 
duced, or arise in, d., v. 8. 3. 
|^7-"yovos, ov, 6, a descendant, iii. 2. 14 ? 

kyyvkv),* r}(Tw, rjyyvrjKa, {iy-y^rj a 
pledge in hund, fr. yvlov limb, hand) 
to put in hand, pledge : M. to pledge 
Okie's self, engage, promise, i. (a)., vii. 
4. 13.^ 

tcyyvQcv a,^\.,from nigh at hand, 
iv. 2. 27. 

eyyus* adv., c. & s. iyyvT^pov, 
rara, or repw, rdra), near, nigh, close 
at hand, g. ; nearly, closely : superl. 
w. art. the nearest, last : i. 8. 8 ; 10. 
10^: ii. 2. 11, 16 s; 4. 1 : iv. 2. 28. 

I^eipo),* iyepu), iyrjyepKa L, to icake 
another : 2 pf pret. iyprfyopa to be or 
keep awake, keep watch, iv. 6. 22. 

lY6v6pT]v, e^iYvopTjv, see yiyvofmi. 

47-KaXeft),* KoXiaw /caXcD, KeKXrjKa, 
to call upon as responsible, make a 
demand upon, charge, blame, throw 
the blame upon, find fault with, D. 
CP. ; to call upon one for, demand, A. ; 
vii. 5. 7; 7. 33, 44, 47. 

cY-KoXviTrTa), i^i^w, K€Kd\v(pa 1., (/ca- 
Xi/TTTw to icrap, cover) to wrap up in a 
covering. A., iv. 5. 19. 

^-K€ipai,* Keiao/xac, to lie in or 
therein, iv. 5. 26. 

cY-KeXevo-Tos, ov, (KeXevco) urged on, 
instructed, incited, bidden, i. 3. 13. 

€Y-K€'<j>aXos, ov, 6, {Ke(f)a\7J) the brain; 
the brain, croicn, or cabbage of the 
palm, a large cabbage-like bud at the 
top of the stalk, ii. 3. 16. 

ey-Kpanqs, is, (Kpdros) in poiuer 
over, in jjossession of, master of, g., i. 
7. 7: V. 4. 15. 

^•yvwKa, 'iyytav, eyvcoo-OijV, see 747- 
v(haKu, i. 3. 2 : ii. 4. 22 : iii. 1. 43. 

I'YP'fl-yopa, -€iv, see iyelpw, iv. 6. 22. 

€Y-)(^aXivd«, U3(xw, pf. pi- KexoXivu)- 
fjLai, to put a bit in the mouth of, to 
bridle, A., vii. 2. 21; 7. 6. 

h-X^^P^^y V<^^' h-ii^X^^PV^a, ix^lp) 
to take in hand, undertake, mak:e an 
attemi-)t, v. 1. 8. 

€7-X€>-pi8iov, ov, TO, (x^ip) a hand- 
knife, dagger, iv. 3. 12. 

ky-Xiipil<ji, i(Toj iu>, Kex^piKa, (x^ip) 
to put in the hands 0/ another, commit, 
entrust, A. d., iii. 2. 8. 

€"y-xe«>* f- X^'^ or x^w, KexvKa, (x^w 
to pour) to pour in wine for a libation, 
D., iv. 3. 13. 

e-yw/ ip-ou or fMov, pi. ijfJ^h, (the 



iy<ay€ 



39 



6l|J.l 



forms beginning w. I- having comm. 
some emphasis, and those w. ji- being 
enclitic) ego, mei, nos, /, ive, i. 3. 3, 
5 s : irpjs fj.€ for Trpos e/ne, 788 e, iii. 2. 
2 : i7^ias = ifi^, i. 7. 7: €yS};jLat by era- 
sis for 67 cb olfiai, I think, iii. 1. 35 ? 
Der. EGOTISM. 

I'dya-ye,* i/xov ye, i/xoiye, i/xeye or 
ifie ye, equidem, / at least, I for my 
part, I certainly, i. 4. 8 : vii. 1. 30. 
2861, cSciTO, see 5^w, i.5.14: iv.1.13. 
^Seio-a, eSeSo^Keiv, see 5et5w, i. 10. 9. 
e8r|8oKa, see eadiw, iv. 8. 20. 
486KOVV, '^8o|a, see doKeco, i. 3. 20. 
^8papiov, see rpex^, iv. 3. 33. 
^8wKa, ^800-av, see dldco/xi, i. 2. 27. 
2^a)v, ^^T], see hiw, i. 5. 5 : v. 8. 10. 
teOeXovT-qs, oO, 6, a volunteer; as adj. 
voluntary, willing, ozone's own accord, 
i. 6. 9: \v. 1. 26 s. 
tlOeXovTi adv., willingly, iii. 3. 18 ? 
teOeXovcrios, a, ov, voluntary, of ones 
own accord, iv. 6. 19: vi. 5. 14. 

€0i\a),* edeXrjau}, rjdeXrjKa, by a shorter 
but less frequent form OeXco, deXrjaw, 
to be willing, consent, wish, desire, 
will, choose, please, prefer, i., tL : ovk 
ideXcj, I am not ivilling, I will not, 
I refuse : eQeX<av w. adverbial force, 
willingly : i. 2. 26 ; 3. 6, 8 ; 9. 13 s : 
iv. 4. 5 : vi. 2. 6. 'E^eAw and ^ovXo/xaL 
are nearly synonymous and may be 
often interchanged ; yet, in strict dis- 
tinction, ideXoj expresses the wish or 
will more as a feeling, and ^ouXofxai 
more as a rationed purpose or prefer- 
ence. Simple inclination, acquiescence, 
or desire is rather expressed by edeXu, 
and plan or determination by ^06X0- 
fiai : ei u^ets edeXere e^opfidu, eireaduL 
^ojjXofxaL if you are ivilling to tak.e the 
lead, I am resolved to follow, iii. 1. 25: 
cf. V. 6. 20 ; 7. 27 s. 

IdefLTjv, '^0T]Ka, see r\.dt]ixi, i. 5. 14. 
^0vos, eos, TO, a nation, tribe : Kara 
edvT] or tdj/os, according to their nations 
or tribes, by nations or tribes: i. 8.9: 
iv. 5. 28 : v. 5. 5. Der. ethno-logy. 
€1* conj. (becoming edv before the 
subj., 619 a), si, if, supposing, provid- 
ed, in case that, i. 2. 2 : el [xt] nisi, if 
not, unless, except, i. 4. 18 : iv. 2. 4 : 
elbk p.T) but if not, otherwise, used even 
after negative sentences, ii. 2. 2 : iv. 
3. 6 : el tls if any, sometimes, as a 
more moderate form of expression, 
supplying the place of oaris whoever, 



whatever, 639, i. 5. 1 ; 6.1; Kal et tls 
vo(T(jp and a few perhaps by sickness, 
V. 3. 3 : Kal el, el Kai even if, although, 
though, iii. 2. 22, 24 : vi. 6. 27 : — d as 
complem., if, whether, whether not, 
i. 3. 5 ; 10. 5 : iii. 2. 22 ; so elliptical- 
ly, to see or try if, to ascertain whether, 
iv. 1.8: V. 4. 3. 

el'a, cl'dcra, see edw, i. 4. 7 ; 9. 13, 18. 
€t8ov, elSw, clSe'vai, elSus, &c., see 
bpdo}. Cf. video. Sans, vid, to wit. 
J-cISos, eos, TO, appearance, form., 
beauty, ii. 3. 16. 

€iT]v, 6iT]o-av or clev, see el/xi, i. 1. 5. 
ciKd^o),* dcrco, eiKaKa 1., pf. j;?. eUa- 
a-jxai or ijKaajxaL, to onake like, liken, 
1 A. ; to think likely, conjecture, suj}- 
\pose, estimate, i. (a.), i. 6. 1, 11; 10. 
16 : pf. p. to have been made like, to 
resemble, D., v. 3. 12 ; 4. 12 : — 2 pf. 
pret. ^oiKa, 2 plup. €t^<etu, to be like, 
resemble, seem like, b.; to seem; ii. 1, 
13; 2. 18. 

le'iKos, 6tos, (neut. pt. of elKa = €oiKa) 
likely, probable, reasonable, proper, 
natural, w. frequent ellipsis of iari or 
^v,i. (a.): to eiKos the likelihood, prob- 
ability, &c.: ii. 2. 19 ; 3. 6 : iii. 1. 21. 
6l'Koo-i(v) indecL, twenty, i. 2. 5, 8. 
cIkotcds adv. , (eUos) reasonably, nat- 
urally, with good reason, ii. 2. 3. 
€iXT]4)a, -6iv, see Xafx^dvo}, iv. 5. 35. 
eiXiixa, -€iv, see Xayxdv^ji, iv, 5. 24. 
€iXkov, see e\/cw, iv. 2. 28 : v. 2. 15. 
€tXdfii]v, ciXov, see alpeoi, i. 3. 5 ; 9. 9. 
cljAi,* t'(To,u,at (3 sing. ecTTai), ipf. 9}V, 
sum, to be, exist, the chief substantive 
verb, variously translated ace. to the 
context, i. 1. 4 : w. gen., to be of or 
one's, belong to, be the projjerty or part 
of, &c., 437 a, 440, 443, i. 1. 6: ii. 1. 
4, 9 ; dura to edpos irXedpov being [of] 
a plethron in width, i. 4. 9 : w. DAT., 
to be to or for (where have is frequent 
in translation, 459), i. 2. 7; 3. 21 : w. 
a PART. , often a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679, ii. 
2. 13 ; 3. 10 : rd 6vTa the things be- 
ing, facts, effects, possessions, iv. 4. 15 : 
vii. 8. 22 : rw '6i/Ti in reality or fact, 
really, v. 4. 20. — Its impers. use 
(which may usu. be also explained 
personally, 571 f, h) is extensive : eari 
there is or it is, it is possible, the part 
of, &c., I. (A.), i. 5. 2 s ; ii. 1. 9 : often 
w. a neut. adj. sing, or pL, as drjXov 
ii. 3. 6, dBtxTa iii. 4. 49 : w. a relative. 



ctfil 



40 



€l(r({>cpci> 



often forming a complex indefinite, 
559 a, as €<rTi S' 6'a-Tts but there is who 
= but some one, i. 8. 20, 9ju oijs = some, 
i. 5. 7, €0-6' 6t€ there is when = some- 
times, ii. 6. 9 ; and negatively, ovk 9jv 
oTTov there loas [not where] no place 
where, iv. 5. 31 (cf. ii. 3. 23), ovk tanu 
Sttcos [there is not how] it cannot be 
that, ii. 4. 3 (cf. the personal use tovt 
e<TTiv 6'7rws ; is this possible, how ? is 
it possible that? v. 7. 7) : rb Kara tov- 
Tov dvai so far as regards him, rb vvv 
eXvaifor the present, 665 b, i. 6. 9 : iii. 
2. 37. — For the accent of the pres. 
ind., see 787 c, 788 a, b, d, f. 

€t|jtt,* ipf. rjeiv or Tja, to go, come; 
the pres. regularly used in the ind., 
and sometimes in other modes, as fut. 
(ei/i: I am going = / shall go, cf. '^px^- 
fiat): imv. Wt age, come/ ae., D. 8id, eh, 
iirl, &c. : i. 2. 11 ; 3. 1, 6 ; 4. 8 : iv. 
6. 12 : vii. 2. 26. For M. te/iai, see IV- 

ctira, dtrov, see <f>7j/j.i, i. 3. 7: ii. 1. 21. 

€l'-7r€p if indeed, if in fact or really, 
i. 7^.9: ii. 4. 7: iv. 6. 16. 

€i'Tr6(jn]V, see eiroixai, iii. 4. 18. 

€i'p7(>) or €l'pY<i),* p^w, to bar, debar, 
shut in or out, hem in, exclude, keep 
off, prevent, A. airb, e/c : M. to shut 
07ie's self out, get one's self excluded : 
iii. 1. 12 ; 3. 16 : vi. 3. 8 ; 6. 16. 

€i'pT]Ka, el'pT]p.ai, see (f>rjij.i, i. 2. 5. 

clprivr], 7;s, (et/ow to Join, or ^0 to^A:) 
peace, ii. 6. 2, 6: iii. 1. 37. 

€ls,* sometimes es, (ej'-s,688 d) prep., 
w. ACC. of place, into, more briefly to 
or in; at, on, or upon; [to go into] 
/or; sometimes for iu by const, prseg. 
704 a ; i. 1. 2 s ; 2. 2 s, 24 : so of state 
or action, ii. 6. 17 : iii. 1. 43: — of a col- 
lection of persons or things, amona, to, 
into the land of, against, i. 1. il ; 6. 
7 : ii. 2. 20 : v. 6. 27 s : — of time, [in 
passing into] on or ujjon, in, at, i. 7. 
1 : ii. 1. 17 : iii. 1. 3 : — of number or 
measure, uj) to, even to, to the number, 
extent, or dcjith of, i. 1. 10 : ii. 3. 23 : 
vi 4. 16 ; eh a4>doviav [to] in abun- 
dance, abundantly, vii. 1. 33 ; eh 8vo 
two by tivo, ii. 4. 26 ; eh oktw eight deep, 
vii. 1. 23 : — of aim, end, result, ob- 
ject of reference, &c., for, in respect 
to, concerning, i. 1.9; 3. 3 ; 9. 5, 16, 23 : 
ii. 6. 30. In compos., into, in, &c. 

€is,* {Jiia, 'iv, g. evbs, fiids, one, a 
single one, an individual ; used more 
strictly as a numeral than one in Eng. ; 



i. 2. 6 ; 9. 22 : naff 'iva one by one, 
singly, iv. 7. 8 : eh m any single one, 
eh e/ca<rros each individual, each sin- 
gly, ii. 1. 19 : vi. 6. 12, 20. 

elcr-d^co,* d^w, 9jxa, 2 a. ijyayov, a. 
p. -fJx^V^, io lead or bring into or in, 
A. ei's, Trpos, i. 6. 11 ? vi. 1. 12. 

cls-aKovTi^w, laoj iQ, to throw or 
hurl darts in, vii. 4. 15. 

d(r-^aiv(a,* ^rjO-o/jLai, ^e^rjKa, 2 a. 
e^-qv, to go into a vessel, embark, eh, 
V. 7. 15 ? 

cl<r-pdXX«,* jSaXcD, ^e^XrjKa, 2 a. 
e^aXov, to throw one's self into, effect 
an entrance or make an irruption into, 
enter ; of streams, to e^npty into ; eh ; 
i. 2. 21; 7. 15: v. 4. 10. 

€ls-Pipd^a>, pi^dacj iSi/StD, to put into 
or on board a vessel. A., v. 3. 1, 

cltr-PoXTJ, 7js, {ei(X-l3d\\(a) irruption, 
entrance, pass, i. 2. 21 : v. 6. 7. 

€l(r-8vo|xat, * dvao/xai, to enter or sink 
into, eh, iv. 5. 14. 

€lo--€8pap,ov, -Spajitov, see ela-rpixf^- 

€l'(r-€ip.i,* ipf. rjeiv, {elfit q. v.) to go 
or come into or in, enter, eh, irapd : to 
enter one's mind, occiqyy ones thoughts, 
A. CP.: i. 7. 8 : vi. 1. 17 : vii. 2. 14. 

€i(r-6Xai»vw,* eXdaw eXtS, iXr)\aKa, 
a. TJXaaa, to ride into, enter, eh, i.2.26. 

ci<r-6X9etv, see eia-ipxop-ai, i. 2. 21. 

€l(r-epxop.ai,* eXeijaofiai, eXrjXvda, 
2 a. ^Xdov, to come or go into or in, 
to penetrate into, enter, eh, i-n-i, i. 2. 21 : 
iv. 8. 13 : vii^. 1. 27. 

6l<r-^€iv, -■geo-av or -"gorav, see cftr- 
eLfjLL, i. 7. 8. 

€lcr-ifiXa<ra, see etV-eXai^i'w, i. 2. 26. 

d<T-if\vi\Qr\v, see eia-^epo}, i. 6. 11 ? 

citr-Tix^Tiv, see etV-d7a;, i. 6. 11 ? 

cl'(r-o8os, 01;, -^j a way in, entrance, 
eh, iv. 2. 3: vi. 5. 1. 

€l'(rop.ai, see bpdw, i. 4. 15. 

€i(r-TrT]8d«, rjao/Jiai, ireir-fjBrjKa, a. 
eirrjdTjaa, {ir-qbdu} to leap) to leap into, 
eh, i. 5. 8. 

€l<r-'irt'irTa),*7recroO/Aat, iriirTtaKa, 2 a. 
eireaov, to fall into or ttpo7i, burst or 
?'i^s7t mto, eh, i. 10. 1 : vii. 1. 17, 19. 

elor-TrXe'd),* TrXe^aofiai, wiirXevKa, to 
sail into, eh, vi. 4. 1. 

elcr-iropctiojJiai, eixTOfxai, ireTrbpev/xai, 
to march into, eh, iv. 7. 27 ? 

€t(rTT|K6iv or €(mrJK€iv, see XffTTfiii. 

€i(r-Tp6X.w, * 8pafj,ovfiaL, dedpdfnjKa, 
2 a. edpap-ou, to run into or m, v. 2. 16. 

€io--<J>ip«,* ol'o-w, ivrjvoxa., a. ijpeyKa 



€l<r<j>opea> 



41 



€KlcXT{0%d|(i) 



or -Of, a. p. i)P€x&Wi io hring or carry 
into or in, a. d., ets, i. 6. 11? \ai. 3. 21. 

€l(r-(|>opCA>, ■^crw, Tr€(p5p7]Ka, to bring 
into, A. ei's, iv. 6. 1. 

€i(rw, sometimes 2<r«, adv., (ets or 
is) icitMn, inside of, G., i. 2. 21 ; 4. 5. 

€io--w0€ft),* w£rw, ^0 jj26s/i m^o or in, 
trans.: J/, intrans., v. 2. 18 ? 

ctra adv., {el rd if those things are, 
cf, "TTctra) ^/ic?i, «i that case, tliere- 
upon, after that, next, i. 2. 16, 25. 

€t-T€ . . €'i-T6 si-ve . . si-ve, both if 
. . and if, wluther . . or, ii. 1. 14 : iii. 
1. 40 ; 2. 7. ^ See et. 

elxov, €lxo|AT]v, see Ixw, i. 1. 6. 

€i'«0a,* /[have accustomed myself] 
am wont or accustomed, i. ; intrans. 
2 pf. pret. of edi^oj, Laca to), eWiKa, to 
accitstom : 2 plup. eldodeLv, vii. 8. 4. 

€lW, el'as, €l'a, see edw, i. 4. 9. 

€K, the form which the prep. e| takes 
before a consonant, 165, i. 1. 6. 
teKao-raxoo'e m e«c/i direction, iii. 5. 
17. 

^Kao-Tos, Tj, ov, (see eKarepos) quis- 
que, mc/i of more than two, every, 
each or ei^cr?/ one ; pi. several, respec- 
tive, each body, all, or translated as 
sing, or like an adv. {severaJly). Its 
sing, is often joined, esp. through ap- 
position, with a plural, i. 1. 6; 2. 15 ; 
7. 15; 8. 9: ii. 2. 17: v. 5. 5. 

jlKao-Tore at each time, uniformly, 
always, ii. 4. 10. 

CKd-^epos, a, ov, (a compar. in form 
w. eKacrros as sup. , perhaps derived fr. 
eh, 376 c, d) uterque, each of two ; pi. 
both, each party, or translated as sing. : 
Kad' €Kdrepa on each side, G. : i. 8. 27: 
iii. 2. 36 : v. 5. 25; 6. 7: vi. 1. 9. 

llKarcpwOev from or on each or both 
sides, i. 8. 13, 22 : vi. 4. 3 ; 5. 25. 

j€KaTep«o-€ to each side of two, in 
both directions, i. 8. 14 ? 

CKaTov indecl., a hundred, i. 2. 25. 

*EKaT-wvv|ios, ou, Hecatonytnus, an 
envov to the Cvreans from Sinope, v. 
5. 7 ;' 6. 3. 

€K-Patv(i),* §r]<TOfxaL, ^e^rjKa, 2 a. 
IjSt;!', to go out, forth, or aside, from a 
road, valley, river, vessel, &c. ; to sally 
forth; to disembark; els, &c. ; iv. 2. 1, 
10, 25 s; 3. 3, 23 : v. 4. 11. 

€K-PdXXw,*/3aX(S, j3e/3\7?Ka, 2 a. e/3a- 
Xoj/, a. p. e^Xrjd-rjv, to throiv or ccost out 
or az/ja?/ (out of one's hands, quiver, 
&c.); to drive out, banish, expel; e|, 



ds: i. 1. 7; 2. 1 : ii. 1. 6: vii. 1. 16; 
5. 6. Cf. iK-TriiTT oj = passive. 

^K-^ao-is, ews, T7, (e/c-jSatVoj) egress^ 
outlet, 2>assage, pass, iv. 1. 20; 2. Is. 

'EKparava, w;/, rd, Echatana (also 
^^Titten Agbatana, and AchmefJia, Ez- 
ra 6. 2) the capital of Media, favorably 
situated for coolness and good air, 
and containing the strongly fortihed 
and magnificent summer residence of 
the Persian king, ii. 4. 25 : iii. 5. 15. 
II Hamadan. 

aK-pXT]0€iT|v, see e/c-^dXXw, vii. 5. 6. 

lK-PoT]6€(d, 770-0;, ^oTjdrjKa, to rush or 
come forth to the rescue, e^, vii. 8. 15. 

?K-'Yovos, ov, (yiyvofxai) born from : 
oi eKyouoi the descendants : rd eKjova 
the young of animals : iii. 2. 14? iv. 
5. 25? 

lK-8e8pd|XT]Ka, lK-8pa|j.(av, see eK-rpe- 
Xw, V. 2. 17; 4. 16. 

€K-8€p«,* depQ, a. edeipa, {depcj to 
skill) to take out of one's skin, to flay y 
A., i. 2. 8 : V. I. eKdeipeiv. 

kK-BiB<a\u.,* bdbau}, didwKa, pf. p. 84- 
dofiai, to give forth or lip, a. : to give 
forth in marriage, settle with a hus- 
band, A. Trapd : iv. 1. 24 : vi. 6. 10. 

€K-8«vo>,* SifaofiaL, deSvKa, 2 a. eduv, 
to get out of one's clothes, to strip 
one's self, iv. 3. 12. 

Ikci adv. , there, in that place, yon- 
der, i. 3. 20 ; 10. 8 : iv. 1. 24. 

4.Ik6i0€v thence, from that place or 
region, v. 6. 24, 

jlxeivos,* 77, 0, that, thai OTie ; often 

as a strong pers. pron., he, she, it j i. 

1.4; 3.9; 7.18: iii.1.35. See eTr-^/cet^a. 

|€K6i<r€ thither, to that 2>lcice, there 

(= thither), vi. 1. 33 ; 6. 36. 

Ikt|pv|6, -VX0T], see KTjp&rrta, ii. 2. 21. 

lK-0Xtj3«,* ixj/b}, TidXicpa 1., {eXi^cj 
to squeeze) to press or crowd out. A., iii. 
4. 19 s. 

|K-Ka0aip«, *apQ, pf. J9. KeKadapfxai, 
to cleanse from defilement, burnish; 
or 

€K-KaXvirT«, iLi\j/(a, pf. p. KCKaXvpLfiac 
{KaXvTTTw to cover, veil) to un-cover, to 
take the shield out of the leather case 
{adyp^) in which it was commonly 
carried on the march to preserve its 
brightness ; i. 2. 16. 

€KKXT]<ria, as, {eK-KoXew to call forth) 
a convocation, assembly, i. 3. 2 ; 4. 12. 
leKKX-qa-id^o),* da 03, to call an assem- 
bly, V. 6. 37. Der. ecclesiastic. 



IkkXIvo) 



42 



Ik-kXiv*),* kXivu), K€K\iKa L, (kJuvco 
clino, to bend) to bend out of line, 
turn to flight, give way, i. 8. 19. Cf. 

IN-CLINE. 

€K-KO|Jtt^C(), iVcj iQ, KCKo/MKa, to hHng 
or carry out, to lead out (of the Pon- 
tus, vi. 6. 36) : M. to carry out or off 
for one's self : a.: i. 5. 8 : v. 2. 19. 

eK-KOTTTft),'^'' Ko^pw, KCKo^a, to cut trees 
out of a wood, cut down, fell ; to lay 
waste or destroy by cutting down trees ; 
A.; i. 4. 10: ii. 3. 10. 

€K-KvPio-Tda), 7](Tw, to tlvTow a somer- 
set, a feat often jierformed among the 
Greeks over swords pointing upwards, 
vi. 1. 9. See Kv^Lardio. 

kK-Kv\iaCv<>), avu>, (Ku/j-a wave) to 
[wave out of line] be^id out or swell 
forth like a wave, i. 8. 18. 

iK-\iy<o,* \€^(i>, eiXoxc, {Xeyu lego, 
to LAY, gather) to lay or gather out, 
to pick or single out, select ; so J/., more 
subjectively ; A.; ii. 3. 11 : iii. 3. 19 : 
V. 6. 20. Der. eclectic. 

€K-Xe{Trft), * Xet^w, XeXotrra, 2 a. ^'\t- 
urop, to leave (going out of), quit, 
abandon, desert, forsake, a. els : of 
snow, to disappear: i. 2. 24: iii. 4. 8 : 
iv. 1. 8; 3. 24; 5. 15. Der. eclipse. 

CK-p.'qpl^oiiaL, vaofxai, {firjpUofiaL to 
wind) to wind out ; of an army, to 
defile, vi. 5. 22. 

tK-ircfiTT*!), * irefixl/bj, Tr^TrOjU^a, to send 
out, conduct forth : M. to send forth 
of one's own company : A, : iii. 2. 24 : 
V. 2. 21. 

€K-'Tr€''irXT]7jxai, see eK-irX-riTTw. 

fiK-ireTTTiOKMS, see eK-ir'nrTO), i. 1. 7. 

£K-ir€paiv6), avLo, to finish out, fully 
accomjylish, A. D., v. 1. 13. 

€K-Tr€<rwv, see eKiriTTToo, v. 2. 31. 

€K-irr)8da>, yjcrofiai, TreTnfidrjKa, to leap 
or spring out or forth, vii. 4. 16. 

iK-irtjiirXTifJii,* irXr}(TO}, irewXrjKa, to 
fill out or 2<j!9, A., iii. 4. 22 ? 

CK-irtvto,* iriofiaL, iriiriaKa, 2 a. eirXov, 
to drink [out] t<^. A., i. 9. 25. 

CK-irCiTTw, ^'^ irecrov/JLcu, Tr^Trrw/ca, 2 a. 
eireaov, to fall or Z)e thrown out : out 
of one's home, to be driven out, ban- 
ished, or exiled ; ol eKTreirrwKOTes the 
exiles : of trees, out of their places, to 
fall down : out of the sea, to be thrown 
ashore or ivrecked : to throw one's self 
out, rush or hurry out, tumble out 
i^: i.1.7: ii.3.10: v.2.17s: vii.5.12s 

iK-irkayds, see iK-irXijTTU, i. 8. 20. 



CK-irXcft),* TrXevcrofxai, irtirXevKa, to 
sail out, forth, or away, e. g. out of the 
Pontus, 'e^, ii. 6. 2 : vii. 1. 1, 39. 

^K-irXews, oju, (TrXews * full) filled 
out, entively full, complete, iii. 4. 22. 

Ik-ttXtittw,* ttXtj^u}, ireirXTjya, pf. j^>. 
TriirXrjyfxai, 2 a. j^:). iirXrjyvu, but 6^- 
€7rXdy7jv, to strike out of one's self- 
possession ; to strike with surjjrise, 
astonishment, alarm, or terror ; to sur- 
prise, amaze, astonish, confound, con- 
fuse, alarm, terrify ; A.; i. 5. 13; 8.20. 

€K-'!ro8i.Jv adv. , {irovs) out of the way 
of the feet, out of the way : e. iroce'ccrdai 
to p)ut out of the loay : i. 6. 9 : ii. 5. 29. 

tK-'Tropevojiai, evcrojj.ai., TreTropevjuaL, 
to march or go out ox forth, v. 1. 8. 

€K-iropt^oD, 1(jw lu), ireirbpiKa, to bring 
out, provide, procure, A. d., v. 6. 19 ? 

^K-irwjxa, aros, rb, {Trivia) drinking- 
cup, beaker, iv. 3. 25 ; 4.21: vii. 3. 18. 

CK-raGeis, see eK-reivu}, v. 1. 2. 

CKTatoSj a, ov, (eKTos) on the sixth 
day, vi. 6. 38. 

CK-TCLTTa),* rd^oj, Teraxo., to draw 
out or up in battle-order, trans.: M., 
in trans, or refl., v. 4. 12 ? vii. 1. 24. 

€K-T6iv«,* T€vC), TCTaKa, a. ereiva, 
a. p. erddrju, to stretch out, cx-tend, A., 
V. 1. 2 ; 8. 14. 

€K-To|€Vft), evao}, to shoot forth ar- 
rows (out of a tower), vii. 8. 14. 

^KTOS, V, ov, (e^) sixth, vi. 2. 12. 

iK-TpeVft),* ^i/'w, T€Tpo<pa, 2 a. m. 
(:TpairbiJiT)v, to turn out or aside, trans. ; 
M., intrans., iv. 5. 15. 

CK-Tpg'^o),* 6p^\po3, rirpofjia, 2 a. p. 
irpdiprju, to bring up (out of child- 
hood), vii. 2. 32. 

|K-Tpex<^,* dpaiJ.ovfw.c,d€dpd/XT]Ka, 2 a. 
edpafiov, to run out or forth, to sally 
forth, V. 2. 17; 4. 16. 

€KTw|Ji,i]v, see Krdo/xai, i. 9. 19. 

€K-<}>a£v«,* <pavC), 'ire<payKa, a. e^rjva, 
to shoiv forth, A. : irbXefxov eKc^aiveiv to 
make hostile demonstrations, iii. 1. 16. 

€K-<|)6po),* ol'cra), h-qvoxoi, a. -ffveyKa 
or -01', ^0 Jrmg' or carrz/ om^ or forth ; 
to rejjort ; e. irbXefiov to make open 
war: a. etj, tt/sos : i. 9. 11 : iii. 2. 29. 

€K-<J)6v*Y<«),* ((xv^oixai, 7r€(f)€vya, 2 a. 
€<pvyov, to flee out of danger, escape, 
A., G. or I., 7r/)5s, i. 3. 2 ; 10. 3. 

Ikwv, oDcra, bv, g. ^vros, oijcrrjs, ioill- 
ing ; w. force of adv., loillingly, vol- 
untarily, of free will or on^'s own ac- 
cord, i. 1. 9 ; 9. 9 : ii. 4. 4 : iii. 2. 6. 



aapov 



43 



'^{jLaOo 



^a^ov, see Xa/x/Savw, i. 2. 26. 
tlXai'a & Att. IXda, as, oliva, an 
OLIVE ; the olive-tree, fabled as the 
gift of Athena, and sacred to her : vi. 
4. 6: vii. 1. 37. 

?\aiov, ov, oleum, oil, esp. olive-oil, 
iv. 4. 13 : V. 4. 28 : vi. 6. 1. 

eXdTTOJV,* ov, eXdxio'Tos, 77, ov, c. & s. 
of ekaxvs Ep., usu. referred to ixiKpbs 
small, little, or 6X170? little, few : tov- 
Xdx'-O'Tov { = Tb eX.) at least: ii. 4. 13: 
iii. 2. 28 : V. 7. 8 : vi. 2. 4s: vii. 1. 27. 

IXavvw,* eXdcru) eXcD, iX-qXaKa, a. 
■fjXaaa, to drive, ride. A.; intrans., or 
w. tinrov, dpfJLa, crTpdrevfjia, &c., under- 
stood, to ride, drive, advance, march, 
charge, ae. bid, &c.: i. 2. 23 ; 5.7,13, 
15; 8.1,10,24: iv.7.24. Der. elastic. 
t€Xd(}>6tos, ov, of a deer: Kpea iXdcpeia 
dcers meat, venison, i. 5. 2. 

^Xa(}>os, ov, 6 7], (in Att. 17 as a ge- 
neric term), a deer, stag, v. 3. 10. 

|IXa((>p6s, a, ov, [deer-like] light in 
motion or weight, nimble, agile, iii. 3. 
6: iv. 2. 27. 
|IXa(j>pcI)s lightly, nimbly, with agil- 
ity, vi. 1. 12 : vii. 3. 33. 

IXdxwTTos, 77, ov, see kXdTTwv, iii. 2.28. 

eXe'YX^^j* ^l^^y pf- P- ^X-rfKeyixai, a. 
p. vXeyx^V^i lo examine, question, or 
inquire, closely ; to convict, prove ; a. 
CP., P.; ii. 5.27? iii. 5. 14 (a. byattr., 
474 b): iv. 1, 23. 

eXeeivds, "f}, 6v, (eXeos pity) piteous, 
iv.^ 4. 11 J 

eXciv, IXcVOai, &c,, see alpio}. 

eXeXt^ft), tfw, (eXeXeu a war-cry) to 
raise the war-cry, to shout in battle, 
i. 8. 18: V. 2. 14? 

'{ki%(x, eXc'xOilv, see Xeyta, i. 4. 13. 

tlXcvGepia, as, freedom, liberty, in- 

depend.ence, i. 7. 3 : iii. 2. 13 : vii. 7. 32. 

eXcvOepos, a, ov, {eXevd- ? see epxo- 
fiai) going and coming at pleasure, 
/?'ec, independent, ii. 5. 32 : iv. 3. 4. 

€Xtj<(>0tiv, see Xafi^dvoj, i. 7. 13. 

€X0€iv, -oijJLi, -«, -wv, see epxo/nai. 

'EXwrdpvT^, 77s, V. Z. for ' AXiaapv-q, 
vii. 8. 17. 

^Xkco,* 'iX^dj, ipf. e?X/coi', ^0 cZrau?, 
drag, imll. A., iv. 2. 28; 5. 32: v. 2. 15. 
t'EXXds, dSos, 77, ITellas, Greece ; 
originally, it is said, the name of a 
town or district in southern Thessaly, 
settled by Hellen. The name was 
afterwards so extended as to include 
all Greece except the Peloponnesus ; 



I and yet further, so as to include not 

I only this, but even all the Greek col- 

: onies, Avherever situated, i. 2. 9 ; 4. 7. 

j — 2. Hellas, wife of Gongylus, friend- 

jly to Xenophon, vii. 8. 8. 

"EXXtiv, 7JV0S, 6, Hellen, a Greek; 

j originally, it is said, the name of a 
son of Deucalion, and the father of 
^Eolus and Dorus, and grandfather of 
Achteus and Ion. Passing to his pos- 
terity, it became the general name of 
all the Gre-eks (Hellenes), while their 
great divisions were named from his 
children and grandchildren. As au 
adj., Greek, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 14, 18 ; 10. 7. 

I |IXXt]vi^«, iao), to speak Go^eek, vii. 

I 3. 25. Der. Hellenist. 

! |'EXXT]viKds, v, ov, Hellenic, Grecian, 

Greek : to FiXXtjvikov [sc. arpdrevpa] 

the Greek army or force : i.1.6; 8.14 s. 

j'EXXTjvLKois adv., in the Greek lan- 

Iguage, in Greek, i. 8. 1. 
I'EXXtjvis, tSos, (fem. adj. = 'EXX77- 

' vLKTj, 235) Grecian, Greek, iv. 8. 22. 

I |'EXXi]vi<rTtadv., (spoken) m G^rec^, 
vii. 6. 8. 

j t'EXX-qo-irovTittKos, yj, ov, Hellespontic 

\ ox Hellespontian, i. 1. 9 : v. I. -lkos, -tos. 

i 'EXXT|<r-'7rovTos, ov, 0, [the sea of 

j Hellc, who was here drowned, accord- 

I ing to fable, in endeavoring to escape 

i through the air to Colchis, with her 
brother Phrixus, on the iDack of a 

I golden-fleeced ram] the Hellespont, a 
strait about 40 miles long and from 

I to 4 miles wide, connecting the 
Propontis and iEgean, and separating 
Europe and Asia. It was bridged by 
Xerxes, and was the scene, in the Pelo- 
ponnesian war, of the great naval bat- 
tles of Cynossema and ^gospotami. 
The name was also applied to the re- 
gion lying about this strait, i. 1. 9. 

II The Dardanelles, or Strait of Gallipoli. 
I ^XoifJki, -oi|ji.T]v, -6p.6VOs, see alpiw. 

I tlXirl^ti), [(jiji lG), ^X-TTLKa 1., to hope^ 
\ expect, I. (a.), iv. 6. 18 : vi. 5. 17. 
j IXirCs, idos, 7), (IXttw to give hope) 
Jiope, expectcttion : eXTridas Xeywv speak- 
I ing or expressing hojjes : tQv /xvpicjv 
I eXiridcov fxia one [of the 10,000 expec- 
' tations] chance in ten thousand : g., i. 
(A.^):^i. 2.11: ii. 1.19; 5.12: iii. 2. 8. 
cXwv, see eXavvu), i. 8. 10. 
Ip,-, the form which the prep, eu 
takes in compos, before a labial, 150. 
^[xaOov, see /xavddvo}, v. 2. 25. 



c|i,avTov 



M 



i^-avrov* ^s, refl. pron., (e/xe, avros) 
of myself: r? kjxavTod dpxv my ow7i 
province : i. 3. 10 : ii. 3. 29 ; 5. 10. 

€}i,-PatVft),* fSrjaofjLai, ^ejirjKa, 2 a. 
e^rfv, to stcj) 01" go into ; to go on hoard, 
embark ; els, i. 3. 17; 4. 7: ii. 3. 11. 

€p.-pd\Xa),* jSaXw, ^e^X-rjKa, 2 a. e^a- 
Xov, to throw or thrust in or upon, in- 
sert ; to inflict blows ; to [thrust in] 
give fodder to horses ; A. D. ; i. 5. 11; 
9. 27: reflexively, to throw one's self 
into or upon, fall ujwn, attack, charge; 
to strike into, invade, enter; kfji^dWeiv 
ei's ai/Tovs to [enter among them] in- 
vade their country; of a river, to empty 
into ; els • i. 2. 8 ; 8. 24 : iii. 5. 16 s. 

Ip.-Pds, -pdvTcs, see eix-^alvo}, i. 4. 7. 

ep.-pipd^a>, ^Lfidaoj /3i/3cD, to put into 
or 071 board a vessel, Tnake one embark, 
A. els, V. 3. 1 ; 7. 8. 

4}i-PoXTJ, ^s, {e/jL-pdWw) an irrup- 
tion, invasion, inroad, entrance, iv. 1.4. 

c|i-Pp6vTT|Tos, ov, {jSpovrdoj to thun- 
der, fr. ^povT-Tj) thunder-struck ; hence, 
stupefied, insane, panic-struck : iii. 4. 
12. 

^|X€iva, see jxevw, i. 2. 6, 10, 14. 

€(i€«,* efxeaw efxQ, eix-qfieKa, vomo, 
to VOMIT, iv. 8. 20. Der. emetic. 

Ifjt-fjievw,* fievG), /ji.efj.eu7]Ka, to remain 
or abide in, ev, iv. 7. 17. 
tlfJids, ri, ^v, my, mine, i. 6. 6. 

€|i,ov, €(iol, €|x€ (by apostr. Ip,'), 
oblique cases of e7w, i, 3. 3, 6 ; 5. 16.' 

^li-iroXtv adv., on the return, back- 
wards, back, back again : so Tovp-ira- 
\iv {by crasis for to e/xTraXLv) & els 
ToiifxTrakLv [to that which is on the re- 
turn], i. 4. 15 : iii. 5. 13 : v. 7. 6. 

en-ireSoo), cucw, {iredov the ground) 
to fix in the ground, make firm ; 
hence, to hold fast or sacred, sacredly 
observe. A., iii. 2. 10. 

^)j.-ir€kpos, ov, s. , {irelpa) in acquaint- 
ance with, acquainted, with, experi- 
enced in, familiar with, G., iv. 5. 8 : 
V. 6. 1, 6 : vii. 3. 39. Der. empiric. 
llji-ircipws adv., in acquaintance 
with, G. ; e/jLTreipoiis ex^tv to be acquaint- 
ed with, ii. 6. 1. 

CfJL-'ire'irTWKa, -ireo-wv, see e/A-TrtTrrw. 

€}Ji-irtvft>,* Trlofxai, ireirojKa, to drink 
in, to^-c a drink, vi. 1. 11 ? 

tp.-irl'irX'qui or -irtixirXiiixi,* irX-qaw, 
ir^irXTjKa, a. p. iv-eirX-qcdrjv, to fill into, 
Jill up, cover with; to satisfy, content; 
A. G., P.: i. 7. 8 ; 10. 12 : vii. 7. 46. 



Ifi-irtirpiini or -irijxirpTifit,* irp-qcrw, 
ireTrprjKa, a. kv-eirpT^aa, {Tri/MTrprj/xi to 
burn) to put fire in, set fire to, set on 
fire, A., iv. 4. 14: v. 2. 3: vii. 4. 15. 

Ifi-iriTTTCD,* TreaovfiaL, ireirTWKo., 2 a. 
eireaov, to fall into, upon, or among ; 
to throto one's self into ; to attack ; to 
[fall into one's mind] occur to; D., els: 
ii. 2. 19; 3. 18: iii. 1. 13: iv. 8. 11? 

2|x-7rXe«s, i>}v, (irXeojs* full) filled in 
with, full of, abounding in, g., i. 2. 22 ? 
tcix-iroSi^u), l(X(a tw, im-pedio, to im- 
pede, hinder, be in the way of, A., iv. 
3. 29. 

tefi-iroSios, ov, in tJie way, presenting 
an obstacle, d., vii. 8. 3 s. 

l|i-iroS(ov adv., (iv woduiv 68^) in the 
way of the feet : eixirobuiv elvai to be in 
the way, hinder, prevent, d. i. (w. to 
or Tov), iii. 1. 13 : iv. 8. 14 : v. 7. 10. 

Ifji-TToiEO), 7j(rw, ireTroiTjKa, to create or 
produce in, inspire in, impress upon, 
D. A., cp., ii. 6. 8, 19; vi. 5. 17. 

6p.-iroXdw, iqcrw, rjfnroXrjKa, (akin to 
TTcoXeu}) to obtain or realize from a sale, 
A., vii. 5. 4 ? 

tep-irdpiov, ov, a place of trade, em- 
porium, mart, i. 4. 6. 

^p,-iropoS) ov, 6, a person on a jour- 
ney for trade, a merchant, v. 6. 19. 

^H-Trpo<r0€vadv., in front, before (in 
place or time), G., i. 8. 23 : vii. 7. 36 : 
6 e. the foregoing, preceding, or past, 
ii. 1. 1 : 01 e. those in front, iv. 3. 14 : 
Td e. the fore parts or places in front, 
V. 4. 32 : vi. 3. 14. 

ep,-ir(oX€co, 'r](X(j}, to sell, obtain by sale, 
A.,^vii. 5. 4? 

€p.-()>a-Yeiv 2 aor. {h-e<})ayov, e/x-0a7w, 
oifXL, &c. ; see icrdiu}, the pr. ev-eadiai 
not being in use), to take in /ooc?, ca^ 
a little or hastily, A., iv. 2. 1 ; 5. 8. 

c)i-(}>avi^s, h, {(pabu:) shining in, 
manifest : ev Tcp ifxcpavec in public, 
2ntblicly, openly, ii. 5. 25. 
4.€(j,-(f>avc0S openly, v. 4, 33. 

kv* prep., Lat. in w. abl., in : w. 
DAT. of place or persons, in, within, 
on, upon, at, among, i. 1.6s; 5.1; 6. 
1 : iv. 7. 9 ; ev BajSvXdvi [in the region 
of B.] at or near B.,y.5. i: — of time, 
in, at, on, during, within ; iv tovti^ 
[sc. XP^^V] 'i'^^ 01" during this time, 
vieamvhile; ev 5} during which time, 
or [in the time when, 557 a] ivhile, 
whilst; i.2.20; 5.15s; 7.18; 10.10: 
— of state, manner, means, instru- 



^v 



45 



2v0ev 



ment, &c., in, under, with, i. 3. 21 ; 
7. 20 ; 9. 1 : iv. 3. 7 s. In compos. {k\L- 
before a labial, and ky- bef. a palatal, 
150), in, into (698 d""), among, upon, at. 

'ivy Ivos, €vi, see eXs, i. 9, 12 : vii. 5. 4, 

Iv-a-yKvXdft), -qdco, {dyKOXy], see Stay- 
KvXdofmL) to [put in a] j?^ z^iYA a thong, 
iv. 2. 28. 

t€vavTi6o(J.ai, (txrofiac, TjuavTuo/jbai, to 
oppose, withstand, D. irepL or g., vii. 6. 5. 

Iv-avTtos, a, oi', on the opposite side, 
opposite, opposed to, contrary, hostile 
to ; m an opposite direction ; over 
against, against, in front of, before, in 
one's face ; often w. an adv. force : 
ol evdvTLOL the enemy : e/c rod epavrlov 
[from] on the opposite side : rdvavria 
(= rd evavTLa) in tlie opposite direc- 
tion, &c. : rovrov evavrlov in this mans 
presence : D., G,, ^ : i. 8. 23 ? iii. 2. 10 : 
iv.^3. 28, 32 ; 7. 5 : v. 8. 24 : vii. 6. 23. 

ev-dirTo>, ct^w, to set on fire, set fire 
to, kindle, a., v. 2. 24 s ? 

^varos, later ^vvaros, 17, ov, {euvea 
q. V.) ninth, iv. 5. 24. 

lv-avXi^o|iai, icrojjLat, 7)v\ia-fiat 1., a. 
p. 7)u\ia0r}u, to en-camp, lodge for the 
night, vii. 7. 8. 

^v8£i.a, as, {ev-deo}) need, ivant, pov- 
erty, lack of provisions, i. 10. 18. 

€V-8€tKVV|J.i,* Sei^w, dedeixa, in-dico, 
to in-dicate, express ; M. to show or ex- 
press one's own feelings, a., vi. 1. 19. 

€V-8€KaTOS, rj, ov, {ev-deKa eleven) 
eleventh, i. 7. 18. 

Iv-Seo),* de-qaoo, dederjKa, to lack in 
anything : impers. eu-det there is lack 
or need of, G. d. ; iibpa vXeiouos evbeou 
he saw there [being] was need of more 
explicitness : M. to lack for one's own 
support, G.: vi. 1.31: vii. 1.41; 3.3? 

^v-Si^Xos, ov, among evident things, 
evident, manifest, plain; used like 
5,7X0? w. a participle ; ii. 4. 2 ; 6. 18. 

?v-8ti[ios, ov, within a nation, at 
home ; rd hdi-j/xa the home revenues, 
vii, 1. 27. Der. endemic. 

lv-8t<j>pios, ov, {dicppos} sitting on the 
same seat, or at table, with another 
(the Thracians sitting at their meals): 
ivdifppios subst., a table- companion : 
vii. 2. 33, 38. 
t^vSoGsv adv., from within, v. 2. 22. 

^v8ov adv., {h) within, ii. 5. 32. 

?v-5ogos, ov, (db^a) in repute, honor- 
able, glorious, betokening honor, vi. 1. 
23. 



lv-8ov« & €V-8cop.ai,* dva-o/xai, di- 
8vKa, 2 a. ^5vv, (cf. in-duo) to p)ut on 
one's self, a. : plup. had put on, wore : 
i. 8. 3 : V. 4. 13. 

€V-6- : for augmented forms thus be- 
ginning, look under I7- before a pala- 
tal, and under ep,- before a labial. 

ev-c^aXov, see e/jL-jSaWcj}, i. 5. 11. 

ev-c8pa, as, {edpa a seat) a seat with- 
in (in a hidden place), ambush, am- 
buscade, Lat. in-sidise, iv. 7. 22. 

llveSpevb), eOaco, a. ev-rfdpevaa, to form 
or place an ambush, lie in wait, i. 6. 2. 

^v-€i}jLi,* ^ao/xaL, (et^t) to be in or on, 
ev : to be [in a place] there ; i. 5. 1 s ; 
6. 3: ii. 4. 21s, 27. See evi. 

^v6Ka,* sometimes ^vckcv (esp. be- 
fore a vowel), adv., for the sake of, on 
account of, for the purpose of, for, g. ; 
comm. following, but sometimes pre- 
ceding or dividing its complement ; 
TovTov €V€Ka on this account : i. 4. 5, 8 : 
ii. 3. 13, 20 ; 5. 14 : v. 1. 12 ; 8. 13. 

Iv-CKeifitiv, see ey-KeLfxat, iv. 5. 26. 

cvcviriKOVTa indecL, {ewea) ninety, 
i. 5. 5; 7. 12.^ 

cveos {v. I. Ivveos), d, ov, deaf and 
dumb, iv. 5. 33. 

€V-6irX'^o-0r)v, see i/jL-iriirXrjixc. 

iv-iTrpr\<ra, see efjL-wiirpTjfjLL, iv. 4. 14. 

Iv-€t6s, -n, ov, i^ir^ixL) sent iu, incited, 
prompted, vw6, vii. 6. 41 ? 

cv-€X€tpKra, see eY-^etpi^w, iii. 2. 8. 

iv-i\vpov, ov, (ixvpos) a pledge in 
hand, security, vii. 6. 23. 

cv-6X» or €v-t<rx<o,* e^w or (Txtjo-w, 
eaxwa, to hold fast in, catch or en- 
tangle in, A. D., vii. 4. 17. 

€v-T]v, see €v-€LixL, i. 5. 1 : ii. 4. 27. 

^v9a adv. demonst., rel., and com- 
plem., {ev) of place, there, here, where : 
sometimes of time (esp, w. brj), there- 
upon, then, when : i. 5. 8 ; 8. 1 s, 4 : 
iv. 1. 2 ; 5. 22, 29 : v. 1. 1. 

|lv9d-86 {-de adding demonstr. force, 
cf. 252 a) there, here : (-5e signifying 
to, 688 e) thither, hither: ii. 1. 4; 3. 
21 : iii. 3. 2 : v. 1. 10. 
j^vOa-ircp in the very place where, just 
where, wliere, iv. 8. 25 : vi. 4. 9. 

CV-0€lT]V, -GcfJLSVOS, &C., SCC ev-TWrjflL. 

ivQev adv., {ev, cf. evda) thence, hence, 
whence (sc. eKelcre ii. 3. 6 ; sc. ratjras 
iii. 5. 13): ^vdev fiev . . evBev de hinc 
. . illinc, hence . . thence, [from] on 
this side . . and on that : hdev kol ev- 
dev on each side, g. : i. 10. 1 : ii. 4. 22. 



IvOevSe 



46 



IvcojiOT^a 



4.lv06V-8€ {-de adding deraonst. force) 
from this very spot, from this place, 
hmce (for d^' v[xG)v,-vn. 7. 17): v. 6. 10. 

€v-6v}i60|ji,ai, rjcrofiai, ey-Tedtj/JLTjfxai, 
a. p. €v-€9v/x7]67}v, {dv/iios) to have or 
hear in mind, reflect, consider, ponder, 
A. CP., ii. 4. 5 : iii. 1. 20, 43 ; 2. 18. 

4.ev-0u(X'j]{jLa, aros, to, a thought, con- 
sideration, conception, device, plan, 
iii. 5. 12 : vi. 1. 21. Der. enthymeme. 

€V-6(opaK£^a), iVw, pf. p. TedwpdKi- 
a-fxai, to put in a cuirass or corselet, 
to clothe in mail, fully arm, a., vii. 
4. 16. 

Ivi a prolonged poet, form for h in; 
also used, even in prose, with the ac- 
cent drawn back (eVi), for iu-ean or 
ev-eiai, fr. ev-eifii., 699 e, 785, v. 3. 11. 

€vi, cvds, see eh, i. 9. 12 : iii, 2. 19. 

evi-avTOS, ov, 6, {evL, avros, or fr. 
evos annus, year) a period returning 
into itself, a cycle, year ; ii. 6. 29 : 
iii. 2. 12 : vii. 8. 26. See /card. 

6V-i8wv, see ev-opdio, vii. 7. 45. 

^vt-ot, ac, a, {evL o'i there are who, 
559 a) some, i. 5. 8 ; 7. 5 : ii. 4. 1. 

€vi-oT6 (eVi ore there is when, 559 a), 
sometimes, at times, i. 5. 2 : ii. 6. 9. 

€V-t<rx<«>, see h-exio, vii. 4. 17 ? 

€VV€'a indecl., wme, i. 4. 19. In its 
derivatives, ewa-, for era-, is a less 
classic form. Der. ennea-gon. 

€V-V06(0, ri<T(i}, vevoTjKa, A. k M. (w, 
a. p. ) to have or hear in mind, consider, 
reflect, ponder, think, devise; to take 
thought, he anxious or apprehensive, 
apprehend ; A. CP., fi-f] : ii. 2. 10 ; 4. 5, 
19: iii. 1. 2 s, 41 ; 5. 3 : iv. 2. 13. 

4.?vvota, as, a thought, reflection, con- 
sideration, iii. 1. 13. 

*Ev-o8las, ou, Enodias, a lochage, 
vii. 4. 18 ? 

Iv-otKeo), lycrw, ipKrjKa, to dwell in, 
in-habit : oi evoiKovvres the inhabitants : 
i. 2. 24; 3. 4; 5. 5 : v. 6. 25. 

ev-ovTwv, see 'ev-eijxi, ii. 4. 22. 

Iv-dirXios, ov, (orrXov) in arms, mar- 
tial, adapted to movements in armor, 
vi. 1. 11. 

ev-opdo),* 6\pop,ai, eJ}pd,Ka or eopd/ca, 
2 a. elSoi', to see or discern in a person 
or thing, A. D., i. 3. 15 : vii. 7. 45. 

^vos, V, ov, last year's, v. 4. 27 ? 

lv-ox.X.e'0), -jycrw, TjvdiX^VK'^j {ox^^s) 
to crowd upon, disturb, annoy, inter- 
fere with, D., ii. 5. 13 : iii. 4. 21. 

cv-TaTTO),* rd^w, reraxo^, to post 



among other troops ; to enrol ; iii. 3. 
18? 

€VTaO0a adv., (by metath. for Ion. 
evO-avra, fr. e'vda & avros) in this or 
that very place, here, there ; sometimes 
hither, thither : of time, hereiijwn, 
upon this, thereupon, then .- i. 2. 1, 6 s; 
3. 21; 10. 1, 4, 12 s, 16 s: v. 5. 4. 

€V-T€£Xa(r0ai, see iv-reXXofiai. 

€V-Teivo>,* revQ, reraKa, in-tendo, 
to stretch out upon, iiiflict upon, A. D. ; 
7rX??7ds evereivov caine to blows, ii. 4.11. 

Iv-TcXiris, es, (riXos) at its end, com- 
plete, full, i. 4. 13. 

€V-T€'XXop.ai,* reXovfxxti, TeTokfiat, 
a. €Tet\dfjiT]v, {reWo} to raise) to put 
upon, enjoin upon, charge, command, ■ 
D. I., V. 1. 13. ^ 

^VTcpov, OV, {ivTos) an intestine ; pi. 
intestines, entrails, bowels, ii. 5. 33. 

€VT€v0ev (fr. hdev, after the analogy 
of evravda fr. evOa) from this or that 
very place or time, hence, thence ; af- 
ter this, afterwards, hereupon, there- 
upon ; sometimes from or in conse- 
quence of this, therefore; i. 2. 7, 10 : 
iii. 1. 31 : iv. 4. 10 : vii. 1. 25. 

6V-t£0t)|i,i,* Orjau), redeiKa, a. tdrjKa 
{du>, deirjv, kc.) to put in, inspire in, 
A. D., vii. 4. 1 : 3L to put on hoard for 
one's self. A., i. 4. 7: v. 7. 15. 

2v-Ti(JLOS, ov, c, s., {tT/ult]) held in hon- 
or, honored, respected, v. 6. 32 : vi. 3. 18. 
J€V-TtjJi«s in honor, ii. 1. 7. 

Iv-Tovcos {evTovos strained,sirenuous, 
fr, ev-reivo}) sti'enuously , vii. 5, 7, 

IvTos adv., {kv) within, of place or 
time, G, : evrbs avrCov within their line : 
i, 10, 3 : ii, 1, 11 : vii. 5, 9 ; 8, 16. 

cv-Tvyxd-Vw, * reij^ofiai, renjxVKf"-} 
2 a. ervxov, to happen or light upon, 
fall in or meet with, find, d,, i, 2, 27; 
8, 1, 10 : ii, 3. 10. 

'EvvdXios, ov, (Evijo) Bellona, god- 
dess of war) Enyalius (the warlike), 
another name for Mars ("Aprjs), the 
god of war ; a sonorous word specially 
used in the battle-cry; i.8.18 : v.2.14. 

Iv-virvtov, 01;, (virvos) a thing seen 
in sleep, a dream, vii. 8. 1 : v. I. rd 
evoLKia the interior; Toup conjectured 
rd ivwiria the inner walls. 
Hv<>)[i.OT-ap\y\S or IvcofjLOT-apxos, ov, 
{dpx<^) a leacier of an evojixoTla, enomo- 
tarch, iii. 4. 21 : iv. 3. 26, 

cv-cojAOTta, as, (iv-dofxoTos sicorn in, 
fr, 6ixvvp.L) a band of sworn soldiers, 



47 



c^CTrXdYnv 



an enomoty ; comm. of about 25 men, 
the fourth part of a \6xo'i ', iii- 4. 22. 

k^* before a cons. €ic, prep., oid of: 
w. Gen. of place, oiU of, forth from, 
from ; eic tQv 1a6x<^v from the land 
of the Taochi; e^ dpiaTepds [from] on 
the left; i. 2. 1, 3, 7, 18 : iv. 7. 17; 8. 2 : 
— of time, from, after, upon, often 
denoting not mere succession of time, 
but also consequence ; eK tovtov from 
this time, upon or after this, hereupon, 
in consequence of this ; Ik -rraLdbju fram 
boyhood; i. 2. 17; ii. 5. 27 ; 6. 4: iv. 
6. 14, 21 : e| oi5 or otov from [what 
time] the time when, since, SS/ct? v- ''• 
34 : vii. 8. 4 : — of source, cause, agent, 
means, manner, &c., from, of, in con- 
sequence of, on account of, by, by means 
of, vnth, according to, &.c., i. 1. 6 ; 9. 
16, 19, 28 : iii. 1. 11 s, 43 : U ro&roju 
from this state of affairs, in these cir- 
cumstances, i. 3. 11. In compos., out, 
forth, off, from ; sometimes implying 
completeness (cf. utterly). 

i^ indecl., sex, six, i. 1. 10: ii. 4. 27. 

kl-ayyiKK<a, eAcD, ijyyeXKa, a. ijyyei- 
Xa, to bring out wor-d, report, repeat, 
state, A. I)., cp., i. 6. 5 ; 7. 8 : ii. 4. 24. 

cl-d^w,* d^w, Tjxa, 2 a. ■fjyayou, a. p. 
ijX^V^> ^y lead out or forth ; to induce ; 
A. I., evl, irpos, &c.; i. 6. 10 ; 8. 21. 
fl^-atpcTos, ov, picked out, select, 
choice, vii. 8. 23 : cf. Lat. eximius fr. 
ex-imo. 

I|-aip6&>,* 'rjau}, vprji^^^) 2 a. elXov, 
a. p. xipedriv, to take out, remove, set 
apart, A. g., d. : M. to take out for 
one's own benefit, select, choose, a., 
e/c: ii. 1.9; 3. 16 ; 5.4, 20: v. 3. 4. 

4|-atTe<i>, lycw, rJTrjKa 1., to de-mand: 
M. to beg off as a favor to one's self, 
to rescue by entreaty : A. : i. 1. 3 : vi. 
6. 11 {v. I. ^JT^W). 

t^-aL4:vr,s, softer but less Att. form 
l^airtvTjs, {a'i(pur)s suddenly, fr. d- & 
<f)aivoo) of a sudden, suddenly, unex- 
pectedly, 380 b, iii. 3. 7 : v. 6. 19 s. 

€|aKio--xiXtoi, ai, a, (e^oLKts six times, 
fr. e^) six thousand, i, 7. 11 : ii. 2. 6. 

€|-aKovT£^(o, ia-w cQ, to shoot forth 
with darts, d. of instrument, v. 4. 25. 

l^aKOcrioi, ai, a, (ef, eKarov) six 
hundred, i. 8. 6, 24. 

c^-aXaird^w, d^w, poet., (dXaTrd^w 
to plunder) to sack,desolate, a., vii.l. 29. 

€|-dXXo|iat, * dXoufJLai, a. rjXd/uLrjv & 
7]\6/j.7jv, to spring aside, vii. 3. 33. 



€|-a[Ji.apTdvw,* TT^cro/xat, TffidpTrjKa^ 
to err from the right, do wrong, offend, 
sin, AE. Trepi : roiavra i^afxaprduovres 
[sinning such sins] so sinning or offend- 
ing, guilty of such 'misconduct, v. 7. 33. 

e|-av-to"r'r]|j.i,* (tt7j(tu, earTjKa, 2 a. 
eaTTjv, to raise up out of one's seat, 
&c., A. : M., w. pf. & 2 a. a., to stand, 
rise, or start up, iv. 5. 18 : vi. 1. 10 ? 
tl^-a-jraTdw, rjaco, ijirdnqKa, (f. m. as 
p., 576 a, vii. 3. 3) to c^ecciTe utterly or 
grossly, mislead, cluat, ivipose upon, 
A. AE. d>s, uxrre, ii. 6. 22: v. 7. 6 s, 9. 

e^-airaTri, tjs, [dTrdrr] deceit) gross 
deceit, imposition, vii, 1. 25. 

ll-d-TTTixvs, V, g. eos, s-lx cubits long, 
V. 4. 12: V. I. €^-Trr]xv^- 

e^aTrlviis, see e^ai^prjs, iii. 3.7; 5. 2. 

if-apKcw, ecrw, to suffice fully, vii. 7. 
54? 

I|-dpx«> ap^w, ^pxa, to lead off; 
lead off in, take the lead in, G. ; v. 4. 
14: vi. 6. 15. 

€|-a\)aiv(i>, afw, to dry up, trans.: 
M. to dry up, wither away or entirely, 
intrans., ii. 3. 16 ? 

€|-avXi^O[JLai, iaoimi, Tj^Xia-fMi 1., to 
leave or change one's quarters, eh, vii. 
8. 21. 

€|-6- : for augmented forms thus be- 
ginning, look under €k-. 

€|-epaXov, -€pXir|9Tiv, see eK-^dXXoj. 

?|-€i|j.i,* ecro/jLat, (elpLc) to be out of 
confinement or restraint, to be free or 
permitted ; only used impers., e^eari, 
e^drj, i^rjv, &c., it is permitted or al- 
lowed, it is in one's power, one may, 
D. I. ; pt. abs. e^bv, it being permitted, 
when it is or was permitted or in one's 
power, when he may or miaht ; ii. 3. 
26 ; 5. 18, 22 s ; 6. 6, 12, 28:" iii. 1. 22. 

^|-ei}JLi,* ipf. ^eiv, (et^t q. v.) to go or 
come out or forth, march out ov forth, 
iii. 5. 13 : v. 1.^ 8, 17 :^ vi. 6. 1 s. 

el-eXavvft), * eXdcrw eXu), eXrfXaKa, to 
drive out, expel, A. 'e^ : intrans. or w. 
A. understood (see kXaiv^x)), to drive or 
ride forth, advance, proceed, march, 
8id, &c. : i. 2. 5 s ; 4. 4 : vii. 7. 7. 

k^-iKiy\<a,* ^|w, to prove fully, 
convict, A. p., ii. 5. 27? 

€|-€XT|Xv0a, -:eX0€iv, see e^-epxomi. 

el-eXiirov, see eK-Xeiiro), i. 2. 24. 

e|-€XoifJii, -€Xot|XT]v, see e^-aipeio. 

l|-6V€7K6iv, see eK-cpepco, iii. 2. 29. 

tlevio-Gai, see ^evi^co, vii. 3. 8 ? 

ll-eirXd^Tiv, see eK-irX-fjTTO}, ii. 2. 18. 



llcVXei 



48 



lirav^pXO|j.ai. 



II-IttXci, see e/c-7rXew, ii. 6. 2. 

€|-€pirti), €p\pu}, {epTTU} serpo, to creep) 
to creep out or forth, vii. 1.8. 

e^-€pXO(Jtai, * eXevcro/JiaL, e\i^\v6a, 
2 a. fjXdov, to come or go out or forth, 
depart, escape, e| : of time, to expire, 
elapse : i. 3. 17 : iii. 1.12: vii. 5. 4. 

^^-ccTTU, -ctrrat, see ^^-eL/ni (el/jLi). 

to search out tlie truth of, examine, 
inspect : M. to present one's self for in- 
spection, 'pass review, v. 4. 12 ? 

4.€|-6Tao-is, ews, tj, inspection or re- 
view of trcops, i. 2. 9, 14 ; 7, 1 s. 

€^-6Tpd<|>tiv, see eK-rpecfxa, vii. 2. 32. 

€|-€v-irop£^a), I'crw tw, TreiropiKa, to 
provide well or fully, v. 6. 19 ? 

k^-i^r]va, see €K-<f)aivo}, iii. 1. 16. 

€|-€<i>vYov, see e/c-^ei/yw, i. 3. 2. 

el-i^Yeoixai, rjaofiai, i]yi^p.ai, to lead 
forth : to bring out to another, com- 
inunicate, impart ; ayadov rt e. to ren- 
der some service, esp. by information 
or guidance : A. d., eis: iv. 5. 28: vi. 
6. 34. Der. exegesis. 

6^-'g€iv, -TJ€<rav or fj<rav, see ^^-eifii. 

€|T|KovTaindecl., (e^) sexaginta, six- 
ty, ii. 2. 6 : iv. 8. 27. 

i^-i\Kb>f ij^ijj, ^Ko. 1., to come or ?iave 
coTiie Old ; of time, to have run out, 
expired, or passed by, pr. as pf., 612, 
vi. 3. 26. 

€^-T]\0ov, see i^-epxofJ-ai, i. 6. 5. 

€f-T]V, see ^^-eifxi (eifxi), vi. 6. 2. 

€|-ir|V€7Ka, -ov, see eK-<f)ipo3, v. 6. 29. 

€|-T|x0iiv, see e^-dyw, i. 8. 21. 

€|-i€vat, -i(6v, see 'i^-eijii (el^i), v. 1. 8. 

€|-iKV€op,ai,* 'i^ojuLaL, ly/uLat, to come 
out to ; to fly or send far enough to 
hit, to reach, of both missiles and 
senders, g. ; to amount to, sufice, els : 
i. 8. 19 : iii. 3. 7, 15, 17 : vii. 7. 54. 

i^-i(rrr\\i.i,* (rTrjcrw, ecrrrjKa, to place 
out of: if. to stand out of, withdraw 
from, e^, i. 5. 14. 

2^-o8os, ov, 7], a way out, outlet ; 
egress, departure, excursion, expedi- 
tion; V. 2. 9: vii. 4. 17. Der. Exodtjs. 

ll-ov, see €^-eLpn {eip-i), ii. 5. 22 ; 6. 6. 

el-oirXt^to, i(T(x) iw, CbirXiKa 1., to arm 
fully or completely : M. so to arm or 
accoutre one's self: e^uiirXtaix^vos in 
full armor : i. 8. 3 : ii. 1. 2 : iii. 1. 28. 
jll-oirXio-ia, as, the arming, military 
equipment or array, i. 7. 10. 

€^-opp,do), Tjdo}, iopfiriKa, to urge forth, 



incite, animate, A. eirl : A. k M. in- 
trans., to start or set out or forth, go 
forth, eirl : iii. 1. 24 s : v. 2. 4 ; 7. 17. 
€|-ovo-ta, as, {e^-ei/xi fr. ei'/it) j3cr- 
mission, license, authority : e^ovalav 
iroLelv to give license, D., v. 8. 22. 

c|a) adv., (e^) 02<^<, out of, without, 
outside, on the outer side of, abroad ; 
beyond, beyond the reach of ; besides : 
TO 'e^w the outer : g. ; i. 4. 4 s ; 8. 13 : 
ii. 2. 4; 6. 3, 12: iii. 4. 15 : vii. 3. 10. 
|4'|(i)6cv from without, outside of, iii. 
4. 21: V. 7. 21. 

4'oiKa, see eUa^oi, ii. 1. 13. 

IdpaKa or IcopciKa, see bpdu), ii. 1. 6. 

lopTirj, ^s, {opvvfxi to stir, excite ?) a 
festival, feast, v. 3. 9 s. 

eir- or €<|>-, by apostr. for iiri, i. 2. 2. 

cir-ayyeXXft), eXuJ, TJyyeXKa, to an- 
nounce to : M. to announce or declare 
one's self, to 2}romise, offer, consent, 
propose ones self, d. i., ii. 1. 4: iv. 7. 
20 : vii. 1. 33. 

eir-dYft),* a^w, fixa., to bring or ^ro- 
pose against, A. d. irept, vii. 7. 57. 

€ira9ov, see irdffx^i i. 3. 4 ; 9. 6. 
teir-aivcft),* iaii} k ^ao/iai,yveKa,{alv^oj 
to speak) to speak for or in favor of, 
applaud, approve, commend, praise; 
to tlumk, acknowledge gratefully (even 
in civilly declining) ; a. eirl : i. 3. 7 ; 
4. 16 : ii. 6. 20 : iii. 1. 45 : vii. 7. 52. 

tir-aivos, ov, 6, {alvos speech) praise, 
commendation, applause, v. 7. 33. 

Iir-aipw,*' dpQ, 9jpKa, a. ^pa, to raise 
to, stir up, excite, induce, influence, 
a. I., vi. 1. 21: vii. 7. 25. 

Iir-atrios, ov, charged against, d. : 
eiralTLov ti [something charged against] 
a ground of accusation, iii. 1. 5 ? 

€ir-aKoXov0€«, -qao}, to follov) upon 
or after, pursue, D., iii. 2. 35 : iv. 1. 1. 

lir-aKOvco,* o^cro/xat, dKTjKoa, a. tjkov- 
aa, to listen to, overliear. A., vii. 1. 14. 

eirdv or ctttiv, {eireX &v, 619 b) rel. 
adv. or conj. w. subj., when-ever, when, 
after, as soon as: eirdv rdxto'Ta as soon 
as, 553 b : i. 4. 13 : ii. 4. 3 ? iv. 6. 9. 

eir-ava-Tctvo),* revQ, r^raKa, a. ^rec- 
va, to stretch up for another to strike, 
to present upstretehed, a., vii. 4. 9 ? 

€ir-ava-xa)pe«, ijcrw, Kex^PW°-i to go 
back to, retreat, return, els, iii. 3. 10. 

€ir-av-4pxo|*a'«'>* eXevo-Ofiai, eXrjXvda, 
2 a. ijXdov, to go up or back to, return, 
els, vi. 5. 32 : vii. 3. 4 s. 



eirdvii) 



M 



lir-dvo), on the upper side, above : to. 
irdvu the preceding narrative, vi. 3. 1. 

iTT-airctXew, tj^tw, to threaten besides, 
add threats, vi. 2. 7. 

cir-ry-7€\dw, da-ofiac, to laugh at in 
one's fac.^ to insult, D., ii. 4. 27. 

cir-eysipw, * epd, eyriyepKa 1. , a. ijyec- 
pa, to rouse to, awaken, wake up, 
trans., iv. 3. 10. 

lir-eSg'fJi-r^v, lir-cOeo-av, see iirL-Tld-qixi.. 

kiTii rel. adv. or conj. (upon this 
that, km) : of time, after, v;hen, now 
timt, since ; whenever, as often as ; 
i-rrei Taxi-<^Ta as soon as, 553b : causal, 
since, inasmuch as, for ; ewei ye cer- 
tainly or of course since : i. 1.1 ; 3. 1 s, 
5s, 9; 5.2; 8.20: iii.1.31: vi. 3.21. 
JeTreiSdv (eTret-S?? dv) rel. adv. or conj. 
w. subj., whenever now or indeed, 
when indeed, v:hen, after, as soon as : 
eireiSdv Tdxi^<y"ra as soon as : i. 4. 8 : 
ii. 2. 4 ; 3. 29 : iii. 1. 9. 

4.l7r€t-8Tj rel. adv. or conj. : of time, 
when now or indj>.ed, after, as soon as; 
causal, since nov) or indeed; kireLdr) ye 
certainly since, inasmuch as : i. 1. 3 ? 
2.17; 7.16; 9.24: iii.5.18: vii.7.18. 

€ir-€t8ov, see e<p-opdu}, vii. 6. 31. 

€ir-€i[Jti,* ero/jiai, (eifii) to be ujjon or 
over, eiri, i. 2. 5 ; 7. 15 : iv. 4. 2. 

€ir-6t|j,i, * ipf. T^eLV, {el/jLL q. v.) to go 
or come icpoii or against, advance 
against, attack, D. ; to advance, pro- 
ceed, come up or forward : of time, to 
follow, succeed; 17 eTriovcra eojs (ijixipa, 
vu^) the coming, follounng, or next 
morning, &c. : i. 2. 17; 7. Is, 4; iv. 
3. 23, 27; 7.23: v. 7. 12. 

€Tr£i-Tr€p conj., since indeed, inas- 
much as, ii. 2. 10 : 5. 38, 41 : iv. 1. 8, 

eTr€i<ra, kjr&.cr^r\v, see ireidoj, i.2.26. 

€ir-€t<ri(v), see eV-et/ii {el/J-i), i. 7. 15: 
see eir-ecfiL (elfii), v. 7. 12. 

cTTCLTa adv. (eTrei rd when or since 
tJwse things are, cf. elra ; or fr. evi and 
ciTtt), thereupon, thsreaffer, then, after- 
wards, 7iext ; then, also, moreover, fur- 
ther: 6 eireiTa xpovos the coming time: 
i. 3. 10 ; 9. 5, 14 : ii. 1. 17; 4. 13 ; 5. 20.^ 

lir-cKetva adv., (also written eir' 
eKelva) upon yonder side, beyond : e/c 
Tov e. from the region beyond, v. 4. 3. 

eTr-6!<-0€»,* deiKToixai, to run out 
against, sally out upon, v. 2. 22. 

eir-e\nrov, see eiTL-\elTrw, i. 5. 6. 

l7r-e|-ei|ii,* ipf.^ety, to go out against, 
vi. 5. 4? 

LEX. AX. 3 



€Tr-€|-^pXO|iat,* 4\eTLKT0fxai, eXiJXu^a, 
^0 come or saZ^y 02«i against, v. 2. 7. 

eir-£^c)8ios, oj/, (l^-o5os) relating to 
an expedition : e-n-e^odia [sc. tepd] sac- 
rifices respecting an excursion, vi. 5. 2: 
V. Z. fTp' e^jSy {-o8eiq. or -o5ta), vire^jdia. 

6ire'nd\i.r\v, see Trdo/xat, i. 9. 19. 

€ir-6ir6<rov, see eirL-TrlirTW, iv. 1. 10. 

lireirpdYfiTiv, see irpdrTOj, vii. 6. 32. 

6ir67rpdK€tv, see irLirpdaKO), vii. 2. 6. 

€Tr-€px,op.at, * iXevcro/xai, eXrfkvda, 
2 a. 9j\dov, to go to or z^^jo^i, traverse, 
A., vii. 8. 25. 

€Tr-€pft)Tda), * epcjTTicru & eprjcro/xai, 
7jpu>Tr)Ka, 2 a. 7)p6/x7}v, to jput a question 
to, inquire of, question, ask ; to ques- 
tion further, again to ask; A. CP. ; iii. 
1. 6: V. 8. 5: vii. 3. 12; 4. 10. 

^•7r€<rov, see TriTrra;, vi. 1. 5 ; 4. 9. 

lir-eo-T-qv, -6<rTT]ora, -€<rTd9t]v, see 
k<\>-l<XTr)ixi, i. 5. 7 : iii. 4. 21 ; 3. 20. 

€ir-6(rxov, see er-exw, iii. 4. 36. 

€ir-€T€Td7(«]V, see eTn-TaTTco, ii.3.6. 

irr-iv\o\ikai, eC^o/xat, e^p.ai. or ijS- 
7/iat, ^0 imprecate upon ones self, ap- 
peal to the gods, v. 6. 3. 

€Tr-€4>dvTiv, see eiri-cpaivcj, ii. 4. 24. 

I'>r€<j>6ti7€tv, see (pe&yu}, v. 4. 18. 

Iir-ex,",* ^^'*' or (^XV(^^> ^CXVKO.) 2 a. 
ia-xo", to hold upon, ^oZc? &ac^ fromy 
delay, refrain from, G., iii. 4. 36. Der. 

EPOCH. 

€7r-f|€iv, -TJco-av or -fjo-av, see ^ir-ei/Mi 
(elfjLi), i. 2. 17; 5. 15; 10. 10. 

cir-TiKOOs, ou, (aKovw) listening to; 
favorable for hearing : els eir-fjKoov [sc. 
Xwptoj/] into a hearing place, within 
/tearing distance (so ev iirrjKoCi)), ii. 5. 
38 : iii. 3. 1 : vii. 6. 8. 

€Tr-iiKTO, see eir-dyco, vii, 7. 57. 

Iir-^v, see eirdv, ii. 4. 3. , 

lir-fjv, see iir-eip-i (el/xi), i, 2. 5. 

€7r-T]V€0"av, see eir-aiveo}, i. 3. 7. 

Iir-fjpa, see eTr-aipo}, vi. 1. 21. 

lir-TipdjJLTjv, see eir-epiordu}, iii. 1. 6. 

cm* prep., by apost. eir* or €«}>*, 
071, w^jo^i, or against (as in cases of 
resting, leaning, pressing, &c., 07i or 
against) : (a) w. Gen. of place, on or 
upon (the relation often closer than 
that indicated by the dat.), in, on 
board of ; on the bank or borders of a 
river or country ; upon a place as an 
object of aim, for, toicards ; i. 4. 3 ; 
7. 20 : ii. 1. 3: iv. 3. 6, 28:— of military 
or other support, and hence of associa- 
tion in place or time, by, with, — — 



4irltto-iv 



60 



lirncvTrrw 



deep, at, in, in or at the time of ; irrl 
r^TTapoiv upon four ranks as the sup- 
port of the line, fou7^ dee}-), i. 2. 15 ; 
€<p' evos one by one, v. 2. 6 ; €cf> eavrCJv 
hij themselves, ii. 4. 10 ; iirl (pdXayyos 
ill line of battle, iv. 6. 6 ; e0' t]/jlQv in 
our time, i. 9. 12 : — (b) \v. Dat. of 
place, on, iipon, at, near, by, i. 2. 8 ; 4. 
1. 4s: — of jjurpose, end, object, con- 
dition, terms, occasion, or cause, for, 
on account of, in respect to, on, at, in, 
i. 3.1; 6.10: ii. 4. 5 : iii. 1.27,45; e0' 
y on condition that, e0' aire in order 
that, I., 557a, iv. 2. 19 : vi. 6. 22 : — 
of persons or things on which one de- 
pends or exerts authority, in the power 
of (Lat. penes), dependent upon, sub- 
ject to ; over, in charge or command 
of ; i. 1. 4; 4.2; — denoting succession, 
upion, after, in addition to, in reply to, 
ii. 2.4; 5. 41 : iii. 2.4: — (c) w. Ace. 
of place or person, on or upon (im- 
plying motion), to, at, against ; eirl 
rbv Maiaudpov [upon the bank of] to 
the Ifceander (so often, where water is 
spoken of); i.1.3; 2. 4s, 17, 22: — of 
extent in space, time, &c. , to the ex- 
tent of, to, over, through, till, i. 7. 15 : 
vi. 6. 36 ; eirl iroXv {irdfjuroXv, jSpaxv, 
irXeov, oaop, kc. ) to or over a great or 
wide extent or distance, &c., i. 8. 8 ; 
e-TTt TTciv eXOoi would go to all lengths, 
resort to every expedient, iii. 1. 18 ; eTrl 
TToWovs rerayfievoL arranged to the 
depth of many ranks, drawn up many 
deep (where gen. more comm.), iv. 8. 
11 : — of the object to be reached, ob- 
tained, or affected, to, for, after, to ob- 
tain, i. 2. 2; 6. 10: iv. 3. 11 : v. 1. 8: 
— (d) in compos., 07i, upon, to, for, 
at, against, over, after, besides; often 
rather strengthening the sense of the 
simple, than adding a new idea. 

cir-iaoriv, see ^Tr-etfti (el/^t), i. 7. 4. 

€iri-pdX.\c«),* jSaXQi, ^ejSXrjKa, to throrv 
or put on, A.j iii. 5. 10 : M.^i.to have 
[put] one's arrow on the string (pt. 
with one's arrow on the string), iiri, 
iv. 3. 28 : V. 2. 12. 

lTri-Po'»]0€<o, T^aoj, ^el3or]0rjKa, to come 
to the aid of, give sujjport to, D. , vi. 5. 9. 
'\km-^ov\ivta,€vacj,j3€l3o{iXevKa,toplan 
or plot against, j)lot,conspire or intrigue 
against, form designs against or to get, 
D., I., i. 1. 3 : ii. 6. 23's : v. 6. 29. 

eiri-PovX'^, ri^, a design against, plot, 
D., irpbs, i. 1. 8 : ii. 5. 1, 38 : v. 6. 29. 



€iri-Yl7vojxat,* yevrjaoixaa, yeyhrifxai 
& 2 pf. yeyova, 2 a. eyevbp.T)v, to come or 
fall upon, attack, d., iii. 4. 25: vi.4.26. 

€'7rt-'Ypd<})a), di/'W, yeypacpa, to write 
■upon, inscribe, v. 3. 5. Der. epigkam. 

eTn-8£iKvuji.i & SeiKvvft),* bel^oj, Si- 
Setxa, to 2>oint out, shoiv, display, or 
exhibit to others : M. to show, dis- 
2)lay, or exhibit one's self or in one's 
self: A.D., cp.: i. 2. 14; 3.13,16; 9. 
7, 10, 16 : iv. 6. 15 s: v. 4. 34. 

€Tr-i8€iv, -iSwv, see i(p-opdu}, iii. 1.13. 

€iri-8i(0K6), w^w, oftener cu^o/^at, 5e- 
Siuxa, to follow upon the steps of, 
pursue, give chase, i. 10. 11: iv. 1. 16. 

€iri-8pap.Eiv, see eTri-r/oe'xw, iv. 3. 31. 

i'Tr\.iX,6^t\v, see Trte'^w, iii. 4. 48. 

eiri-0a\dTTtos, ov, (ddXarra) lying 
upon the sea, on the sea-coast, inari- 
time, V. 5. 23. 

Iirt-Beivai, -0w, -QitrQai, -6ii)p.ai, 
-0oi|x-i]V, -Otjo-o), &c., see eTn-rldrifXL. 

|lirt-9€(ris, ecos, ij, an attack, assault, 
iv. 4. 22 : vii. 4. 23. 

€in-0i5jj,eo), Tjcraj, -T€66jxr]Ka, (Ovfios) 
to set one's heart upon, to desire, long 
for, ivish, covet, g., i., i. 9. 12, 21. 
j lTrt-0vp.Ca, as, desire, ii. 6. 16. 

Iiri-Kaipios, Of, (Katpos) op'portunus, 
projjer for the occasion, ajjpropriate, 
suitable, imxfortant, chief, vii. 1. 6. 

eiri-KdjiirTO),* Kd/xxf/cj, {KdfMirTOj to 
bend) to wheel [against] /or ware?, bend 
one's line of battle, i. 8. 23. 

Iiri-Kara p-pitrru) or -piirrcft),* pl^po), 
^ppltpa, to throw downupon, a., iv.7.13. 

€Tri-Kcifi.ai,* Ke'Kxojxai, (cf. in-sto) to 
press upon, attack, assault, D., iv. 1. 
16^; 3. 7, 3_0 : v. 2. 5, 26. 

€'7ri-K£v8uvos, ov, c, dangerous, per- 
ilous, D. : eTTLKlvbvvdv ianv there is 
danger : i. 3. 19 : ii. 5. 20 : vii. 7. 54. 

Iiri-Kovpeo), Tjau}, {iiri-Kovpos an aux- 
iliary, Kovpos young man) to assist, de- 
fend, protect against ; to relieve, avert; 
D. A., V. 8. 21, 25. 

lliri-KovpTjiJia, aros, to, a protection, 
defence, relief, g., iv. 5. 13. 

ciri-Kpareia, as, {eTn-Kpar-q^ in power 
over, Kpdros) power over, control, com- 
mand, mastery, vi. 4. 4 : vii. 6. 42. 

liri-KpvTTTO),* i\pu), K€Kpv(f>a, to throw 
a veil over, conceal : M. to conceal one's 
self or one's own doings, hence pt. 
secretly, 674 b, d, i. 1. 6. 

cTri-KvirTto, K{i\p(j}, K^Kvipa, to bend or 
stoop to or over, iv. 5. 32 ? 



C^lKVpOO) 



51 



liricrafiai 



liri-K-Jpoo), cjo-w, (Kvpoi authority) to 
add authority, confirm, vote, iii. 2. 32, 

fcirt-x<«)\v<i) v.Z. = d7ro-/fwXtya;, iii. 3 . 3. 

eiri-Xa(ipdv(D,* XrjxpoixaL, etXrjcpa, 2 a. 
^XalSop, to reach or extend to, take iiiy A. : 
J/, to seize upon, Za?/ /ioZfZ o/, g. : iv. 
7. 12 s: vi. 5. 5 s. Der. epi-lepsy. 

€7ri-Xav0avo|xai., * XijaoixaL, XeXrja/xaL, 
2 a. eXadofjLTjv, to let a thing lie hid 
for or escape one's self, to forget, G., 
iii. 2. 25. 

i-mXiya, Xe^uj, to say in addition, 
say besides or alsOf A., i. 9. 26. Der. 

EPI-LOGUE. 

€7ri-Xeiir«,* XeixJ/ci}, XAotTra, 2 a. Ai- 
TTOJ', to leave behind; of things, to fail, 
give out, be ivanting ; a.; i.5.6; 8.18? 

eirt-XeKTOS, ov, (Xeyu to ^yick, choose) 
picked for service, select, chosen, iii. 4. 
43: vii. 4. 11. 

£iri-|xapTupo|iai, vpovfiai 1., a. e/xap- 
T\)pd;xT)v, (fjidprvs) to call to witness, 
appeal to, a., iv. 8. 7. 

€7ri-p.axos, ov, s., (/MaxofJ-aL) that 
may be fought against, open to attack, 
assailable, v. 4. 14. 

t€irt-p,IX€ta, as, care bestowed upon, 
attention, diligence, thought fulness, i. 
9. 24, 27. 
tlTn-|isXT}S, es, c. earepos, caring for, 
careful, attentive, vigilant, iii. 2. 30. 

€7ri-H£Xop,at or -jAsXeoiiat,* fj.€Xr]<xo- 
fxai, /jLefxeXrjixaL, a. ^. ifxeXrjdrjp, to care 
for, to take care or charge of, attend 
to, give attention to, take thought, ob- 
serve or vjafch carefully, g. cp., i. 1. 
5 ; 8. 21 : iii. 1. 38'; 2. 37 : iv. 3. 30. 

Iirt-p.£va>,* fieyQ, ixejxevriKCL, a. ^fxetva, 
to wait for, wait, tarry ; to remain 
over or in charge of, abide by, €tL : v. 
5. 2 : vii. 2. 1. 

liri-fJii-yvvjiv,* ytit^a;, fJLefiixd 1., (At^T- 
yi;,ai misceo, to inix) A. or J/, to mi7i- 
gle or associate v'ith, have intercourse 
or dealings with, irpos, iii. 5. 16, 

€iri|xirXT|v, see TrijULTrXTj/ML, i. 5. 10. 

€Tt-vo^ft>, rjaoj, vevorjKa, (vjos) to think 
upon or of, have in mind, intend, pur- 
pose, propose, A., I., ii. 2. 11 ; 5. 4. 

teiriopKCd), lycrw, eirubpKrjKa, to perjure 
ov forswear one s self, commit jJerjury ; 
swear falsely by, A. : to ^mopKeiv per- 
jury : ii. 4. 7; 5. 38, 41; 6. 22 : iii. 1. 
22. 

tlirtopKia, as, perjury, false swearing, 
irpjs, ii. 5. 21 : iii. 2. 4, 8. 

liri-opKos, OP, {opKos} against an 



oath, perjured, swearing falsely, ad- 
dicted to perjury, ii. 6. 25. 

eTri-irdp-ctfti,* ^aofxai, (elfJii) to be 
present in addition, to be also at liand, 
iii. 4. 23 ? 

€'jri-'irdp-€ip.i,*ipf. ^'etv, {dfXL) to come 
up or march by the side or abreast (in 
addition to or in support of others, 
also or higher up), iii. 4. 23 ? 30. 

ciri-iriTTTft),* ireaovixaL, ireTTTWKa, 2 a. 
eirecrov, of snow, to fall upo7i ; of men, 
to fall upon, make a descent upon, at- 
tack, D.; i.8. 2: iv.1.10; 4.11; 5.17. 

eiriiroXv as adv., better written lirl 
iroXv, i. 8. 8 : see kirl. 

eiri-irovos, ov, c, for toil, toilsome^ 
laborious; portending toil ; i. 3. 19 : 
vi. 1. 23. 

liri-p-piirTW or piirTco),* p'i^i>i, tppi- 
0a, to throw upon- others, throw down, 
A., V. 2.^23. 

liri-p-pvTos, ov, (peoji) flowed upon, 
well-watered, i. 2. 22. 

€Tri-(rdTTO), a. iaa^a, {(tcltto} to pack) 
to put a pack on, to saddle, a., iii. 4.35. 

'ETri-o-OsvTjs, eos, Epistlunes, from 
Amphipolis in Thrace, a commander 
of targeteers, discreet and trustworthy, 
i. 10. 7 : iv. 6. 1. — 2. An Olynthian 
lochage, noted for his love of hand- 
some boys, vii. 4. 7 s. 

€Trt-<rtTi^op,ai, iaofxai lovfxai, creai- 
TiafjuxL, {(t'ltos) to add to one's stock of 
provisions, to collect, obtain, or lay in 
provisions; to provision one' s self , pro- 
cure food, fora.ge ; i. 4. 19 ; 5. 4. 

4liri-o-tTto-p.ds, ov, 6, obtaining pro- 
visions, provisioning ; a supply of pro- 
visions ; i. 5. 9 : vii. 1. 9. 

liri-CTKeirTOiiai, comm.orKOireo),* <TKi- 
^f/ofiai, ^(XKefifmt., to in-sjject, review, A. ; 
to ascertain by inspection, CP. ; ii. 3. 
2 : iii. 3. 18. 

eiri-o-Kcvd^ft), dacj, to repair, keep in 
repair, v. 3. 13. 

liri-o-KOirew, see iTTL-crKewTOfjiai,!!. 3. 2. 

iTTi-CTrdco,* (nrda-w, eairaKa, to draw 
to or upon; M. to draw upon one's 
self, drag along or after. A., iv, 7, 14. 

€irL-(nroip.T]v, see i^-eTrofiai, iv. 1. 6. 

lTr-i(rTap.ai,* eiri-aTrjao/xai., ipf. r)iri- 
(TTdfxrjv, {iiri, laTa/xai., 167 a) to stand 
upon a subject as mastering it, while 
in Eng. we say "to understand it," 
as able to carry it in the mind ; to 
understand, know, know about, be 
aware, be acquainted with, be assured, 



€in<rTas 



52 



'Eir^ala 



A. P., CP. ; to know hoiv, i. ; i. 3. 12, 1 5 ; 
4. 8, 15 : iii. 2. 23 : vi. 6. 17. See bpdw. 

eiri-o-TCLS, -cTTaiTiv, see €(p-laT7i/uii. 
jlTri-o-Ttttris, ews, i], a stopping, halt, 
ii. 4. 26. 

llirt-o-TaTCO), •)7(ra;, (eirc-aTdTris one 
who stands over, in command or 
charge, laTrjixi) to act as co'tnmander, 
cormnand, take the charge, ii. '3. 11. 

€iri-<rTe\X«,* areXC}, ^arakKa, a. 
^areiXa, to send to, T>. A., CP.; to com- 
mand, enjoin, charge, d. i. ; v. 3. 6 : 
vii. 2. 6 ; 6. 44. 

€Tri<rT'<]|X(ov, ov, g. ovos, {ew-larafiaL) 
acquainted or conversant with, skilled 
or versed in, g., ii. 1. 7. 
* €7ri-<mrj<ras, &c., see i^t-iaTrifxi. 

Ittio-toXt), ^s, (eTri-o-reXXw) au EPIS- 
TLE, Zc^fcr, i. 6. 3 : iii. 1.5. 

t€irt-crTpaT€ia, as, an expedition 
against, ii. 4. 1. 

lirt-o-TpaTcvci), e^xxw, ecrrpdrevKa, to 
march or o)iakc an expedition against, 
make war upon, ii. 3. 19. 

€'jri-<r<(>dTT«,* d^w, to slay upon: M. 
to slay ones self upon : A. D. : i. 8. 29. 

tiri-TdTTW,* rd^oi, riraxa, to lay 
upon, cotmnand, enjoin, commit, d. i. : 
M. to station behind one's own line, 
A. D.: ii. 3. 6: vi. 5. 9 : vii, 6. 14. 

eirt-TeXew, 4ao} Co, rereXeKa, to bring 
to an end, comp)lete, accomplish, con- 
summate, A., iv. 3. 13. 

CTTiTifiSctos, a, ov, s., {iTTtTTjdes to tJie 
puriwse) suited to a purpose, suitable, 
aijpropriate, proper, fitting, fit, suited 
to one's needs, i., i. 3. 18: ii. 3, 11 ; 5. 
18 : ra etnT-qdeia (art. sometimes om.) 
the things suited to the support of 
life, the necessaries of life, provisions, 
supplies, i. 3. 11 : iv. 4. 17 : ol ewiTr)- 
deioi the suitable or prosper persons ; 
sometimes the persons suited to one, 
1. e. his friends ; vii. 7. 13, 57. 

€'iri-Ti9T](J,i,* drjcro), redeiKU, a. ^OrjKa 
{6Q, kc.) to put or place iqjon, infiict, 
A. D., i. 3. 10, 20 : vi. 4. 9 : M. to put 
one's self upon,/aZZ ov press upon, at- 
tack, assail, d., ii. 4. 3. Der. epithet. 

liriToiroXv as adv., better written 
lirl TO iroXv, iii. 1. 42 : see ttoXi^s. 

eTri-Tpeirco, * rp^^oj, TiTpo(pa, to turn 
or give over to, commit, entrust, confide 
{iirLTpeTTofxeuaL committed ov committing 
themselves to his charge, i. 9. 8), a. d. 
I.; to 2}6rmit, sufi^er, allow, direct, d. 
(or A.) I. ; to refer or leave it to, D. CP. ; 



i. 2. 19: iii. 2. 31; 5.12: vi. 1. 31; 5. 
llj vii. 7. 3, 8, 18. 

Im-Tpe'xa),* dpafiov/j.ai, dedpd/xrjKa, 
2 a. ^dpa/jiov, to run upon a foe, to make 
a quick attack or rapid onset, iv. 3.31. 

cirt-TVYXO-Vco,* rev^ofiai, Ter^xv^a, 
2 a. €Tvxov, to happen or light upon, 
fall in or meet with, find, d., i. 9. 25. 

eiri-^aivo),* (pavCo, wecpajKa, 2 a. p. 
as m. €(fidvriv, to shoio to : M. to shoio 
ones self to, appear, make ones ap- 
pearance, come in view, be in sight, D., 
ii. 4. 24: iii. 4. 13, 39 s; 5. 2. 

eiri-<|)epcu,* o'iau, h-qvoxa, to bring 
upon : M. to bear ones self omvard, 
rush upon, i. 9. 6 : v, 8. 20. 

€'7rt-<}>8€7YO(Jiai, ey^ofiai, c(f)6eyfiai, 
to sound [onward] the charge, iv. 2. 7 ? 

eiri-(|>opca), 'ri(Ta},T€(l>6prjKa\., to carry 
or bring upon, A., iii. 5. 10. 

eiri-xapis, t, g. ito$, agreeable, pleas- 
ing, gracious, winning, in one's man- 
ner, ii. 6. 12. 

lirt-X6ip€W, •^(Tw, eTri-Kex^tpVK'^} (x^^p) 
to lay hand to, undertake, attempt, try^ 
endeavor, i., i. 9. 29 : ii. 5. 10 ; 6. 26. 

iTri-\i<a,* x^^ ov x^^) Kex^na 1., (x^w 
to 2>our) to pour upon or in, add by 
pouring. A., iv. 5. 27. 

Iiri-xwpeti), "hcTw, Kex^^prjKa, to move 
upon or against, to advance, i. 2. 17. 

€iri-\j/T]<^t5c«), tVw iQ, e\l/ri(pLKa, to put 
to vote, ptut the question, call the vote, 
A. : M. to vote for, vote, A. : v. 1. 14 ; 
6. 35: vi. 1. 25 : vii. 3. 14; 6. 14? 

CTT-Kov, -levai, see eVet/it (etMO? i- 7. 2. 

hrkiVQ-o., see TrXe'w, i. 9. 17. 

k'n\i\yx\v, see ttXtjttw, v. 8. 2, 12. 

€ir-oiKo8o|Ji,eo), tjctw, pf. jo. oKodo/nrj- 
fiai, to build U])on, a. eiri, iii. 4. 11. 

^TTop-ai,* €\po/j.at, ipf. elTrofjLrjv, 2 a. 
eiTiroixrjv, sequor, to follow as a friend 
or as an enemy ; to pursue; to attend, 
accompany; D., aiv, iiri : i. 3. 6, l7s; 
4. 13 s; 8. 19: ii. 3. 17; 6. 13. 

6Tr-o(ivi5(ii,* 6/xod/j.aL, 6fx(b/jt.oKa,SL.&/x.o- 
aa, to swear to a statement, add an 
oath, vii. 5. 5 ; 8. 2. 
. eirpaxQilv, see TrpdrTW, ii. 1. 1. 
lirTo, indecl., septem, seven, 1. 2. 
5s; 6. 4. Der. hept-aiichy. 
jeiTTa-Kai-ScKa indecl., also written 
lirrd Kttl ScKa, seventeen, ii. 2. 11. 

jliTTaKoo-ioi, ai, a, {eKaTov) seven 
hundred, i. 2. 3 ? 4. 3. 

'Eirva|a, 77s, Epyaxa, queen of the 
Cilii;ians, friendly to Cyrus, i, 2. 12. 



lirv0dnTiv S 

lini0<5nT]V, see -rrwddvo^ai, i. 5. 15. 

€pdo» & M. poet, ^pafjiat,* a. p. as m. 
-qpaad-qv, to love, desire ardently, loivj 
for, G., iii. 1. 29 : iv. 6. 3. Cf. 0tXecj. 
tlp7d|ofJi.ai,* dao/xat, etpyaa-fiat, to 
work, labor, perform, do, 2 a.; to ivork 
upon land, &c., till; ii. 4. 22 : v. 6. 11. 

^P70v, oj;, (Fep7-) WOKK, c^eec?, ac^;, 
ac^io?i ; o2}eration, execution ; fact, 
event, result : ra. els rbv iroXefiov ^pya, 
military or loarlike exercises : i. 9. 5, 
10,18: iii. 2. 32; 3. 12; 5. 12. Der. 

EN-ERGY. 

Ipct, Ipsiv, &c., see 077/ii, i. 3. 5. 

epedrdai, see epcordw, ii. 3. 20. 

'EpcTpievs, ecus, 6, a?i Eretrian. 
Eretria, an Ionian city on the south- 
west shore of Eubcea (now Negropont), 
was, next to Chalcis, the chief city on 
the island. It was destroyed by the 
Persians, b. c. 490, but rebuilt on a 
new site (now Kastri). vii. 8. 8. 

tIpTjfila, as, solitude, loneliness, isola- 
tion, privacy, ii. 5.9: v. 4. 34. Der. 

EKEMITE, HERMIT. 

^pTjfJios, ov, or OS, t], ov,Q.., devoid of men, 
deserted, desert, desolate, uninhahited, 
unoccupied ; without inhabitants, oc- 
cupants, drivers, defenders, persons 
near or around, &c. ; destitute or void 
of, deprived of, g. : <rTad/j.bs eprj/xos a 
desert march, i. e. through a region 
without inhabitants : i. 3. 6 ? 5. 1. 4s : 
ii. 1. 6: iii. 4. 40: iv. 6. 11, 13. 

|lpT]Hd«, d}<jo}, to make lonely or dxso- 
late, deprive o/ company, A. g., i. 3. 6? 

Ipi^d), tcrw 1., ^pi/ca I., (^pts strife) to 
contend or vie with, d., i.2.8 : iv.7.12. 

€pi(|>6ios, ov, {^pi(pos kid) of a kid, 
kids', iv. 5. 31. 

€p|XT]V6vs, ews, 6, (Sp/iirjs Mercury, 
the god of speech) an interpreter, 1. 2. 
17 : iv. 5. 10, 34. 
|€p(J.riveva), ei/uw, to interpret, v. 4. 4. 

Der. HERMENEUTIC. 

€poi)vTa, -T€s, &c., see (pripil, ii. 5. 2. 

IppcopiEVOS, ■»7,-0J', c. eppoopisuearepos, 
(pf.pt. oipuivvvp-L to strengthen) strength- 
ened, strong, resolute; neut. subst., 
energy, resolution; irpos: ii. 6. 11: iii. 
1. 42. 

|lpp«nsv(os energetically, resolutely, 
vi. 3. 6. 

cp^Kco ch. poet. & Ion., i^^w Ep., a. 
"tfpv^a, to keep or ward off, A. dirb, iii. 
1. 25 : akin to 

^pv}jia, aros, to, {ipOopLai to defend) 



J gffXaTos 

a defence, protection; fortification, foT' 
tress, rampart ; i. 7. 16 : iv. 5. 9 s. 

'Epx)-|xax.os, see Eupi^-/iaxos, v. 6. 21. 

Ipu[i,vds, ■??, bv, {ipvopLai to defend) 
fortified, defensible, strong for defence : 
ra epvp-vd the strongholds : i. 2. 8 : iii. 
2. 23 : V. 5. 2. 

^pX.ofJ.ai,* eXeijo-oputc, eXrjXvda, 2 a. 
fiXdov, to C07ne, go, AE. , d. eis, iiri, irapd, 
irpbs, &c., i. 1. 10 s; 3. 20 ; 7. 4 : iii. 
1. 6, 18. For the pres. except in the 
ind., the ipf., and the fut., the Att. 
comm. used other verbs, esp. etpn. 

epw, €ipT)Ka, see 07?/xt, i.4.8: ii.5.12. 

epwvTes, see epdw, iii. 1. 29. 
J.^p«s, wros, 6, love, ardent desire or 
wish, I. as A. or G., ii. 5. 22. Der. 

EROTIC. 

Ipwrdttf,* ipcorria-u} & iprjaopiai, rjpii- 
TTjxa, a. r)pu}T7](ra or 2 a. m. Tjpb/j.Tji', to 
inquire, ask, question, interrogate (di- 
rectly or through another, v. 4. 2), 2 A., 
CP., 1. 3. 18, 20 ; 7. 9 : iv. 4. 5, 17. 

Is = the more comm. ets, 688 d. 

^<r8' by apostr. for kfrri, fr. elpil. 

ka-Qi\<i, iJTos, 7], {evvvpLL to clothe) Tes- 
tis, clothing, raiment, apparel, iii. 1. 
19 : iv. 3. 25. 

€(r0L<«),* f. ^dopiat, edrj8oKa, 2 a. ^0a- 
yov, to eat, feed upon. A., G. partitive, 
i. 5. 6 : ii. 3. 16 : iv. 8. 20. Cf. edo. 

^(TOfiai, lo-o£fi,T]v, see dp.i, i. 4. 11. 

etnreurdjx-qv, see cnr^vdoj, iv. 4. 6, 

t'Eo-irepiTtti, wv, oi, the Hesperltoe, 

or the inhabitants of western Armenia, 

subject to Tiribazus, iv. 4. 4 : vii. 8. 25. 

^o-irepos, a, ov, of evening : subst. 
ecnrepa, as, [sc. Cbpa] vespera, the even- 
ing ; [sc. x<^P(^] ih^ "^^^^j cf. Germ. 
Abend : iii. 1. 3 ; 5. 15 : iv. 4. 4 ; 7. 27. 
Der. VESPER. 

^(TTat, 60-T6, Io-tI(v), ^OTft), scc et/x'- 

€<rTaX(JL€vos, see crreWw, iii, 2. 7. 

'^<rTafJL€V, -re, -<rav, -vai, see larrjpu. 

?cr-T€,* by apostr. ^ctt , adv., as far 
as, as long as, even, eirl, iv. 5. 6 : conj., 
unto this that, until, till ; while, 
whilst, as long as ; i. 9. 11 : ii. 3. 9 ; 
5. 30 : iii. 1. 19 ; 3. 5. 

^o-TT]Ka, -K€iv, loTws, 2<m]v, see 
ta-T77/xt, i. 3. 2; 5. 8; 8. 5. 

loTTiYfx^vos, see o-ri^w, v. 4. 32. 

€crTpa|AjX€vos, see crrpi^cpw, iv. 7. 15. 

^(Txaros,* t;, oi', (sup. fr. e^) extre- 
mus, Zas^, fa-rthest, frontier; utter- 
most, utmost, extreme, severest, worst: 
i. 2. 10, 19 : ii. 5. 24 : iii. 1. 18. 



Io-xoLtws 



54 



e^ei^s 



4.l<rx,aTci)s to the last degree^ extremely, I ly, successfully, rightly ; Tcindhj, bene 



11. 6. 1 

^o-^ov, «ee ^x^i i- 8. 4. 

2<r« adv., tvithin, see eifcrw. Der. 

ESOTERIC. 

j^o-coOev adv., /ro?7i tvithin, on the 
inner side ; within, inside : to ^awdev 
the inner, i. 4. 4. 

?<rcD(ra, see crcifw, i. 10. 3. 
tlraipa, as, a female companion, 
concubine, mistress, courtesan, iv. 3. 19. 

Iraipos, ov, 6, (akin to ^rrjs clans- 
man) a companion, comrade, associate, 
iv. 7. 11 ; 8. 27 ? vii. 3. 30. 

?Ta|a, iTaxQ^v, see raTTw, i. 2. 15. 

'Etco-vikos, ov, Eteonlcus, a Spartan 
officer, prob. the same that had been 
harmost in Thasos, and afterwards 
held this office in iEgina, vii. 1, 12. 

^T€pos,* a, ov, (a compar. form, cf. 
Lat. alter. Germ, ander, Eng. either, 
other) alter, tlie other of two, one of 
two, tlie next, in this sense comm. 
taking the art., and used in the plur. 
with reference to two classes, parties, 
or sets ; other than, different from, 
differently situated from, G. ; other, 
much like dWos, but with a sense of 
difference ; besides : eis ttjv er^pav e/c 
TTjs irepas iroXeajs to one city from the 
next : i. 2. 20 ; 4. 2 : iv. 1. 23 : v. 4. 31: 
vi. 1. 5 ; 4. 8. See ddrepa & firjdeTepos. 

lTeTi(xi^fj,T]v, see TifMaw, i. 8. 29. 

€T€Tp«|JiT]v, see TiTpwaKco, ii. 2. 14. 

^Tt adv., YET, still, furtlier, still 
further; furthermore, moreover; hence- 
forth, licreafter, afterwards, any more 
or longer (w. neg. no more, no longer), 
in future; w. compar., intensive, still, 
even; i.1.4; 3.9; 6.8; 7.18; 9.10; 
10. 10 : iii. 1. 23 ; 2. 2. 

^TOifios, 77, OV, or oj, ov, (prob. akin 
to ^Tvfxos & ireos real, & el/xi) ready, 
prepared; ready to ones hand; D., I.; 
i. 6. 3 : iv. 6. 17 : vi. 1. 2 : vii. 8. 11. 
jlroifius readily, promptly, at once, 
ii. 5. 2 : v. 7. 4. 

?TOS, eos, TO, a year : rpidKOvra ^tt) 
yeyovdres, or ^tcov rpidKovTa, 30 years 
old : ii. 3. 12 ; 6. 20. Der. etesian. 

iTpairoiA-qv, see Tp^ircj, ii. 6. 5, 

€Tpd<})r]v, see Tpe(pu}, iii. 2. 13. 

^Tpoxra, €Tp£60Tjv, see TtTpibaKia. 

^ruxov, see Tvyx^^^^ i- ^- 8. 

c6 adv., (fr, neut. of Ep. ei)s good, 
but compared as if neut. of dyado^) 
well, fortunately, happily, prosperous- 



ficially; easily; sometimes, in compos., 
very ; i. 3. 4; 7. 5. Der. eu-logy. 

t6v-8ai|Jtovta, as, pt'^^^P^^'^'^iy} happi- 
ness, ii. 5. 13. 

tev-8ai(iovt^o), iau: tw, to call or estecr/u 
happy , congratulate, a.g. or vir^p, i.7.3. 
t6v-8at{Jidvws, c. viffTepov, s. vearara, 
happily, iii. 1. 43. 

6v-8at[i(«)v, ov, g. ovos, c. oviaTepos, 
s. oveaTaros, {5aiiut,iov dcemon, fortune) of 
good fortune, fortunate, happy ; pros- 
perous, flourishing, opulent, wealthy, 
rich; i. 2. 6s; 5. 7; 9. 15 : iii. 5. 17. 

ei>-8Ti\os, ov, very clear, quite evi- 
dent, iii. 1. 2 : v. 6. 13. 

€v-8ba, as, (Zeus, Atos) when Zeus is 
kind, fine weather,' a calm; hence, 
quiet, security ; v. 8. 19. 

c^-8o^os, ov, (56^a) of good fame, 
portending glory, vi. 1. 23 ? 

€v-€i8Tis, ^s, c. ia-repos, s. eararos, 
(eWos) of good appearance, fine-look- 
ing, well-formed, handsome, ii. 3. 3. 

ciJ-eXiris, I, g. i5o$, of good hope, 
hopeful, confident, ii. 1. 18. 

ev-eirl-OeTOS, ov, (iin-TidTjiui) easy of 
attack, D. : evewideTov ^v (impers.) to?s 
TToXepiiois it was easy for the enemy to 
make an attack, iii. 4. 20. 

t6V€p7€(r£a, as, well-doing, good ser- 
vice, beneficence ; a benefit, kindness^ 
favor ; ii. 5. 22 ; 6. 27. 

t6V6p76T€'«, TJO-W, eV€pyeT7)Ka OT €V7)p- 

y^TTjKa, to do a favor, confer benefits, 
ii. 6. 17. 

ev-epYerqs, ov, (^pyov) a well-doer, 
benefactor, ii. 5. 10 : vii. 7. 23 (as adj.). 

c^-^covos, ov, s., (ti^vT)) icell-girt as 
for exercise, prepared for active move- 
ment, lightly equipped ; hence, active, 
agile, nimble: iii. 3. 6 : iv. 2. 7; 3.20. 
tcwTJGcia, as, simplicity, folly, stu- 
pidity, i. 3. 16. 

ev-i^Giis, €s, {fjdos disposition) well- 
dispositioned, guileless; simple, fool- 
ish, stupid; i. 3. 16.- 

€v6eci>s adv. , {evd^s) straightway, im- 
mediately, iv. 7. 7 ? 
t€v9v|X€0), -qata, to make cheerful: M, 
to be in good spirits, enjoy one's self, 
iv. 5. 30. 

€-i5-6v}Ji,os, ov, c, in good spirits, 
cheerful, iii. 1. 41. 

CV0VS, eta, V, straight, direct : hence 
adv. evdvs straight2vay, directly, forth- 
with, immediately ; at the outset ; 



€vOv(DpOV 



55 



cuToXaos 



sometimes joined with a part, instead 
of the heading verb, 662 : evdvs Traides 
ovres iminediatelij [being] while chil- 
dren, from their very childhood (= ev- 
6 us €K Trai8(i)u iv. 6. 14): evdvs iireLdr] 
dvTjyepdT] immediately [when he awoke] 
on his awaking, or as soon as he aivoke : 
i. 5. 8, 13, 15 ; 9. 4 : iii. 1. 13; 5. 12. 
4.€v0v-ft)pov adv., {ibpa ?) straightfor- 
ward, right onward, ii. 2. 16. 

€«-K\eia, as, (/f Xeos) good fame, glo- 
ry, honor, vii. 6. 32 s. 

|EvKXei8r]s, ov, Euclldes, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius in Peloponnesus, 
and a friend of Xenophon. Ace. to 
most mss., the same man or another 
of the same name was associated with 
Bi[t]on in his agency, vii. 8. 1, 3, 6 ^ 

evK\€tts (ev-K\€T)S glorious, iv. Kkeos) 
gloriously, loith glory, vi. 3. 17. 

€v-fJi£VTis, es, c. ecrrepos, {p.evos tem- 
per) xocll-disijosed, kind, gentle^ favor- 
able, 2 D., iv. 6. 12. 

ev-|i6Ta-X€Cpio-TOS, ov, (^era-xetptfw 
to handle, fr. xet'p) easily handled, easy 
to manage or impose upon, ii. 6. 20. 

teUvoia, as, good-ioill towards, g. ; 
affection, fidelity ; i. 8. 29 : iv. 7. 20. 
tevvoixois ivith good-will, affectionate- 
ly : ev. ^x^Lv to be attached, D., 1. 1. 5. 

ciJ-voos, ou, contr. cvvovs, ovv, c. 
ovarepos, well-minded, well-disposed, 
friendly, affectionate, attached, D., i. 
9. 20, 30 : ii. 4. 16 : vii. 7. 30. 

evi|diJLT]v, see evxop-ai., iii. 2. 9. 

c^-^€Vos, Ion. €v-|€tvos, i^evos) hos- 
pitable : IIovTos Ei5|€ivos the Euxine 
or Black Sea, a sea Avhose early navi- 
gation was attended Avith so many dan- 
gers that it was called Uovtos "K^eLvos, 
the inhospitable sea. The establish- 
ment of Greek, chiefly Milesian, col- 
onies upon its shores removing some 
of these dangers, its name Avas changed 
on this account, or for better omen 
(cf. evd)vvp.os), to YibvTos Eu^eti'os, tlie 
hospitable sea. The Greeks carried on 
an extensive commerce Avith the Eux- 
ine, exchanging their manufactures, 
Avine, oil, works of art, &c., for corn, 
honev, Avax, timber, salt-lish, slaves, 
&c. IV. 8. 22 : V. 1. 1. 

tEu-oSevs, ews, either a proper name, 
Eiiodeus ; or a patrial, a Euodian, 
from the name of some place in Elis 
if the Hieronymus before mentioned 
is here meant; vii, 4. 18 : v. W Eivoblas. 



c{i-o8os, ov, s., easy of travel or ac- 
cess, 2)racticable, accessible, d. : impei's. 
exioh'w eaTLv the access is easy: iv. 2. 9; 
8. 10, 12. 

ev-oirXos, ov, s., (oirXov) well-armed, 
ii. 3. 3. 

cw-ircTws adv., (ev-irerris falling 
well, of dice, &c., fr. ttItttu}) witJwut 
trouble, easily, with ease, ii. 5. 23. 

tev-iropia, as, ease of jiassage, tran- 
sit, or provision ; abundance, plenty 
of means, sufficiency ; v. 1. 6 ? vii. 6. 37. 

e-U-iropos, ov, easily passable, easy of 
passage or to pjass,easy, ii.5.9 : iii. 5. 17. 

eu-irpaKTOs, ov, c, (Trpdrrw) easy to 
effect, practicable, ii. 3. 20. 

cti-irpeTrTJs, es, {irpeiru) icell-looking, 
comely, handsome, iv. 1. 14. 

€v-'irp6<r-o8os, ov, s., easy of access, 
accessible, v. 4. 30. 

tevprijia, aros, to, something found, 
an unexpected good fortune, a god- 
send, windfall : evprjixa eiroirjadtxrjv I 
esteemed it a jnece of good fortune : ii. 
3. 18: vii. 3. 13. 

evpio-Kw,* evp-qao}, evprjKa or TjvprjKa, 
2 a. edpov or rjdpov, to find, discover, 
invent, devise, a. p. : M. to find for 
one's self, obtain, a. irapd : i. 2. 25 : 
ii. 1. 8; 3. 21: iv. 1. 14: vi. 1. 29. 
tempos, eos, TO, ividth, breadth ; often 
in nom. Avith ccttL understood, or to 
be supplied av. ecrrt • or in ace. of 
specif. , both av. and without the art. ; 
i. 2. 5, 8, 23; 4. 1, 4, 10 s; 7. 14s. 

tEvpv-Xoxos, ov, Eurylochus, a loch- 
age from Lusi in Arcadia, eminent for 
valor and enterprise, iv. 2. 21 ; 7. 11. 
tEvpv-(Jiaxosor*Epv-|iaxos, ov, ^[^i]- 
rymachus, a Dardanian, a messenger 
for Timasion, v. 6. 21. 

€vpvs, e?a, V, wide, broad, spacious, 
iv. 5. 25 : v. 2. 5. 
lEtip-wTTT], Tjs, Eurojje, a name in 
Hom. (ApoU. 251) for the main land 
north of the Peloponnesus, but in 
Hdt. and henceforth for the north- 
AA^est division of the Old World, vii. 1. 
27; 6. 32. 

€i5-TaKTOs, ov, c, (TdTTu) wcll-or- 
dered, loell- disciplined, well-behctved, 
orderly, ii. 6. 14 : iii. 2. 30. 

jev-TaKTCtfs in an orderly manner, in 
good order, vi. 6. 35. 

ev-Ttt^ia, as, {TdrTw) good order, 
discipline, i. 5. 8 : iii. 1. 38. 

€^-ToX{Jios, ov, (rdXfia courage) of 



ivrv\i<a 



56 



44>t(m]p 



courage, courageous, spirited, 
brave, i. 7. 4. 

€v-Tux.6«, ifjau, e^uTuxv^^^ or rjvTvxv- 
Ka, (tvxv) io be fortunate or successful, 
to succeed, AE., i. 4. 17 : vi. 3. 6. 

\.€v-rv\-{]^a., aros, to, a success: ev- 
rvx^'i-v evTuxvP-^"- to gain or obtain a 
success, vi. 3. 6. 

Ewcj)pdTr]s, ov, the Euphrates, a 
noted river of western Asia, linked 
with the very dawn of history, and 
Avith some of its greatest empires and 
most signal events. It rises by two 
great branches in the mountains of 
Armenia ; and, after an estimated 
course of 1780 miles, enters the Per- 
sian Gulf, having formed with the Ti- 
gris a large alluvial tract, which is 
still rapidly increasing. The Cyreans 
forded the main river at Thapsacus, 
and the eastern branch not far from 
its source in Armenia, i. 3. 20 ; 4. 11: 
iv. 5. 2. II Fkat ; below the junction 
of the Tigris, Shat-el-A'rah; the north- 
ern branch, Kard-Su (Black Water) ; 
the eastern and greater branch, J^ht- 
rdd-Su (Water of Desire). 
tevxiri, ^s, prayer, wish, i, 9. 11. 

c{iX,0(JLai, ev^ofxat, edyfiai or r]vyfj.aL, 
to2yray, voio, make or offer one's 2Jrayers 
or vows ; to eXjjress a wish, to wish ; 
I. (a.) D., a. : evxovTO avrbv evTvxwai- 
wisJied him success : i. 4. 7, 17; 9. 11 : 
iii. 2. 9, 12 : iv. 3. 13 ; 8. 16, 25. 

6v-«8t{s, €s, {6^(j}, pf. 65(x}8a, to smell) 
sweet-sinelling, fragrant, odoriferous, 
i. 5. 1 : iv. 4. 9 : v. 4. 29. 

cv-tGvv(ios, ov, {6uo,aa) of good name 
or omen, left : to evwvvixov {Kcpas) the 
left (wing) of an army. In the Greek 
system of augury (here unlike the Ro- 
man), indications from the left were 
deemed inauspicious. Hence, to avert 
any ill omen from mentioning this un- 
lucky quarter, the Greeks applied to 
it, by euphemism, the term evibwfios, 
just as they named the Furies Evfj^evi- 
5es, the gracious goddesses ; cf. dpiare- 
pos, Evi€Lvos. i. 2. 15 ; 8. 4s, 9, 13, 23. 

€v-«X6ca, rjacj, {^x^) to entertain or 

feed another well or generously : M. to 

feed one's self or fare generously, to 

feast: iv. 5. 30: v. 3. 11. [1. 4. 

4.€v-«xta, as, feast, entertainment, vi. 

I<|>* by apost. for liri, i. 2, 16. 

'(k^ayov, see ia-dico, ii. 3. 16. 

i^6.vr\v, see (paivta, i. 10. 19. 



2<j>a(rQV, see (pv/^h i- 4. 12. 

?<|>-€8pos, ov, {edpa seat) sitting by : 
subst. l-4>e8pcs, ov, 6, an athlete sitting 
by when two were contending, ready 
to contest the prize with the con- 
queror ; hence, successor in the contest, 
avenger, ii. 5. 10: v. I. e'0opos. 

eij>-e'iro}Ji.ai,* exl/o/jiai, ipf. elTro/JiTjv, 

2 a. iaTTofjLTjv, to follow upon or after, 

accompany ; to pursiie as a foe, jt??'css 

upon; D. ; ii. 2. 12 : iv. 1. 6s ; 6. 25. 

t'E<{)eo-tos, a, ov, Ejihesian, v. 3. 4, 6. 

"E<J>6<ros, ov, T], Ejjhesus, a famed 
city of Ionia in Asia Minor, at the 
mouth of the Cayster. It was special- 
ly devoted to the worship of Diana 
("Apre/Ats), which attracted to it hosts 
of worshippers, and gave to it a kind 
of sacred character that brought it 
favor and saved it from many of the 
evils of war. Its great temple of the 
goddesg was burned, for the sake of 
notoriety, by Herostratus, on the night 
in which Alexander the Great was 
born ; but by the contributions of the 
Ionian and other cities it rose with 
more than its former splendor, and 
was then the largest of all the Greek 
temples, and accounted one of the 
wonders of the world. Ephesus was 
afterwards the seat of one of the most 
influential of the Christian churches, 
where Paul, Timothy, and John la- 
bored. It was a common landing- 
place for passengers on the way to 
Sardis, like the Cyrean Greeks ; and 
Xenophon here begins his computa- 
tion of the length of the march to 
Cunaxa. i. 4. 2 : ii. 2. 6. jjAyasaluk. 

€4>-€<rnf|Ke(rav, l<J)-6i<rTVJK£(rav, or 
€<}>-€<rTao-av, see e^-ia-Trjfxi, i. 4. 4. 

^<j>Tjv, 2<j)Ti<r0a, 'i^r\, see <prif^i, i. 6. 7. 

e({>0o5, 17, ov, (e^'w) boiled, cooked, 
V. 4. 32. 

Icj)-^^.!,* -^(Tw, elKa, a. ■^/ca (cS, &c.), 
to send to : M. to yield one's self to, 
permit, D. i., vi. 6. 31 ? 

l<|>-l(rTTi{ii,* (xHiffca, ^<TTr]Ka, 1 a. 
e<TT7iaa, 2 a. ^arr/v, a. p. eardd-qv, to 
bring to a stand, A. ; hence, to stop or 
halt an army; to check a horse [sc. rbv 
Lirirov, i. 8. 15] ; to place, set, or appoint 
over, A. D. ; ii. 4. 25: v. 1. 15 s: — M. 
(w. pf., pip., & 2 a. act.) to stand upon, 
by, or over, eiri • hence, to stop or Jialt, 
intrans. ; to command, D. ; i. 4. 4 ; 5. 7; 
ii. 4. 26 : iv. 7. 9 : vi. 5. 11. 



€<}>d8iov 



57 



^eid 



c<f>.o8iov, ov, (odos) viaticum, pro- 
vision for the way or journey, travel- 
ling-money, vii. 3, 20 ; 8. 2. 

^(f>-'o8os, ov, 7), a way to or upon, 
access, approach, eirl, ii.2.18 : iii.4.41. 
€<|)-opda),* 6\pofJLaL, eu}pdKa or eopdKa, 
2 a. eWov, to look upon, view, behold, 
tuitness ; to keep in view or charge, 
ivatch over, guard; A.; iii. 1. 13 : vi. 
3. 14: vii. 1. 30; 6. 31. 

c{|)-op|i€a),->7(rw,to lie moored against, 
to blockade, vii, 6. 25. 

^(|>-opos, ov, 6, {i(f>-opd(a) an overseer, 
guardian; an Ephor, a popular ma- 
gistrate in some of the Doric states. 
The Spartan Ephori, five in number, 
were elected annually from the whole 
body of citizens as their especial rep- 
resentatives, and as general overseers 
of the state. . During their brief term 
of office, they were endowed with great 
powers, administrative, judicial, and 
censorial, even above those of the 
kings, ii. 6, 2s: 5. 10? 

i^vyov, see (peijyu, i. 2. 18 ; 9. 31. 
k\Qh = x^^^ yesterday, vi. 4. 18 ? 
['^X^os, eos, t6, hate, hatred.] 
X'4\Qpa, as, inimicitia, enmity, hos- 
tility, animosity, ii. 4. 11. 

j.€x6pds,* a, bv, c. ex^iwv & s. e'x^t- 
<TTos as fr. root ex^-, inimicus, inimi- 
cal, hostile : subst. €x6p6s, ov, an enemy 
or foe, esp. a private or personal ene- 
my, one cherishing feelings of person- 
al hatred or enmity ; while iroXefJuos 
(hostis) denotes rather a public enemy, 
one who is at war with another : ol 
^X^to-Tot the bitterest foes, worst ene- 
mies: i. 3. 12, 20: iii. 2. 3, 5. 

tlx^pds, ct, bv, lit for holding, 5^ro?i<7, 
fortified, secure, ii. 5. 7 : cf. oxvpbs. 

'4\<a & i<rxw,* e^w & cxTyfTW, 6Vx77/ca, 
ipf. elxov & tcxov, 2 a. ecrxov {crx^, 
(Txoirjv, exes, &c. ) to have or hold {have 
belonging rather to e'xw, e^w, and hold 
to tax<^, <yxM^ ; tut the translation 
often varying according to the gram- 
matical object, while this object w. 
e'xw often forms a periphrasis for a 
corresponding verb), a.; hence, to pos- 
sess, occupy, contain, obtain, retain ; 
to wear or ca.rry ; to feel ; to detain, 
withstand, restrain, keep from, a. g. ; 
to have the ability or pouter [sc. 56va- 
fuv], be able {can), i. : ex^v having, 
often where we use ivith : i. 1. 2, 8 ; 
2. 6, 15 s; 4. 7; 5. 8 : iii. 5. 11: eiprj- 
LEX. ax. 3 * 



v-qv ex^iv to live in peace, tvdrjXov e. to 
Tnake evident, ri(rvx'-o-v t. to remain 
quiet, keep still, ii. 6. 6, 18 : iv. 5. 13. 
"Exw is sometimes used w. a part., as 
a stronger form of expression than the 
simple verb, 679 b, i. 3. 14 : iv. 7. 1. 
"Exw refl. or intrans., to have one's 
self hence to be (w. an adv. comm. 
= eifjii w, an adj., 577 d), be affected 
or related, be situated, stand, lie, fare; 
Cba-rrep elx^v just as he [had himself J 
was ; ovTuis e'x^' impers. , so it is, thus 
the matter stands; /ca/ccDs or /caXws ex^i-v 
to be or go ill or well ; evrifxcos e. to be 
lield in honor ; i. 1. 5 ; 3. 9 ; 5. 16 : 
iii. 1. 3, 31, 40 : iv. 1. 19 ; 5. 22. — P. 
to be occujjied, held as prisoners, &c. ; 
{kv) dvdyKTi exea-dai to be bound by neceS' 
sity ; ii. 5. 21: iv. 6. 22. — M. exofiai 
to have or lay hold of, hold fast to, 
cling to, struggle for ; hence, to folloiu 
closely, come or be next to, adjoin ; g. ; 
i. 8. 4, 9 : vi. 3. 17 : vii. 6. 41. — See 
i'crxw. 

€\j/TiTds, V, bv, {exj/o}) boiled, obtained 
by boiling, ii. 3. 14, 

^^o|xai,, see eiropLai, i, 3, 6. 

2\|/w,* eij/ria-o}, to boil, cook, ii. 1. 6. 

'dwQiv adv., (ews) from dawn, at day- 
break, early in tlie morning, iv. 4, 8. 

€(dK€i.v, see eUd^oj, iv, 8. 20. 

€«v, €M(ri, see edw, v. 8. 22. 

Iwpwv, IwpaKa, see bpdw, i. 9. 14. 

?«§,* €0}, €i{}, €io (199. 3), 7}, dawn, 
daybreak, early morning; the east; 
i. 7. 1 : ii. 4. 24 : iii. 5. 15 : iv. 3. 9. 

k'cos adv. or conj., (6s) as long as, 
while, whilst, until, i. 3. 11 ; 4. 8 : ii. 
1.2: ews o5 until the time when, 557a, 
iv. 8. 8 ? 



Z. 



Zd^aros or Zairdras, 01;, 6, tlieZa.ba- 
tus or Zapatas, a large affluent enter- 
ing the Tigris a little below the site 
of Nineveh. Its oriental name Zaba 
was sometimes translated by the Greeks 
into AvKos, wolf. ii. 5. 1 : iii. 3. 6. 
II The Great Zab. 

'l^dco'' {^deis ^rjs, inf. tn^,&cc., I20g), 
tw^, Hv'^'^j ipf- t^^v, to live : ^Qv liv- 
ing, alive : A. of extent, P. of means, 
dwb : i, 5. 5 ; 6. 2 ; 9. 11 : iii. 2. 25, 39 : 
vi. 1. 1. 

^€id, as, comm. pi., Lat. far, spelt, 
a kind of grain, v. 4. 27. 



tetpa 



58 



iq-yeoiiat 



^€ipd, as, a long overcoat or wrapper, 
worn by the Thracians, vii. 4. 4, 

t^evYTjXaxea), 770- w, to drive a team, 
vi. 1. 8. 

t^ev7-i]XdTT]s, ov, (eXavvcS) the driver 
of a team, a teamster, vi. 1. 8. 

^€V7VV|xi,* ^€v^w, e^evxa 1., pf. p. 
e^evy/maL, to Tjokc, join, connect, fasten; 
to span, form by the union of ; A. D. 
of means, Trapd, tt/oos : i. 2. 5 : ii. 4. 
13, 24 : iii. 5. 10: vi. 1. 8. Cf. jungo. 
j^evyos, eos, to, jugum, a yoke, span, 
or team, of oxen, horses, &c., iii. 2. 27. 

Zevs,* Atos, Au, Ata, ZeO, <^eMS or 
Jupiter (of. ZeD iraTep), son of Kronos 
(Saturn) and Rhea, king of gods and 
men, ruling especially over the heav- 
ens and solid earth, i. 7. 9. His name 
appears in the Anabasis with the sur- 
names aibTTjp, as protector from dan- 
ger, i. 8. 16 ; ^aaiXevs, as king, and 
patron of kings, iii. 1, 12 ; ^evios, as 
the god of hospitality and maintainer 
of its rights, iii. 2. 4 ; /xetXtxtos, as 
gracious to those who propitiate him 
by offerings, vii. 8. 4. Xenophon was 
directed by the Delphic oracle to Zeiis 
BaatXevs for special guidance and pro- 
tection in his Asiatic journey ; and 
was advised by Euclides to propitiate 
Zei)s MetXixtos, as a deity offended by 
neglect. 

Vn, l^v, see fdw, i. 9. 11 : ii. 1. 1. 

ZT|\-apxos, ov, Zelarchus, a director 
of the market, who was believed by 
the Cvreans to have WTonged them, 
V. 7. 24, 29. 

^T]\«Tos, ?7, UP, (tv^oo) to envy, fr. 
^rjXos ZEAL, emulation) enviable, to be 
envied; of a person, an object of envy, 
D. ; i. 7. 4. 

^T]|xi6((), ibau), e^T)fXL(x}Ka, (f>7/Ltta loss, 
penaltii) to punish, A. d. of penalty, 
vi. 4. 11. 

%t\Ti<a, Tjcru}, e^rjTriKa, to seek, inquire 
or ask for. A., i., ii. 3. 2 : v. 4. 33. 

5v|xtTt]s, ov, {^ijfiT] leaven, few to bub- 
ble up) adj., leavened, vii. 3. 21 : v. I. 
^vfxris, TjTos, or ^vfxrjTTjS, ov. 

Xfiiypia, ria-o), (toj js, dypeco to catch) 
to take alive, to take captive or prison- 
er, A., iv. 7. 22. 

|wv, 5«vT€s, t'^'H^j ^66 t^'^i ii- 6. 29. 

^tovT], 77s, {^d)vviJixL to gird) a girdle, 
belt, ZONE. The girdle was important 
to the ancients for confining their 
loose dresses, and raising them when 



too long for convenience (as in work); 
and also for sustaining weapons, 
pouches, &c. It was sometimes high- 
ly ornamented and costly ; so that 
the Persian queens had the income 
of villages appropriated for their gir- 
dles (ets ^ujvrjv for girdle-mmiey , cf. 
"pin-money"), i. 4. 9 ; 6. 10. 

Xfii6% V, 6v, (fdw) alive, living, iii. 
4. 5. Der. zodiac, zoo-logy. 



H. 

ij * alternative conj., aut, vel, or: 
rj . . ij either . . or : iroTepov . . ij, ird- 
Tepa . . ri, or sometimes el . . •^, utrum 
. . an, ivhether . . or : i. 3. 5 ; 4. 13, 
16 (= otherwise) ; 10. 5 : ii. 4. 3 ; 5. 
17: — comparative conj. (after com- 
paratives, and some other words of 
distinction, as dXXos, dWojs, avrios, 
dLa(pepoj, irpbcdev), quam, than, i. 1. 4s: 
ii. 2. 13 : iii. 1. 20 ; 4. 33. See dXX' ^. 

^* adv., indeed, truly, surely, cer- 
tainly, assuredly; sometimes intro- 
ducing a direct question ; i. 6. 8 : v. 
8. 6 : vii. 4. 9 ; 6^. 4.^ 

•q, see 6. — rj, fjS, "p (often as adv., 
where, which way), fjv, see os. — ^, 
see elfxl, i. 3. 20. 

Tjpdo-Kw, in pr. & ipf., (inceptive 
of r//3dw to be of age, fr. ri^ri youthful 
prime) to become of age, come to man- 
hood, iv. 6. 1 : vii. 4. 7. 

•{^"yaYov, see (£707, iv. 6. 21. 

Ti-ydo-OrjV, see a.yap.ax, i. 1. 9. 

•i]"Y76i\a, 'i'l'YYeXX.ov, see d77eXXw. 

fiYYVccp,T]v, see e77i'dw, vii. 4. 13. 
t fi7e(Jiovia, as, leadership, lead, for e- 
imost place, precedence, c, iv. 7. 8. 

t Tj-yejico-uvos, ov, relating to guid- 
ance : iiyejxoffvva [sc. ie/?d] thank-offer- 
ings for safe guidance or conduct, iv. 
8. 25. 

friYeP'WV, ovos, 6, a leader; a guide, 
conductor, whether human or divine 
(as Hercules for the Greeks, vi. 5. 24s); 
a leader in war, commander, chief; a 
superior or sovereign, ap])lied to a con- 
trolling state ; G. ; i. 3. 14, 16 s; 6. 2; 
7.12: vi. 1. 27; 2.15. 

fj-ylop-ai, Tjao/xaL, TjjTjfiai, {&yw) to 
lead, go before; to guide, conduct; to 
take the lead or advance, lead the toay, 
be in tlie advance or van ; to lead in 
war, command; G., D., ae., ets, eiri, 



'H-yi^o-avSpos ' 

&c. : mentally, to lead to a conclusion 
(cf. Lat. duco), think, consider, deem, 
suppose, believe, l. (a.): 6 ijyov/jLevos the 
leader : to T]yovixevov the leading divis- 
ion of an army, tJic van, advance, or 
front ; i. 2. 4 ; 4. 2 ; 7. 1 ; 9. 31 : ii. 1. 
11 ; 2. 4, 8 ; 4. 5, 26 : v. 4. 10, 20. 
|'HYT|o--av8pos, ov, Hcgesander, one 
of the 10 commanders chosen by the 
Arcadians and Achaeans, vi. 3. 5. 

TJSeiv, T|8eo-av, see bpdd}, i. 8. 21. 

"qSecos adv. , c. ridlov, s. r^Sttrra, (i]5vs) 
agreeably, pleasantly, ai ease; with 
pleasure, gladly, cheerfully, cordially : 
c. more clieerfully, ratlier : T]5LcrT B.v 
dKova-aifxi. I should most gladly hear, 
or be most glad to liea.r, i. 2. 2 ; 4. 9 ; 
9. 19 : ii. 5. 15 : vi. 5. 17 : vii. 7. 46. 

•{^-8t] adv., ifi 5r) surely now) comm. 
referring to the present with the 
recent past, or in strong distinction 
from the past ; but sometimes to the 
present with the immediate future, in 
distinction from a more distant fu- 
ture : jam, already, by this time, just 
now, now, recently, at length; present- 
ly, forthwith : to ijSr} KoXd^etv the im- 
mediate clm-stisement : i. 2. 1 ; 3. 1, 11 ; 
8.1: ii.2.1: vi. 1.17: vii. 1.4; 7.24. 

■j^Sovi], TjS, pleasure, delight, enjoy- 
ment ; an object of pleasure, gratifica- 
tion ; delicious flavor ; ii. 3. 16 ; 6. 6 : 
iv. 4. 14. From -^Sw. 

T|8vvd}XT]v, -T|0T|v, see Bivaixai. 
tTjSv-oivos, Qv, producing sweet wine, 
vi. 4. 6. . ^ 

T|8iL»s, ela, V, c. ijdtiov, s. -^Stcrros, (■^5w) 
sweet, delicious, pleasing, pleasant, 
agreeable, i. 5. 3 ; 9. 25 : vi. 5. 24. 

•fjSo), ijcrto 1., to please : P. k M. (f. 
i]adriao!J.ai, a. Tjadrjv) to be jjleased, de- 
lighted, or gratified; to delight in, be 
fond of; D.,p.; i.2.18; 4.16: ii.6.28. 

f|€iv, 'neo'av, or "ncrav, see el^at, 

i^OeXov, T|0iXt]o-a, see kdeXw, i. 8. 13. 

i^Ktt, see 'i-qfii, iv. 5. 18. 

■iJKtoTa, see tjttwv, i. 9. 19. 

iJKa), rj^cj, ^Kal.yto come; to come 
back, return; often as pf., to have] 
come or arrived, (cf. / am come), be \ 
Jterc, 6i2 ; i. 2. 1, 6 ; 5. 12, 15 ; 6. 3 : ' 
ii. 1. 9, 15. Cf. oixo.-xaL. \ 

■S'jXao-a, i]X.avvov, see eXavuu:, i. 2. 23. i 

ii\€-yxov, see iXeyx^), in. 5. 14. I 

'HXeios, ov, 6, C IAXls) an Elean. \ 
El is was the most western province of' 
Peloponnesus, containing a city of the 



9 T[)j.i8ap€iKov 

same name, and also Olympia, famed 
for the temple and great games in 
honor of Jupiter. It was hence re- 
garded as a sacred territory ; and was 
thus mainly protected, even in its un- 
walled towns, from invasion and rav- 
age. Permitted and disposed to take 
little part in the quarrels of Greece, 
it enjoyed a long period of quiet and 
prosperity. It was natural and wise 
in Xenophon to choose it for residence, 
on his Avithdrawal from military and 
civil life. ii. 2. 20 : iii. 1. 34. 

•j]\€KTpov, OV, [eXrj brightness) am- 
ber ; electrum, an alloy of about four 
parts gold to one of silver ; ii. 3. 15. 

Der. ELECTRICITY. 

■fiXOov, see epxo/iai, i. 2. 18. 
triXl-PaTos, ov, poet., {^aivco) inac- 
cessible, precipitous, i. 4. 4. 

[ilXiOa Ep. adv., {oXt] wandering) m 
vain.] 

|T|Xidios, a, ov, foolish, silly, sense- 
less, stupid, stolid : to rfKWiov folly ^ 
stupidity : ii. 5. 21 ; 6. 22 : v. 7. 10. 

-^XiKia, as, {rfkLKos how old) time of 
life, age, i. 9. 6 : iii. 1. 14, 25. 
|Tj\iKi£OTT]s, OV, {v. I. fjXi^, iKos) an 
equal in age, comrade, i. 9. 5. 

■fjXios, 01^, 6, (akin to e\r} brightness) 
sol, the sun, an object of religious 
worship among the Greeks, and still 
more among the Persians, i. 10. 15 : 
iv. 5. 35. See dfia. Der. helio-trope. 

•fjXiTi^ov, see e\irli;w, vii. 6. 34. 

ijXcDKa, ■fjXwv, see dXiaKO/jiaL, iv. 2.13. 

[iqp,ai,* ^(xo, fjadaL, &c., pret., to sit. '\ 

Tip.6is vje, pi. of tyib, i. 3. 9 s, 18. 

f||X£XT]p.eva}s, (fr. Jjf. ^:>. pt. of d/ieXew) 
carelessly, incautiously, i. 7. 19. 

fi|jL€v, fjTC, "Jjo-av, see eifil, vii. 6. 9. 

Tip,£pa, as, (as if from rj/iepos, sc. 
upa, the viild time) tlie dMy (w. the 
art. often oin., 533 d), a day, i. 2. 6 ; 
7. 2, 14, 18 : ii. 1. 2s ; 6. 7. See dp.a., 
p.eTd. Der. eph-emeral. 

T]p.£pos, ov, mild, tame ; cultivated 
or garden (trees), v. 3. 12. 

1^p,€T€pOS, a, ov, {7)fJL€Ls) OUT.' 7] TJfie- 

Tepa, sc. xwpa, our territory : Ta ijfxe- 
Tepa our affairs, sometimes by periphr. 
for -^/iets : i. 3. 9 : iii. 5. 5 s : iv. 8. 6. 
f[|xi- in compos., semi-, half-^ 

HEMI-. 

T|p.i-Ppa)Tos, ov, half-eaten, i. 9. 26. 
■qp.i-8dp£iKdv, ov, (bdpeiKos) a half- 
daric, i. 3. 21. 



f,ni8eifis 



60 



<iX0Tiv 



iqiAi-Seris, h, (5ew to want) wanting 
half, half-eynptied, half -full, i. 9. 25. 

fj[j.t-opd\iov, ov, {ojBoXos) a half- 
obol, i. 5. 6 ? 

iq|XL-6\tos, a, ou, (6'Aos) half as much 
again : neut. subst., the whole and a 
half, a half more, G., i. 3. 21. 
t^jiioviKos, v, ov, of mules, vii. 5. 2. 

T||Ai-ovos, ov, 6 r/, a half-ass, a 7nule, 
V. 8. 6. 

•fjixt-irXcOpov, ov, a half-plethrum, 
ubout 50 feet, iv. 7. 6. 

•fjixto-vs, 6ta, V, {rifJLL-) semis, half: 
TO ij/j-LO-v [sc. fxepos] the half [part] : 
TIfuaea Aprwu half -loaves of bread : i. 
8. 22; 9. 26: iv. 2. 9; 3. 15. 

iq|xi-(i)P6Xiov = rjfxL-o^oXiov, i. 5. 6 ? 

iijjiovv, see i/xeui, iv. 8. 20. 

ir|(Ji.({>€'YVoovv, see d//.0t-7i'oea;,ii.5.33? 

■i^v, contr. fr. edv, if i. 1. 4; 4. 15. 

^v, •?j<r9a, ?jv, see ci,ut, iii. 1. 27. 

•fjv, •{jv-irep, see 6s, oa-wep, ii. 2. 10. 

•flveixop-Tiv, ^V€o-\6 |j,Tjv, see dv-ex'^- 

T|V€x6q, see ^epw, iv. 7. 12. 

T|viKa rel. adv., (6's) when, ch. w. 
ind., and more specific than ore, 53 ; 
i. 8. 1, 8, 17 : iii. 5. 18 (g. , see Cbpa) ? 

Tjvt-oxos, ov, 6, {rjvia rein, exw) a rein- 
holder, driver of a chariot, i. 8. 20. 

■fjv-Trep, contr. fr. edv-irep, if indeed, 
if only, ii. 4. 17 ? iii. 2. 21 : iv. 6. 17 ? 

■fj^civ, ij^oifit, see rjKw, i. 7. 1 ; 6. 3. 

•fjirep jits^ as, ^2^5^ \chere, see 8s-irep. 

if)7ri<rTd|xt]V, see eTr-iarapaL, v. 1. 10, 
t'HpaKXeia, as, Heraclea (city of 
Hercules), a prosperous commercial 
city on the Bithynian coast of the 
Euxine, a Megarian colony, v. 6. 10 : 
vi. 2. 1 ; 4. 2. || Herakli, or Eregli. 

t'HpaKX€t87]s, ov, Heraclides, from 
Maronea in Thrace, an unprincipled 
and trickish agent of Seuthes, vii. 3. 16. 
t'HpaKXcMTrjS, 01;, (a man of 'Hpd- 
/cXeta) a Heradeot or Heraclean, v. 6. 
19: vi. 2. 3, 17 s. 
I'HpaKXewTis, i.5os, ij, (sc. yij) Hera- 
cleotis, the territory belonging to He- 
raclea, vi. 2. 19. 

'Hpa-KX-qs,* ^ovs, €1, ea, eis, Heracles 
or Hercules, son of Jupiter and Alc- 
mene, the most celebrated of all the 
heroes of antiquity. The greatest of 
the twelve labors which he performed 
at the bidding of Eurystheus, was his 
descent into Hades and bringing 
thence the monster Cerberus, whom 
he showed to his taskmaster and then 



restored. Tradition connected this 
descent with various localities, most 
commonly with a cave near Cape 
Tsenarum in Laconia. His exploits 
in removing the dangers of travel 
from wild beasts and robbers, led to 
his especial worship as a conductor 
in perilous journeys (riyefxibv). iv. 8. 
25 : vi. 2. 2 ; 5. 24 s. 

irfpacOTiv, see epap.ai, iv. 6. 3. 

'^p49r\v, XiP'f\\>-T]v, see aip^co, iii. 1. 47 s. 

TipjjiTJvevov, see epp^rjveiju}, v. 4. 4. 

i^p^dp.T)v, fipxoRV, see ctpxw. 

T|p6(ti]v, T|p«T«v, f|p»TTi<ra, see epca- 
Tdio, IS. 20 ; 6. 7s ; 7. 9. 

^S, i^o'-'ircp, see 6s, da-irep, iii. 2. 21. 

■ftcrav, •fjorOa, ■{]<rTT]v, see elpiL, i. 1. 6. 

Tjo-av or fi'corav, see et/it, iv. 4. 14. 

fjVOT^p.ai, -porOdiJiT^v, see aiaddvo/xaL. 

•fjo-GTjv, see ijdopLai, i. 2. 18. 

•i^o-Giov, see eadiu), ii. 1. 6. 
^ r\a-v\6il<o, daco, to keep quiet or still, 
keep one's place, v. 4. 16. 

tTjo-vxTJ or 'HO'vx^j quietly, stilly , 
noiselessly, i. 8. 11. 

tTjcrvx^a, as, ease, quiet, rest, tran- 
quillity : Ka6' 7)<Tvxi-a.v at one's ease, 
in quiet, quietly, peaceably, without 
molestation : ii. 3. 8. See Hyo) k exw. 

■fjo-vxos, ov, {fip-ai ?) still, quiet, with- 
out clamor, vi. 5. 11 ? [5. 11 ? 
|T[o-\)xws quietly, without clamor, vi. 

^T€, -^Tc, see elp.L, elpn, ii. 5. 39. 

f|TT]<ra, T]TOv|XT]v, see otrew, ii. 4. 2. 

■?JTpov, OV, {^Top heart) the abdomen, 
esp. below the navel : fiexpi. rod iJTpov 
as far as the groin, iv. 7. 15. 
t liTTdoiJLat, TjTTTjaop.ai, oftener^. rjr- 
T-qd-qaopxiL, iJTTrifiaL, a. TjTTi^drjP, to be 
inferior, surpassed, or worsted, g. p.; 
to be conquered,dcfeated,QiT vanquished, 
as pass, of viKdi)} and sometimes, like 
this, w. the pres. as pf., 612; i. 2. 9; 
ii. 3. 23; 4. 6, 19; 6. 17: iii. 2. 39. 

■fJTTCDV, fiKio-Tos, c. & s. (as fr.Ep. adv. 
^iKa slightly, aspirated) referred to pn.- 
Kpos or KaKos, less, least, or worse, 
Voorst : c. weaker, inferior, v. 6. 13, 
32 : neut. as adv., c. iJTTov less, the 
less, less likely or ably, ii. 4.2: vi. 1. 
18 : vii. 5. 9 ; s. (otherwise rare) -^Kiara 
least, the least, least of all, i. 9. 19. 

r\v^6.\t.r\v, -qvxo^i-qv, T]vpi<rKOV, Tjvpov, 
't]vrvyj[a-a, see ei/'xo/xat, evpLa-KO), evrv- 
Xew, i. 4. 7 ? 9. 29 ? iv. 8. 25 ? vi. 3. 6? 

i]XQi<rQi\v, i\\Q6\u\v, see dx^o/iai. 

^\Qi]v, see d7w, vi. 3. 10. 



e* 



61 



©cOTTOJJlTrOS 



0. 



6' for Tc, by apostr. before au aspi- 
rated vowel, i. 3. 9. 

OdXttTTa (-<r<ra), rjs (ctXs sal, salt ?) the 
sea, a general name for the great con- 
nected body of salt- or sea-water (often 
without the art. 533 d) : ddXaxTa /jLeyd- 
\t) a, great or heavy sea, i. e. a great or 
violent rush of the sea (cf. magnum 
mare, Lucr. 2. 553): i. 1. 7 ; 2.22; 4. 
], 4: iv. 7. 24 : v. 8. 20. Cf. ttoitos. 

OdXiros, fos, TO, icarmth, heat; pi. 
calores, attacks of heat, heat, iii. 1.23. 

6a)i.iva adv. = dap.d {dixa) often, 
frequently, iv. 1. 1(5. 

Odvaros, ov, 6, {dviqaKU}) death; kind 
of death, mode of exeeution : iwi davd- 
T(i) for death, in token of death, as a 
sign of execution : i. 6. 10 : ii. 6. 29 : 
iii. 1. 43. Der. eu-thanasy. 

|9avaTd«, ti>3-w, to condemn to death, 
A., ii. 6. 4. 

OaTTTto,* ddxpu), 2 a. p. erdcprju, to 
hury, inter, a., iv. 1. 19 : v. 7. 20. 
fOappaXeps, a, ov, c, courageous, 
hold, daring, confident, -rrpjs, iii. 2. 16. 
\.^a.ppoXi(jiscourageously, boldly, fear- 
lessly, confidently, with confidence, irpbs: 
TO ^x^Lv 6. to have one's self confident- 
ly, a feeling of confidence, fearlessness : 
1. 9. 19 : ii. 6. 14 : vii. 3.29 ; 6. 29. 

tOappew, Tjcro}, reddpprjKa, to be cour- 
ageous or of good courage ; to be bold, 
fearless, or confident ; to take heart; 
to have no fear of. A.: pt. as adv., 
confidently, with confidence, ivithout 
fear, 674 d : i. 3. 8 : iii. 2. 20 ; 4. 3. 

Gdppos, eos, TO, courage, confidence, 

vi. 5. 17. " [7. 2. 

4.6appt9v(i>, vvd, to encourage, cheer, i. 

Capo-- V. I. for 6app- in ddppos, &c. 

©apviras, ov, Tlvxrypas, a favorite 
of Menon, ii. 6. 28. 

0dT€pov or 9dT€pov, &c., by crasis 
for TO '^repov, &c., 125 b; pi. €k tov 
[sc. xwpi'oi;] eirl ddrepa [sc. fiepr]], fi'om 
[the region upon] the other or fartlier 
side, v. 4. 10. 

OaTTwv, ov, c. of rax»^s, i. 2. 17. 

6av|ia, aros, to, {6do,aaL to gaze 
npon) wonder or a subject of ivonder, 
a marvel, vi. 3. 23. 

|0av}JLdt,«, daouai, less Att. dau), re- 
daijfxaKa, a. eOavfxaaa, to wonder, mar- 
vel, admire, be surj)rised or astonished, 



CP., A., G., 472 e, i. 2. 18 ; 3. 2 s ; 8. 
16 ; 10. 16: vi. 2. 4. 
4. 0av[id(rios, a, ov, s., wonderful, 
marvellous, admirable, G. ? ii.3.15: iii. 

I. 27. 

lOavfiaoTTos, 77, ov, s., to be wondered 
at, wonderfal, wondrous, strange, sur- 
prising, D., i. 9. 24 ? ii. 5. 15 : iv. 2. 15. 

t0a4'aKiivds, ov, 6, a Thapsacene, 
a man of Thapsacus, i. 4. 18. 

@di|/aKos, ov, 7), Thapsacus (Tiph- 
sah, i. e. passage or ford, 1 Kings 4. 
24), a city near a much-frequented ford 
of the Euphrates, though the Thap- 
sacenes flattered Cyrus by saying that 
the river had never before been fordable 
at that point. Alexander here crossed 
by two bridges, doubtless of boats ; 
but LucuUus forded the stream with 
his army, and Ainsworth states that 
the depth of the w^ater was reduced to 
20 inches in the autumn of 1841. i. 4. 

II. II Ruins near the Ford of the Anese- 
Beduins. 

0e'a, as, (akin to ddo/xai. to gaze upon) 
a sight, spectacle, iv. 8. 27. 

0£d, as, (^eos) a goddess, vi. 6. 17 
(elsewhere i] debs, 174b, v. 3. 6 s, 13). 
|0€a-7evT]s, eos, see 9eo-7^j'7;s. 
t06d|JLa, aros, Tb, a sight, spectacle, 
iv. 7. 13. 

06do|jLai, daoixai, TeOidixai, {dia) to 
look on, gaze at, behold, observe, vnt- 
ness, xoatch, perceive, see, with sur- 
prise, wonder, or admiration often im- 
plied, A. p., CP., i. 5. 8 : V. 7. 26 : vi. 
5. 16. Cf, bpdiji. Der. theatre. 

06tv to run, see ^ew, i. 8, 18. 

0€ios, a, ov, {debs) divine, by divine 
interjyosition, supernatural, iniracu- 
lous, i. 4. 18. 

0eXc«> to tvish, will, see iOeXu}. 

06fJL€vos, 0evT€s, &c., see TidTjfxi. 
t0eo-'yevTis, eos, TMogenes, a lochage 
from Locris, \'ii. 4. 18 : v. I. Oea-yevrjs. 
t0€6-'7ro|x'n'os, ov, Theopompus, an 
Athenian, only mentioned by some 
mss., ii. 1. 12. Other mss. have here 
^evocpQv, and two have ^evocjjQv in the 
text, and debireiiwos in the margin. 
We cannot suppose that there Avas a 
general named Theopompus, and it is 
extremely improbable that a person 
of inferior rank, so quiet and insig- 
nificant as to be nowhere else men- 
tioned, should have interfered in an 
intervie\v of the generals Avith the 



62 



G^pT, 



king's heralds. But Xenophon, who 
was with the army simply as the in- 
timate friend of P]-oxenus, and by the 
special invitation of Cyrus, held no 
position of inferiority. With entire 
propriety, he might be invited by 
Proxenus to attend him in the inter- 
view as a friend ; and might take part 
in the conversation to support him, 
if a lit occasion should arise. Com- 
pare i. 8. 15 : ii. 5. 37. Hence, also, 
Diodorus might naturally ascribe to 
Proxenus himself (xiv. 25) the words 
spoken by one who was present as 
his companion. How then could the 
change of name have arisen in some 
of the best mss. ? Perhaps as follows : 
in view of the subsequent preservation 
of the army through Xenophon, an 
enthusiastic reader may have written 
in the margin, by the side of his name, 
dejirofj-iros, the heaven-sent ( = deo-ire/j.- 
TTTos, while in the marginal deoTrefxiros 
the two forms seem blended) ; and, 
through a common mistake, a sub- 
sequent copyist may have understood 
as a correction what was simply meant 
as a comment, and have substituted 
it in the text. 

Oeos, oO, 6 T], deus, a god, deity, divinity, 
{i] debs goddess, iii. 2. 12 : v. 3. 6 s) : (ri/v 
rots deoh loith tJie hel]) of the gods, or 
by their loill or favor : irpbs Oeuv be- 
fore or by the gods. The art. is often 
omitted w. deot, 533 c. The Anabasis 
abounds in appeal or reference to "the 
gods," as a general expression for the 
Divine and Supreme Power (so 6 deos 
the Dcit-y, vi. 3. 18); but makes com- 
paratively little mention of any par- 
ticular god, showing how far poly- 
theism had lost its hold upon the 
Greek mind. i. 4. 8 ; Q.&: ii. 3. 22 s : 
iii. 1. 5 s, 23 s. Der. theism, atheist. 
4. 0€o-o-€p€ia, as, {(xe^w to revere) piety, 
religion, ii. 6. 26. 

tOspairevw, ei(T<jo, redepdwevKa, to take 
care of, jjrovide for, cherish, court. A., 
i. 9. 20 : ii. 6. 27. Der. therapeutic. 

Oepdirwv, ovtos, 6, {depia to ivarm) 
an attendant, waiter, servant, i. 8. 28 ? 

Qepll<a, Law iu>, {O^pos summer, fr. 
d^poj to warm) to sjyend or ^>ass the 
summer, iii. 5. 15. 

0£p|xa(ria, as, {depfibs warm, fr. ^ep(^} 
to ivarm) warmth, v. 8. 15. 

0€pjX(68cov, OVTOS, 6, the Thermodon, 



a river of Asia Minor, flowing into the 
Euxine. Its banks were the fabled 
abode of the Amazons, v. 6. 9 : vi. 2. 
1. II Thermeh-Chai. 

6€<r8at, Oco-Ge, see Tidrjini, i. 6. 4. 
t0€TTa\ia (older QeaaaXia), as, Thes- 
saly, a large, fertile, and populous, 
but rude province in the northeast of 
Greece. It consists mostly of the 
rich basin of the Peneus, surrounded 
by mountains, among winch are the 
famed Olympus and Ossa (with the 
beauties of Tempe between), and Pe- 
lion. Its institutions were mostly 
oligarchic, a few noble families dom- 
ineering. Its rank was highest in the 
early history of Greece, when it con- 
tained the original Hellas, and sent 
Jason to the Argonautic adventure, 
and Achilles to Troy. i. 1. 10. 

©erraXos (older QeaaaXos), ov, 6, a 
man of Thessaly, a Thessalian, i. 1. 10. 

660),* defjaofiai, ijjf. ^deov, (other 
tenses supplied by rp^x^) ^0 run, 8p6- 
p.ip, eis, iirl, irpbs, &c., i. 8. 18 : ii. 2. 
14 : iv. 3. 21, 29. 

Oewpeco, rjo-u), redewprjKa, (Oecjpbs spec- 
tator, fr. dedopai) to view, behold, ob- 
serve, witness ; to inspect or revieiv an 
army; to attend games or rites as a 
sacred deputy ; a. ; i. 2. 10, 16 : ii. 4. 
25s : V. 3. 7. Der. theorem, theory. 

0T|Paios, ov, 6, a man of Thebes, a 
Theban, ii. 1. 10. Thebes (9r,^ai) was 
the chief city of Bceotia, said to have 
been founded by the Phoenician Cad- 
mus and Availed to the music of Am- 
phion. It was wonderfully rich in 
legendary story, e. g. as the birthplace 
of Bacchus and Hercules,and the scene 
of the tragic fortunes of CEdipus and 
Niobe. In the historical age, it com- 
monly held the rank of the thiid city 
in Greece ; but, for a short period after 
the battle of Leuctra, of the first. 

©TJPii, 77s, Thebe, a town of Avestern 
Mysia (also assigned to Lydia, as early 
occupied by the Lydians), under Mt. 
Placus. According to Homer, An- 
dromache Avas the daughter of its 
king ; and the capture of the beauti- 
ful Chryseis, in connection Avith its 
sack by Achilles, gaA^e occasion to the 
action of the Iliad. Perishing itself, 
it left its name to a fertile plain in 
the vicinity of Adramyttium. vii. 
8.7. 



e^p 



63 



Jv|iOS 



[6tjp, d-rjpos, 6, fera, a wild beast ; cf. 
Germ, thicr, Eng, deer.] 
jOrjpa, as, a hunt or chase of wild 
beasts, V. 3. 8, 10. 

jOqpaw, dau}, TedrjpdKa, to hicnt, chase, 
or jJurstoc wild beasts ; to prey upon ; 
A.; i. 5. 2 : iv. 5. 24: v. 1. 9. 

40r,p£u&), eocrii}, TedrjpevKa, to hunt or 
cliase wild beasts ; ^o catch or te/te, as 
a banter his prey ; A.; i. 2. 7, 13. 

40T]ptov, ov, dim. of ^77/9, but comm. 
used in prose for it, 371 f; a wild 
beast or animal, i. 2. 7 ; 5. 2 ; 9. 6. 

Orjo-aupos, ov, 6, {tWtjixi.) thesaurus, 
a store laid up, treasure ; treasury ; 
V. 3. 5 ; 4. 27. 

0T|X'ns> ov, Thcches, a mountain 
from which the Cyreans obtained their 
first and transporting view of the Eux- 
ine, iv. 7. 21. || Ace. to Strecker, Kolat- 
Dagh ; to others, Tekieh-Dagh, &c. 

@iPp6)v, wvos, Thibron, a Spartan 
general who was sent in the winter of 
400-399 B. c, to protect the Ionian 
cities from the Persians, and who took 
the returned Cyreans into his service. 
From want of efficiency and good dis- 
cipline, he was superseded, in about 
a year, by Dercyllidas. In a later 
command against the Persians, h. c. 
391, his carelessness cost him his life, 
vii. 6. 1 ; 8. 24 : v. I. QiiJ,j3pu3v. 

Qvr\<rK(i} * (oftener diro-durjaKU}, exc. 
in the complete tenses), Oavovp-ai, re- 
6p7]Ka, 2 a. 'idavov, 2 pf. pi. redvati^v, 
&c., inf. Tedvdvai, pt. reduedos, to die, 
fall in battle; as pass, of Kreluio, to be 
slain : pf . pret. , to [have died] be dead, 
pt. dead; Tedi^dvat eTrrjyyeWero he of- 
fered or consented to be a dead man, 
i. e. to die or be put to death immedi- 
ately : LQ.U: ii.1.3: iv.1.19; 7.20. 
j9vT]Tds, 7], ov, mortal, liable or ex- 
posed to death, iii. 1. 23. 

06ava V. I. for Adm, i. 2. 20. 

OdpvPos, ov, 6, (akin to dpeofiaL to 
cry, and Lat. turba) noise, outcry, up- 
roar, tumult, alarm, murmur, i. 8.16 : 
ii. 2. 19 : iii. 4. 35 s : iv. 2. 20. 

0ovpios, ov, 6, a Thurian, a man of 
Thurii, a flourishing city founded by 
an Athenian colony, b. c. 443, near the 
ruins of Sybaris on the Tarentine Gulf 
in southern Italy. Among the colo- 
nists were the historian Herodotus and 
the orator Lysias. v. 1. 2. !| Ruins 
near Terra-Nuova. 



OpaKT], 7)$, (Qpg.^) Thrace, a rude 
countiy in southeastern Europe, north 
of the ^gean and Propontis. If this 
region was occupied early by more 
civilized tribes, to which Orpheus, Mu- 
sseus, Thamyris, &c., belonged, they 
prob. moved southward into Greece. 
V. 1. 15. II Rumelia. — 2. A neighbor- 
ing district in Asia, across the Bos- 
phorus, so called as occupied by Thra- 
cian tribes ; oftener called Bithynia, 
from the chief of these tribes ; vi. 4. 1. 
|0pas«iov, ov, Thracium, ortJie Thra- 
cian Area, in Byzantium, probably 
near the Thracian Gate, vii. 1. 24. 
|0paxtos, a, ov, Thracian, vii. 1.13. 

0paviv|/ai V. I. for Tpadrj/ai. 

0pa|, Qpg.xjs, 6, a Thracian, a man 
of Thrace (in Europe or Asia); as adj., 
Thracian. The Thracians were not 
wanting in activity, energy, or cour- 
age ; but, though claiming relation- 
ship to their Greek neighbors, they 
partook but scantily of the Greek cul- 
ture. Among their too prevalent char- . 
acteristics were ferocity, cruelty, in- 
temperance, and faithlessness, i. 1.9; 
2. 9 : vi. 4. 2 : vii. 1. 5 ; 3. 26. 
tOpao-c'os adv., boldly, iv. 3. 30. 

0pa<riis, eTa, v, c. ijrepos, (having the 
same stem w. ^pdtros = ddpcros or ddppos) 
bold, daring, spirited, v. 4. 18 ; 8. 19. 

9p€xI/op,ai, see rpecpu:, vi. 5. 20. 

Opovos, 01;, 6, a seat, esp. the ele- 
vated seat of a ruler, a throne, ii. 1. 4. 

GvyciTTip,* (r^pos) rpos, rpL, repa, dv- 
yarep, i]. Germ, tochter, a daughter, 
ii. 4. 8 : iv. 5. 24. 

GoXttKos, ov, 6, a sack, bag, vi. 4. 23. 

Qv[La, aros, to, {6voj) a victim, sacri- 
fice, vi. 4. 20 : vii. 8. 19. 

0vp.Ppi,ov, ov, Thymbrium, a city 
of Phrygia, now represented ace. to 
some by Akshehr (i. e. white city), and 
ace. to others by Ishakli ; Avhile the 
copious fountain Olu-Bunar (i. e. great 
fountain), between these towns, has 
been regarded by some as the famed 
spring of Midas, i. 2. 13. 

1 6vip.o-6i8T|s, €s, or 6vp.wST)s, cs, cij-re- 

pos, (eldos) spirited, mettlesome, iv.5.36. 

t0up.do|JLai, c6cro,u.at, Tedv,uo},uai, to be 

angry, provoked, incensed, or enraged, 

D., ii. 5. 13. 

0vp.ds, ov, 0, {ddia to rush) the nish 
of feeling, .tpirit, anger, passion, resent* 
ment, vii. 1. 25. 



©vvoL 



64 



I'T^H-t 



©vvoC, wj', ol, the Thyni, a Thracian 
tribe near Byzantium, especially for- 
midable in the night. A part of this 
tribe crossed, like the Bithyni, into 
Asia. vii. 2. 22, 32 ; 4. 14. 

6vpa, as, (cf. Lat. foris. Germ, thiir) 
a BOOK, often in the plur., even when 
a single entrance is spoken of : pi. 
door or doors, gates, quarters, residence, 
court (cf. sublime porte)\ eirl rah 6v- 
pais at the very door or gates, some- 
times used as a strong expression for 
nearness: i. 2. 11 ; 9.3: ii. 4. 4; 5.31. 
^Qvpexpov, Of, a door, gate, v. 2. 17. 
tGvoria, as, a sacrifice, offering to a 
god, iv. 8. 25 s : v. 3. 9 : vi. 4. 15. 

0v« (v), dvcrw, ridvKa, to sacrifice, 
offer to a god, D. A., AE. : ra AvKaca 
idijae offered the Lyccean sacrifices, 
celebrated the Lyccean rites or festival : 
i. 2. 10 : iii. 2. 9, 12 : M. to sacrifi,ce 
for learning the will of the gods or 
future events, to take or consult the 
auspices, ae., d. (of the god, or of the 
person for whom), CP., i., e-wi, irepi, 
virep, ii. 2. 3 : v. 6. 22, 27 s : vii. 8. 4 s. 
t GwpaKi^w, io"w, to arm with a cuirass ; 
redoipaKLdfievos equipped with a corselet, 
clad ill armor : M. to put on one's oicn 
cuirass or armor, arm ones self : ii. 2. 
14 ; 5. 35 : iii. 4. 35. 

8copa|, OLKOS, 6, a cuirass, corselet, 
breastplate. The Greek cuirass comm. 
consisted of two metallic plates, 
adapted to the shape of the body, one 
for the front, and the other for the 
back. These were ch. united by 
shoulder-pieces, the belt, and hinges 
or buckles at the sides. The cavalry 
cuirass was esp. heavy. Some nations 
wore corselets of thick, firm layers of 
flaxen cloth or felting, i. 8. 3, 26: iii. 
4. 48 : iv. 7. 15. Der. thorax. 

0»pa|, d/fos, an officer from Boeotia, 
who often contended with Xenophon, 
V. 6. 19, 25, 35. 



Idofiat, da-ofiai, tdfiai 1., to heal, 
cure, dress a wound, i. 8. 26. 

'Ido-dvios, a, ov, i^ldffuv Jason) Ja- 
sonian : 'laaovia aKT-q the Jasonian 
Shore, a promontory not far from Co- 
tyora, where Jason was supposed to 
have landed in the Argonautic Ex- 



pedition, vi. 2. 1. II Yasun-Burun, or 
Cape Bona. 

Idrpos, ou, 6, (idofxai) a healer, siir- 
geon, physician, i.8.26: iii. 4. 30. 

iSeiv, \;8oip.t, V8w, ISwv, see opdu, i. 
2. 18 ; 9. 13 : ii. 1. 9. Der. idea. 

"ISt], 7]$, Ida, a mountain-range in 
Mysia, south of Troy. Here, in the 
old myths, Paris awarded the prize to 
Venus, and the gods sat to watch the 
strife about Troy. Its highest point, 
Gargaron (now Kaz-Dagh), is about 
4650 feet high. vii. 8. 7. 

bSios, a, ov, one's oivn, private, per- 
sonal : et's TO 'l8i.ov for one's private or 
personal use or benefit, for one's self: 
idiq., as adv., privately, in private, 
personally, by one's self, on one's ovjn 
account : i. 3. 3 : v. 6. 27. Der. idiom. 
4.18i6tt|s, 7}tos, 7), peculiarity, ii. 3. 16. 
jlStwTTjs, ov, a private or common 
person or soldier, a private, i. 3. 11 : 
vi. 1. 31 : vii. 7. 28. Der. idiot. 

jlStwTiKos, 7), bv, relating to a private 
person, or denoting a private station, 
vi. 1. 23. 

ISpoft),* tucrw, idpoiKa 1., {l8os sweat) 
sudo, to siveat, persp)ire, i. 8. 1. 

iSw, I8«v, see bpd(j}, i. 2. 18. 

tejiat or 1'ep.ai, see l'77/ut, i. 5. 8. 

U'vai, ^61, 'ioip.1, t'<o, IcGv, see djXL. 
tUpciov, ov, a victim for sacrifice, an 
animal such as were used for sacrifice 
or food (since the two uses were so 
intimately united) ; pi. cattle ;. iv. 4. 
9: vi. 1. 4, 22; 5. Is. 
t'Icpbv opos, TO, the Sacred Mountain 
(Mons Sacer), a mountain west of the 
Propontis, on the direct route from 
Byzantium to the Chersonese, vii. 1. 
14; 3. 3. II Tekir-Dagh. 

lepos, d, bv, sacred, consecrated, holy, 
hallowed, G. 437 b : to iepbv [sc. dQ/jLo] 
the teynple : to, iepd the sacred rites, 
sacrifices, auspices; from their esp. use 
in divination, the e?i^rai7s [sacred parts] 
of the victim : rd iepd yiyveTai the 
sacrifices take effect, are auspicious: 
i. 8. 15: ii. 1. 9; 2.3: iv. 3. 9; 5.35: 
V. 3. 9 s, 11, 13. Der. hiero-glyphic. 
4'l€p-«vv|xos, ov, Hicronymus, an 
Elean, the oldest lochage in the di- 
vision of Proxenus, and influential foi 
good, iii. 1. 34 : vi. 4. 10. 

tT]p,t,* rjffO}, eiKa, a. ■^/ca (ei/nev. &, 
€tr]v, &c.) to send, throw, hurl, shoot, 
let fly. A., D. of missile, K-ard, et's, i. 5. 



ftlT€ 



to-T?i5Jit 



12: iv. 5. 18. M. lefiai (v. I. tc/iai, 'and sides of the horse. From the 
referred to eT/xi, 45 p) to send one's mountainous cliaraoter of their coun- 



self, luisten, hurrij on 
ewi, Lc, i. 5. 8 ; 8. 26 
tT]Te, idi, see d/ju, vii. 



spring, 
iv. 2. 7 s, 20. 
2. 2(3 ; 3. 4. 



try, liowever, and their habits of city- 
life, the Greeks used cavalry very 
much less than the eastern nations. 



iKavos, •>?, 6v, c, (I'/cw) reaching the i. 2. 4 ; 5. 2, 13 ; 6. 2s ; 8, 7. 



desired end, sufficient, enough; ade 
quate, required; able, capable, com- 
petent, qualified, adapted : Uavov [sc. 
Xcopiov] a sufficient distance: i., d., 6s, 
d}s, &(TTe : i. 1. 5 ; 2. 1 ; 3. 6 ; 7. 7 : ii. 
3. 4: V. 2. 30; 6.12, 30: vi. 4. 3. 

liKavws snfficicntlij, o^dequately, iv. 
3. 31. 

tiKCTevo), fi'/o-oj, to sui^plicate, entreat, 
hcsczch, A. I., vii. 4. 7, 10, 22. 

IK6TTJS, ov, (i/cw) one who comes for 
aid, a suppliant, vii. 2. 33. 



j tl-mrtKos, 'n, ov, of ov for cavalry: 
I subst. l-mrLKov [sc. aTpdrev/xa or ttX^- 
I 60s] cavalry [force]: i. 3. 12 ; 9. 31. 
I ttiriro-SpoiJLos, ov, 6, a race-course for 
I horses, hippodrome, i. 8. 20. 
j I'lriros, ov, b Tj, a horse, mare : airb 
iTTTTov [from a horse] on horseback: ol 
: LTTiroL sometimes = oi iinreXs the horse, 
. cavalry : i. 2. 7 ; 8. 3, 18 : vii. 3. 39. 
i Der. HiPPO-POTAMUS {river-horse). 
i 'Ipts, tos or ibos, 6, the Iris, a con- 
- siderable river in the northeast part 



'Ikoviov, ov, Iconium, an old city | of Asia Minor, flowing into the Eux- 
of Phrygia, near Lycaonia, in which ine, v. 6. 9 : vi. 2. 1. || The Yeshil- 
it was afterwards included. Paul Irmak, i. e. Green River. 
visited the city more than once, and 't<r9t, IVfisv, I'o-rc, I'orao-i, see bpana. 
made man}' converts. In the eleventh io-0jids, ov, 6, (el^tt) the place to go 
century, it became the capital of a (m, an isthmus : as a prop, name, the 
powerful Seljuk sovereignty, which Isthmus of Corinth, the neck of land 
gave it a prominent place in the his- (about five miles across, where nar- 
tory of the Crusades. It is still an rowest) connecting the Peloponnesew. 
important city, and the capital of a the mainland of Greece, and separat- 
pashalic. i. 2. 19. i|Konieh. {ing the Corintliian and Saronic Gulfs. 

["iKO) * poet. , to come, arrive, reach, | Repeated attempts were made and 
akhi to TjKoo, ii4d.] abandoned, to connect these gulfs by 

"iXcws, o}v, Att. contr. fr. "Tkdos, ov, " a canal. The famed Isthmian Games 
propitious, gracious, kind, vi. 6. 32. were here celebrated in honor of is'ep- 

"iXt], 7?s, a troop, esp. of horse, often : tune. ii. 6. 3. 
set at 64 men, i. 2. 16: fr. e?\w tocoi"/, ! t lo-d-ir\eupos, ov, (irXevpd) equal' 

tp.ds, dvTos, 0, a leathern strap or sided, equilateral, iii. 4. 19. 
thong, iv. 5. 14. ; I'cros, 77, ov, equal, d.: iv ta-cp on an 

'ijidiTiov, ov, (ewuixi to clothe) a gar- ! even line, v'ith equal step : e| Icov from 
inent, vestment, esp. an outer garment ; ; equal gi'ound, on an equality or pa.r : 
pi. clothes, clothing ; iv. 3. lis. \eis to taov upon equal ground, to a 

I'va* final conj., in order timt, so \ level : taov Kparelv to bear equal sway 
that, that, comm. w. subj. or opt., i. or Imve equal poioer : i. 8. 11: ii. 5. 7: 
3. 4, 15 ; 4. 18 ;^ 10. 18. iii. 4. 47 : iv. 6. 18 : v. 4. 32. Hence 

l'oi(ii, lovTos, IdvTwv, &c., see dp.i. iso- in many compounds, 
tl'inr-apxos, 01;, 6, (d/3xw) «/«>J0«rcA, I |l<ro-X6iXi^S, es, (x«Xos lip, brim) 
commander of caoalry, master of horse, \ level icith or up to the brim, iv. 5. 26. 
iii. 3. 20. j 'loro-ot, Civ, ol, and 'Itrcrds, ov, ri, 

tiinrao-ta, as, riding about, move- \ Issus or Issi, an important city in the 
ments on horse, ii. 5. 33. ! eastern part of Cilicia, at the head of 

ttirireia, as, cavalry, v. 6. 8. ! a gulf bearing its name (now the Gulf 

ttmre-us, e'ws, 6, Jwrseman, knight ; oi Scanderoon). ]N'ear it, b. c. 333, 
pi. cavalry, horse (collectively). The Alexander vron a great victory over 
Greek horseman Avas comm. armed Darius 1 11. i. 2. 24; 4.1. || Ruins near 
much like the hoplite ; exc. that he • the northeast extremity of the gulf, 
usually carried no shield, and hence icrre, see opdo;, i. 5. 16 ; 7. 3. 
wore a stouter cuirass. jMetallic aiinor ; l'<rTT]|i,i,* o-ttjctw, earrjKa (2 pf. eara- 
was also provided for the head, breast, \/j.€v, &c., eardvaL, ecrr c6s), pip. ia-r-riKeLP 

LEX. AX. E 



i<rTiov 



66 



KaQClta 



or elaTTjKeiv, 1 a. ^<JT'q<Ta, 2 a. ^arrjv, 
to set up, STATION ; to make stand or 
halt, to stop (trans.); A.; i. 2. 17; 10. 
14: — i/"., w. act. 2 a. and complete 
tenses (used preteritively), sto, to 
STAND, intrans. ; to stand ones ground, 
make a stand; but 1 a. m. to set tq:) 
for one's self, erect, a. ; i. 3. 2 ; 5. 2, 13 ; 
10. 1, 11 : iv. 6. 27; 7. 9. 

to-xtov, ov, (dim. of icrros weh) a sail, 
i. 5. 3. 

ficrxvpos, a, oi', s., strong, mighty, 
powerful ; veliement, severe ; i. 5. 9 : 
ii. 5. 22: iv. 5. 20 ; 7. 1: v. 8. 14. 

tl<rxup«s, c. brepov, strongly, forcibly, 
vigorously ; energetically, strenuously, 
resolutely ; vehemently, severely ; ex- 
ceedingly, very ; i.2.21; 5.11: iii.2.19. 

itrxvs, vos, 17, (ts vis, strength) strength, 
Tiiight, force; a force of soldiers, a 
strong force ; i. 8. 22 : iii. 1. 42. 

ikirxw (strengthened form of ^x'^^l-"^-) 
to hold, arrest, check. A., vi. 5. 13 : 
impers. lax^To it was held or held it- 
self, tfie matter stuck, the negotiation 
was suspended, vi. 3. 9. 

l'<ro)s adv., {laos) with equal chances, 
perJmps, probably ; sometimes, from 
Greek courtesy, where we might rather 
say doicbtlcss ; ii. 2. 12 : iii. 1. 37. 

'IraPeXtos, ov, Itabelius, a Persian 
commander, who went to the aid of 
Asidates, vii. 8. 15 : v. I. 'lTaixevri%,kc. 

Ixeov (fr. eX}n) IotIv it is necessary, 
proper, or best to go, one must or should 
go, 682, iii. 1. 7: vi. 5. 30. 

irvs, vos, T}, a rim, as of a shield ; 
a shield-rim ; iv. 7. 12. 

I'Toxrav, see et/xt, i. 4. 8 ? 

IX^s, vos, 6, a fish, i. 4. 9. Der. 
ICHTHYO-LOGY. The Syrian gods Da- 
gon and Derceto {who had also other 
names) were Avorshipped in a form 
human above, but fish-like below, 

Il^vos, eos, t6, and dim. in form 
Ixvi-ov, ov, a track, trace, footstep, i. 6. 
1 ; 7. 17 : vii. 3. 42. 

'Iwvla, ay, {"liopes lonians) Ionia, 
the central part of the western coast 
of Asia Minor, so named from its early 
colonization by the lonians, whose 
descent was tmced from Ion, gi-and- 
son of Deucalion. It was the favorite 
seat (with the adjacent islands) of early 
Greek letters and art, the home of 
Epic and Elegiac poetry, of Ionic archi- 
tecture, &c, ; but unfortunately, from 



its position, could not maintain its in- 
dependence against the Lydians and 
afterwards the Persians. Assistance 
given to the lonians was a pretext 
with the Persians for invading Greece, 
i. 4. 13 : ii. 1. 3. 
4'IcDviKos, rj, ov, Ionian, pertaining 
to Ionia, i. 1. 6. 



K. 

Ktt- often in crasis for koI a- or koI i-. 

KaYadds, Ka.y(a=^Kal dya65s, /cai iyw. 

Ka6' by apostr. for /card, before an 
aspirated vowel, i. 10. 4. 

Ka6d rel. adv., {Kad' a) according as, 
as, vii. 8. 4 ? 

Kadalp<i), apQ, KeKadapKa, a. eKaBripa 
or €Kd6dpa, {Kadapbs pure) to cleanse, 
purge ; to purify in a religious sense ;. 
A.; V. 7. 35. 

Kaddircp rel. adv., {KaQ'' airep) just 
according as, just as, even as, v. 4. 28. 

Ka6ap|xds, ov, 6, {Kadalpoj) purifica- 
tion, V. 7. 35. 

Ka0-€5o}JLai,* f. Kad-ebovpai, ipf. e^a- 
Oe^fxrjv, {e^ofML to sit, poet.) to seat 
one's self sit down ; to halt, rest; i. 5. 
9: iii. 1. 33: v. 8. 14. 

Ka0-€io-Ti^K€tv, see Ka6-i(TTr]/u. 

Ka6-€XKft),* e/\|w, ipf. etXKov, to draw 
or haul down, as vessels into the sea, 
to lawnch, a., vii. 1. 19. 

Ka6-€VTas, see Kad-iryu, vi. 5. 25. 

Ka0-ei)8*),* evdrja-o}, ipf. iKadevdov or 
Kadrjvdoy, {evdcj to sleep) to lie down 
and sleep, to sleep), repose, i. 3. 11. 

Ka6-Tj760fiai, -qaoixaL, rjyrymL, to lead 
doicn : ravra Kadrjyeladcu to conduct 
this enterjyrise, vii. 8. 9. 

KaO-TiSv-iraOeo), -qaw, (•^5i5s, wdax^) 
to revel down, to spend, waste, or 
sqiiander, in luxury or pleasure, A., 
i. 3. 3. 

KaA-i\K<a, Tj^o), ^Ka 1., to come down 
to, to reach or extend down, els, ewi, 
diro : to apjjertain to, belong as a duty, 
D. I.: i. 4.4; 9.7: iii. 4. 24 : iv.3. 11. 

Kd9-T]|JLa5,* pf. m. pret., f. pf. Kad-q- 
aop-ai 1., pip. eKadripLriv or Kad-qp-riv, 
{fjfMai to sit) to sit down, be seated, be 
in session, be encamped or statioiied, i. 
3. 12 ; 7. 20 : iv. 2. 5 s : vi. 2. 5. 

KadT^pat or -dpai, see Kadaipoj. 

KaG-l^o),* Kadiao} lQ), KCKddiKa L, a. 
€Kdd:<xa and Kaffiaa, (I'^w to seat, poet.) 



Ka9i-q(i.k 



67 



KaKiOS 



to make sit down, seat, set, place, A. 
eh, ii. 1. 4 : iii. 5. 17. 

Ka6-LT)}it,* r}(J(j}, eiKu, a. ■^/ca (c3, el's, 
&c.), to let down, as a spear for action, 
to lower, couch, a. eis, vi. 5. 25, 27. 

Ka0-i<rTr||ii,* ar-qao}, earrjaa, 1 a. 
iarriaa, 2 a. ^ctttjv, to fix or ss^ clown, 
settle, arrange, station, place, establish, 



Kaiva£, Civ, at, Coenm, a large city 
on the west bank of the Tigris (per- 
haps the Canneh of Ezek, 27. 23), ii. 
4. 28. II Kaleh Shergliat, so interesting 
in its remains, and believed by some 
to have been, for a long period, the 
capital of the Assyrian Empire. 

Kat-irgp adv., even indeed, used w. 



restore, bring, render, a. ; to constitute a part, (as also Kal even) to express 
or appoint, 2 A., ds, eTri: i. 4. 13 ; 10. concession, where the Eng. familiarly 
10 : iii. 2. 1, 5 : — M., w. act. 2 a. and ! uses though or although with a verb, 
complete tenses (used pret.), to station, 674 f : KaLirep ei'dores even [indeed know- 
set,place,fix,or establish one's self, totake ing] though they knew, i. 6. 10. Of. ii. 
01U s place or station ; to be established, 2>. 25: iii. 1. 29 : iv, 3. 33 : v. 5. 17 s. 
set,settlecl,ov placed; to result ox cvcntu- '' Katpos, ov, 6, occasion, opportunity, 
a,te; et's, eiri (to set one's self to, under- , season, juiicture, crisis, a fitting, prop- 
take, vi. 1. 22): but 1 a. m. to station, \cr, special, ov particular time, i.: /cat- 
set, or appoint for one's self, A. : i. 1. pbs eanv it is the proper time, there is 
3; 3. 8 ; 8. 3s, 6 : iv. 5. 19, 21. occasion; hence, there is need, it is 

KaQ-opaoi,^^ otpofiai, iuopdxa or eopd- necessary ov proper : ic Kaipcp in season, 
Ka, 2 a. eWou {idu, &c.), to look down' ojypoi'tunely, according to tlie occasion, 
upon, view, inspect, descry, discern, to the purpose : irpoawrepw rod Kaipov 
perceive, see. A., i. 8. 26 ; 10. 14. farther than there ivas occasion, farther 

Kttt* conj. & adv., (akin to Lat. than v:as necessary ov expedient : i.T .^ : 
que) and; often with a strengthened iii. 1.36, 39, 44: iv. 3. 34; 6.15. 
idea, which we express in Eng. by Kai-roi conj., and indeed, and cer- 



adding an adverb, and also, and even, 
and indeed, and especially, and the 
rather, and therefore ; also, even (some- 
times translated by other adverbs of 



tainly, and yet, however ; though, al- 
though ; i. 4'. 8 : y. 7. 10 : vii. 7. 39. 
Kaio> & Att. Kao),* KaOau}, KenavKa, 
to hum (trans.), set on fire, consicme 



like force, further, moreover, really, 1 by hre ; to kindle, maintain, or keep 
indeed, yet, still, only, &c.); i. 1. 1 s ; \^ip a fire, keep a fire burning ; of a 
3. 6, 13, 15 ; 6. 10 : iv. 5. 15 : vi. 2. 10 : i surgeon, to cauterize; a. : M. or P., 
Kal dq (Kai) and now {even), in suppo- \to burn, intrans. : i. 6. 1 s : iii. 5. 3, 
sition, V. 7. 9: Kal el (or edv, &c.), et 5s: iv. 5. 5 s : v. 8. 18. Der. caustic. 
Kai even if, although (and so Kai w. a j kclkcivos = Kal eKeivos, ii. 6. 8 ? 
part., like Kaiirep q. v.), iii. 2. 10, 22, j iKaK6-voia,as,ill-iviIl,Trp6s,\ii.7.4:5, 
24 : T^ . . Kai, Kal . . Kai, both . . and, > tKttKO-voos, ov, contr. KaKo-vovs, ovv, 
i. 3. 3 ; 8. 27_; see dXXcas. Kai is often | evil-minded, ill-disposed, ill-affected, 
used where in Eng. no connective, or inimical, d., ii. 5. 16, 27. 
one more specific Avould be preferred j t KaKO-iroie'w, 170-0;, to do evil to, treat 
(as for, wJien, but, as, &c.), 7020, 705, 1 ill, maltreat, a., ii. 5. 4? 
ii. 2. 10 ; 3. 18 : iv. 6. 2 : v. 4. 21. In KaKos, v, ov, c. KaKtcjv, s. KaKcaros, 
annexing several particulars, the Eng. | bad, evil, ill, loicked, vile, base, xvorth- 
more frequently uses the copulative i Zc5^5, d., irepi: bad in war, cowardly: 
w. the last only ; but the Greek w. subst. KttKov, ov, an evil, harm, in- 
all or none, i. 2. 22 : iii. 1. 3. The jury, mischief: i. 3. 18 ; 4. 8 ; 9. 15 : 
special relation of Kal to the Avord fol- ! ii. 5. 5, 16, 39. Der. caco-phony. 
lowing (and not to the word preced- j |KaKovp-y€«, -qcruj, to work evil to, to 
ing, as in the case of so vxi^w^ ^d.vX\-\injure,harm,harass, annoy, K.,y\.\.\. 
cles) wiJl not fail to be observed. For jKascovpYos, ov, {epyov) working evil, 



Kal yap, Kai yap ovv, see yap. Cf. de. 
KdiKos (l), 01;, 6, the Ca'icus, a river 
in the southwest part of Mysia, flow- 
ing near Pergamuni and through a 
fertile plain, vii. 8. 8, 18 ? HThe Ba- 
kir-Chai. 



criminal: masc. subst., an evil-doer, 
malefactor : i. 9. 13. 

jKaKoo), ibcno, pf. p. KeKaKio/xai, to in' 
jure, A., iv. 5. 35. 

JKaKws adv., c. kuklov, s. KaKia-ra, 
badly, ill; injuriously ; ivretchedly. 



KaKOKTlS 



68 



Kapiroo) 



miserahly, uncomfortably ; i. 4. 8 ; 5. 
16 ; 9. 10 : iii. 1. 43 : iv. 4. 14. See 

iKaKwcris, ews, t}, ill-trcatinent, abuse, 
G., iv. 6. 3. 

tKa\d|ir], Tjs, straw, v. 4. 27. 
KdXa}xos, Of, 6, calamus, a reed; 
collectively, fen- plants of this kind ; 
i. 5. 1 : iv. 5. 26. Der. calamity. 

KoXco),* KaXeaoj AraXtD, KeKXrjKa, a. 
iKdXeaa, a. p. eKXriOrfv, calo, to CALL, 
summon, invite, A. 67rt : to call, name, 
2 A. : TO Mrjdias KaXovjxevov reixos the 
so-called tcall of Media : sometimes 
31., to call to or for ones self, a. : i. 2. 
2,8: ii. 4. 12: iii. 3.1: vii.3.15; 6.38. 
KaXiv8£'o|iai in pr. & ipf., (akin to 
KvXxoo) to roll, intrans., v. 2. 31 ? 

tKaXX-wpeo), tJctw, KeKaXXi€pr]Ka,{i€p6v) 
A. k M. to sacrifice favorably or ivith 
good omens, to obtain good auspices in 
sacrifice, v. 4. 22 : vii. 1. 40 ; 8. 5. 

tKoXXt-jtaxos, ov, Callimachus, a 
brave and ambitions locbage from 
Parrhasia in Arcadia, iv. 1. 27; 7. 8. 

tKaXXiwv, KoXXio-TOs, see KaX6s. 

tKaXXos, eos, rb, beauty, ii. 3. 15. 

Der. CALLI-STHENICS. 

J KaXX-cdirio-ftds, ov, 6, {Cb\{/ face) fine 
appearance, ornament^ adornment, 1. 
9. 23. 

KttXds,* ?7, bv, c. KaXXtwv, s. kclXXl- 
CTos, beautiful (of 'both ])hysical and 
moral beauty, and also with reference 
to use or promise), beauteous, luind- 
some, fine, fair ; honorable, noble ; 
favorable, pro2ntious, auspicio7is ; ex- 
cellent, good; I.: to KaXbu honorable 
conduct, honor: eh KaXbv for good, op- 
portunely : i. 2. 22 ; 8. 15 : ii. 6. 18 s, 
28 : iv.V. 3 ; 8. 26. 'A7a^6s refers 
more to the essential quality of an 
object, and /caXos more to the impres- 
sion which it produces upon the eye 
or mind. See dpiaTos. 

KdXin^, 77s, Caljjc, a place with a 
good harbor, on the Bithynian coast 
of the Euxine, where Xenophon evi- 
dently longed to found a city, vi. 2. 
13 ; 3. 24 ; 4. 1. !| Kirpeh. 

KaXxT]8ovia, KaXxT]8»v, = XaXK-rj- 
dopia, XaXK7}5(J}v, 167 b, vi. 6. 38 ? 

KaXws adv., c. kclXXIov, s. /cdXXtcrra, 
(KoXbs) beautifully, handsomely, fine- 
ly, honorably, properly ; favorably, 
prospercnisly, successfully, advanta- 
geously ^ well : KaXQs ^x^iv or elj'at to 



be, go, or result well, be right, proper, 
safe, in good condition, properly ar- 
ranged, &c. : i. 2. 2 ; 8.13; 9. 17 s, 23 : 
iii. 1. 6 s, 16, 43. See eyw, irpdrTio. 

Kupivco, Kafj-ou/xaL, K€Kjj.r/Ka, 2 a. ^Aca- 
fiov, to labor, toil; to be tveary, fa- 
tigued, exhausted, disabled, sick: ol 
Kd,avovT€s the sick or disabled: p. : iii. 

4. 47: iv. 5. 17 s: v. 5. 20. 

Kdp.01, K&v, Kdv, KavTcvOev, Kdireira, 
by crasis for /cat efxcl, Kal dv, kol ev, koI 
euTevOcv, Kcd eweiTa, i. 3. 20 : ii. 3. 9. 

Kdv8vs, fos, 6, an outer garment 
with large sleeves, worn b}^ the Medes 
and Persians ; an overcoat, robe; i. 5. 8. 

KaiTT^Xciov, ov, [KdirriXos caupo, huck- 
ster) a Mickster's shop, an inn, i. 2. 24. 

KairtGr], rjs, a capithe, a Persian 
measure = 2 xoti'i/ces, i. 5. 6. 

Kairvds, ov, 6, smoke, ii. 2. 15, 18. 

Ka'n"ira8oK£a, as, Capjmdocia, a 
mountainous region in the eastern part 
of Asia Minor, north of the Taurus, 
chiefly pastoral, and noted for its fine 
horses. Its men were reputed as of 
little worth, i. 2. 20; 9.7: vii. 8. 25. 

Kdirpos, ov, 6, aper, a ivild boar, ii.. 
2. 9. 

Kap^arCvt], 77s, a carbatine or brogue, 
a rude protection for the foot, resem- 
bling a low moccasin, and said to have 
been named from its Carian origin, iv, 

5. 14 (777. 2). 

Kap8la, as, cor, the heart, ii. 5. 23. 
Der. CARDIAC. 

tKap8oiix6ios or KapSovxios, a, ov, 
Carduchian (Koordish), iv. 1. 2 s. 

Kap8ovxos, ov, 6, a Carduchian. 
The CardUclii were a race of fierce, 
independent, and predatory moun- 
taineers, living east of the Tigris, from 
whom the modern Koords have de- 
rived their name, lineage, and charac- 
ter, iii. 5.15: iv. 1.8s. \\AKoord,in 
Armenian Kordu, plur. Kordukh (to 
the plur. ending of Avhich, the -xoi in 
KapSouxot seems analogous). 

KdpKao-os, ov, 6, Carcasus, a small 
and otherwise unknown stream, vii. 
8. 18 : V. I. KdtVos. 

tKapiraCa, as, the Carpaian or [Crop] 
Farm Dance, a mimic dance of the 
Thessalians, vi. 1. 7. 

Kapirds, ov, b, the produce, fruits, 
or crojys of the earth, ii. 5. 19. 

|Kapirdw, cicrw, to bear fruit : M. to 
gather the fruits of, reap, a., iii. 2. 23. 



Kdporos 



69 



KaraGedoiiou. 



Kdp <ros or Ke'po-os, ov, 6, tJu Car- 
sus or Cersus, a small stream separat- 
ing Cilicia from Syria, i. 4. 4, || The 
3Ierkez. 

Kapvov, ov, a nut; in the Anab., 
the ch-cstnut, which afterwards became 
so common an article of food in south- 
ern Europe, v. 4. 29, 32. [i. 5. 10. 

Kopcj)!], rj5, {Kdp(pu} Ep., to dry) hay, 

KaoTTwXos, ov, i], Castolus, a town 
of Lydia, which gave its name to one 
of the great muster-fields of the Per- 
sian army. Kiepert places this field 
at the junction of the Hermus and 
Cogamus, a few mQes northeast of 
Sardis. i. 1. 2 ; 9. 7. 

Kara* prep., by apostr. Kar or 
Ka9', down, opp. to avd : w. Gex. of 
place, down from, doivji, i. 5. 8 : iv. 
2. 17; Kara yrjs [down from] under the 
earth, vii. 1. 30 : — w. Ace. of place 
or person, doicn along, along, along 
side of ; also translated hy, over, over 
against, against, opposite, upon, in, 
at, about, near, to, throughout, &c.; 
i.5. 10; 8.12,26; 10.9: iv. 6. 23 s: 
vii. 2. 1, 28 ; k. yrjv {ddXarTav) hy land 
{sea), i. 1. 7 ; k. ttju yetpvpav along or 
over the bridge, vi. 5. 22 ; k. ravra 
along this shore, \i\. 5. 13 : — denoting 
conformity, connection, purpose, man- 
ner, according to, in respect to, as to, 
for, in, hy, kc, ii. 2. 8 ; 3. 8 : iii. 5. 2 ; 
K. x^paj/ [according to place] in iJie 
proper places or order, i. 5. 17 : vi. 4. 
11 ; TO K. TouTov elvai so far as regards 
him or he is concerned, 665 b, i. 6. 9 ; 
K. Tavrd according to the same method, 
in the sanie ivay, v. 4. 22 ; Kad' avrbu 
by himself, vi. 2. 13: forming adv. 
phrases w. abstract nouns, see i](Tvxia, 
Kpdros : — distributively, hy, among, 
each or every, kc, w. sing, or plur., 
i. 2. 16 ; K. kOvT} or idvo^, by 'iuitions, 
or nation by nation, i. 8. 9 : v. 5. 5 ; 
Kad' em one by one, iv. 7. 8 ; k. rerpa- 
Kt(rxtXioi;s 4000 at a time, iii. 5. 8 ; k. 
iviavTov each year, yearly, annually, 
iii. 2. 12 ; k. tovs x^poi^s in the dAjfer- 
ent places, through tlie region, vii. 2. 3. 
— In compos., down, downwards, 
along, agabist ; often strengthening 
the idea, or implying completeness 
{downright), or rendering the verb 
transitive. 

KiTa-i3aiv«,* ^Tjjo-xai, ^e^r^Ka, 2 a. 
^,3r]v, to go or com.e down, descend, as 



from the interior to the sea-coast, from 
a hill, horse, carriage, into the arena, 
&c. ; to dismount; to enter the lists; 
eis, Trpos, drro : i. 2. 22 s : ii. 2. 14 ; 5.22: 
iv. 2. 20 ; 8. 27. 

I Kard-Pao-is, ews, t), tlie way or pas- 
sage down, descent, eis, €k : return to 
the sea-coast; iii. 4. 37 : v. 2. 6 ; 5. 4. 

Kara-pXaKeiiw, eucrw, to treat negli- 
gently or slothfully, a., vii. 6. 22. 

KaT-a"yoL7oi[it, see Kar-dyw, i, 2. 2. 

Kar-cYYeWo), eXu), ijyyeXKa, to in- 
form against, expose, denounce, a., ii. 
5. 38. 

Kard-Yctos or -yaios, ov, (yij) under- 
ground, subterranean, iv. 5. 25. 

Kara-YcXdw,* daoixai, a. iyeXaaa, 
to laugh [against] at, jeer at, deride, 
ridicule, G. ; to mock, exult, triumph; 
i. 9. 13: ii^4. 4; 6. 23, 30. 

KaT-d-yvvfJLi,* d^w, 2 pf. pret. in- 
trans. ^dya, a. ia^a, {dyvvpn to break) 
to break in pieces, crush, a., iv. 2. 20, 

KaTa-YOT]T€V)ti> or yor\Tiv(a, evaoj, 
(7677s a wizard) to bewitch, spell-hind, 
A., V. 7. 9. 

Kar-dYw,* d^w, ^x^-^ 2 a. i^yayov, to 
lead or bring down or back, restore, to 
bring [down from the high sea] ashore 
ov into iJort, a.: sc. irXola, kc, to put 
in, come ashore : M. to return, arrive, 
eirl : i. 1. 7 ; 2. 2 : iii. 4. 36 : v. 1. 11 s : 
vi. 6. 3. 

Kara-Sairavdw, tjctw, dedaTrdy-rjKa, to 
expend to the bottom, wholly consume, 
trans., ii. 2. 11. 

Kara-SeiXido), cco-w, (SetXos) to cower 
down, shrink from through fear, A., 
vii. 6. 22. 

Kara-SiKd^ci), dcro), dediKaKa 1., (dt- 
Kd^oj to judge, St/c??) to give sentence 
against, condemn, pass judgment, g. 
I., 6'rt, V. 8. 21 : vi. 6. 15. 

KaTa-8i(0KCi), * w^w or db^ofjcai, dedico- 
Xa, to chase or drive down or off, a., 
iv. 2. 5. 

KaTa-8o|d^(i), d(TO}, to judge to any 
one's discredit, i. (a.), "vii, 7. 30. 

KaTa-8paji6iv, -wv, see /cara-rpex'^- 

KaTa-8v&>,* 8iJ(roj, dedvKa, 1 a. edvaa, 
2 a. ^bvv, to sink down, droicn, a., i. 
3. 17: J/., w. pf. & 2 a. act., to sink 
or drovjn, intrans., Kard, /aexp^, iii- 5. 
11: iv. 5. 36: vii. 7. 11. 

KaTa-6€dop,ai, daoixai, rededfiai, to 
look down upon, view or survey, take 
a view or survey, a., i. 8. 14 : vi. 5.30. 



KaraOe'iJ^yos 



70 



KaTairqSdw 



KaTa-6€|Ji.EVOs, see KaTa-TlOrjixi, 

KaTa-0eo>,* dev<joixaL, to run down, 
ets, €iri, vi. 3. 10 ? vii. 3. 44. 

Kara-Ovft) (v),* dvadi, redvKa, to lay 
down as an otfeiing, to sacrifice, offer, 
A. D., iii. 2. 12 : iv. 5. 35 : v. 3. i3. 

KaT-aio-)cuvft), vvQ), to shame down, 
disgrace, dishonor, put to shame, i^rove 
tmworthj/ of, A., iii. 1. 30 ; 2. 14. 

Kara-xaivci), * Kavu), 2 pf. r. KeKOva 
or K^Kava, 2 a. ^Kavov, (/caiJ'w = Krdvui) 
to cut down, Icill, slay, put to death, 
A., i. 6. 2 ; 9. 6 : iii. 2. 39 : vii. 6. 36. 

KQ.Ta-Kaic» & Att. -KUft),* Katjauj, kc- 
KavKa, to hum doivn or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, bum up ; to 
consu'ine, hum, destroy or lay ivastc hy 
Jire; A.; i. 4. 10, 18 : iii. 3. 1 ; 5. 13. 

KaTa-Ksijxai,* K€icrofj.ai, to lie down, 
lie on the ground, lie inactive, lie, re- 
cline, rest, repose, ev, iii. 1. 13 s. 

KaTa-K£Kd\{/60-9ai, see /cara-KOTrroj. 

KaTa-KT]pijTT«, v^(j}, KCKTjpvxa, to en- 
join "by proclamation, A., ii. 2. 20. 

KaTa-KXelo), KXeicru}, KeKXema, pf. p. 
K^KXeL/xac or -eiCywat, a. p. €Kkel(TdT]v, to 
sMit down or, from a different form of 
conception, to shut up, enclose, con- 
fine, A., eh, etaoi, iii. 3. 7 ; 4. 26. 

KaT-aKovrt^os), iVw iw, to shoot down 
or to death, vii. 4. 6. 

Kara-KoirTw,* /coi/'w, KeKocpa, f. pf. 
KeK'j\poiJ.ai, 2 a. p. eKOTrTjv, to cut down, 
off, ov to pieces, to slay, x., i.2.25; 5.16. 

KaTa-KTdo)iai, KTrjaofxai, KeKrrjsxai, 
to win over, acquire, gain. A., vii. 3. 
31 ? 

Kara-KTCivw, * ktcvC), 2 pf. eKTova, 

1 a. €!CT€LPa, 2 a. ch. poet. tKtavov, A., 
to cut down, kill, slay, i. 9. 6 ? ii. 5. 
10 : iv. 8. 25 : v. 7. 27. 

KaTa-KwXtici) {v), •uaui, KeKdjKvKa, to 
hinder downright, detain, keep, stop, 
A., V. 2. 16 : vi. 6. 8. 

KaTa-Xafipdvft),* Xi7i/'o,uat, e'i\'q(f>a, 

2 a. eXa^ov, pf. p. €'LX7]/j.^u.at, a. ^. iXrj- 
(pdyjv, to take down, seize upon, seize, 
occupy, take possession of, take hy sur- 
prise, overtake, catch, A. ; to light ujjon, 
find, A. p. ; i. 3. 14 ; 8. 20 ; 10. 16, 18 : 
ii. 2. 12: iii. 1.8; 3.8s: iv.5.7,24,30. 

Kara-XeYft),* Xe^w,to reckon or charge 
against one, account, a. qtl, ii. 6. 27. 

Kara-XeiTrto, * XeL^io, 2 pf. XiXoLira, 
2 a. tXiTTov, a. p. iXeicpdi^u, to leave 
down in its place, leave behind, leave, 
abandon, desert, a. : M. to remain be- 



hind : i. 2. 18; 8. 25 : iii. 1. 2; 2. 17-, 
5. 5 : V. 6.^12. 

Kara-Xevb), Xevcroi}, a. p. iXeijaOrjv, 
(Xeuw to stone) to stone [down] to death, 
A., i. 5. 14 : V. 7. 2, 19, 30. 

KaTa-XT]\j/o|i,ai, -Xt]<{)0«, see Kara- 
Xafj.(3dvcj, i. 10. 16 : iv. 7. 4. 

Kara-XiTrgiv, -Xnrtjv, see Kara-Xeiiroo. 

Kar-oXXaTTw,* d^w, ijXXaxa, 2 a. p. 
TjXXdyTiv, {oXXaTTO) to change, dXXos) 
to change to a settled or calm state, 
as from enmity to friendship, to rec- 
oncile : P. to he or become reconciledy 
i. 6. 1. 

Kara-Xo-yt^ofJiai, laofiaL lovfiai, \e\6- 
yta-fxaL, to set down to one's account, 
compute, reckon, consider, a., v. 6. 16. 

KaTa-X«w,* Xva(a, XeXvKa, to loose 
from under, unyoke; hence, to halt, 
rest ; to dissolve, terminate, A. ; to cease 
from action or contest, make peace, 
irpbz : i. 1. 10 ; 8. 1 ; 10. 19 : vi. 2. 12. 

KaTa-}iav6dv(o,* ixad-qcroiiai, fj-e/xd- 
d7}Ka, 2 a. €[xadov, to learn thoroughly, 
observe well, understand, perceive, find, 
A. cp., p., i. 9. 3: ii. 3. 11 : v. 8. 14. 

KaT-a|X€X£(o, Tytrw, rjfiiXijKa, to he 
quite negligent, v. 8. 1. 

KaTa-(i€Vft),* /xevC}, fiefxevrjKa, a. ejnei- 
va, to remain upon the spot, remain, 
stay behind, settle down, v. 6. 17, 19, 
27 ': vi. 6. 2, 28. 

KaTa-p.€pi^a), lew iw, to divide into 
portions, distribute, A. d., vii. 5. 4. 

KaTa-[XT]v^£«), -caw, p.€fx.r}vvKa, to in- 
form against, expose, 'make known, A., 
ii. 2. 20 ? 

Kara-fi.i'yvvfJ.i or -via* fii^o}, (judyi'v- 
[XL misceo, to mix) to mingle down : 
M. intrans. Kare/xiyvvovTo els rds irb- 
Xeis they [mingled down into the cit- 
ies] settled in the cities, mingling ivith 
tlie inhabitants, vii. 2. 3. 

Kara-voew, rjaw, vevorjKa, to observe, 
watch, or consider carefully, discern, 
reflect ujjon. A., i. 2. 4 : vii. 7. 43, 45. 

KaT-avTi-irepds or -dv (also written 
/car dvTiirepas or -av) [along the region 
over against] over against, opposite, G., 
i. 1. 9\ iv. 8. 3. 

KaTa-irefJLTrft),* Tr^/xi/'o;, iriirofi(})a, to 
send doion, as fr. the interior to the 
sea-coast. A., i. 9. 7. 

KaTa-ireo-giv, -wv, see KaTa-iriwTb}. 

KaTa-ircTpdta, d>ao}, to stone [down] 
to death, A., i. 3. 2. 

KaTa-irT]8da), rjcro/xai, ireTriqS-qKa, a. 



KaTaimrra) 



71 



Karcxo) 



iinqStjaa, {inrjhdio to hap) to leap or 
spring down, diro, i. 8. 3, 28. 

KaTa-irtirro), * ireaodixaL, ireirTiOKa, 
2 a. eireaov, to fall down or to the 
ground, fall of from a horse, iii. 2. 19. 

KaTa-'iroX€|Xsa), 7?craj, ireiro\eix7]Ka, to 
war down, conquer in icar, A. , vii. 1. 27. 

KaTa-irpaTTO),* Trpd^w, ireirpaixa., to 
accomplish, achieve, gain : M. to accom- 
plish, tb;., for one s self : A. D. : i. 2. 2 : 
vii. /. 17, 27, 46. 

Kar-apaoftat,* (icro/xat, ijpdjxai, {dpd- 
o/ittt to pray) to pray against, invoke 
curses upon, eo:eerate, curse, D., v. 6. 4 : 
vii. 7. 48, 

KaTtt-o-p€VVV}U,* a^eaoj, ea^-qKa, 
((TJ3€vuv,u.L to quench) to e^:ti7iguish or 
pict out entirely, a., vi. 3. 21, 25. 

KaTa-crKeSavvvfJii,* aKeddau} crKedQ, 
A. or M. to sprinkle or throw clown, 
as the Aviiie remaining in one's cup, 
A. G. ? vii. 3. 32 ? 

KaTa-o-KeiTTOfiai,* aKe.pofiai, eaKeix- 
aai, to look down upon, inspect, ex- 
aininCy a., i. 5. 12. 

KaTa-<r!C€va^&), da-u, pf. p. iaKev- 
aa-fiaL, to prepare fully or \vti\\, furnish, 
equip, improve, A. ets : M. to make 
arrangements: i.9.19: iii.2.24; 3.19. 

KaTa-(rKT]v£c«>, "OTUi, or -(rKT|vda>, d^aix}, 
to camp down, encamp, iv, els, ii. 2. 16 : 
iii. 4. 32 s: vii. 4. 11. 

KaTa-o-JCOTTTJ, 77s, (KaTa-crKeirTOfiai) 
inspection, espionage, vii. 4. 13. 

KaTa-CTrdo),* dao), ecnraKa, a. p. 
i<nrdjdr]u, to drag OT pull down, A., i. 
9. 6. 
t KaTa-orao-is, ews, i), condition, con- 
stitution, V. 7. 26. 

KaTa-<rTT|(ro|xai, -<r(o, -tras, see ica^- 
i(r7-77at, i. 3. 8 ; 4. 13 : iii. 2. 1.- 

KaTa-orpaToireSevM, etJo-w, to fix 
down in camp : M. to encamp, iii. 4. 
18 : iv. 5. 1 : vi. 3. 20. 

KaTa-o-Tpec}>ft),* e^poj, earpocpxl., to 
bend down, overturn : J/, to subjugate 
to one's self, subdue, conquer, a., i. 9. 
14 : vii. 5. 14 ; 7. 27. 

KaTa-o-4>aTTa>,* d^w, 2 a. ^. iatpd- 
yrjv, to jnd to death, a., iv. 1. 23. 

KaTa-o-X€iv, see /car-e'xw, iv. 8. 12. 

KaTa-o-xt^ti>, iaoj, to split or Jiew 
down, cut or burst through, a., vii. 1. 
16. 

KttTa-T€iVft),* T€vu}, TeraKu, to stretch 
tight, strain, urge, insist, ii. 5. 30. 

Kara-Tcp-vw,* re/iu), reTfnjKa, to cut 



down or rw pieces; cut or rfzgr ditches; 
A.; ii. 4. 13 : iv. 7. 26. 

KaTa-Ti9T]p,i,* d-qcToj, TedeiKO,, 2 a. 
771.. id€,ur)v, to ^Jit^ down: 21. to put 
doiun or deposit one's own or for one's 
self, ^0 to?/ or treasure wo, reserve, 
secure, a. D., eis, ev, irapd, i. 3. 3 : ii. 
5. 8 : V. 2. 15 : vii. 6. 34. 

Kaxa-TiTpwo-Kw,* Tp(joau>, to wound 
severel}^ a., iii. 4. 26 ? iv. 1. 10. 

Kara-Tp4\(ii,* 8pafwd/xai., dedpdfnjKa, 
2 a. edpa,aov, to run down, v. 4. 23. 

KaT-avXl^op.ai, icro/xai, r)v\ia-fjiM.i 1., 
a. jL). 7)v\Ladr}p, to camp down, enca.mp, 
iv, vii. 5. 15. 

KaTa-<t>a7€iv, see Kar-eo-^toj, iv.8.14. 

KaTa-4>aviqs, es, {(paivu) clearly seen^ 
in plain view, conspicuous, visible, in 
sight, i. 8. 8 : ii. 3. 3 ; 4. 14. 

KaTa-()>evYa>,* (pev^ofiai, Tre^irya, 
2 a. e(f>vyov, to flee for refuge, take 
refuge, escajje, eis, i.5.13: iii. 4. 11. 

KaTa-<f>pove6), •J7<rw, irecftpdvrjKa, to 
think [down] inferior, despise, regard 
ivith contempt, iii. 4. 2 : v. 7. 12 ? 

KaTa-x«pi^«, iVoj lG), to [set down] 
station or ccrrange sejKcrately, assign, 
distinct places to, place, a., vi. 5. 10. 

KaT-ea|a, see Kar-dywixL, iv. 2. 20. 

KaT-epT]v, see Kara-^aiuu}. [1. 22. 

KaT-eyyuaw r. Z. = Trap-eyyvdoj, vii. 

KaT-€9€p.T]v, see Kara-Tld-qfjiL, i. 3. 3. 

KaT-€i8ov, see Kad-opdu), iv. 6. 6. 

KaT-€iXT]<^a, -6iXT)p.p.at,* -€Xif|(}>0T]V, 
see Kara-Xa/jL^duu}, i. 8. 20 : iv. 1. 20 s. 

KaT-€ip.i,* ipf. yeiv, (elui) to go or 
come dmcn, descend, v. 7. 13. 

KaT-€ixov, see /car-ex'*'* i^- 2. 6. 

KaT-€p"Ya^op.ai,* d<xo,aat, eipyaa-ptutf 
a. elpya<jdix-qv, to ivork out, accomplish^ 
achieve, gccin, A., i. 9. 20 : vi. 2. 10. 

KaT-€p\op.at,* eXeuaofiat, eXrjXvda, 
2 a. ^X6ov, to go or co??i« ctoi^*?i or &«cA:, 
return, vii. 2. 2. 

KaT-€tr0ift),* edofiai, edridoKa, 2 a. 
€(f>ayov, to eat down or, from a differ- 
ent form of conception, ecU up, devour, 
iv. 8. 14. 

Kar-eo^v, -eo-rqca, see Kad-ia-TTjfjLi. 

KaT-eT€Tp,T||XT]v, scc Kara-Te/Jivu). 

KaT-erpoxra, see Kara-rtrpwa-zca;. 

KaT-ex«,* e^w or (xxv<^^, ^(^X'H'^^'-j 
ipf. etxoj', 2 a. l(rxoj', to hold dmcn or 
/as^, retain, restrain, a.; ^0 forbid, 
compel, A. I. ; to occupy, hold, possess, 
A. ; to [have one's self or one's vessel] 
come from the high sea to the shore. 



KaTi\yopi(a 



72 



Kep^epos 



to arrive "by sea, land; ii. 6. 13 : iii. 
1. 20 : iv. 2, 5 s : vi. 1. 33 : vii. 7. 28 s. 

KaT-T]"yop€0), -qaw, Kar-Tf/SpTjKa, {dyo- 

pevo)) to speak against, accuse, charge, 

denounce, G. CP. , Trpos, v. 7. 4 : vii. 7. 44, 

j. KaT-'q'yopia,as, aTi accusation, charge, 

V. 8. 1. 

KaT-T]p6|xi5«, /(Toj tcD, or Kar-'qpcixea), 
?y(rw, {ijp^iJ.a quietly) to quiet down, 
calm, tranquillize, A., vii. 1. 22, 24. 

KaT-i8€iv, -t8oi(it, -i8<ov, see Kad-o- 
pdco, i.10.14: iv. 3. 11 ; 4. 9. 

KaT-i«v, see Kar-eitxi, v. 7. 13. 

Kar-oiKCO), -^aco, i^K-qKa, to dwell as a 
settled resident, reside, ev, v. 3. 7. 

Kar-oiKi^o), iVfa; tcD, to found or build 
a city, A., V. 6. 15 : vi. 4. 7. 

Kax-opvTTft), i;fw, opjjpvxa, a. ji?. cipj;- 
X^i?'', to sink by digging, bury, a., 
iv. 5. 29 : v. 8. 9, 11. 

Kdrti) adv., («:aTc£) down, downwards, 
in the descent ; below, beneath : to ko,- 
rw [sc. /iepos] the lower part : iv. 2. 28 ; 
5. 25 ; 8. 20, 28. 

Kav|j.a, aros, rb, {Kalw) burning heat, 
heat, i. 7. 6, 

Kav(ri|jLos, oj', (Kaiw) combustible, vi. 
3. 15, 19. 

KaiJoTpov IleSiov, Caystri Campus, 
the Plain of Cayster, a town of Phry- 
gia, at the crossing of two great thor- 
oughfares, (not on the Cayster which 
flowed by Ephesus, and was noted for 
its swans), i. 2. 11. |1 Near Bulavadin. 

Kao) an Att. form for Kai(a, q. v. 

K^-yXpos, ov, 6, milium (akin to jme 
"XivT) q. v.), a kind of millet, a plant 
which bears abundantly a small grain 
valued in some countries for food ; or 
the grain itself ; i. 2. 22. 

KCKpa^a, see Kpd^co, vii. 8. 15. 

K€ip.ai.,^' Keiaofiai., ipf. iKeifxrjv, (cf. 
Lat. cubo) to lie ; to lie dead, or as if 
dead ; to rest ; to be laid, placed, or 
situated, sometimes used as a pass, of 
rW-qixi : €v, eiri, &c. : i. 8. 27 : ii. 4. 12 : 
iii. 1. 21 ; 4. 10 : iv. 8. 21. 

K€KTT)|iai, see KTaofiai, i. 7. 3. 

!K€Xaivai, cDj/, at, Celcencc, a city of 
Phrygia, having a strong citadel and 
two palaces, i. 2. 7 s. |1 Dinair. 

KcXevo), eijaw, KCKeXevKa, (/ceXAw to 
impel, cf. Lat. cello, celer) to bid (to 
tell a person to do a thing, whether 
in the way of command, counsel, re- 
quest, or permission) ; to command, 
order, direct, urge, advise, exhort, 



request, invite; A. i., AE.; i. 1. 11 ; 
3.8,16; 5.8; 6.2s: ii.5.2: vi.6.14. 

K€vds, V, bv, empty, void, vacant, 
unoccupied, without, G. ; groundless, 
idle ; i. 8. 20 : ii. 2. 21 : iii. 4. 20. 

K€vo-Td<j>iov, OV, {rdcfios) an empty 
tomb, CENOTAPH, vi. 4. 9. The super- 
stition of the Greeks respecting the 
essential importance of burial rites, 
inclined them especially to pay this 
tribute to the unrecovered dead. 

K6VT€<o, rjcro}, to prick, goad, torture, 
A., iii. 1. 29. Der. centre. 

KcvrptTT]?, ov, Centritcs, a bianch 
of the Tigris, separating Armenia from 
the land of the Carduchi, iv. 3. 1. 
II Buhtan-Chai. 

tK£pdp.iov, ov, an earthen jar ; as 
a measure for liquids, the ceramium 
= about 6 gallons, estimated by Hus- 
seyat5gan. 7.577 pts. ; vi. 1. 15 ; 2.3. 

Kepdp.ioc, a, cv, {Kepafxos clay) made 
of clay, earthen, iii. 4. 7 : v. I. Kcpafie- 
ovs (a, ovv), K€pdfX€Los, Kepdixivoi. 

Kipap-ttv 'A-yopd, Forum Ceramo- 
rum. Market of the Ceramians, a town 
of Phrygia near the confines of Mysia, 
i. 2. 10. II Near Ushak. See p. 152. 

K€pdvvvp.i, * Kepdcw 1., KCKcpaKa 1., 
a. eKepaaa, a. p. eKpddrju or eKepdcBriv, 
to mix, 7ningle, esp. wine w. water, A. 
D., i. 2. 13 : V. 4. 29. 

Kcpas,* Kepdros Kepws, rb, a horn of 
an animal ; hence, as originally made 
from this, a horn for blowing or to 
drink from, a cornet, a drinking -cup or 
beaker ; a sharp mountain peak (cf. the 
Swiss Schreck-horn, kc); the [horn] 
icing of an army ; a body of troops 
marching in column, a column of sol- 
diers (Kara K^pas in column, iv. 6. 6); 
i. 7. 1 : ii. 2. 4 : v. 6. 7 : vi. 5. 5 : vii. 
3. 24. Der. rhino-ceros. Cf. cornu. 
tKepao-ovvTios, ov, 6, a Cerasuntian, 
V. 5. 10 ; 7. 17 ; a man of 

Kepao-ovs, ovvtos, ij, {abounding in 
cherries, fr. Kepaabs cerasus, cherry- 
tree, 375 f, 207 c) Cerasus, a city of 
Pontus, on the Euxine, a Sinopean 
colony. The cherry was sent to Italy 
from this region by Lucullus, about 
70 B. c. V. 3. 2. II Kerasun-Dereh. 

Kspdrivos, 77, ov, {Kcpas) mMde of horn, 
horn, vi. 1. 4. 

Kc'pPepos, ov, 6, Cerberus, the huge, 
fierce, many-headed watch-dog of Ha- 
des, vi. 2. 2. 



KcpSafvw 



73 



kX^os 



tKCpSaiVft),* avu, K€K^pdrjKa, to gain, 
A., ii. 6. 21. 

tKcpSaX^os, a, ov, c. wrepos, gainful, 
profitable, lucrative, i. 9. 17. 

K6p8os, eos, TO, gain, profit, wages, 
pay, i. 9. 17 : vi. 2. 10. 

Keporos, V. I. = Kdpcros, i. 4. 4. 

K€pTa)vos (^) or -6v, oO, Certonus 
or -wwi, a town in southwest Mysia, 
vii. 8. 8 : v. I. KeprdovLov, Keprovtov, 
KvTJjfiou. II Aiwaly. 

t K€£J)a\-aX.7Tis, h, (aXyoi pain) apt to 
cause Jieadaxhe, ii. 3. 15 s. 

Kc^aXrj, 7]s, caput, the head, i. 8. 6 ; 
10. 1. Der. CEPHALIC. 

Kex- in redupl. for x^X"? 159^- 
tKT]8£ftwv, ovos, 6, a guardian, pro- 
tector, intercessor, iii. 1. 17. 

K'/jSoiiac^ to care ov provide for, G., 
vii, 5. 5. 

K7]piov, OV, (Krjpos beeswax, cf. Lat. 
cera) a honeycomb, iv. 8. 20. 

tKT]pflK€tovorKtipOKtov, OV, caduceus, 
a herald's wand or staff, v. 7. 30. 

tKTJpv^ or KT]pv|, vKos, 6, tt hcrold, 
whose office and person were sacred, 
ii. 1. 7; 2. 20. 

KT]pvTTci>, i;^w, K€Kripvxo., to proclaim, 
as a herald, or by a herald, d. i. (a.), 
AE., CP., ii. 2, 21 : iii. 4. 36 (eKrjpv^e, 
sc. 6 Kr}pv^, proclamation was made, 
571 b) : iv. 1. 13 : vii. 1. 7, 36. 

KT]({>i(ro-S(i)pos, 01^, 6, Cephisodorus, 
a lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17; 
son of 

Ki](j>i(ro-4>(ov, cDj/ro?, 6, Cephisophon, 
an Athenian, iv. 2. 13, 

KiPidTiov, ov, (dim. of kIjSootos a 
looodcn box) a chest, vii. 5. 14. 

tKiXiKia, as, Cilicia, the southeast 
province of Asia Minor, occupying a 
narrow, but well-watered and fertile 
space between Mt. Taurus and the 
Mediterranean. Cicero was proconsul 
of Cilicia, b. c, 51 ; and here Pompey 
subdued the pirates, B. c. 67. i. 2. 20s. 
Its name remains in the present /c/it'Z?', 

KtXi|, iKos, 6, a Cilician, i, 2, 12 : 
4. 4. — Feminine 
jKiXio-o-a, 77s, a Cilician woman (or 
queen), i. 2, 12, 14, 

tKiv8uv€w«, evau}, KCKivdOvevKa, to be 
in peril, incur or encounter danger, 
AE. ; to be in danger of, to be likely, i. ; 
Kivbvvevei as inipers., there is danger : 
i, 1. 4 : iv. 1, 11 : v. 6. 19 : vii. 6. 36. 

KivSvvos, ov, 6, danger, peril, risk : 



KLvdvvbs (ia-Ttp) there is danger, I. (a.), 
[li} '. TovTo kIvSvuos this is a danger, 
there is danger of this : i. 7. 5 : ii. 5.17: 
iv. 1. 6 : V. 1. 6 : vii. 7. 31. 

KiV€o>, 7f<T0), K€KivT)Ka, to movc, stiv, 
remove, keep in motion, trans. ; but 
M., w, aor. p., intrans. ; a-wo, €k : iii. 
4. 28 : iv. 5. 13 : v. 8. 15 : vi. 3. 8. 

KtTTos, OV, 6, the ivy, v. 4. 12. 

KXe-a^opas, ov, Cleagoras, a painter 
who embellished the Lyceum at Athens 
with pictures of dreams, prob. from 
the old myths ; or, as some think, an 
author who wrote a book entitled 
"Dreams in the Lyceum"; vii. 8. 1 : 
yet see ivvirviov. 

KlX€-a£v€Tos, ov, Clecenetus, a loch- 
age, V. 1. 17. 

KXe-avSpos, ov. Oleander, a Spartan 
harmost at Byzantium, for a time prej- 
udiced against Xenophon, but after- 
wards his friend ; first disappointing 
the Cvreans, and then favoring them ; 
vi. 2."'l3; 6. 1 : vii. 1. 8 ; 2, 6, 

KXc-dvwp, opos, Cleanor, of Orcho- 
menus in Arcadia, one of the oldest 
and most trusted of the Greek gen- 
erals ; prob, first commanding troops 
left by Xenias or Pasion, afterwards 
elected to succeed Agias ; ii, 1, 10. 

KX€-dp€Tos, ov, (aperri) ClearetiLS, a. 
lochage, quite unworthy of his name, 
V. 7. 14, 16 : r. Z. KXedparos. 

KlXc'-apxos, ov. Clear chus, a Spartan 
commander during the latter part of 
the Peloponnesian War, brave, skilful, 
and much trusted in battle, but ty- 
rannical as harmost of Byzantium. 
After the peace, his passion for war 
led him to disobey the Spartan gov- 
ernment, and he was sentenced to 
death. Escaping, he fled to Cyrus, 
was taken into his confidence, raised 
troops for his expedition, and was the 
general most honored and trusted by 
him. He loved war for its own sake, 
and this ruling passion threw its ma- 
lign influence over his whole character, 
i. 1. 9; 2. 9: ii. 3. 11; 6. 1. KX^ap- 
Xoi Clearchuses [men like C], iii, 2. 31. 
tKXeiGpov, ov, a bar or bolt, vii. 1. 17. 
Older Att. KXfiOpov. 

kXc^o), eicrcj, KCKXeiKa, 4o shut, close, 
A.., V. 5. 19: €KiKX€LVTo were kept closed, 
599 c, vi. 2. 8. Older Att. kXtiu). 

[kXcos, to, fame, glory, an element 
in many proper names.] 



kXItttw 



74 



K^ITTCD 



kX^ittw,* ^\po}, /c^/cXo0a, to steal ; to 
seize, occupy, or keep, by stealth or 
secretly ; to steal by ivith, smuggle by; 
A., G. partitive ; iv. 1. 14 : 6. 15 s. 

KXe-tdvujxos, ov, Cleonymus, a Spar- 
tan spoken well of, iv. 1. 18. 

tK\i|xa|, a/cos, t/, a ladder, iv. 5. 25. 
Hence climax. 
tKXfvq, rjs, a couch, bed, iv. 4. 21. 
[kXivw,^^ kKXvCj, KCKXiKa 1., clino, to 
bend, in-CLi^E, lean.] 

kXoiti^, -^s, (/cXctttw) theft, stealing, 
iv. 6. 14. 

jiKXwirevo) or KXoirevo), eiJo-w, to seize 
or intercept stealthily or by stealth, A., 
vi. 1. 1. 

kXw\|/, kXcjitos, 6, (kX^tttw) a thief, 
phinderer, marauder, iv. 6. 17. 

Kve4>as, aos, Att. ous (224 b), c^ar^- 
7iess, dark, dusk, iv. 5. 9. 

KVTi|iLs, ido$, 7], (KVTjixr) the leg between 
the knee and ankle) a greave or leggin, 
a defence for the lower leg, comm. 
metallic among the Greeks. The use 
of such greaves indicated completeness 
of armor, and hence, in Homer, the 
frequent use of ivKurifudes, well-greaved, 
as an epithet for the Greeks, i. 2. 16. 

KOYxr], 77s, concha, a muscle or cockle, 
akindofshell-iish,v.3.8. Der. conch. 
j.KO'Yx.'"XtdTr|s, Of, adj., shelly, con- 
taining petrified shells, iii. 4. 10. 

KoiXos, rj, ov, hollow, cut by deep 
valleys, v. 4. 31. Cf. coelum. 

KOtjJLao), Tjcrw, (akin to Keifiai) to put 
to sleep : M., w. a or. p., to go to sleep 
or rest, to sleep, repose, ii. 1. 1. 

Kotvos, Vi, bv, {^vv, cf. Lat. con-) 
communis, common, joint, owned or 
shared in common, public, D. : to kol- 
vbu the common stock, the public or gen- 
eral council or authority (so, w. art. 
om., airb Koijfov): Koivrj as adv., in 
co7nmon, jointly, <xvu, fieTa : iii. 1. 43, 
46; 3.2: iv. 7.27: v. 1.12; 7.17s. 

jKOtvoo), djao), to make common : M. 
to communicate, consult, D., v. 6. 27 : 
vi. 2. 15. 

I Koiv(ov6<i>, Tjact}, KeKOLVibvQKa, to share 
in, have the common benefit of, G., vii. 
6. 28. 

\. KOivcovos, ov, 6, a sharer, partaker, 
partner, G., vii. 2. 38. 

KotpaTa8T]s or -as, ov, Coeratades or 
-as, a Theban, who commanded Boe- 
otian troops under Clearchus, when 
the latter was harmost at Byzantium, 



B. 0. 408 . Taken prisoner by the Athe- 
nians, but afterwards escaping, he 
made himself ridiculous by wandering 
about Greece in search of military 
command, vii. 1. 33, 40. 

KoiTOt, wv, or Koirat, dv, ol, the 
Coeti or -oe, perhaps another name for 
the l^doxoi., vii. 8. 25. 

KoXd^w, daw, A. k M. to chastise, 
punish. A., ii. 5. 13 ; 6. 9 : v. 8. 18. 

JKoXao-is, ews, i}, chastisement, pun- 
ishment, vii. 7. 24. Cf. /c6Xos clipped. 

KoXoorcai, (av, al, Colossce, a city 
in southwest Phrygia, on the Lycus, 
a branch of the Mseander. It was 
the seat of one of the early Christian 
churches, to which Paul wrote an 
epistle, i. 2. 6. || Ruins near Khonos. 
tKoXxls, i5os, 17, Colchis, a land 
southeast of the Euxine, watered by 
the Phasis and other rivers, whose 
golden sands, it has been thought, 
suggested the fable of the golden 
fleece, iv. 8. 23. As fem. adj., Col- 
chian, v. 3. 2. 

KoXxos, ov, 6, a Colchian. The 
Colchi were thought by Hdt., from 
their complexion, language, practice 
of circumcision, linen manufactures, 
&c., to be of Egyptian descent, per- 
haps a colony remaining behind from 
the army of Sesostris. The Cyreans 
seem to have met with only a border 
and weaker tribe of this people, iv. 
8. 8 s, 24^: v. 2.^1. 

KoXuvos, ov, 6, collis, a hill, mound, 
cairn, iv. 7. 25. 

Kojxavia, as, Comania, a castle or 
town in southwest Mysia, not far from 
Pergamum, vii. 8. 15. 
tK0)ii8-rj, rj$, conveyance, transport, 
V. 1. 11. 

KoyXya, L(TU iw, KCKofiiKa, {KOfxio} to 
tend) to take care of; to convey, bring, 
carry : M. to convey, bring, take, or 
remove one's own : A. eiri, kc. : iii. 2. 
26 : iv. 5. 22 ; 6. 3 : V. 4. 1 ; 5. 20. 
t Koviards, 'ri, bv, (koviu plaster) plas- 
tered, cemented, iv. 2. 22. 

t Kovi-oprds, ov, 6, {dpvvfii to stir up) 
a cloud or body of dust, i. 8. 8. 
[kovis, tos, Att. ews, i), dust.] 

Koiros, ov, 6, {KbiTTw) fatigue, weari- 
ness, V. 8. 3. 

Koirpos, ov, 7], dung, ordure, i. 6. 1. 

KOTTTto,* KbxJ/u}, KiK0(f)a, to strike,sviite, 
cut, cut down, slaughter; to beat or 



KopT] 



75 



KpVis 



"knock upon a door or gate for admis- 
sion ; A. ; ii. 1. 6 : iv. 8. 2 : vii. 1. 16. 

KopT], 77s, (/cijoos hoy, lad) a girl, 
maiden, damsel, iv. 5. 9. 

KopcwTTJ, rjs, Corsote, a large city 
on the north side of the Euphrates, 
which the Cyreans found deserted 
(perhaps only temporarily, on account 
of the approach of the army). The 
Mascas, which flowed around it, is 
supposed to have been a canal that 
still exists and makes with the Eu- 
phrates the island Werdi, on which 
are extensive ruins, i. 5. 4. 

KopvXas, 01; or a, Corylas, a prince 
of Paphlagonia, who aspired at in- 
dependence, and disobeyed the sum- 
mons of Artaxerxes to join him with 
his army, of which the cavalry was 
especially excellent, v. 5. 12 ; 6. 11. 

Kopv({>i^, T)s, (Kopvs helmet) the top of 
the head, of a mountain, &c. ; highest 
point, summit, peak ; iii. 4. 41. 

Kopcov€ia, ay, Coronea, an ancient 
city in the western part of Boeotia. 
On the plain before it, the Boeotians 
won their independence by defeating 
the Athenians, b. c. 447; and here the 
Spartans under Agesilaus gained the 
victory in a hard-fought battle with 
the Bceotians, Athenians, and their 
allies, B. c. 394. v. 3. 6 ? || Ruins near 
Camari. 
t Koar\ii(a, rjcrci}, KeKocTfirjKa, to regulate, 
arrange, order, marshal ; to decorate, 
adorn ; A. ; i. 9. 23 : iii. 2. 36. Der. 

COSMETIC. 

tKd(r|xios, a, ov, orderly, well-disci- 
pliiied, vi. 6. 32. 

Koo-|ios, 01;, 6, {Ko/xeu} to tend ?) order, 
equipment, ornament, decoration, gar- 
niture, D., i. 9. 23 ? iii. 2. 7. Der. cos- 

MICAL, MICRO-COSM. 

KoTvwpa, wv, TO,, Cotyora, a city on 
the southern shore of the Euxine, a 
Sinopean colony. Here the long and 
severe foot-march of the Cyreans was 
relieved by sailing, v. 5. 3. || Ordu. 

|KoTuwptTT)s, ou, a Cotyorite or Co- 
tyorian, v. 5. 6 s, 19. 

Koi)({>os, T}, ov, light (not heavy) : 
Xopzoi Kou(pos [light] dry grass, hay, 
i. 5. 10 : vi. 1. 12. 
|Kou4>c«)3 lightly, nimbly, vi. 1. 5. 

KpaXfii * r., d^w 1., 2 pf. pret. KeKpd- 
7a, to cry or call aloud, make outcry, 
vii. 8. 15. 



Kpavos, eos, t6, (Kapa head) a helmet 
or casque ; among the Greeks, comm. 
of metal, with movable pieces for fuller 
protection, lined, and fastened under 
the chin ; among some nations, of 
leather ; i. 2. 16 ; 8. 6 : v. 4. 13. 

Kpargft), TjCTd}, K€KpdT7]Ka, (Kpdros) to 
have power over, to ride, control, be 
superior, be sovereign over ; to master ^ 
conquer, worst, vanquish, overcome; 
to hold or maintain a military post ; 
G., A.; i. 7. 8: ii. 5. 7 : v. 6. 7, 9. 

KpdTTJp, ripos, 6, {KepdvvvixL) a mixing- 
vessel, esp. for mixing wine and wa- 
ter ; a large howl, iv. 5. 26, 32. 

KpaTtO-TOS, KpCtTtCTTa, SCC Kpe'lTTOifV. 

Kparos, eos, to, strength, might,power, 
force : Kara. Kparos [according to force] 
with might and main, with vigor, by 
force of arms, i. 8. 19 : vii. 7. 7. Der. 
AUTO-CKAT. See dva. 

KpavYTJ, 71$, {Kpd^u}) a loud cry, out- 
cry, shout, shouting, noise, clamor, i. 
2. 17 ; 5. 12 ; 8. 11 : iii. 4. 45. 

Kpeas, Kpeaos, contr. Kpeios, rj, caro, 
flesh : pi. Kpea pieces of flesh, flesh, 
meat, esp. cooked, i. 5. 2s : iv. 5. 31. 

KpeiTTWV,* ov, KpCLTlO-TOS, V, OV, C. & 

s. of the Ep. Kparvs strong, but comm. 
referred to dyados, d., i. : c. better, 
superior; stronger, more powerful; 
more efficient, useful, serviceable, or 
valuable ; i. 2. 26 ; 7. 3 : iii. 1.4: s. 
best, ablest, noblest, highest in rank; 
most powerful, distinguished, eminent, 
useful, or valuable ; i. 5. 8 : 9. 2, 20 s : 
iii. 4. 41 : — adv. KpaTto-ra (as s. to 
eS, c. KpeiTTov) best; most stoutly, 
bravely, successfully, or advantageous- 
ly ; to the best advantage ; iii. 2. 6, 27. 

Kp€p.ap.ai,^ rja-ofjLai, to hang (intrans. ), 

he hung up, iiri, virep, iii. 2. 19 : iv.1.2. 

4. Kpe(i,dvvvp,t, * Kpefjido-u) Kpep-Q, a. p. 

eKpefidadrjv, to hang up, suspend, A., 

i. 2. 8 : vii. 4. 17. 

KpifjvTj, 7]s, (Kapa, Kaprjvov, head ?) a 
fountain, spring of water, i. 2. 13. 

Kpriirls, ISos, 7], crepido, a founda- 
tion, base, iii. 4. 7, 10. 

KpiQS, KpTjTos, 6, a Cretan, a man 
of KprfTTj (Crete, now Candia), the large 
island south of the iEgean, prominent 
in the early history of Greek civiliza- 
tion ; where, according to fable, Zeus 
was born, where Minos reigned and 
gave laws, which Homer styles e/ca- 
rdfiTToXis hundred-citied, and credits 



Kpie^ 



76 



Kvpcios 



with 80 vessels sent to the siege of 
Troy. Its soldiers had a high reputa- 
tion as light-armed troops, and 200 
Cretan bowmen rendered good service 
to the Cyreans. i.2.9: iv.2.28; 8.27. 

Der. CRETACEOUS. 

Kpt9ifi, 77s, eh. pi., harley, i. 2. 22. 
\. KpiGivos, ri, ov, of harley : oXvo% k. 
[barley wine] beer : iv. 5. 26, 31, 

Kptvco,* KpXvC}, K€KptKa, a. ^Kpiva, a. 
p. eKfndrjv, to distinguish, select; to 
Judge, decide, he of opinion ; to try a 
person accused ; A. i. ; i. 5. 11 ; 9. 5, 
20, 28, 30 : vi. 6. 16, 25. Der. critic. 

Kpios, ov, b, (Kepas ?) a ram, ii. 2. 9. 

KpCo-ks, ews, 7], (Kpivw) trial, judg- 
ment, i. 6. 5 : vi. 6. 20. Der. crisis. 

Kpop.p.vov or Kp6|JLvov, ov, an onion, 
vii. 1. 37. 

tKpoT€w, Tjad}, to strike together. A., 
vi. 1. 10 ? 

tKpoTOs, OV, 6, clapping, applause, 
vi. 1. 13. 

Kpovo), ovao}, KiKpovKa, to strike, 
clash, strike together. A., iv. 5. 18: vi. 

1. 10 {v. I. KpOTCio). 

KpvirTCi),* 0\p(j}, KeKpv(t>a, to hide, con- 
ceal, 2 A., i. 4. 12 ; 9. 19 : vi. 1. 18. 
Der. CRYPT. 

Kpco^vXcs or Kpco^vXcs, ov, 6, a tuft 
of hair or leathern thongs, v. 4. 13. 

KTaoixai,"*' KT-qaoixai, KCKTrj/xai, to ac- 
quire, procure, get, gain, win : iroXe- 
fxiovs K. to gain as enemies, to make 
enemies : pf. pret. to [have acquired] 
possess, enjoy: a.: i. 7.3; 9.19: ii. 6. 
17 s, 26: V. 5. 17. 

KT6IVW, KTevG}, 2 pf. ^KTOVa, (usu. 
a7ro-KT€Lvo}) to kill, slay. A., ii. 5. 32. 
t KTr\\i.a, aTos,To,a possession, vii, 7. 41. 
tKTrivos, eos, to, a domestic animal, 
as property once consisted chiefly of 
these (cf. cattle, orig. the same with 
chattel) ; pi. cattle ; iii. 1. 19 : v. 2. 3. 

KTiri(ra(r0ai, KT-^^o-oiiat, see Kraofxai. 
|KTT|crias, 01;, Ctesias, a celebrated 
physician and historian from Cnidus 
in Caria, who passed a number of years 
at the Persian court as the king's phy- 
sician, and carefully availed himself 
of this peculiar opportunity of obtain- 
ing historic information. He was sur- 
geon to Artaxerxes at the battle of 
Cunaxa, i. 8. 26 s. 

KDpepvTJTT^s, ov, (Kv^epvdd) guberno, 
to steer) a steersman, Jielmsman, pilot, 
V. 8, 20, 



[KvPioTao), 7j(rw, (kij^os CUBE, die, or 
K^^Tj head) to throw one's self down 
head foremost, or as dice are thrown ; 
while eK-Kv^Lardoo is strictly to recover 
from this position.] 

KtiSvos, ov, 6, the Cydnus, a river 
of Cilicia, rising in Mt. Taurus, and 
flowing through the capital Tarsus to 
the Mediterranean. It was noted for 
the coldness of its water, which nearly 
cost Alexander his life. The luxurious 
state in which Cleopatra sailed up the 
Cydnus to meet and conquer Antony 
is depicted in Plutarch and Shakspeare. 
i. 2. 23. llMesarlyk-Chai. 

tKv5iKT]v6s, oO, 6, (sc. oraTTjp), a Cyzi- 
cene [stater], a widely current gold 
coin from the famed mint of Cyzicus, 
= 28 Att. drachmae, or about $5^, v. 

6. 23 : vi. 2. 4 : vii. 2. 36. 
Kv^iKos, ov, 7], Cyzicus, an old and 

important commercial city beautifully 
situated on an island, afterwards a 
peninsula, in the Propontis, It was 
colonized by the Milesians, vii. 2. 5. 
!i Bal-Kiz {HaXaia Kv^lkos). 

kvkXos, ov, 6, circulus, a circle, 
ring, round, enclosure; a circle, group y 
or knot of men ; a circular form or dis- 
position of troops, presenting shields 
on every side : kOkXci) in a circle or cir- 
cuit, all around, around, round ahout 
(strengthened by irdvTr), as it is some- 
times used where the circle is not com- 
plete, iii. 1. 2), irepL : 17 k6kX({} x^P^ i^^ 
surrounding country : i. 5. 4 : iii. 1. 12 ; 

4. 7 : V. 7, 2 : vii. 8. 18. Der. cycle. 
\. kvkXoci), oicrw, KeKi'KXiiiKa, to surround, 

encircle, hem in, a. : M. to stand or 
gather around, irepL : i.8.13 : iv.2.15 : 
vi. 4. 20. 

jkvkXcdo-is, ewj, i], a surroimding, 
enclosing, i. 8. 23. 

KvXkvSb) or KvXivSeo), 'ficw 1., (also 
KvX£w r. or 1.) to roll, roll doicn ovoff, 
trans. ; but M., intrans. ; iv. 2. 3 s, 20 ; 

7. 6 ; 8. 28 ? Der. cylinder. 
Kvvio-Kos, ov, a Spartan general, 

who carried on war from the Cherso- 
nese against the Thracians, vii, 1, 13. 

KVTraptTTivos, Tj, ov, (Kvwdpicra-os or 
-piTTos, cupressus, cypress), made of 
cypress, v. 3. 12. 

KviTTft), Kv-ipo), K€KV(pa, (akiu to Lat. 
cubo) to stoop down, bend forward, iv. 

5. 32 ? 

Kvpeios or Kvpeios, a, oy, (KOpos) 



KVpiOS 



77 



i>Xvc 



Cyrearif of Cyrus, belonging to Cyrus, 
i. 10. 1 : iii. 2. 17 (subst.) : vii. 2. 7. 

K^pios, a, ov, (Kvpos authority) in- 
vested loith authority, possessed of iJuiu- 
er, I., V. 7. 27. 

Kvpos, od, (Pers. Khur, sun) Cyrus 
the Great, or the Elder, son of Cam- 
bVses, a Persian noble, and Mandane, 
daughter of Astyages, king of the 
Mcdes. He founded the Persian mon- 
archy by dethroning his tyrannical 
grandfather, B. c. 558 ; and enlarged 
it by conquering Croesus, king of 
Lydia, b. c. 554, and taking Babylon, 
b'. c. 538. He was slain in battle with 
the Scythians, b. c, 529. Such, in 
general, is the account of Hdt., from 
which those of Ctesias and Xenophon 
vary. i. 9. 1. — -2. Cyrus the Young- 
er, second son of Darius ii. and Pary- 
satis, born soon after his father's ac- 
cession to the throne, while his elder 
brother Arsaces was born before this 
accession. As, therefore, the first-born 
of Darius tlie king, he was the heir to 
the throne, according to the peculiar 
principle of succession which gave the 
crown to Xerxes. Both the ambitious 
Cyrus and his fond mother seem to 
have hoped that this precedent would 
be regarded by Darius. Cyrus was so 
precocious in the qualities of com- 
mand, that he was appointed by his 
father, when a mere youth of seven- 
teen, B. c. 407, satrap of Lydia, Phryg- 
ia, and Cappadocia. and instructed 
to assist Sparta in her war against 
Athens. This he did so zealously and 
liberally, that the Spartans afterwards 
felt under obligation to render him aid 
in return. Desirous of making his 
government a model for order and se- 
curity, and perhaps more jealous for his 
authority than an older ruler would 
have been, he was not only lavish in 
rewarding faithful service, but also 
rigorous in punishing the disobedient 
and criminal, — we should say, per- 
haps, too rigorous, but it was the Per- 
sian habit to be severe in punishment. 
The better to secure his dignity, he 
imprudently required in those who ap- 
proached him an etiquette which had 
been regarded as due only to royalty ; 
and when two of his cousins, sons of 
a sister of his father, refused to ob- 
serve it, he enforced the rule by put- 



ting them to death. On complaint of 
their parents, and apprehending the 
approacli of death, Darius sent for the 
young prince, b. c. 405. Cyrus went 
to his father, taking with him, as if 
a friend, Tissaphernes, the wily and 
treacherous satrap of Caria, — in truth 
perhaps because he did not wish to 
leave him behind. Darius died soon 
after, and disappointed Cyrus by leav- 
ing the sceptre, " which had glittered 
before his young imaginings," to his 
elder brother. Hereupon Tissapher- 
nes, who doubtless hoped thus to add 
the rich province of Cyrus to his own, 
and who was capable of any deceit 
and calumny, brought against him the 
monstrous charge of designing the as- 
sassination of the new king during the 
very rites of coronation. Unfortu- 
nately this crime, which was so remote 
from the open and manly, even if ex- 
cessive, ambition of Cyrus, had pre- 
cedents in Persian history ; and Arta- 
xerxes, either believing the charge or 
willing to make it a pretext, arrested 
his brother to put him to death. The 
young prince was only saved from 
speedy execution by the full power 
of his mother's prayers and tears, and 
was sent back to his distant satrapy, 
burning with the sense of injustice, 
disgrace, and danger. There was no 
real reconciliation between the two 
brothers ; and Cyrus had reason to 
feel that his danger was only deferred, 
not past, especially with such a neigh- 
bor as Tissaphernes in the king's con- 
fidence, and that he must either at 
length fall a sacrifice to the jealousy 
of Artaxerxes or reign in his stead. 
He was thus stimulated, with the en- 
couragement of his mother's favor, to 
attempt the ill-fated expedition of 
which Xenophon wrote the history, 
— an expedition which certainly can- 
not be justified on Christian or even 
Socratic principles, but which was 
almost in the regular line of oriental 
history, i. 1. 1 s ; 9, 1. 

KvTwviov, ov, Cytonium, see Kep- 
Twubs, vii. 8. 8 ? 

Kvwv, Kvvos, 6 7], canis, dog, bitch, 
iii. 2. 35: v. 7. 26; 8.24: vi. 2. 2. Der. 

CYNIC. 

KwXvci) (v), ifao}, K€Kd}\vKa, to hinder, 
prevent, forbid, opp>ose : rb kcjXvov the 



KwfiapXTlS 



78 



Xa<j>vpoTrw\T]s 



hindrance, obstacle : A. G., i. : i. 2. 21 s ; 
3. 16 ; 6. 2 : \v. 5. 20. Cf. k6\os clipped. 

tKwjx-dpxT]s, ov, {dpx<^) the ruler or 
head-^inan of a village, village-chief, 
iv. 5. 10, 24 ; 6. 1 s. 

K(6|jL-i], 77?, a village, comm. unforti- 
fied, i. 4. 9 : iv. 4. 7. Der. comedy. 

4. KcojXTJTTjs, ov, a villager, iv. 5. 24. 
KwiTT], 77s, (cf. Lat. capio) the handle 
of an oar, &c. : an oar, vi. 4. 2. 



XaPeiv, -01(1.1, -<ov, see Xa/AjSavw. 

Xayxo-Vft),* Xri^ofiai, eiXrjxa, 2 a. 
i\axov, to draw or obtain by lot, to ob- 
tain perchance or by fate, a., iii. 1. 
11 : iv. 5. 24. ^ 

Xa^ws, w, y? wj' or w, 6, lepus, a 
i^are, iv. 5. 24 : -y. Z. XayQs, Q. 

XaGeiv, -«v, see Xapdavw, i. 3. 17. 
^Xddpa or XdOpa clam, secretly, with- 
out the knoivledge of, G., i. 3. 8. 

t AaKe8atp.ovtos, ov, d, a Lacedcemo- 
nian, a Spartan, the most common 
term for the citizens of Sparta, i. 1. 9 : 
ii. 6. 2: iii. 2. 37. See ZirapTidrTjs. 

AaK68ai|i,(4v, ovos, r/, Lacedcemon, 
Sparta, v. 3. 11. See 'LirdpTrj. 

XaKKOs, ov, 6, (cf. Lat. lacus) an 
underground cistern or cellar, such as 
are now frequent in -Kurdistan and 
Armenia, iv. 2. 22. 

XaKTijw, L<T(j) tw, (\d^ with tlie foot) 
to kick. A., iii. 2. 18. 

AdKwv, wj'os, d, a Laconian, an in- 
habitant of Laconia ; a term wider in 
extent than AaKedaifiovios, but not un- 
frequently used in its place ; ii. 1. 3, 
5 ; 5. 31 (cf. i. 4. 3 ;^ 1. 9) : v. 1. 15. 
See 'ZirdpTT], HiTrapndTrjs. 

4 AaKwviKos, Tj, ov, Laconian : 6 Aa- 
KcovLKos the Laconian: iv. 1. 18 ; 7. 16: 
vii. 2. 29 ; 3. 8. 

Xap,pdva),* X-q-^oixai, etXrjtpa, 2 a. 
^Xa^ov, a. jy. eXri^d-qv, to take; to take 
captive or by force, as prisoners, prey, 
plunder, a military post, &c., to seize, 
catch, capture; to take by gift, bar- 
gain, or loan, to receive, obtain, pro- 
cure ; to take as instruments, arms, 
supplies, pledges, companions, military 
force, &c., to obtain, procure, enlist 
(Xa/Swj/ having taken = ivith, i. 2. 3); to 
overtake, come upon, catch, fad, detect; 
A. G., G. partitive, diro, €k, eis, irapd, 



&c.; i. 1.2, 6, 9; 2. Is; 5.2s, 7,10; 
6. 6 s, 10 ; 7. 13 ; 10. 18. See dUrj, 
diKaLos, Treipa. Der. DI-LEMMA. 

tXajJiTTpos, d, ov, c, brilliant, illus- 
trious, glorious, vii. 7. 41. 

jXaiiirpoTTis, TjTos, i], brilliaTiq/, 
splendor, i. 2. 18. 

Xd|JLirM, *" \//o}, XeXafiTa, to make shine, 
light up: M. to shine, blaze, be in a 
blaze : iii. 1. lis. Der. lamp. 

t Aa)i\|/aKT]v6S) ov, 6, a Lampsacene, 
vii. 8. 3 ; a man of 

Adp.^aKos, ov, 7], Lampsacus, a city 
of Mysia on the Hellespont, an Ionian 
colony. On account of its good wine, 
Artaxerxes i. assigned it to Themisto- 
cles as a means of his support. It was 
the reputed birthplace of Priapus, and 
the especial seat of his worship, vii. 
8. 1. !| Lamsaki. 

XavOdvw k, ch. poet., XV)0«,* Xt}<to- 
fxai, XeXT)da, 2 a. iXadov, to escape tlie 
notice or knowledge or elxide the obser- 
vation of any one, lie hid or be con- 
cealed from him, be unobserved by 
him, elude, A. W. a pt., it is often- 
er translated by an adv., adverbial 
phrase, or adj., and the pt. by a finite 
verb, 677 f ; as, rpe^o/ji^vov iXdvOavev 
was [concealed in being maintained] 
secretly maintained, i. 1. 9s; Xadeiv 
avTov direXddjv to [elude him depart- 
ing] depart without his knoivledge, i. 
3. 17 ; ^Xadov iyyiis irpoaeXdovres they 
drew near unobserved, iv. 2. 7 ; cXdv- 
davov avToi/s yevofxevot [were not ob- 
served by themselves in having come] 
came unconsciously to themselves, un- 
aivares, or unexpectedly, vi. 3. 22. See, 
also, iv. 6. 11 : v. 2. 29 : vi. 3. 14 : vii. 
3. 38, 43. Der. lethe. Cf. lateo. 

Adpio-ora, 77s, Larissa, (anciently 
Calah, while some have traced the 
name to Eesen, Gen. x. lis) a part of 
the extensive ruins of "great Nine- 
veh," and abounding in the most in- 
teresting remains, which lay buried 
more than 2000 years to be recently 
brought to light and surprise the world, 
iii. 4. 7. II Nimrud. See Meo-iriXa. 

Xd<rios, a, ov, (akin to Baavs) bushy : 

rd Xdo-ta the thickets : v. 2. 29 : vi. 4. 26. 

Xd<|)'upov, 01;, {Xafx^dvo}) ch. pi., spo- 

lia, the spoils of war, booty, vi. 6. 38 ? 

|Xa({>vpo-Tra>Xe<o, rjau), to sell booty, vi. 
6. 38 ? [salesman of booty, vii. 7. 56. 

|Xa{})vpo-Tr«Xi]s, ov, a booty-seller ^ 



Xaxci* 



79 



AoKpos 



Xax€iv, Xax«v, see XaYxai'w. 
:j.\dxos, eos, TO, ch. poet., a portion, 
esp. by lot, shai-e, part, division, v. 3. 
9 : vi. 3. 2 ? 

\6Y«,* Xe^w, \e\exo. 1., (classic etp-r)- 
Ko), a, j^. eX^x^Tjv, to say, speak, tell, 
express, relate, report, state; to sjJcak 
of, mention, name, accoxLnt ; to bid, 
propose, advise : A. D., CP., i. (a.), 
irepl, irpbs, els, iv : i. 2. 12, 21 ; 3. 8, 
13, 15, 19 ; 4. 11 : ii. 5. 25. In the 
pass. , the personal constmction w. the 
inf., for the impers., is the more com- 
mon, 573, i. 2. 8 : ii. 2. 6: cf. i. 8. 6: 
iv. 1. 3. Der. lexicon, dia-lect. 

XiCoL, as, booty, plunder, spoils, v, 1. 
8, 17: vii. 4. 2. ^ 

X€i(Jiuv, Q)vos, 6, (Xet'/Soj to pour) a 
moist place, meadow, v. 3. 11. 

Xcios, a, ov, levis, smooth, gently 
sloping, of eisy ascent, iv. 4. 1. 

XeiTTO),* \p(i}, \4\oLira, 2 a. ^Xlttov, a. 
p. €\d<j)9T}v, f. pf. XeKelxpofxaL, linquo, 
to LEAVE, quit, forsake, abandon, dc- 
szrt ; to leave behind, spare; A.; i. 2. 
21 : vii. 4. 1 .—P. to be left; hence, to 
remain, survive ; to be left behind, fall 
behind, be inferior, G. 406b: XeXehperaL 
will [have been left] remain: ii. 4. 5: 
iii. 1. 2 : vii. 7. 31. Der. el-lipsls. 
* XcKTcos, a, ov, (X^7w) to be, or that 
must be said or s2Jol:en, v. 6. 5. 

XeX€i;};o{Jiai, XeXonrws, sec XetTrw. 

Xe'|a), Xs^ov, Xe^aTw, see \eyoi, i. 3. 1 3. 

AeovTivos, ov, 6, a Leontinc, a man 
of Leontini {XeovrhoL, now Lentini), 
a city of eastern Sicily, a Chalcidian 
colony, situated in a region of extraor- 
dinary fertility, and early prosperous, 
but overshadowed by its powerful Doric 
neighbor, Syracuse, ii. 6. IG. 

tX6VKo-0upa|, d/cos, -/J, with a white 
corselet, doubtless of linen, i, 8. 9. See 
dibpa^. 

XevKos, y], ov, (akin to Xei/crcrw to see, 
look, and Lat. luceo) bright, white, 
i. 8. 8 : V. 4. 32 s. 

XexQets, Xex9t]vai, see Xe7w, iii. 1. 1. 

Xi^^o), ^w, (\e7aj ^0 lay) to allay ; 
comm. intrans., to abate, cease, end, 
close, come to an end, iii. 1.9: iv. 5. 4. 

Xrit^oiiai, la-ofjiaL, or Att. X7]^o|Jiai, 
\ri!j0iUaL, XeXycTfxai, (Xeta) to jilunder, 
ravage, jnllage, rob ; to seize as booty 
or spoil, take as jy^cy or by force ; A., 
iK: iv. 8. 23 : v. 1. 9 : vi. 1. 1 : vii. 3. 
31. 



Xfjpos, ov, 6, nonsense, trumpery, a 
trifle, vii. 7. 41. 

tXTjOTTgia, as, robbery, plunder, piU 
lage, vii. 7. 9. 

XT]<rTT|s, oO, (XT^^ofxaL) a robber, 
plunderer, pillager, vi. 1. 8 ; 6. 28. 

XT|<rcD, see Xavddvco, vii. 3. 43. 

XTj(j)6fjvat, Xil]\|;o|iai, see Xatx^dvu}. 

Xtav adv., very, exceedingly, yi. 1. 28. 
fXiOtvos, rj, ov, of stone, iii. 4. 7, 9. 

XtGos, 01;, d, a stone, often such as 
are used for an attack : stone, the ma- 
terial : i. 5. 12 : iii. 3. 17 ; 4. 10 ; 5. 
10 : iv. 7. 4 s. Der, litho-graph. 

Xiixifjv, evos, 6, (akin to Xet/3u> to 
pour?) a harbor, haven, port, vi. 2. 13. 

Xifids, ov, 6, {XeiTTb)) failure of food, 
hunger, famine, i. 5. 5 : ii. 2. 11 ; 5.19. 

XivcGs, a, ov, contr. Xivovs, rj, ovv, 
(Xivov flax) flaxen, linen, iv. 7. 15. 
tXcYi'^oiiat, iao/jiaL lovfiac, XeXoyicrfxac, 
to consider, calculate, expect. A., i., ii. 
2. 13 : iii. 1. 20. 

.X670S, ou, d, (Xe7a7) a word; speech, 
discourse ; conversation, discussion ; a 
statement, narrative, report, rumor; 
an argument, plea : pi. ivords, confer- 
ence, discussion, irpjs : els \jyovs ^p- 
XecrOai to enter into a conference or 
come to an intervieio with, D. : i. 4. 7 ; 
G.5: ii.1.1; 5.4,16,27; 6.4: v.8.18: 
vi. 1. 18. Der. logic, -logy, -logue. 

XdYJcn) "n^i (cf- Lat. lancea) the 2}oint 
or sjjike of a spear, the spear-licad, 
early made by the Greeks of bronze, 
but afterwards of iron ; comm. fr. 6 in. 
to a foot in length : hence often, by 
synecdoche, a spear or lance (esp., in 
the Anab., of those used by the bar- 
barians): i. 8.8: ii.2.9: iv.7.16; 8.7. 

XoiSopecs), 'i)(Tu, \e\oidjp7];ca, (Xoido- 
pos a railcr) to rail at, revile, abuse, 
reproach, reprove. A., iii. 4. 49. 

Xotirds, y], ov, (Xeiiroo) re-liquus, left 
behind, remaining, the rest or remain- 
der of, £)., iv. 2. 13 s: Xolttov {ecrriv) it 
[is left] remains, iii. 2. 29 : rqv Xonr-qv 
[sc. d5>] tlic rest of the ivay, iii. 4. 46 : 
TO Xolttov the rest, G. partitive, iii. 4. 6 : 
Tov Xolttov [sc. xpoJ'Of], oftener to Xol- 
ttov, in or during the rest of the time, in 
future, afterwards, lienceforth, tlicnce- 
forth, 482 e, ii. 2. 5 : iii. 2. 8 : v. 7. 34. 

AoKpds, ov, 6, a Locrian, a man of 
Locris, a central region of Greece in 
three separate parts (two north of 
BcEotia and Phocis, and the third, the 



AovoriaTTjs 



80 



Xvirt| 



larger but ruder portion, west of Pho- 
cis). The eastern Locrians are credit- 
ed with 40 shij)s sent to the Trojan 
"War under the lesser Ajax. vii. 4. 18. 
Aovo-iaT'qs or -dirr\s, ov, & Aov<ri€vs, 
^ws, d, a Lusian, a man of Lusi (Aoi;- 
aoi), a town in the north of Arcadia, 
having a celebrated temple of Artemis 
(Diana), which was revered through 
the Peloponnese as an inviolable asy- 
lum, iv. 2. 21 ; 7.11s: vii. 6. 40. ||Su- 
dhena. 

X6(}}0S, ov, d, (XfTTw to nib off, peel) 
the neck of a horse or ox, as rubbed 
by the yoke ; hence, in general, an 
elevation or crest ; an eminence or ridge 
of land, a hill, height, = yrj-\o(f)os : i. 
10. 13 s (cf. 12): iii. 4. 39 (cf. 37). 

tXoxa"y€tt), rjaoj, to be a lochage or 
captain, vi. 1. 30. 

tXoxa-yia, as, the command of a \6- 
Xos, a captaincy, i. 4. 15 : iii. 1. 30. 

tXox-d^ds, ov, 6, {ayo}) the leader of 
a Xoxos, a locluige, centurion, captain, 
who comm. received twice the pay of 
a private. The word has the Dor. 
form, as a term of war, in which the 
Doric race so excelled, 386 c. i. 7. 2 : 
vi. 3. 6 (where the term is applied to 
the commander of a tenth of the Ar- 
cadian and Achrean force, also termed 
CTparrj-yos) : vii. 2. 36. 

tXoxiTT]s, OV, a soldier belonging to 
a Xoxos, a member of a company, vi. 6. 

7, 17. 

Xoxos, ov, 6, (Xe'7w to collect) a com- 
pany or division of soldiers, not fixed 
in number, but usu, of about 100 men. 
For the subdivision of the common 
XaxoJ, see iii. 4. 21 s, i. 2. 25 : iv. 8. 
15: vi. 3. 2, 4s; 5. 9s. 

t AvSia, as, Lydia, a fertile province 
of Asia Minor, west of Phrygia, once 
a powerful kingdom. It was early 
<listinguished for its industry, wealth, 
and progress in the arts ; and exerted 
much iuHuence in the development of 
Greek civilization. It reached its acme 
under Crojsus, whose defeat by Cyrus 
made it a part of the Persian Empire. 
Its people, before warlike, were then 
forbidden the use of arms, and nat- 
urally became both effeminate them- 
selves and the teachers of effeminacy 
to their conquerors, i. 2. 5 ; 9. 7: vii. 

8. 7? 25. 

t AvSios, a, ov, Lydian, i. 5. 6. 



AvSds, ov, d, a Lydian, a man of 
Lydia, iii. 1. 31. 

AvKaios or AuKaios, a, ov, Lycccan, 
pertaining to Mt. Lycaeus, a lofty 
height in southwestern Arcadia, pre- 
senting a view of a large part of the 
Peloponnese, and sacred to Zeus (hence 
surnamed Lycaean) and Pan : ra Av- 
Kaia. [sc. iepd], the Lyccean Rites or 
Festival, in honor of Lycsean Jove, 
celebrated by the Arcadians with sac- 
rifices and games, i. 2. 10. || Dioforti, 
4659 feet high. 

t AvKoiovia, as, an elevated region of 
Asia Minor, north of Cilicia, occupied 
by a rude, warlike, independent, and 
predatory race. It was an early scene 
of the missionary labors of the apostle 
Paul, who here found Timothy, i. 2. 
19 : vii. 8. 25. ^ 

AvKowv, ovo$, 0, a Lycaonian, iii. 
2. 23. 

AvKeiov, ov, the Lyceum, the chief 
of the Athenian gymnasia, situated 
without the eastern wall, adorned with 
fine trees, covered walks, and other 
embellishments, and consecrated to 
Lycean AjjoIIo. Here Aristotle taught 
while walking, from which his philos- 
ophy Avas named Peripatetic {irepLTra- 
T€(a to loalk around), vii. 8. 1. ♦ 

AvKios, ov, Lycius, a Syracusan, 
sent by Clearchus for observation, i. 
10. 14. — 2. An Athenian, appointed 
commander of cavalry, and so render- 
ing good service, iii. 3. 20 : iv. 3. 22. 

XvKOS, ov, 6, lupus, a wolf, the 
largest beast of prey in Greece, ii. 2. 9 
(prob. sacrificed on this occasion as 
sacred to Ahriman, the Persian god of 
evil). Der. lyco-podium. 
|AvKOs, ov, 6, the Lycus or Wolf- 
River, a name given to several streams, 
seemingly from their destructive char- 
acter, A small river so named entered 
the Euxine near Heraelea, vi. 2. 3. 
II Kilij-Su, i. e. Sword Water. 

AvKwv, uvos, Lycon, a factious 
Achaean, v. 6. 27 : vi. 2. 4, 9. 

Xv(taivop.ai, Xvfiavovfxai, XeXrjfiafffiai, 
(XCfiT) outrage) to ruin, spoil, frustrate, 
A. D., i. 3. 16. 

tXrirew, 170-07, XeX&n-rjKa, to pain, 
grieve, trouble, distress, annoy, molest, 
A., i. 3. 8 : ii. 3. 23 ; 5. 14 : iii. 1. 11. 

Xt'irt], rj$, pain, grief, sorrow, dis- 
tress, iii. 1. 3. 



Xviri]pos 



81 



fiavOdvd) 



4.Xvinipds, d, bv, c. , painful, grievous, 
distressing, troublesome, annoying, D. , 
ii. 5. 13 : vii. 7. 28. 

Xvci-TgXeci), rjau}, (Xvio to pay, r^Xos 
expense) to pay expenses, to be profita- 
ble, advantageous, or expedient, D. i., 
iii. 4. 36 ? [zy, v. 7. 26. 

Xvtro-a or Xtirra, 77s, madness, fren- 

XOft),* X.-crw, XeXvKa, solvo, ^0 LOOSE, 
Ze< Zoo5e, release, set free ; to undo, 
break, break down, destroy, remove, 
violate (a treaty or oath) ; A. ; ii. 4. 17, 
19 s : iii. 1. 21 ; 4. 35 : = v. I. XvcmeXew, 
iii. 4. 36 : XeXv/j-ePos iinbound, free from 
bonds, iv. 6.2: — M. to ransom, redeem, 
A., vii. 8. 6. Der. axa-lysis. 

Xo)TO-<j>d"yos, ov, 6, (\wr6s the lotus, 
<f>ayeiv to cat) a lotus-eater. The Cy- 
]-enean lotus {now jujube) was a small 
sweet date-like fruit, so delicious that, 
according to the old fable (Horn. Od. 
t. 94), all who ate of it forgot their 
homes, and wished only to remain and 
feed upon it ; while in Arab poetry it 
is the fruit of paradise. The Loto- 
phagi of Homer, upon whose shore 
Ulysses landed, have been located by 
most geographers upon the coast of 
Tripoli and Tunis in North Africa, 
iii. 2. 25. 

Xa)(f>d(D, Tjact}, X€Xd}(f>r}Ka, {X6(f>os, as if 
to withdraiv the neck from tlie yoke ?) 
to rest, cease, iv. 7. 6. 

Xwwv,* contr. fr. c. Xwtuv referred 
to dya66s,more desirable, better, D. i. , 
iii. 1. 7: for emphasis, X(pov Kal aixeivov 
viore desirable and advantageous, pref- 
erable and better, vi. 2. 15 : vii. 6. 44. 



M. 

(id* by, an adv. of swearing, comm. 
negative, unless j^receded by vat. A., 
i. 4. 8 : V. 8. 6, 21. 

(idYaSis, tos, dat. («) i, 218. 2, r/, (a 
foreign word) the magadis, a kind of 
harp with 20 strings arranged in oc- 
taves ; or, ace. to some, a kind of flute ; 
vii. 2. 32. 

Md-yvTjs, r]Tos,6,a3fagnesian, a man 
of Magnesia, a narrow mountainous re- 
gion occupying the east coast of Thes- 
saly, vi. l.*7. Cf. magnet. 

fiaOeiv, -«, -ot|it, &c. , see fmvddvw. 

Ma{av8pos, ov,6,the Mceandcr, the 
largest river entering the ^Egean from 

LEX. AN. 4* 



Asia, so remarkable for its winding 
course through its rich alluvial plain, 
that it has given a name to the wind- 
ing of rivers. Its deposit has greatly 
extended and changed the coast at its 
mouth, i. 2. 5,7 s. || Mendere-Chai. 

(laivofiiai,* /xavovfiai r., 2 pf. fxeix-qva, 
2 a. p. cfxav-qp, to be mad, insane, or 
frenzied, ii. 5. 10, 12. Der. maniac. 

Mato-dSris, ov, Mcesades, a Thracian 
prince, father of Seuthes, vii. 2. 32. 

|xaKapi^(o, iau) lGj, {/xaKap hapjjy) to 
count or esteem happy ox fortunate, a. , 
iii. 1. 19. 

ijiaKopioTos, 77, ov, esteemed happ3'-, 
envied or enviable, being an object of 
envy, d. , i. 9. 6. 

MaKioTios (or MaK€<rTios), ov, 6, 
a Macistian, a man of Macistus (Mct- 
KLffTos), an old town of Triphylia in 
Elis, vii. 4. 16. i| Heights of Khaiaff"a. 

(xaKpos, a, ov, c. , s., (^ctj/cos length, 
cf. iJieyas magnus) long, of both space 
and time : fiaKpav [sc. 656v] a long way, 
a great distance, far (so c. & s.): fxa- 
Kpbrepov adv. ,fartlur: jxaKpov 9jv it was 
a long distance, or too far : i. 5. 7: ii. 
2. lis: iii. 4. 16s, 42. 

MdKpuv, o}vos, 6, a Macronian. 
The Macrones were a warlike tribe 
dwelling not far from Trebizond. iv. 
7. 27; 8. 5: v. 5. 17. 

lidXa, by apostr. p-dX', c. fidXXov, 
s. fidXiara, adv. (much used with ad- 
jectives and adverbs to express degi-ee, 
510), very, very much, greatly, exceed- 
ingly; very well, certainly ; iii. 4. 15 ; 
5. 3 ; ov fxdXa not at all, by no means, 
ii. 6. 15 ; by exceptional arrangement, 
avTLKa fxdXa very speedily, instantly, 
at once, iii. 5. 11, e5 ixdXa very easily, 
vi. 1. 1 : — c. more, rather, more certain- 
ly, (sometimes joined w. another com- 
par. for clearness or emphasis, iv. 6. 
11) ^ or G. (as c), i. 1. 4s, 8 ; 9. 5, 24 : — 
s. most, most of all, in the highest de- 
gree, best, esjjedally; most or very near- 
ly, about (w. numbers); i. 1.6; 9.22, 
29 : vi. 4. 3 : vii. 2. 22. 

p.aXaKL|o|Jkai, f. p. ccr6ricro/j.ai 1. , {fia- 
XaKos soft) to be self-indulgent, yield 
to sloth, V. 8. 14. 

|xav£ts, -evTcs, see fiaivojuiai, ii. 5. 10. 

\i.a.vQav<a,^ fMa67jcroiJ,ai,fxefxd6T]Ka, 2 a. 
^,aadov, to learyi, ascertain. A., I., G. 
CP. , irapd, i. 9. 4: ii. 5. 37 : iii. 2. 25 : 
iv. 8.5: V. 2. 25. Der. mathematics. 



|iaVT€ttt 



82 



fxe-yaXo-rrpeirus 



- tfAttVTcia, as, prophecy, oracle, iii. 1.7. 
[|ji.avT€vo}xai,e(/a-0|U.at, {fiavTis) to proph- 
esy, declare by oracle.] 

I (JiavTevTos, V} ^Vf declared or pointed 
out by an oracle, d. €k, vi. 1. 22. 

MavTiveus, ews, d, a Mantinean, a 
man of Mantinea (Mafr/i/eta) , an an- 
cient and, before the building of Me- 
galopolis, the largest city of Arcadia, 
situated in the eastern part. It was 
noted for the excellence of its political 
institutions, and for five important 
battles fought near it. In one of these, 
B.C. 362,theTheban Epaminondas con- 
quered the Spartans and Athenians at 
the expense of his own life, and the 
two sons of Xenophon fought ; the 
elder, Gryllus, falling after signal feats 
of valor, among which some reckoned 
the slaying of the Theban general, 
vi. 1. 11. II Paleopoli. 

(tdvTts, ews, 6 7), {fialvojxai) one who 
speaks in a state of divine frenzy, a 
propliet, seer ; a diviner, soothsayer, 
augur ; i. 7. 18. Der. necro-mancy. 

MapSovioi or MdpSoi, wv, the Mar- 
donii or Mardi, or -ians, a warlike 
people, prob. dwelling near the south- 
ern boundary of Armenia, iv. 3. 4 : v. I. 
MvydovLoi. 

MapiavSvvoC, Qv,tlie Mariandyni or 
-ians, a people of Bithynia, dwelling 
around Heraclea, and at length sub- 
jected by this city, vi. 2. 1 -.v. I. Ma- 
piavdrjuoi, Mapvavdrjvoi. 

ixdpo-nros or fj,dp<rtinros, ov, 6, mar- 
supium, a bag, pouch, iv. 3. 11. Der. 

MARSUPIAL. 

Mapo-vas, ov, Marsyas, fabled as a 
Phrygian satyr or peasant who invent- 
ed the Jlute, and was most cruelly 
punished for his presumption in con- 
tending with Apollo, i. 2. 8. — 2. The 
Marsyas, a small river of Phrygia, 
flowing into the Maeander, and fabled 
to have risen from the tears shed by 
the shepherds and rural divinities of 
Phrygia for the cruel fate of their fa- 
vorite musician, i. 2. 8. 

tp-aprupeco, -qaw, fxe/xaprupTjKa, to bear 
witness for or in favor of, testify in be- 
half of b., iii. 3. 12 : vii. 6. 39. 

tpaprvptov, ov, testimony, witness, 
proof iii. 2. 13. 

pdprvs, g. fidprvpos, d. pi. fidprvat, 

6 7), a witness, vii. 7.39. Der. martyr. 

MapMV€iTT]s, ov, a Maronite, a man 



of Maronea (Mapdoveiaj, a town of the 
Cicones in Thrace on the ^geau, after- 
wards colonized from Chios. It was 
noted for its excellent wine, which 
even Homer mentions (Od. t. 196 s), 
and for the too free use of it by its 
inhabitants, vii. 3. 16. IjMarogna. 
\i.a(rQ6s,ov,6,v. I. foryu.ao-r6s, i.4.17. 
Mdo-Kas,* a, or Mao-Kds, a, the 
Mascas, a stream in Mesopotamia, 
prob. a short canal flowing from and 
re-entering the Euphrates, i. 5. 4. 

pacTTevft), evaw, ch. poet. , {/mopLai to 
seek) to seek, search out, eagerly desire, 
a., I., iii. 1. 43 : v. 6. 25 : vii. 3. 11. 

t ]iaa-Tly 6<a, <haw,to whip, lash, scourge, 
iv. 6. 15. 

pdo-Ti|, 1705,17, a whip, lash, scourge, 
iii. 4. 25. 

p-ao-Tos, ov, 6, (/ictcrcrw to sqtceeze) one 
of the breasts; hence, a round hill, 
knoll, hillock; i. 4. 17 ? iv. 2. 6, 14s. 
pdraios, a, ov, [ixdr-qv in vain) usc' 
less, vain, idle, ivithout avail, vii. 6. 
17; 7. 24. 

tpdxaipa, as, a sword, esp. a short 
or curved sword in distinction from 
|i0os, the longer, straight sword 
(though the distinction is not always 
made, vii. 4. 16); a sabre; a dagger, 
large knife; i. 8. 7 : iv. 6. 26 : vii. 2. 30. 

IpaxaCpiov, ov, dim.,« dagger, dirk, 
knife, iv. 7. 16. 

tpdx'H, 17s, a battle, fgM, encounter, 
combat: dirb ttjs fiaxv^ from the (place 
of the) battle, from the battle-ground : 
i. 2. 9 : ii. 2. 6. Der. logo-machy. 

tpdxipos, 7?, oy,fit for fighting, war- 
like, vii. 8. 13. 

pdxopat, /Attxeco/iat iJ.axovp.aL,fxep.d- 
XVl^o-L, a. i/j.ax^o'dfjiTji' , to fight, give bat' 
tic; withstand, contend; D., ir€pi,irp6, 
a^v: i.5.9; 7.9,17s: ii.1.12; 5.19. 

Si (p*) me, poi, pov, see e7w,i. 3. 3. 
le^aPv^os, 01^, Megabyzus, a gen- 
eral name borne by the keeper of the 
temple of Diana at Ephesus, accoi'd- 
ing to custom a eunuch, v. 3. 6 s. 
ps^dXT], -o«, &c., see fxeyas, i. 2. 6. 
I psYoX-iryopew, 7)crio, (dyopevco) to 
talk big, sj^eak boastfully, boast, vaunt, 
vi. 3. 18. 

Ips-YaXo-irpeirTJs, h,{irpeiru}) befitting 
the great, magnificent, i. 4. 17 ? 

lp£7a\o-Trpeir»s, c. ecTTepoVjSJa-Tara, 
magnificently, on a magnificent scale, 
with great liberality, i. 4. 17 ? 



(le-ydXcDS 



83 



(jLcXca 



jp-eyoXus adv., greatly , grossly, iii. 
2. 22. 

Mryapevs, ^wJ, o, (Meyapa, capital 
of Megaris) a Megarian. Megara was 
early included in Attica ; but was con- 
quered by the Dorians, and for a time 
was subject to Corinth. After it won 
its independence, its advantages for 
commerce gave it great prosperity, so 
that it established several flourishing 
colonies (Byzantium, &c.), and even 
vied with Athens in naval power. As 
an ally of Sparta, it suffered greatly in 
the Peloponnesian War. Though not 
distinguished for letters, it claimed 
the invention of comedy, and gave its 
name to a school of philosophy found- 
ed by Euclides, a disciple of iSocrates, 
i. 2. 3 : vi. 2. 1. 

Heyas,* fxeydXr], fx^ya, g. fxeydXov, 
-r}s, c. fj-el^cou, s. ixiyi.(TT0S, magnus, 
great, large, stately ; mighty, povjer- 
ful ; of great moment or obligation, 
important ; of a sound, loud; i. 2. 4, 
7s; 4.9s: ii. 5. 14: iii.2.25: iv.7.23. 
The neut. , sing, and pi. , is much used 
as the ace. of effect or adv. ace. , or as 
an appositive to the sentence or to a 
part of it : ra jxeydXa eS iroieiu [to do 
well the great actsj to confer great fa- 
vors, i. 9. 24 : ix^ya ovrjaai or d}<pe\T](rai., 
/SXdi/'at fxeydXa, to benefit or injure 
greatly, iii. 1. 38 ; 3. 14 : rb fi^yiarov 
as the chief reason, chiefly, i. 3. 10. 

M€-yatj>6pvTis, ov, a Persian of high 
rank, put to death by Cyrus, i. 2. 20. 

|X€-ye0os, eos, to, (/n^as) greatness, 
magnitude, size ; of a river, width : 
ii. 3. 15 : iv. 1. 2. 

|xe8(.p.vos, ov, 6, the medimnus, the 
common Attic corn-measure, = very 
nearly a bushel and a half, vi. 1. 15. 

p,€9' by apostr. for nerd, before an 
aspirated vowel, ii. 2. 7. 

ji,€9-iT]|jLi,* riaw, eUa, to let go with 
or after, let go, give up, resign, A., 
vii. 4. 10. 

\i.iQ-ia-Tr\[i.\.* <jtt](to}, 'ia-T-rjKa, 1 a. 
^jTYjcra, 2 a. ^ar-qv, to place different- 
ly, remove: M., w. 2 a. and complete 
tenses act. , to change one's own place, 
to ivithdraio : but 1 a. m. to place apart 
from one's self, set aside, A. ; ii. 3. 8,21. 

MsGuSptsvs, ewj, 0, a Methydnan, 
a man of Methydrium {Mi6-vbpiov), a 
city of central Arcadia, so called from 
its situation betwee.i t\Yo streams. Its 



inhabitants were removed to people 
Megalopolis, iv. 1. 27 ; 7. 12. || Ru- 
ins near Pyrgo. 

jicGuft),* i;crw 1., to be drunk or in- 
toxicated, iv. 8. 20 : V. 8. 4. 

p.ei^a)V, ov, greater, see fiiyas, i. 2. 4. 

(igiXixios, a, ov, {fjLeiXiaau} to soothe) 
mild, gracious, vii. 8. 4 : see ZeOs. 

|xeivai, |X€ivas, &c. , see fiivco, i. 5. 13. 

lJL€ipdKiov, ov, TO, (in form dim. of 
fielpa^, 6 7], a youth) a youth, stripling, 
boy, in his teens, ii. 6. 16, 28. 
tHi£C(i>p.a, aros, to, {jxeibw to lessen) a 
deficiency, v. 8. 1. 

(jieCwv, ov, c. referred to fxiKpos or 6Xi- 
yos, less, in respect to size, power, 
number, &c. ; smaller, weaker, fevjer; 
i. 9. 10 : iv. 5. 36 : /ut-elov ^x^tv to have 
[less success] the ivorst, be worsted, i. 
10. 8 : tovto ixelov 'ix^i-v to have this as 
a disadvantage or a disadvantage in 
this, iii. 2. 17. The neut. ixeiovis some- 
times used as an indecl. subst. or adj. ; 
and also (as an adv.) Avith 17 omitted, 
though the gen. does not follow ; 
507 e,f, 511 c, V. 6. 9: vi. 4. 3,24. 

MeXavSirai, Qv, the Melanditoe, a 
people of Thrace, vii. 2. 32 : v. I. Me- 
XavdeiTTai.. 

tp>€Xavla, as, blackness, duskiness, i. 
8.8. _ 

(JLcXds,* aLva, av, g. avos, aivrjs, black, 
dark, iy. 5. 1S,15. Der. melan-choly. 

HeXerdta, Tjcrw, fx.€p.eXeTT}Ka, [ixiXio) 
to give attention to, practise, i., iii, 4. 
17: iv. 6. 14. 

4p.eX€Ti]pds, d, bv, s., diligent or as- 
siduous in practising, g., i. 9. 5. 

IxeXivi], 77?, sing, and pL, panicum, 
panic, a kind of millet, cf. Kiyxpos' 
ewl Tas fxeXLvas upon the jjanic ( fields): 
i. 2. 22; 5. 10: ii. 4. 13 : vi. 4. 6. 

4.M6Xtvo-4>d70t, cov, {(payelv) the [pan- 
ic-eaters] Melinophagi, a Thracian peo- 
ple near Salmydessus on the Euxine, 
perhaps Strabo's 'Aarol, vii. 5. 12. 

pcXXft),* /xeAX??(ra>, a. ifieXXrjaa or 
Tj/jL^XXTja-a, to be about to or going to, be 
on the point of, intend ; also translated 
by loill, would, shall, should, must, 
am, to, were to, &c. , cf. 598 a ; to be 
only about to, to delay : rb /m^XXov the 
future: I.: i. 8. 1 ; 9.28: ii.6.10: iii. 
1. 2,8, 4Gs; 5. 17: vi. 1. 21. 

piXb), fxeXrjab}, ixeix^XriKa, to concern, 
be a care to, i). : comm. impers. , as e/jLoi 
/MeXei it concerns or is a care to me, it 



{ik^|i.VT)}iai 



84 



MeViriXa 



is wy care, I take care, I look or see to 
it, 6irws : i. 4. 16 ; 8. 13 : vi. 4. 20 : rrj 
6eC^ fxeXriaeL tlie goddess will see to it, 
by enphemism for the goddess will 
punish his neglect, v. 3. 13. 

|i£)ivT||xai, -Tj(ro(iai, see ixcfivqaKO}. 

|j,€}Ji(j>op.ai., \}/o/xai, to blame, reproach, 
Jind fault tvith, A. et's, ii. 6. 30. 

jiev post-pos. adv. or secondary 
conj. (66 f), on the one hand, indeed, 
in the first place, first, but often omit- 
ted in translation. Jt is nsu. a pro- 
spective particle of distinction, mark- 
ing the words with which it is con- 
nected as distinguished fr. others 
which follow, and with which a retro- 
spective particle, (comm. 5e, but some- 
times dXXd, fxevroL, elra, ^iretra, /cat, 
&c.) is regularly joined, i. 1. 1 s ; 3. 
2, 10 : ii. 1. 13 : iii. 1. 19 s. The reg- 
ular sequence is sometimes neglected, 
esp. after intervening clauses, i. 10. 
16 : iii. 2. 8. In some combinations 
of particles, fxev has a force like that 
of the confirmative /mriv, indeed, truly: 
IJikv 8r) now indeed, indeed, truly, so 
then, then, accordingly, i.2.3: iii. 1.10 : 
ov jxkv d-q nor [now] yet indeed, yet 
surely not, i. 9. 13 : ii. 2. 3 : e7w fji.ev 
odv I [indeed] for my part the^i, ii. 4. 
7 Cu^j/ emphasizing e'yu}, cf. i. 9. 1) : 
aWa . . fxev (or fievToi) but or well cer- 
tainly, vii. 6. 11, 39. The words upon 
which jxev throws its emphasis regu- 
larly precede it, either wholly or in 
part. If, as has been supposed, fiiv 
and di (of which fx-qv and 5?) are longer 
forms) are derived from the lirst and 
second numerals (cf. /ita. Ho), then 
their original force would seem to have 
been, for one thing . . for another 
thing ; hence, on the one hand . . on 
the other hand, in the first place . . in 
the second place, first . . secondly, in- 
deed . . but or and, &c. See d^, 6. 

\.\iiv-Toi indeed truly, assuredly, 
really, indeed, withal, to be sure; yet, 
still, however, but ; i. 3. 10 : ii. 3. 9 s, 
22 s : Kol . . fJieuToi. and indeed, and 
certainly, and moreover, and yet, i. 9. 
6, 29 : iv. 6. 16. See iiev. 

fUvM, fxevQ}, [xefi^vrfKa , a. ^fieiva, ma- 
neo, to REMAIN, vMit, stay, tarry, am- 
tinue; to laait for, A. ; i. 2. 6, 9 s ; 3. 
11: ii. 3. 24: iv. 4. 19 s. 

Mevcdv, wvos, Menon, a general from 
Pharsalus in Thessaly, whose character 



Xenophon depicts in dark colors. He 
was a favorite of Aristippus, who 
placed him, while yet a young man, 
in command of a mercenary force 
levied with money furnished by Cy- 
rus. From this he brought 1500 men 
to the Cyrean army. When the other 
generals Avho had been seized through 
the treachery of Tissaphernes were put 
to death, Menon was spared, ])rob. be- 
cause he claimed the merit of having 
aided that treachery, and through the 
intercession of his intimate Arieeus ; 
but he afterwards perished by linger- 
ing torture, prob. from having fallen 
into the hands of the vengeful Pary- 
satis, who thus punished him for his 
supposed treason. A dialogue of Plato 
bears his name. i. 2. 6: ii. 6. 28 s. 

^^i^iXfa, lab} iw, to divide, distribute^ 
A., V. 1. 9? 

[xepos, COS, TO, (fielpofiai to share) a 
share, part, portion, division, quota, 
detachment; specimen: iv r^ I^^P^t, 
/card (to) fiepos in or according to Okie's 
share, 2)art, place, or turn: i.5.8 ; 6.2 : 
iii. 4. 23 : v. 1. 9 : vi. 4. 23 : vii. 6. 36. 

t|Ji.EO--T]p,Ppba, as, {rj/j-epa, 146 b) mid- 
day, noon; the place of the sun at 
noon, the south ; i. 7. 6 : iii. 5. 15. 

t fX€o-6-'yaia or -7€ia, as, (7^) the in- 
land, interior, vi. 2. 19 ; 3. 10 ; 4. 5. 
fieVos, v, 0^, (akin to fierd) medius, 
MIDDLE, of space or time; central; the 
middle or midst of (in this use as an 
adj. , not immediately preceded by the 
article, 508a, 523b); i. 2. 7, 17; 8.13: 
iv. 8. 8 {among OY with): subst. ncVov, 
ov, the middle, midst, or centre; the. 
interval or space between; g.; i. 2. 15 ; 

4. 4 ; fxiaov ijfjLepas midday, noon, i. 8. 
8 ; fjieaov rb eavrov his otvn centre, i. 8. 
13 ? (cf. i. 8. 22, 23); 5id p-iaov, ev (t(J.) 
/Afo-y, eh TO /xiaov, through, in, or into 
the m,idst or the interval between, some- 
times = betioeen, i. 4. 4 ; 5. 14 ; 7. 6 : 
ii. 2. 3 ; e/c tov fiea-ov out of [the space 
between] the tvay, i. 5. 14. Der. mes- 
entery. 

Iftetroci), (Jjcrw, to form or be in the 
middle : p.e<xovaa rj yj/xepa midday, vi. 

5. 7. 

M€<r7rt\a, 77$ or cov, i) or rd, (referred 
by some to the oriental "mashpil," 
desolate, and perhaps the origin of the 
name Mosul) Mespila, the ruins of 
Nineveh in its stricter sense. These 



|i€<rros 



85 |X€Tett)pos 



lie upon the east bank of the Tigris, 
opposite Mosul ; and include the great 
mounds of Koyunjik, containing the 
remains of the magnificent palaces of 
Sennacherib and his grandson, and 
Nebbi Yunas, sacred in Mohammedan 
tradition as the burial-place of the 
prophet Jonas. The name Nineveh, 
in its wider sense, seems to have ap- 
plied to a vast aggregation of palaces 
and towns (some specially walled and 
having also other names, cf. modern 
London) situated north of the junc- 
tion of the Tigris and Upper Zab, 
and together constituting the splen- 
did capital of the mighty Assyrian 
Empire. It is represented as "an 
exceeding great city^ of three daj^s' 
journey" (Jonah 3. 3.), having accord- 
ing to Diodorus (2. 3) a circuit of 480 
stadia (the longer sides 150 stadia, and 
the shorter 90). Mespila was in the 
northwest part of its wide-spread ru- 
ins, and Laiissa (now Nimnid, where 
the wonderful remains of the palaces 
of Esarhaddon and others have been 
disinterred, ch. through the efforts of 
Layard) in the southwest. The dis- 
tance between them is set by Xen, at 
6 parasangs, and is now estunated to 
be about 18 miles. The other two 
corners of the immense quadrangle 
(which, like the enclosure of Baby- 
lon, was doubtless occupied in part 
by pleasure grounds and land for cul- 
ture) have been recognized at Khorsa- 
bad, where was the beautiful palace 
of Sargon, and at Keremles, giving an 
extent not greatly differing from the 
statement of Diodorus. Nineveh lost 
its glory in its capture and the over- 
throw of the Assj'rian Empire by the 
Medes and Babylonians, B. c. 625 ; but 
it is represented by Xen. as not whol- 
ly destroyed till the Medes were over- 
powered by the Persians (b. c. 558). 
iii. 4. 10. 

HeoTos, 1?, 6v, full of, abounding in; 
filed, stored, or laden with; g. ; i. 4. 
19 ; 10. 18 : ii. 5. 9. 

{icrd* prep., by apostr. (jl€t or |i60', 
a-MiD, among (akin to fieaos medius, 
and Germ, mit) : (a) w\ Gex. , ch. of 
persons, among ; hence, with ; in tJie 
army or under the command of; i. 2. 
20, 24; 7. 10 : ii. 2. 7 : fxed" v/xQv eXvai 
to be associated with you, adliere to you. 



i. 3. 5 ? /tera ddidas with, by means 
of, or through injustice, ii. 6. 18 : — • 
(b) w. Ace, after (orig., in order to 
be among or with), in respect to place, 
HANK, or oftenest time ; next after, 
next to; i. 3. 16 ; 7.2; 8.4: vii. 7. 22 : 
/xera ravra or tovto after this, here- 
upon, thereupon, i. 4. 9: iv. 6. 4: p-ed' 
TjfjLepav after the coming of day, hence 
by day, iv. 6. 12 : — (c) in compos., 
among, after, often denoting distribu- 
tion or interchange among, and hence, 
in general, change. 

p.eTa-PdXX«, * /SaXtD, ISe^XrjKa, to 
throw to a different position : 3L to 
throw or turn one's shield behind, as 
in retreat. A., vi. 5. 16. 

\iiTa--^iyv<aa-K(o,* yvibaofiai, eyvcjKa, 
2 a. eyvoov, to think differently, c/iange 
one's mind, ii. 6. 3. 

|xeTa-8i8<«)|xi,* bibcrw, beSoiKa, a. I5a>- 
Ka (ScD, doLTjv, kc), to distribute, im- 
part to, simre v:ith, D. A., g., iii. 3. 1 : 
iv. 5. 5 s : vii. 8. 11. 

|i,£Ta-fteXei, yje\T)<jei, it repents one, 
or he repents, d. p., i. 6. 7 : vii. 1. 34. 

fx.€Ta|v adv., {fxerd) in the midst, in 
the mean ichile, between, g. : fxera^if 
yiyveaOai. to intervene, elapse: i. 7. 15: 
iii. 1. 27; 4. 37: v. 2. 17. 
tp€Td-ir€|XTrTos, ov, sent for, Jiaving 
been sent for, i. 4. 3. 

(lera-ircfiirft), * Trefixf/w, ir€irop.(pa, to 
send one after or for another : M. to 
send for to come to one's self, sum- 
mon, A. diro, irpbs, els, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 26 ; 
3. 8; 4. 5, n : vii. 1. 3. 

Hera-o-Tds, -o-T-qo-dfJievos, see ixeO- 
iaTT]fj.L, ii. 3. 8, 21. 

(i€Ta-crTpe<)>«,* exj/u}, earpotpa 1., to 
turn about or round, trans. ; but M. 
intrans., vi. 1. 8. 

|xeTd-<rxoi}i,i, &c., see p-er-ix^- 

|jL€Ta-X(*)pew, r/trw, Kex^prjKa, to re- 
move to another place, clmnge one's 
encampment, vii. 2. 18. 

(i£T-eip,i,* iaopai, to be with or shared 
among : ovdevbs i]piv pLerearL there is 
to us a share of none, tee simre iri 
none. D. G. partitive, 421 a, iii. 1. 20. 

|X€T-ex.w,* efw, ^axriKa, ipf. elxov, 
2 a. ^crxov, to have a sliare of, partake 
of, sliare with another, parti/:ipate in, 
G., V. 3. 9: vi. 2. 14 : vii. 6. 28. 

(i€T-6(i}pos, OV, {alpu}) uplifed, raised 
from the ground, i. 5. 8 (raising them 
from the ground). Der. meteoii. 



^erpit 



86 



Jl'/jV 



t|X€Tpew, Tjo-u, metior, to measure, 
iv. 5. 6. Der. geo-metry. 

tfiSTpitos adv., in due measure, mod- 
eratebi, temperately, in a conciliatory 
way, ii. 3. 20. 

H€Tpov, ov, a measure, iii. 2. 21. Der. 
METRE, DiA-METER ; Lat. metrum. 

JJL6XP''* &j before a vowel, less Att. 
jiexpis, (akin to ixaKpbs) adv. of place or 
time with a prep, or another adv., but 
oftener w. g. as a prep., as far as, 
even to, up or doicn to, until : ixixpi- 
od to the region ivlierc or time wlicn, 
until, 557 o : i. 7. 6, 15 : iv. 1. 1 : v. 
1. 1 ; 4. 16 ; 5. 4 : — temporal conj., 
itntil, till, i. 4. 13 : ii. 3. 7, 24 ; 6. 5 ? 

p,i^ * (a) the subjective neg. adv., 
used in expressing negation as desired, 
feared, or assumed, and esp. w. the 
subj., intv., and inf., not, 686 (cf. ov); 
but often redundant w. the inf. after 
words implying some negation (so even 
the strengthened yUT? ov), 713 d ; i. 1. 
10 ; 3. 2 s : iii. 1. 13, 24 : otrov fxi] 
where not, except luhere, i. 5. 9 : ixr} 
TTopiaas [not] xcithout having supplied, 
ii. 3. 5 : /at? ov for /tiy with inf. after 
negative clauses, expressions of shame, 
&c., 713 f, ii. 3. 11 : — (b) the neg. 
final conj., ch. w. subj. and opt., 624s, 
that not, lest, that (after words of fear- 
ing, 625 a), i. 3. 17; 8. 13 : iii. 4. 1. — 
(c) It has similar uses in compos.; 
where it is often repeated without 
doubling the negation, 713, i. 3. 14: 
vii. 1. 6. See cl, edv, ov. 

tji'qS-ap.fi or -ajtfj adv., (dfiTJ any- 
where) nowliere, vii. 6. 29 (713 d). 

tp.T]8-a|X(3s adv., {d^C)^ in any imy) 
in no way, vii. 7. 23. 

p.T]-8e, by aposti\ p-nS*, conj., and 
not, hut not, nor, neither (cf. fivre), 
ii. 4. 1 ; 5. 29 : iii. 2. 17 : — emphatic 
adv., ne . . quidem, not even, neither-, 
i. 3. 14 : iii. 2. 21 : vii. 6. 18 s, 23. For 
its compounds fir^deis, &c., the strong- 
er forms /j-rjde eh, &c., are also found. 
|}j.Tj8-eis, /JiTjde -fjiia, ixiq5-ev, not even 
one, no one, no, none : |xt]8£V subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, not 
at all, by no means : i. 3. 15 ; 9. 7 s. 

|[x-j8e-'n-0T6 not even at any time, 
never, iii. 2. 3 : iv. 5. 13. 

|}i7]8-^T6pos, a, cv, neither of two, vii. 
4. 10. 

Mr^Sia or MrjScia, as, (MQ5os) Me- 
dia (ov Medea), the country of the 



Medes, which Xeu. extends to the 
river Tigris, making the region spe- 
cially called Assyria a part of it. In 
a more limited sense. Media lay north- 
east of the valley of the Tigris, ex- 
tending from the Araxes to Persis, 
with great variety of climate, soil, and 
products (now the northwest part of 
Persia). To MrfBLas Te?xos the Median 
ivall, a wall built at the head of the 
Babylonian plain, to prevent the in- 
cursions of the Medes (as "the Picts' 
Wall" in England means the wall 
against the Picts). i.7.15: ii. 4.12,27. 
— 2. The wife of the last Median king 
(ace. to the common account, Asty- 
ages), iii. 4. 11. — In the first sense, 
M 7761a is to be preferred, and perhaps 
M-qbeia in the second. 

Mt|8okos, ov, Medocus, a king of 
the Odrysie, reigning at a distance 
from the Propontis, the most power- 
ful and, we might judge, the best of 
the Thracian princes of his time. He 
was claimed by Alcibiades as a friend, 
vii. 2. 32 ; 3. 16 ; 7. 11. 

Mt)8os, 01;, 6, a Mede, iii. 2.25 ; 4.7. 
The Medes were early a brave people, 
esp. skilled in the use of the bow and 
horse, and holding the kindred Per- 
sians subject. But after the conquest 
of Assyria, they became more luxuri- 
ous, and the sovereignty passed to the 
Persians, b. c. 558. 

MT]8oo-d8Tjs, ov, Medosades, chief 
minister of the Thracian prince Seu- 
thes, vii. 1. 5 ; v. I. Arjfioa-ddrjs, &c. 

li.i]Q' for [ii.'f]T€, before an aspirated 
vowel, iii. 2. 23. 

p.T]-K-€Tt, 165 c, not henceforth or in 
future, not again, no longer, no more, 
i. 2. 27 ; 4. 16 ; 6. 9. 

(ifjKos,eos, TO, (akin to jxaKphs) length, 
i. 5. 9 (pi.): ii. 4. 12: v. 4. 32. 

jjiTJv confirmative adv. post-pos., 
{jxev) vero, indeed, in truth, surely, 
certainly; yet, however; comm. at- 
tached to other particles : dWd firjv 
(. . 7e) hut surely (at least), and cer- 
tainly, yet further, i. 9. 18 : iii. 2. 16: 
'Tj ix-rjv (. . ye) indeed certainly (at least), 
most certainly, j^ositively, assuredly, 
in swearing or strong asseveration, ii. 
3. 26 s : vi. 1. 31 : koL jxrjv and indeed^, 
and yet, i.7.5 : iii. 1.17: ov ixi^v (. . ye) 
not indeed\at least), yet {certainly) not, 
i. 10. 3, 13. See 7^. 



\Li\V 



87 



\L\.<r{<a 



|XTjv, fxrjvSs, 6, mensis, a month : 
rod fjLTjvjs (433 f ) or Kara firjva, by tlw 
'month, a month, monthly. The Attic 
months were lunar, beginning with 
the new moon, and consisting alter- 
nately of 29 and 30 days. i. 1, 10 ; 3. 
21 ; 9. 17. Der. meniscus. 
I [ATI vo-€i8Vis, ^s, {d5o$) crcscent-slmped, 
in th-eform of a crescent, v. 2. 13 ? 

fx,qvi7(i>, vai)}, ixejx-qvvKa, to disclose, 
tnake knoivn, expose. A., ii. 2. 20. 

(jtil-iroT€ n-unquam, n-ever, i. 1. 4. 

(iTJ-irw non-dum, not yet, iii. 2. 24. 

|jLT]pds, ov, b, the thigh, vii. 4. 4. 

|j.i]-T€ * conj., by apostr. fiTJr or 
|Jii^6', ne-que, and not, nor : fj.rjT€ . . 
fiTp-€ neither . . nor: /xrire . . re ne- 
que . . et, both not . . and, not only not 
. . but also. MriTe is coram, doubled 
in whole or in part as above, and is 
thus distinguished fr. the conj. fiTjde. 
i. 3. 14 : ii. 2. 8 : iii. 1. 30 : iv. 4. 6. 

lir\rr]p,* fjLTfrpos, 17, mater, a mother, 
i. 1. 3s: ii. 4. 27. Der. maternal. 

IfiTlTpo-iroXis, ews, ij, motlier-city, 
chi^f city, metropolis, v. 2. 3 ; 4. 15. 
t}i'r]xavdo|i.ai, rjaofmi., /xe/xrixdvrjfMaL, 
machinor, to contrive, devise, sclieme, 
seek or try by artifice, ae., i., e/c, ii. 
6. 27 : iv. 7. 10. Der. machination. 

liTjxavfi, Tjs, (firixos an expedient) 
niachina, a contrivance, device, means, 
iv. 5. 16. Der. machine, mechanism. 

|i,ia, see ets, ii. 1. 19. 
[(iC-yviipii & |Jti<rY«, fxi^u}, (Jt-ifitxC' 1., 
misceo, to mix, mingle.] 

MiSas, ov, Midas, a king of Phrygia, 
who had been a pupil of Orpheus, but 
became proverbial for his folly. Hav- 
ing caught the satyr Silenus by the 
sure trap of a fountain mingled with 
wine, he treated him with such kind- 
ness that he was permitted by Bacchus 
to fix his own reward. He chose the 
power of changing all he touched to 
gold, a fatal gift, from which he w^as 
relieved by bathing in the Pactolus, 
whose sands were thenceforth golden. 
Appointed judge between Apollo and 
Pan, he awarded the prize for musical 
skill to the latter ; and the indignant 
god of the lyre punished him for his 
bad taste by changing his ears to those 
of an ass. i. 2. 13. 

Mi0pi8dTT]s, ov, Mithriddtes, a par- 
tisan of Cyrus, but one wlio, after C.'s 
death, dealt treacherously with the 



Greeks ; according to vii. 8. 25, satrap 
of Lycaonia and Cappadocia. The 
name seems to mean a gift of or to 
Mithra (the Sun-God, — da, to give), 
and hence to have been common among 
his worshippers, ii.5.35: iii. 3.1; 4.2: 
V. I. MLdpaddrrjs. 

[iiKpos,* a, 6v, c. fi€LO}v or eXdrTuiv, 
s. eXaxtcrros, q. v. , little, small ; weak, 
insignificant ; short (of time or dis- 
tance), ft/'zc/; ii.4.13: iii. 2. 10: y.iKpLv 
a little, a short distance, a short space 
only, (hence narrowly, i. 3. 2), ii. 1. 6 : 
iii. 1.11: Kara fiiKpov or /xiKpd accord- 
ing to small measure, in or into small 
parts or portions, v. 6. 32 : vii. 3. 22 : 
p.iKpa dixapr-qdevra small things done 
wrong, small mistakes, trifling errors^ 
V. 8. 20. Der. micro-scope. 

tMiXT]<rios, a, ov, Milesian, belong- 
ing to Miletus : subst. MtX.T|o-tos a 
Milesian man, Mi.XT]<rla a Milesian 
woman, i. 1. 11 ; 9. 9 : 10. 3. 

MiXtjtos, ov, 7), Miletus, an Ionian 
city with four harbors, situated on the 
northwestern coast of Caria, near the 
mouth of the Mseander. It was re- 
markable for the extent of its com- 
merce, the number of its colonies, and 
the arts, wealth, and luxury of its in- 
habitants. It suffered greatly from 
its capture by the Persians, B. c. 494, 
after which it never regained its former 
importance. It is prominent in the 
early history of Greek philosophy as 
the birthplace of Thales, Anaximan- 
der, and Anaximenes. It was also the 
birthplace of the early historians Cad- 
mus and Hecatffius, of Aspasia, &c, i. 
1. 6 s ; 4. 2. II Ruins buried by the 
deposits of the Maeander. 

MiXtokvOt^s, ov, MiltocytJies, a Cy- 
rean officer from Thrace, Avho deserted 
to the king, ii. 2. 7. 

)jLlp.£0|i.ai, i^aofiai, fxefiifirjixai, (fu/nos 
a mimic) imitor, to imitate, mimic, 
act as in a play, iii. 1. 36 : vi. 1. 9. 

p,i|jivir^<rK«,* fxprjau, a. p. as ?n. e/xvi^- 
<xdr,v, to remind : M. to remind one's 
self call to mind, make mention of 
mention, suggest; pf. pret. fie/xvrjfjiai, 
f. pf. /xe/jLvrjaoiJLaL, memini, I have been 
reminded, re-MEMBER, mention; G., 
I., CP. ; i. 7. 5 : iii. 2. 39 : v. 8. 25 s. 

|xi(r6o), Tjcrw, fjt,€/iU(TrjKa, (pucros hatred) 
to hate, be angry or displeased with, 
A., vi. 2. 14. Der. mis-anthrope. 



|j.i(r6o8o(ria 



88 



Mvo-os 



t(Aio-9o-8o<rta, as, (dldufii) the pay- 
ment of wages, ii. 5. 22. 

t|xio-0o-8oT€a), -qaw, to pay wages, give 
pay, D., vii. 1. 13. 

t p.i<r6o-86Tr]s, ov, {didufxi} a paymas- 
ter, employer, t>., i. 3. 9. 

|ii(r6os, ou, 6, wages, pay, hire, re- 
ward, recompense, G. : fxtadbvTTjs dacpa- 
Xetas jtja?/ for the security or preserva- 
tion: i.1.10: ii.2.20: iii.5.8: v.6.31. 

4.[xi(r0o-^opd, as, or (JLio-0o-(}>opia, as, 
{<f>ep(j}) the receipt of pay, service for 
pay, er)iploy7ncnt for wages, wages, v. 
6. 23, 35 s:^ vi. 1. 16; 4. 8. 

I p,io-0o-4>opos, ov, {(pefjw) receiving 
pay, serving for hire, mercenary : subst. 
|xio-0o<|>dpoi hired soldiers,mercenaries : 
i. 4. 3 : iv. 3. 4 : vii. 8. 15. 

\. |Jki(r0d(i), cjo-o;, fxefxLadwKa, to let for 
hire, A. : 3F. to hire, a. : P. to he hired, 
588, eirl : i. 3. 1 : vi. 4. 13 : vii. 7. 34. 
fivd,* as, a MiNA =100 draclimse, or 
■^Q of a talent ; as a weight, at Athens, 
= about 15.2 oz. ; as a sum of money, 
= about 1 20; i. 4. 13 : v. 8. 1. 

|jLV^|j.i], ris, (/Mfiv-rjaKU)) remembrance, 
memory, vi. 5. 24. [}jtvT|fi.wv mindful.^ 

.j.p.vi](J,ovei!itD, ei^crw, ifivrj/xovevKa, to call 
to mind, recall, recount, reflect or dwell 
upon, G., iv. 3. 2. 

4p,VT]|xoviKds, 17, ov, s., having a good 
memory, vii. 6. 38. Der. mnemonics. 
p.VT)or0c5, see ixiixv-qcrKO}, vi. 4. 11. 

||jkVT]a-i-KaK6(i), Tjcw, (KaKos) to remem- 
ber an in jury, cherish resentment or bear 
ill-will towards a person for anything, 
t>. G., ii. 4. 1. 

p.6Xis & earlier \i.6yis,(/J.Co\os & /moyos, 
toil, cf. Lat. moles) with toil or diffi- 
culty, hardly, scarcely, iii. 4. 48. 

t|ioXvji8is or p.oXipSis, i8os, ij, a 
leaden hall or bullet, iii. 3. 17. 

p.6Xvp8o9 or p.dXip8os, ov, 6, plum- 
bum, lead, iii. 4. 17. 

|ji.6Xa>, see ^XibaKw, vii. 1. 33. 
|xov-apxla, as, {fiovos, apx<>}) sole 
command, monarchy, vi. 1. 31. 

|xovaxfj or -xtj adv., {fxovot) by one 
way only, smgly, only : rjirep fJLOvaxv 
by which way only, iv. 4. 18. 

p.ovT|, 77s, 7), (fievui) mansio, a stay, 
staying, remaining, v. 1. 5 ; 6. 22, 27. 

t |aovo-€i8t|s, ^s, (eiSos) uni-form, reg- 
ular, V. 2. 13 ? 

t p.ov6-|vXos, ov, {^vKov) made of a 
single log, hollowed from a single trunk, 
V. 4. 11. 



(idvos, 7}, ov, (fx^vw ?) remaining or 
left alone, alone, only, sole : (Jtdvovadv., 
only, solely, alone: i.4.15: ii.5.14,20. 
Der. MONO-, MON-, monk, monad. 

(jLd<r<ruv or |xd<riiv, vvo%, d. pi. yMo<r- 
(xuvoLs, 225 f, 6, (a foreign word) a 
ivooden tower, v. 4. 26. 

|M0O-[o-]^VOlKOl, U3V, 01, (otV^Oj) tllC 

[Tower-dwellers] 3Ios[s]7jnoeci, a rude, 
piratical people on the southern coast 
of the Euxine, with singular customs, 
V. 4.^2, 15, 27, 30. 

p,d<rxeios, ov, (fioaxos calf) of a calf: 
Kpea fioaxeia veal, iv. 5. 31. 

[JLOX06W, 'rjaca, (fxoxOos, akin to /xoyos, 
toil) to toil, labor, ttndergo toil or Ivxrd- 
ship, AE., irepi, vi. 6. 31. 

(loxXos, oO, 6, a bar, bolt, for fasten- 
ing gates, &c., vii. 1. 12, 15, 

Mv78dvioi V. I. for MapbbvLoi, iv. 3.4. 

jiv^co* or d-p.v5«, (356p; ix^uta to 
close the mouth) to suck, iv. 5. 27. 

MvpiavSos or Mvpi-av8pos, ov, i], 
Myriandus or -drus, a commercial 
town, built by the Phoenicians on the 
Gulf of Issus. i. 4. 6. || Between Is- 
candemn and Arsvis. 
tp.vptds, dSos, T], a MYRIAD, the num- 
ber of 10,000, i. 4. 5; 7. 10 s. ' 

|ivpios, a, ov, 10,000, the greatest 
number expressed in Greek by one 
word (comm. pi., exc. w. a collective 
noun, i. 7. 10); sometimes less defi- 
nitely for a very large number; i.1.9 ; 
2. 9: ii. 1. 19 : iii. 2. 31. 

p-upov, ov, {ixvpw to flow t) a fragrant 
oil or unguent, precious ointment, iv. 
4. 13. 

tMv<ria,a$, Mysia, a province in the 
northwest of Asia Minor, south of the 
Propontis. The name was applied in 
a narrower sense to the southern in- 
land part of this province, vii. 8. 8. 
tMvo-ios, a, ov, Ilysian, i. 2. 10. 

Mvo-ds, ov, 6, a Mysian. The Mysi 
were a rude people in Mysia, supposed 
to have emigrated from Thrace, who 
maintained a species of independence 
in their mountain fastnesses, and were 
troublesome to their neighbors by their 
predatory habits. From their low re- 
pute, MvaCov ^axaTos became prover- 
bial as a term of reproach, i. 6. 7 ; 9. 
14. — 2. Mysus, the proper name of 
a Mysian, who was both useful and 
entertaining to his comrades, v. 2. 29 : 
vi. 1. 9. 



(jivxcs 89 

(ivxos, oO, 6, {{xvu} to close) a recess, 
nook, iv. 1. 7. 

fiupos, a, ov, later |iwp6s, d, 6v, s., 
morus, foolish, silly, stupid, iii. 2. 22. 
4.|Awpa)s or ikotpias foolishly, stupidly, 
vii. 6. 21, 



N. 



v&t * confirmative adv., nse, certain 

ly : vai k val fxi w. A., certainly by. 
yes by, by, v. 8. 6 : vi. 6. 34 : vii. 6. 21, 
vaas,* oQ, contr. vews, v^^, o, (paLw 
to dwell) the dwelling of a god (cf. 
sedes), a temple, v. 3. 8 s, 12 s. 

vairr], 775, i], & voLttos, eos, to, {vdw 
to flow ?) a woody vale, dell, glen, hol- 
low, raviiu, iv. 5. 15, 18 : vi. 5. 12 s. 

tvav-apxe«, '»70'a>, to be admiral, com- 
mand the fleet, v. 1. 4 : vii. 2. 7. 

tvav-apxos, ov, 6, {apx<^) o, naval 
commander, admiral, esp. a Spartan 
high-admiral, i.4.2: vi.1.16: vii. 2. 5. 

tvay-KXr^pos, ov, 6, {K\r,pos allotment) 
a shlp-oicner, shi2)-master, vii. 2. 12. 

tvavXos, ov, 6, or vavXov, ov, nau- 
Jum, passage-money, fare, v. 1. 12. 

tvav-'7rr]-yi^<rip.os, ov, {irrfyvvixi) fit for 
ship-building, vi. 4. 4. 

vavs,* veujs, vrft, vavv, rj, (akin to veoo 
to swim) navis, a ship, esp. a war- 
vessel, with banks of rowers, i. 4. 2 s : 
V. 4. 10 : vii. 5. 12. Der. nautilus, 
NAVY. Cf. irXolov, TpiripTjS. 

iNavoi-KXeiSrjs, ov, Nausiclldes, a 
Spartan envoy who brought money to 
the armj', vii. 8. 6 : v. I. 'Afj-evaiKXei- 
drjs, ajxa EvKXeidrj^. 

jva-ucri-iropos, ov, traversed hy ships, 
navigable, ii. 2. 3. 

jVaVTlKOS, V, 6v, XAVAL, NAUTICAL, 

1. 3. 12. 

vcdvio-Kos, ov, 0, (dim. in form, veos) 
a young man, sometimes applied even 
up to the age of 40, ii. 1.13: iv. 3. 10. 

VEip^ai, see j/e^tw, vi. 6. 33. 

vsxpds, ou, b, a dead body, corpse : 
oi veKpoi the dead : dvev iroWQv veKpQv 
without the loss of many lives : iv. 2. 
18, 23 : J. 2. 9. Der. necro-mancy. 

V€|iw,* v€p.Q), V€ve/j,T]i:a, a. ^veifxa, to 
divide, distribute, jJortion out, award, 
assign, regulate ; to carve ; to assign 
or occupy for pasture ; a. d. : veixerai 
ai^i it is pastured with goats : M. of 
animals, to be at pastxtre, to graze : ii. 

2. 15 : iv. 6. 17 : vi. 6. 33: vii. 3. 21. 



tv€o-SapTos, ov, (depu to skin) newly 
skinned or strijjped : iv. 5. 14. 

Vc'os, a, ov, c., s., novus, new, fresh, 
young, i. 1. 1 : iv. 1. 27 ; 2. 16 :* v. 4. 
27. See Te?xos. Der. neo-phyte. 

veiifia, arcs, to, (feucj to nod) a nod, 
V. 8. 20 (where we should mther say 
wink). 

tveupd, as, a string, esp. of a bow, 
bowstring, iv. 2. 28 : v. 2. 12. 

vevpov, ov, nervus, a string, cord, 
sinew, nerve, iii. 4. 17. 

v64>eXT], 77$, {vecpos niibes, cloud) ne- 
bula, a cloud, mist, i. 8. 8 : iii. 4. 8. 

Der. NEBULAR. 

V€«,* vevaovjJLaL or vevaoij-ai, vevevKa, 
no, nato, to sivim, iv. 3. 12 ? v. 7. 25. 
v€0), * vrjacj, to pile up, lieap together y 
A., V. 4. 27. 

vccD-Kopos, 01;, b,{v€<ht, Kopio} to swccp) 
a temple-sweeper, sexton, sacristan, 
keeper of a temple, ^. 3. 6. 

N€wv, uivo%. Neon, from A sine in 
Laconia, lieutenant and successor to 
Chirisophus, an ambitious and con- 
tentious man, v. 3. 4; 6. 36 : vi. 4. 11. 
tvewptov, ov, i&po. care) a place for 
the care of ships, dock-yard., dock, vii. 
1. 27. 
V6»s, vewv, see j'aOs, i. 4. 3. 
V€«s,* w, see TOos, v. 3. 8. 
V6«o"Ti adv., (I'eos) newly, recently , 
lately, iv. 1. 12, 

virj * affirmative adv. of swearing, 
truly by, yes by, by, A. (oftenest Ma), 
i. 7. 9 : V. 7. 22. 

VT]t, vfjes, see vavs, i. 4. 2. 
viio-os, 01;, i), (veu) to swim, as if 
floating land 1) insula, an island, isle, 
ii. 4. 22. Der. Poly-nesia. 

tNiK-avSpos, ov, Nicander, a Laco- 
nian, who slew the faithless and in- 
triguing Dexippus, V. 1. 15. 

t NiK-apxos, ov, Kicarchus, an Arca- 
dian, who was severely wounded, ii. 
5. 33. — 2. An Arcadian lochage, who 
deserted (doubtless a different person 
from the preceding, who could not 
have recovered so quickly), iii. 3. 5. 

tviKOO), Tjau), veviKTjKa, to conquer, 
prevail over, overcome, defeat, surpass, 
excel, outdo ; to be victor or victorious 
over, hence in pres., to have conquered, 
612 : TO. iravra v. to have [conquered 
the whole] gained a complete victory : 
€K rrjs viKd}(rr]s [sc. yvdofjLTjS or ^770ou] 
according to the [prevailing vote] vote 



vCki) 



90 gcvo<{)«v 



of the viajority : A., AE. : i.2.8; 9.11; 
10.4: ii. 1.1, 4,8s: vi. 1. 18 ; 5.23. 
Der. Nico-LAS. 

vijc-q, -qs, victory, i. 5. 8 ; 8. 16. 
4. IsTiKo-fiaxoS} ov, Nicomachus, an 
(Ktsean, a commander of light-armed 
troops, iv. 6. 20. 

voeci), rycrw, vevorjKa, (voos) to perceive, 
observe; to think, devise ; A. ; iii. 4. 44 : 
V. 6. 28. Der. noetic. 

voGos, 1], ov, illegitir)iate, natural, 
bastard, ii. 4. 25. 

vo|j,Y|, -qs, (veixia) pasiure-gi^ound, 
pasturage ; a licrd (at pasture); iii. 5. 
2 : V. 3. 9. 
tvojxi^ft), t<r<«; tw, vevojXiKa, to observe 
or regard as a custom {P. to be ob- 
served as a custom, to be customary, 
iv. 2. 23) : hence, in general, to regard, 
esteem, consider, believe, suppose, thioik, 
be assured, 2 A., i. (a.), p., i. 1. 8 ; 2. 
27 ; 3. 6, 10 ; 4. 9, 16 : vi. 6. 24. 
tvop-ipios, 7}, OV, customary, according 
to law, appointed by law, d. i., iv.6.15. 

vcpios, ov, 6, (vefi-o}) ail assignonent 
OY regulation, custom, rule, law; a law 
for song, tune, strain ; i. 2. 15 : iv. 6. 
14 : V. 4. 17, 33. Der. eco-nomy. 

vdos,* ov, contr. voiis, vov, b, mind, 
intellect, nous (sportive): ^x'^'-^ ^^ »'$ 
to have in mind, to purpose, intend: 
i. 5. 9 : ii. 4. 2 : iii. 3. 2. See irpocex'^- 
tvocr«i), -^crw, vevbayjica, to be sick or 
diseased, to be in a disordered slate, 
vii. 2. 32. 

voo-os, ov, 7], sickness, disease,^. 3. 3 : 
vii. 2. 32. Der. noso-logy. 

voTOS, ov, h, notus, auster, tlu, south 
wind, V. 7. 7. 

vov-}ii]via, a?, contr. fr. v€o-fjn]yta, 
(i'e6s, yu.')7f ) ^/ic M€«{; moon, beginning of 
the month, v. 6. 23, 31. 

voOs, vo€, v«S, see yoos, i. 5. 9. 
tv\)KT€pev«, cucrw, to pass the night, 
to bivouac, iv. 4. 11 ; 5. 11 : vi. 4. 27. 

vvKTos, -£, -a, &c., see vv^, i. 7. 1. 

4vvKTO-<j>vX.a|, a/fos, 6, a night-guard 

or sentinel, watchman, vii. 2. 18; 3.34. 

IvuKTwp adv., noetu, i?tor(?2^7'm<7^^«'<^ 

night, by night, iii. 4:.S5: iv.4.9; 6.12. 

vw, (I'eoi', neut. of peos ?) nunc, 
Germ, nun, now, ai present, often in- 
cluding the near past or future : 6 vdv 
Xpovos {^acrCKeis) the present time (king) : 
TO vvv elvai for the j^resent, 665 b : i. 4. 
14; 7.5: iii. 1. 40, 46; 2. 12, 36 s; 4. 
46 : vi. 6. 13- — Softened it becomes 



I vvv end., noiv, then, of inference, or 
sequence in discourse, vii. 2. 26 ? 

|vvv-t (Att. emphatic -i, 252 d) Jitst 
noiv, even now, now certainly, v. 6. 32 : 
vii. 3. 3. 

vv^, vvKTos, T], nox, Germ. Nacht, 
NIGHT : (r/ys) vvKTQS in the night, by 
night, ii. 2. 1 ; 6. 7 : [r-qv) vvicra through 
or during the night, 482 e, iv. 2. 1 : 
vi. 1. 14: dia vvktos throughout the 
night, iv. 6, 22 : jaecrai pvktcs the mid- 
dle hours of the night, onidnight, i. 7. 
1 : iii. 1. 33. 
vwTov, ov, the back, v. 4. 32. 



QavBt-KXfjs, iovs, Xanthicles, an 
Achajan chosen general to succeed 
Socrates, iii. 1. 47 : v. 8. 1 : vii. 2. 1. 

t^cvta, as, a bond of hospitality : iirl 
^evla on terms of hospitality or as 
guests : vi. 1.3? 6. 35 : vii. 6. 3 ? 

t^evtas, 01^, Xeoiias, from Parrhasia 
in Arcadia, the general (in the service 
of Cyrus) of whom mention is earliest 
made, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 1 ; 4. 7 : v. I. Hewtas. 

t|cvit,<», t'cw tcD, to receive or entertain 
CCS a guest. A., v. 5. 25 : vii. 3. 8 ; 6. 3. 

t^eviKos, v, 6v, of or relating to for- 
eigners : ^evucbv [sc. (TTpdrevfia or TrXij- 
60s] a foreign force, i. 2. 1 : ii. 5. 22. 

t^evtos, a, ov, of ov pertaining to hos- 
pitality : Zej/s ^evios Zeus the god of 
hospitality or protector of guests : ra 
^evia the gifts or rites of hospitality, 
hospitable or friendly gifts or 2Jresents : 
ewl ^evia to a friendly entertainment, 
as guests : iii. 2. 4 : iv. 8. 23 s : vii. 6. 3 ? 

1" |€voo]icu, wffofmi, to become a guest, 
D., Trapd, vii. 8. 6, 8. 

|€Vos, ov, 6, hospes, a person related 
by the ties of hospitality, a guest- 
friend, a guest or host, g. or d. : a for- 
eigner, foreign soldier, 7nercenary (^c- 
vot foreign or hired troops, &c.): i. 1. 
10 s; 3. 3 : ii. 4. 15 : iii. 1. 4. 

-i-S€Vo-<|>«v, Civro^, (contr. fr. ^cvo- 
^dcdv giving light to guest-friends, <pdoj 
to give light) Xcnojjhon, son of Gryl- 
lus, an Athenian of the tribe ^geis, 
the demus Erchea, and the order of 
Knights. There is strong evidence 
that he was not born till about 430 
B. c, though some prefer an earlier 
date. He became early a pupil of 



QcvocjxSv 



91 



Hc'p^^s 



Socrates through the invitation of the 
sage, who was won by the attractive 
appearance of the youth ; and also 
received instruction in oratory from 
Isocrates. He joined the Cyrean ex- 
pedition, which was then professedly 
against the Pisidians, not as one of 
the army, but simply as the friend of 
Proxenus, and by the special request 
of Cyrus. After the treacherous seiz- 
ure of the generals, he roused the 
Greeks from their dejection ; and 
having been chosen successor to Prox- 
enus, was the leading spirit of the 
famous retreat, though the nominal 
precedence belonged to Chirisophus 
as a Spartan, and an older man and 
general. When the Cyreans enlisted 
under the standard of Thibron, Xeno- 
phon appears to have returned to 
Athens ; but not long after to have 
rejoined his old comrades in aiding 
the Spartans against the Persians. 
As a friend of Sparta and enemy of 
Persia, Xenophon was sentenced to 
exile from Athens, probably about the 
time when Athens took a position 
friendly to Persia and hostile to Spar- 
ta, B. c. 395. 

On the recall of the Spartan king 
Agesilaus, the next year, to defend 
his native city, Xenophon returned 
with him ; and thus was present at 
the battle of Coronea, though it is 
not probable that he took part in it. 
He now withdrew from military and 
political life, making no attempt to 
obtain revenge for his banishment, 
but settling for a quiet, rural, literary, 
and, through his charge of a temple, 
sacred life, under Lacedaemonian pro- 
tection, at Scillus in Triphylian Elis. 
At the same time, his vicinity to 
Olympia gave him signal advantages 
for renewing or forming acquaintance 
with persons from the whole Greek 
world. He was followed from Asia 
Minor by a wife, Philesia (perhajis a 
second wife, the first having died be- 
fore the Cyrean expedition), and two 
sons, Gryllus and Diodorus. The lat- 
ter received- a military training at 
Sparta, and when Sparta and Athens 
were united against Thebes, so that 
there could be no conflict between 
regard for his native and for his pa- 
tron city, were sent by Xenophon to 



serve in the Athenian anny. In the 
battle of Mantinea, b. c. 362, Gryllus 
fell fighting most bravely, and accord- 
ing to some having slain the Theban 
commander Epaminondas. Xenophon 
resided at Scillus more than 20 years ; 
I but was forced to leave this delightful 
retreat, when the Eleans took posses- 
sion of it, after the battle of Leuctra 
(b. c. 371). He retired to Lepreum 
and afterwards to Corinth, which 
seems from this time to have been his 
I chief residence, and where he is stated 
j to have died, well advanced in age 
I (probably a few years after 357 b. c). 
! As his sentence of banishment Avas 
! repealed, upon the motion, it is said, 
I of its very proposer, Eubfilus, he may 
I have spent a part of his old age in his 
I native Athens. 

Besides his longer works, the Anab- 
jasis, Cyropsedia, Hellenica, and Me- 
moirs of Socrates, he wrote several 
shorter essays, or sketches. The Anab- 
asis appears to have been based upon 
a journal kept by him during the Ex- 
pedition, and to have been mainly 
completed for his owm use and that 
of his friends soon after his return ; 
but not to have received its last 
touches till after his establishment at 
Scillus. Its publication seems, how- 
ever, to have been preceded by an 
abstract of it, or a work based upon 
it, put forth, doubtless with Xeno- 
phon's consent, by Themistogenes, a 
Syracusan. The character of Xeno- 
phon Avas marked by energy, courage, 
sagacity, a keen sense of honor, at- 
tachment to friends, uprightness, and 
piety, i. 8. 15 : ii. 5. 37 : iii. 1.4 s, 47. 
H^Pl'HSj o'^j (Pers. kshershe, king ; 
Hdt. translates by apifCos warrior, 6. 
98) Xerxes i., king of Persia b. c. 486 
- 465, the son of Daiius i. and Atos- 
sa, a daughter of Cyrus. Darius had 
older sons born before his accession to 
the throne ; but, through the influ- 
ence of Atossa, appointed Xerxes his 
successor, as the first-born of Darius 
tlie king. The reign of Xerxes was 
most noted for his invasion of Greece 
in pursuance of his father's plans, 
with a countless host, for his bridging 
the Hellespont and cutting off Mt. 
Athos, for the checks at Thermopylae 
and Artemisium, and the signal defeats 



|co^os 



92 



886 



of Salamis, Platfere, and Mycale. The 
disasters, follies, and vices of his reign 
terminated in his assassination by two 
of his chief officers, the crown descend- 
ing to his son Artaxerxes i. i. 2. 9 : 
iii. 2. 13. See Aapelos. 

t^eoTTos, Vf ov, smoothed, polished, 
wrought, iii. 4. 10. 
[^6co or ^v<a to scrajM, shave, polish.] 
tlrjpalvft), avu>, to dry, A., ii. 3. 15. 

|t]P6s, d, oy, dry, seke, iv, 5. 33. 

|i(|>os, eos, TO, (lew ?) a sword, esp. 
a large, straight, pointed, and double- 
edged sword. This was comni. car- 
ried by the Greeks in a sheath on the 
left side, by a belt from the right 
shoulder, ii. 2. 9. Cf. fidxatpa. 

^davov, ov, (lew) an image or statue, 
esp. one carved of wood, v. 3. 12. 

^vy- older for frvy-, see ^vv. 

\vy\Ky\, rjs, (|uw, see |ew) a curved 
Spartan dagger, iv. 7. 16 : 8. 25. 

t^vXi^ojiai, iao,uac 1., to gather or col- 
lect wood, ii. 4. 11. 
t^vXivos, V, ov, of wood, wooden, i. 8. 9. 

|vXov, ov, i^voo, see i^w) a stick or 
log of ivood, pole, i. 10. 12 : comm. pi., 
wood, fuel, trees, i. 5. 12 : ii. 1.6 ; 2.16 : 
iv.5.5: vi, 4.4s. Der. xylo-graphy. 

|vv * (in compos, also |u-, ^vy-, ^v\-, 
^v/jL-, ^vp-, ^va-) an older form for aiv 
cum, with, ii. 3. 19 ; 5. 2. For all 
words in which it is found, see cijp and 
its compounds. Some editors now 
exclude it from the Anab., even in 
passages where it appears in the best 



O. 



6 which, 6 Ti whatever, see 6's, oVrts, 
i. 3. 17, 19. — 6- prefixed to an indefi- 
nite or interrogative beginning with tt, 
makes an indefinite relative. 

6, -q, TO,* the definite or j)repositive 
article, the (often not translated, 520a) ; 
also as a demonstrative or personal 
pron. (after Kai, taking the orthotone 
forms 6's, ij, oi, at, 5i8f), that, this, he, 
she, it ; 249 s, 518s: i. 1. 1 s ; 8.16 s: 
6 fih . . 6 de this (on the one hand, in- 
deed) . . {on the other hand, hut, and) 
that, the one . . the other, one . . an- 
other, &c., oi fxkv . . ol 8e these . . those, 
some . . others, the one party . . the 
other party, &c., i. 1. 7; 10. 4 : iii. 4. 
16 : vii. 2. 2 (so w. rtj, 530 b, iv. 3. 33) : 



cf. i. 9. 6 : bfih. . ol S^ he (indeed) . . 
and the rest, ii. 2. 5 ; cf. 3. 10, 23 s : 6 
(17, oi, ai) 8e but or and he {she, they), 
comm. w. a change of subject, 518 e, 
i. 1. 3s, 9; 2. 2,16 s: iv. 5.10: rd, p.ev 
. . TO, 5e, [as to some things . . as to 
others] 2Mrtly . . partly, now . . now, 
iv. 1. 14 : ry fxh [sc. X'^P9- or 65$] . . t^ 
5e in this place . . in that place, here . . 
there, in one view or respect . . in an- 
other view or respect, iii. 1. 12 ? iv. 8. 
10. The art. is sometimes doubled, 
and sometimes omitted where it would 
be regularly used, 523 a, j, 533 s, i.4.4. 
It is often used w. an ellipsis of its 
subject (which also explains its pro- 
nominal use), 527 s : oi irapd {avv, e|, 
fierd, &c.), the men or those from (with, 
&c.), 01 €K€luov his men, i. 1. 5 ; 2. 15, 
18 : oi t6t€ [the then men] those then 
living, oi €p8ov (^'|w) those tcithin {with- 
out), 526, ii. 5. 11, 32 : ra Kvpov the 
[afiairs] relation of Cyrus, to. Trapd ^a- 
o-tXews the messages or communications 
from the king, rd irepi llpo^evov the fate 
of Proxenus, i. 3. 9 : ii. 3. 4 ; 5. 37 : 
eh TO irpoadev [to the region before] 
forward, i. 10. 5 : to iiri tovtu) [as to 
that depending upon him] 50 far as 
depended upon him, vi. 6. 23. It is 
thus used in forming many adverbial 
phrases, 529 : to irpGiTov at first, to 
irpbcrdev before, i. 10. 10. A noun, or 
a relative and verb, are often used in 
translating an art. and part., 678a: 
01 <pe&yovTes {iK-rreiTTUKOTes) the exiles, 
6 Tf^-qabixevo^ icho will guide, i. 1. 7 : ii. 
4. 5 : Tov ^ov\6fJi€vov [him that] any 
one that wished, i. 3. 9, It often im- 
plies a possessive, genitive, or distrib- 
utive pronoun, 530 e, 522 b : Trpos tov 
d8e\(p6v to [the] his brother, t(^ <XTpa- 
TtwTT} to each soldier, i. 1. 3 ; 3. 21 ; 
cf. 8! 3. 

[oPeXds] & dim. oPcXio-kos, ov, 6, 
{^eXos) a spit, xii.S.l A. Der. obelisk. 

joPoXds, ov, 6, (supposed to have 
been so named from its shape or stamp) 
obolus, a7i obol, — % drachma, or about 
3^ cents, i. 5. 6. 

1 67801^ KOVTtt indecl., octoginta, eight]/, 
iv. 8. 15. 

678005, 17, ov, {oKTib) octavus, eighth, 
iv. 6. 1. 

8-86, ■fj-8€, Td-8e,* demonstr. pron,, 
(6, -be) hie, hic-ce, this, this one, the 
following ; more deictic than o^tos, 



oScVb) 



93 



oi.o|JLai 



and often referring to that which fol- 
lows, as o5tos to that which precedes, 
while both are nearer in reference than 
iKcTvos : ryde [sc. x^P9- or 65y] in this 
place or way, Jtcre, thus : i. 1. 9 ; 5. 
15 s; 9. 29 : li. 3. 19 ; 5.41: vii. 2.13. 

foSevo), evau), to pursue 07ies way, 
travel, journey, vii. 8. 8 ? 

toSoi-iropew,* ?j<ra>, bdoi-ireirbprjKa or 
cbdot-TToprjKa, (wopos) to journey, travel, 
esp. to proceed by land, v. 1. 14 ? 

toSo-TTOiew,* tJctcj, (hdo-iroirjKa or -7re- 
iroLTjKa, ipf. u}8o-Troiovv, to make, pre- 
2mre, or repair a road, D., ae., iii. 2. 
24: iv. 8. 8: v. 1. 13 s; 3. 1. 

oSos, (ni, 7], via, iter, a way, path, 
road, highivay, route ; a way, method, 
ineans; length of th^ way, distance ; a 
journey, march, expedition ; i. 2. 13 ; 
4. 11 : ii. 6. 22 : iv. 3. 16 : often un- 
derstood w, an adj. or art., iii. 5. 15 : 
iv. 2. 9. Der. meth-od, meth-odist. 
*08pvo"qs, ov, an Odrysian. The 
Odrysfe were a numerous and power- 
ful people of Thrace, whose special 
seat was about the Hebrus, but who 
long bore sway from the vEgean to the i 
Euxine. Their earlier known kings ' 
reigned as follows : 1. Teres, about ! 
500 B. c; 2. his son Sitalcas, who in- ! 
vaded Macedonia with an army of} 
150,000 ; and 3., was succeeded, b. c. I 
424, by his nephew, Seuthes i., whose 
yearly revenue reached 400 talents, 
besides a lai-ger amount in presents ; : 
4. Medocus (already reigning, b. c. 1 
405) and Meesades, prob. sons of Seu- 
thes. With this division of the sov- ^ 
ereignty was connected a decline of| 
the power of the Odrysse. Miesades I 
was soon driven from his kingdom, I 
and died, leaving to his son, Seuthes ^ 
II. (the prince whom the Cyreans as- i 
sisted) , only an empty title, vii. 2. 32 ; | 
7. 11. As adj., Odrysian, vii. 7. 2. — \ 
2. Ace. to some, Odryses, from whom 
the Odrysse took their name, father ; 
of Teres, vii. 5. 1. 

'08vo-<r£iis, eojy, Ulysses, king ofi 
Ithaca, one of the most famous of the 
besiegers of Tvoj, especially renowned 
for prudence, skill, firmness, eloquence, ! 
and cunning, and for his ten years' ; 
wanderings in returning home, v. 1. 2. ' 
596V adv. , (as) unde, from which or 
what place, ivhcnc^, from which or 
whence, from wh:tt source or quarter, 



i. 2. 8 ; 3. 17 (sc. e/celo-e) : ii. 3. 14, 16 ; 
5. 26. 

iSGev-irep from which very place, 
whence indeed, whence, ii. 1. 3. 

01 the, see o. — ol' who, see os. — oi 
they, see o, vii. 6. 4. — oX enclit., to 
him, see o5, i. 1. 8. — ol adv., (os) quo, 
whither, i. 6. 10? 

ct8a (oI8') novi, otcrOa, see opdoo. 
I oi€t 2 sing, of oLOfxai, i. 7. 9, 
I toilKa-Se {-de, 225!) to ones home, for 
\ home, home-ward, hoine : ij oiKade 08 js 
. the way home: i. 2. 2 ; 7. 4 : iii. 2.24s. 
j to'iKtios, a, ov, s., familiaris, belong- 
ing to the house or famil)^, domestic, 
\ akin, familiar, intimate : ol olKetoi the 
members of a family, household, kin- 
dred, friends, relatives: d., G. : ii.6.28 : 
iii. 2. 26, 39 ; 3. 4. 

|olK€k(i)s in a familiar or friendly 
way, familiarly, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 

tolKCTtis, ov, a 'member of a family ; 
a doynestic, servant; ii. 3. 15 : iv. 5.35. 

toiKEO), 7]<t(j3, ^:<r)Ka, to inhabit, occu- 
py, dwell or live (in). A., virep, avd, kv^ 
eirl, Trapd, &c., i. 1. 9 ; 2. 6 ; 4. 6, 11 : 
iii. 2. 23 ; 5. 16 : v. 1. 13. 

|ol'KT]fJia, aros, to, a dwelling, vii. 4. 
15. 

|o'i'KT]o-ts, ews, 7}, a 7'esidence,vu. 2.38. 

JoIkio, as, a house, dwelling, ii. 2. 16. 

toiKtJo), tVw iu>, ya/ca 1., to build a 
house or city ; to colonize or 2^^ople a 
place ; to settle or establish in a resi- 
dence ; A.; V. 3.7; 6.17: vi.4.14; 6.3. 

tolKO-8o|JLE(i), Tycrco, (^Ko55/j.r]Ka, {deuoj 
to build) to build, construct, erect, a 
house, wall, tower, &c., a., i. 2. 9. 

toiKoOev adv., from home, iii. 1. 4. 

toi'KOi adv., at home, in one's own 
country : ol o'Ckoi those at home, one's 
family or countrynun : rd olkoi things 
at home .- i. 1. 10 ; 2. 1 ; 7. 4 : v. 6. 20. 

toiKO-v6p.os, ov, 6, {ve}j.(j}) a steward, 
manager, economist, i. 9. 19. 

oIkos, ov, 6,. (akin to Lat. vicus, 
Eng. -wick, -wich, 139) a house, home, 
ii. 4. 8. 

o'lKTetptD,* epQ), (oIktos pity, fr. OLohf) 
to pity, commiserate, A. , i. 4. 7 : iii. 1.19. 
ctjJiat methinks, see otofxai, i. 3. 6. 
otvos, ov, 6, vinum, wine, 141, i. 2. 
13 ; 5. 10 : iv. 4. 9 ; 5. 26. 

|olvo-xoos, 01;, 0, ixeoj to pour) a 
wine-pourer, cup-hcarer, iv. 4. 21. 

oiofxai * (nude 1 sing. oi,aai, ipf. 
^!J.r]v, more eomm., esp. when the vei'b 



oloS 



'OXvvOtos 



is parenthetic ; 2 s. oiet), oi-qaofiai, 
^7]/jLai, a. p. (^y}6-qv, to think, suppose, 
believe, expect; sometimes used not 
from doubt, but for modesty or irony ; 
I. (A.) ; i. 3. 6 ; 7. 4, 9, 14 : iii. 1. 15, 
17, 29 (parenthetic, methinks), 35. 

oios, * a.,ov, rel. pron. of quality, some- 
times eomplem., {6s) qualis, ofivhich or 
tvhat kind,sort, or nature; s,\\G\xas,ivhat 
kind of, ivhat (in quality), hoiv great; 
= oTi TOLovTos that such, 558 : i. 3. 13 ; 
7.4: ii. 3. 15 ; 6. 8 : [such as to] suit- 
able, proper, i., 556 c, ii. 3. 13 : oXov 
XaXeTTwraroi' such as is most difficult, 
of the most difficult kind, 556 a, iv. 8. 
2 : olov adv., as, as for instance, as 
if, iv. 1. 14 : vii. 3. 32 : olds re [such 
as to] competent, able, possible, (w. ecrri 
often understood) i., i, 3. 17 : ii. 4. 6, 
24 : V. 4, 9 ; ws olbv re ixdXiara ire- 
<pv\ay/xev(as [so as is possible, most 
guardedly] as guardedly as possible, 
ii. 4. 24. 

loios-irep, direp, ovTep, also written 
separately, = otos strengthened, just 
such as, such indeed as, just such a 
one as, just as, &c. ; i. 3. 18 ; 8. 18. 

ot-irep, see ba-irep, iii. 2. 10. 

ots,* otos, 7) 6, ovis, a sheep, iv. 5, 25. 

oto-0a, see opdw, ii. 3. 21. 
toCo-Tos, contr. olo-rds, ov, 6, an ar- 
row, ii. 1. 6. 

olVft), f. of <t>€p(j}, ii. 1.17. 

Olraios, ov, an (Etcean, a man from 
the region of Mt. (Eta (now Katavo- 
thra, 7071 feet high), in the south of 
Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 

ot-Tives, see oVrts, i. 3. 18. 

o\IxoiAai,* oixv(^op.at, ^XVP'-^'-'- ? pf- <^- 
OLxoJKa or yxw/ca, to go, depart ; hence, 
to disappear, jjerish: pres. as pf., / 
have gone or departed, I am gone or 
absent, opposed to t^/ccj I am come, 
612 ; and ipf. as both pip. and aor. ; 
i. 4. 8 ; 10. 16 : iv. 5. 24, 35 : oiroOeu 
o'lXoi-to [whencesoever . he was gone] 
xvhere he was missing, iii. 1. 32. The 
part, of a verb of motion is often used 
with olxop-ai as a stronger form of ex- 
pression for the simple verb, 679 d : 
as ^x^To d-jreXavvoiv he [departed rid- 
ing off] rode off, yx^'^'o TrXecj?' he sailed 
away, ii. 4. 24 ; 6. 3 : cf. iii. 3. 5. 

olcovds, ov, 6, (oIos alone) a bird that 
flies alone, as an eagle, vulture, &c., 
esp. observed for auguries ; hence, an 
augury, omen, presage,token, g., iii.2.9. 



oKcXXw,* a. (j/ceiXa, (/ce'Ww to impel) 
ori a vessel, to run aground, strike, vii, 
5. 12. 

oKXd^d), d(T(j}, {K\d(d to break, bend) 
to bend the knee, sink on bended knee, 
kneel or crouch down, vi. 1. 10. 

toKveo), -qaw, to hesitate, be reluctant 
or apprehensive, fear, i., fir), i. S. 17 : 
ii. 3. 9 ; 4. 22. 
toKviipws adv., (6 KV7jp6s reluctant) re- 
luctantly, vii. 1. 7. 

oKvos, 01^, 6, reluctance, hesitation, 
backwardness, iv. 4. 11. 

toKTaKtor-xtXiot, at, a, eight thou- 
sand, V. 3. 3 ; 5. 4. 

toKTaKoo-ioi, at, a, {eKarov) octin- 
genti, eight hundred, i. 2. 9. 

6kt« indecL, octo, Germ, acht, 
EIGHT, i. 2. 6 ; 8. 27. Der. octave. 
^.oKTw-Kal-ScKa (or 6kt6> Kal ScKa) 
indecl., octo-decim, eighteen, iii. 4. 5. 

SXcdpos, ov, 6, {6X\vfjLi to destroy) de- 
struction, loss, i. 2. 26. 

6X1705, r)> ov, c. iXda-ewv & fieiwv, 
s. oXiyLo-Tos, small, little; of time or 
distance, short; -pl.feiv, a few. oXi-yov 
adv. , little, a little : iir' oXiyuv few 
deep, KUT oXlyovs [by few] ioi small 
parties : see iiri, Kard, irapd : i. 5. 2 ? 
14 : iii. 3. 9 : iv. 8. 11 : v. 8. 12 (6Xt- 
ya$, sc. irX-qyas, too few blows) : vii. 2. 
20 ; 6. 29. Der, olig-akchy. 

6Xio-0dvw,* oXio-^Tja-wL, diXladriKal.y 
2 a. (bXiixdov, to slip, slide, iii. 5. 11. 
4.6Xio-9t|p6s, d, 6v, slippery, iv. 3. 6. 

oXkus, ciSos, T), {eXKU}) a vessel which 
is towed ; hence, a ship of burden, 
merchantman, i. 4. 6. Der. hulk. 

toXoi-Tpoxos, ov, 6, {rpoxos wJieel, 
fr. Tp€x<^) a stone making an entire 
wheel, a round stone, iv, 2. 3, 

toXo-KavTc'co, Tjcrw, {Kalw) to burn 
whole, offer a holocaitst, a., vii. 8. 4s. 

oXos, rt, ov, totus, WHOLE, entire, 
all, i. 2. 17 : ii. 3. 16 : iii. 3. 11 : iv. 8. 
11. Der, CATH-OLic. 

'OXvjxTria, as, Ohjmpia, a consecrat- 
ed spot on the north bank of the river 
Alpheus, near Pisa in Elis, noted for 
its temple of Jupiter Olympius, and 
the quadrennial celebration (about 
midsummei') of the great Olympic 
games, on which the Greek system of 
chronology was based, v. 3. 7, 11. 
II The vale of Andilalo. 

'OXvvGios, 01', an Olynthian, a man 
of Olynthus ( OXwdos), a flourishing 



o^aXi^s 



95 



omivtKa 



and powerful city on the northern 
coast of the JEgean, at the head of 
the Toronaic Gulf, a Chalcidian col- 
ony. Some of the most familiar ora- 
tions of Demosthenes were delivered 
for the preservation of this city from 
the machinations of Philip of Mace- 
don, hut in vain. It was destroyed 
B. c. 347. i. 2. 6. II Aio Mamas. _ 

6paXT|S, es, & optaXos, V, ov, (o,a6j) 
evai, level, smooth ; sometimes w. x^- 
piov ground, or 65js icay, understood ; 
i. 5. 1: iv. 6. 12. Der. ax-omalous. 
4.6}LaX'jas evenly, in an even line, uni- 
formly, i. 8. 14. 

6}JL-T]pos, ov, 6, (oixov, dp-) one who 
joins together, a surety, hostage, i. 
fut. as gen., iii. 2. 24 : vii. 4. 12_s, 24. 

6p.iX€a>, Tpcrw, thfjLiXrjKa, {oaiXos a, 
crowd, assembly) to associate or be in- 
timate ivith, D., iii. 2. 25. Der. homily. 

©iJLixX'n, Vh a mist, fog,^ iv. 2. 7. 

d|X|JLa, aros, to, (ott-, see opiu) a look, 
eye, vii. 7. 46. 

o|JLVvp.i * & 6}i.vv(i>, 6fjx>vu.ai, oiidifxoKa, 
a. u),u.o(ra, to swear, take an oath; to 
swear bi/, 472 f; A. d., i. (a.), ae., 
iiri: ii.2.8s: iii. 2. 4: vi.1.31; 6.17. 
t8|ioios, a, ov, like, alike, similar, 
the same kind of ; in like condition or 
on an equality with ; D. G. (iv.1.17?): 
at Sparta, ol o/jlocol the peers, those who 
had the full rights of citizenship, iv. 
6. 14 : ev Ti^ 6ixo'l(^ in a like position, 
on equal ground, iv. 6. 18 : o^totot fjcxav 
davixd^eiv or davixd^ovre$ (or -ovaiv) 
they seemed to be wondering, 657 j, iii. 
5. 13 : opLoioLS Kal 705 c, v. 4. 21 : 6/iOia 
airep [things like to those which] the 
same kind of things which, or just as, 
V. 4. 34. Der. homceo-pathy. 

16(1010)$ in like or tJie same inanner, 
alike, i. 3. 12 : vi. 5. 31 (o. uairep) : 
vii. 6. 10. 

t6no-Xo"Y€«, 17(70;, (lifioXoyriKa, (Key (a) 
to speak in agreement with another, 
to agree, agree upon, acknoioledge, con- 
fess ; to consent, promise ; A., i. (a.); 
1.6. 7s; 9.1,14: ii. 6. 7 : vii. 4. 13. 
j;6)io-Xo-YOv|i€vo)s adv., (fr. pt. of pre- 
ceding) confessedly : 6. e/c iravruiv [con- 
fessedly by all] by the acknowledgment, 
admission, or consent of all, ii. 6. 1. 

toiio-n-^Tpios, a, ov, {(irp-qp) bom of 
the same mother, iii. 1. 17. 

tofio-irctTpios, a, ov, {-jrar-qp) by the 
sarne father, iii. 1. 17. 



[ofios, -q, 6v, Ep., one and tlie same. 
Der. HOMO- in compounds.] 

ojiocraL, -o-as, see bfju/vfXL, ii. 3. 27. 

ofidcre (6,acis) to tlie same place with the 
enemy, or to meet them ; to tlie cliarge, 
to close quarters ; iii. 4. 4 : v. 4. 26. 

ofJto-TpdTre^os, ov, {ojjlos, Tpdire^a) sit' 
ting at tlie same table : masc. subst., a 
tai>le-companion, partaker at the same 
table ; among the Persians, a courtier 
who was specially honored by admis- 
sion to the prince's table : D. : i. 8. 25 : 
iii. 2. 4. So cvv-Tpdire^os, i. 9. 31. 

ojtov adv., {cixbs) in tlie same place ; 
together, in union ox combination; at tlie 
meeting of arms, in collision ; at the 
same time; i. 10. 8 : iv. 2. 22 ; 6. 24 
(d. or G. 450, 445 c): v.2.14: vii. 1.28. 

6|X(f>aX6s, oD, 6, wa^iWcuSy the navel, 
iv. 5. 2. 

5(i(as adv., {ojxoi) at the same time, 
however, nevertJieless, notwithstanding ^ 
yet, still; often w. a conj., as 5e,d\\dy 
&c.; i.3.21; 8.13,23: ii.2.17; 4.23. 

ov, see el-jl. — 8v w/wm, see 6s. 

ovap,* TO, oveipos, o, or 6veipov, to, 
g. oveipov or ovelpaTos, pi. dveipara or 
6v€Lpa, a dream, night-vision, iii. 1. lis : 
iv. 3. 8, 13. Der. oneiro-mancy. 

6vtvT](JLt,* 6vq(j(j3, a. &vr\aa, a,, p. dvfi- 
d-qv, to benefit, do one a service, 2 a., 
iii. 1. 38'/ V. 5. 2; 6. 20. 

ovofjia, aros, to, {yvo- in yiyvuxTKia) 
Lat. nomen (fr. nosco), what one is 
known by ; a name ; re-NOWX, repu- 
tation; i. 2. 23 ; 4. 11 ; 5. 4 : ii. 6. 17. 
Der. AN-ONYMOUS. [vii. 4. 15. 

\.6vop.o.fni adv., by name, vi. 5. 24 : 

ovos, ov, 6 i], asinus, an ass : 6vos 
dypios onager, the icild ass : 6. dXerrfS 
a grin ding-jack, a mill-stone, esp. the 
upper one : i. 5. 2, 5 : ii. 1. 6 ; 2. 20. 

ovTos, -t, -a, -6S, &c., see elfu, i. 1. 

11. Der. ONTO-LOGY. 

to^os, eos, TO, Fr. vin-aigre, sour 
wine, vinegar, ii. 3. 14. 

6|vs, eta, V, sha.rp, acid, scnir, v. 4. 
29. Der. oxy-gen. 

fi-irep, see oa-irep, iii. 2. 29. 

S-TTT] or iJ-irr) adv. , wherever, where ; 
by or in whatever or what way, how, 
as ; in whatever or what direction, 
whither {soever); i. 3. 6 ; 4.8: ii.1.19: 
iv.^2. 12, 24: vi. 1. 21. 

6-TrT]viKa adv., {TrrjviKa ; at ivhat 
point of time ?), at whatever point of 
time, G., iii. 5. 18 ? 



6Vi<r0€V 



96 



opdcD 



8iri<r0€V adv., (akin to ewoiiai) from 
behind, behind, in the rear : ck toO 
6irL<Td€vfrom behind, els rovinadev back- 
wards : oi diricrdey those behind or in 
the rear, tJie rear: ra 6inad€v the rear: 
G.: i. 7. 9; 10. 6, 9: iii. 3. 10 ; 4.40 : 
iv. 1. 6; 2. 25 s. ^ 

j; 6Tri(r6o-<j>vXaKea), ■q<j(j}, to form the 
rear-guard ; to guard, cover, bring up, 
or command the rear ; ii. 3. 10. 

|6iriG-0o-<j>vXaKia, as, the charge of 
the rear, iv. 6. 19. 

|6'irwr8o-<j>v)Xa|, a/cos, 6 ij, guarding 
the rear, of the rear-guard : oi otnffdo- 
<j>v\aKei subst., the rear - guard : iii. 3. 
7:^iv. 1. 6, 17; 3. 27 ; 5. 16; 7. 8. 

oirio-ft) adv., (akin to e-n-ofiai) behind, 
vi. 1. 8. 

toirXt^ci), L<ria tw, ^ir\iKa 1., to arm, 
equip, A. : M. to arm one's self: i. 8. 6 : 
ii. 2. 14; 6. 25: iv. 3. 31. 

tSirXto-is, ews, T), warlike equipment, 
ii. 5. 17. 

toTrXiTcvw, ev(X(>}, (hirXirevKa, to serve 
as a hoplite, v. 8. 5. 

toirXtTT]?, ov, a heavy-armed foot-sol- 
dier, man-at-arms, hoplite. The oirKi- 
rai, encased in metal and well trained 
in tlie use of arms, were the chief 
dependence of a Greek army, and 
were among the best soldiers the 
world has ever known. They carried 
a helmet, cuirass, shield, greaves, 
spear, and sword, i.1.2; 2. 3, 9. 

J oirXiTiKos, 97, 6v, relating to or con- 
sisting of hoplites : oitXltikov, sc. (rrpd- 
Tevfia, licavy-armed force, heavy m- 
fantry, hoplites, iv. 8. 18 : vii. 6. 26. 

toirXo-iiaxta, as, (/naxofiat) the use 
of heavy arms, the art of fighting with 
them ; infantry -practice ; ii. 1, 7. 

(JirXov, ov, an implement, esp. of war : 
pi. arms, esp. heavy arms ; armor ; 
the arms as stacked or deposited in 
an encampment (comm. in front of the 
men's quarters), the place of arms, or, 
in general, the camp : tcl oirXa by me- 
tonymy for oi oirXiraL the men at arms : 
ej'(ToIs) ottXois in or lender arms, armed: 
i. 2. 2 : ii. 2. 4, 20 ; 4. 15 : iii. 1. 3, 33 ; 
2. 28, 36 ; 3. 7. Der. pan-oply. 

to-iroOcv whcncesoever, wlience ; (el- 
liptically, 551 f) anywhere tvlience, 
any place or source fram which ; iii. 
1. 32 ; 5. 3 : V. 2. 2. 

tS-irot whithersoever, whither, wlier- 
ever, where; (elliptically, 551 f) any 



place to which; i. 9. 13 ? ii. 4. 19s: 
iii. 5. 13, 17. 

t o-iroios, a, ov, of whatever or what 
kind or .nature, tvhatsoever, whatever 
or what (in quality) ; what kind or 
sort of; such as ; ii. 2. 2 ; 6. 4 : iii. 

1. 13: V. 2. 3; 5. 15; 6. 28 (550 d). 
[S-iros an old rel. indef. pron., re- 
maining in oirov, oiTT), &c.] 

lo-iroo-os, 77, ov, hoiv much or great 
(soever), as much or large as : birocrov, 
sc. x^P^^ov, as far as: iii. 2. 21 ; 3. 10 : 
iv. 4. 17 : pi. how many (soever), what- 
ever (in number), as many as, often 
preceded by the pi. of was, 550 f, i. 1. 
6;^ 2.^1; 8.27; v. 8. 10. 

JoiroT-av or ottot &v, = birore &v, 
w. the subj., 619 b, ii. 3. 27 : v, 7. 7s. 

4.6-ir6T€ whenever, when; at ivhatever 
time, as soon as; at a time when, 550b ; 
since : 9jv biroTe [there was when] some- 
times : biroTe ye at least when, if in- 
deed, since: i. 2. 7 ; 6. 7 : iii. 2. 2, 15 s, 
36 : iv. 2. 27 : vii. 6. 11. 

1 6-iroT€pos, a, ov, whichsoever or 
which, of two persons, parties, courses, 
&c., iii. 1. 21, 42 ; 4. 42 ; vii. 7. 18. 

jS-irov wherever, where, to or in a 
place where : oirov ixr} [where not] ex- 
cept where : ovk ^v oirov there was no 
place where: i. 3. 6; 5,8s: iii. 2. 9, 34: 
iv. 5. 30 s ; 8. 26 : vi. 3. 23. 

oTrrdft), i7(rw, clnrTrjKa, (akin to €\f/(a) 
to bake, roast, a., v. 4. 29. 

loTTTos, -q, ov, (shortened for oTTTTTTos) 
baked, burnt, as brick, ii. 4. 12. 

S-irws* adv., in whatever or what 
loay, how, as ; conj., in order that, so 
that, that; i. 1. 4, 6 ; 6.11; 8.13: vi. 
5.30 : OVK ^(TTiv OTTOS [there is not how] 
it cannot be that, ii, 4. 3 : ottws ^aeade 
[sc. bpare] see that you be, 626, i. 7. 3 : 
ovx oirws not only not, Jiy g, vii. 7. 8. 
opdft),* &\poixaL, iwpdKa or eopdKa, 
ipf. eujpuv, 2 a. eWov (tSw, -oi/xi, -4, 
-eiv, -ibv), a. p. Cb(f>d-qv, to see (includ- 
ing both sensation and perception, real 
or imaginarj'^, and even mere mental 
discernment, while ^Xeiru) is rather to 
look, of the outward sense, dedofxai to 
gaze iipon a spectacle, and aKoireu) to 
look as a watchman or searcher), to be- 
hold, discern, perceive, A. (often by 
attraction from a dependent clause, 
474b) p., cp,, i. 2, 18: iii. 1. lis, 15; 

2. 8, 23s, 29 : opdop-evos seen, visible, iv. 

3. 5 : — 2 pf. ol8a* {oi5a/xev or ta-fxev. 



6pyil 



97 



'Opxo|J.^vios 



elduj, elSelrjv, i'aBi, etSf j/at, et'Sws), 2 pip. 
^5etj', f. elaoixoLL, [to have seen, hence] 
<o l';i(?w (in general presenting this re- 
sult more simply than its synonymes, 
yLyv'J}(TK(j3, €iria'Ta,aai, &c.), to under- 
stand, be acjuamted with, he assured, 
A. (sometimes by attraction from a de- 
pendent clause, 474b) P., CP., i. 3. 5, 
15 ; 8. 21: ii. 1. 13; 5. 13: iii. 5. 11: 
iv. 1. 22 : x'^?'-^ ddhai to [know] rec- 
ojnize ov fed an obligation, d. g., i. 
4. 15 : vii. 6. 32: eidJjs knoiving, from 
certain knowledge, ivith certainty, i. 7. 
4 : eKajTax^cre eldevai. [to be acquaint- 
ed] to know the country in every direc- 
tion, iii. 5. 17: oI5' ort parenthetic, / 
know, 7 1 7 b, V. 7. 33. Der. pan-orama. 

op-yrj, ^s, anger, i. 5. 8 : ii. 6, 9. 
^op^L^w, iVw tw, io 'make angry, en- 
rage ; M. w. a. p., to be angry, wroth, 
or enraged, d., i. 2. 26 ; 5. 11 : vi.1.30. 
topYuid, a J, the extent of the out- 
stretched arms, a fathom, about 6 feet 
{— i irrixeis), i. 7. 14 : iv. 5. 4. 

opsyw** ^^'^j (akin to Lat. rego) to 
stretch or reach out, present, vii. 3. 29. 

6p£ivos, 17, ov, or 6p€ios, a, ov, iopo%) 
mountainous; oftJie mountains, moun- 
tain : ol dpeivol the mountaineers : v. 
2. 2 : vii. 4. 11, 21. 
top9io5, a, oj/, s., straight up, steep 
(cf. Trpavrjs) ; to dpdio:' [sc. xw,3toj'] ^As 
steep ground ; 6p9tov iivai to go up a 
stezp ascent: of a military company, 
[straight up towards the enemy] in a 
colionn, i. e. with narrow front, and 
much greater depth (cf. <pa.\ay^): i. 2. 
21 : iv. 2. 3, 11; 6.. 12; 8. 12 s. 

6p9os, V, oy, (akin to 6pvu,uL and Lat. 

orior) erect, upright, straight ; right ; 

ii. 5. 23 : vi. 6. 38. Der. ortho-dox. 

4.op9p5S, ov, 6, the rising of the moni' 

ing light, dawn, daybreak, ii. 2. 21. 

jopOcos rightly, right, properly, cor- 
rectly, justly : ■ d. ix^ (<!• V. ) to be prop- 
er: i. 9. 30: iii. 2. 7; 3. 12. 

opi^o), tVoj icu, ^piKOL, (opos a bound) 
to bound, separate ; to dzfine, deterynine; 
A. : M. to set up for ones bound, a. : 
iv.3.1 : vii. 5. 13 ; 7.36. Der. horizon. 

8ptov, ov, (opos a bound) a boundary, 
bound: ch.pl., borders, confines, fron- 
tier, iv. 8. 8 : V. 4. 2 : vi. 2. 19. 

Spxos, ov, 6, (akin to eipyoj to restrain) 
an oath : ol deCjv opKoi the oaths [of the 
gods a? their keepers] by the gods: ii. 
5.3,7s: iii.l. 20,22. Der. ex-orcism. 

LEX. AX. 5 



6p(ia6>, yjffw, (bpixrjKa, {opix-q) to start 
quickly, rush, hurry, hasten, i., e/c, 
els, kc. : opfidu bdov to start on or com- 
mence an expedition : M. to start, set 
forth, make incursions, airb, i^ : i. 1. 
9; 2.5; 8.25; 10.1: iii.l. 8; 4.33,44. 

bp\i.4(a, rjJ'oj, (opp-os) to be moored, lie 
at anchor, i. 4. 3, 6. 

opixTJ, Tjs, (akin to Spvvfii) the start 
or 'poiii.t of starting ; motion, move- 
ment, impulse ; ii. 1. 3 : iii. 1. 10 ; 2. 9. 
topfiCj^b), icrw tw, to moor or anchor 
(trans.), a.: M. to anchor (intrans.), 
come to anchor, moor one's vessel, els, 
irapd : iii. 5. 10 : vi. 1. 15 ; 2. 1 s. 

[SpfJLos, ov, 6, (eipcj to tie) a place 
where vessels are fastened, aTwhoi-age, 
haven.^ 
topvcov, ov, a bird, vi. 1. 23. 
topvtOeios, a, ov, of a bird, bird's: 
Kpea opvideia foivl, iv. 5. 31. 

opvts,* T9os, ace. 6pviv & opvWa, 6 i}, 
(akin to 6pvv,ixi,) a bird, fowl, esp. do- 
mestic ; cock or Jien ; iv. 5. 25. Der. 

ORXITHO-LOGY, 

[6pvvjxt, 6p(xc>}, Bpojpa, to rouse, raise : 
M. orior, to rise.] 

'Opdvras or *OpovTr]s, ov or a, Oron- 
tas or -es, a Persian nobleman of the 
royal family, condemned to death for 
treason against Cyrus, i. 6. 1, 3 s. — 
2. Satrap of Armenia, married to 
Rhodogune, daughter of the king, 
but afterwards disgi'aced for miscon- 
duct in the war against Evagoras of 
Cyprus, ii. 4. 8 s : iii. 5. 17. 

6pos, eos (g. pi. 6peu}v & opCbv both 
found), TO, (akin to 6pvvp,i) a moun- 
tain, i. 2. 21 s, 24 s. Der. oread. 

6po({>os, OV, 6, {epe<poj to cover) a roof, 
vii. 4. 16. 
topvxTos, 77, bv, dug, dug out, exca- 
vated ; of a ditch, artificial ; i. 7. 14: 
iv. 5. 25. 

opvTTO),* 11^03, opcjpvxa, to dig, quar- 
ry, A., i. 5. 5 : V. 8. 9. 

6p<|>avds, 7], bv, orbus, bereft of par- 
ents, as an orphan, vii. 2. 32. 

6px€0(i.ai, 7}a-ofiai, {6pxos row) to 
dance, v. 4. 34. Der. orchestra. 
jopXTio-is, ews, 7]. a dance, dancing, 
vi. 1. 8, 11. 

jopxiio^pls, idos, 7], a female dancer, 
vi. 1. 12. 

*Opxo(j.evios, ov, an Orchmnenian, 
a man of Orchomenus (Opxop-evbs), an 
ancient city in eastern Arcadia, of 



Sti 



eai'ly importance (ttoXi^/xtjXos rich in 
flocks, II. B. 605), ii.5.37. UKalpdki. 

OS, "fj, ol', at, as forms of the art., 
see 6 : i. 8. 16 : iii. 4. 47 : vii. 6. 4. 

8s, TJ, o,''" rel. pron., qui, who, which, 
what, that; often refei-ring to an ante- 
cedent understood or expressed in the 
same clause, often attracted in case to 
its antecedent, and sometimes used as 
complem., 551, 554, 563 ; i. 1. 2 ; 2. 
1 s, 20 ; 3. 16 s ; 9. 25, 28. Forms of 
6$ are often used adverbially ; or an 
adv. or conj. may be used in trans- 
lating them : 0^ [sc. tottov or x^P'-^^^ 
in which place, where, to the place 
where [sc. eKeicre], i. 2. 22 : ii. 1. 6 : ■jj 
[sc. 6b i^ or X'^P?] "^^^ what way, direc- 
tion, or place, as, where, on the route 
hy ivhich ; iii. 4. 37 : iv. 5.34: ^ eSu- 
varo rdxi-o'ra [what way he could most 
quickly] as ra2)idly as possible, icith 
all 'possible speed (some translate, by 
the quickest route), fi bvvarbv fidXia-ra 
as strictly as possible, 553 c, i. 2. 4; 3. 
15 ; so ^ rdx(-o'Ta vi. 5. 13 : di 6 on 
which account, wherefore, i. 2. 21 : ob 
^ueKa on what account, why, vii. 4. 4. 
See OLTTO, ev, e^, eirl, iJiixP'- ' ^'M^- 

6(rios, a, ov, pious, religious, con- 
scientious, ii. 6. 25 : v. 8. 26. 

8(ros,*' ■??, ov, rel. pron. of quantity, 
also used as complem., 563, (6s) quan- 
tns, as much, great, or large as, how 
much or great ; pi. comm. = quot, as 
iriany as, how many : often translated 
by the simpler who, ichich, that, what 
esp. when preceded by trds or a nu- 
meral, 55od, f ; sometimes by whoever 
ov whatever, such as, so great that (& 
pers. pron.), &c. : i. 1. 2 ; 2. 1 : ii. 1. 
1,11,16: iii. 1.19: oVoi/ xpoi'oi' what- 
ever time, as long as, ii. 4. 26 : ocroj w. 
compar., &?/ how much, tlie, according 
as, 468, i. 5. 9 : iv. 7. 23. The neut. 
o(Tov is greatly and variously used, 
often as an indecl. adj. or subst., or 
as an adv., 507 e, 556, as much as, as 
hirge as, as far as, as many as; hence, 
about (w. numerals and words of meas- 
ure, i, 8. 6 : iv. 5. 10); enough (esp. w. 
inf., iv. 1. 5 : vii. 3. 22, cf. 20); so far 
that, as this that, as that, that ; iii. 1. 
45 ; 3. 15 : iv. 8. 12 : vi. 3. 14 : vii. 3. 
9 ; w. superl., as . . as, e. g. oaov e8v- 
vavTo fieyicTTov as loud as they could, 
553 c, iv. 5. 18 : e0' oaov over as much 
ground as, vi. 3. 19 : oaoy ov tantum 



non, as much only as not, only not, 
almost, vii. 2. 5. 

48o-oo--irep, riTrep,ovTr€p, strengthened 
fr. oaos, just or even as much or many 
«5, &c., i.7.9: iv.3.2: vii. 4.19; 7.28. 
So'-irep, VTrep, oirep, strengthened fr. 
OS, who or which indeed, rchich very, 
just who or which ; odirep just where, 
fjirep just as or where ; &c. ; i. 4. 5 : 
ii.3. 21: iii. 1.34; 2.10,29: iv. 8. 26. 
6<nrpiov, ov, ch. pi. legumes, pulse, 
esp. beans, iv.4.9; 5.26: vi.4.6; 6.1. 
5<r-Tis,* 7/ris, 6' rt, (g. o^Tivo'i or otov, 
d. il^TLVL or OTL^, g. pi. S:vriv<i3v or 'orwv, 
the shorter forms much prevailing 
in the Anab.) rel. indef. pron., also 
complem., whosoever, whoever, which- 
(so) ever, what{so)ever ; one or any one 
who, a man who, anything which ; 
u'ho, which, ivhat, that; sometimes 
referring to a definite antecedent, and 
often in the sing, referring to the pi., 
501, 550 b,f; i.1.5; 3.5,11s, 18; 6. 
7 : ii. 5. 39 : iii. 2. 4 : dVrts = that he, 
558, ii. 5. 12, 21: w. fut., denoting 
purpose, 558 a, i. 3. 14: orov Sr) ira- 
peyyvrjaavTos some one indeed [whoever 
it might have been] having suggested 
it, iv. 7. 25 ; cf. v. 2. 24 : 6' tl edvvaro 
[Avhatever] as far as he could, vi. 1. 32. 
See eifjii, i^. 

1 6<r-Tis-ovv, ijTiaovp, briovv, whoever 
then, whatever then, ko,. : /xtjS' ovriva- 
ovv fjLiadou not any pay whatever [then 
it might be], vii. 6. 27. 

6o-4>paCvo|iai,^' oa^prjcrofiai, to per- 
ceive by smell, smell of, g., v. 8. 3. 

t^Tttv = OT dp or 6t€ dv, w. subj., 
when, whenever, iii. 3. 15 ; 4. 20. 

8t6, by apostr. 6r' or 80*, adv. of 
time, (6's) quum, quando, when, while, 
i. 2. 9 : iii. 1. 37 : w. opt., when, when- 
ever, as soon or often as, ii. 6. 12 : iv. 

1. 16. See eipL 

8ti * conj., (fr. neut. of 6'o-Tts, cf. 
quod) complem., tJiat; more positive, 
direct, or actual than ws, 702 a (some- 
times even used before direct quota- 
tion or the inf., 644, 659 e, i. 6. 8 : ii. 
4. 16 : iii. 1. 9 ?) : causal, because: i. 

2. 21 ; 3. 7, 9 s : ii. 3. 19 : v. 6. 19 (re- 
peated) : — as an intensive adv., w. 
superl., = quam, 553 c, as otl dwapa- 
<TK€va(rT6TaTov{Tr\ei(TTov%)asunpre2}ared 
{many) as possible, i. 1. 6 : cf. iii. 4. 5. 
Words logically following on some- 
times precede it for greater emphasis, 



99 



0VT09 



or through some attraction, 71977, i. 
6, 2 : ii. 2. 20 : vi. 3. 11. 

5 Ti, J)Tov, Sto), 6t«v, see octtls. 

ov* (before a smooth vowel ovk, 
before an aspirated vowel ovx, ^-nd 
sometimes prolonged to ovxt), not, the 
objective neg. adv., esp. denying fact, 
and ch. used with the ind., opt., and 
pt. 686 (sometimes by litotes, 686 i), 
i. 2. 11 : ii. 1. 13 ; 5. 21 : iii. 1. 13 : 
irXoia ovk ^xo,uei' we have [not] no 
boats, ii. 2. 23 : ovk ^(paaau levai they 
said that they ivoiild not go, they re- 
fused to go, 662 b, 686 i, i. 3. 1, of. 8 : 
ov firi in strong denial of the future, 
627, vi. 2. 4. In introducing a ques- 
tion, ov, or S.p ov, implies that an af- 
firmative answer is expected, 687, iii. 
1. 18, 29. Ov has similar uses in com- 
pos. ; where it is often repeated with- 
out doubling the negation, i. 3. 5 ; 8. 
20; 9. 13 : iii. 1. 38. See /x??. 

ov ivhose ; as adv. , where ; see os. 

ov, ot, %* end., sui, sibi, se, pi. 
o-^eis, &c., of him or himself, of her 
or herself, &c. ; 3d pers. pron., comm. 
reflexive, but ch. yielding its place to 
other pronouns, 539 a, b, f. Of the 
sing., only the dat. occurs in the Anab. 
i. 1. 8 ; 2. 8 : iii. 5. 16 : v»7. 18, 25. 

[tou8-a[Ji.6s, v, ov, (old aiids = eh), 
-= ovd-eis.] Hence the adverbs, ov- 
Sajiov nowhere, i. 10. 16 : ovSajioOev 
f/-0)ji no place or quarter, ii. 4. 23 : 
ovSajAT] or -(ifj nowhere^ in no wise, iv. 
6.11? V. 5. 3 : ov8a[j.oi to no jjlcice, vi. 
3.16? 

ov-Se, by apostr. ov8*, conj., and not, 
but not, nor, neither, nor yet (cf. ovre) ; 
used after a neg. clause, as Kal ov after 
an affirmative one ; i. 2. 25 ; 6. 11 : 
cf. i. 4. 7 : V. 8. 25 : — emphatic adv., 
ne . . quidem, not even or also, cer- 
tainly not, by no means, neither, i. 3. 
12, 21 ; 6. 8 : ov . . ov5e not by any 
means, ii. 2. 16. For its compounds 
ovdels, &c., the stronger forms ov5e ets, 
&c., are also found, iii. 1.2? vii. 6. 35. 
|ov8-6is,* oiide-fxia, ov8-eu (ets) oiot 
even one, no one, no, none : ovSe'v subst., 
nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, by no 
means, not at all : i. 1. 8 ; 2. 22 ; 3. 
11; 6. 7s; 8. 20: ii. 5. 1: vi. 2. 10. 

|ov86-iroTe not even at any time, 
never, ii. 6. 13. 

4ov8e-irw not yet indeed, not as yet, 
vii. 3. 24, cf. 6. 35. 



oW by apostr. before an aspirated 
vowel, for owre neither, nor, ii. 5. 7. 

OVK, ovx, ovx^, '>iot, see ov, i. 4. 8. 
|ovK-eTt no longer, no farther, no 
more, not noio, i. 8. 17 ; 10. 1, 12, cf. 
13: ii. 2. 12 (w. fir], see 01;): vii. 5. 1. 
JovK-ow declarative, and ovk-ovv 
interrog., not therefore, not then, cer- 
tainly not. This distinction of accent 
is not observed by all. In ovkovv, 
neg, interrogation sometimes passes 
into assertion, tlierefore, then, 687 c. 
i.6.7: ii.5.24: iii.2.19; 5.6: vi.6.14. 

oSv* (post-pos. adv.), as contr. fr. 
the impers. pt. kbv it being (fr. et>t), 
may signify this being so, or this being 
as it may ; hence comm., therefore, 
then, now, accordingly, in this state of 
things; but sometimes, yet, however, 
be this as it may, however that might 
be, at any rate, certainly, esp. in 5' odu : 
i. 1.2; 2. 12, 15s, 22, 25; 3.5s; 5. 14. 

ov-Trep as adv., just where, the very 
place where, iv. 8. 26 ; see oairep. 

ov-iroTc n-unquam, n-ever, i. 3. 5. 

ov-iro) non-dum, not yet, not as yet, 
i. 5. 12 ; 8. 8 ; 9. 25 : cf. vii. 3. 35. 

ov-TTw-iroTC (also written ov irwiroTc) 
not yet at anytime, never before, i. 4. 18. 

ovpd, as, the tail : of an army, the 
rear, iii. 4. 38, 42 ? vi. 5. 5 s. 

J ovp-d-yta, as, the rear-cornniand, rear- 
guard, iii. 4.-42 : v. I. ovpd. 

lovp-a^ds, ov, 6, (dyu)) a rear-leader, 
the rearmost or last man in a file, who 
of course became the first when the 
direction of the file was reversed, iv. 
3. 26, 29. 

ovpavds, ov, 6, heaven, the heavens, 
sky, iv. 2. 2. Der. Uranus. 

oSs,"" ciros, TO, auris, a7i ear, iii. 1. 
31 : vii. 4. 3 s. Der. par-otid. 

ovs whom, which, see 6s, i. 4. 9. 

oScra, oScrt(v), see ei/xi, i. 4. 15 ; 5. 9. 

oi;-T€ conj., by apostr. oiir* or oil9', 
ne-que, omd not, nor : o\jt€ . . ovre 
neither . . nor : oiire . . re neque . . et, 
both not . . and. Ovre is commonly 
thus doubled in whole or part, as both 
primary and secondary connective, 
and is thus distinguished from the 
conj. ovoe (yet fxev ovre . . 8e, vi.3.16). 
i. 2. 26 ; 3. 11 : ii. 5. 4, 7. Cf. /M-Zj-Te. 

ov-Ttvos, see oans, i. 4. 15. 

o^-Toi certainly not, not by any 
means, vii. 6. 11 : v. I. ovrt not at all. 

ovTos,* ai^TT), TovTo, demonst. pron., 



ovTO<rt 



100 



irais 



(o avTos) hie, this, pi. these ; sometimes 
that, those; comm. referring to that 
which precedes or is contained in a 
subordinate clause (so ovtus, tocovtos, 
kc, cf. 6d€, kc, 543 s): as a pers. 
pi'on., he, she, it, they : i. 1. 7 s, 9, 11 ; 
3. 7 s : Kai o5tol these also, and these 
or those too, Kai raOra and that too, 
544a, i. 1.11; 4.12: ii. 5. 21 : tovtovs 
those well known, 542 b, i. 5. 8 : raOra 
liere, 509 b, iii. 5. 9? therefore, 483 b, 
iv. 1. 21 : rovTo earcj so be it ! i. 8. 17. 
|o{)Too--f,*' avTTJi, tovt'l, (paragogic -I, 
Att. k deictic, 252 c) hic-ce, Fr. celui- 
ci, this here, this . . here present, i. 6. 
6 : vii. 2. 24. 

loiJTws,* comm. ovtw before a con- 
sonant, 164, thiis, so, in this way or 
onanner, to such a degree, so much or 
ve7y, on this condition or supposition, 
i. 1. 5, 9 s : ii. 6. 6 : iv. 7. 4 : ovtus . . 
oarLs so . . tJiat lie, 558, ii. 5. 12: vii. 
1. 28. See o0tos, e'xw. 

|ovT<»)<r-i(v), in just this way, as fol- 
lows, vii. 6. 39 : v. I. ov too Sia?. 

ov\, oi\i, not, see ov, iii. 1. 13. 

6({>€lX(i),'^ Xrjao}, w^eiXiy/ca, 2 a. &</)€- 
"Kov, to owe : P. to he owed, he due : 
«(j>€Xov * ought, that ! would that ! 
I., 638 g : i. 2. 11 : ii. 1. 4 : vii. 7. 34. 

6<}>€Xos,* TO, in nom. & ace, (o^AXw 
tofurtlier) advantage, profit, good, use, 
G., i. 3. 11: ii. 6. 9. 

6<j)0aX(ios, ov, 6, (oTT- in 6x(/o,aai) an 
eye : ^x^iv h 6<pda\fio2s to have in or 
under eye, keep in sight : i. 8. 27 : iv. 
5. 12 s, 29. Der. ophthalmic. 

6<j)Xi<rKdvft), * 6(f)\7}(T0}, wcpXrjKa, 2 a. 
SxpXov, {d(f)ei\oj) to incur, he adjudged 
to pay, V. 8. 1. 

'04>pvviov, ov, Ophrynium, a small 
town of Troas, near the southern end 
of the Hellespont, with a gi-ove sacred 
to Hector, vii. 8. 5. |1 Fren-Keui. 

toxcTos, ov, 6, a conduit of water, 
duct, ditch, channel, ii. 4. 13. 

6x6(0, -qao}, (oxos carriage, fr. ^x^) 
to carry, hear : P. to he home, ride, 
iiri, iii. 4. 47. 

\.6-){T]\ia, aTos, to, a vehicle, convey- 
ance, support, iii. 2. 19. 

6x9^1, 77s, (^x'*') ^ ^'^9^^ hank, esp. of 
a river, iv. 3. 3, 5, 17, 23. 

6xXos, ov, 6, (akin to vulgus, Germ. 
Volk, Eng. folk) a crowd, throng, mul- 
'titude, rahhle, esp. the croicd or retinue 
of camp-followers ; hence, annoyance, 



trouUe : ii. 5. 9 : iii. 2. 27, 36 ; 3. 6 ; 

4. 26. Der. ochlo-cracy. 

ox^pos, a, bv, (^x'^) fit for holding, 
tenable, strong, fortified, secure : \A. 
oxvpd strong-holds : i. 2. 22, 24 : iv. 7. 
17 : cf. exvpos. 

6\j/e adv., (akin to eirofiai • contr. fr. 
'oinade 1) late : oxj/e rju (iyiyveTo) it ivas 
[became) late: ii. 2. 16 : iii. 4. 36. 
|6\]/ia, as, a late hour, evening, vi. 

5. 31 ? 

1 6\|;i^«, L<ni3 lCi, to he or come late, iv. 
5. 5. 

to^ts, ews, Tj, sight, appearance, spec- 
tacle, ii. 3. ]5: vi. 1. 9. 

o^ojiai, see o/cdw. Der. optic. 



ira'Y-KpaTiov, ov, {ttcLv KpaTos) a con- 
test demanding the entire strength ; 
the pancratium, a severe "rough and 
tumble " exercise, in which wrestling 
and boxing were combined, iv. 8. 27. 
ira-Y-xaXeiros, ov, {wav) very hard 
or difficult, V. 2. 20 ? 

liraY-xaXeircus very hardly: x. elxov 
were very hard in their feelings, irpos, 
vii. 5. 16. 

irae€iv, see Trctcj-xw, i. 8. 20 ; 9. 8. 

lirdO-qfia, aros, to, calamity, suffer- 
ing, misery, vii. 6. 30. 

jirdGos, eos, to, affliction, ill-treat- 
ment, affection, disease, i. 5. 14 : iv.5.7. 
Der. PATHOS, pathetic, 

iraiavl^o), taw tw, {xaidv a PiEAX, 
war-song) to sing or chant the poian or 
war-song, i. 8. 17 ; 10. 10 : iii. 2. 9 ? 

tiraiScta, as, education, training, dis- 
cipline, iv. 6. 15s. Der. cyclo-p^dia. 

tiraiS-epacTTi^S, ov, {epafiai) a lover 
of hoys, vii. 4. 7. 

firaiSevto, evaw, TreiraiSevKa, to bring 
up a child, train, educate. A., i. 9. 2s. 

firaiStKa, cDv, tcl, delicise ; as sing., 
a darling, favorite, object of love ; ch. 
of a boy ; ii. 6. 6, 28 : v. 8. 4. 

firaiSiov, ov, t6, dim., a little or 
young child, iv. 7. 13. 

tiraiSio-Kt], 77s, dim., a young girl, 
maiden, iv. 3, 11. 

irais, iraidos, 6 i], a child, whether 
son or daughter, boy or girl ; a youth, 
boy, lad ; hence, a page, waiter, ser- 
vant (cf. puer); i.1.1 ; 9.2s: ii.6. 12: 
iv. 5. 33 : see ef. Der. ped-AGOGUE. 



vaCa 



101 



Trapa-yYcXXw 



iraiw,* Traicro), ireiraiKa, to strike, as 
w. the hand or anything in it, to smite, 
beat, icouncl ; often joined w. ^dXXoj, 
in a sense cleaviy distinct ; a. ae. ; 
i. 8. 26s; 10.7: iii. 1.29; 4.49: v. 7. 
21; 8. 12 s, 16. 

TraKovi^Wjicrw tcD, =7ratai'i'f(W,iii.2.9? 

irdXat adv., long ago, long since, 
long before ; forinerly, ineviously ; i. 
4. 12 : iv. 5. 5 ; 8. 14: vii. 6, 9, 37. 

liroXatds, a, bv, c. TraXaLrepos or 7ra- 
"Kaijrepos, old, ancient : to iroKaiov 
anciently : iii. 4. 7 : iv. 4. 9 ; 5. 35. 

Der. PALiE-ONTO-LOGY. 

firaXaito, atcxw, TreTrdXat/ca 1., to wres- 
tle, iv. 8. 26. Der. palestra. 

irdXt], 77s, (TrdXXw ^0 shake) wrestling, 
common in the Greek games, iv. 8. 27. 
TToXtv adv. , again, back again, back, 
i. 1. 3 ; 6. 7 s. Der. palin-ode. 

iraWaKis, iSos, i], {irdWa^ a youth) 
a concubine, raistress, i. 10. 2. 

iraXrov, ov, (TrdXXw to brandish) a 
dart, javelin, or light spear, used by 
the Asiatics for both throwing and 
striking (like the modern jereed) ; 
whence two were often carried ; i. 5. 
15; 8. 3, 27: v. 4. 12, 25. 

t'ira}j,-'irXT]0TJs, es, {wXridoi) very nu- 
merous, vast, countless, iii. 2. 11, 

t irdjj.-'jroXTJS, -ttoWtj, -it o\v, very much 
ov great, very numerous, vast: pi. very 
many, a great many : ii. 4. 26 : iii. 4. 
13 : iv. 1.8; 6. 26 : vii. 5. 12 (see eTrt). 

tiraix-irovripos, 01^, all-depraved: of 
a man, a perfect villain, the worst of 
men, vi. 6. 25. 

irdv neut. of ttcis; in compos., iray- 
before a palatal, and iraix- before a la- 
bial ; iv. 2. 22. Der. pax-acea. 

Jirdv-ovp-yla, as, {^pyov) knavery, vil- 
lany, vii. 5. 11. 

|7rav-ovp7os, ov, s., (contr. fr. irav- 
6-epyos, fr. ^pyov) ready for all work, 
U7ipri7icipled, knavish, crafty, perfidi- 
ous, treacherous, ii. 5. 39 ; 6. 26. 

|irdvT, before a rough breathing 
irdvG*, by apostr. for Trdj/ra, see Trds. 

4.TravTd-TTdo-i(v) adv., all to all, all 
in all, altogether, loholly, entirely, ab- 
solutely, at all, i. 2. 1 : ii. 5. 18, 21. 

\.Tro.vro.yj\ or-xfj, or Travraxov, every- 
where, in any or all places, anywhere, 
ii. 5. 7 ; 6. 7 : iv. 5. 30. 

J.7rav-T€X«3 (reXos) quite to the end, 
completely, entirely, wholly, ii. 2. 11. 

jiravTi] or -tt) every ivhcre, on all 



sides, throughout, i. 2. 22 : ii. 3. 3 ; 5. 
7: iii. 1. 2. 

|TravTO-8a7rds,'»7,6i', (5d7re5oj'groi«?.fZ?) 
of every region or kind, all kinds of, 
various, i. 2. 22 : iv. 4. 9 : vi. 4. 5. 

|7rdvTo06v/ro7?i every quarter, on all 
sides, iii. 1. 12 : vi. 6. 3. 

liravTOios, a, ov, of all or various 
kinds, all or various kinds of, various, 
i. 5. 2 : ii. 4. 14. 

jirdyroo-e in all dii'ections, every- 
tohere (= -whither), vii. 2. 23. 
.lirdvTtos by all means ; at all, once; 
vi. 5. 21 ? vii. 7. 43 ? 

^irdvv adv., wholly, oMogether, very, 
very much ; a^ «ZZ; i. 5. 7; 8. 14 : ii. 
5. 19, 27 : vii. 6. 4. 

irdop.ai * (ch. poet., pres. not in use), 
irdao/xai, 7re7rd/xat, potior, to acquire : 
pf. pret. [to have acquired] to possess, 
have in possession. A., i. 9. 19 : iii. 3. 
18 : vi. 1. 12 : vii. 6. 41. 

Trapd* prep., by apostr. irop*, be- 
side : (a) w. Gen. , comm, of person, 
from beside, from the side or sphere 
of, /ro?/i, often implying some action 
or influence ; hence sometimes w. pass, 
verb, by, 694. 9 ; i. 1. 5 ; 3. 16 ; 7. 2 ; 
9. 1 : ii. 6. 14 : v. 2. 25 :— (b) w. Dat., 
comm. of person, at or by tJie side of be- 
side, near, about, toith j at tlie court 
of; in the house, service, care, or esteem 
of; i.1.5; 2.27; 3.7; 9.29: ii. 6. 26: 
vi. 2. 2 : ra irap ep-oi the advantages 
in my service, i. 7. 4 : — (c) av. Acc. 
of person, to the side of, to, towards, i. 
2. 12 ; 3. 7 ; 6. 3 : — of place (sometimes 
of person, &c.) through the space be- 
side, along side of along, beside, by, 
past, near, about, i. 2. 13, 24 ; 8. 5 : 
iii. 1. 32 : iv. 7. 16: Trap' oXtyov [along- 
side of a little] of little account, vi. 6. 
11 : Trapa ttotov with drink, ii. 3. 15 : — 
of words expressing obligation, opin- 
ion, &c., [along by or beside] beyond, 
contrary to, against, in violation of, i. 
9. 8 : ii. 1. 18 ; 5. 41 : v. 8. 17 : vii. 6. 
36. Its uses in compos, are similar. 

irapa-PaiVft), '' ^rjcrop.ai, ^e^rjKa, 2 a. 
e^rj'^, to go beyond, transgress, violate, 
break. A., iv. 1. 1. 

irapa-PoT^Gsw, 97crw, fSe^orjdrjKa, to 
hasten [by other troops] forivard to 
give aid, iv. 7. 24. 

"Trap-aYYeXXo), eXcD, ijyyeXKa, a. •^7- 
yeiXa, to send ivord to or along, pais 
the ivord, and thus to direct, command^ 



iraptt'Y'YeXo-ts 



102 



irapao-KfivaJw 



order, Md; to swmnon; to give out or 
issue a password; d. i. (a.), up., a., 
ei's : Kara to, iraprj'y'YeKfxeva. according 
to the instructions given : i. 1. 6 ; 2. 1 ; 
5.13; 8.3, 15 s: ii. 2. 8,21 : iii. 4.3. 

j.-irap-d-yyeXo-is, ews, r}, a word of 
command, summons, iv. 1. 5. 

•irapa-'yi"yvo|xai,'^ yeprjao/jiac, yeyevrj- 
fiai & 2 pf. y^yova, 2 a. eyevbixT^v, to 
come to or near, come, arrive, to pre- 
sent one's self or he present, join, D., 
eis, h, i. 1. 11 ; 2. 3 ; 7. 12 : v. 6. 8. 
irap-d-Ya),* a^w, fjxo., 2 a. -riyayov, 
to lead or conduct hy or along, bring 
up or forward, A. ei's, &c., iii. 4. 14, 
21 : iv. 6. 6 ; 8. 8 : vii. <5. 3. 

iTrap-aYco-yTj, ?js, conveyance along 
the coast, transport, v. 1. 16. Der. 

PARAGOGIC. 

•n-apdScKTOs, ov, 6, (fr. the Pers., 
first found in Xen.) a park, i.2. 7; 4. 
10 : ii. 4. 14. Der. paradise. 

irapa-StSwfJLi,* ddbaoi, dedwKa, a. ^8cj- 
Aca {dQ, doirjv, 86s, dovvai, dovs), tra-do, 
to give or deliver up or over, give, 
grant, a. d. i., ii. 1. 8 s, 12 : iv. 5. 22. 

irapa-8pa|i€iv, see irapa-rp^x^- 

irapa-Oapp'dvw or -6ap<rCv«, xjvCo, to 
cheer [along] on, encourage, a., ii. 4. 

1 : iii. 1. 39. 

irapa-Oetvai, see irapa-TidrjfiL. 

trapa Qiia* devao/xai, to run hy or 
past, a., iv. 7. 12. 

irap-aiV€W,* iaoo, -yveKa, (aiv^w to 
commend) to recommend, advise, ex- 
hort, AE., i. 7. 2 : V. 7. 35 : vii. 3. 20. 

•irap-aiT4o|iai, rj(rofxai., rJTrj/xai, to heg 
from, intercede with, icepi, vi. 6. 29. 

irapa-KaXeo),* Ka\^<J<a, koKCci, KkKkt]- 
Ka, a. e/fdAecra, a. p. eKK-qd-qv, to call 
[along] forward., summon, invite, ex- 
hort, urge, encourage, call to, call in, 
A. I., eVt, i. 6. 5s : iii. 1. 24 : v. 6. 19. 

irapa-Kara-Gi^KTi, -rjs, {ridrifxi) a de- 
posit with another, v. 3. 7. 

irapd-K€i|JLat,* KeiaopLai, to lie heside 
or near, d., vii. 3. 22. 

7rapa-K€X.6VO|xai, eiaofiai, /ce/cAeu- 
cfxaL, to urge along or forward, exhort, 
encourage, T). i., i. 7. 9 ; 8. 11. 

lirapa-KcXcvo-is, ecos, t/, encourage- 
'inent, cheeinng on, G.? iv. 8. 28. 

irop-aKoXovG^ft), -^o-w, rjKoXovdrjKa, to 
follow heside or near, accompany, at- 
tend, iii. 3. 4 : iv. 4. 7. 

•Trapa-Xa{J.pdva>,^ X-qxpop-ai, et\r]<pa, 

2 a. iXa^ov, to take or receive from an- 



other, succeed to; to take to or with 
one's self ; A., irapd : v, 6. 36 : vi. 4. 
11 : vii. 2. 17 ; 7. 7. 

Trapa-Xelirco,* \pw, 2 pf. X^Xonra, 2 a. 
eXiTTov, to leave on one side, leave, 
omit, A., vi. 3. 19 ; 6. 18. 

irapa-Xvireco, vjcrw, XeXinrrjKa, to an- 
noy [along side] hy competition or in- 
terference : oi TrapaXvirovvTes trouble- 
some rivals, ii. 5. 29. 

irapa-Xioa),* Xuaio, XeXvKa, to loose 
from beside, take off, unship {M. for 
one's own benefit). A., v. 1. 11. Der. 

PARALYSIS, PALSY. 

7rap-a|JLeiP(o, i^w, to interchange : 
M. to change one's self or one's own 
(army, line of battle, &c.), eh, i. 10. 
10 (ace. to some, to pass hy). 

irap-aixeXeo), rjcro), rjfxeXrjKa, to pass 
by in neglect, to neglect, treat with 
neglect, disregard, violate, G., ii. 5. 7 : 
vii. 8. 12. 

irapa-fxevft),* /Jieuu, fiefievqKa, to stay 
heside, stand by, remain steadfast, ii. 
6. 2 : vi. 2. 15. 

orapa-fXT^plSios, ov, {firjpos) along the 
thigh : neut. subst., a thigh-piece, 
cuisse, i. 8. 6. 

•irapa-ir€|JL'7r«,* xf/o), 7re7royu0a, to send 
hy or along, despatch, A. eis, iv. 5. 20 ? 

7rapa-irXca>, * wXevao/xat, ir^irXevKa, 
a. ^irXevaa, to sail by or along. A., eis, 
i^, V. 1. 11 ; 6. 10 : vi. 2. 1 ; 6. 3. 

irapa-irXT](rios, a, ov, or os, ov, near 
by, similar, like, D., i. 3. 18 ; 5. 2. 

•irapa-'irpo-ir6[i,'irti>,^ xf/w, Tr^irofKpa, to 
send by to the front, iv. 5. 20 ? 

trapa-p-pio),* pevaofxai, eppvrjKa, 2 a. 
p. or a. eppvrjv, tojioiv hy, to (melt and) 
run down beside, D., irapd, iv. 4. 11 ; 
V. 3. 8. 

irapao-dYY^S, ov, a parasang (Pers. 
farsang), the comm. Persian road- 
measure, equal, ace. to Hdt. (2. 6) and 
Xen. (ii. 2. 6), to 30 stadia, = about a 
league or 3 geographical miles, or 
nearly 3| statute miles. It was usu. 
estimated, and of course variously ace. 
to the difficulty of the route and the 
time occupied, i. 2. 5 s, 10 s. 

Trapa-cTKCvd^o), daoo, pf. p. iaKeva- 
ffjxaL, to put things side by side, to 
arrange, prcpiare, procure. A., ii. 6. 8: 
— ch. M., to prepare one's self or one's 
own ; to prepare, provide, or pi'ocure 
for one's self or one's own ; to make 
preparation, make ready ; A., i., P. 



irapaa-Kiv-f] 



1C3 



n&piov 



(w. (bs), OTTOJS, ware, diro, eirl, iLs els : 
i. 8. 1; 10. 6, 18: iii. 1.14,36; 2. 24: 
vii. 3. 35 : irapaaKevd^ejOat t}]v yvdj- 
/xrjv to make up ones mind, vi. 3. 17 : 
oiKaoe IT. to prepare for home (to go 
home), vii. 7. 57. 

irapa-(rK€VTJ, 77?, preparation, i. 2. 4. 

irapa-o-Kiiveii), 77(ra>, to encamp hij or 
wear, d., iii. 1. 28. 

irapa-o-xeiv, -<rxTJo-w, see 7rap-exw. 
tirapd-Ta|is, ewj, 17, arrangement, 
liiu of battle, v. 2. 13 ? 

irapa-TaTTW, Ta^oi, reraxa, to ar- 
range side by side, drav) up in order 
of battle or in battle-array. A,: pf. p. 
pt. irapa-Terayfievos so drawn up, i. 
10. 10 : iv. 3. 3,5; 6. 25. 

iropa-Telvft),* revcD, r^raKa, to stretch 
along, extend., A. eTrt, wapd, kc, i. 7. 
15 : vii. 3. 48. 

•7rapa-Ti97ijXt,*^77(r(«j, reOeiKa, a.^di^Ka 
{6 Co, kc), to place beside or near, set 
before, a. d., iv. 5. 30 s: 31. to p''ace 
bij one's side, lay aside. A., vi. 1. 8. 

*irapa-Tpe\«,* dpafxoufMai., dedpdjxrjKa, 
2 a. ^SpauLov, to run by, past, or along, 
A., ets, eirl, irapd, iv. 5. 8 ; 7. 6 s, 11. 

irapa-xpfjixa adv., with the affair, 
on the spot, forthivith, vii. 7. 24. 

tirap-e-yyudci),* -qaw, ijyyvTjKa, to pass 
from hand to hand, 2)<^ss along, as a 
word of command or request ; hence, 
to give or 2^^^^ t^^^ word of command, 
to command., order, charge, exhort, re- 
quest, propose, cheer on, I, (a.), ae., 
iv. 1. 17 : 7. 24s : \\. 5. 12 : vii. 1. 22. 

irap-eYyvTi, ^s, (see e77uda>) a com- 
mand, charge, request, vi. 5. 13. 

irap-eY€v6(iT]v, see wapa-yLyvofxai. 

irap-e'Soo-av, see irapa-dLdojiua. 

•irdp-€t|Xi,,* eaofjLai, (eliiL, eirjv, ehai, 
&v, &c. ) to be by, near, at or on hand, 
with, or present (esp. as a friend or 
assistant) ; hence, to have come, to 
come, arrive, attend, be rexid^y, d. ; ets, 
^TTt, or 7r/)6s w. A., 704 a ; i. 1. 1 s ; 2. 
2 s : iii. 1. 46 : vi. 4. 15 ; 6. 26 : rd 
irapbvTa {irpdyixaTa) the present state 
of affairs, j^^'&sent occurrences or cir- 
cumstances, i. 3.3: iii. 1.34; [sc. XP^?- 
fiara] possessions, property, estate, vii. 
7. 36 : kv ru irapovTi at the jxi'esent 
time, in the j)Tcsent crisis, ii. 5. 8 : ird- 
p€(TTL{v) impers., it is present to one, 
i. e. in his povMr, jyossible, feasible, iv. 
5. 6 (abs. irapov, v. 8. 3). Have may 
be sometimes used in translating irdp- 



etfjLL as Avell as et.it, 459, ii. 3. 9 : iii. 
2. 18. 

•irdp-€L|J,i, * ipf. yeii/, (eXjULi) to go or 
come by or along, px^s by, in, or 
through, to jmss ; to pass by to the 
front, come forward ; A., eTrt, irapd : 
iii. 2. 35 : iv. 5. 30 : vi. 5. 12, 23, 25. 

irap-SLXOv, -t'^w, see irap-exco. 

irap-exX.T|0T]v, see irapa-KaXeoj. 

irap-e\avv«,* eXdau) iXQ, eXrfKaKa, 
a. rjXaaa, to ride or march by, past, or 
along, x.,iiri,kc., i. 2. 16s; 8.12,14. 

irap-g'px.op.ai,* eXeixrofiai, e\rj\v6a, 
2 a. f]\dov, to come or go by, past, along, 
or through ; to pass by, over, through, 
kc; to pass in, enter ; to pass by to 
the front or place of speaking, come 
forward; of time, to pass, elapse; A., 
ei's: i. 4. 4s; 7. 16, 18: v. 5. 11, 24. 

irap-co-ofiai, -cVtw, see 7rdp-et/it. 

irap-e'o-TTiKa, -e'o-TTjv, see irap-icrTrj/xi. 

irap-iTiraro, see Trapa-Teivcj, i. 7. 15. 

2 a. eaxov, to have or hold by or near 
another ; hence, to hand to, offer, af- 
ford, supply , furnish, provide, present, 
give, render ; to cause or make for a 
person, and hence, to produce, excite, 
or inspire in him ; to give up, deliver 
up, surrender, yield; A. D. I., ets : i. 
1.11: ii.1.11; 3.22,26s; 4.10s: vi. 
6. 16, 20 : M. to render or w^aJze for 
one's self ; to contribute or exhibit of 
one's own ; a. ; ii. 6. 27 : vi. 2. 10. 

irap-Tjyyuwv, see irap-eyyvdw. 

irap-fj'gLv, see Trdp-ei/it (et/xt), iv.2.19. 

irap-T|\a(ra, see irap-eKavvw, i. 2. 17. 

irap-fjXGov, see Trap-epxa/mi, i. 7. 16. 

irap-f^v, -fj, -T]o-9a, see wdp-eL/xL. 
t IlapOeviov, ov, Parthenium, a small 
town in the southwest part of ?.Iysia, 
not far from Pergamum, vii. 8. 15, 21. 
tnap9evios, ov, 6, the Pa.rtheniiis, a 
river on the usual boundary between 
Bithynia and Paphlagonia, said to 
have been named from the virgin 
Diana's bathing in it, v. 6. 9 : vi. 2. 1, 
II The Bartan-Su. 

irapBevos, ov, rj, a virgin, maideny 
iii. 2. 25. Der. Parthenon. 

Ilapidvds, ov, (UdpLov) a Parian, a 
man of Parium, vii. 3. 16. 

irap-ievai, -i«v, see Trdp-eiuL (et/xt). 

'trap-ir]\ii,* TJa-cj, eiKa, a. •^/ca (dj, e'i-qv, 
kc.) to send bv, let pass, yield, allow, 
D. I., V. 7. 10^: vii. 2. 15? 

ndpLov, ov, Parium, a commercial 



•irapCcrrt]p.i 



104 



ireSiov 



city near the southwest end of the I 
Propontis, an Ionian colony, vii. 2. 7 ; j 

3. 20. II Kamares, or Kemer. | 
•irap-tcrT?][j,t,* a-T-qcroi, €(TTr)Ka, 2 a. i 

i(TT7}v, to station near ; pf. and 2 a. to\ 
stand near or hy, v. 8. 10, 21 : la. in. i 
to jplace or station by one's side, bring ' 
forward, produce, A., vi. 1. 22 : vii. j 
8. 3.^ I 

irdp-oSos, ov, 7], a way by, passage, [ 
pass, i. 4. 4s ; 7. 15s : iv. 2. 24. | 

irap-oive'w,* ■»70"w, ireirapipyrjKa, a. 
iirapujyrjcra, (ohos) to act the drunkard, 
be abusive, v. 8. 4. j 

•irap-oixo|xai,* olxvo'o/xai, ipxv/^"-'- % I 
to pass or have passed by : pt. past, ii. 

4. 1. ^ ^ j 
Ilappdo-ios, ov, a Parrhasian, a' I 

man of Parrhasia (Uappaa-ia), a dis- 
trict of southwest Arcadia, about Mt. 
Lycffius, i. 1. 2 : vi. 2. 9 ; 5. 2. 

Hapvo-ariSi iSos, i5t, lu or i8a, i, \ 
Parysatis {= a Peri's daughter ?), half- ! 
sister and wife of Darius ii., and! 
mother of Artaxerxes ii. and Cynis, i 
an ambitious, daring, imperious, in- j 
triguing, and cruel woman, of great 
influence over her husband and sons. 
Of the latter, Cyrus was her favorite, 
and she avenged his death cruelly. 
She even poisoned her daughter-in- 
law, the queen Statira. i. 1. 1, 4 ; 4. 9. 

irap-wv, -ovora, -ov, see 7rdp-et/xi. 

ircts,* Trdaa, irav, g. iravrbs, irdcrrjs, 
all, every, the whole; all kinds of, 
every kind of : sing, comm., without 
the art., every ; but av. the art., whole 
or all : pi. comm. all (also translated 
by every w. the sing.): i. 1. 2, 5 : ii. 

5. 9 : vi. 4. 6 : uAte?? o\ tra.vT(.% you, the 
xchole body, v. 7. 27, cf. 6. 7 : subst. 
ttSlv everything, all, to Trav the whole, 
iravTa all things (or everything), i. 9. 
2, 16 : vi. 2. 12 ; i-Kl irav ^pxecdai. to 
[come to everything] resort to every 
means, iii. 1. 18. See did, diairavTos, 
vtKao}. Der. PAN-THEISM. Cf. omnis. 

IIa<rtci)v, (ovos, Pasion, a Megarian 
general in the service of Cynis, who 
took offence and deserted, i.2.3 ; 4. 7 s. 

irdorxft),* irda-ofxaL, 2 pf. ireirovda, 
2 a. 'iiradov, patior, to receive any effect, 
whether good or evil (comm. the lat- 
ter, unless otherwise stated), to be 
treated or affected, suffer : ed or /ca/ccSs 
{dyadov or KaKov) ir. to receive for good 
or evil, to receive good {benefit, favor, 



pleasure) or suffer ill (harm, injury, 
pain), to be icell or ill treated, benefited 
or harmed : a. utto : i. 3. 4 s ; 8. 20 : 
iii. 3. 7 : iv. 3. 2 : rd /xeu 'eiradev he re- 
ceived some wounds, i. 9. 6 : iju ti irddrj 
if anything should befall him, by eu- 
phemism for if he should lose his life, 
V. 3. 6. Der. passive, passion. 

iraTdo-o-ft), d|w (ch. poet. exc. aor. 
ewdra^a, see 50 tvttto}) to strike, smite, 
pierce, iv. 8. 25 : vii. 8. 14. 

naTrj-yiias, 01; or a, Pategyas, a Per- 
sian attendant of Cyrus, i. 8. 1 : v. I. 
llaraytjas. 

iraTTip,* Trarpos, 6, SslvlS. pilar, Zend 
patar, Lat. ^?afc?-, Germ. Vater, a 
FATHER, i. 4.12. Der. paternal. 

Iirdrpios, a, ov, patrius, of or from 
one s father or ancestors, pater^ial, an- 
cestral ; according to ancestral usage; 
iii. 2. 16 ? V. 4. 27 : vii. 8. 5 ? 

jiraTpts, i5os, t/, patria, one s father- 
land, native land or city, country, i. 
3.3,6: iii. 1. 3s: iv. 8. 4. 

j-rraTpwos, a, ov, descending from, 
one's father, paternal, hereditary, i. 7. 
6: iii. 1. 11; 2. 16? vii. 3. 31. 

tiravXa, tjs, means of stopping, stop, 
stoppage, prevention, G., v. 7. 32. 

Travo),* iravaw, ireiravKa, to stop 
(trans.), make or cause to cease, p>'i(-t 
an end to, remove, relinquish, a. p., 
ii. 5. 2, 13 : iv. 8. 10 : M. to stop (in- 
trans.), cease, desist, pause, rest, leave 
off, give up, end, finish, G., p., i. 2. 2; 
3.12; 6.6: iii. 1.19: iv. 6. 6 : v. 1.2. 

tna<|)Xa"yovia, as, Paphlagonin, a 
country on the north coast of Asia 
Minor, between the Halys and Par- 
thenius, famed for its good horses and 
horsemen, vi. 1. Is, 14. 

tna<{)Xa70viKds, v, ov, Paphlagoni- 
an : rj Ua<p\ayovLK7] [sc. 7^] the Paph- 
lagonian country : v. 2. 22 : vi. 1. 15. 
IIa<}>\aY{ov, 6vos, a Paphlagonian, 
a man of the Paphlagones, described 
by the Greeks as a rude, ignorant, 
credulous, and superstitious people, 
i. 8. 5 (as adj.) : v. 6. 3 (^the king). 

tirdxos, fos, TO, thickness, v. 4. 13. 
iraxvs, eTa, v, thick, large, stout, 
iv. 8. 2 : v. 4. 25. Der. pachy-derm. 
ire'ST], 77s, {irovs) pedica, a fetter, 
iv. 3. 8. 

IttcSivos, V, ov, c, fiat, level, v. 5. 2. 

ireSCov, ov, {iredov ground, akin to 

irovs) a plain, a fiat or level region ; 



ir^liva 



105 



irivn 



sometimes used in naming cities (cf. 
Lich-field) ; i. 1. 2 ; 2. 11, 21 s ; 5. 1. 

tire^evco, evaci}, to march on foot, 2)ro- 
ceed hy land, v. 5. 4. 

ire^ds, ri, ov, [irovt) on foot, of in- 
fantry, i. 3. 12 : vii. 3. 45 : subst. 
Trefos a foot-soldier, ol we^oi the in- 
fantry, foot, i. 10. 12 : iii. 3. 15 : adv. 
we^y on foot, by land, i. 4. 18 : v. 6. 1. 

tirciO-apxeo), 770-0;, {apxri) to peld to 
authority, obey, d., i. 9. 17. 

TretOo),""' Tretcrw, TreirecKa, (2 pf. pret. 
ireiroiBa to trust), a. ^ireKxa, to per- 
suade, induce, jjrcvxil upon; in pr. 
and ipf., to try to persuade, use per- 
suasion, advise, urge, 594; a. i., cp. ; 
i. 2. 26 : ii. 6. 2 : vi. 1. 19 : P. k M. 
to be persuaded, believe, obey, submit, 
yield or listen to, comply, follow one's 
direction or advice, d. i. (a.), i. 1. 3 ; 
2.2; 3. 6, 15; 4. 14 s: vii. 8. 3 : Tret- 
66fjL€vos as adj., obedient, ii. 6. 27. 

ireivdto * (dets ■^s, &c.), -qao), ireirei- 
vrjKa, {iretva hunger, akin to irepo/xai) 
to hunger, be hungry, i. 9. 27. 

ireipa, as, trial, proof, experience, 
acquaintance, g. 6'rt, iii. 2. 16 : kv -wel- 
pa yeviadai to have been well axquaint- 
ed with, i. 9.1 (cf. efxTreipois) : ireipav 
XaafSdveiv to take or have experience, 
make trial, v. 8. 15. Der. em-piric. 

jiretpdw, (fcrw, ireTreipdKa 1., comm. 
M., to try, endeavor, attempt; to make 
trial or 2^'oof of, test ; l., g., ottojs : 
i.1.7; 2.21: iii. 2. 3, 38 s; 5.7. Der. 

PIRATE, EM-PIRICAL. 

7r€t<ras, ireio-GcLs, -0w, see ireLdo). 

Ileio-iS-qs, see rLicrtS???, i. 1. 11 ? 

ireio-Ojiai, f. m. of irdax^ & ireidw, 
i. 3. 5 s, 15. 

iretoTeov lo-riv, {ireidofxai) one {we, 
they, &c. ) micst obey, 682, d. : ws tt. 
ei77 KXedpxy ^/i«^ G. must be obeyed : 
ii. 6. 8 : vi. 6. 14. 

Tr€Xd|o),* TreXdcrw TreXw, ch. poet., 
(TrAas 7iea?') ^c come near, apjiroach, 
T>., i. 8. 15 ? iv. 2. 3. 

n€XXi]V6vs, ews, a Pellenian, a man 
of Pellene {neXXi?*'?/), an ancient town 
of Achaia and the most easterly of 
its twelve cities, v. 2. 15. ||Tzerkovi 
near Zugra. 

t neXo-irovvT|o-ios,a, ov, Peloponnesian: 
ol WeKoTTovvqcnoL subst., the Pcloponne- 
sians, who were in general accounted 
the best soldiers in Greece, and who 
often, especial!}" from the more moun- 

LEX. AN. 5* 



tainous parts, carried their vigor and 
braver V to a foreign market : i. 1. 6.- 
vi. 2. 10. 

IIcXoirdvvTjo-os, ov, ij, (XIAottos vi)- 
aos, the island of Pelops), tJie Pelopon- 
nese or -esus, so named from its beiug 
so nearly surrounded by water, and 
from the sovereignty exercised over it 
by Pelops, an ancient king of Pisa in 
Elis, who, with his family, formed 
the subject of many myths and trage- 
dies, i. 4. 2. !|Morea. 

ircXTa^ft), daio, {ireXrr]) to carry a 
target, serve as a targeteer, v. 8. 5. 

neXrai, (bv, al, Peltm, a city in the 
western part of Phrygia, i. 2. 10. HOn 
or near the plain Baklan-Ovah. 
I tire\Tao-TT|s, ov, a targeteer, peltast. 
j The TreXracrrai not only carried a 
lighter shield (TreXr?;), but were in 
; other respects more lightly armed 
than the oTrXtrat ; and were therefore 
less adapted to the shock of arms, but 
better litted for rapid movements, i, 
2. 6, 9 ; 7. 10^; 10. 7. 
I Tr6\Ta(mKds, rj, ov, relating to or 
consisting of peltasts : TreXraaTiKov, sc. 
cTTpdrev/jLa, light-armed force, light in- 
fantry, targeteers, i. 8. 5 : vii. 3. 37. 

ire'XTT], -qs, a target, targe, ore pelta, 
a small, light shield, often of crescent 
shape, more used by the Thracians 
I and other barbarians than by the 
I Greeks. It had comm. a wooden 
I (often wicker) frame, covered with 
! leather, and sometimes strengthened 
I by a thin metallic front, i. 10. 12 
I (ace. to some, here = ttoKtou, which 
Rehdantz substitutes) : v. 2. 29. 
j tireixirTaios, a, ov, on the fifth day, 
five days dead, vi. 4. 9. 

Tre'iMrTOS, 17, ov, {irivre) fifth, iii. 4. 
24 : ix. 7. 21. 

Treinro),* xpw, TriirofKpa, to send, D, 
A. P. (esp. fut. 598 b), els, irapd, irpos, 
&c., i. 1.8; 3.8,14: ii. 1.2,17. Der. 
pompa, POMP, POMPOUS. 

tire'vTis, -nros, 6, adj., jjoor : subst., 
a poor man : vii. 7. 28. 

tirevia, as, poverty, vii. 6. 20. Cogn. 
penuria, penury. 

Tre'voiiai, in pr. and ipf., to toil for 

daily bread, be poor, live in poverty, 

iii. 2. 26. [hundred, i. 2. 3s, 6. 

tirevTaKdo-ioi, at, a, (eKardv) five- 

ire'vT€ indecl., quinque, ^t;e, i. 2. 8, 

11. Djr. PEXTA-GOX. 



•ir€VT€Kai8€Ka 



106 



Tr£pii<rTT)(ii 



jirevTe-KaC-ScKa (or irevre Kal 8lKa) 

indecl., fif-teen, i. 4. 1 : iv. 7. 16. 

jirevTTjKovTa indecl., fifty, i. 4. 19 ; 
7. 12 : ii. 2. 6. Der. Pentecost. 

|Tr€VTT]KovTTJp, 7?/oos, 6, a commandev 
of fifty, or of half a lochus, iii. 4. 21. 

jirevTi^KOVT-opos, ov, i), {eperTCi} to 
row) a fifty-oared vessel [sc. vavs], v. 
1. 15: vi. 6. 5, 22 s. ^ 

|ir6VTT]K0(rTvs, i/os, 7?, a &0C??/ of fifty, 
or half a lochus : /card tt. % fifties, 
iii. 4. 22. 

ireirdiiat, see irdofxaL, iii. 3. 18. 
ireirovOa, see Trdcxw, iii. 2. 8 : vi.1.6. 
ireTrpaKa, -dtrojjtai, see inirpdaKO}. 
ircTTTWKa, see ttLttto}, i. 8. 28. 
irep* end., (root or shorter form 
of irepi, cf. Lat. per) orig. through, 
throughout ; hence, altogether, just, 
very, even, indeed, pa7^ticularly, in 
particular ; often added to a relative 
or particle for strength or emphasis 
(comm. "written as part of the same 
word, but sometimes separately) ; i. 3. 
18 ; 7. 9 ; 8. 18 : see e'tirep, ba-rrep, &c. 

4.'7r€pd adv., across, beyond; of time, 
beyond, jMst, after, after this ; G., vi. 
1. 28 ; 5. 7. 

Iirepatvo), avu, {iripas an end) to fin- 
ish, complete, accomplish, execute, a., 
iii. 1. 47; 2. 32: vi. 1. 18. 

Iirepaidctf, wcrw, to carry across: M. 
to go across, pass over, els, vii. 2. 12. 

jire'pdv adv., across, on the other side, 
G.: TO irepav the other side ; i. 5. 10 : 
iii. 5. 2, 12 : iv. 3. 29, 33. 

|irepd«, dcroj, irew^paKa, to cross, A., 
iv. 3. 21 : V. I. dLairepdu}. 

Xlep-yap-ov or -os, ov, t6 or rj, Per- 
gamum or -us, the chief city of Teu- 
thrania in southwest Mysia, situated 
in the beautiful valley of the Caicus. 
It later became the capital of a king- 
dom, and renowned for its great libra- 
ry, giving its name to a material which 
was here brought into use, 23ccrchimnt 
(charta Pergamena). This was also 
the seat of one of the Apocalyptic 
churches, vii. 8. 8, 23. || Bergama, 
still a place of some consequence. 

ir€p8i|, I/cos, 6 7], perdix, a par- 
tridge, i. 5. 3. 

TTipi'' prep., {Trip per) through the 
circuit, around, about: (a) w. Gen. 
of theme (that which discourse, 
thought, or action is concerned about), 
about, concerning, respecting, in respect 



to, for, 1.2. %; 5. 8? 6. 6: ii. 1.12, 21s: 
expressing valuation, as, w. iroidffBaL, 
irepi iravTos [concerning ever}^ interest] 
of all or the utmost concern or moment, 
all-important, irepi irXeiovos or TrXet- 
arov of more or tJui most account, 
value, or consequence, of greater {high- 
er) or the greatest {highest) importance, 
i. 9. 7, 16 : V. 6. 22 : — (b) w. Dat. 
of a part of the body, around, about, 
i, 5.8 : vii. 4. 4: — (c) w. Ace, around, 
about ; sometimes translated with, 
among, towards, against, on the banks 
of, in resjjcct to, in behalf of, kc. : of 
place, i. 6. 4 : iv. 4. 3 ; 5.'8,36 : of i)er- 
son, i. 2. 12; 4.8; 5.7s; oi irepi' Api- 
alov A. and those with him, ii. 4. 2, 
cf. d;u0t, 527a, and iv. 5. 21 : of time, 
i. 7. 1 : of object of concern, relation, 
&c., iii. 2. 20 : v. 7. 33 : vi. 6. 31 ; elvai 
irepi to be busy about, iii. 5. 7: — (d) in 
compos, as above, and also denoting 
superiority (the greater surrounding 
the less). Cf. d/x0t. 

ircpi-pdXXw,* jSaXcD, jS^jSXtj/co, 2 a. 
e^aXov, to throw one's arms around, 
embrace. A., iv. 7. 25 : 31. to thro 10 
roimd one's self or one's self around, 
to surround. A., vi. 3. 3 : vii. 4. 17. 

TTcpi-Yi'yvop.at,* yevr]aop.aL, yeyevi)- 
fj-ai, 2 pf. y^yova, 2 a. eyei'6p,7]v, to be- 
come superior to, prevail over, over' 
come, conquer, g. ; to come round, turn 
out, result, ibare : i. 1 . 10 : v. 8. 26. 

•jTcpt-Sco),* drjau}, 5c5e/ca, to tie round, 
iv. 5. 36 : V.I.— 

TTcpi-ciXeo),* ri(TOi}, or ircpi-fXXw, (et- 
Xeoj or elXew to roll, icrap) to xcrap or 
tie around, iv. 5. 36 : v. I. irepidecjo. 

•ir€pi-€ip.t,* Saofiat, (eip-i) to be su- 
jjerior, excel, surpass, exceed, prevail, 
G., i. 8. 13 ; 9. 24 : iii. 4. 33. 

'7r€pi-€i(J.i,* ipf. yeiv, (elfxi) to go 
round or about, A. , iv. 1. 3 : vii. 1. 33. 

irepi-e'XKw,* eX^w, ipf. cIXkov, to 
drag round or about, 2 A., vii. 6. 10 
{irepielXe has robbed, Ed, C. H. Weise). 

irepi-e'pxonai,* eXev(Xop.ai, eXrjXvda, 
2 a. 9fXdov, to go around, vi. 3. 14 ? 

7r6pi-ex«>* '^^^ or CXV^''^} ^<^XVK('-> 
2 a. ^o'xoj', to sitrround, encompass, 
protect, A., i. 2. 22. 

TTcpi-'fjv, -f]o-av, see irepi-eip-i (elpil). 

irept-ido-t, -idvTcs, see irepi-ei/xL {elfii). 

irepi-tSeiv, see irepL-opdoj, vii. 7. 40. 

•jr€pi-t<rTT|p,i,* (xr-qaw, earijKa (2 pf. 
pt. iardjs), 2 a. ea-Trjv, to station round ; 



ircpiKVKXoo> 



107 



UcpO-lKOS 



pf. and 2 a. to stand round, iv. 7. 2 : 
vi. 6. 6. 

irepi-KvxXoo), wtrw, /ce/ci^/cXw/ca, to eri- 
czrc^e ; J/, to gather in a circle round, 
surround. A., vi. 3. 11. 

•ir€pt-Xa|iPdvft),* X-qxI^ofxai, d\if)<j)(i, 
2 a. '4Ka§ov, to throw one's arins around, 
embrace, a., vii. 4. 10. 

ir€pi-(JL€'va),* ixevG}, fxefxeprjKa, a. ^juei- 
ya, to stoy about, remain, wait; to 
wait for, await, a.; ii. 1. 3, 6 ; 4. 1. 

tncpivOios, ov, b, a Perinthian, vii. 
2. 8 ; a man of 

n^pivdos, ov, 7], Perinthus, a flour- 
ishing city of Thrace on the north 
shore of the Propontis, a Saniian col- 
ony, later renowned for its obstinate 
defence against Philip of Macedon, 
ii. 6. 2 : vii. 2. 8. || Eregli, from a later 
name 'H/oct/cXeta. 

irepil adv., {irepi) round about, 
around, g., ii, 5. 14 : vii. 8. 12. 

ircpi-oSos, ov, 7], a way round, cir- 
cuit, iii. 4. 7, 11. Der. period. 

ircpi-oiKcw, Tjcrw, 0K7]Ka, to dv)ell 
around, a., v. 6. 16. 

ircpi-oiKos, ov, 6, a 'provincial, one 
of the Perioeci, v. 1.15: see STrdpr?;. 

irepi-opdcD,* oi/'o/tat, ecopdKa or eo- 
pdKa, 2 a. eUoy, to look about, see 
with indifference, overlook, neglect, 
alloiv, A. p., vii. 3. 3 ; 7. 40, 46, 49. 

irepi-iraTos, ov, 6, {irarew to walk) 
a walk round, walk (both the act and 
the place), ii. 4. 15. Cogn. peripa- 
tetic. 

irepi-irctrciv, see irepL-ir'nrTij}, i. 8. 28. 

iripi-iriroiiai * TTTTjaoixaiito fly about, 
vi. 1. 23 : V. l. Trerofxai. 

irept-iTTJ'yvtiiJit,* tttj^co, Tr^irrjxa 1., to 
freeze about, trans. : P. to be frozen 
about or on the feet, iv. 5. 14. 

TTCpi-irtirTft),* TrecroO/mai, iriirTUKa, 
2 a. ^ireaov, to fall or throw one's self 
about or upon, to fall on and embrace ; 
to fall foul of; D. ; i. 8. 28 : vii. 3. 38. 

ircpi-irXsw,* TrXei/cro/xai, TreirXevKa, 
to sail round, i. 2. 21 : vii. 1. 20. 

ircpt-Troiea), tjcoj, ireTroiriKa, A. k M. 
(as for one's self), to tvork round, 
manage to procure, acquire, gain, a. 
D., V. 6. 17. 

irepi-iTTvo-o-ci), v^w, to fold round, 
enfold, enclose, i. 10. 9. 

TTcpt-p-pew, * pevcro-xai & pvf)!T0[xaL, 
€p){)r]Ka, to Jlovj round, enconipass, A., 
i. y. i ; 2 ti. ^;. <n' (;. irepi-e^JpvT^v to 



c?ro^ q^, as water flowing about an 
object, i>., iv. 3. 8 ; v. I. — 

Tr€pi-p-pT|"Yvvp.i, pjy^w, ^pprfxal-, 2 a. 
J3. ippdyrju, to break around, trans.: 
31. , w. 2 a. p., to break around, in- 
trans., iv. 3. 8 : v. I. irepippeoj. 

irepi-o'Ta'upoa), cuo-w, to /e?ice or ^a^i- 
sac?g about, A., vii. 4. 14. 

irepio-Tcpd, ay, a t^ove, pigeon, held 
sacred by the Syrians from the tradi- 
tion that the great queen Semiramis 
was nourished as an infant by doves, 
and at death changed into a dove, i. 
4. 9. 
tirepiTTcvw or Trepio-o-euw, eiycrw, to 
reach beyo7id, outflank, G., iv. 8. 11. 

ireptTTos or irepio-o-ds, -q, ov, {irepl) 
over and above, superfluous, spare, iii. 
2. 38 : vii. 6. 31 : ol Trepcrroi the men or 
forces beyond, iv. 8. 11 : to irepLTTov the 
surplus, residue, v. 3. 13. 

Trept-TvyXO-vw,* re6^ofMai, rerjjxVK^, 
2 a. 'irvxov, to hajjpcn about, happen 
to he near, meet, vi. 6. 7. 

7r6pi-4>av»s {irepL-cpavrjS seen around, 
fr. (palvw) conspicuously, evidently^ 
manifestly, iv. 5. 4. 

7rept-<|>epft),* olVw, evr^voxa-, to carry 
round. A.., vii. 3. 24. Der. periphery. 

Tr£p£-<|>oPos, ov, greatly alarmed, 
much terrified, in great alarm or ter- 
ror, iii. 1. 12. 

Il€p<rT]s, ov, a Persian, one of a peo- 
ple early restricted to the country of 
Persis {Ylepals, in its native form Par- 
sa, whence the modern Fars) north- 
east of the Persian Gulf and south of 
Media, but by successive conquests 
extending their poAver "from India 
even unto Ethiopia, over an hundred 
and seven and twenty provinces " 
(Esther, 1. 1), an empire far greater 
than any before presented in history. 
In the time of Xen., the Persians had 
lost their early simplicity and vigor, 
and soon after fell an easy prey to the 
arms of Alexander, After their un- 
successful attempts to conquer Greece 
in the reigns of Darius and Xerxes, 
they interfered in Greek affairs chiefly 
by their money, which they employed 
in subsidizing states and corrupting 
public men. i. 2. 20 (as adj.) ; 5. 8. 
jllepo-t^w, icru lCj, to speak Persian y 
iv. 5. 34. 

lIIcpo-iKOS, r], 6v, Persian: rbllep- 
criKov [sc. dpx'?/^"] bpx^'^o'Ocn to dance 



Uipa-ioTl 



108 



TrXaC<nov 



the Persian [dance], also called ^/cXa- 
cfMa from the dancer's often sinking 
upon the knee : i. 2. 27 ; 8. 21 : iii. 
3. 16; 4. 17: vi. 1. 10. 

^Ilepo-to-Tt adv., i7i the Persian lan- 
guage, in Persian, iv. 5. 10. 

ir£pv(rtVQS, •??, ov, {Trepvai a year ago) 
of the last year, last years, v. 4. 27 ? 

ireo-eiv, -«v, see ttitttw, iii. 1. 11. 

ireraXov, ou, (Treravvvixi to expand) 
a leaf, v. 4. 12. Der. petal. 

irerofiat,* ireT-riaofxai, usu, irr-qao- 
fjuiL, 2 a. iiTTo/XTjv k iiTTdfjirjv, to fly, 
1. 5. 3 : yi. 1. 23 (^7. I. TrepiTr^royuat). 
tirerpa, as, « rock ; a mass of rock, 
large stone; i . 4. 4 : iv. 2. 3, 20 ? 7. 4, 
10? 14. Der. petri-fy, petr-oleum. 
tirerpo-poXla, as, (jSdXXw) ^7?^ throw- 
ing of stones, stoning, vi. 6. 15. 

Trerpos, ou, 6, a stone, iv. 2. 20 ? 7. 
12 : vii. 7. 54. Der. PetePv. 

ir€<j>- in redupl. for 4>€(f>-, 159 a, 

ir€(j>v\a7p.ev(us (fr. pf. x>- pt- of (t>v- 
\6.TTw) guardedly, cautiously, ii. 4. 24. 

ITT], irfj, iri^, or ttt], also end., (ttos) 
i?i .some or au?/ ivay, by any means ; 
TTT] jxkv . . irq 54, in one vieiv or respect 
. . in another, on some accounts . . on 
others, partly . . partly: iii. 1. 12? 
iv. 8. 11 : vi. 1. 20 (5' ad for ttt} 5^) ? 

TT]Yirj, Tjs, a fountain, spring, source, 
comm. ill pi., i. 2. 7s; 4. 10 : iv. 1. 3. 

TTTI'YVVfJll,* TTTjfw, TreTrTjxo. 1., (2 pf. 
ireTTTjya am fixed), to make fast or 
solid, stiffen, freeze, henumh with cold, 
A., iv. 5. 3 : P. & M. to he frozen, 
freeze (intrans.), vii. 4. 3. 

ir-qSiXiov, ov, (Trrjdou an oar) a broad 
steering-oar or rudder (the Greek ves- 
sel comm. having two, one on each 
side of the stern, but often connected 
by a cross-bar), v. 1. 11. 

irriXos, ov, 6, mud, mire, i. 5. 7 s : 
ii. 3. 11. 

•Trfjxvs, eojs, 6, a cubit, = 1^ Greek 
feet, iv. 7. 16. 

liiYp-qs, rp-os, 6, Pigres, an inter- 
preter to Cyrus, prob. a Carian, i, 2. 
17 ; 5. 7 ; 8. 12. 

trUXjia, eao), to press, oppress, A.: P. 
to be hard pressed, 2yressed or crowded 
together, oppressed or iveighed down, i. 
1. 10 : iii. 4, 19, 27, 48 : iv. 8. 13. 

iriKpds, d, ov, bitter, iv. 4. 13. 

iriiXirXruti,* irX-qau, TreirXrjKa, (ttX^ws 
full) to fill, A. u., i. 5. 10. 

irtvfc),* TrLopLai (f), Tr^Trw/ca, 2 a. ^irXov, 



poto, to drink. A,, iv. 5. 32 : vi. 1. 4; 
4. 11. Der. potation, SYM-POsirM. 

iriirpdo-Kw,* ireirpaKa, f. pf. Trevpd- 
aofxai, (pr. a. comm. supplied by ttcj- 
Xew, and f. and aor. by diro5u)<ro/j.at, 
direSo/xTiv) to sell, A. G. of price, vii. 1. 
36; 2. 6; 7. 26 ; 8. 6. 

TriTrro),* ireaov/xai, TreirruiKa, 2 a. 
^ireaov, to fall, ets : to fall in battle, 
be slain : i. 8. 28 : ii. 3. 18: iii. 1. 11: 
iv. 5. 7. Der. a-ptote, di-ptote. 

nio-i8T]s or neio-iBifis, ov, a Pi- 
sidian. The Pisidse were a race of 
bold, tameless robbers, occupying the 
western range of Mt. Taurus, where, 
in their mountain fastnesses, they 
long maintained their independence, 
and annoyed their neighbors by their 
ravages. The important but difficult 
work of their subjugation seemed a 
proper object for an expedition by 
Cyrus. The present occupants of this 
region have a marked resemblance to 
them. i. 1. 11 ; 2. 1 ; 9. 14. 

tiriorrevft), evaoi, ireTrLaTevKa, to trust, 
believe , confide in, rely upon, d. i. (a.), 
i. 2.^2 ; 3. 16 ; 9. 8 : vii. 7. 25. 

irioTTis, ews, i], {■jretdca) faith, con- 
fidence, trust; good faith, fidelity ; a 
ground of confidence, an assurance, 
pledge; i. 2. 26; 6. 3 : iii. 2. 8; 3. 4. 

irio-TOS, r], ov, c, s., (Treidw) that 
may be trusted, trusty, trustworthy, 
faithfid, devoted; tr^isted, confiden- 
tial, in one's confidence ; d. : ol TrccrToL, 
a sjjecial term for the trusty or con- 
fidential attendants or officers of a Per- 
sian prince : i. 4. 15 ; 5. 15 ; 6. 3 : ii. 5. 
22 : TTicrrd subst., trustworthy things, 
tokens of good faith, pledges, assur- 
ances, solemn sanctions, i. (A.), i. 6. 7: 
ii. 3. 26 ; 4. 7 ; iv. 8. 7 s. 

jirio-TOTqs, 77TOS, 7], faithfulness, 
fidelity, i. 8. 29. 

irtTvs, I'os, T], pinus, a pine-tree, 
pine, iv. 7. 6. 

irXdYios, a, ov, {irXdyos side) in a 
side direction, slanting, oblique: ets 
irXdyiov obliquely : ets to, irXdyia to 
or against the sides or flanks, to the 
right and left : i. 8. 10 : iii. 4. 14. 

irXaio-iov, ov, (akin to TrXari/s) a 
rectangle ; of troops, a square. This 
square, which could present a front to 
the enemy on each side, might be 
either hollow, or filled with troops, 
or, as was common ou a harassed 



ir\avdop,ai. 



109 



iro9ev 



march, occupied in the centre by the 
camp-followers and baggage, i, 8. 9 : 
iii. 2. 36 ; 4. 19, 43. 

irXavdoiAai, 'rjcro,aai, TreirXdvTffjLai, 
{irXavrj a icandering) to wander about, 
i. 2. 25 : V. 1. 7. i)er. planet. 

TrXdros, COS, to, {ir\aTv$) ividth, 
breadth, v. 4. 32. Cog. plat, plate. 

irXdTTw, irXdaoj, ireirXaKa 1., to 
mould, slia.ioe : M. to fabricate, fravw, 
invent, e.g. falsehoods, 5827, A., ii. 
6. 26. Der. plastic, plaster. 

irXaTus, eict, v, c. (irepos, wide, 
broad, iii. 4. 22. Der. platy-pus. 
tirXcBptaios, a, ov, extending a hun- 
dred feet, i. 5. 4 ; 7. 15 : iv. 6. 4. 

irXeOpov, ov, a plethron or plethrum, 
a hundred feet (in our measure, about 
101 ft., li in.), i. 2. 5, 23 : iii. 4. 9. 

irXetwv or irXewv more, ttXcio-tos 
most, see ttoXvs, i. 1. 6 ; 3. 7. 

irXcKo),* e^w, plecto, plico, to plait, 
braid, a., iii. 3. 18. Der. com-plex. 

irXeov-eKTSw, tJctw, ireirXeoveKT-qKa, 
(irXeov ^x^) ^o have or get more, have 
the advantage, gain the ascendency, 
G. D. of respect, iii. 1. 37 : v. 4. 15. 

irXevpd, as, a rib (pi. side or sides) ; 
a side or fiank of an army : iii. 2. 36 s : 
iv. 1. 18 ; 7. 4. Der. pleurisy. 

irXew,* TrXevao/xai ov -crod/xaL,Tr€7r\€v- 
Ka, a. 'eirXevaa, to sail, go by sea, ev, 
irpbs, &c., i. 7. 15 ; 9. 17 : v. 1. 10. 

irXewv, irXe'ov, see ttoXi^s, i. 2. 11. 

irXfj-yi], ris, (ttXtjttw) plaga, a blow, 
i. 5. 11 : ii. 4. 11. • Der. plague. 

tirXfjGos, eoj, TO, fulness, abundance, 
onultitude ; great quantity, extent, or 
number; amount, total, number or 
numbers; the m^ultitude, mass, main 
or common body ; i. 5. 9 ; 7. 4 ; 8. 13 : 
iii. 1. 37: iv. 4. 8 : v. 5. 4. 

irXTJGw in pr. and ipf., (TrXews full) 
to befall, i. 8. 1 : ii. 1. 7 : see aryopd, 
-iriiJ.irX'niiiL. Der. PLETHORIC. 

irXilv* (irXeov more than) adv. as 
prep., except, save, g., i. 1. 6 ; 8. 6 : 
— conj., except, but ; except that, save 
that; i. 2. 24: 8. 20, 25 ; 9. 29. 

TrX'/]pT]s, €s, (ttX^ojs full) plenus, 
fidl, com.-p)lete, filled with, abounding 
in, G., i. 2. 7; 4. 9 ; 5. 1 ; 8. 9 : ii. 3. 
10 : vii. 5. 5. Cog. plenary, plenty. 
tirX-qo-id^w, d(xu3, ireTrXrjcriaKa, to come 
or draw near, approach, d., i. 5. 2 : 
iv. 6. 6 : vi. 5. 26. 

[irXiia-tos, a, ov, poet. , near .] hence 



adv. irXTjcriov, near, nigh, close by, G., 
i. 8. 1 : V. 2. 11 : also used av. the art. 
as an adj. (c. TrXyjcnaiTepos, s. -atraros), 
near, neighboring, nearest, D., i. 10. 5: 
ii. 4. 16 : iv. 8. is : — fr. ir^Xas near. 
irXi^TTO),* irX-q^w, 2 pf. ireirXrjya, 
2 a.^. eirXTjyrjv, to strike, smite, wound, 
A., V. 8. 2. 4, 12 : vi. 1. 5 (stronger 
than Tratw), Der. apo-plexy. 

tirXiv0ivos, 77, oj', made or built of 
brick, iii. 4. 11. 

ttXivGos, 01;, rj, a brick, whether 
baked by fire or dried in the sun, ii. 
4. 12: iii. 4. 7. Der. plinth.' 

irXoiov, ov, {wXeco) a vessel, esp. a 
ynerchant or transport vessel, more 
oval in form than the ship of war 
(j'ttOs or rpc^pjjs) and chiefly propelled 
by sails ; a ship of burden, transport ; 
a boat, (as for fishing, crossing or 
bridging a river, &c. ), canoe ; i. 2. 5 ; 
4. 7 s, 18 ; 7. 15 : v. 4. 11 : fMUKpov w. 
a long vessel, i. e. ship of war, in dis- 
tinction from the rounder ship of 
burden, v. 1. 11. 

irXoos, ov, contr. irXovs, ov, 6, (ttX^w) 
a voyage, sailing; hence, sing, and pL, 
weather for sailing : G., eh, i^ : v. 7. 
7 : vi. 1. 33 ; 4. 2. 

[-irXoos -fold, akin to ttX^/cw, 240. 4.] 

t irXoiia-uos, a, ov, c, rich, wealthy, 
i. 9. 16 : vii. 3. 18 ; 7. 28. 

JirXovo-tcos adv., in loealth, iii. 2. 26? 

tirXouTeoj, -qcro), TreirXo^jTTjKa, to be or 
become rich, to possess or acquire wealth, 
O., i. 9. 19 : ii. 6. 21 : vii. 7. 9, 28, 42. 

itrXovTiXfii, iact} iQ, ireirXo^iTLKa, to 
make rich, enrich, a., vii. 6. 9. 

[irXovTos, 01;, 6, (irXeos full) ivealth, 
riches. Der. Plutus.] 

tirvevfJLa, aTos, to, %vind, breath, iv. 
5.4: vi.1.14; 2.1. Der. pneumatics, 
TTvew,* TTveuaofj-aL, ireirvevKa, to blow, 
breatJie, iv. 5. 3. Der. dys-pncea. 

irvt-ycD,* ^u), to choke, drown. A., v. 
7. 25. 

iro-SaTTOS, v, bv, (ttos ; & ddireSov 
ground, or dird) cujas ? of what coun- 
try ? iv. 4. 17. 

tiroS-TJpiis, €s, (dp-) reaching to the 
feet, i. 8. 9. 

tiroSt^w, law tw, to fasten by the feet, 
fetter, iii. 4. 35. 

TToSos, TToScSv, &c., see ttoijs, i. 2. 8. 
iroGev; (ttos;) unde, whence'? v. 4. 7. 
iroUv end., (ttos) from any place or 
quarter, vi. 3. 15. 



rroQiu 



110 



TToXXairXtto-ios 



tiroOew, rjcru, xewoO-rjKa 1., to long, 
earnestly desire, be anxious, i., vi. 4. 8. 

TToSos, ov, 6, fond desire, longing for, 
G., iii. 1. 3. 

iroi end., (ttos) to some or any place, 
in any direction, some- or any-iclicre 
(= -xchither), v. 1. 8 : vi. 3. 10. 

iroUo), T^crw, ireTToirjKa, to HAKE 
or Z>6>, but translated v^ariously ace. 
to the connection : thus, to MAKE, 
form, construct, erect, appoint, ren- 
der, institute, organize ; to cause, pro- 
duce, secure, give, induce, influence, 
enable (tt. ii-q to prevent) ; to make in 
fancy, suppose; a. d., 2 A. (or a. k 
adj.), I. (a.), wo-re : i. 1. 2 ; 6. 2, 6 ; 
7. 4, 7 : iv. 1. 22 : v. 7. 9 : vi. 4. 9 ; 
IT. €KKXr}aiay to call an assembly, i. 4. 
12 ; ^oSov IT. to strike terror, i. 8. 18 : 
— to DO, perform, accomplish, eject, 
execute; to clo (good, evil, &c.), he- 
stow, inflict; to act, proceed; ae. 
(esp. neut. adj.) a., d. ; i. 1.11 ; 5.2, 
7 ; 9. 11 : iv. 2. 23 ; w. eS, /ca/cws, &c., 
to treat, serve, do well or ill by, do 
good or evil to, benefit, injure, &c., a., 

i. 4. 8 ; 6. 9 : M. to MAKE or DO 

for one's self, make one's own ; in 
general like the act., but more sub- 
jective, and oftener used with an ace. 
as =.a verb cognate w. the ace. (e|e- 
racTLv TTOie^crdai or iroiecj' to make a 
o-eview, to review, i. 2. 9, 14); A., 2 a.; 
i. 1. 6 ; 7. 2, 20 ;* 9. 20 : iv. 5. 28 : 
<nrov8a% woieip to offer a libation, but 
cnrovdas iroLeiffdai. to offer a libation 
together, to inake a treaty or truce, ii. 
3. 8 : iv. 3. 14: — to cause to be made, 
have or procure made. A., 581, v. 3. 
5 : — to put, place, bring, set, station, 
form, ch. in expressing military posi- 
tion or arrangement, a., i. G. 9 ; 10, 
9 : vi. 5. 5 s, 18, 25 ; opdiovs Troieladai 
or TToieiv to form in columns, iv. 8. 10, 
12, 14 s; rpi-xv Troteladai to form in 
three divisions, iv. 8. 15 (cf. 5ixa) ; ev 
diropprjTq} iroLeladaL to put under seal 
of secrecy, vii. 6. 43 : — in expressing 
value, to make to one's self, ona.ke of 
account, esteem., regard, account, a., 
I. -wepi, Trapd, i. 9. 7, 16 : ii. 3. 18 : vi. 
1. 11 ; 6. 11. Der. poem, poet. 

l-n-on^Teos, o, ov, to be or that must be 
made or done (one must make or do), 
D. A., i. 3. 15 : iii. 1. 18, 35 : vi. 4. 12. 

"iroiKiXos, 77, ov, variegated, many- 
colored, embroidered, tctttoocd, i. 5. 8. 



irotos, a, ov, iuterrog. , (ttos ;) qualis t 
of xvhat kind 1 what kind or state of? 
what? ii. 5. 7, 13 : iii. 1. 14. 

t iroXefiso), yjcTU}, ireiroX^jx-qKa, to war, 
make or carry on war, be at war, per- 
form in loar, d. ae., irpbs or eiri, 1. 1. 
5, 8s; 3. 4; 6. 1, 6 : iv. 1. 1. 

tiroXefiiKos,'^, 6v, s., warlike, skilled 
or able in war, fitted for war, ii. 6. 1, 
7 : TO. IT. warlike affairs, iii. 1, 38 : 
(TrjfjLaiveiv to it. to give the signal for 
attack, sound the clmrge, iv. 3. 29 : 
dveKpaye woXepuKov gave a war-shout, 
vii. 3. 33. Der. polemics. 

X iroXcjxiKws, s. coTara, Jwstilely : ir. 
^X^iv to be hostile or on terms of hostil- 
ity, vi. 1. 1. 

tiroXe'fJiios, a, ov, c, s., relating to 
war ; hostile, at war with ; belonging 
to an enemy, of enemies, tJie enemy's : 
subst. iroXefJttos an enemy, oi tt. the 
enemy, i\ iroXefJiia [sc. X'^pa] the ene- 
my's country, to, it. tJie affairs of war 
or military affairs: d., g. : i. 2. 19; 
4. 5 ; 5. 16 ; 6. 1 : iii. 3. 5 : iv. 7. 19s. 
•irdXe}i.os, ov, b, {iroXeu) to haunt) hel- 
ium, ivar, warfare, irpos : rd els rbv 
TT. ^pya warlike exercises : deCov tt. 
the hostility of tlie gods : i. 6. 6 ; 9.5, 
14 : ii. 5. 7 : iii. 2. 8 : iv. 4. 1. 

tiroXi^ctf, law lQ, to build up into a 
city, colonize, a., vi. 6. 4. 

tiroXt-opKw, 7}(T(j}, (eipyca) to hem in 
a cit3% besiege, invest, beleaguer, block- 
ade, A., i. 1. 7; 4. 2 : iii. 4. 8 : iv. 2. 15. 
TToXis, ews, T], (akin to ttoXi^s) a city, 
town, comm. fortified, and often dis- 
tinguished in the Anab. as inhabited 
or deserted (several cities on the route 
being in the latter condition from war 
or political changes) ; a body of citi- 
zens, state ; a citadel (the Acropolis at 
Athens being sp. so called); i. 1. 6,8s : 
ii. 6. 13 : vii. 1. 27. Der. Na-ples. 

4.*jr6Xi(r(J.a, aros, to, {iroXi^o}) that 
which is built up like a city, a city, 
totvn, usu. of the smaller size, iv.7.l7. 

J:7roXiT€v«, evcrw, to be a citizen, live 
or dwell as a citizen, iii. 2. 26. 

liroXt-nis, ov, a citizen, v. 3. 9s. Der. 
politics. 

tiroXXaKts ma7iy times, often, fre- 
quently, repeatedly, i. 2. 11 : vii. 3. 41. 

tiroXXa-irXd<rios, a, ov, (TrXdrrw to 
form) manif old, manifold more ; many 
times as much, many, or numerous: 
iroWairXdaiot. v,uQv many tinies your 



iroWaxT] 



111 



tropltfif 



own number : i. 7. 3 : iii. 2, 14, 16 : 
vii. 7. 25, 27. 

tiroXXaxTi or -xfj in many places or 
cases, often, vii. 3. 12. 

"ViroAAaxoO in 'inany places, on many 
occasions, often, iv. 1. 28. 

tTToXv-dvGpwiros, ov,2wpulous,i\. 4. 13. 

tiroXv-apxta, as, {apxu)) a command 
vested in many, multiiMcity of com- 
mand, many commanders, vi. 1. 18. 

t IIoXv-KpdTT]?, eos, FoZ?/c?'«fe5, a trust- 
ed and useful lochage from Athens, iv. 
5. 24 : V. I. Ilo\vl3u}Tris or -/Sdrr/s. 

tnoXv-viKos, ov, Folynlcus, an en- 
voy to the Cyreans from the Spartan 
commander Thibron, vii. 6. 1, 39. 

tiroXv-irpa-yfAOvefc), rjcrw, (irpayfxa) to 
be busy about many things, meddle, 
intrigue, ae. : tt. ti to engage in some 
intrigue, y. 1. 15. 

iroXvs,* TToWrj, TToXv, c. irKelwv or 
irXiwv, s. ir\el(TTos, (akin to irXeios full) 
much ; many or numerous, ch. in pi. ; 
also, ace. to the subject, layye, great, 
in great quantity or numbers, in abun- 
dance, abundant, plentiful, extensive, 
long, deep, loud, &c.; i. 1. 6 ; 2. 18 ; 
3. 2, 7, 14 ; 7. 4 : sometimes pleonas- 
tically used or followed by /cat q. v., 
702 c, ii. 5.9; 3. 18 : iv. <d\ 27 (cf. iii. 
5. 1) : iroWol many, ol iroWoi tJie 
mnny, the most, the majority, iii. 1. 3, 
10 : iroW-f}, sc. 656s, a long loay or 
journey, vi. 3. 16 : oi irXeiaTOL or TrXet- 
(TToi ^533 e) plurimi, the most (also tt. 
very many), i. 5. 2, 13 : — iroXv subst. 
or adv., much, a great pa.rt, greatly, 
very, a great distance, far, long ; so 
iroXv or ttoXXo) often w. the com par. ; 
e/c TToXXoO, sc. diaa-T'Tjjj.aTos, from a dis- 
tance ; i. 5. 2 s : ii. 5. 32 : iii. 3. 9 : iv. 
1. 11 : see a^tos, iiri : to iroX-u the 
much, the [great] greater part, tJie 
most, i. 4. 13 : vii. 7. 36 : u>s eirl to 
TToXij as things are for the most part, 
commonly, 711, iii. 1. 42 s? iroXXd 
many things, much, often, 5td iroWd 
for many reasons, i. 9. 22 : iv. 3. 2 : — 
•jrXctov or irXeov plus, subst. or adj. 
(often as indecl. 507 e), or adv., more, 
i. 2. 11 ; 4. 14 (by pleonasm) : e/c irXei- 
opos from a greater distance, sooner, i. 
10. 11 : — irXcto-Tov or TrXeto-ra subst. 
or adv., the most, farthest; very much ; 
most or very plentifully ; ii. 2. 12 : 
iii. 2. 31 : vi'i. 6. 35; 7. 1. See Trotew. 
Der. POLY-Gox, poly-glot. 



jUoXv-o-Tparos, ov. Poly stratus, an 
Athenian, father of Lycius, iii. 3. 20. 

liroXv-TeXifjs, e's, (reAos) expensive, 
costly, rich, i. 5. 8. 

irojxa or •ir(S(ji,a, aros, to, {tt'lvu}) a 
drink, iv. 5. 27. 

iroixiTTJ, r\s, (Tre/iTTw) a sending forth, 
a solemn procession,y.^.^. Der. pomp. 

tiroveo), 770- w, ireirouTjKa, to labor, toil, 
incur toil, undergo hardship ; to ob- 
tain by toil. A.: i, 4. 14 : 9. 19 : ii. 6. 
6 : vii. 6. 10, 41. 

tirovT]pds, d, ov, causing toil or hard- 
ship (or in this sense irovrjpos) ; hence 
bad, evil, disastrous, mischievous, 
wretched, icorthless, troublesome, dan- 
gerous ; base, vile, villanous, wicked, 
unprincipled, evil-disposed, irpbs : ii. 

5. 21 : iii. 4. 19, 35 : vii. 1. 39 ; 4. 12. 
tirovqpcos or Trovrjpftis, tvith toil or 

difficulty, iii. 4. 19. 

irovos, ov, 6, (Trevofxai) toil, labor, 
hardship, trouble, difficulty : oi rfp-ire- 
poL TT. the fruits of our toil : ii. 5. 18 : 
iii. 1. 12: vii. 6. 9. Der. geo-ponics. 

irdvTos, ov, 6, a sea or sea-basin 
(while ddXaTTa signifies rather the 
water of the sea, or the body of sea- 
water); hence, even the region about 
a sea, as its basin : 6 Hovtos the Pon- 
tus, sp. used for 6 Hovtos Wu^eivos the 
Euxine or Black Sea, or its basin or 
surrounding region, iv. 8. 22 : v. 1. 1 ; 

6. 15 s, 19 s. Der. pontic. 
tiropeta, as, a journey, march, pas- 
sage, course, roiofe, way, mode of trav- 
elling : T-qv TT. TTOLe'icrdai to make the 
march, pursue one s journey, to ma.rch, 
proceed: i. 7. 20 : ii. 2. 10 : iii. 1. 5 ; 
4. 36, 44 : iv. 4. 18 : v. 6. 12. 

firopevreos, a, ov, necessary to be 
passed or crossed, which one must cross, 
D. : TTopevreov {ecrriv) it is necessary to 
march ov proceed, one must, &c., ae. : 
ii. 2. 12; 5. 18: iv. 1. 2 ; 5. 1. 

iropevta, evcrcj, a. p. as m. ejropevdrjv, 
(iropos) to make go, convey : M. to go, 
proceed, march, advance, set forth, 
journey, travel, esp. by land, ae., 
did, iirl, irapd, irpos, &c., i. 2. 1, 4; 3. 
4, 7: ii. 2. ]ls,14: iii. 4. 46: v. 3. 1. 
iropOew, -qao), Treiropd-qKa, {irepdu} to 
ravage) to ravage, lay waste, plunder, 
a., v. 7. 14: vii. 7. 3, 12. 

t Tropica), la (a tw, ireirbpLKa, to provide, 
srqyply, furnish, bestow, A. D. , ii. 3. 5 : 
iii. 3. 20 ; 5.8 : — 31. to provide for one's 



iropos 



112 



rpeo-pvs 



sdf, supply one's self icith, procure, 
A., ii. 1. 6 : iii. 1. 20. Der. porism. 

irdpos, ov, 6, {irepa) a ivay across or 
through, passage, ford; hence, a re- 
source, provision, means, irpbs : ii. 5. 
20 : iv. 3. 13, 20. Der. pore. 

iroppo) (later for irpoaoj, old Att. 
irbpaw, 104, I ^J) far from, G.. 1. 3.12. 

'irop({>-upfOS, ea, eou, contr. ovs, a, 

ouu, {7rop(f)vpa the purple-fish) purpii- 

reus, purple, i. 5. 8. Cog. porphyry. 

[iros an old indef.and interrog. pron., 

remaining in ttou, ttoO, tt^, x-^, &c.] 

iroo-i, see ttoi^s, i. 5. 3. 

iroo-os, f], ov, interrog., (ttos;) qiian- 
tus ? hoio much 1 how large or great 1 
ii. 4. 21 : vii. 8. 1 : in exclam., vi. 5. 
20 : -KocTov ; how far 1 vii. 3. 12. 

iroTa(x6s, ov, 6, (ttotos, as if drink- 
able water) a river, i. 2. 5, 7 s : see 
522 i. Der. Meso-potamia. 

iroTc' end. indef. adv., (ttos) at some 
or any time, once, ever; sometimes 
strengthening a direct or indirect in- 
terrog., as oTTot TTore v:here in the 
icorld ; i. 5. 7 (5-^ TT., also written 517- 
TTOTe); 9. 6: iii. 4. 10 (cf. 7); 5. 13. 

iroTcpos, a, ov, (ttos ;) ichich of ttco ? 
hence adv. , irorepov or irdrcpa in in- 
quiry between two suppositions (tlie 
second, which is connected by % be- 
ing sometimes understood), whether, 
nsu. expressed in Eng. in indirect 
question only (cf. Lat. ntrum , . an), 
i. 4. 13 : ii. 1. 10, 21 ; 5. 17 : v. 8. 4. 
^iroTepcDS in which icay or on which 
sitpptosition of two ? et . . 9iel, vii. 7. 30. 
tiroT-iipiov, ov, a drinking-cup,Yi. 1 . 4. 

TTOTOS, 17, ov, (tto- in tt'lvw) drinlcahle, 
potable, to drink : subst. ttotov or -d 
drink : i. 10. 18 : ii. 3. 27 : iv. 5. 8 ? 

4. ttotos, ov, 6, a symposium or ban- 
quet, drinking, ii. 3. 15 : vii. 3. 26. 
Der. potation. 

TTov interrog. adv. , (ttSs ;) nbi ? 
where? ii. 4. 15 : v. 8. 2. 

TTOV end. indef. adv., (ttos) some- 
where, anywhere ; hence, as a general 
indef. , perhnjjs, I sup2J0se ; i. 2. 27 : 
ii. 3. 6: iv. 8. 21 (of time)? v. 7. 13. 

TTOvs,* 7ro5i5s, 6, pes. Sans, pad, a 
FOOT : iwl iroda avax^p^^i-v to retreat 
[stepping back upon the foot] facing 
the foe or icithout turning. As a 
measure of length, the standard Greek 
foot (the Olympic) was about ^ of an 
inch lonc;er, while the Roman was 



about ^ of an inch shorter, than our 
own. i. 2. 8 ; 5. 3 : iv. 6. 12 : v. 2. 32. 

Der. AMTI-PODES, TRI-POD, POLY-PUS. 

TTpa-ypLa, aros, rb, {irpdrTw) a thing 
done, deed, affair, event, occurreiice, 
circumstance, case, matter : pi. affairs, 
state of affairs, business, trvublesome 
business; hence, trouble, annoyance, 
difficulty: i. 1. 11 ; 3. 3 ; 5. 13 : iv. 

1. 17 : vi. 3. 6. Der. pragmatic. 

4 TTpa-yfJiaTevonat, tijcroixai, ireirpayfid- 
Tev/uLUL, to be busy about, labor to effect, 
A., vii. 6. 35. 

TTpdetov, see irpdos, i. 4. 9. 

TrpdvT|s, es, {irpb) pronus, inclined 
forward, prone ; steep in descent : 
TO TT. the steep, slope, place or ground 
below : i. 5. 8 : iii. 4. 25 : iv. 8. 28. 

TTpd|is, €U)s, 7], {TTpdrTO}) trausactiou, 
business, undertaking, enterprise, i. 3. 
16, 18 s : vii. 6. 17. Der. praxis. 

Trpdos (or Trpdos),* irpdeta, irpdov, 
gentle, tame, i. 4. 9. 

TTpaTTw, Trpd^co, TriirpdxO; {irepdui) 
to pass through an action, incident, 
or course of conduct or fortune ; to 
do, transact, practise, perform^ effect ; 
to manage, bargain, negotiate ; to take 
or pursue a course ; ae. hid, irepL, 
&c. ; i. 6. 6 : ii. 5. 21 : vii. 2. 12 : — to 
exact, DEMAND, require, 2 A., vii. 6. 
17 '. — to do for one's self, fare, succeed, 
ed or KoKCos, /ca/ccSs, ovto:, dyadd, rdde 
{as follows), &c., i. 9. 10 : iii. 1. 6 ; 4. 
6 : vi. 3. 2 : a Trpdrroi how he was 
succeeding, vii. 4. 21. Ilotea? refers 
rather to the effect produced, and 
irpdTTW to the occupation through 
which it is produced ; while iroiew 
refers more to the effect produced 
upon another than irpdrrw. To ex- 
press definite acts, iroied) is more used ; 
but to express a course of action or 
fortune, irpdrrw. Der. PRACTICAL. 

Trpcttos or Trpq'ws, {irpdos) mildly, 
calmly, i. 5. 14. 

TTp^TTft), e^w, to suit, become, beseem, 
ch. impers., d., i.,i. 9. 6: iii. 2. 7, 16. 
tTTpco-peia, as, an embassy, vii. 3. 21. 
tTrpeo-pevTif|s, ov, an ambassador, en- 
voy, vi. 3. 10 : V. I. Trpea^vrris. 

tTTpeo-pevw, evcru, ireirpea^evKa, to be 
an ambassador or envoy, or to go, come, 
or act as one, d., irapd, ii. 1. 18 : vii. 

2. 23 ; 7. 6. 

Trpeo-p-us,* ews, vv, v, pi. ets, 6 (in 
sing, poet., 238a), c. vrepos, s. vraros, 



•irp€(rPvTT)S 



113 



irpoexw 



{irpi-Kdo ?) old; as subst., (since old men 
were ch. so sent) an ambassador, en- 
voy, deputy : c. older, elder, elderly ; 
subst. , an elder : s. oldest, eldest : i. 
1. Is; 9. 5 : ii. 1.10: iii. 1. 14, 28, 
34. Der. pkesbyter, priest. 

J.'7rp€o-puTT]s, 01^, an old man, vi. 3. 10 ? 

irpiao-Gai, &c., to buy, see (bveoixac. 

tirpiv* adv. or conj., prius, before, 
before that, ere, sooner than, until, 
even used after words already express- 
ing precedence {irpbadey, (piddvw, kc); 
comm, w. a finite mode after nega- 
tion, but otherwise i.(a.), 703a; i. 1. 
10 ; 2. 2, 26 ; 4. 13, 16 ; 8. 19 : ii. 5. 
33 : iv. 5. 1 {Tplv ^ ?), 30. 

irpo* prep. w. gen., (of. prae.pro) he- 
fore : local, before, in front of (to pro- 
tect, r. as a defence against, &c.), i. 2. 
17; 4. 4 : vii.8.18 : — temporal, before, 
1.7. 13 : — causal, &c., in behalf of , for, 
vii. 6. 27, 36 ; cf. vi. 1. 8. In compos., 
before, beforehand, 2^^<^'^'iously, for- 
ward, forth, publicly, in behalf or de- 
fence of. — Hence, c. & s. adjectives 
irpd-Tepos, (Trpb-aros) irpciiTOS, q. v., 
262 d ; cf. prre, prior, primus, fore, 
former, foremost or first. Der. pro- 
phet, PRO-EM. 

Trpo-a-yopeuti), evcro},i)'yQpevKa, (comm. 
f. epQ}, pf. eiprjica, 2 a. el-rrov) to say or 
announce before others, proclaim, pub- 
lish, communicate publicly, A. d. , on, 
i. 2. 17 : ii. 2. 20 : vii. 7. 13. 

irpo-d^co,'^ d^oj, ■^x<*j 2 a. TJyayov, 
to lead or i^roceed forward, advance, 
A., iv. 6. 21 : vi. 5. 6 s, 11. 

Trpo-atpeo),* •^cw, yprjKa, 2 a. elXov, 
to take before: M. to choose before, 
select, A., vi. 6. 19. 

irpo-aKrOttVOiJia!,,* d-qaoixai, rjo-drjpiai, 
2 a. ya-dj/xrjv, to perceive or discover be- 
forehand, A. p., i. 1. 7. 

Trpo-av-dXto-KG),* -dXwcro}, -rfkiOKa, 
to spend in advance, a. , vi. 4. 8 ? 

Trpo-airo-TpeTrw,* ei/'w, TeTpo(t)a, 2 a. 
m. eTpairbixr^v, to turn back p)reviously, 
P., vi. 5. 31. 

irpo-dpxoiiai, ap^ofjcai, ^jpypiai, to be- 
gin first or befo7^e the rest, i., i. 8. 17? 

irpo-Paivw,* /3?7cro/iat, ^e^yjKa, 2 a. 
^^T]v, to step or go forth or forward, 
advance, proceed, iii. 1.13: iv. 2. 28 ? 

irpo-PdXXo)*, /SaXtD, ^ej3\r)Ka, 2 a. 
^^akov, to throw before : M. to throw 
before one's self ; to bring forward, 
propose ; A. ; w. ra 6ir\a to throw for- 

LEX. an. 



ward or hold forth one's arms, to pre- 
sent arms ; irpoj3e^\T]jLi.€Pos, sc. rrjv 
d<nri8a, having thrown his shield he- 
fore, irpo • i. 2. 17: iv. 2. 21 : vi. 1. 25 ; 

2. 6. Der. pro-blem. 
fTrpopdriov, 01;, dim., a small sheep, 

vi. 3. 22 : v. I. Trpb^arov. 

irpoParov, ov, [irpo-^aiuca) usu. pL, 
animals that go forth to pasture, cat- 
tle ; ch. of small cattle, esp. sheep; 
ii. 4. 27 : iii. 5. 9 : vi. 3. 3, 32 ? 4. 22. 

irpo-PoX-q, Tis, {7rpo-l3d\\oj) the jirrc- 
sentation of arms, a charge, vi. 5. 25 ? 

irpo-PouXevw, evcrw, ^e^ovXevKa, to 
plan in advance or behalf of another, 
lead in counsel, G., iii. 1. 37. 

irpo-'yovos, 01;, 6, {yiyvoixaL) a fore- 
father, ancestor, iii. 2. 11, 13 : vii. 2. 
22. Cog. pro-genitor. 

7rpo-8t8(i)|xi,* dibtxoj, dedcjKa, a. ^duKa 
(du), &c.), to give forth, give up, sur- 
render, betray, desert, forsake, aban- 
don, A, D., i. 3. 5 : iii. 1. 2, 14 ; 2. 2. 

Trpo-SiwKO),*" ^oj or ^ojxai, dediuxa, to 
follow forth, advance in pursuit, iii, 3. 
10 : V. I. 8Ld)K(a. 

firpo-SoTiis, ov, a betrayer, traitor, 
ii. 5. 27 : vi. 6. 7. 

irpo-Sovvai, -Sovs, see irpo-bidwfiL. 

irpo-Spaniov, see 7rpo-Tpex(^, i. 5. 2. 
jirpo-Spoixirj, 77s, a running forth, out- 
rim, sally, iv. 7. 10. 

irpo-Sw, -Saicrco, see irpo-didwp-L. 

irpo-€iXdfJLT]v, see irpo-aipew, vi. 6. 19. 

•n-p6-€i|ii,* ipf. fi€Lv, (elpu) to go for- 
ward or before, go on, advance, pro- 
ceed, precede, diro, els, &c., i. 2. 17; 

3. 1; 4.^18: ii. 1. 2, 6, 21? 2.19. 
irpo-eiirov, 2 a. to wpo-ayope^u} or 

Trpo-Xeycj, i. 2. 17. 

irpo-eKTTTiKeiv, see 7rpo-icrT77/x.i,i.2,l ? 

irpo-eXavvw, "" eXdau eXQ, eXrjXaKa, 
to ride forward or before, push on or 
forward, advance, i. 10. 16 : vi. 3. 14. 

•irpo-IXi(]X'u0a,-€X0«v, see Trpo-epxo/iat. 

irpo-cpYd^ofxat,* dao/mai, eipyaapLai, 
to ivork out or ea7m before or previous- 
ly, A., vi. 1. 21. 

irpo-epxo[iai, * iXeva-ofjAXL, eX-qXvda, 
2 a. ffXdov, to go, come, or march for- 
ward or before, to advance, proceed, a. 
of extent, 'et's, ii. 3. 3 : iii. 3. 6 ; 4. 37. 

irpo-ep<Ju, f. to irpo-ayopevo} or Trpo- 
Xeyu}, vii. 7. 13 : cf. 3. 

irpo-eo-Oai, -e|i6Vos, see wpo-irjfiL. 

irpo-co-TTiKctv, see Trpo-ia-Trj/Jn, i. 2. 1 ? 

Trpo-e'x.w,* e^w, 'i^xn'^o., to have one's 
H 



'jrpoT]"y^oji.ai 



114 



irpoopdw 



self before another, to surpass, have 
the advantage of, G. or r. A., iii. 2. 19. 

•irpo-T]7€op.ai, rjaofxaL, iiyTj/ixaL, to lead 
forward, ae., vi. 5. 10 : vii. 3. 42 ? 

irpo-Tj-yopeci), ijo-w, (irpo-riyopos an 
advocate, fr. dyopd) to speak in behalf 
of others, v. 5. 7. 

irpo-rj'etv, see irpb-eLfn, i, 8. 14. 

irpo-TjXOov, see Trpo-epxa/naL, ii. 3. 3. 

Trpo-Oe'to,*' devaofxai, to run or hurry 
on before ox forward, v. 7. 21 ? 8. 13. 
tirpo-GufJLeojJtai, -qaopLai, a. irpovdvp.-i)- 
6rfv, to be eager, earnest, zealous, very 
desirous, anxious; to desire or seek 
earnestly or ardently, urge; i. (a.) : 
to be closely attentive, observe or watch 
closely, el : to irpoOvfieiadai eagerness : 
i. 9. 24: ii. 4. 7: iii. 1. 9: vi. 4. 22? 
tirpo-Owjxfa, as, readiness, good-will , 
alacrity, eagerness, zeal, irepi, i. 9. 18 : 
vii. 6. 11 ; 7.45. 

irpd-0v(ios, ou, c, s., having a for- 
ward mind, with good-vMl, tvilUng, 
forward, ready, prompt, earnest,eager, 
zealous, i. S. 19 ; 4.15; 7.8: iii. 2. 15. 
j.irpo-Ovp.ws, c. orepov, willingly, 
readily, earnesthf, eagerly, zealously, 
i. 4. 9; 10.10 : iii. 1. 5 : v. 2. 2. 

irpo-Ovofiai, ^aop-ai, to direct a sac- 
rifice, vi. 4. 22 : v. I. TrpodvpLeofxai. 

arpo-iSoifii, -iS<op.ai, see irpo-opdio. 

Trpo-i€vat, -iwv, see Trpo-eijui, i. 3. 1. 

Trpo-iTiiii,* i]<TO}, eUa, a. •^/ca {&, &c.), 
to send forth, send or grwnt to one, d. 
I., vii. 2. 15 ? M. to give up one's self 
or one's own, surrender, com/mit, in- 
trust ; to bestow first ox freely ; to give 
up, betray, desert, abando7i; A. D., i. 9. 
9 s, 12: V. 8. 14: vii. 3. 31; 7. 47. 

irpo-iCTTr]}!!, * (TT-qco) , earrjica, to place 
before : pf. pret. , to stand or be at the 
head of or in command of, preside 
over, lead, rule, com'ma7id, g. , i. 2. 1 : 
vi. 2. 9; 6. 12: vii. 1. 30 ; 2. 2. 

irpo-KaCft) & Att. kSo),* Kavaco, k^- 
KavKa, to burn or kindle before, A, irpb, 
vii. 2. 18 : v. I. Kaito. 

irpo-KaXco), * KoKiati) KaXiv, K^KXrjKa, 
ch. M., to call forth to one's self, A. 
€K, vii. 7. 2 : v. I. irpoaKokeo}. 

trpo-KfiKvitTfii,vipo},{Ka\vTTTia to CO ver) 
to place a covering before, cover, veil, 
A,, iii. 4. 8. 

irpo-KaTa-Sew,* de-Ocrofiai, to [run 
along] inake an excursimi in advance, 
vi. 3. 10 : V. I. Karadeu}. 

-Trpo-Kara-Katft) & Att. Kaco,* Kaicrui, 



K^KavKa, to burn [down] or destroy in 
advance or before others, i. 6. 2. 

irpo-KaTa-Xap-Pdvo), * \7)\}/op.ai, ei- 
\ri(f>a, 2 a. iXa^ov, pf. p. eiXtjfMfiai, a. 
2). eXr,<f)dr}v, to seize or occupy in ad- 
vance or beforehand, or before or 
against others, to pre-occupy, secure, 
A. D.,^ i, 3. 14, 16 : ii. 5. 18 : iii. 4. 38. 

irpo-Keijiai,* Keia-o/xai, to lie forth, 
jut out, ev, vi. 4. 3. 

"Trpo-KivSOveiJO), e^crw, KCKivdwevKa, 
to incur danger [before] in defence or 
fe/ia^ o/ another, vii. 3. 31. 

npo-KXrjs, eovs, Proc^es, a descend- 
ant of the Spartan Damaratus, and 
prince of Teuthrania in Asia Minor, 
who befriended the Cyreans, ii. 1. 3. 

irpo-Kptvft),* KpXvCi, KeKpiKa,a. p. eKpi- 
6rjv,to select before, prefer, a., vi. 1. 26. 

irpo-XeYctf, * Xe|w, to tell, bid, or loarn 
publicly, vii. 7. 3. Der. prologue. 

irpo-jiaxetdv, Gsvos, 6, (p^axofiat} pro- 
pngnaculuni, a rampart, battlement, 
vii. 8. 13 : v. I. Trpop.ax<i3v. 

irpo-p.€Twir£8tov, ov, {[x^T-airov fore- 
head, fr. Cb-ip eye) a covering for the 
forehead, frontlet, head-piece, i. 8. 7. 

^po-|JLvdo|xai, 3i.ep.vT)adp.T)v, i^Lirpoi- 
fjivibfirjv, (fxvdo/xaL * to sue) to solicit or 
plead for another, ae., vii. 3. 18. 

"n-po-vocw, rjao}, vevbrjKa, also M., to 
think or consider for, take thought or 
provide for or in behalf of , g. ae., vii. 
7. 33, 37. 

irpo-voia, as, {vooi) forethought, kind 
ox provident care, vii. 7. 52. 

irpo-voji'i], 7]s, [an arranging forth] 
a regular foray or foraging party, v. 
1. 7 : for ahv ir., v. I. avpLirpovopLeiv. 
firpo-leveo), -qcrw, irpov^ev-rjKa, to act as 
a irpo^epos in setting forth an enter- 
tainment ; hence, to set before, A. d., 
vi. 5. 14. 

TTpd-levos, ov, 6, a public guest-friend 
or agent, a citizen of one state, who 
acted as a patron or agent, and enter- 
tainer, for the citizens or ruler of an- 
other state, receiving privileges and 
honors in return, v. 4. 2 ; 6. 11. 

lllpd^evos, ou, Proxenus, a Cyrean 
general from Thebes in Boeotia, and 
an intimate friend of Xenophon, who 
writes his eulogy without concealing 
his defects as a commander, i. 1. 11 ; 
5. 14: ii. 1. 10; 6. 16: iii. 1. 4. 

irpo-otii-qv, see irpo-L-rjfja, i. 9. 10. 

orpo-opdo), * 6\pofxaL,ed}pdKa or ebpaxa, 



irpoireixirw 



115 



irpo<rcXat5v« 



2 a. eldov, to see m front or before one, \towards, against, besides. Der, pros- 



2)erceive beforehand, see coming, i. 8. 
20 : so M., vi. 1. 8 ? 

trpo-'iri]Ltr<a*Trefj.\f'(>}, Tr^Trofx<pa,to sevl 
before, forward, or forth ; to attend, 
accomimny, escort; a.; ii. 2. 15 : iv. 4. 
5 : vi. 1. 23 : — M. to send for 'vard, as 
if intending to follow, A,, Tii. 2. 14. 

•irpo-irivo), * Trio/xai. (f), TreiriaKa, 2 a. 
^Trro;', to drink tirst, then passing the 
cup to another, the usual Greek meth- 
od of drinking his health ; hence, to 
drink to one, drink ones health, a. d., 
iv. 5. 32 : vii. 2. 23 ; 3. 26s. 

irpo-iroveo), -qcroi, ireTrovrjKa, to labor 
in advance or behalf of another, lead 
in toil, G., iii. 1. 37. 

Trpos* {wpo, 6891) prep., (a) w. 
Gen., in front of (esp. w. the idea of 
some action or influence proceeding 
from), in sight of before, by, from, on 
the 'part of, i. 6. 6 : ii. 5. 20 : hence t;o 
express agenc\', w. pass., &c., i. 9. 20 : 
ii, 3. 12? 18: in adjuration, as rpw 
(rw;/) Qt^hv by thz gods, ii. 1. 17 : iii. 1. 
24: — in the direction fronting, in flic 
direction of, on the side of, tov^ards, 
iv. 3. 26 ; irphs rod rpowov in [the di- 
rection of] accordance with the char- 
acter, i. 2. 11 : — (b) w. Dat., m front 
of, on the frontier of, face to face with, 
near, by, at, beside; besides, in addi- 
tion to; i. 2. 10; 8.4,14: ii. 3. 4: iii. 

2. 33 : iv. 5. 9, 22 : — w. dat. om. , as 
adv., 703 b, besides [this], inoreover, 
further, iii. 2. 2 : — (c) w. Ace. of 
PERSON (so esp. used), sometimes of 
PLACE, TIME, or THING, to the front 
of, towards, to, before, at, near, 
against, -iqjon, with, (wpos w. ace. 
often = dat., esp. w. words of motion, 
of address, or of friendly or hostile 
action or relation), i. 1. 3, 5 s ; 2. 1 ; 

3. 4, 9; 4. 11; 5. 7, 13; 9. 22: ii. 4. 
25 ; 6. 12 : iv. 5. 21 : — hence, in gen- 
eral, of the object to or towards which 
anything is directed or related in view, 
thought, feeling, purpose, &c. , in vieio 
of, in respect to, concerning, about, for, 
to, in comparison or accordance tuith, 
i. 4. 9 ; 10. 19 : ii. 3. 11 s ; 5. 20, 29 : 
vii. 7. 41 ; 7rp6$ ravra in view of or in 
reply to these things, in respect to this, 
to or iqyon this, thereiqwn, accordingly, 
i. 3. 19 s: ii. 3. 21 ; to. irpos ak, as to 
the things concerning you, towards 
you^ vii. 7. 30 ; — (d) in compos., to, 



ELYTE, PROS-ODY. See 0iAia. 

•irpo<r-d'Y«, '■' ^^^' ^X^^ 2 a. rf^ar^ov, 
to lead to or against, bring forward, 
introduce, applxj, icrge, a. ets, irpos : 
w. ace. om., as intrans., to advance: 
i. 10. 9: iv.^1. 23; 8. 11 : vi. 1. 14. 

irpocr-atTecs), 7}aw, rJTrjKal., to ask in 
addition or besides, ask for more, 2 A. , 
i. 3. 21 : vii^ 3. 31 ; 6. 27. 

'n-po(r-av-aXto-K(o,* -dXtJbau), -rjXuKa, 
to expend besides, a., vi. 4. 8 ? 

irpocr-av-enreiv, as aor. of irpo<r-av- 
a-yopevo), evcrw, to [speak up] ^;roc/(Xi?;t 
or announce besides, cp., vii. 1. 11 : 
see (prifil. 

irpocr-Paiva),* ^rjaofMai, jSe^rjKa, to 
step against or upon, irpos, iv. 2. 28 ? 
irpoo--Pd\X«, * /3aXu), ^efjXrjKa, 2 a. 
e^akov, to throw or strike against, to 
[throw one's self] advance against, 
assault, atktck, make an attack, irpos, 
iv. 2. 11 ; 6. 13 ; 7. 2 : v. 2. 4 : vi. 3. 7. 
irpoo--PaTos, 17, ov, {^alvw) accessible, 
iv. 3. 12; 8. 9. 

'Trpoo--poXii], rjs, {^dWoj) an attack, 
assault, charge, iii. 4. 2 : vi. 5. 25 ? 

irpocr-'yi^vojJi.ai., '■■ yevrjcrofiai, yeyevr}- 
fjiac & 2 pf. yeyova, 2 a. eyepo/xrju, to be 
added, joined, or attached to, to join, 
esp. as an ally, D. , iv. 6. 9 : vii. 6. 29. 
irpotr-Savei'^w, etcrw, deddueiKa, (5a- 
vei^a: to lend) to lend in addition : M. 
to borrow an additional sum, 581, vii. 
5.5. 

•irpoo--86w, * derjcru, dederiKa, to need 
in addition : impers. irpoo-Sei there is 
need besides, there is furtJier or addi- 
tional need, g., iii. 2. 34 : v. 6. 1 : — 
M. to need or desire as an addition or 
beyond ivhat one has, g., vi. 1. 24. 

irpo(r-8i8<ofJit,* 5wo-w, dedojKa, to give 
besides or in addition, to add, A., i. 
9. 19. 

irpoo--8oKda), i^icro}, dedoKrjKa 1. , (akin 
to 8ox4u}, the simple 5o/fdw not used) 
to think towards, expect, look or wait 
for, A., I. (a.), iii. 1. 14 : vii. 6. 11. 
•7rpo(r-8pap,wv, see irpoa-Tpex^j^- 
irpo(r-€iXT]<})a, see irpoa-Xaix^dvoo. 
'irpoo--eiji,i,* ipf. -^eiv, (elfxi q. v.) to 
go or coyne to or toivards, come up or 
on, come near, approach, advance, d, , 
eh, irpbs, i. 5. 14 ; 7. 5 ; 8. 11 : ii. 4. 2. 
•irpoo--€Xavva),* eXdao) eXQ, eXifjXaKa, 
to ride or march to, toioards, up, for- 
ward, ov against, i.5.12; 7.16: vi.3.7. 



irpocr^pxop.ai 



116 



irpoorT€pvC8tov 



'irpo(r-€pxo|xai,* eXei/tro/xat, i\i^\v6a, 
2 a. 9jX6ov, to come or go to or towards, 
come up or near, come on or forward, 
approach, advance, d., els, i. 3. 9 ; 8. 1 : 
iv. 4. 5 ; 8. 2, 4. Der. pros-elyte. 

'irpo<r-era.xQi\v, see Trpocr-rdrT-w. 

irpocr-eiixofxai, ev^o/JLai, edy/.iM.L or 
7]dy,aac, to pray to, D., vi. 3. 21. 

7rpocr-ex«,* e'^w, ^crxTj/ca, 2 a. 'eaxov, 
to [hold to] apply, a. ii. : irpoaex^iv 
{tov vovv) to apply or direct the mind 
or attention, give thought or 7iec(i, ^iyc 
or ^jay attention, shoio regard, he in- 
tent upon, i. 5. 9 : ii. 4.n2 : v. 6. 22. 

Trpo<r-'jJ€iv, -TJeo-av or -rjcrav, see 
Trpoa-ei/xi, i. 8. 11 : iii. 3. 7. 

irpoo--'/JKo), Tj^co, ^Ka 1., to come, ex- 
tend, apiiertain, or belong to, he related 
to, D., eirl, i.6. 1 : iii. 1. 31 (Ae /ifts ?ioi!/i- 
ing to do loith): iv. 3. 23 : — 'irpoo--i^K€i 
it belongs to, befits, becomes, behooves, is 
fining or proper, d. i. (a.), iii. 2. 11, 
15 s: vii. 7. 18. 

Trpo<r-TJXao-a, see irpoa-eXavvio. 

•irpo<r-'rj<rav or-'^c<rav,-fJT€, seeirpocr- 
eipLL, i. 8. 11 : vii.' 6. 24. 

irpoaGev adv. of place and oftener 
TIME, {irpb, irpos) before, in front of, 
previously, formerly, i. 3. 18 ; 6. 1 : 
trpbadev . . irpLv [previously . . before] 
before that, before, iintil, (w. neg.) 
703 I, i. 1. 10 : iii. 2. 29 : iv. 3. 12 : 
irpbadei/ . . ij sooner than, before, ii. 1, 
10: — 6 IT. the p)revious, preceding, fore- 
going, ov former, i. 3. 19 : ii. 3. 1, 22 : 

01 IT. [those in] ivho ivere in front, v. 
8. 16 : TO. IT. the [things Yn] front, the 
van, iii. 2. 36 : eis to it. to the front, 
in advance, forward ; in front of, G. ; 
i. 10. 5 : iii. 1. 33 ; 4. 38 : — to it. as 
adv., previously, before, i. 10. 10 s, 

•irpo<r-9eo-0ai, see 7rpo(r-Tt^77;Ui,i.6.10. 

Trpo(r-0€a), * devcFop^ai, to run to, to- 
wards, or %ip, V. 7. 21 ? vii. 1. 15. 

irpoo--{a<ri(v), -iwv, see irpba-eLixi, i. 
6. 14: iv. 8. 12 s. 

irpocr-ti^iii,* Tjcrw, ei/ca, to let go to, 
permit to ajiproach, ad-mit to, A. -rrpbs, 
iv. 5. 5 : — M. to let come to one's self, 
receive, admit, piermit. A., iii. 1. 30 
(ets ravTbv to the same place, rank, or 
office, to companionship): iv. 2. 12: v. 
5. 3. 

•n'po<r-KaX€<«),* KaXeau) Ka\Q,KiK\7]Ka, 
to call to, summon, invite, A. , i. 9. 28 : 
— M. to call to one's self, A. e/c, vii. 7. 

2 {v. I. irpoKoKiu}). 



'irpo<r-KTdojji,ai, iqcrofxai, KeKrrjfiac, to 
gain or acquire additional, A. D., v. 
6. 15. 

irpocr-Kvveo), Tjaw, -KSK^urjKa L, (kv- 
viuj* to kiss) to kiss the hand to, 
salute, loorship, adore, do homage or 
reverence to, boiu down or (in oriental 
fashion) prostrate one's self before, A., 
i. 6. 10 ; 8. 21 : iii. 2. 9, 13. 

•7rpo<r-Xa|xpdvo),* X-q-^ojxaL, €i\7)(pa, 
2 a. eXajSov, to take, receive, or obtain 
besides, in addition, or as an aid ; to 
take hold besides, take part ; A. irpbs : 
i. 7. 3: ii. 3. lis: vii. 6. 27,32. 

7rpo(r-p.ev«,* fxevQi, p.eixhyjKa, to wait 
for, aicait, A., vi. 6. 1 : v. I. dvafieuo). 

'irpoo--(j,t'Yvv(j,t,* /xi^u}, to oningle or 
join with, join or come up to, iv, 2. 16. 

7rpdor-o8os, ov, i], access, approach ; 
approach or procession for worship, act 
of icorship, irpbs • income, revenue, 
gain, profit, reditus ; i, 9. 19: v. 2. 3 : 
vi. 1, 11: vii_. 1, 27; 7.36. 

'jrpo(r-6|xvvp.t,* dp.ovixai, oixih/xoKa, a, 
&fioaa, to swear besides or in additio7i, 
I,, ii. 2. 8. 

'7rpoo--0|XoXo'Ye«, rjab), (h/jLoXbyriKa, to 
come to terms, submit, surrender, vii. 
4. 24. 

7rpoo--Tr6povdci>, 'qaw, (irepbvr) a pin) 
to pin or skewer to, A. irpbs, vii. 3. 21. 

Trpoa'-'iri'irTw,* ireaovixai, ir^irruKa, 
to fall towards, rush to, d., vii. 1, 21. 

irpotr-iroiea), tJctoj, ireiroirjKa, to make 
over to : M. to make over to one's self, 
to take to one's self what does not so 
belong, 2J'>'ctend, feign, make a feint, 
make as if one woidd, profess, i,, i, 3. 
14: ii, 1, 7: iv. 3. 20; 6. 13. 

•irpo(r-'iroX6ii6a), ijaio, ireiroXifjLijKa, to 
war or prosecute a war against, A. ? i. 
6, 6. 

irpoo-'O^wv, see irpo<x-ex^, vii. 6. 5. 
tirpocTTaTeva), ei^crw, to manage, use 
one's infiuence, bring it about, oirws, 
V. 6. 21. 

tirpotrraTcw, rjao}, to preside over, 
manage, G., iv. 8. 25. 

irpoo'TdT'qs, 01;, (irpo-iarrifiL) a lead- 
er, chief manager, G., vii. 7. 31. 

•TrpO(r-TdTTto>, rd^u, reraxo., a. p. 
€Tdx&Wi io ap2Joint to or enjoin U2)on 
any one, command, A. D. , i. 6. 10. 

irpoo"-T€X6ft), TeXecrw reXw, rereXcKa, 
to pay besides. A., vii. 6. 30. 

irpo-<rT€pvt8iov, ov, [crrepvov) a breast- 
plate, breast-piece, for a horse, i. 8. 7. 



•n'po<rTi6'r]jit 



117 



XIvOaYdpas 



irpoor-TiGt^iJLi,* d-qcxij), reOeiKa, 2 a. m. 
ideix-qv, to add to : 31. to add one's 
self to, accede to, agree to, concur in, 
D., i. 6. 10. 

Trpo<r-Tpex<«>,* dpafiov,aaL, 5e5pd/jLr]Ka, 
2 a. iSpafxov, to run to, run iq) to, u., 
iv. 2. 21 ; 3. 10 : vii. 4. 7. 

7rpo(r-4)€'p«>,* oi'crw, ev-qvoxo-, to bring 
to, apply, A., V. 2. 14 : — M. to hear or 
conduct ones self towards, to address 
one's self or aijply to, D., irp6$, v. 5. 19 : 
vii. 1. 6. 

'irpo(r-x«p€0), -qcTO), Kex^P'Ona, to go 
or come to, surrender, submit, v. 4. 30. 

irpd<r-x«pos {v. I. irpo-xd^pos), ov, 
'neighboring, v. 3. 9. 

^pdo-b) adv., c. irpoawTepw, s. -rdroj, 
{irpb, irpos) forward{s), forth ; forth 
from, far from, far off, at a distance, 
at the outposts, g. ; far into, G., 420a; 
ii. 2.15: iv. 1.3; 3. 28: vii. 3. 42: rod 
irpbaoi (430 a) or ds to -rrpoau} [for or 
to the region forward] forioard, in ad- 
vance, farther, i. 3. 1 : v. 4. 30 : — c. far- 
ther, farther off, iv. 3. 34 : vii. 7. 1 : — 
oTTOt edvvavTO irpofforrdTU) as far as they 
could, 553 c, vi. 6. 1. 

•irpo<r-wp,o<ra, see Trpo(x-6[j.vvp.L,\\.2.^. 

Trpdor-wirov, ov, {&\f/) the face, coun- 
tenance, looks ; soplur., ii, 6. 11. Der. 

PROSOPO-POEIA. 

irpo-TcXeo), reXecroj reXcD, rereXeKa, 
to imy beforehand or in advance, A. d., 
vii. 7. 25. 

tirpoTcpaios, a, ov, preceding : rrj jr., 
sc. Tj-J-epa, on the day before, ii. 1. 3. 

irpoTcpos, a, ov, {-rrpb q. v.) prior, 
former, 'preceding, previous; with adv. 
force {509 a), or {jo) irpoTepov as adv., 
before, sooner, previously, G. ; i. 2. 25 s; 
4. 12 ; 7. 18 : iv. 4. 14 : vii. 8. 22. 

irpo-TiiJida), Tjcru}, TerlfXTjKa, f. m. rt- 
pLTjaofxat (ch. as 7;., 576 a), to honor be- 
fore or above others, prefer, select, 
esteem, i. 4. 14 ; 6. 5. 

irpo-Tpex.ci),* dpa/xovfJiaL, d€dpd/j.r)Ka,, 
2 a. 'ibpaixov, to run forward or before, 
outrun, G., dwo, i. 5. 2 : iv. 7. 10 : 
V. 2. 4. 

Trpov- by crasis for irpo-e, v. 8. 9. 

irpovSeSwKeiy, see irpo-diduifjLt, iii.1.2. 

'irpo-<|)atv(«),* (pavQ), irecpajKa, to shore 
before or forth : M. to apipear before or 
beforehand ; to appear in front, in the 
distance, or in j}rospect ; to come in 
sight, make one's appearance ; D. ; i. 8. 
1 : ii. 3. 13 {v. I. <pa.lv(a). 



tirpo<}>a<rC5op,at, i(To,aai Lov/uiai,to plead 
or urge as an excuse, a., iii. 1. 25. 

7rpd-<j)a(ris, ecos, t/, {(jyqp-'i) a pre-text, 
pre-tence, excuse, G., i., i. 1. 7 ; 2. 1 : 
ii. 3. 21 : vii. 6. 22. 

'jrpo-<j>-uXa^, a.Ko%, b, a sentinel in 
front, advanced or outer guard, out- 
guard, vedette ; pi. an outpost, picket, 
&c. ; ii. 3. 2 ; 4. 15 : iii. 2. 1 : vi. 4. 26. 

upo-x.wpeco, -qaw, Kex^P'^xa, to go for- 
ward, advance, prosper, succeed ; to be 
favorable or useful, suit one's conven- 
ience or be for his advantage ; d.; i. 9. 
13 : vi. 4. 21 : vii. 3. 26. 

irpv}j,va, T?s, (Ep. vpujULvos hindmost) 
the stern of a vessel, v. 8. 20. 

Trpwi adv., c. TrpoiLaiTepov, contr. 
Trpw, irpixjaiTepov, (tt/oo) early in the 
morning, ii. 2. 1 : iii. 4. 1 (earlier than 
usual, very early, 514): vi. 5. 2. 

irpwpa, as, {irpo) prora, tJie forepart 
of a vessel, prow, bow, v. 8. 20. 
jirpwpevis, euis, b, the commander m 
tlie prow, prow-officer, v. 8. 20. 
tirpcoT-aYos, ov, 6, a van-leader, ii. 2. 
16 : V. I. TrpujTos. 

tirptoTevo), €vau}, TreirpdiTevKa 1., to be 
first, hold the first place, irapd, ii.6.26. 

TrptoTOS, 97, ov, {irpb q. v.) primus, 
first, in place, rank, or time, foremost, 
chief earliest ; often w. adverbial force 
(509) ; i. 3. 1 ; 6^ 9 : ii. 2. 12, 16 ? 6. 
17, 26 : — TO TTpoiTov subst. , the first ; 
dirb or eirl rod wpdoTov from or at the 
first, iv. 3. 9 ; (to) TrpCorov as adr., or 
as an appositive to a sentence, first, 
at (the) first, in the first placz, as the 
first thing, i. 2. 16 ; 9. 2, 5, 7 ; 10. 10 : 
ii. 5. 7: iii. 2. 1 : vi. 3. 23, 25 : so irpCo- 
ra, iii. 2. 27 ? Der. proto-type. 

TTTaiw, TTTaiacx}, ^irraiKa, (akin to 
TTiTTTw) to fall, strike, or dash against 
or upon, iv. 2. 3 : v. I. Trat'w. 

•JTTdpvvjJLai,* 2 a. a. e-rrrapov, to 
sneeze, iii. 2. 9. 

irTg'pvl, 11705, T], {irrepov iving, fr. 
TreTOfxaL) the wing of a bird ; a flex- 
ible skirt or flap at the bottom of 
the Greek corselet, usu. of leather 
strengthened by metallic plates ; i. 5. 
iv. 7. 15 {v. I. dim. -n-repvyiov). 

iru-yiXT], Tjs, (ttu^) pugnus, the fist ; 
boxing (rendered more severe among 
the Greeks by the use of the cestus), 
iv. 8. 27. Der. pygmy. 

n-uGaYopas, ov, Pythagoras, a Spar- 
tan admiral, i. 4. 2. The commander 



118 



irc&s 



of this fleet is named "Zcifxios or Hidfios 
in Hel. 3. 1. 1 ; Diod. 14. 19. 

iruKvos, 7], 6v, {irvKa closely, cf. inu^) 
close or near together, dense, thick, com- 
IKLct, firm, in close array : irviivd adv., 
often: ii. 3. 3: iv. 8. 2: v. 2. 5. 

7riJKT»]s, ov, {ttv^) pugil, a boxer, 
PUGILIST, V. 8. 23. 

iriiXTj, 77s, one fold of a double gate : 
comm. pi., gaie or gates ; hence, en- 
trance, pass, passage, esp. a narrow 
entrance or pass into a country, some- 
times really barred by gates ; as -rrvXai 
rris KiXiKLus Kal rij^ 'Zvpias the Gates of 
Cilicia and Syria, the Syro-Cilician 
Gates, a narrow pass between Mt. 
Amanus and the Gulf of Issus, barred 
by two walls Avith gates, of which 
those on the Syrian side are specially 
called at Si/piat irvXai ; i. 4. 4s : v. 2. 
16, 23; 5. 19 s: vi. 5. 1 : _vii. 1, 15 s. 

Der. THERMO-PYLiE, PYL-ORUS. So 

|IIvXat, sc. ai Ba^vXuviaL, the [Ba- 
bylonian] Gates, Pylce, a pass into 
Babylonia, on the north side of the 
Euphrates and, as some think, through 
the Median Wall, i. 5. 5. — The Cili- 
cian Pass (Trt^Xai r/js KiXiKias), over 
Mt. Taurus into Cilicia, "perhaps," 
says Ainsworth, " one of the most re- 
markable and picturesque mountain- 
passes in the world," while Chesney 
adds that it is one of the longest and 
most difficult, is mentioned, i. 2. 21 ; 
now Golek-Boghaz. 

TruvGdvo[iai,* ire^aoixai, ireirvaixai, 
2 a. €7rv6ofj.7)v, to learn by inquiry, 
hear, ascertain; to ask, inquire, in- 
quire into ; G. CP., A. P., I. (A.), irepl: 
i. 5.15; 7.16: iv. 6. 17: vii. 6. 11. 

•n-v| adv., with the fist, v. 8. 16. 

irvp,""" TTvpos, TO, FIRE : pi., Dec. 2, 

TTvpd, -Cov, -oh, fires, esp. watch-fires: 

ii. 5. 19 : iv. 1. 11. Der. em-pyrean. 

Iirvpd, as, a funeral PYRE or niound, 

vi. 4. 9 : om. by some. 

jirvpajits, ibos, i), a flame-shaped 
structure, a pyramid, iii. 4. 9. One 
of the most prominent objects among 
the Ninevite ruins is the pyramid or 
conical mound here mentioned, situ- 
ated at the northwest corner of the 
great platform on which the wonder- 
ful palaces of Nimnid were erected, 
and still, after the wear of so many 
centuries, about 150 feet high. It 
was once a lofty tower 167 feet square 



at the base, erected doubtless as a 
sepulchral or religious monument. 

Hvpaiios, ov, 6, the Pyramus, the 
largest river of Cilicia, rising in Cata- 
onia, breaking through Mt. Taurus, 
and carrying so much alluvium through 
its fertile plain, that Strabo quotes an 
oracle that at length its deposits 
would unite Cyprus to the mainland, 
i. 4. 1. II The Jeihun, about 160 miles 
long. 

tirvp-yo-fiaxew, -qaio, (fxdxofJLai) to as- 
sault or storm a tower, vii. 8. 13. 

irvpYos, ov, 6, a tower, castle, vii. 
8. 13. 

irvpcTTO), e^io, ireirvpexo., (irvpeTos 
fever, fr. irvp) to have or be in a fever, 
Vi. 4. 11. 
tirOpivos, v, ov, made of wheat, 
wheaten, iv. 5. 31. 

irvpos, ov, 6, (ttu/o, fr. the color ?) 
comra. pi., wheat, i. 2. 22 : iv. 5. 5. 

Ilvpptas, ov, Pyrrhias, an officer 
from Arcadia, vi. 5. 11. 

irvppfx'Tj V^, (fr- Tivppix^^ or ni;/5- 
pos, the inventor ?) the Pyrrhic or war 
dance, in which armed dancers imi- 
tated the movements of attack and 
defence, keeping time Avith music, 
vi. 1. 12. 

irvpcreva), ei/crw, (irvpaos torch, fr. 
irvp) to light torches, kindle beacon- 
fires, or onake signals by them, vii. 
8. 15. 

irw end. adv., (orig. dat. of irbs : 
by any means) yet, up to this time, 
hitherto ; used w. a neg. (often writ- 
ten w. it as one Avord, cf. dum), not 
yet, never yet, kc; i. 2. 26 ; 5. 12. 

irwXew, Tjaw, (TreXw to he in business) 
to sell, A. D., i. 5. 5: v. 7. 13 : vii. 3. 
3 ; 7. 56. Der. mono-poly. 

TTwXos, ov, 6 7], a colt, filly, young 
horse, iv. 5. 24, 35. Cf. pullus, foal. 

IIooXos, ov, Polus, a Spartan ad- 
miral, successor to Anaxibius, vii. 2. 5. 

iTiofjia, drink, see irbiia, iv. 5. 27 ? 

irw-'n'OTe ever yet, ever, at any time, 
stronger than irore : comm. w. a neg. 
(sometimes written w. it as one word, 
cf. unquam), i. 4. 18 ; 9. 18 s : v. 4. 6? 

TTws interrog. adv., (ttos;) quomodo ? 
how^ in what tvay, manner, or condi- 
tion ? i. 7. 2 : ii. 5. 20 : iii. 2. 27 ? 4. 
40 : — in exclamation, quam ! how ! 
vi. 5. 19? 

•rrws end. indef. adv., (ttos) in some 



^aSios 



119 



1|11CS 



or any way or ynanncr, by any means, 
somehow ; hence, for some reason, 
somewhere, nearly, perhajjs : &8e irus 
somehow thus, to this effect : i. 7. 9 
ii. 3. 18 ; 5. 2; 6. 3: iv. 1. 8 ; 8. 21 ? 
vi. 2. 17. See aXXcJs, rexw/cws. 



pdSios, a, ov, c. pdcjv, s. paaros,* 
easy, i., ii. 6. 24 : iv. 6. 12 ; 8. 13. 

IpaSitos, c. pg-of, s. paara, easily, 
readily, iii. 5. 9 : iv. 6. 10 : vi. 3. 7. 

'Pa0ivT]S, ov, Rludhines, a general 
of the Bithynian satrap Pharnabazus, 
vi. 5. 7. He afterwards made a suc- 
cessful attack on the cavalry of Agesi- 
laus, Hel. 3. 4. 13. 

tpaBvfiew, tJo-w, to live at ease, lead a 
life of ease or indolence, ii. 6. 6. 

tpaGvjxta, as, indolence, sloth, a life 
of ease, ii. 6, 5. 

t[pa-6v(ios, ov, of easy mind,indolenf.'] 
poiov, patTTOv, see padios, iv. 6. 12. 

\.pa(rT(avr\, rjs, love of ease, indolence, 
laziness, sluggishness, v. 8. 16. 

pew,* pevao/xaL & pv-qcroixai, ippurjKa, 
2 a. a. or ^j). epp^rjv, (cf. luo, rw-s/i) fiuo, 
tofloio, run (of water), dTra, 8id, &c., 
i. 2. 7 s, 23 ; 4. 4 ; 7.15; vi. 4. 4. Der. 

KHEUM, DIAR-RH(EA. 

prJTpa, as, {pe- to say) a saying, pre- 
cept, ordinance, agreement, vi. 6. 28. 

pi-yos, eos, TO, frigus, 141, the cold, 
frost, V. 8. 2. Cf. rigeo, rigidus. 

piiTTco k ptiTTeto,* p'L\po}, ^ppicpa, a. 
'4ppL^a, to throw, cast, hurl, throw off 
or doion, throw over or about, A. d., eh, 
i. 5. 8 : iii. 3. 1 : iv. 7. 13 : vii. 3. 22 ? 

pfs, pli/js, T), the nose, vii. 4. 3. Der. 

RHINO-CEROS. 

'P0810S, a, 01/, Rhodian : 'PdSios 
subst., a Rhodian, a man of Rhodes 
('PaSoy, from podov rose ?), a large and 
important island near the southwest 
coast of Asia Minor, colonized by the 
Dorians, and having a city of the 
same name (built b. c. 408), at the 
entrance of whose harbor stood the 
famed Colossus. The Rhodians were 
famed as slingers. iii. 3. 16 s; 5. 8. 

po({>£a), Tjao} or Trjcrofiat, to sup up, 
suck, iv. 5. 32. 

pvOfios, ov, 6, (cf. p^b), & pv- to draw) 
RHYTHM, musical time,a regular move- 
ment or ticne : iv pvdp,!^ in tinie or 



rhythm, irpos: v. 4. 14: vi. 1. 8, 10 s: 
vii. 3. 32. 

p-Clxa, aros, to, (pv- to draw) a dratv- 
ing, shot : e/c to^ov pvp-aTos fro')n the 
distance of a how-shot, iii. 3. 15. 

tp«{i.?), Tjs, strength^ a military /orcg, 
iii. 3. 14. Some compare R5ma. 

[pwvvi5|xi,* pcifl-w 1., pf. 2>- eppwpLaLf 
to strengthen ; see ippoj/xeuos.] 

'Pwirdpas, on or a, Rhoparas, satrap 
of Babylonia, vii. 8. 25 : perhaps the 
same with Gobryas, i. 7. 12. 



<rd, see <t6s, vii. 7. 44. — era or trwa, 
see (TcDs, v. 1. 16. 

o-dYapis, ectjs, i], (fr. Pers.) a battle- 
axe, halberd, bill, iv. 4. 16 : v. 4. 13. 

o-ttKiov or oraKictov, ov, (dim. of ad- 
Kos saccus, a sack) a small bag, a 
wrapper of sackcloth, iv. 5. 36. 

SaX|xv8€Gr<rcs, ov, 0, Salmydessus, 
the Thracian coast of the Euxine 
from the Bosphorus to the Thynian 
cape, dangerous from its shoals, lack 
of harbors, and predatory wreckers, 
and contributing largely to the early 
ill-repute of this sea, vii. 5. ] 2. The 
name was also given to a town on 
this coast, now Midia. 

t o-aXiri-yKTTis or craXirtKTilis, ov, a 
trumpeter, iv. 3. 29, 32 : vii. 4. 19. 

o-aX.Tri'Y^, 47705, 17, tuba, a trumpet, 
trump, usu. of bronze and straight, 
while the /cepas (cornu, horn) was 
curved. It was greatly used in Greek 
armies to direct and inspirit their 
movements, iii. 4. 4: iv.2.7s: vii. 3. 32. 
jo-aXm^w,'''' (raXTTtcrwl,, a. icrdXTriy^a, 
to sound or blow with a trumpet, ae. : 
iirei ecrdXTny^e, sc. 6 crakin.yKT'fjs, when 
the trumpeter blew, at the sound of tlie 
trumpet, 571 b : i. 2. 17 : vii. 3. 32. 

2d(iios, ov, 6, a Samian, a man of 
Samos CZdjuios), one of the most im- 
portant islands in the Mges^Ti, colo- 
nized by the lonians, and early famed 
for its arts, commerce, and maritime 
power, standing with the neighboring 
Miletus and Ephesus at the head of 
the Ionian states. Its chief city and 
harbor had the same name. It was the 
birthplace of Pythagoras. Its patron 
deity was Hera (Juno), who had here 
her greatest temple, i. 7. 5. |1 Samo. 



SafioXas 



120 



SiXavos 



Sa|j.oXas, ov or a, Samolas, a Cyre- 
an officer from Acliaia, v. 6. 14. 

2!dp8€is, eijjv, ai, Sardes or Sardis, 
an ancient city on the Pactolus, the 
capital of Lydia,'" the luxurious resi- 
dence of Croesus, the chief city of the 
dominions of Cyrus the Younger, and 
later the seat of one of the earl}' 
churches ; still showing, in its ruins, 
traces of its former magnificence ; i. 
2. 2 s, 5; Q.Q'. iii. 1. 8. || Sart. 

Ddpos V. I. for S^dpos, i. 4. 1. 
to-aTpairevci), ei^crw, to he a satrap, to 
rule or govern as satrap, G., A., 472 d, 
i. 7. 6 : iii. 4. 31. 

o-aTpdirT^s, ov, (fr. Pers.) a satrap, 
a Persian viceroy or governor of a prov- 
ince, ruling at the pleasure of the 
king, but with largely discretionary 
power over life and property. Ace. to 
Hdt. (3. 89), Darius i.,tlie great organ- 
izer of the Persian Empire, divided 
it into 20 satrapies, i. 1. 2 ; 9. 7. 

Sdrvpos, ov, b, a Satyr, a fabulous 
being combiniug the forms of a man 
and a goat, an attendant upon Bac- 
chus, and devoted to the pleasures of 
sense, i. 2. 13. 

<ravTOv, -<5, -ov, see aeavrov. 

o-a<J>^]s, es, clear, ^jZawi, manifest, 
evident, iii. 1. 10. 

jo-a<|)ws clearly, plainly, Tnanifestly, 
evidently, certainly, i, 4. 18 : ii. 5. 4. 

0-6 te, thee, you, see ci, ii. 5. 3 s. 
^(r6-a\JToi),* Tjs, contr. cravToC, tjs, 
refl. pron., of thyself or yourself ; in 
gen. often = tuus, your own : i) <reav- 
Tov, sc. x^P'^i your oivn country : i. 6. 
7 : ii. 5. 16 : vii. 2. 37 ; 7. 23 ; 8. 3. 

SeXlvovs, ovuTos, 6, (o-iXlvou parsley) 
Sellmis, the name of a small river 
flowing by the temple of Diana at 
Ephesus ; and of another (now the 
Crestena) flowing through the grounds 
consecrated to her at Scillus ; v. 3. 8. 

<r€o-a)o-|iai, see aib^io, v. 5. 8. 

^cvGi^s, ov, Seuthes 11., a Thracian 
prince, son of MfBsades and descendant 
of Teres, assisted by the Cyreans to 
recover his paternal dominion, but far 
better to promise than to bestow a 
recompense. He afterwards sent 500 
troops to aid Dercyllidas in Bithynia ; 
and had later, b. c. 390, a quarrel with 
his former patron Medocus, which 
Thrasybulus. reconciled, bringing both 
into friendship with Athens, v. 1. 15. 



2t]XvPp ta or ST]Xvfi,pp la, as, Sehjlm]- 
hria, a Megarian city on the north 
shore of the Propontis, vii. 2. 28 ; 5. 
15. llSelivri. 

cr-qixaivo), avQ), aeo-ruuLayKa I., a. 60-77- 
f/.7jva or-dva 152 c, {aijfxasign) to make 
or give a sign or signal ; to indicate or 
show by an omen or other sign, signi- 
fy, give notice; often referring to 6 
aaXiriyKTrjs implied, as earijLLrjue [the 
trumpeter gave the signal] the signal 
ivas given, 571b; ae., d. i. (w. ws), 
CP.; ii. 1. 2 ;• 2. 4 : iii. 4. 4 : iv. 3. 29, 
32 : vi. 1. 24, 31 ; 3. 15 : vii. 2. 18. 

<rT](jL€iov, ov, {crrj/xa sign) signum, a 
sign, mark, signal, standard, i. 10. 12 : 
ii. 5. 32 : vi. 2. 2. 
to-i]o-dp.ivos, 77, ov, made from, sesa- 
me, iv. 4. 13. 

crr\<ra.[iov, ov, sesam:^, oil-seed, sing, 
and })!., the seed of the sesamum, an 
oriental leguminous plant still much 
cultivated for the food and the excel- 
lent and abundant oil furnished by 
its seed, i. 2. 22 : vi. 4. 6. 
to"i'ydJ<i>, daoj, 1. exc. in pres., to try 
or endeavor to silence, a., vi. 1. 32 ? 

t<rl"ydc«), Tjaofjiai, aealyrjKa, to be or 
remain silent, keep silence, v. 6. 27. 

<rlyf\, ^s, silence, i. 8. 11 : ii. 2. 20. 

o-i-yXos, ov, 6, (akin to Heb. shekel) 
a siglus, = 7^ Attic oboli, or about 
25 cents, i. 5. 6. 

to-i87]p€La, as, the icorking in iron, 
V. 5. 1. 

tcri8i]p€0S, ea, eov, contr. oOs, a, ovv, 
made of iron or steel, v. 4. 13. 
[o-i8T|pos, 01;, 6, ferrum, iron.'] 

2iKv«vios, 01', 6, a Sicyonian, a 
man of Sicyon {Llkvwv), a very ancient 
city, Avith a small territory, on the 
northern coast of the Peloponnese, 
between Achaia and Corinth. It was 
conquered by the Dorians ; but re- 
tained a large Ionian element, and 
varied in its political relations and 
form of government. It was famed for 
its schools of painting and sculpture ; 
and in general for the arts of peace, 
rather than for energy in war, or the 
maintenance of liberty, iii. 4. 47. 
Ii Vasilika. 

SiXdvos, ov, Sildnus, a soothsayer 
from Ambracia in Epirus, more shrewd 
than trustworthy, i. 7. 18 : v. 6. 16 s. 
— 2. A youthful trumpeter from Ma- 
cistus in Triphylian Elis, vii. 4. 16. 



rlvo|iab 



121 



ZkiXXovs 



o-tvofiat,* Ion. aiv-qaoixai, to harm, 

do harm or damage, inflict injury, iii. 

4. 16. 

tSivwirevs, ewy, 6, a Sino])ean, iv. 8. 

22: V. 3. 2; 6.1: vi. 1.15: a man of 

SivwiTT], 7/s, Siiidpe, a Milesian col- 
ony on the Paphlagonian coast, the 
most prosperous and powerful city on 
the shores of the Euxine. It had a 
great commerce and valuable fisheries, 
and sent out itself several colonies. 
It was the birthplace of the Cynic 
Diogenes, andof Mithridates the Great. 
V. 5.7: vi.1.15. |1 Sinub, still of some 
consequence from its excellent harbor. 

Sios Laconic for Geds : r^^nb the 
twin gods, Castor and Pollux, by 
whom, as natives of Lacedaemon, the 
Spartans were wont to swear, vi. 6. 34 : 
vii. 6. 39 ? see ovrwai. 

<riT-aY<i)Yds, ov, {(rtTos, ayu) carry- 
ing corn, for the conveyance of grain, 
i. 1. 15. 

SiraKt], 77s, see 'LiTraKT}. 

2iT-d\Kas, ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
tial song of the Thracians, prob. in 
honor of a prince Sitalcas, vi. 1. 6. 
See'0dpv(T7)s. 

to-lT€VTds, V) ov, {aLTevw to feed, fat- 
ten) made fat, very fat, v. 4. 32. 

to-iTT^peo-iov, ov, money for buying 
bread, provision-money, vi. 2. 4. 

t<riTiov, ov, bread, food, i. 10. 18 : 
pi. 2^'>'ovisions, supply of food, vi. 2. 4 ? 

o-iTOs, 01;, 6, corn or grain, esp. 
wheat, whether unground, simply 
ground, or cooked ; hence, flour or 
meal, bread, and, in general, food ; i. 
4.19; 5. 5 s, 10: ii. 1.6: iii.1.3:— pi. 
o-iTa {to., 226 b) victuals, provisions, 
food, ii. 3. 27 : iii. 2. 28 : — rnnepas atTos 
a dai/s subsistence or supply of food, 
vii. 1. 41 ; so pi. vi, 2. 4 {v. I. o-trta). 

Der. PARA-SITE. 

StTTdK-r], rjs, Sittace, a large and 
populous city on the west bank of the 
Tigris, ii, 4. 13 : v. I. Sird/cT?. || Near 
Akbara or, ace. to some, Sheriat-el- 
Beidh'a. 

(Ticoirdo), Tjaofiai, aeanaTnjKa, {ancir-q 
silence) to be or remain silent, keep si- 
lence, i. 3. 2 : V. 8. 25. 

o-KeSdvvvjJti,* aKeddcru} (r/ceScD, a. ecr/ce- 
daaa, pf. ^;. ecrKedacr/jLai, to scatter or 
disperse, trans., iii. 5. 2. 

(TKsXos, eos, Tj, a leg, iv. 2. 20 ; 7,4: 
V, 8. 10. Der. iso-sceles. 



(rK€ira(r|i,a, aroj, to, (aKiirr] shelter) 
a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10 ? 

t o-Kgirreos, a, ov, necessary to consider : 
cTKeTTTeov earl impers. , one or we must 
consider, ottojs, i. 3. 11 : iv. 6. 10. 

o-KCTTTOnai, comm. o-Koireco* {-eofMat 
I V. 2. 20), aKi\po[xo.L, '4(TK€ixiJ.aL, a. ecxKe- 
\ ^djxrjv, specio, to look intently, observe 
' closely, vieiv, see, discern, examine, 
' sp)y, reconnoitre, explore, ascertain ; to 
j look out or for, look out for, keep a 
lookout, vjatch, provide ; to look or see 
to, consider, regard; a., cp., irpbs : i. 
9.22: ii. 4. 24: iii. 1.13; 2.20: v.l. 
9; 7.32. Der. skeptic, micro-scope. 

to-Kcvd^o), do-w, to prepare, dress up, 
equip, vi. 1. 12. 

i<rK€vi\, 77s, equipment, attire, dress, 
iv. 7. 27. 

CKCvos, eos, TO, an article of furni- 
ture, equipment, or baggage, utensil : 
pi. baggage, luggage, iii, 1. 30 ; 2. 28. 

j:(rK€vo(f>opea), riaoj, to carry baggage, 
be a porter, iii. 2. 28 ; 3. 19. 

^crK6vo-<|)dpos, ov, {<p€p(v) carrying 
baggage : subst. -os a baggage-carrier, 
porter ; -ov, sc. kttjvos, a common beast 
of burden ; to, <jKev(j)bpa the baggage- 
animals, baggage-train, baggage ; i. 3. 
7 ; 10. 3, 5, 17 : iii. 2. 28, 36 ; 3. 19. 

t(rKT]vd«, ^o-w, = (T/ciyj/ew, v. 3. 9 ? vii. 
4. 12? 

t(rKT]V€<i), 77a-&>, & o-KTjvdo), ci»(rw, kcK-r]- 
vojKa, to pitch or to occupy a tent (the 
former sense belonging rather to (tkti- 
vboj, and the latter rather to aKrjveui), 
, encamp or be encamped, quarter or be 
\quartered, lodge, iv, Kara, &c., i. 4. 9 : 
ii. 4. 14 : iv. 4. 14 ; 5. 23, 33 ; 7. 27. 

o-KT]vifi, 775, a tent: ai c. the tentSy 
camp : i. 2. 17 s ; 4. 3. Der, scene. 

4.(rKT]vdci), d}(TU), see aKrjveu), iv. 5. 23. 

|o-Ki^vw|Aa, aros, to, a tent : pi. tents, 
quarters, encampment, ii. 2. 17. 

t o-KTiirTos, ov, 6, a thunderbolt, iii. 
1. 11. 

to-KiTirTovxos, ov, b, {(XKriirTpov a staff, 
sceptre, exw) a sceptre-bearer, ivand- 
bearer, usiier, a Persian household- 
officer, comm. a eunuch, i. 6. 11. 

[(TKiytrrui, -q-^w, to lean, fall, dart."] 
SkiXXovs, ovvtos, 0, {aKiXXa SQIJILl), 
Scillus, once a city of Triphylian Elis, 
near Olympia. It joined Pisa, B.C. 572, 
in warring with the Eleans, but the 
latter conquered and destroyed both, 
cities. Long after, the Spartans took 



:{p,'!rovs 



122 



OTravios 



the territory of Scillus under their 
control, and here gave Xenophon a 
delightful rural residence under their 
protection, about 393 b. c. This con- 
tinued till the Eleans regained posses- 
sion, after the battle of Leuctra (b. c. 
371) ; and during this quiet period, 
the works of Xenophon were doubt- 
less for the most part written or re- 
rised. He spent his time, says La- 
ertius, in hunting, entertaining his 
friends, and writing histories. The 
visit of Megabyzus to Olympia, prob. 
in the year 392 b. c, gave him a new 
object of interest. Pausanias, more 
than 500 years after, found the temple 
of Diana still at Scillus, and upon a 
tomb near it, a marble statue, which 
the inhabitants said was Xenophon's. 
V. 3. 7 : see Scw^wi'. H In the vale of 
Rasa. 

o-Kt|x-irovs, irodos, 6, {adfnrTW = 
GK-fjiTTw) a low couch, a litter, vi. 1. 4 ? 

o-KXi^pds, d, bv, ((T/ceXXw to dry) hard, 
rough, iv. 8. 26. Der. sclerotic. 

|<rKXT]p(3sm hardship,with difficulty, 
iii. 2. 26 : v. I. aKk-qpovs. 

o-KoXo^J/, OTTOS, 6, a stake, pale, pali- 
sade, V. 2. 5. 

(TKOir^o) in pr. & ipf., see <XK€TrTO[iai. 

o-KOTTos, ov, 6, {aKewTO/xai) a scout, 
spy, sentinel, ii. 2. 15 : vi. 3. 11. Der. 

SCOPE. 

o-KopoSov, ov, garlic, pi. vii. 1. 37. 

ttTKoraios, a, ov, in the dark, before 
morning or after oiightfall, ii. 2. 17 : 
iv. 1. 5, 10. . 

(TKOTOs, eos, TO, darkness, the dark : 
€<ttI or yiyveraL aKoros it is or becomes 
dark : ii. 2. 7 ; 5. 7, 9 : iv. 5. 17. 

2kv9i]S, 01', a Scythian, one of the 
nomadic barbarians who occupied the 
most northern known parts of eastern 
Europe and western Asia. From their 
skill as bowmen, their name was ap- 
plied by the Greeks to a kind of arch- 
ers armed and trained in Scythian 
fashion : S/ci5^at ro^brai, or I^kvOo-to- 
^orat, Scythian archers, iii. 4. 15 (as 
adj.): om. by some. 

ISkvOivoi, dv, ol, the Scythlni, or 
-inians, a mountain tribe, not far from 
the southeast shore of the Euxine, 
perhaps of Scythian origin, iv. 7. 18 ; 
8. 1 : V. I. IiKvOtjuoL, 'LkvOIvol. 

4SKv0o-To|oTtjs, ov, a Scythian arch- 
er, iii. 4. 15 ? See 1iKidr)%, 



o-KvXevfe), €{)ju, {(XKvKov spoil) to de- 
spoil, strip 0/7" the arms of an enemy, 
A., vi. 1. 6. 

o-KVTaXov, ov, (^i/w ? see ^ew) a staff, 
club, cudgel, mace, vii. 4. 15. 

o-KflTtvos, yj, ov, ( aKVTos a hide) made 
of leatlier, leathern, v. 4. 13. 

<rp,T]vos, eos, t6, a bee-hive, a swarm 
of bees, iv. 8. 20. 

lIp,tKpT]s, yjTos, Smicres, an Arcadian 
commander, vi. 3. 4 s. 

SoXoi, wv, OL, Soli, an important 
maritime city of Cilicia, built by Ar- 
gives and Rhodians ; who at length 
spoke such bad Greek, from mingling 
with the native Cilicians, as to give 
rise to the term solecism ((toXoikictixos). 
It was the birthplace of the Stoic 
Chrysippus and the poet Aratus ; and 
was later named Hofnnj'MiroXis from 
Pompey the Great, who here settled a 
colony of reformed pirates, i. 2. 24. 
llEski-Shehr (i. e. old city) -nesLrMezetli. 

<ros, a-q, crbv, {aij) thy, your : (piXiq. 
ry (TTJ love to you, 538 d : ra cd your 
affairs or interests : vii. 7. 29, 44. 

Sovora, ccv, rd, (Pers. susan, lily) 
Sasa (Shushan, Neh. 1. 1) chief city 
of the province of Susiana (Elam, Dan. 
8. 2), and one of the capitals of the 
Persian Empire, comm. occupied by 
the king, from its genial climate, in 
the winter or spring, ii. 4. 25 : iii. 5. 
15. II Extensive ruins at Sus, where 
the remains of the great palace of Da- 
rius I. have been lately disinterred. 

tSo<|>-aiv€Tos, ov, Sophcenetus, from 
Stymphalus in Arcadia, one of the 
oldest of the Cyrean generals. As his 
name does not appear after the Cyre- 
ans reached the Bosphorus, it is prob- 
able that he took this opportunity of 
leaving the army, perhaps displeased 
with his fine or thinking his age too 
little respected, and that Phryniscus 
was appointed in his place. He may 
have written a history of the expedi- 
tion to justify himself, since we find a 
Sophaenetus mentioned as the author 
of such a history, i. 1. 11 : v. 8. 1. 

t<ro4>ta, as, wisdom, skill, i. 2. 8. 
Der. Sophia, philo-sophy. 

o-o({>os, 17, bv, wise, intelligent, clever, 
gifted, accoinplished, i. 10. 2. 
to-iravt^o), lao) to), to lack, want, be 
in want of, G., ii. 2. 12 : vii. 7. 42. 
fo-irdvios, a, ov, scarce, scanty, i. 9. 27. 



0"7ravi9 



123 



<rTd8iov 



onrdvis, ews, i], scarcity, scantiness, 
want, G., vi. 4. 8 : vii. 2. 15. 

SirdpTt], 77s, Sparta (on the west 
bank of the Eurotas, now the Iri), 
also called Aa/ceSat'/^wj', the capital of 
Laconia, and that city of Greece in 
which its military spirit and prowess, 
and the subordination of the individ- 
ual to the state culminated. It was 
the especial residence of the Dorian 
conquerors of Laconia, a great mili- 
tary and land-holding aristocracy {ol 
6jj.oioL the jKcrs, iv. 6. 14), owning 
estates throughout the province, which 
were chiefly cultivated by the con- 
quered people reduced to a state of 
serfdom under the name of Helots. 
Still a third class, the Perioeci {irepi- 
oiKOL, divellinrj around the capital in 
rural villages), were personally free, 
but without political power, neither 
serfs nor citizens. The trade and 
mechanic arts of the country were 
chiefly in the hands of these. The 
Spartan citizens were so fcAv in com- 
parison with their slaves and subjects, 
that they could hope to maintain their 
ascendency only by a thorough sys- 
tem of military and political training. 
Hence they submitted to the rigid 
and peculiar laws of Lycurgus, ob- 
served great simplicity in their per- 
sonal habits, subordinated domestic 
to public life, accounted luxury, ease, 
and self-indulgence as crimes, dis- 
dained the protection of walls, and 
lived at Sparta as in a camp. At the 
head of the state were two kings and 
five ephors. In the government of 
their subject states, the Spartans were 
commonly disliked ; because they here 
. applied to so great an extent the arbi- 
trary, selflsh, unconciliatory, and in- 
human principles, and the haughti- 
ness of manner, which were observed 
at home in the government of their 
helots ; sometimes combining with 
these a self-indulgence and deceit 
which at home they would not dare 
to practise, and covetousness, even to 
the taking of bribes. At the time of 
the Cyrean expedition, the Spartans, 
having so recently conquered their 
great rival, Athens, were the undis- 
puted masters of the Greek world, 
and exercised their power arrogantly, 
wantonly, and cruelly, ii. 6. 4. 1| New 



Sparta (near Mistra), lately built to 
cherish the memory of ancient great- 
ness. 

jSirapTiaTTis, ov, a Sijartan, a man 
belonging by birth to the class of 
Spartan citizens, iv. 8. 25 : vi. 6. 30. 

onrdpTov, ov, {cnrecpa a twisted cord) 
a cord, rope, iv. 7. 15. 

(nrd«, dau), ecnraKa, pf, p. ^cnraa/xaL, 
to draw : M. to draw one's own, A. ; 
eairaa/xevoc rd ^i(p7]with dravjn swords; 
i. 8. 29 : vii, 4. 16. Der. spasm. 

o-TTcipw,* (TirepCj, ^(nrapKal., spargo, 
to scatter seed, sow, vi. 1. 8. Der. 

SPERM. 

o-ircvSw/" a-Trei(ru},ia-rreLKal., a. ^airei- 
aa, libo, to make or offer a libation, to 
pour, iv. 3.13 s: — 31. to make or agree 
to a treaty, peace, or truce (since in 
this mutual libations were common), 
D., TT/aos, cTTt, i. 9. 7s : iii. 5.16 : iv.4.6. 

o-irevSft), <nr€V(TO},ecnr€VKal., to hasten, 
make haste, press on, he in haste, he 
eager, i., i. 3. 14 ; 5. 9 : iv. 8. 14. 

SirtOpiSaTtis, ov, a general of the 
Bithynian satrap, Pharnabazus. He 
afterwards took oflence, and left his 
service for that of Agesilaus, but left 
the latter again from a new off'ence. 
vi. 5. 7. ^ 

o-iroXds or o-ToXds, dbos, tj, ((rreXXw) 
a leathern tvaistcoat, worn under or 
instead of the metallic ddbpa^, iii. 3. 
20 : iv. 1. 18. The form a-rroXas ap- 
pears to be Dor., 168. 2 : see Xoxayos. 

o-ttovStj, rjs, ((XTrevdcj q. v.) a liha- 
tion, drink-offering : pi. lihations, 
hence comm., a treaty, truce, or armis- 
tice, -peace, i. 9. 8 : ii. 3. 4s : iv. 3. 14. 
tcrirov8d^ft>, daoixai, ecnrovdaKa, to he 
husy, zealous, or in earnest, to tvork 
zealously or hard, ii. 3. 12. 

t (nrouSaio-Xo'yea), t^ctw, {a-irovbatos 
earnest, \6yos) A. k M. to engage in 
earnest conversation, converse seriously, 
i. 9. 28. 

o-itowStj, tjs, {(jireij^w) haste, speed, 
expedition, earnestness, i. 8. 4 : iv.l.l7. 
to-rdSiov, ov, pi. ol crrddioL & rd crrd- 
8ia, a stadium, stade, nearly a fur- 
long ; the [stopping-place] length of 
the footrace-course, which at Olympia 
(the comm. standard) was = 600 Greek, 
or 606| Eng. feet : hence, the com- 
mon or short foot-race itself, as in <r. 
dyoovi^eadat to contend in the short race 
or course : i. 4. 1, 4 ; 8. 17 : iv. 8. 27. 



crraOfids 



124 



o-TpaTcvjxa 



tcTaOiids, ou, 6, static, a station or 
stopping -place, esp. at night ; hence, 
a day's journey or march (averaging 
in the Anab,, ace. to vii. 8. 26, about 
5J parasangs, or 160 stadia), a stage; 
i. 2. 5s; 7.14; 8. 1 ; 10. 1 : ii. 2. 6. 
a-raii]V, o-rds, see laT-qixi, v. 2. 16. 

J o-Tao-td|ft), dcrctj, ecTTaaiaKa, to form 
a party or excite faction against, he fac- 
tious or contentious, he at variance or 
divided into parties, contend or quar- 
rel, D., TT/oos, ii. 5. 28 : vi. 1. 29, 32 : 
vii. 1. 39 ; 2. 2. 

jo-rdo-is, ews, i), [the standing up 
against] faction, dissension, vi. 1. 29. 
Der. APO-STASY. 

|<rTao-i«TTis, 01^, an opposer, vi. 6. 6? 

lo-Tavpds, ov, b, a stake, pale, or 
IKtlisade, usu. crossing others, v. 2. 21 : 
vii. 4. 14, 17. 

[icrravpoti), c^cro;, to palisade. '\ 

4.(rTavpo>|ia, aros, to, a paling, line 
of palisades, v. 2. 15, 19, 27. [28. 

J.o-T€ap, aredros, to, tallow, fat, v. 4. 

t<rT€"ya(r|JLa, aros, to, {aTeyd^oi} to 

cover) a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10 ? 

o-Tc'-yT], T/s, {(TTeyw tego, ^o cover, 

sheltei') a roof, shelter under a roof, 

cover, covered house, cottage, iv. 4. 14. 

jcTTCYVos, 77, 6v, {a-T^cj) covered, 
roofed, vii. 4. 12. 

o-T€ip<o (?;. Z. (TTt/Sw), ;//wL, (cf. stipo) 
^0 tread, beat, or ^rcss down, as a road, 
mattress, &c. ; hence, to frequent a 
road; A.; i. 9. 13. 

CTTcXXw,* eXw, ^(XToXKa, \)f. p. ^araX- 
)uai, to equip, oxcoutre, fit out, despatch, 
send, A. eTTi : 3f. to [send one's self] 
set forth, proceed, journey, go, iiri, 
Kard: iii. 2. 7 : v. 6. 5. Der. apo-stle. 
o-T€v6s, V, 6v, c. WTepos or brepos, 
257 b, narrow, sti'ait : ev ry arevii} or 
To?s arevoh in angustiis, in the nar- 
rows or defile, in the narrow space, 
road, or pass: i. 4. 4 : iii. 4. 19, 22 : 
iv. 1. 14 ; 4. 18. Der. steno-gkaphy. 

4.(rT€V0-x«pta,, as, {x^pos) a narrow 
place, spot, road, or pass, i. 5. 7. 

crrepYft),* aTep^u, 2 pf. Ion. ^<TTopya, 

to love (in the higher sense), regard 

with affection, a., ii. 6. 23. Cf. (ptXeu). 

a-Tcpeo) & o-T€picrKCi>,* arep-qaw, ia-ri- 

pyjKa, to deprive, A. G., ii. 5. 10 : — P. 

& Jf. o-T€pojxai (v. I. aTep^ofxat), CTepT]- 

oojxaL, ecTT^prjfiai, a. earepi'jdtjp, to he 

deprived of, lose, ivant, g. , i. 4. 8 ; 9. 

13 : ii. 1. 12 : iii. 2. 2 : iv. 5. 28. 



CTTcpvov, OV, (cTTepebs or (rrepposfirni, 
whence stereo-type) the breast, i. 8. 
26 : vii. 4. 4. Der. sternum. 

o-T€ppc3s {(XT e ppos fi7'm) firmly , stead- 
fastly, resolutely, iii. 1, 22. 

crT€<j>avos, ov, b, {a-T€<pii} to encircle) 
a crown, garland, tvreath, common 
among the Greeks as a prize of vic- 
tory, as a mark of honor, and as a 
festal or sacred ornament, i. 7. 7 : iv. 
5. 33 : vi. 4. 9. Der. Stephen. 

|crT£<}>avd(o, ibaoj, ecrrecpdvuiKa, pf. p. 

eoTecpdvuiixaL, to crown. A.: M. to crown 

ones self : iv. 3. 17 ; 5. 33 : vii. 1. 40. 

to-Tifj\Tj, 7}$, a pillar, post, v. 3. 12 : 

vii. 5. 13. 

(TTfivat, <rTi^<ras, see iffTTj/xi, i. 2. 15. 

tcTTipds, ados, 7}, a bed of straw or 

leaves, a mat, mattress, vi. 1. 4 ? 

to-TiPos, ov, b, a trodden or beaten 

ivay or path, a track (made by many 

txvr}, or single footsteps), i. 6. 1. 

o-TiPo) V. I. for <TT€il3u}, i. 9. 13. 

a-rltia, l^u), pf. p. kaTLy/j.ai, (cf. Lat. 
in-stigo, Germ, stechen, Eng. stick, 
sting) to prick, tattoo, A. AE., v. 4. 32. 
Der. stigma. 

(rTi<j)os, eos, TO, {(TTel^co) a throng^ 
mass, dense or compact body, of men, 
i. 8. 13, 26 : vi. 5. 26. 

(ttXcyyis, idoSji], a strigil, fieshcomb, 
scraper, such as were used by bathers 
to cleanse the skin ; or, as some think, 
an ornamental com.b for the head, such 
as even men wore on some sacred oc- 
casions ; i. 2. 10. 

o-To\ds, see cnroXds, iii. 3. 20 ? 

OTToXi^, Tjs, {areWct}) an equipment, 
dress, garment, robe, i. 2. 27 : iv. 5. 
33 ; 7. 13 : vi. 1. 2. Der. stole. 

(TToXos, OV, 6, (aTeXXu)) an equip- 
ment, preparation ; an armament,^,, 
armed force, army ; an expedition, 
march, journey, voyage; i. 2. 5 ; 3. 16 : 
ii. 2. 10, 12: iii, 1. 9s ; 2. 11 ; 3. 2. 

o-Td|xa, a.TQ%, to, the mouth of a per- 
son, river, sea, pit, &c. ; the outlet or 
entrance ; of an army, the front or 
va.n ; iii. 4. 42 s : iv. 5. 25, 27 : vi. 2. 
1 ; 4. 1. Der. sTomach. 
to-TpaTcCa, as, a campaign, expedi- 
tion, iii. 1. 9 : v. 4. 18. 
toTTpdrevp-a, aros, to, a body led to 
war, an army, host ; a military force 
(whether larger or smaller, an entire 
army or a division of it), for which 
(TTpdrevfia is the most general term. 



(TTpaTCUW 



125 



<rvyy€VT]S 



Of (TTparevfia, arpaTid, and (XTpaTos, 
the jfirst is far the most used in the 
Anab., and the last but once. i.l.7s; 
2. 1,14,25; 5.11s; 7.1s: v. 6. 17. 

to-Tparevw, eiKTu), ecrTpdrevKa, to lead 
to war, make war, engage in tvar, 
make an exijedition, ma.rch, ch. of 
leaders or commanders, eiri, els, ii. 1. 
14 ; 3. 20 ; 4. 3 ; 6. 29 :—JW. (oftener, 
and of both leaders and followers) to 
take the field, make or engage in war, 
make an exijedition or take part in 
one, march, serve in arms or as a sol- 
dier, iwi, eis, avu, &c., i. 1. 11; 2. 2s; 
9. 14: ii. 1. 1 : iii. 1. 10: v. 4. 34. 

t<rTpaTiTy£«, rjau, to be general or 
commander; to lead, command, di- 
rect, or manage, as general ; to take 
command ; G. AE. : (XTpaTrp/eZv dLeirpd- 
^aro he obtained command of : arpa- 
TTj-ye'ij/ aTpaT7]yiav to undertake a com- 
mand : Tovro vfids irpGiTov rjinQi' crrpa- 
TTjyrja-aL that your first act in taking 
command of us should be this: i. 3. 
15 ; 4. 3 : ii. 2. 13 ; 6. 28 : iii. 2. 27 : 
vii. 6. 40. Der. stratagem. 

tcrrpaTTj-yia, as, generalship, military 
command ; mode of leading an army, 
plan of operations or management of 
affairs in war ; i. 3. 15 : ii. 2. 13 : v. 
6. 25 : vii. 1. 41. Der. strategy. 

t a-TpaTTi-yLdw, d(Tw, (desiderative, 
378 d) to desire or seek military com- 
onand, vii. 1 . 33. 

to-TpttT-T^Yos, ov, 6, (dycx}) a leader or 
commander of an army or of one of its 
larger divisions, a general ; the com- 
mander of the troops of a Persian prov- 
ince (also termed icdpdvos), according 
to the theory of the empire a different 
person from the satrap for the sake 
of mutual restraint, but in practice 
often the same ; g. In mercenary 
service, the pay of a general appears 
to have usu. been four times that of a 
private, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 15 : vii. 6. 7. 

tcTTpaTid, as, an army, host, comra. 
of an entire army, or of its mass in 
distinction fr. the officers or fr. an 
excepted part (hence 17 o-rpartd = irdu 
TO arpdrevfia, vi. 6. 2, 27) ; also used 
as a collective, = arpanCorai soldiers ; 
i. 2. 12,27; 3.20; 4.5: iii. 2. 13: v. 
2. 30 : vi. 3. 19 ; 6.26: see arpdrevixa. 

j<rTpaTiwTT]s, ov, a soldier, esp. a 
private or common soldier, i. 1. 9 ; 2. 
17 ; 3. 7 s, 21 : iii. 2. 2 : vii. 2. 36. 



tSTpaTO-KXrjs, eovs, Stratocles, from 
Crete, the commander of a serviceable 
body of archers, iv. 2. 28. 

to-TpaTO-ireSeiift), evaui, iarparoTre- 
8evKa, to make a camp : comm. M. to 
encamp, be encamped; pf. to lie in 
camp ; dvd, ev, els, irapd, &c. : i. 3. 7 : 
ii. 2. 15 ; 4. 1, 10 : vi. 4. 7 : vii. 6. 24. 
to-TpaTo-ireSov, ov, {wedov ground) 
the ground occupied by an encamped 
array, a camp, encampment; by meton. 
for fJie army encamped ; i. 10. 1, 5 : 
iv. 8. 23 : vi. 4. 27 : so pi. vii. 3. 34. 

crpaTos, ov, 6, (akin to aTpcvvi>v/xL 
sterno, strew ? cf. stratus) a body of 
men encamped, hence, an army, host, 
= (XT par id q. v., i. 5. 7 : see arpdrevixa. 

<rTpa<j>eis, see arpecpo}, i. 10. 6. 
fo-TpeirTos, 77, 6v, twisted, ivreathed : 
subst. o-TpeiTTOs, sc. kvkXos, torquis, 
a tvreath, necklace, collar, chain, i. 2. 
27; 5. 8; 8. 29. 

crTp6(})ft),* expu), ^(TTpocpa 1., pf. p. 
^aTpafJifjLai, 2 a. ]). earpdcprjv, {rpciro}) 
to turn, tivist, ivreathe, braid, plait, 
A., iv. 7. 15 : — A. intrans. & M., w. 
2 a. ^. , of soldiers, to twn, wheel, face 
about, irpos, i. 10. 6 ? iii. 5. 1 : iv. 3. 26, 
32. Der. strophe, cata-strophe. 

(TTpovOos, ov, 6 i}, a, field-bird, esp. 
sparrow ; an ostrich (fully c. 6 fieyas 
the great bird), i. 5. 2, 3. 

<rTpw}JLaTd-8€o-jxos or -ov, ov, 6 or to, 
((TTpuifjia bed) a bed-sack, in which the 
bed-clothes were carried or kept, v. 4. 
13. 

o-Tv-yvos, v, ov, {(TTvyiw to hate) hate- 
ful, repulsive, gloomy, stern : to <ttv- 
yvbv the gloom or sternness: ii. 6. 9, 11. 

2TV|jLcj>dXios, ov, 6, a Stymphalian, 
a man of Stymphalus, a city near a 
lake of the same name in northeastern 
Arcadia. It was one of the fabled la- 
bors of Hercules to destroy the mon- 
strous birds which haunted this lake, 
i. 1. 11. II Ruins in the vale of Zaraka. 

<rv * {(70V, (rot, ae, end.), pi. 'vfieis, 
tu (tui, tibi, te), vos, thou, you, i. 
3. 3 s ; 6. 6 s : ii. 1. 16 s : vii. 7. 30 s. 

<rvy- or i,vy-, the form which avi^ 
takes in compos, before a palatal, 150. 
to-vy7€'v€ta, as, ^relationship, kin, vii. 
3. 39. 

<rvy-y€vr\s,es, (yevos) joined by birth, 
of the same race, related, akin : pi. 
o-vyyeveis subst., relatives, relations, 
kinsmen, kinsfolk : i. 6. 10 : vii. 2. 31. 



<rvyylyvo]t.ai 



126 



(TVfxPovXii] 



& 2 i»f. yeyova, 2 a. eyevofx-qv, to come 
to be with, have i7itercourse, acquaint- 
ance, or an interview loith; to he with, 
associate or confer with, become ac- 
quainted with; to he under one's in- 
struction; to come together, meet; d.; 
i. 1. 9; 2. 12, 27: ii. 5. 2; 6. 17. 

<rv7-Kd0-T]|i.ai,* Kadrjcroiiai, to sit to- 
gether, V. 7. 21. 

(Tvy-KaXeo),* KaXecno koXui, K€K\7]Ka, 
a. e/cdXecra, ^o call together, convoke, 
convene, assemble, A. et's, i. 4. 8 ; 6. 4. 

O-VY-KdjlTTTW, KafX\pO}, [KaiXTTTW tO 

bend) to bend together, to bend up. A., 
V. 8. 10 : V. I. crw-ava-Kd/uLTTTOJ. 

o-vY-Kara-Kaiw & Att. -kow,* Ka^j- 
(Toi, K€KavKa, to hum up with them, 
A., iii. 2. 27. 

o-v-y-KaTa-o-KeSdvvvfxt,* CKebaaw 
o-Ke8Q, A. or 31. to sprinkle or throiv 
down loith another, A. g. ? vii. 3. 32 ? 

o-vY-KaTa-(rTpe<|)c«),* exj/ojj^aTpocpa 1. ; 
3L to assist in subduing or reducing, 
D., ii. 1. 14 : see Kara-aTpecfxj). 

oru'y-KaT-ep'yd^ojJi.at,* daofxai., eipya- 
(Tfiai, a. dpya(rdp,rjv, to assist in gain- 
ing, A. D., vii. 7. 25 : v. I. Karepyd^o/xai. 

o-uY-KCifi.ai,'^^ KeicrofxaL, (as pass, of 
crvu-rid7]p.L) to be laid down mutually, 
to be agreed upon : els to avyKelixevoi/, 
so. xw/atoj/, to the place agreed upon, 
to the rendezvous, vi. 3. 4 : rot, avyKei- 
fieva the [things agreed on] agreement, 
vii. 2. 7. 

(tvy-kXcio), etcro), /cefcXei/ca, to s/iw^ 
together (e. g. the two leaves of a 
double gate), to close, a., vii. 1. 12. 

o-vY-KO|JLi^a), itrw tw, KeKOfxiKa, to 
bring together, collect : so 3/. (for one's 
own benefit). A., vi. 6. 37 ? 

o-uY-KwiTTCi), K^xj/u}, KeKv(pa, to bend 
together or towards each other, ap- 
proach, converge, iii. 4. 19, 21. 

<rvy-\())pi<a, rjcru), /cexcipT/zca, to go 
with, concur, assent, acquiesce, v. 2. 9. 

<rv€ios, a, ov, {avs) obtained from 
sivine, iv. 4. 13 : v. I. amvo's, &c. 

2-uevveo-is, tos, Syennesis, a king of 
Cilicia, who tried to pursue such a 
course that he should not lose his 
crown, whether Cyrus or Artaxerxes 
prevailed. Diodorus states (14. 20) 
that he secretly sent a son to the 
king to assure him of his fidelity, to 
report the doings of Cyrus, and to say 
that whatever he had himself done 



for the latter, had been done through, 
compulsion. Syennesis appears to 
have been a common name of the Ci- 
lician kings, i. 2. 12, 26 s: vii. 8. 25. 
o-vKOv, ov, a fig, vi. 4. 6 ; 6. 1. Der. 

SYCA-MORE, SYCO-PHANT. 

<ru\- or |v\-, the form which <7iv 
takes in compos, before X, 150. 

<rvX-Xa[iPdv<o,* \7)\po/xai, e'iXrj^a, 
2 a. '4\a^ov, to take hj bringing the 
hands together, seize, arrest, appre- 
hend, capture, a., i. 1. 3 ; 4. 8 ; 6. 4 : 
iii. 1. 2, 35 : iv, 4. 16. Der. syl-lable. 

o-uX-X€'y«,* X^^w, et'Xoxa, pf. j). el'Xe- 
yp.ai, 2 a. p. iXeyrjv, [Xeyui lego, to 
LAY, gather) to gather together, collect, 
levy, assemble, convene, trans., A., i. 1. 
7, 9 : ii. 4. 11 : iii. 1. 39 :— Jf., w. 2 a. 
p., to assemble, congregate, come or get 
together, collect, gather, convene, in- 
trans. ; to be assembled, &c. ; iv. 1. 10 s ; 
5. 1, 12 ; 8. 9 : v. 7. 3 : vi. 3. 6. 
jo-uXXcyT), ^s, an assembling, levy, i. 
1. 6. 
lo-vXXo-yos, 01;, 6, a gathering, assem- 
bly, assemblage, meeting, v. 6. 22 ; 7. 2 
(not summoned, cf. e/c/cXiyo-ta). Der. 

SYLLOGISM. 

o-vp,- or lup.-, the form which <t{)v 
takes in compos, before a labial, 150. 

(TVfx-Patvft),* jSTjao/jiat, ^e^rjKa, 2 a. 
ejSrjv, to come together, meet, occur , 
happen, result, iii. 1. 13. 

(rv|JL-pdXX«,* /SaXw, ^i^XrjKa, 2 a. 
^^aXov, to cast, dash, or bring together, 
collect, A., iii. 4. 31: — 31. (of mutual 
or joint action) to contribute, give a 
suggestion or hint, agree upon, con- 
tract, A. D., irepi, i. 1. 9 : iv. 6. 14 : vi. 
3. 3 ; 6. 35. Der. symbol. 

(rvp.-Pod(o, rjcrofiat, ^ejSorjKa 1. , to call 
aloud or shout to each other, A., vi. 
3. 6. 

o-U}J.-PoTiGew, Tjcrw, ^e^orjdrjKa, to 
help together or in a body, join in as- 
sisting, hasten to add assistance, i^, 
iv. 2.1 : vii. 8. 17. 

o-ufJi-PoXir], rjs, {avfjL-^dXXcS) a dash- 
ing together, encounter in arms, vi. 5. 
32. 

t<rv|Ji-PovX€U«, evao}, ^e^ovXevKU, to 
plan with, counsel, advise, J). A., i. 
(A.), i. 6. 9: ii. 1.17s: iii. 1. 5:-- if. 
to consult or confer toith, ask one's ad- 
vice, D. CP., i. 1. 10; 7.2: ii. 1. 16 s. 

o-vjjt-PovXii, 7?s, consiiltation, couns&lf 
advice, v. 6. 4, 11. 



<rv)j.povXo5 



127 



4.<nL»(iPovXos, ov, 6, a counsellor, ad- 
viser, i. 6. 5. 

orv}i.-(xav9dva),* /jLadrjaofiai, fxefiddri- 
Ka, 2 a. ^fxadou, to become familiar luith 
or accustomed to, iv. 5. 27. 

t<ru|JL[iax.€a), tJcto;, (av/Jijuiaxos) to he or 
become an ally, form an alliance with, 
V. 4. 30. 

tcrvji|iaxta, as, {(TVfj.fiaxos) an alli- 
ance, offensive and defensive, v. 4. 3, 

8 : ^ii. 3. 35. 

o-v(i-|Jidx.ojJtat,* /xax^crofxat /xaxov,aaL, 
fie/xdxv/^^'-} io fight together, with, or 
by one's side, D., v. 4. 10 : vi. 1. 13. 
j.o-vjjtjxaxos, ov, fighting with, auxili- 
ary, allied, in alliance with ; rb. cvix- 
/Mxa tlie aids, advantages, or re- 
sources, in war : o-v(i|iax.os subst., 
anally; auxiliary: D., g., iiri: i. 3. 
6; 7. 3: ii. 4. 6s; 5. 11: v. 4. 9. 

<ru}i-}i€T-ex,<»>j* '^^(^, ^<^XW^i 2 a. ^crx^^i 
to partake or have a share in with 
others, G., vii. 8. 17 : v. I. yuere'xa;. 

o-vfi-fii-yvyixi or -vta* fii^cj, Mfj'-i-X'^ 1-. 
to mingle or unite with (trans, or in- 
trans.), join, form a junction with, 
Tnect (as friends or enemies), join bat- 
tle with, D. h, els, ii. 1. 2 ; 3. 19 : iv, 
6. 24 : vi. 3. 24 : yii. 8. 24. 

(nJH-Trapa-oTKevd^ft), d(T(o,to co-operate 
by preparing, providing, ov procuring, 
A., v. 1. 8, 10. 

(rufJL-'irap-€X<«>>* '^^^i ^'^XVK'^j 2 a. 
^axov, to join in giving, producing, or 
procuring, A. d., vii. 4. 19 ; 6. 30. 

o-ujJL-irds, daa, av, all togetlier, the 
whole together, entire, in all : to <rv\i- 
irav adv. , altogether, throughout : i. 2. 

9 ; 5. 9 : iv. 3. 2 : vii. 8. 26. 
<rv|i-Tre5dw, rjau}, (wedTj) to fetter, 

confine, iv. 4. 11 : v. I. avfi-Trodi^ci}, 

(ruiA-Trejiira), * Treycti/^w, ireiroix<f>a, to 
send or despatch with another, a. d., 
i. 2. 20 : iii. 4. 42s : v. 5. 15 : 6. 7, 21. 

crvji-TTcpi-'ru'yX.O'V'^,""' rev^oixai, rerij- 
X7;/ca, to [fall in with round about] 
succeed in surrounding, t>., vii. 8. 22? 

crvn-TTiirTO),'"' ireaovixaLjiriirTWKa, 2 a. 
^ireaou, to fall together, fall in, col- 
lajjse ; to meet in close conflict, grapple 
or close with; i. 9. 6 : iv. 8. 11 ? v. 2. 
24. Der. symptom. 

o-vn-irXettfs, w, (irXeojs * full) [filled 
together] quite or very full of, filled 
with, abounding in, g., i. 2. 22 : v. I. 
^/jL-irXews. 

orvjJL-Tro8£^«, ia-uj td, (wovs) to tie the 



feet together, confine, encumbe7% im- 
pede. A., iv. 4. 11 : v, I. av^x-ireddoi. 

oru}i-7roX6(J.€ft), Tycrw, Trew oKefirjKa, to 
war or m.ake tvar with as an ally, as- 
sist in war, D. eirl, irpbs, i. 4. 2. 

o-uix-TTopcvoixai, eucro/Jiat, Trewopevfxat, 
to proceed, or mcvrch vnth, take part in 
an expedition, i. 3. 5 ; 4. 9. 

<ru}J,iroo-t-apxos, ov, 6, {apx(^, crvix- 
TToffLov banquet, fr. ttLvw) rex convivii, 
the president of a banquet, a symjjosi- 
arch; an office for which Spartans 
were more rarely selected, from their 
lack of social vivacity ; vi. 1. 30. 

o-UJX-TTpdTTft), d^oj, TreTrpdxoi, to co- 
operate tvith, assist, aid; to assist in 
effecting or obtaining ; to join in ar- 
ranging, agree ; d. ae. irepi, dare : i. 
1.8: V. 4. 9 ; 5. 23 : vii. 4. 13 ; 8. 23. 

(Tvix-irpeo-peis, ewv, ol, {irpea^vs*) 
fellow -ambassadors, colleagues in an. 
embassy, v. 5. 24. 

o-vji-irpo-GviAs'ojxai, ijcyoixai, ipf. irpoi- 
Ovixovfxriv, to join in urging, add one's 
infiuence or efforts, i. (a.), ae., ottws, 
iii. 1. 9: vii. 1. 5 ; 2. 24. 

o-up.-Trpo-voji.ew, Tyo-w, {vefiu)) to forage 
together, v. 1. 7 : v. I. avv irpovofxais. 

<rvfi-<{)epci), * OL(X(j}, ivijvoxo., a. -qve^Ka 
or -ov, pf. p. evriveyixaL, to bring to- 
gether, gather, collect, contribute; to 
contribute good, be advantageous, bene- 
ficial, suitable, or suited, sometimes 
impers. ; to bear or share with ; A. D., 
eiri, irp'os, ii. 2. 2 : iii. 2. 27 ; 4. 31 : 
vi. 4. 9 : vii. 3. 37 ; 6. 20 ; 8. 4. 

o-v(i.-<|>T][jLi,* <f>'f](T(j}, to [say with an- 
other] assent to, acknowledge. A., v. 8. 
8 : vii. 2. 26. 

<rvfi,<})opos, ov, ((TVfM-tpepo}) advanta- 
geoits, beneficial, useful, d., vii. 7. 21 ? 

o-vv* prep., old Att. ^tiv 170, cum, 
loith, togetlier with, at the same time 
vnth, in company or connection with, 
ivith the help or favor of, under the 
command of; w. I) AT. of person (com- 
panion, helper, counsellor, command- 
er, military force, &c.), instrument, 
dress, circumstance, feeling, means, 
manner, &c., i. 1. 11 ; 2.15; 3.5s; 8. 
4: ii. 1. 12: iii. 1. 23; 3. Is, 14. In 
compos. {(Tvy- before a palatal, (tv/jl- 
bef. a labial, avX- bef. X, avp- bef. p, 
(TV- or crva-- bef. tr, 150, 166), con-, 
loith, at the same time, together, alto- 
gether, sometimes strengthening such 
an idea already in the simple verb. 



<n)va.ydp<a 



128 



(TvveXe^a 



crvv-aydpn), pf. aynyepKu 1, , a. ijyei- 
pa, to assemble together, collect, a. d., 
i. 5. 9. ^ 

crvv-d-yo),"^ d^oj, "^xa, 2 a. ■fj-yayof, to 
bring together, collect, assemble, con- 
vene ; to bring together or join the 
edges of, close; a. ef : i. 3. 2, 9 ; 5. 
10: iii. 5. 14: iv. 4. 19 : vi. 2. 8. 

o-vv-aStKc'o), 97(70), 7)5iK7]Ka, to commit 
injustice with another, join in wrong- 
doing, be an accomplice in evil deeds, 
D., ii. 6. 27. 

o-uv-aGpoi^o), oicro}, ijdpoLKa, to gather 
together, collect, esp. troops, A., vii. 2. 
8 : — M. to flock together, vi. 5. 30. 

<rvv-ai0p 10,^0), dcru}, {aWpia) to bivouac 
together in the open air, iv. 4. 10 ? 

<rtJV-aiV6w,* ^aw, {alveco to speak) to 
agree with, jyromise, concede, gixcnt, 
A. D., vii. 7. 31. 

<rvv-aip€«,* tJo-w, rjpTjKa, 2 a. efXoi', 
to take together, com-prehend : ws avv- 
eKovTi. elirecp, sc. \6ya}, to speak in 
comprehensive language, to say all in 
a word, iii. 1. 38 : see wsf. 

trvv-aKoXov6£«, tjctw, rjicoXovdrjua, to 
go in company loith, follow closely, ac- 
company, D., ii. 5. 30, 35 : vii. 7. 11. 

cruv-aKOTJta, * o{>cro/xai, dKrjKoa, to hear 
mutuall}'', G., V. 4. 31. 

trvv-dXi^to, a. rfKiaa, a. p. rikiffOrjV, 
to gather together, collect. A., vii. 3. 48. 

o-u v-aWdxTo),*' d^oj, ifSXaxa., 2 a. p. 
rjWdyrjv, (dXAdrraj to change, fr. dXXos) 
to change so as to bring together, 
reconcile : M. , w. 2 a. ^. , ^o become recon- 
ciled, come to an agreement, make 
peace, irphs, i. 2. 1. 

2 a. ^iSrji', to go up> with, t>., i. 3. 18. 

o-vv-ava-KajJiirTw, KdpL\j/03, to bend up 
together, v. I. for avy-KdjUTTTU}, v. 8. 10. 

o-vv-ava-irpaTTw, d^oj, Tr^irpaxa, to 
join in exacting or requiring what is 
due, A. irapd, vii. 7. 14. 

frvv-av-ifTTV^^i* arriffw, ecrrrjifa, 2 a. 
^(XT7}v, to raise up with : M. , w. pf. 
and 2 a. act., to rise or stand up with, 
vii. 3. 35. 

o-vv-avrdw, rjcrui, ijvTTjKa, (avTaw to 
meet, fr. dvrL) to meet [and speak with], 
i. 8. 15: vii^2. 5. 

<n)v-dTr-eip,i,* ipf. yeiv, (etyni) to de- 
part or return ivith, ii. 2. 1. 

<rvv-a7ro-Xap,pdv<o, * \rjipoixai, elXrj- 
<pa, to receive at the same time what is 
due, vii. 7. 40. 



o-vv-diTTw, a\p<jj, to fasten together ; 
to join (battle), engage in, a. d., i. 5. 
16. 

crvv-ap\<a, ap^(j}, •^px<^> ^^ be associ- 
ated in command with, d., vi. 1, 32.. 

o-x)v-8etTrvos, ov, 6, {betirvov) a table- 
companion, guest at table, ii. 5. 27. 

cruv-Sta-paivft),""" (3rjaop.aL, /3e/37?«:a, 
2 a. ejSrjp, to cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 

<rvv-8ta-TrpdTTto), d^w, ireirpaxo-, to 
accomplish ivith : M. to negotiate with, 
virep, iv. 8. 24. 

o-uv-8oK€w,* do^oj, to seem good in 
like tnanner, be likewise approved, D., 
vi. 5. 10. 

<rvv-8pap.o€|xai, see avu-Tp€x(^. 

<rvv-8uo indecL, two together, two by 
two, vi. 3, 2. 

0-VV-6-: for augmented forms thus 
beginning, look under a-vy- before a 
palatal, trvp.- bef. a labial, crv\-, crvp-, 
bef. X, p, and o-u-(o-) bef. cr, 151, 166. 

<rvv-iy!Lv6p.r\v, see avy-yiyvofxat. 

<ruv-€8pa|xov, see avu-rpex^, v. 7. 4. 

<rvv-6i8ov, -eiSs'vat, see crw-opdw. 

crvv-€iXe"y|xai, see avX-Xeyii}, iv. 3. 7. 

<rw-etXT)(^a, -eiXT])Ji|xai, see avX-Xap.- 
/Sdvo), iii. 1. 2, 35. 

<rvv-€i|i.i,* ^aop.ai, {elp-i) to be with, 
associate with, D. : ol avuovres associates 
ov followers : ii. 6. 20, 23 : vi. 6. 35. 

<rvv-€ipti,* yeiu, (el/xt) to go or come 
together, coine or advance for an en- 
counter, p., i. 10. 10 : iii. 5. 7 ? 

<ruv-€nr6(XTiv, see <Tvv-iiropt.aL, v. 2. 4. 

o-vv-6i<r-€pxo|j,ai,* iXevao/xai, eXiJ- 
XvOa, 2 a. rjXdov, to enter together luith, 
irpbs . . els . . crvv, iv. 5. 10. 

<rvv-ei(r-'iriirTCi),*7reo'oOjU.at, TreTrrco/ca, 
2 a. Heffov, to fall, rush, or plunge, 
into together with others, e'iaw . . cvv, 
V. 7. 25 : vii. 1. 18. 

o-vv-€K-Patvctf,* ^Tjaop-ai, ^e^rjKa, to 
go forth together with, eirl, iv. 3. 22. 

<ruv-€K-Pipd^<o, ^L^dau} ^il3w, to join 
in lifting out, assist in extricating, A., 
i. 5. 7. 

(rvv-cK-KoiTTa), Ko^w, K^KOfpa, to join 
in cutting down, A., iv. 8. 8. 

o-uv-CK-irivw,*" iriofxaL (f), iriirwKa, 
2 a. ^irXov, to drink with another to tlie 
bottom of the cup, vii. 3. 32. 

crvv-€K-Tropi'^«, icrw tw, ireirbpLKOL, to 
aid in procuring or supplying, A. D., 
V. 8. 25 : V. I. (Tvve^evTTopeo}, &c, 

(Tuv-cXapov, see o-yX-Xa^ijSdf w,iii. 2. ■i. 

onJV-^Xeio, -eXeyriv, see cvX-Xeyu. 



<ruveXTJ\v0a 



129 



OTJVTdTTft) 



<rvv-6XT|Xv9a, -eXGciv, see avu-epxo- 
ixai, ii. 1. 2 : iii. 1. 36. 

<ruv-€\6vTi, see avv-aipeco, iii. 1. 38. 

(ruv-€|Ai|a, see avfx-ixlyvvfx.i., ii. 3. 19. 

o-vv-€V€'YK<ov, -€viiv€7|JLai, see <xvfi- 
(t>^pu), iii. 4. 31 : vi. 4. 9. 

<rov-€|-€pxo|J.ai,* eXeija-ofiat, iXriXv- 
6a, to go out with, join in an excur- 
sion, D., vii. 8. 11. 

o~uv-e|-€v-irop60), Tycrw, (Tropos) to aid 
in 'jjrocuring relief, a. d., v. 8. 25 ? 

o-uv-cir-aivew, * ecrw, yvcKa, {aiv^oo to 
speak) to join in approving, A., vii. 3. 
36. 

o-uv-cir-evxojJiat, ev^ofxai, edyp-ai or 
7}dy/xai, to vow moreover at the same 
time, I., iii. 2. 9. 

o-uv-€iri-|JLe\€opLat, -rjaofiai, fjLefiiXrj/xai, 
to take or have the joint charge of, G. , 
vi. 1. 22. 

(rvv-ciri-o-irco-Oai, see (rvv-e^-eirofiai. 

<ruv-€iri-(rir€ij8ft), evau, to assist in 
hastening for u-ard, A., i. 5. 8. 

(TUV-eTTi-TptPft), rpl\j/(a, rirpL^a, {rpi- 
jSo) to rub) to crush together, destroy ut- 
terly, ruin, A., V. 8. 20. 

(ruv-€'iro[J.ai,*" e\poiiai, ipf. eliro/xrjv, 
to folloio with or closely, follow, ac- 
company, attend, d., i. 3. 9 ; 4. 17. 

o-uv-cir-opLvvjJLi,* dfiov/maL, ofidb/xoKa, 
to swear at the same time yet further, 
to add the further oath, i., vii. 6. 19. 

<rvv-ipy6s, ov, {^pyov) working with : 
trvvipyos subst. , a co-toorker, assistant, 
helper, coadjutor, D. G., i. 9. 20 s. 

<ruv-€ppijT]V, -eppv-qKCiv, see avp-pew. 

orvv-cpXoP'Q'i,* eXevaofiai, iXriXvda, 
2 ft. ^Xdov, to go or come together, as- 
semble, convene, meet, -wapd, Cos P. , ii. 
1. 2; 2. 8 ; 3. 21 ; 5. 3 : iii. 1. 33 s. 

trvv-^fr- : for most words thus be- 
ginning, look under crv-tr-: e. g., 

<ruv-€<nr(ov, see av-airdo}, i. 5. 10. 

crvv-€<rTd0T]v, -icrrr\v, -i(rrr\Ka, see 
a-vf-La-TTjfxi, iii. 1. 8 : vi. 5. 28, 30. 

a'vv-i'^-iTro\i.<xi,* e-^ofxat, ipf. eliro- 
firjv, 2 a. ia-iro/xrjv, to follow close iqjon, 
follow closely, accompany, d., iii. 1. 2 
{v. I. <jvv-iirojxaC) : iv. 8. 18 : vii. 4. 6. 

<rvv-6xw,* e|w, ^(TXTj/ca, to hold, or 
keep together, A., vii. 2. 8. 

<ruv-€wp(i)v, see avv-opdw, iv. 1. 11. 

o-vv-Tj'Ya'yov, see crvu-dyco, i. 3. 2. 

<ruv-if|8o|j.ai, f. ji?. ijcrdrjaofjLaL, to rejoice 
with, con-gratulate, d. otl, v. 5. 8 : vii. 
7. 42; 8. 1. 

orvv-tjciv, see avv-eip,;. (eT^at), i.lO. 10. 

LEX. AN. 6* 



<rvv-Tj\0ov, see (Tvv-^pxop-aL, ii. 2. 8. 

(rvv-6€do|JLai, dao/jui, redidpaL, to 
join in inspecting, a., vi. 4. 15. 

<rvv-0ejx€vos, -0eo"9at, see avi/-TidT]p,i, 
ii. 5. 8 : v. 1. 12. 

\.<riv-Qr\[ia, aros, t6, an agreement or 
thing agreed upion, token, ivatchword, 
password, i. 8. 16 : iv. 6. 20 : vi. 5. 25. 

<ruv-9T]pda), cTcrw, TedrjpdKa, to hunt 
with another, join in the chase, v. 3. 10. 

(Tvv-GoiTO or -9€tTO, see a-vv-Tld-qp.1. 

cruv-iSctv, see aw-opdo), i. 5. 9. 

<rvv-lr]\i.i,* rjacj, eiKa, ipf. irjv or 'ieiv, 
to put together, understand, a., vii. 
6. 8. 

o-uv-£orTT]}Ji.t,* <XTy}(T(j}, earrjKa, 2 a. 
'^(XT-qv, a. jo. ea-rddrju, to [bring together 
as friends] present or iiHroduce to, a. d., 
iii. 1. 8 : vi. 1.23 : — i/., w. act. 2 a. & 
pf. (pret.), to stand together or in a, 
body ; to assemble, gather, collect, com- 
bine, unite, iutrans.; to exist in a 
body, be embodied or organized ; eTri, 
&c.; V. 7. 2,16: vi. 2.9,11s; 5.28,30: 
vii. 6. 26. Der. system. 

o-vv-o8os, ov, 7], a toay or coming 
together, meeting, encounter, shock of 
arms, els, LIO. 7 : vi.4.9. Der. synod. 

<rvv-oi8a, see avv-opdco, i. 3. 10. 

crvv-oi(r«, see crvp.-(pepu}, vii. 8. 4. 

o-uv-oXoXv^«, v^op,a.i, (oXoX^^u) ululo, 
howl) to join in a loud cry, iv. 3. 19. 

<rvv-0|xoXo'y€w, 170' w, (h/xoXoyrjica, to 
agree iqjon with another, agree with 
or to, assent to, concert, A. d., iv. 2.19: 
V. 7. 15 : vii. 5. 10 ; 8. 3. 

(Tvv-dvTwv, seeavv-eLpiL {elp-i), ii. 6. 23. 

<ruv-opdci>,'* 6xf/op,aL, edtpaKa or eopd- 
Ka, ipf. edopwv, 2 a. el8ov, to see at the 
same time, mutually, or in a compre- 
hensive view ; to observe, keep an eye 
upon, or watch each other ; to per- 
ceive ; A. , P. ; i. 5. 9 : iv. 1. 11 : — 2 \)L 
pret. o-vv-oi8a (inf. (jw-eibevai, &c.) 
conscius sum, to knoxo or be cognizant 
with another, be conscious to one's self, 
D. P., et, i. 3. 10 : ii. 5. 7 : vii. 6. 11, 18. 

o-uv-ovcria, as, (elp^i) the being to- 
gether, a7i interview, conversation, con- 
ference, ii. 5. 6. 

(Tuv-TdTTW, Td^(a, riraxo-, pf- P- Te- 
rayp^ai, to arrange together, form or 
draiv up in military order (esp. order 
of battle), array, marshal, a., i. 2. 15 : 
avvrerayp-iuoL drawn up, in battle- 
array, i. 7. 14 : iv. 2. 7 : — M. , of a 
leader, to draw up his own troops, A. ; 



<ruvTC0T)ji,i 



130 



<r<|>d7iov 



of soldiers, to draw theinselms up, ar- 
ray themselves, form in military order 
(intrans.), e|, Cos els- i. 3. 14; 8. 14; 
10. 5, 8 : iv. 4. 1 : vi. 3. 21 : vii. 1. 35 
(=1;. I. avvTideixai). Der. SYNTAX. 

<rvv-Ti0T](ji,i,* drjaw, redeiKa, 2 a. m. 
ideixrjv {delfirjv or doifiyjv, deadai, &C.), 
to put together: M. to put together 
mutually, arrange or agree with any 
one, agree upon, make an agreement 
or compact, a., d. i. (a.), i. 9. 7 : ii. 5, 
8: iv.2.1s: vii. 1.35? Der. synthetic. 

o-vv-Top,os, ov, s., {t^ixvw) con-cisus, 
cut so as to come closer together, con- 
cise, short, ii. 6. 22. 

<ruv-Tpdir€|os, ov, = o/JLO-Tpdwe^os 
q. v., i. 9. 31. 

<ruv-Tp€X.<»,* dpa/xov/xac, dedpd/uirjKa, 
2 a. ^dpa/jLou, to run together, v. 7. 4. 

<rvv-Tptpw, ixj/o}, rerpt^a, {rpi^w to 
rub) to 7mb or crusJi together: awre- 
rpifxixivoL (TK^Xf) /cat TrXevpds ivith legs 
and ribs crushed or broken, iv. 7. 4. 

(rvv-Tu-yxdvw, * rev^o/xai, TervxrjKa, 
to happen or fall in with, happen upon, 
meet with, find, d., i. 10. 8 : vii. 8. 22 ? 

(rvv-«<|)€X€w, -^(Tw, (i^eXrjKa, to join 
in benefiting, ae. els : <r. ovMv to con- 
tribute no benefit or service, iii. 2. 27. 

SvpdKoo-ios, or 2vpdKov<rios, ov, 6, 
a Syracusan, a man of Syracuse {'Zv- 
pdKovaai), the greatest city of Sicily, 
founded upon the east coast hy a Co- 
rinthian colony, B. c. 734, and having 
two excellent harbors. It was the 
birthplace of Theocritus and Archi- 
medes, and was famed for two sieges, 
in one of which it repelled the Athe- 
nians (b. c. 413), but in the other, 
after long, brave, and ingenious resist- 
ance, was taken by the Komans under 
Marcellus (B. c. 212). i. 2. 9 ; 10. 14. 
II Siracusa. 

t2vpia, as, Syria (Aram, Numb. 
23. 1), a great country in Asia, of 
remarkable interest in both sacred 
and profane history, lying east of the 
Mediterranean and north of Arabia, 
and in its early extent reaching even 
to the Tigris (later bounded by the 
Euphrates). It Avas chiefly inhabited 
by the Semitic race. i. 4. 4: vii. 8. 25. 
tSvpios, a, ov, Syrian, i. 4. 5. 

Svpos, 01/, 6, a Syrian, i. 4. 9. 

o~up-p€«,* pevaofxai k, pvrjaofjiat, eppij- 
tjKa, 2 a. a. or p. eppvrjv, {(tvv) to flow, 
run,ox flock together,els,\v. 2.12 : v.2.3. 



o-Os, avos, or vs, 'vos, 6 17, 139, 141, 
sus, a SWINE, hog, boar, sow, v. 2. 3 : 

3. 10 s ; 7. 24. 

<rx>-o-- or |u-<r-, the form which, in 
compos., the prep, avv takes with o- 
followed by a consonant, 166. 

o-D-a-Kcvd^ft), daoo, to collect baggage : 
— M. to collect one's own baggage, pack 
up, make ready for a start, a. ; some- 
times pf. or aor. pt., all packed up, 
ready for a start ; i. 3. 14 : ii. 1, 2 ; 2. 
4 ; 3. 29 ; iii. 4. 36 ; 5. 18 : vii. 1. 11 , 

<rv-o-KTjvos, ov, 6, {(TK7)vq) con-tuber- 
nalis, a tent- companion, tentmate, com- 
rade, V. 7. 15 ; 8. 5 s. 

<ru-<nrdo), dcrw, '4(TiraKa, to draw to- 
gether, seiv together. A., i. 5. 10. 

o-v-<rir€ipdw, daw, pf. p. eairelpaixai, 
{airelpa a coil, SPIRE) to coil together, 
draw up in close order: avvea-Keipd- 
fievos in close array, i. 8. 21. 

(rv-trTrov8d|ft), dao/Mii, eairo^daKa, to 
join in earnest effort, ii. 3. 11. 

o-v-cTTds, see cvv-lcttjijh, v. 7. 16. 

o-u-o-TpaT€V(«), evau}, ecrrpdrevKa, to 
join in making war : — M. to take the 
field, march, campaign, carry on war, 
or serve as soldiers w^ith ; to join an 
expedition, take part in a campaign ; 
-D.,ev,eiri,(7ijv i.4.3: v. 6. 24: vii. 3. 14. 

tru-o-TpdTTjYos, ov, or -<rTpaTT]Y0S> 
ov, 6, a fellow-general, colleague in 
command, ii. 6. 29 : v. I. arparriySs. 

o-u-<rTpaTicoTi]s, ov, 6, a fellow-sol- 
dier, comrade in war, i. 2. 26. 

(TV-o-TpaTOiTcScvofiai, evaofiai, ecrrpa- 
Toire8evfj.a.t, to encamp together, avv, ii. 

4. 9. 

(rv-OTp6'<f)w,* e'l/'w, ^arpocpal., 2 a. 
p. iaTpdcpTjv, to turn together : M., w. 
2 a. p., to turn to each other, rally, i. 
10. 6 : -y. ?. aTp4<j)0}. 

<rtJX.vos, y], bv, (crw-ex'J?s continuous? 
fr. ^%w) considerable in quantity, 
length, number, &c., like iroXius, but 
less strong ; miich, long : pi. many, 
not a few, quite a number of, quite 
numerous : frv\v6v, sc. %w/)toj', at 
quite a distance, at considerable dis- 
tances or intervals : i.8.8,10:v. 4.16. 

to-4>a'yid^a), daw, A. & oftener M., to 
slay a victim, to sacrifice, offer sacri- 
fice, r>., els, iv. 3. 18 ; 5. 4 : vi. 4. 25. 

to-<{>d'Yiov, 01;, an animal sacrificed, 
victim : rd o-<|>d'yia the omens or indi- 
cations from victims (esp. fr. their mo- 
tions, while rd iepd refers rather to 



<r<j>d5w 



131 



cr(i)(|>povt^a> 



act tti6 omens fr. the entrails), the ap- 
ar pearance of the victims, i. 8. 15 : iv. 3, 
b- 19: vi. 5.8, 21. 

(r<{>d^a) & later Att. <r<f>dTT«,* d^w, to 
cut tlie throat, esp. in sacrifice ; hence, 
in general, to kill, slay, slaughter ; A. 
cts : ii. 2. 9 : iv. 5. 16 ; 7. 16. 

<r<|>aipo-6i8TJs, es, {(Tcf>aLpa hall, 
SPHERE, elSos) ball-sho.ped, having a 
hall, G. of materia] ? v. 4. 12. 

<r<|>d\Xti), * aXu), ^crcpaKKa 1., 2 a. p. 
ia-(l)d\r]v, (cf. fallo, Eng. fall, fail) to 
trip up), throw doion : P. & M. to he 
thrown dov:n, fall, fail, meet ivith a 
reverse or mishap, ae., vii. 7. 42. 
<r4>dTT«, see acpd^cj, iv. 7. 16. 
o'(|>£is, cr<pQv, crcpiat (end.), <r<f)ds, 
they, tliemselvcs, comm. reflex., pi. to 
o^ q. v., i. 7. 8 ; 8. 2 : iii. 5. 16 : iv. 
3.28: V. 4. 33; 7.18: vii. 2. 16 ; 5.9. 
to-<|>sv8ovd«, yjcTU}, to sling, use or 
discliarge tlie sling, throw or hurl with 
a sling, d. of missile, iii. 3. 7, 15 s. 

<r<}>6v8dvT|, ■(]%, funda, a sling ; by 
meton., the missile of a sling {stone, 
leaden hall, &c.); iii. 3. 16, 18 ; 4. 4. 
|<r4>€v8ovT|TTis, ov, funditor, a sting- 
er, iii. 3. 6 s, 16, 20 ; 4. 2, 26. 
<r4)io-t(v) end., see acpeh, i. 7. 8. 
o-<{>o8p6s, d. Of, vehement, exceeding, 
extreme, severe, pressing, i. 10. 18 : — 
or<f>68pa (neut. pi. w. accent changed) 
adv., vehemeritly, eocceedingly, extreme- 
ly, greatly, very much, very, implicit- 
ly, closely, ii. 3. 16 ; 4. 18 ; 6. 11. 
t<rx€8ia, as, a temporary structure, 
esp. a raft ov float, i. 5. 10 : ii. 4. 28. 
to-Xe86v adv., of distance, time, 
number, or degree, close at hand, 
nearly, almost, about, mostly, i. 8. 25 ; 
10. 15 : iii. 2. 1 : iv. 7. 6 ; 8. 15. 
crx«iv, o-x.T|o-«, see exw, iii. 5. 11. 
|trx€TXios, a, ov, holding out, un- 
sparing, cruel, outrageoics , vii. 6. 30. 
|<rxTifJLa, aros, ro, habitus, form, 
shape, figure, i. 10. 10, Der. scheme. 
crx^t^j '■<^^^ pf- P- eaxto'fJ-ai, a. p. 
iaX'-<^^V^i scindo, to split, cleave, di- 
vide, a., \. 5.12: vi.3.1. Der. SCHISM. 
tor^oXd^o), dao}, ecrxoXaKa, to be at 
leisure, ii. 3. 2. Der. scholastic. 
t(rxoXaios, a, ov, leisurely, sloio, iv. 
1. 13. 

J<rxoXaUs)s, c. orepov, sloicly, tardily, 
leif^urcly, i. 5. 8 s. 

o-x.oXiq, 77s, {<rx- in ?x'-^) leisure, 
q}ir^ liuie, i. : cr;,(^o.\^ at leisure, s'oic- 



ly: i. 6.9: iii. 4. 27: iv. 1. 16: vi. 1.9. 
Der. SCHOOL, scholar. 

<r<3 or o-ciioi, see trajs, ii. 2. 21. 

t<r«5t>>,* crcicrw, cecrw/fa, pf. p, criaoj- 
(Tixai or aeaufj-ai, a. p. ^audviv, to save, 
rescue, preserve, keep safe, conduct 
safely, A., i. 10. 3 : iii. 2. 4, 10, 39 : — 
P. & M. to he saved., rescued., preserved, 
&c. ; to save one's self, escape, arrive 
or return safely ; pf. to have been 
saved, to he safe ; els, e|, €TrL, &c. ; ii. 
1. 19 ; 4. 6 : iii. 2. 3, 11 : vi. 3. 16 ; 4. 8. 

t2ci>-KpdTqs, €os, Socrates, an Athe- 
nian philosopher, eminent for wisdom 
and virtue, teacher of Xenophon, 
Plato, &c. He drank the fatal hem- 
lock, B. c. 399, a short time only be- 
fore the probable retm-n of Xenophon 
from the Cyrean expedition, iii. 1, 5, 
7. — 2. An Achaean general in the 
Cyrean army, of good repute, but not 
of great prominence, i. 1. 11 : ii. 6. 30. 

t<r»|Aa, aros, to, (o-wfw, as that which 
is recovered of the slain, in Hom. 
corjJse) the body ; also translated jjer- 
son or life {(Xibfjuira dvdpQv bv periphr. 
for dvdpas, iv. 6. 10); i. 9. 12, 23, 27. 
<r«s,* <tQv, pi. (Tw, ad (contr. fr. crct- 
os, ov, OL, a), or (TWOS, a, ov, salvus, 
safe, ii. 2. 21 : iii. 1. 32 : v. 1. 16 ; 
2.32; 8. 4: vii. 6. 32. 

|2«(ris, LOS, or Swo-ias, ov, Sosis or 
Sosias, a Syracusan, who brought 300 
hopUtes to Cyrus. In which division 
these were incorporated does not ap- 
pear, nor is his name again mentioned, 
i. 2. 9 : V. I. HwKpdTTjs, &c. 

|<r«Tirjp, Tjpos, 6, (crwfcj) a preserver, 
savior, deliverer, a surname of Zei/s 
q. v., i. 8. 16 : iii. 2. 9 : iv. 8. 25. 

4.o-&>n]pta, as, safety, preservation, 
deliverance, ii. 1. 19 : iii. 1. 26 ; 2. 8 s. 

4.S«T7|pt8as or -t]s, ov, Soteridas or 
-es, a Sicyonian, properly rebuked by 
Xen. and his own comrades, iii. 4. 47. 

|<ra)TTjpios, ov, saving, salutary, prom- 
ising or indicative of safety : o-wnfjpia, 
sc. lepd, tliank-offerings for safety or 
deliverance : ii. 6. 11 : iii. 2. 9 ; 3. 2. 

t (r(i)({>poveti>, -qait), a-eaw(f)p6vT)Ka, to he 
Vjise, prudent, or discreet, ae. : c. rd 
irpos to perform discreetly one's duties 
towards .' v. 8. 24 : vii. 7. 30 {v. I. (ppoveco). 

t<r«<|)povt5c«), icrcj lQ, to bring to rea- 
son, teach discretion, reform, cov^ect, 
he effectual in correcting. A., vi. 1. 28 : 
vii. 7. 24. 



o-o)<j>po(rvvT] 



132 



to-ftxppoo-vvT], 7;s, practical wisdom, 
discretion, self-control, i. 9. 3. 

[o-w-<j>pft)V, ov, g. ovos, (crcDs, <f>p'riv 
mind) of soujid mind, discreet, wise.] 



T. 



T* or 0', by apostr. for re, i. 3. 9. 

[t- the, that, a great pronominal 
root, of which the regular stem tos is 
not found in use,] 

^Ttt, rd-Si {rdd'), rais, Taiir-Se, see 
6, dde, i. 1. 6s; 4. 13 ; 6. 9. 

TOL- by crasis for tol d- or rd e- : as 

Td7a6d = rd dyadd, iii, 2. 26. 

ToXavTOv, ov, {raXa- in rXdco to bear 
•up) talentum, a talent, = 60 /xvaX or 
6000 dpax/J-at : ace. to the Att. stan- 
dard, as a weight, = about 57 lbs. 
avoirdupois ; as a sum of money, the 
value of this weight of silver (unless 
otherwise stated), = about $1200 ; g. ; 
i. 7. 18 : ii. 2. 20 : vii. 1. 27 ; 7. 53. 

TdXXa or rdXXa = ra a\Xa,i. 8. 29. 

Tap,ievco, eijaoj, {ra/Jiias distributer, 
steward, fr. re/xvu) to be a steward: 
M. to carve or divide off as a steward, 
parcel out, determine, a. or cp., ii. 5. 
18. 

Tajitos, ci, or Tajiais, Co, an Egyptian 
from Memphis, who was, in the year 
412 B. c, governor of Ionia under 
Tissaph ernes ; but afterwards went 
over to Cyrus, as did most of the 
Ionian cities, and was appointed his 
admiral. He returned from Cilicia, 
to take the charge, intrusted to him 
during the absence of Cyrus, of these 
cities and the neighboring coast ; but 
on the approach of Tissaphernes after 
the death of Cyrus, he put his treas- 
ures and his children except Glus into 
triremes, and sailed to Egypt, whose 
king Psammitichus was under obliga- 
tion to him. Bat the ungrateful king 
slew both him and his children, in 
order to obtain possession of the 
treaasure and fleet, i. 2. 21 : ii. 1. 3. 

rdvavTta = rd ivavrla, iv. 3. 32. 
tTa|t-apxos, ov, 6, {dpx^) a com- 
mander of a division (rd^ts), a taxi- 
arch, iii. 1. 37 : iv. 1. 28. 

Td|is, ews, 71, (rdTTO}) arrangement, 
order, good order, discipline ; esp. 
Tnilitary arrangement or 07-der (pi. 
tactics, ii. 1. 7), battle-array, rank and 



file, ranks, line; the post or propef 
2-)lace of a soldier ; a rank or tine of 
soldiers ; a division, corps, body, or 
band of troops, usu. larger than a 
X6xos : i. 2. 16, 18 ; 8. 3, 8, 21 : ii. 2. 21 : 
iii. 2. 17, 38 ; v. 4. 20. Der. syn-tax. 

Tdoxoi, 03V, (Tdoi, Diod. 14. 29, the 
ending -xoi perhaps originating as in 
KapBovxoL q. v.) the Taochi or -ians, 
a mountain tribe of Armenia, dwell- 
ing in strongholds, independent and 
warlike. Recent travellers in this 
region have recognized remains of 
their name and habits, iv. 4. 18. 
traireivos, -f), ov, lowly, humble, sub- 
missive, D., ii. 5. 13. 

iTaireivow, (haw, TeraTeivuKa 1., to 
humble, abase, a., vi. 3. 18. 

rdiris, idos, or rairts, t'Sos, i], tapes, 
a carpet, rug, often elaborately wrought, 
vii. 3. 18, 27. Der. tapestry. 

rdiriT'^Seia = rd eTrcTr/dcia, ii. 3. 9. 

Tapdrro), d^w, Terdpaxa 1., pf. p. 
T€Tdpayp.ai, a. p. irapdxOvf, turbo, to 
disturb, disorder, trouble, make trou- 
ble, throw into disorder or confusion, 
A., ae., ii. 4. 18 : iii. 4. 19 : vi. 2. 9. 

j-rdpaxos, ov, 6, disturbance, agita- 
tion, i. 8. 2. 

Tapixevw, eijao}, {rdpTxos preserved 
meat) to preserve by salting, smoking, 
drying, &c., to pickle. A., v. 4. 28. 

Toptrot, Cov, oi, or Tap<ros, ov, rj. 
Tarsi or Tarsus, a city of very an- 
cient fame, the capital of Cilicia, 
situated on both sides of the Cydnus, 
in a fertile plain at the foot of Mt. 
Taurus. It became later a great seat 
of Greek learning and philosophy, 
vying with Athens and Alexandria ; 
and was much favored by the Roman 
emperors. It was the birthplace of 
not a few eminent men, the Apostle 
Paul at their head. i. 2. 23. || Tarsus. 

TdrTCi),^' rd^oj, reraxa, pf. p. rera- 
ypat, a. p. irdxdw, to arrange, order, 
appoint, assign, place or station in or- 
der ; esp. to arrange, draw up, form, 
post, or station in military order, . to 
array, marshal; A. I., iwi, els, Kard, 
TTpo, &c. : rerayix^voi drawn up, ap- 
pointed, in order, assigned to their 
places, &c. ; rd rerayfi^va the arrange- 
ments made : M. to station one's self, 
take one's station or post ; to arrange 
or station as one's allies, A. eTri : i. 2. 
15 s; 5.7; 6.6; 7. 9, 11 : iii. 2. 36: 



ravpos 



133 



T€[i,ev£TT{S 



g^g^ 3. 18 {iv ry T^Tayixivip in the place as- 
^^y signed ; v. I. evreTayfievi^) : iv. 3. 30 ; 
^g- 8. 10 s : V. 4. 22. Der. tactics. 
p Tttvpos, ov, 6, taurus, a bull, ii. 2. 9. 

Tavra, TavTas,TavTais, ravTr\s, &c., 
see o?)Tos, i. 2. 4; 9. 14. 

Tavrd, xavTo or rauTov (199 a), rav- 
Tw, = TU avrd, to avTO, ry avr^, i. 5. 
2': ii. 1. 22 s. Der. tauto-logy. 

TavTT| dat. of odros : as adv. , so. 65y 
or x^P<}> *'^ ^^^^^ or ^^''^^ i^a?/, c?«'cc- 
tion, or respect, by this or ^A-a^ 'w;a?/ or 
rowfe, thus ; in this or that place, here, 
there ; i. 10. 6 : ii. 6. 7 : iii. 2. 32 : iv. 
2. 4 ; 3. 5, 20 ; 5. 36 ; 8. 12. 

Ta<j)etT]v, see ^dTrrw, v. 7. 20. 
|Td{l)os, ov, 6, a g7'ave, tomb, i. 6. 11. 
Der. EPi-TAPH. 
|Td<|)pos, ov, 7], a ditch, trench, i. 7. 
14 s: ii. 3. 10; 4. 13. 

rax- in TaxQi]vai, -d% see toltto}. 
tTdxa adv., quickly, forthivithy pres- 
ently, soon; 2yerhaps ; i. 8. 8 : v. 2. 17. 
traxews, oftener raxv, adv., c. ddr- 
rov, s. Tdxi-<^T a, quickly, rapidly, speed- 
ily, suddenly, soon, i. 2. 4, 17 ; 5. 3, 9 : 
iii. 4. 15,27 : — cus ray^fna. as soon as, 
as soon {quickly, kc.) as possible (so 
6'ri rdxtcrra), 553 b, c, i. 3. 14 : iv. 2. 
1 ; 3. 9, 29 : ottt) bvvaLvro rdxicra in 
whaiever way they could, most rapid- 
ly, as rapidly as possible, iv, 5. 1 : 
evrei {eirdv, eireidav) Taxtara, as soon 
as, 553 b, iii. 1. 9: iv. 6. 9: vi. 3. 21. 
See ^d8r)v, 6s, 6tl, wy. 
trdxos, eos, t6, swiftness, spjeed, ii. 5. 7. 

raxvs,* eta, i5, c. ddrroov, s. rdxt- 
(TTos, swi/i(, rapid, speedy, quick : t\v 
Tax^o"TT)v, so. bhov, in the quickest 
way, as quickly or soon as possible, 
7nost speedily, immediately : i. 2. 20 : 
ii. 6. 29: iii. 3. 15 s: iv. 4. 22. See 5td. 

T6,* by apostr. t* or 9*, post-pos. & 
end. conj., (of. et, -que) and, both: 
Tc . . T€, and stronger t^ . . Kat, both 
. . and (stronger, and also, and even, 
&c. ), as well . . as, not only . . but 
also {even, espiecially, &c.); but ri 
sometimes not translated (esp. where 
otiier connectives might have been 
used, 705, i. 8. 8 : ii. 1. 7): i. 1. 3 ? 5 ; 
5. 14 : iv. 5. 12 ; 8. 13 : W followed by 
be, v.5.8 : vii.8.11. When joined with 
other words, re has in Att. its own 
connective force, except in are, ofos 
rt, (ixxre, and yre, 389J. See /cat, idv, 
ehe, [xriTe, oijre. 



T60- in redupl, for ded-, 159 a. 
reBvTjKa, -varov, -vd<rt, -vdvai,-V€(6s, 

see dvTjcxKU}, i. 6. 11 ; iv. 1. 19 ; 2. 17. 
T£6pa|Jip.€vos, see Tpe<p(x3, v. 4. 32. 
Te0p-tinrov, ov, (reTrapes, iiriros) a 
four -horse chariot, iii. 2. 24. 

Tctvw,* T€i>u},T€TaKa, tendOj^o stretch, 
push on, pursue one's wayy, continue, 
iv. 3. 21. Der. tone, tonic, tune. 

tT€ixit"> '■^^ "^> TereixtKa, to wall, 
fortify, vii. 2. 36. 

T6IX0S, eos, t6, (akin to reOxos) a 
wall, walls, esj). for defence ; a walled 
town, castle, fortress ; i. 4. 4 : iii. 4. 
7, 10 : vii. 3. 19 : see MTjSt'a. — Ne'ov 
reixos iV^eo?i^ic7ms (New-castle), a forti- 
tied harbor on the Thracian shore of 
the Propontis, vii. 5. 8. !|Ainadsjik. 

T£Kp.aCpop.ai, apod[xaL, [reKfxap sign) 
to infer from a sign, judge, conjecture, 
iv. 2. 4. 

|T€K|Aiiiptov, OV, a sure sign, evidence, 
proof, i. 9. 29, 30 : iii. 2. 13. 

TCKVov, OV, TO, (re/c- in tLktoj to beget, 
bring forth; cf. bairn and bear) a 
child, i. 4. 8 : iv. 5. 28 s. 

JTcXeGw in pr. and ipf. , poet. , to arise, 
become, be, be favorable, iii. 2. 3 {v. I. 
eXdelv) : vi. 6. 36 {v. I. edeXet -yeveadai). 

fTeXetrraios, o-, ov, final, last, hind- 
most, rearmost : ot t. the rear : iv. 1. 
5, 10; 2.^16; 3. 24. 

txeXcvrdcD, 'qaw, TeTcXeijTrjKa, to end, 
finish ; to finish life, die : reXevrwr 
making an end, finally, at last : i. 1. 
3; 9. 1: ii. 1. 1,4: iv. 5.16: vi. 3. 8. 

tT€\€UTTJ, Tjs, the end, termination; 
ones end, dxath ; i. 1. 1 : ii. 6. 29. 

treXecDjeo-w Q,TeTe\€Ka, to finish, com- , 
plete, fulfil; to fulfil an obligation, 
pay; A. D.; iii. 3. 18 : vii. 1.6; 2.27. 
TcXos, €os, TO, (r^XXo) to accomplish) 
the accomplishment, completion, ful- 
filment, end, conclusion, close, result ; 
the completion of civic ra.nk, authority, 
pi. by meton. the authorities, rulers (at 
Sparta, the Ephors) : r. ^x^lv to have 
or come to an end, to close : reXos adv., 
at the end, at last, finally : i. 9. 6 ; 
10. 13, 18: ii. 6.4: v. 2. 9; 6.1: vi. 
5. 2 ; 6. 11 : see 5id. Der. telic. 

T€p.axos, eos, TO, {t^jxvw) a slice, esp. 
of fish, a;. 4. 28. 

TeuevtTTjs, 01;, a Temenite, a man 
of Temenus (T^^ews), a place in Sici- 
ly, afterwards included in Syracuse, 
iv. 4. 15 : changed by some editors to 



T€|JlVa> 



134 



■l6T](J.t 



TrjixviTfjs, a man of T^^ufos, an ^olian 
toAvn of Asia Minor, near the niouth 
of the Hermus ; and by others to T?/- 
fieiArrjs, a man of Tt]/j.€piop, a small 
town at the head of the Argolic Gulf. 

Te|J,va),* T€fxu}, TeT/xTjKa, 2 a. ^rafiov 
or 'ireixov, to cut, v. 8. 18. Der. a-tom. 

T€va"yos, eos, to, {relpo} ?) a sJwal, vii. 
6. 12. 

T€pE|Bkv6lVOS or TepjJLlvOlVOS, Vy ov, 

(repe^ivdos or rep/XLvdos the terebinth or 
turjjentine tree) from tlie terebinth, of 
turpentine, iv. 4. 13. 

Te<ro-- V. I. for later Att, tctt-. 
TCT- in redupl. forms : as, reray^i- 
vos {rdTTO}), i. 2. 16 ; TCTTjKa (ttJkw), 
iv. 5. 15 ; TCTpap-nevos {Tpeirw), iii. 5, 
15 ; T€Tp«}jL£'vos {riTputaKU}), ii. 5. 33. 

txcrapTos, Vf OP, fourth, iii. 4. 31. 

tT€TpaKio--\iXiot, ai, a, {t€t paKis four 
times) four thousand, i. 1, 10 ; 2. 3. 

tT€TpaKO<rioi, ai, a, (eKarop) four 
hundred ; so sing. w. aairls, 240 a ; i. 
4. 3 ; 7. 10. 

tTCTpa-jAotpio, a$, {ixotpa share) a 
fourfold portion, four times as much, 
vii. 2. 36 ; 6. 1. 

tT€Tpa-'n-Xdos, 6^], bov, contr. oOs, ^, 
ovv, quadruple, fourfold, vii. 6. 7. 

tTerrapaKOVTa indecL, forty, i.5.13. 
TCTTapcs,* pa, g. pwi/, quatuo r, /owr, 
i. 2. 12,15. See ert. Der. tete-akch. 
TcvSpavia, as, Tcuthrania, a dis- 
trict in the southwest part of Mysia, 
about the Caicns, including a town 
of the same name. Its chief town, 
however, was Pergamum. ii. 1. 3. 

T€v^o)JiaL, see Tvyx^-^^^ i. 4. 15 : iii. 
2. 19. 

T6VX0S, eos, TO, (re^xw to 7)iake) a 
receptacle, vessel, pot, jar, chest, v. 4. 
28 : vii. 5. 14. Der. penta-teuch, 

tT€xvd|«, d(T()3, to ttse art, practise 
artifice or concealment, dissemble, de- 
ceive, vii. 6. 16. 

T6XVT], 7)$, {t€k- in TiKTO) to producc) 
art, device, means : irda-r} Tex^V '^«' 
/xrjxaPTJ by every art and device, by all 
m.cans, iv. 5. 16. Der. technical. 

4.Tex.viK<Ss artfully, skilfully : t. ttws 
in a certain artful way, quite artis- 
tically, vi. 1. 5. 

recos adv. , (r-) for a ichile, for some 

time; up to this or that tiine, icntil 

then, previously ; iv. 2. 12 : vii. 5. 8, 13. 

TTJ, TTJSe, dat., sometimes as adv. j 

see 6, 6'5e : iv. 8. 10 : vii. 2. 13. 



TTiKw,* T-q^w, to melt, THAW, trans.; 
but 2 pf. TCTTjKa intrans., iv. 5. 15. 

Tt^Xepdas, 01; or a, the Teleboas, an 
Armenian affluent of the Eastern Eu- 
phrates, iv. 4. 3. II The Kara-Su, in 
the district of Mush. 

Ti^p.svtrqs or TrjuvtrTjs, see Tefievi- 
T7]s, iv. 4. 15. 

Ti^|xepov adv., (r-, ijfxipa) on this 
day, to-day : tj Tryxepop rjfxepa the pres- 
ent day : i. 9. 25 : iii. 1.14: iv. 6, 8 s. 

TTiviKavra adv. , {TijpiKa fr . r-, avros) 
at that very tiine, just then, iv. 1.5. 

TTjpT]s, eos or 01^, Teres, a king of 
the Odrysie about 500 b. c, who made 
this kingdom powerful, and an ances- 
tor of Seuthes, vii. 2. 22 ; 5. 1 (here, 
ace. to some, a later prince). 

Tripipa^os, ov, see TipL^a^os, iv. 4. 4. 

Ti; Ti encL, see Ws, tU, i. 6. 8. 

Tidpa, as, tiara, the tiara, a Persian 
cap, erect and high as worn by the 
king, but flexible as worn by his sub- 
jects, ii. 5. 23. 

|Tidpo-€i8T|s, €s, (elSos) shaped like a 
tiara, v. 4. 13. 

TiPapi]voi, wp, the Tibareni, a tribe 
inhabiting the coast of the Euxine 
about Cotyora. They were of milder 
spirit than most of the tribes found 
by the Cyreans, and were characterized 
as great laughers, v. 5. 1 s : \di. 8. 25. 

Tt-ypTjs, rjTos, (also Ti^pis, iSos) 6, 
the Tigris (i. e. the arrowy stream, 
from its swiftness ; the Hiddekel, 
Dan. 10. 4), an important river of 
western Asia, flowing by the sites of 
the great cities of Nineveh, Seleuciay 
Ctesiphon, and Bagdad (the seats, 
through so many ages, of oriental em- 
pire), uniting Avith the Euphrates be- 
low Babylon, and discharging its wa- 
ters into the Persian Gulf after an 
estimated course of 1150 miles. It 
was the guide of the Greeks through 
much of their retreat, i. 7. 15 : ii. 2. 
3. II Dijleh. — In iv. 4. 3, an eastern 
branch of the Tigris is meant, now 
Bitlis-Su. 

Ti0T)p.i,* d-fiffw, TideiKa, a. ^^77^0 {du, 
dels, &c.), 2 a. m. idefirjv, to put, place, 
set, institute, A., i. 2. 10 ; 5. 1S:—M. 
to 2^lace one's own or upon one's own : 
Ttdeadai. tcl SirXa to ground arms ; 
either, in line of battle, to rest the 
shield and spear upon the ground, 
ready to be instantly taken up for 



Ti|i.ag-£(i)v 



135 



Tt<r<ra<{)tpvT]s 



action (hence, to rest arms, stand in 
arms, halt under arms, the commander 
being sometimes said to do what he 
orders his men to do) ; or, for pur- 
poses of rest, to deposit one's arms 
upon the ground, as in a special part 
of the camp, &c. (hence, to stack or 
23 He arms, to lay aside one's arins) : 
A., els, €v, ewi, Kara, &c. : i. 5.14, 17; 
6. 4 ; 10. 16 : ii. 2. 8, 21 : iv. 2. 16 ; 
3. 17 : vii. 3. 23. Der. theme, thesis. 

tTi|ji,a(rLft)v, uvos, Timasion, an exile 
from Dardanus in Troas, chosen suc- 
cessor to Clearchus, and with Xeno- 
phon the youngest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals ; a gallant oflEicer, but not always 
consistent in his course of proceeding. 
He had served in Asia Minor, under 
Clearchus and Dercyllidas, before the 
C3a-ean expedition, iii. 1. 47 ; 2. 37. 

tTip,d«, rjaWfTeTL/xrjKajto honor, estceni; 
value, prize ; to bestow honor, to favor, 
reiLKcrd, ; A. ae. or d. of the honor, 
5td : i. 3. 3 ; 9. 14. Der. Timo-thy. 

Ttjji'/i, rjs, {rl(j} to pay, esp. honor) 
lionor, reward, price, i. 9. 29 : ii. 1. 17 ; 
5. 38 : vii. 5. 2 ; 8. 6. 

|Ti|XT](ri-0€os, ov, TimesitJieus, a Tra- 
pezuntian who befriended the Cyre- 
ans, V. 4. 2 s. 

jTCpiios, a, ov, honorable, precious, 
honored, i. 2. 27 ; 3. 6. 

|Tl|JLtOp6<«), ijffO}, T€TlfJ,d!)p7]Ka, (TtfMWpOS 

[taking pa}^] avenging, fr. rifxr) & aipco) 
to avenge : M. to avenge ones seZ/upon, 
take vengeance o-n,2ncnish, A. g., i/irep, 
■ i. 3. 4 ; 9. 13 : vii. 1. 25 ; 4. 23 : — F. 
to be punished, ii. 5. 27; 6. 29. 

|Ti|jL«pia, as, (see Tt,u,wpew) vengeance, 
punishme7it, ii. 6. 14. 

Ttvos end., t£vos; see tIs, tls. 

TipiPa^os, ov, Tiribazus, a satrap 
of western Armenia, and high in the 
favor of Artaxerxes ii. It was through 
his influence, ace. to Plutarch, that 
the king was induced to renounce his 
purpose of retreating before Cyrus into 
Persia, and to risk the battle of Cu- 
naxa. He was afterwards satrap in 
the west of Asia Minor, and greatly 
influential in establishing the peace 
of Antalcidas. Accused by Orontes 
of misconduct in the war against Eva- 
goras of C5^prus, he was honorably ac- 
quitted. But enraged by Artaxerxes' 
twice promising him a daughter in 
marriage, and twice marr}T.ng that 



daughter himself, he engaged with the 
young prince Darius in a plot against 
the king's life and thus lost his own. 
iv. 4. 4, 7 : vii. 8. 25 : v. I. Trjpi^a^os. 
Tis,* Tt, g. Tivos or rod, d. tlvl or 
T$, indef. pron., post-pos. & eucL, (cf. 
quis) some, any, a, a certain, a sort 
of, so to speak, i. 2. 20 ; 5.8; 8.8: iii. 
1. 4, 12 : vi. 5. 20 : — tIs subst., some 
or any one or person, a certain one, 
one, a person, each one, i. 3. 12 ; 5. 2, 
8 s, 12 ; 8. 18 : ii. 2. 4 ; sometimes in 
place of a definite expression, as for 
Kuyoos, u/ieis, or V^^^j i. 4. 12 : iii. 3. 3 ; 
4. 40 : — tI subst., something, any- 
thing, somewhat, some or any part, a 
certain part (the context often supply- 
ing or suggesting a more specific noun, 
as viroaxeadaL tl to make any jJromise), 
i. 8. 18 ; 9. 7 : iv. 1. 14 ; often as adv. 
or ace. of spec, someicliat, at all, in 
any respect, iii. ^. 23 (see 6ew) : iv. 8. 
26. With some adjectives or adverbs, 
Tis has an indefinite force which may 
be variously translated, or rather felt 
than translated : oi /xev rives some few, 
oi 5e Tives some others, iii. 3. 19 : ii. 3. 
15: els TLS any single one, ii. 1, 19 : 
TToa-r) TLS about how large, ii, 4. 21 : 
otto'lov Tl tvliatever without exception, 
ii. 2. 2 ; what kind of an omen, iii. 1. 
13 : oTTolo'i Tives u'hat sort of persons, 
V. 5. 15 (cf. vii. 6. 24) : TOiavrrj ris 
somewhat like this,y. 8. 7 : oXLyoi rives 
some few, but feiv, v. 1. 6 ? cKaaros ris 
every individual, vi. 1. 19 ? firrbv tl 
at all tlie less, v. 8. 11 : ovbiv tl not in 
the least, vii. 3. 35: ov irdw tl by no 
means whatever, vi. 1. 26 : axedov tl 
pretty nearly, vi. 4. 20, 

|Tis,* tl, g. t'lvos or Tov, interrog. 
pron, (always orthotone), quis ? who ? 
ichich ? ivhat 1 what kind of! ti as 
adv., [on account of what, or as to 
wh.dil] why 1 howl Tiydp; quid en im? 
what indeed J tl odv ; what then ? i. 4. 
13s : ii. 1. 11 ; 2. 10 ; 4. 3 : iii. 2. 16, 
36; 5. 14: V. 7. 10; 8.11: yH. 6. 4. 
Ti<r(ra<|>€pVT|s,* {eos) ovs, ei, rjv, 77, 
Tissaphenics, satrap of Caria, and 
commander of a fourth pai-t of the 
king's forces ; one of the ablest of 
his officei's, but wily, deceitful, and 
treacherous. From his first command 
in the west of Asia Minor, b. c. 414, 
he showed these qualities in his deal- 
ings with the Greeks; and no less 



TlTpWCKCl) 



136 



ToorovTOS 



afterwards in his conduct towards Cy- 
rus and the Cyreans, where he appears 
as the did^oXos of the narrative. Af- 
ter his return to Asia Minor, invested 
with the authority which had before 
belonged to both Cyrus and him- 
self, he was engaged in war with the 
Spartans as friends of the Ionian ci- 
ties ; but with so little success that at 
length Artaxerxes, dissatisfied, and 
urged on by Parysatis, sent out Ti- 
thraustes to put him to death and 
succeed him in his government, B. c. 
395. He was slain in his bath, and 
his head sent to the king, a punish- 
ment deserved for his many crimes. 
Tithraustes was himself succeeded by 
Tiribazus, b. c. 393. i. 1. 2 s, 6, 8 ; 2. 
4s: ii. 5. 3, 31. 

TlTptio-Kft), * TpibaCx}, rirpcoKU 1. , pf. 

p. T^rpiofxai, a. p. erpudrju, to wound, 

hurt, infiict wounds,- A. did, els, i. 8. 

26: ii.2.14; 5.33: iii.3.7: iv.3.33s. 

rkiwuav, ov, g. ovos, (rXdix} to bear) 

suffering, tvretched, miserable, iii. 1. 29. 

TO, To-Se, Tov-Se, rots, see 6, 6-5e. 

Tot* adv. post-pos. & end., (old 

form of aol, ethical dat., 462 e) in 

truth, indeed, truhj, surely, certainly, 

ii. 1. 19 ; 5. 19 : iii. 1. 18, 37. 

4.Toi-Yap-ovv, for indeed therefore, 
therefore, accordingly, so for example, 
i. 9. 9, 15, 18: ii. 6. 20. 

4.T01-VUV post-pos., indeed now, there- 
fore, then, now, accordingly; more- 
over, further ; ii. 1. 22 ; 5. 41 : iii. 1. 
36s ; 2. 27, 39 : iv. 8. 5 : v. 1. 2,8, 13. 

[toios, a, ov, demonst. pron. of qual- 
ity, (r-) talis, such.'] Hence, 

|Toioo--8e,* dbe, ovde, usu. prospec- 
tive, such as follows, of this kind, the 
following, as folloivs, i. 3. 2, 9 ; 7. 2 : 
V. 4. 31. — Much oftener, 

4.TO10OTOS,* TOiadrri, tolovtov or -to, 
(auTos) usu. retrospective, referring to 
what has been already stated or im- 
plied, such, of this kind, the same or 
like in kind, as jj?'cccc?e.s, as above, 
thus; of such a character, such in 
rank, position, influence, conduct, &c., 
irapd, TrepL : 1.3.14: ii.6. 8: iii. 1.30: 
vii. 6. 38 : et's ra Toiadrafor such ser- 
vices or emergencies, iv. 1. 28 : iv (rep) 
ToiovTU} in such a situation or crisis, 
i. 7. 5 : V. 8. 20. 

Toixos, ov, 6, (akin to relxos) the 
wall of a building, vii. 8. 14. 



ToXp.da>, -^cro;, TeToXfirjKa, (roX/xa 
courage, fr. rXdu) to bear) to dare, ven- 
ture, be bold enough, presume; to have 
the courage, boldness, heart, or hardi- 
hood ; I. ; ii. 2. 12 : iv. 4. 12 : vii. 7. 46. 

|To\|Jti8T]s, ov, Tolmides, an Elean, 
a herald of unsurpassed excellence, ii. 
2. 20 : iii. 1. 46 : v. 2. 18. 

tTo|€vjjia, aros, to, that which is shot, 
an arrow, i. 8. 19 : iii. 4. 4 : iv. 2. 28. 

trolevo), ei/aw, to use the bow, shoot 
with a bow, shoot arrows. A., dwb, did, 
et's : P. to be shot with an arrow : i. 8. 
20 : iii. 3. 7, 10: iv. 1. 18 ; 2. 12, 28. 

froliKos, T], ov, relating to tlie bow: 
subst. ToliK-q, sc. T^x^rj, the use of the 
bow,bowmanship,archery, i.9.5 : [to|i- 
Kov toxicum, poison, orig. for arrows, 
whence in-toxicate, i. e. to poison.] 
To^ov, ov, arcus, the bow, the comm. 
weapon of more distant warfare among 
the ancients, as the gun among the 
moderns ; but used more by the bar- 
barians than by the Greeks or Romans. 
Among the Greeks, the Cretans were 
the most famed for archery, and were 
fabled to have been taught the art by 
Apollo, iii. 3. 15 ; 4. 17 : iv. 4. 16. 

Ito^ott]?, 01*, a bowman, archer. As 
archers had not the left hand at lib- 
erty to carry the shield, they were 
lightly armed for rapid advance and 
retreat, and were often covered by the 
heavy-armed, i. 2. 9 ; 8. 9 : iii. 4. 2, 
15, 26. See S/cu^t^s. 

TOTTos, OV, 6, a s2Mt, place, district, 

region, i. 5. 1 : iv. 2. 19 ; 4. 4 ; 6. 2 : v. 

7.16. Cf. xc6|0a. Der. TOPIC, U-TOPIA. 

topos, d, ov, (Teipu to vex) sharp), 

smart, ready -tongued, vi. 6. 28 ? 

[tos the, that, not in use, see t-.] 

[iTocroS) 7), OV, demonst. pron. of 
quantity, tantus, so much, so great; 
pi. tot, so many.] Hence, 

4TO<rd<r-8€,* Tjde, ovde, more deictic, 
50 m.uch or great as you see ; pi. so 
many as you see, so many only or so 
fciv, ii. 4. 4 : vi. 5. 19. — Much oftener, 

^TOO"OVTCS,* TocravTT], ToaovTOv or -to, 
(avTos) more emphatic (usu. retro- 
spective or explained by a dependent 
clause), y^s^ or only so much, so inuch 
as above, so much, so great, so large, 
so long ; pi. so many ; oaos, (bs, Cba-re, 
&c.; i. 9. 11 : ii. 1. 16 ; 5. 15, 18: iii. 
5. 7 : iv. 1. 20 : — neut. To<rovTo(v) so 
much, so much space, so great a dis- 



137 



Tpiiriixi'S 



tance, so far, only so much or far as 
this, i. 3. 14 ; 8. 13 : iii. 1. 45 ; 4. 37 
(cf. iv. 8. 12) : — Too-ovTw w. com par., 
bi/ so much, so onuch the, the, i. 5. 9. 

t6t€ adv., (r-) turn, tunc, at that 
time, tlieii, i. 1. 6 ; 3. 2 ; 6. 10 : ol t6t€ 
the men of that time, ii. 5. 11 : — with 
accent changed, totc jxev . . totc 8e at 
one time . . at anotlier, now . . and 
no IV, vi. 1. 9. 

Tov- by crasis for to I- or to 6- : 
Tov\dxi-<^TOv = TO eXaxi-Cfov, v. 7. 8 ; 
TOu/xwaXiv = TO efXTToKiv, i. 4. 15 ; Toii- 
pofxa = TO ouofMa, v. 2. 29 ; Toviriadev 
— TO oTTiadev, iii. 3. 10. 

TOV,TOVS, TOV-Ss, T01J<r-8€, 866 0, 6-8e : 
TOVTO, TOVTOV, TOUTW, TOUTCi), TOVTO)V, 

TovTOv-t,TO\)TOV-i,.&c., see oSrOSjOLTOCr-t. 

TpdYT][JLa, aros, to, {Tpay- in Tpdjyco 
to eat without cooking) a dainty ; pi. 
dainties, d.ried fruit, dessert, sweet- 
meats, ii. 3. 15 : v. 3. 9. 

TpdWsis, ewj/, al, Tralles, a strong 
and wealthy city in the south of Lydia 
(sometimes assigned to Caria), between 
Mt. Messogis and the Maeander, i. 4. 
8. il Ruins by the modem and flour- 
ishing town of Aidin. 

Tpavi^ai, Civ, the Tranijjsce, a peo- 
ple in the eastern part of Thrace, per- 
haps the 'Sixj/aioL of Hdt. (4. 93), vii. 
2. 32 : V. I. Qpavi\f/at. 

Tpdire^a, 77s, (rerrapes, Tre^a foot) a 
table, as so often four-footed, iv. 5. 31 : 
vii. 2. 33 ; 3. 22 s. Der. trapezium. 
iTpaire^ovvTios, 01;, 6, a Trapezun- 
im/i, iv.8. 23 : v. 1.15; 4.2: a man of 
iTpaire^ovs, ovvtos, rj, Trapezus, an 
important commercial city (as even at 
the present time) on the southeast 
coast of the Euxine, a Sinopean col- 
ony. From 1204 to 1461 A.D., it was 
the capital of a fragment of the Greek 
Empire (called the Empire of Trebi- 
zond). iv. 8. 22 : v. 2. 28 ; 5. 14. 
IITrebizond (or Tarabozan). 

TpairoCixTiv, see Tpiirw, vii. 1. 18. 

Tpavp,a,aT05, to, (TLTpdbaKCj) awound, 

i. 8. 26 : iv. 6. 10. [5. 8 : vii. 4. 9. 

t?TpdxT|\os, ov, 6, the neck, throat, i. 

Tpdxvs, e?a, V, (akin to prfyvv/xc to 
break) rough, harsh, ii. 6. 9 : iv. 3. 6 ; 
6. 12. Der, trachea. 

Tpeis,* rpia, g. TpLQp, tres, Sans. 
tri. Germ, drei, three, i. 1. 10. 

Tpeirto,* €xf/(j}, T€Tpo<f)a, pf. ^). TeTpap.- tTpt-iTTjx.vs, v. 
/xai, a. p. iTp€(pdr}i', verto, to turn, di- \ lonj, iv. 2. 28. 



vert, change tlie direction of, direct^ 
drive hack, A. air 6, irpos, iii. 1. 41 ; 5. 
15 : V. 4. 23 : r. eis (pvyrjv in fugam 
vertere, to xnit to flight, i. 8. 24 : — 
M., w. 2 a. iTpaTTo/xrji/, to turn (in- 
trans.), turn asidx, betake one's self, 
take to flight, resort, have recourse to, 
indulge in ; w. 1 a. €Tpe\l/dp.Tjv, to 
turn from one's self, drive back, i^ut 
to flight, rout, a. ; ets, e^, eiri, irpos • 
ii. 6. 5 : iii. 5. 13 : iv. 5. 30 ; 8. 19 : v. 
4. 16 : vi. 1. 13, 18. Cf. IX-TREPID. 

Tp6c|)ft),* dpe-^u), TeTpo(f)a, pf. p. re- 
6pap.fxai, 2 a. ^;. irpdcpTju, to nourish, 
nurture, rear, bring up, support, 
maintain, A. d., dirb, e|, i. 1. 9s: iii. 
2. 13 : iv. 5. 25, 34 : v. 1. 12 : — M. 
to feed one's self, subsist, d. of means, 
vi. 5. 20. 

Tpex.",* Spa/j.ovp.ai, be8pdp.r]Ka, 2 a. 

^bpap.ov, curro, to run, eis, iiri, irepl, 

i. 5. 2, 8, 13 : iv. 5. 18 ; 8. 26 : cf. 6'e«, 

more frequent in pres. Der. trochee. 

rpi<a, ecroj, (cf. terreo, and Tpe/nuj 

tremo, to tremble) ch. poet., to tremble 

at, be afraid of, shi^ink from. A., i. 9.6. 

Tpia, TpicUv, Tpto-i, see Tpeh, i. 4.1. 

JTpidKOVTa indecl., triginta, thirty, 

i. 2. 9, 11 ; 4. 5; 10. 4. 

JTpidKOVT-opos, OV, (epeTTOj to row) 
thirty - oared : t| t., sc. I'aOs, thirty- 
oared galley, v. 1. 16 : vii. 2. 8. 
j.TptdKoo'toi, ai, a, (eKaTov) trecenti, 
three hundred, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 9. 

TpiPrj, rjs, {Tpt^o} to rub) constant 
practice or exercise, v. 6. 15. 

tTpt-'qpiis, es, {dp-, or epeTTia to row) 
trijjly flttedt or rowed : t| t., sc. vavs, 
tri-remis, tlie trireme, the chief war- 
vessel of the Greeks, a galley with 
three banks of oars, which gave it 
great swiftness, and made it, like the 
modern steamer, independent of the 
wind ; while it could yet take ad- 
vantage of this by its sails. It had 
a sharp metallic-pointed beak, which 
was often driven with great force 
against other vessels and thus sunk 
them. Some vessels were also fitted 
as triremes for the rapid transport of 
troops or of military supplies, i. 2. 
21 ; 3. 17; 4. 7s: vi. 2. 13s. 
jTpiTjptTT]s, OV, a ship-man, a mmi 
belonging to a trireme, esp. as oars- 
man or soldier, vi. 6. 7. 

g. eos, three cubits 



TpiirXdcios 



138 



vPpi^o) 



tTpi-irXdcrios, a, op, (TrXdrrw to form) 
three-fold, triple, thrice as great, vii. 4. 
21. 

tTpt-irXeSpos, ov, {irXedpov) three ple- 
thra (300 ft.) long or wide, v. 6. 9. 

trpt-irovs, ovv, g. ttoSos, three footed : 
masc. subst., a tripod, a three-footed 
table, stool, or vase, vii. 3. 21. 

rpis adv., (rpets • also for r/oets in 
compos.) ter, thrice, three times: els 
rpis to thrice, even to the third time, 
vi. 4. 16, 19. See 

4.Tpio--d<r|X€vos orTpls dl(r|xevos, 77, ov, 
thrice happy, very glad, most gladly, 
iii. 2. 24. 

4.Tpto--Kai-86Ka indecL, or rpeis Kal 
ScKa, thirteen, i. 5. 5. 

4.Tpt<r-nvpioi, at, a, thirty thousand, 
vii. 8. 26. 

iTpwr-xfXioi, at, a, three thousand, 
i. 6. 4 ; 7. 18. 

trpiTaios, a, oj', oji ^A^ third day, 
240. 3, V. 3. 2. 

rpiTOS, "J/, oi', {Tpett) third : to rpi- 
Tov, as adv., the third time: r^ rpiTT], 
so. Tj/J-ipa, on the third day : eirl rip 
rpirii), sc. a73/j£i(f}, on the third signal : 
i. 6. 8 ; 7. 1, 19 :^ ii. 2. 4 : iv. 5. 3. 

TpCxo- or Tpixfj adv. , (rpels) in three 
parts or divisimis, iv. 8. 15 : vi. 2. 16. 
Tplxi-vos, 7], ov, {6pl^,* g. rpLxos, 
hair) made of hair, hair, iv. 8. 3. 

Tpi-xoiviKOS, 77, ov, {rpis, xo^""^^) 
containing three cJicenices, three-quart, 
vii. 3. 23. 

TpoCa, as, Troja, Tro?/, v. I. for Tpw- 
cls, and used in the same sense, vii. 8. 7. 

fTpdiraiov, 01/, tropseum," a trophy, 
a memorial of the defeat of an enemy, 
•usu. made ch. of captured arms, G., 
iii. 2. 13: iv. 6. 27 : vi. 5.32: vii.6.36. 
Tpoir-q, ^s, {Tp^wu}) tlie turning or 
jiigM of an enemy, defeat, rout, i. %. 
25 : iv. 8. 21. Der. tropic. 

Tpdiros, ov, 6, {rpeiro}) the turn, di- 
rection, way, manner, method, disposi- 
tion, temper, character, or hahit of a 
person or thing ; often in the modal 
dat. or adv. ace.; i. 1. 9 ; 2. 11 (see 
irpbs) ; 9. 22 : ii. 2. 17 ; 6. 8 : €k -rrav- 
rbs rpbiTov [from] hy every way, at any 
rate, no matter how, iii. 1. 43 : vii. 7. 
41 : Kara iravTa. rpbirov hy all means, 
vi. 6. 30. Der, trope. 

Tpo<|>i(], Tjs, (rp^^oj) nourishment, 
support, sustenatice, subsistence, i. 1.9: 
V. 6. 32 : vii. 3. 8. Der. a-trophy. 



Tpoxd^w, daw, {rpexi^) to run for' 
ward, vii. 3. 46. ^ 

rpvirdft), ijcrw, [rpvira a hole) to bore, 
A., iii. 1. 31. Der. trepan. 

Tpwds or Tpwds, ados, ij, (Tpoia) 
Troas or the Troad, a district in the 
northwest of Mysia, including the site 
of ' ' Old Troy, — long since perished, 
but immortal in verse," v. 6. 23 s. 

TpcoKTos, 7), bv, {rpiJjyw to eat rate) 
eatable, edible; as applied to trees, 
instead of their fruit, 2^^'oductive for 
eating ox of edible fruit, v. 3. 12. 

TpwTos, r), bv, (riTpuaKCx} to wound) 
vulnerable, liable or exposed to wounds, 
iii. 1. 23. 

•nj-yx^-vw,* TeTu^ojjixti, rerj^XTj/ca, 2 a. 
irvxov, to happen or chaiwe zcpon, meet 
with, find, hit, obtain, attain, acquire, 
receive, 2 G., A. (raOra vi. 6. 32), wapd, 
i. 4. 15 : ii. 6. 29 : iii. 2. 19 : v. 5. 15 ; 
7. 33 : — oftener w. a pt., to happen, 
chance, the pt. being usu. translated 
by the inf., 658. i {irapCov ir&yx^^^ 
happened to be present, i. 1. 2) ; or else 
by a finite verb, and Tvyxdvoj by an 
adv. or adverbial phrase, as by cJumce, 
perchance, just then or oioiv, just, then, 
now, 677 e {eT&yxo.vov Xeywv I ivas 
just saying, iii. 2. 10, the idea of 
chance being expressed far oftener 
in Greek than in Eng. ) ; while the pt. 
is sometimes understood, ch. tSy, 677 d 
(eri^Yx""^" chanced to be or to rest, 
iii. 1.3); i. 5. 8, 14: ii. 1. 7 s ; 2. 14, 
17 : — pt. Tvxdv abs., it happening so, 
hence, as adv., perchance, perJiaps, vi. 
1. 20. 

Tvpatov, Tvpvatov, or Tvptdetov, ov, 
Tyrocum {-iwum, -iaeum) a town in 
the southeast of Phrygia (or in Lyca- 
onia), i. 2. 14. H Ilghun. 

Tijpds, ou, 6, a cheese ; pi. ii. 4. 28. 

Tvpo-ts, LOS, €L, IV, pi. eis, 2x8, i], tur- 
ns, a tower, castle, turret, iv. 4. 2 : 
V. 2. 5, 27: vii. 2. 21 ; 8. 12 s. 

Tvx€iv, -»v, -OV, see Tvyxdvu, ii. 3. 2. 
iTvx'H) V^> fortfina, fortune, luck, 
cJmnce, ii. 2. 13 : v. 2. 25. 

Tw, Tju, Tw-Se, Twv, see 6, S-8e, i. 1. 
Is: — TW end. = tivI, see tIs, i. 9. 7. 



Y. 



tvPpi^w, Lau} iQ,"vPpiKa, to be insolent, 
wanto7i, audacious, abusive, or so to 



v'Ppts 



139 



virepPaCvo) 



act or treat another ; to insult, ahuse, 
maltreat, outrage; A. ae. ; iii. 1. 13, 
29 : V. 8. 1, 3, 22 : vi. 4. 2. 

■iiPpiS, ews, i], {vvip ? cf. super-bus) 
insolence, icantomuss, abuse, iii. 1. 21. 
|vPpto-TTJs, ov, 6, as adj., insolent, 
wanton, audacious, abusive; c. & s. 
v^picTTOTepos, v^picTToraTos, 259 a (yet 
referred by some to a rare v^pcaros), 
V. 8. 3, 22. 

vyiaCvb), avQ, (uyirjs sanus, healthy) 
to be healthy, sound, strong, in full 
vigor, or in good, condition (of body), 
iv. 5. 18. 

v^poTTjs, 77x05, T], {vypos moist) moist- 
ure, suppleness, perspiration, v. 8. 15. 
tvSpOf^opeo), i7(j-w, to carry icater, iv. 
5. 9. 

f ti8po-<f>dpos, ov, 6 Tj, {(pepui) a water- 
carrier, iv. 5. 10. 

vSwp,* v8aras, to, {"vw to rain) iva- 
ter : i). e^ ovpavou rain: i, 5. 7, 10: 
iv. 2. 2. Der. hydeant, hydro-gen. 
tviScos, ov, contr. viSovs, ov, 6, (also 
vil'dovs or vidovs) a son's son, grandson, 
V. 6. 37 : V. I. vlbs. 

vids,* ov, b, filius, a son, iv. 6. 1. 

"vXt], 7/s, (cf. silva) wood, a wood or 
forest, bushes, shrubbery, i. 5. 1 : iii. 5. 
10 s: V. 2. 31. 

'vjj,€is, -wv, -IV, -as, Yor, see av. 
I'vjierepos, a, o;*, ?/026r, yours : oi 
v/Merepot your subjects or countrymen : 
TO, vfierepa ivlmt belongs to you, your 
property, money, or affairs: ii. 1. 12s : 
V. 5. 19 : vii. 3. 19 ; 6. 16, 18, 33. 

■UTT*, v(|>*, by apostr. for virh, i. 3. 13. 

■OTr-d-yft),* a^w, ^x'°'-^ to lead under 
the pressure of followers, keep out of 
the vjay of others, keep ahead, lead or 
press on (ace. to some, to lead on slow- 
ly), iii. 4. 48 : iv. 2. 16 : — M. to lead, 
urge, or suggest insidiously or craftily, 
ae., a. I., ii. 1. 18; 4. 3. 

vir-alOpios, ov, (aldpia) binder tlie 
sky, in the open air,Y. 5. 21 : vii. 6. 24. 

vir-alTios, ov, (alria) undxr blame : 
viraiTLov TL a ground of censure, irpos, 
iii. 1. 5 : v. I. eir-aiTios. 

{iir-axovo),* ovaopLaL, aKTjKoa, to hear 
imder the call of another, obey, pay 
attention, regard, listen, Jiearken, g., 
iv. 1. 9 : vii. 3. 7. 

v'ir-ava-T€tvc«),*Tei/tD,Tera/ca, to stretch 
up [undei']/or the blow. A., vii. 4. 9 ? 

•inr-ava-x.ci)peft), T7cra>, Kex'^pv^O'i to 
retreat somewhat or slowly, els, iii. 5. 13 ? 



vrr-avrdc!), lycrw, ijvT7)Ka, & vir-avTi- 
d^ft), dcrw, (avrdoj & diTtd^w ^0 ??zee^, 
fr. avri) to come to meet and sustain, 
come to assist, come to the relief, come 
up,^ iv. 3. 34 : vi. 5. 27. 

vir-apxos, ov, 6, {a.px<^) a lieutenant 
either in the command of an anoy or 
of a satrapy, a vice-satrap (ruling over 
a district, but under the satrap), p)ro- 
vincial governor, prefect, chief officer, 
i. 2. 20 ; 8. 5 : iv. 4. 4. 

vir-dpx«, a.p^03, to begin beneath or as 
a foundation, take tlie initiative, com- 
mence, p. ; hence, to be already a sup- 
port for, to support, favor, D. ; to be on 
hand to begin with or rely upon (while 
ei,at is simply to be), be or exist already, 
be prese'dt, exist, be {have, cf. elixl), D. 
6{s : e/c tQv virapx^vnov from the means 
at hand: i. 1. 4 : ii. 2. 11 ; 3. 23 : vi. 4.9. 

xnr-a(nritrTT]s, ov, (daxt's) a shield- 
bearer, armor-bearer, an attendant not 
only upon commanders, but also upon 
some privates ; cf. the esquire of me- 
diseval chivalry ; iv. 2. 20. 

iiir-eiKw, et^o), a. el^a, {etKU) to yield) 
to submit to, d., vii. 7. 31. 

vTr-€i|it,* ^a-opua.1, ipf. ^,v, to he or lie 
undcriuath, iii. 4. 7 : v. I. eip-l, &c. 

•inr-eXavvft),* eXdcw i\Q, eXrjXaKa, a. 
T]\aaa, to ride up to a superior, ws, i. 
8. 15 : V. I. ireXd^cj. 

inr-gX-fiXvBa, see vir-epxopi.at, v. 2. 30. 

inrep,* prep., (akin to viro, both 
marking vertical relation, cf. altus, 
high, deep) super. Germ, iiber, over : 

(a) w. Gex., over in place, above, 
from above, i. 10. 12, 14 {v. tov \6<pov 
seen from above the hill, i. e. beyond 
it) : ii. 6. 2 : iv. 7. 4 : v. 4. 13 {v. 70- 
vdroiv not reaching below the knee) : — 
over to protect, in defence of, in beJialf 
of, on account of, in the name of, for 
the sake of, for, i. 3. 4 ; 7. 3 ? 8. 27 : 
iv. 8. 24 : v. 5. 13 ; 6. 27 s : — (b) w. 
Ace, [going over] beyond, a,bove (= 
beyond), of place, oftener of number, 
measure, age, &c., i. 1. 9 (v. I. v. 'EXX??- 
(TirbvTov) : v. 3. 1 : vi. 2. 10 ; 5. 4. In 
compos., as above. Der. hyper-. 

tiirsp-aXXoixai,* aKov/xai, to leap or 
jump over, a., vii. 4. 17. 

{)ir€p-ava-T€iv«,* revQ, reraKa, to 
stretch up over another, a., vii. 4. 9 ? 

vrrep-Patvft),* ^770-0^0 1, ^e^rjKa, 2 a. 
^13t]v, to go or j^ccss over, cross, A. els, 
irapd, vii, 1. 17 ; 3. 43 ; 8. 7. 



vircpPdXXo) 



140 



viroXa|JLpdvci> 



iiirep-PdXXft), * ^a\Q, p^jSXrjKa, 2 a. 
i^aXov, to throw one's self over, to 
cross or ji?«5S over, a., Kara, irpos, iv. 

1. 7 ; 4. 20 ; 5. 1 : vi. 5. 7 : vii. 5. 1. 
Ivircp-PoXTJ, 77$, a crossing, mountain 

passage or pass, G., eh, i. 2. 25: iii. 5. 
18 : iv. 6. 5 s. Der. hyperbole. 

inr€p-8e|tos, ov, over or a&ot'g the 
right (hand, wing, &c.), iii. 4. 37: iv. 
8. 2 (v. Z. UTrep Se^tw?') : v. 7. 31. 

virep-epx.op.at,* eXevcroimai, eXrjXvda, 
2 a. -rjXdou, to pass over or beyond, cross, 
A., iv. 4. 3. 

iiirep-ex**** ^'^w, ^axv^o., to be, rise, 
or project above, D. ; ^o overhang ; iii. 
5. 7 : iv. 7. 4. 

t)ir6p-TJ[ji,i<rvs, eta, u, above half, vi. 

2. 10 : V. Z. UTT^/O TjIXLCV. 

tiirepGcv adv., {vwep) from above, 
above, i. 4. 4. 

'uir6p-Kd0T]|j.ai * pf. on. pret., f. pf. 
Tjaofxai 1., pip. eKadrjfiTjv or Kad-qixrjv, 
to be seated or posted above, g., eTrt, 
V. 1. 9 ; ^2. 1. 

virep-opios, ov, or os, a, oj/, (6pos « 
hound) beyond the boundaries, for- 
eign : €K TTJs vwepopLas, sc. yijs, from 
our foreign territory or from abroad, 
vii. 1. 27. 

{nrep-vxI/TjXos, ov, exceeding high, very 
lofty, iii. 5. 7. 

•inr-4pxofJi,ai,* iXeiaofJAXL, iXifiXvda, to 
go under pursuit, retreat, A. of dis- 
tance, V. 2. 30. 

■u'Tr-€o-x6p.T]v, see vir-icrxi'^ofjiat. 

■uir-exw,* e^w, '^crxwo., 2 a. eaxov, to 
have one's self under, submit to, un- 
dergo, A, T>., V. 8. 1, 18 : see diKT). 

vir-iiKoos, ov, (vir-aKovi>}) obedient, 
submissive, subject: masc. subst,, a 
subject, vassal : d. g. : i. 6. 6 : v. 4. 6. 

■uTT-fjv, see vTr-etfj-i, iii. 4. 7 : i^. Z. 9jv. 

tvir-TipcTeo), Tycrw, vTr-rjpeTrjKa, to serve, 

do or render service, supply, D. ae., 

i. 9. 18: ii. 5. 14: iii. 5. 8: vii. 7. 46. 

•U'ir-T]p€'TT]S, OV, {ip^TTjs rowcr, fr. epe'r- 
Tw Zo row;) an under-rower ; hence 
(among so commercial a people), in 
general, a servant, attendant, assistant, 
i. 9. 18, 27 : ii. 1. 9 ; 5. 14. 

•inr-wrxvcoiJLai,* viro-crxv^^ofjiai, vir- 
^o-X^Atcti, {^x^ 01' ^<^X^) "to hold one's 
self under obligation, to promise, en- 
gage, D. A., I. (a.), cp., i. 2. 2 ; 7. 5, 
18: ii.3.20: v. 6. 35 s: vii. 2. 25; 7.46. 

virvos, ov, 6, somnus, sleep, iii. 1. 11. 
Der. HYPNOTIC. 



{iiro * prep., by apostr. vir' or i5<j>*, 

sub, under : (a) w. Gen., from imder 
in place, from, beneath, as virb d^cd^??? 
from under [a wagon] the yoke, vi. 4. 
22, 25 ; — usu., from under the eifect 
or influence of, by (esp. w. pass, verbs, 
or equivalent verbs or phrases, 586 d, 
575)> l>y reason of, through the effect 
of, through, from, of, with, i. 1. 10 ; 
3.4,13; 5.4s: iii. 1.3: vii. 6. 15, 33 : 
virb /xaariycav under (the compulsion 
of) the scourge, iii. 4. 25 : — (b) w. 
Dat., under (of situation or of subjec- 
tion), beneath, i. 2. 8 ; 8. 10 : vi. 4. 4 : 
vii. 2. 2 : — (c) w. Ace, under or be- 
neath, with the idea of motion or ex- 
tension, i. 8. 27 ; 10. 14 : iii. 4. 37 : 
vii. 4. 5, 11 ; 8. 21 : — (d) in compos., 
under, beneath; sometimes expressing 
diminution, inferiority, privacy, se- 
crecy, or action under the pressure or 
influence of others, somewhat, a little, 
underhand, behind, &c. Der. hypo-. 

{iiro-ScTJs, es, (deco to want) someivhat 
wanting ; found in c. VTrodeecrrepos in- 
ferior, lower in rank, i. 9. 5. 

■uiro-SeiKVvixi,* Set^w, dedeLxa, to 
shoiv somewhat, begin to show, give in- 
dications, threaten, v. 7. 12. 

vTro-Sexop-o-'-j de^ofj.ai, dedeyfiai, to 
receive under one's roof or protection, 
welcome, a., i. 6. 3 : vi. 5. 31. 

{i7ro-8€<«),* drjau, 5e5e/ca, to bind be- 
neath, shoe, A. : virobebefxivoL ivith their 
shoes on, iv. 5. 14. 

|i)<Trd-8Tip,a, aros, t6, a protection for 
the foot, shoe, sandal, iv. 5. 14. 

v'Ko-X,vy\.ov, ov, (i'lO'OJ' jugum, yoke, 
fr. ^evyvvixi) an animal under the yoke, 
beast of burden or draught ; pi. bag- 
gage cattle or animals, as oxen, asses, 
&c.; i. 3. 1; 7. 20 : Ji. 1.6; 2.4,15. 

viro-KaTtt-PaiVft),* ^rjaofxai, ^i^-qKa, 
2 a. e^-qv, to descend somewhat, go a 
little lower, vii. 4. 11. 

viro -KpvTTTw, lyi/'w, KeKpv^a, to hide 
under : M. to conceal one's own, hoard, 
i. 9. 19: V. I. cLTTO-Kpi/irTO}. 

v'KO-Kvima, KTj\pia, KeKv<pa, to stoop 
under or before another, bow low, iv. 
5. 32 : V. I. K^TTTio or eirL-K^irTb). 

vTro-Xa(xpdva),* X-q-^j/opiaL , dXri<pa, 2 a. 
^XajSov, to take under one's p)rotection, 
A. ; sc. rbv Xbyov, to take [under one's 
direction] up the discourse, reply, an- 
swer, retort : /xera^i) v. to interrupt an- 
other in the midst ; i. 1. 7 : iii. 1. 27, 31, 



viroXcCTrw 



141 



v^icrnilii 



viro-Xetira),* ^w, \e\oi-rra, 2 a. ^Xi- 
TTOJ', pf. p. X^XeLfjL/xai, a. ^. e\ei(f)6riv, 
to leave behind, a. : P. & M. to he left 
behind, fall or lag behind, remain be- 
hind, G., i. 2. 25 : iv. 5. 15 : v. 4. 22. 

viro-XdxdYos, ov, 6, a sub-lochage, 
lieutenant, v. 2. 13 (cf. iii. 4. 21). 

viro-Xvo), Xvcro), XiXvKa, to loosen be- 
low: M. to untie or take off one's shoes 
or sandals, iv. 5. 13. 

v-iro-|xaXaKi^O)xai, f. p. tad-qaofxai 1., 
{,aa\aKos soft) to soften under or some- 
what, stoop to or act a less manly j^art, 
curry favor, lose courage, ii. 1. 14. 

to remain behind or in place, halt, 
await an attack, make a stand, stand 
ones ground; to wait for, A.; iii. 4. 
21: iy. 1. 16 s, 21; 4. 21: vi. 5. 29. 

vir6-(iVTi|ia, aTo%, rb, {ixiixv-qaKio) a 
private or suggestive reminder or 
memorial, reminiscence, i. 6. 3. 

tvird-irejATTTos, ov, sent covertly or in 
sidiously, iii. 3. 4 ? 

■friro-ireixiro),* Tre/i^/'o;, wiiro/xcpa, to 
send covertly, artfully, or under a 
false pretext, A., ii. 4. 22. 

viro-irtvft),* irloixaL (f), ire-maKa, to 
drink somewhat freely, vii. 3. 29 : i?. Z. 
vTro-TTtTTTw to fall back or withdraw a 
little. 

t vir-oirTcvo), eiJcrw, ipf. vw-(J}TrTevov, 
su-spicor, to susjject, ajjprehend, mis- 
trust, be suspicious or apprehensive, 
A., I. (A.), ix.r\, i. 1. 1 ; 3. 1 : ii. 3. 13 ; 

5. 28 : iii. 1. 5 : iv. 2. 15. 
vTr-oTTTos, OV, {v(p-opdu}) suspicious, 

to be suspected, iii. 3. 4 ? 

viro-OTTivat, -crTcLs, see v(f)-ia-Trjfit. 

t tnro-<rTpaTT|'Y€ti), rjao}, to command 

under, he lieutenant-general to, D., v. 

6. 36. 
viro-<rTpaTT]7os, ov, {v. I. 6s, ov) 6, 

a lieutenant-general, iii. 1. 32. 

{)'7ro-o-Tpe(|)co,* €\l/i>}, ^arpocpa 1., 2 a. 
p. e(Trpd(p7}v, to make an unobserved, 
adroit, or sudden turn, to avoid a 
snare, ii. 1. 18 : vi. 6. 38 : so 2 a., p. as 
m., vii. 4. 18. 

■uiro-crxciv, see vw-ex^^, v. 8. 1. 

viro-<rx.€o-0ai, see vir-ccrx^^^r^'^'- 

vTrovp-yds, ov, (vtto, ^pyov) working 
under another, assisting, contributing, 
or conducive to, D., v. 8. 15. 

viro-<{)alv«,* (pavu),Tr€(payKa, to show 
a little, begin to dawn or appear, 
dawn, iii. 2. 1 : iv. 2. 7 ; 3. 9. 



viro-ifxtSoiiai, 0eiVo/x.at, ir^^eLCfxai 1. , 
((peido/uiaL to spare) to spare somewhat, 
el, iv. 1. 8. 

inro-xeipios, ov, (x^ip) under the 
hand or power of, in the hands of, 
subject to, J)., iii. 2. 3 : vii. 6. 43. 

VTT-oxos, ov, {^x^) lield under, sub- 
ject to, D., ii. 5. 7. 

■i»Tro-x«p6(«), ?7(Tw, Kex<j^pw^} to go 
under the pressure of others, retire 
before, make way for, retreat, d., i. 4. 
18 ; 7. 17 : iv. 5. 20. 

inr-o\j/£a, as, {v(p-opdoj) susjncion, 
mistrust, distrust, ap)prehension, on, 
i. 3. 21 : ii. 4. 10 ; 5. 1 s, 5 : iii. 1. 21. 
'YpKavtos, a, ov, (TpKdvoL tlie Hyr- 
cdni) Hyrcanian, pertaining to Hyi"- 
cania, a rude province of the Persian 
Empire, southeast of the Caspian, 
whose men were excellent horsemen, 
vii^8. 15. 

vs, 'vbs, Oj swine, see cvs, v. 2. 3. 
fvoTcpaios, a, ov, following in time, 
subsequent, next: often (esp. in dat.) -q 
vcTTepaia, sc. ijixepa, the following or 
next day, i. 2. 21 : ii. 3. 25 : iii. 5. 13. 
tv(rT€peft), -qcxw, varep-qKa, to be or 
come too late for, arrive after, g., i. 7. 
12. 

tvo-Tcpt^w, i(T(j) lQ), to he or arrive too 
late, be behindhand, vi. 1. 18. 

•uo-Tcpos,* a, ov, (referred as c. , with 
s. vararos last, to vwb) post-erior, 
later, behind, afterioards, after, subse- 
quently, 509, G., i. 5. 14 : iii. 4. 21 : 
vi. 4. 9 : — so neut. uo-Tepov as adv., 
i. 3. 2 ; 5. 16 ; 6. 7 ; 8. 8 : iv. 3. 34. 

v(j>* by apostr. for inrb, before an 
aspirated vowel, i. 3. 10. 

{i<j>-ei;|Jiat, -€{p.T]v, see v^-irj/xt, vi.6.31. 
|v(}>€i.p.€VCDS submissively, humbly, 
softly, vii. 7. 16. 

v<^-€|ft), see uTT-exw, vi. 6. 15. 
i)(j>-T]7€op,at, ■t)(ToiJLai, TjyTifiai, to lead 
forward moderately or loith otliers close 
behind, iv. 1. 7 : vi. 5. 25. 

v<j)-ii]p.i,* ^<rw, elKa, a. •^/ca (cS, &c.), 
2 a. m. e'Lixrjv, sub-mitto, to submit, 
admit, concede, give up, a. i., iii. 5. 5 : 
— M. to submit or give up one's self, 
submit or surrender (intrans.), yield, 
give way, be remiss or spiritless, d. i., 
iii. 1. 17 ; 2. 3 : v. 4. 26 : vi. 6. 31 ? 

{KJ>-C<rTT^p,i,* (TTTjacj, earrjKa, 2 a. 
'i(fTr)v, to place under, station men 
covertly : — M. (w. pf. , pip. , and 2 a. 
act.) ^0 stand up under an attack, 



v^opdci) 



142 



^acris 



responsibility, &c. ; to withstand, d. ; 
to under -take, A. ; to volunteer ; to post 
one's self covertly, stand aside, kv • iii, 
2. 11 : iv. 1. 14, 26 s: vi. 1. 19. 

{){J>-opdco,* bxj/o/xaL, edjpdna or eopdKa, 
su-spicor, to look under lest some mis- 
chief be hidden, to suspect. A., ii. 4. 10. 
fv^/TjXos, v, ov, s., high, lofty: to 
v\l/r)X6v, sc. x'<^P''oi'j tlie high ground, 
height : aXKeadai. vxprfKd to leap high 
(leaps) : i. 2. 22 : iii. 4. 24 s : vi. 1. 5. 
v^o% eos, TO, (vxpL on high, akin to 
virep) height, altitude, ii. 4. 12 : iii. 4. 
7, 9s: cf. edpos. 



[<|>a-,Sans.bha-, Lat.fa-,to enlighten.] 
<J>a7€iv, 2 a. of eadio}, to eat, ii. 3. 16 : 

iv. 5. 8. Der. sarco-phagus. 

<j>aiSpds, d, bv, (0a-) bright, brightly 

shining, beaming, animating, cheering, 

ii. 6. 11. 

<{:aiT|v, see (j}y]ixi to say, i. 3. 7- 
cjjaivo),* (f>avG3, Tr€(payKa, a. ^(prjva, 

2 a. p. e(pdv7]v, to bring to light, show, 
reveal, a., iv. 3. 13 : — P. & M. to be 
brought or come to light, apjpear, be 
seen, show or 2yresent one's self, be in 
prospect or pretended, d., i,, p., ev, &c. 
(the pt. here implying reality, but 
not the inf., 657k; as (paiveTai etvai 
he appears to be, though he may not 
be ; but Cbv 4>. [being he so appears] 
he ajjpears to be, as he really is, he is 
seen or shown to be, he evidently or 
manifestly is; while both elmi and &p 
are often om., esp, before an adj. or 
appositive), i. 3. 19 ; 6. 1, 11 ; 9. 19 : 
iii. 1. 24 ; 4. 2 : v. 4. 29 : vii. 6. 37. 

Der. PHENOMENON, PHASE, FANCY. 

(fsaXa-y^, ayyos, i], the line of battle, 
in which the front was extended, 
and the depth comm. small (of 4 men 
i. 2. 15, of 8 men vii. 1. 23) ; a body 
of troops (esp, hoplites) so arranged, 
a line, main line or body, phalanx 
(cf. Kepas a body in column, opdios) : 
eirl (pdXayyos, /cara or eis (pdXayya, 
in or into line of battle. In open or- 
der, it was usual to allow each hoplite 
a space 6 feet square ; but in close 
arrav, as for a battle charge, only 

3 feet square, i. 2. 17; 8.17s: ii.1.6; 
3.3: iii. 3. 11 : iv. 3. 26; 8. 9 s. 

4>aXivos, ov, Phallnus, a Greek from 



the island Zacynthus (now Zante), in 
the service of Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 7. 
<}>avECs, -Tivai, -oOfiai, see (fyaivo}. 

4.({>avcp6s, d, bv, apparent, visible, 
cons2ncuous, manifest, evident, plain, 
i. 7. 17 ; 9. 6 : often in personal for 
impers. constr., w. a pt., 573, as 
(XTepywv (pavepbs ^v (he was apparent 
loving] it was apparent that he loved, 
or he evidently loved, ii. 6. 23 ; cf. i. 6. 
8; 9.11,16; and SvyXos : iv Tip <pavepQ) 
in public, openly, i. 3. 21 : ets to cf). 
into a conspicuous position, vii. 7. 22. 

4.<|>av€p(iIIs openly, i. 9. 19. 
<|>apETpa, as, {(pepco) pharetra, a 
quiver, comm. of leather, with a lid, 
and slung behind the shoulder or on 
the left side, iv. 4. 16. 

(}>dpp.aKov, ov, a drug, whether heal- 
ing or poisonous, medicine, vi. 4. 11. 

Der. PHARMACY. 

4<j)ap|Ji.aKO-'iro(rta, as, {iriv(j}) the drink- 
ing of drugs, taking medicine or phys- 
ic, iv. 8. 21. 

^apvdpa^os, ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, 
or of the northwest part of Asia Mi- 
nor (as early as B. c. 412), a man of 
far higher character than his neighbor 
Tissaphernes, and at length honored 
with the hand of Apama, the king's 
daughter. He rendered valuable aid 
to the Spartans during the later years 
of the Peloponnesian War. After the 
Cyrean expedition, he was somewhat 
involved in the Avar with the Spartans, 
and was engaged in unsuccessful ex- 
peditions for the reconquest of Egypt, 
— the last B. c. 374. v. 6. 24. 

<|>a<rl(v), <|>aT6, ({>dvai, see (piqfii. 
t^aoridvot, uiv, the Phasidni, ov Pha- 
sians, a people dwelling about the 
river Phasis, iv. 6. 5 : v. 6. 36. 

<E>d(rts, tSos or los, 6, the Phasis (now 
Pasin-Su, thought by some the Pison 
of Gen. 2. 11), called in its lower course 
the Araxes (now Aras), a river of Ar- 
menia, uniting with the Cyrus (now 
Kur) and flowing into the Caspian, iv. 
6. 4. — 2. A noted river of Colchis, 
anciently regarded as the boundary 
between Asia and Europe, now called 
Rion or Faz. Xenophon seems to 
have regarded the Armenian Phasis 
as the upper part of this river, and 
calls the dwellers upon both ^aatdvoi. 
The name of the river was also given 



<}>do 



143 



(f$i\ia 



to a Milesian trading settlement near 
its mouth, and to the surrounding 
region. The pheasant is said to have 
been brought from this region by the 
Argonauts, and hence to have derived 
' its name {opvLs ^aaidpos the Phasian 
bird). V. 6. 38 ; 7. 1, 7, 9. 

4>a.crxa) (a strengthened pres. for 
^yjfxi* q. Y.) to say, state, declare, af- 
finn, allege, ch. used in the pt., i., 
lii. 5. i7 : iv. 4. 21 ; 8. 4 : v. 8. 1. 

<j>av\os, V, ov, (of. paulus) trifling, 
of small account, vi. 6. 11 s. 

<|>£pa),*' OL(X(j}, ev-qvoxo., a. rjveyKa or 
-ov, a. p. rjvexdWi fsro, to bear, carry, 
bring, endure, x>roduce (of land), carry 
o^ (hence, receive as pay), a. d., ctti, 
irpbs, &c., i. 2. 22 ; 3. 21 : ii. 1. 17 : iii. 
1. 23 ; 4. 32 : to carry one, hence of a 
road or entrance, to lead, eirl, els, iii. 
6. 15 : 6 (pepcou the bearer, i. 9. 26 : 
XaXeTTcDs (pepeiu segre ferre, to bear up 
with difficulty, to be dejected, deeply 
concerned or afflicted, or greatly ex- 
cited, D. 456, i. 3. 3 : see 0170), jSapecos : 
— - P. or M. to be borne, carried, &c. ; 
to be borne on, thrown, hurled, or sent, 
to rush, fly (of missiles) ; i. 8. 20 : iii. 
3. 16 : iv. 7. 6 s, 14 : — .If. to bring in 
for one's own use, A., vi. 6. 1 : vii. 4, 3. 

Der. PERI-PHERY, META-PHOR. 

<J)6V7<»,* <f)€v^op,aL & (f>ev^ov/xaL, 2 pf. 
ire(f>evya, 2 a. 'i(f>vyov, fugio, to flee, 
fly, take to flight, run away, retreat, 
A., a-jr!), bid, eis, ef, iwi, &c. ; to flee 
one's country, be or become an exile, 
go into exile, be banished: ol (petjyovres 
the fugitives, exiles : i. 1. 7 ; 2. 18 ; 3. 
3 ; 10. 1 : iii. 2. 35 ; 3. 9, 19 ; 4. 35. 
<l>cii7a> denotes rather an attempt to 
escape by open flight ; and SiSpdo-KO) 
(only in compounds), by secret de- 
parture or concealment. Cf. diro- 
(pevyw, d7ro-5i5/3d(r/fw. Der. FUGITIVE. 

<j>7]|xC * (pres. end., exc. 2 sing. (pr]s 
or (prfs) & strengthened <|>do"K« q. v., 
(prjju), ipf. i(pr]v (usu. as aor. ; 2 sing. 
^^rjjda), rarer a. ^(prja-a, {(f>cL-) to say, 
state, declare ; to affirm, assent, say 
yes, (cf. aio) : w. ov (which comm. 
modifies rather a dependent verb, 
662 b), to say that . . oiot, say no, deny, 
refuse (see ou, and cf. nego) : i. (a., 
sometimes without the inf. , which may 
yet be understood), CP. (r., vii. 1. 5) ; 
but often placed parenthetically and 
sometimes pleonastic, 574 (cf. quoth): 



i.2. 25s; 8.1, 7s, 18; 6.6s: ii. 1.9s; 
5. 24 s : V. 8. 5. — To <prjp.i are usu. 
referred the f. kpia, pf. e'lp-qKa, e'lpi^ffcai, 

and 1 a. tlira (ind. 2 sing., and imv. 
exc. 2 sing., esp. used), oftener (exc. 
as above) 2 a. ctirov {e'lTrco, -ol/ull, -e, 
-elv, -(hv) ; but these often correspond 
in their use more closely to Xeyoi or 
dyopev(j) (hence also, to mention, telly 
bid, advise, propose, &c. ; and a. d., 
CP.,&c., 659h') : L'2. 5; 3. 5, 7, 14: 
ii. 1. 15, 21 ; 3. 2 : etprjro charge had 
been given, D. i., iii. 4. 3 s. Cf. fan, 
fama, fame. 

<|>9dvo>,* (f>ddcroj & <f>dri(Top.at, e(f>6aKa, 
1 a. ecpdacra, 2 a. 'e({>9riv, to anticipate, 
get the start of, be or get before an- 
other, arrive before, oidstrip, surptrise, 
A. P. (often translated by a finite verb, 
and (pddvw by such expressions as be- 
fore, first, previously, beforehxind, soon- 
er, too soon, by anticipaiimi or surprise, 
677 f), irpiv: <l>. KaraXa^ovTes to antici- 
pate in getting possessioji, or to get pos- 
session first, i. 3. 14 : (pOdaat irplv ira- 
detv to [get the start] act before suffer- 
ing, ii. 5. 5 : 0^dcrat irpQros to [out- 
strip, so as to] be foremost, 509 d, iii. 
4. 20 : dpirdcraL (pddaavras to take by 
surprise, d'j'ji, iv. 6. 11 : see, also, 
iii. 4. 49: iv. 1. 4, 21 : v. 7. 16. 

<j>9£-yYO|iai, ey^o/uuti, ^(pdeyp-ai, to ut- 
ter a sound (esp. a loud, clear sound), 
raise a cry, cry out, shout, scream, 
sound, make one's self heard, d. , i. 8. 
18 : iv. 5. 18 : vi. 1. 23 : vii. 4. 19. 
Der. DI-PHTHONG, apo-phthegm. 

<{>0e{p(o,* <j>depC3, ^(pOapKa, to destroy, 
lay ivaste, a., iv. 7. 20. 

<j>0ov€o>, 7)0-0}, {cf>d6vos envy) to envy, 
D., i.^9. 19 : V. 7. 10. 

<j>idXi], rjs, patera, a broad, shallow 
cup or boivl, saucer, for drinking or 
libation, iv. 7. 27. Der. phial, vial. 

C|>iXaiTEpos c, of 0t\oj, i. 9. 29 ? 
t<|>iX€ft), Tjo-w, Tr€(pt\r]Ka, to love, with 
a pure love, as of friendship ; more 
emotional in sense than dyaTrdcj, less 
passionate than ipdcj, and less strong 
than arepyca • A.; i. 1. 4 ; 9. 25, 28. 

|'l>i\T|<rios, ov, Philesius, an Achte- 
an, chosen as successor to Menon, and 
one of the oldest of the Cyrean gen- 
erals, but not one of the most promi- 
nent or highly esteemed, iii. 1. 47. 

ttfx-XCa, as, friendship, attachmeoit, 
affection, love, g. or possessive pron., 



c}>lXlKOS 



144 



<j>oivCk€Os 



botli subjective and objective (cf. love 
of), 444, 538 d, i. 3. 5 : ii. 5. 8, 24 : 
V. 6. 11: vii. 7. 29 {love to you) : — 
irpbs <j>tXiav [in accordance with 
friendship] iii a friendly tnanner, in 
peace or friendsM}), i. 3. 19 (or to a 
friendly country, see (fiiXios). See 5td. 

t<}>iXtK6s, 7), 6v, befitting a friend, of 
a friendly nature, friendly, iv. 1. 9 : 
V. 5. 25 (i". I. €TriTr]5€LOs). See (piXios. 

J<})LXtKa)s in a friendly manner, on 
friendly terms, as a friend, ii. 5. 27 : 
vi. 6. 35. 

t<j>iXios, a, ov, of a friend ov friends, 
friendly, in amity or at peace, esp. 
opposed to TToXe/xios, and often applied 
to places (as ^iXikos rather to acts, 
and (piXos to persons), D.: 5ta ^tXi'as 
T7}s xc6/3as through the country as 
friendly or in peace, 523 b : i. 3. 14 ; 

6. 3 (of a person) : ii. 3. 26 ; 5. 18 : v. 

7. 13 s, 33 : 0t\ta, sc. x^P^ or yij, a 
friendly country, region, or land, ii. 
3. 27 : \i. 6. 38 : vii. 3. 13. See (f>LXla. 

t4>iX-i'TrTros, ov, s., fond of horses, 
i. 9. 5. Der. Philip, philippic. 

t<j>iXo-9T|pos, ov, s., [d-qpa hunting) 
fond of Minting or the chase, i. 9. 6. 

t<{>iXo-K£p8€(i), rjCTto, (Kepdos) to love, 
seek, or be greedy of gain, i, 9. 16. 

t<j)iXo-Kiv8vvos, ov, s., fond of dan- 
ger, venturesome, adventurous, i. 9. 6. 

t<^iXo-p.a0TJs, is, c. €<XT€pos, s. e'crra- 
Tos, (/j-avdavu)) fond of learning, eager 
to learn, i. 9. 5. Der. philomath. 

t<f)tXo-v€iKta, as, (veUos strife) love 
of strife, rivalry, emiilation, iv, 8. 27 : 
V. I. <|>iXo-viKia, as, {viKrj) eagerness for 
victory. 

t€»tXd-|€vos, ov, Philoxemcs, a good 
soldier from Pellene in Achaia, v. 2.15. 

t <j>iXo-Tr6X€jios, ov, fond of ivar, war- 
loving, passionate for war, ii. 6. 1, 6. 

(j>iXos, 77, ov, c. & s. (pLXairepos or 
(piXrepos, -raros,* amicus, friendly 
(cf. 0tXtos), ivell-dis2)osed, attached: 
subst. (|>iXos, 01', a friend, adherent, 

favorite: d. (as subst., also w. G.): 
i. 1.2, 5; 3. 6, 12; 4.2; 6.6; 7.6s; 
9. 10, 20 s, 27 s, 29 (c), 31 : iv. 4. 4. 
Der. PHILO-, PHIL-. 

4c|)iX6-<ro(f>os, ov, fond of ivisdom : 
subst. <f>iXo(ro4>os, 01;, a philosopher, 
ii. 1. 13. 

J.<|)tXo-<rTpaTt«TTis, ov, a friend to 
the soldiers, the soldiers' friend, vii. 6. 
4,39. 



j. <}>iXoTi|ieo|Jiai, T7(ro/x.ai ,7rf 0tXoT//i7?/uat, 

. e<pLXoTi/j.7j6r]v, {(piXo-rifios honor-lov- 
ing, ambitious, jealous, fr. tI/xtj) to he 
jealous, piqued, or resentful, to resent 
it, i. 4. 7. 

|<f>iXo-<}>pov€OfJLa(., rjaofxai, a. e0tXo- 
^povTjadfxrjv or -'f]6r]v, {(piXo-cppojv friend- 
ly-minded, fr. (f)p7]v mind) to be kindly 
disposed, express good-will or friend- 
ship?, show kindness or favor ; to treat 
or greet as a friend, A. ; ii. 5. 27 : iv. 
5. 29, 32, 34. 

4>Xtdonos, ov, 6, a Phliasian, a man 
of Phlius (^XtoOs), a city with a small 
territory in the northeast of the Pe- 
loponnese, on the Asopus (now the 
St. George). It was commonly jealous 
of its neighbor Argos, and in alliance 
with Sparta, vii. 8. 1, || Ruins near 
the village of St. George. 

t<|>Xvdp€c«), -qffw, ((pXvdpos) to talk 
nonsense, speak absurdly, iii, 1. 26, 29. 
({>Xvdp(a, as, (= (pXvdpos babbling, 
fr. (pXvcj bullio, to bubble up) pi. nu- 
gae, idle talk, absurdities, fooleries, 
mere trifling, nonsense, i. 3. 18. 

t<|>oP6pds, d, 6v, s., frightful, fearful, 
alarming, terrible, formidable, to be 
feared, D. i., fx-f], ii. 5. 9 : iii. 4. 5 : v. 
2. 23; ^5. 17; 7. 2. 

t<f>op6ci), Tjcw, to frighten, terrify, 
scare, a. , iv. 5. 17 : — 4>op€o^ai., -qaopLai, 
irecpo^rj/xai, a. e<po^r]6r}v, to be fright- 
ened, terrified, alarmed, afraid, ap- 
preliensive, or under the influence of 
fear ; to fear; A. ix-fj, l., irepi, Sid • to 
(po^e'iadai tt]v Tifxooplav the fear of pun- 
ishment; i. 3. 17 ; 8. 13 : ii. 4. 18 ; 5. 
5; 6. 14, 19: V. 5. 7: vii. 1.2; 8.20. 
<)>d|3os, ov, 6, {(f)€^opLai to flee) fear, 
dread, fright, alarm, panic, terror, 
G., I., CP., ii. 2. 19 ; 4. 3 : iii. 1. 18 : 
vii. 4. 1 : pi. terrors, fearful threats, 
iv. 1. 23 : Tov €K tQv 'EXXtjviov els toi>s 
^ap^dpovs (po^ov the terror [struck from 
the Greeks as the source, into the bar- 
barians] with ivhich the Greeks struck 
the barbarians, i. 2, 18 ; cf. vii. 2. 37. 

Der. HYDRO-PHOBIA. 

t<}>oivtK60s, ia, €ov, contr, (f>oiviKOvs, 

7], ovv, 2>urple-red, purple or crimson, 
a color early prepared by the PhcB- 
nicians from the murex of the neigh- 
boring sea, and chosen by the Greeks 
for war-garments from its brilliant 
effect and its disguising blood, i. 2. 16 ; 
V. I. <PoivTk6s, <pot,viKi.os. 



#0!,VtKT| 



145 



4>vXaK^ 



t^oiviKi], Tjs, Phoenicia or Phenice, a 
narrow strip on the Syrian coast of 
the Mediterranean, peopled by a Se- 
mitic race, illustrious for their early 
commerce, arts, inventions, and colo- 
nies. They founded Carthage, ' ' Rome's 
great rival," and imparted letters to 
Greece, i. 4. 5 ; 7. 12 : vii. 8. 25. 

t<|)OiviKi<rTT|s, ov, purpuratus, a pur- 
jjle-icearer : (p. ^acriXeios a wearer of 
purple at the kings court from his 
high rank, i. 2. 20. Some translate 
(after Zonaras) a dyer of purple, or (as 
Larcher) a hearer of the purple stand- 
ard. 

4>otvt| or ^oivi|, I/fos, 6, Phcenicia,n : 
subst., a Phoenician, i. 4. 6. Hence, 
6 <|>otvi| the date-palm, date-tree, palm, 
as bearing the Phoenician fruit, since 
dates were brought in commerce from 
Phoenicia to Greece (yet some explain 
rather ^oivlKr] as the date-land), i. 5. 
10. Of this tree, so great an orna- 
ment to the country where it grows, 
and so invaluable to the inhabitants, 
Strabo says that a Persian poem sang 
the uses to the number of three hun- 
dred and sixty. Der, phcenix. 

<I>oX6t], Tjs, a mountain range on 
the boundary between Elis and Ar- 
cadia, fabled as the scene of a battle 
of Hercules with the Centaurs, and 
as named by him from one of them 
who was here buried, Pholus, v. 3. 10. 
ijMauro Bouni, or Xiria. 

(}>opeb>, rj(T(j}, irecpjpTjKa 1., {4>epoS) 
iterative, to carry habitually, wear; 
to hrlnq in successive loads ; A.; i. 8, 
2'J: v."2. 26: vii. 4. 4. 

<{>dpos, ov, 6, ((pepoj) tribute, v. 5, 7. 

(j>opTiov, ov, {(pepcj}) a burden, load, 
V. 2. 21 : vii. 1. 37. 

<{>pd^a),* dew, ir€(j)paKa, to TELL, 
bid, direct, state, declare, mention, d. 
I., A. CP., i. 6. 3: ii. 3. 3; 4. 18: iv. 
5. 29, 34 : vi. 0. 20. Der. phrase. 

I^^pao-ias, ov, Phrasias, an officer 
from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 

c()p6ap, (ppedTos, to, a well, cistern, 
iv. 5. 2.5. 

<})povc'c«), Tjtrw, ire<ppbv7}:ca, {4>priv mind) 
to think, understand, perceive, discern, 
be wise ov sagacious, A. of neut. adj., 
ii. 2. 5 : fiiya 0. to think [big] loftily, 
to be high-minded, dated, or proud, 
iiri, iii. 1. 27 : v. 6. 8 : irXeov 0. to be 
superior iu wi-idom, vi. 3. 18. 

LEX. AN. 7 



4<|>povt]|ia, aros, to, thought, spirit, 
confidence, iii. 1. 22 ; 2. 16. 

4 4>povi(Jios, ov, thoughtful, prudent, 
discreet, sensible, judicious, sagacious, 
self-jjossessed, i. 10. 7 : ii. 5. 16 ; 6. 7. 

|(^)povTi^(o, iVoj lu), Tre<pp6vTLKa, {(f) pov- 
tLs thought, solicitude) to take thought, 
be anxious or solicitous ; to consider, 
devise, contrive, ottws : ii. 3. 25 ; 6. 8. 

t<|)povp-apxos, ov, 6, the commander 
or commandant of a garrison, i. 1. 6. 

t^povpeo), -fjaoj, to guard, keep under 
guard, a., i. 4. 8 : v. 5. 20. 

t<j>pot)piov, ov, dim. in form only, 
a garrisoned post, fortress, garrison, 
i. 4. 15 : V. I. <(>povpd, as, a garrison. 
<|>povpd9, ov, 6, {TTpo-opdu}, 159 g, h') 
a watcher, guard, garrison-soldier , 
vii. 1. 20 ; 8. 15 (om. by some). 

^^t-^a.vov, ov, {(ppuyco frigo, to parch) 
a dry stick, or twig ; pi. firewood, fag- 
ots, &c., iv. 3. 11. 

4>pv7ta, as, (^pv^ Phrygia {Great, 
or Proper) a large inland country, the 
western part of the great table land 
of Asia Minor. It appears to have 
been the native region of the flute- 
music (which early vied with that of 
the lyre, see Mapcn^as), and of some of 
the rites of Bacchus and Cybele. i. 2. 
6s; 9. 7. — 2. Lesser Phrygia, a name 
given to the northern part of Mysia, 
extending along the coast of the Pro- 
pontis to the HellesYJont, with the 
Troad sometimes included. This was 
part of the satrapy of Pharnabazus, 
while Great Phr3^gia was given to 
Cyrus, and afterwards to Tissaphernes. 
V. 6. 24. — See ^pv^. 

<l»pvvio-KOs, ov, Phryniscus, an 
Achyean, appointed general during the 
latter ])art of the retreat, prob. in 
place of Sophaenetus, vii. 2. 1 s ; 5. 10. 
#pv|, vyos, 6, a Phrygian. The 
Phrygians were an ancient people, of 
quiet agricultural and pastoral habits, 
who, according to some, had crossed 
from Thrace into Asia Minor, i. 2. 13. 

tjj>vYds, d8os, 6, a fugitive, exile, 
i. 1. 9, 11 ; 7. 5: iv. 2. 13. 

■\<^vyr\, rjs, fuga, flight ; banishment, 
exile; i. 8. 24 : iv. 2. 12 : vii. 7. 57. 
<{)ij'Y(o, -oifii, -£iv, -tov, see (pevyct). 

^^vkaK-i], rjs, watch (whether act, 

time, place, or persons engaged, 363 h), 

guard, ward, custody, guard-station, 

yirrison, sentinels, g., irpbs. The 

J 



<)>vXa| 



146 



XaXcTTos 



Greeks usn. divided the night into 
three watches, as the Romans into 
four. 1.1.6] 4. 4 : ii. 4. 17 ; 6. 10 : 
iv. 1.5; 5. 21, 29 : v. 8. 1 : vii. 6. 22. 
t<|)i»Xa|, a/cos, 6 i], a guard (the in- 
dividual, as 4>v\aKri the company), 
watcher, sentinel, custodian ; pi. a 
guard (collectivel)'), hody-guard, gar- 
rison, &c. ; i. 2. 12 : iv. 2. 5s : vi. 4. 27 ; 
5. 4 : Xoxos <pv\a.^ (as adj.) a company 
on the -watch or of reserve, vi, 5. 9. 

<j>v\dTTa>, d^w, ire(piL)\axO; to guard, 
watch, garrison, keep, keep guard or 
watch, A. D., AE., er/ • (f>vKaKas (f>v- 
Xdrreiv to keep, maintain, or stand 
guard; i. 2. 1, 21 s ; 4. 4 s : ii. 6. 10 : 
V. 1. 2 ; 3. 4 : — M.to guard one's self 
against another, he or keep on one's 
guard against, beware of, guard 
against, keep watch upon, guard or keep 
guard for one's own safety, take care, 
A. (of object guarded against), AE., 
ix-q, cl)s, {hare, i. 6. 9 : ii. 2. 16 ; 5. 3, 37: 
vii. 3. 35 ; ^. traaav, sc. <pv\aK7)i/, to 
take every precaution, to he on the 
strictest guard, vii. 6. 22. Der. phy- 
lactery. 

<|>v(rd(i>, lyo'w, a. p. e(j)var]6r]v, {(pvcra 
a blast, bellows) to inflate, blow up, 
A., iii. 5. 9. 

<l>vo-Kos, ov, 6, the Physcus, a stream 
by Opis, ii. 4. 25. || The canal Katur, 
or Nahr- Awan ; ace. to some, the river 
Adhem. 

t<{)VT€iici>, ei(Tw, TTecpOrevKal., {(pVTov 
a plant) to plant. A., v. 3. 12. 

4)vw (u),* cf)v(T(A), iricf)VKa, 2 a. e^tvv, 
to bring into being, produce, A., i. 4. 
10 : but in pf. and 2 a., to come into 
being, cf. fui. Der. physics, phy- 
sician, PUYSIO-LOGY. 

4>a)KdLs, t8os, 7), a Phoccean woman, 
from ^b)Kai.aL, Phoccea (now Foggia or 
Fokia), an Ionian city of great com- 
mercial enterprise and great prosperi- 
ty until its capture by the army of 
the elder Cyrus, when a large part of 
its inhabitants, embarking in their 
vessels, sought new homes in the dis- 
tant west (among others, Marseilles). 
The Phocsean mentioned in i. 10. 2 
was named Milto from her brilliancy 
of complexion, but by Cyrus Aspasia 
after the favorite of Pericles. She 
liad been brought up by her father 
Ilermotimus in poverty and without 
a mother's care : and wlien brought 



by force to Cyrus, won his affection 
by her wisdom and virtue, even more 
than by her remarkable beauty. Af- 
ter his death, she became also a fa- 
vorite of Artaxerxes, who, it is stated, 
had specially ordered her capture ; 
but when he had associated with him- 
self upon the throne his son Darius, 
the latter asked that he would also 
grant him Aspasia. Artaxerxes prom- 
ised to do this, since, according to 
usage, the iirst request of a successor 
elect could not be denied ; but, in- 
stead of fulfilling his promise, made 
her a priestess (ace. to Plutarch, of 
Anitis, the Persian Diana). This so 
enraged the disappointed son that he 
joined Avith Tiribazus in seeking his 
father's life, but lost his own. i. 10. 2. 

<f>(i)vifj, 175, (0a-) vox, a sound of the 
voice, voice, speech, language, ii. 6. 9 : 
iv. 8. 4. Der. phonetic, eu-phony. 

<j)<Ss, <f>(i)T6s, TO, (0a-) light of day, 
a fire, &c., iii. 1. 12 : vii. 4. 18 : 0tDs 
iyeuero daylight came, it became lights 
vi. 3. 2. Der, photo-gkaph. 



X. 

\atpa),* x<^'-PV<^^t KexdprjKa, to re- 
joice, p., vii, 2. 4 : to take leave, depart 
(from the common expression in leave- 
taking, xaZpe farewell) ; hence, iay 
XaipcLv to let go, hid farewell to, vii. 3. 
23 : xai/awv rejoicing, with impunity^ 
V. 6. 32. 

XaXSaioijajf, oi, theChaldmi, or-ceans, 
a warlike and independent people of 
Armenia, perhaps the remains in their 
early seat of the po^verful tribe that 
conquered Babylonia, and becoming 
effeminate were themselves conquered 
by the Medes and Persians, They 
seem to have been also called XdXv- 
/3es ; and Xenophon uses both names, 
apparently for the same tribe, iv, 3. 
4 : V. 5. 17 : vii. 8. 25. See XdXvxp. 
txa-Xtiratvo), ap^, to he severe, angry y 
indignant, displeased, provoked, in- 
censed, or enraged, D. G,, 6ti, i. 4. 12; 
5. 11, 14 : vii. 6. 32 : so a. p. as m. 
exaXeTrdvdrjv, iv. 6, 2. 

XaXcirds, r], 6v, c, s., HARD to do, 
bear, take, &c. ; difficult, irksome^ 
troublesom.e ; grievous, severe, stern, 
harsh, violent, hitter, cross, fierce. 



XaXeirws 



147 



Xeipicro(f>os 



cruel, dangerous : to xaXf^roj' the se- 
verity, harshness, fierceness : i. : i. 3. 
12: 'ii.6.9,lls: iii.1.13 ; 4.35 : v.1.7. 

IXa^cirws hardly, with difficulty, 
grievously, severely : x- ^X^'" io he 
grievously affected, deeply concerned, 
or greatly distressed : see (pepu : i. 3. 
3: iii. 3.13; 4.47: v. 7. 2 : vi. 4. 16. 
\aXivda), oxrw, /fexa^i'j'w/fa 1., (xa- 
XIj/js a hridlc) to bridle. A., iii. 4. 35. 

txo-XKCOS, ea, eov, contr. xc^^ous, v, 
ovv, brazen or rather bronze, of brass 
or bronze, i. 2. 16 : v. 2. 29. 

tXoXKTjSovta, or KoXx'nSovia, as, 
Chalcedonia, the territory about the 
city of Chalcedou and belonging to it, 
vi. 6. 38. 

tXa\KT]8«v, or 'K.a\xv^uiv{i()'j\)), 
bvos, 7], Chalcedon, a city in Bithynia, 
founded by the Megarians, b. c. 674, 
on the Propontis at the entrance of 
the Thracian Bosphorus. Though it 
became a considerable city, it was 
sometimes called the "City of the 
Blind," because its founders over- 
looked the superior advantages of the 
nearly opposite site of Bvzantium. 
vii. 1. 20 ; 2. 24, 26. ||Kadi-Keui. 

XaXKos, 00, 6, ses, copper ; but more 
commonly bronze, an alloy of copper 
and tin (usu. about ^ copper to ^ tin) 
greatly used by the ancients, and ad- 
mitting a harder temper than the 
more modern brass, an alloy of copper 
and zinc. The latter term is, how- 
ever, common in translation. 'K.oKkqs 
Tis ij^TpaiTTe [some bronze glistened] 
there was a gleaming of brass or brazen 
armor, i. 8. 8. 

IXa'^i<"K-°''> o-Tos, TO, a brazen (or 
bronze) lUcnsil, iv. 1. 8. 

XdXos, Of, 6, the Chains, a river in 
Syria, i. 4. 9. |1 The Koweik, the 
liver of Aleppo. 

XoLXu,]/, v^os, 6, a Clialybian, or one 
of the Chalybes, a people so skilled in 
working iron that they eithei- gave their ! 
name to steel {xd\v\l/, as if Chalybian 
iron), or were themselves named from 
it : cf. 01 <Ti.dr],ooT€KToves^d\v(3es, iEsch. 
Prom. 714. Some of the Chalybes (also j 
called X.aXdoLoi, v. 5. 17) were the} 
bravest people found by the Cyreans ; ; 
while others, west of Trebizond, were 
few in nirmber and subject to the ! 
Mossynoeci. iv, 4. 18 ; 6. 5 ; 7. 15 : 1 
V, 5. i : vii. 8. 25. Der. chalybeate, i 



XapdSpa, as, (xaparrw to cut, fur- 
roiv, whence character) a ravine^ 
gorge, usu. furrowed by water, iii. 4.1. 

XapaKcofio, aros, to, (x^pa^ stake, 
fr. x^pdTTW to cut) a paling, i^alisad- 
ing, line of palisades, v. 2. 26. 

tXapieis, iea-aa. Lev, g. ievTos, idacrrjs, 
gratiosus, graceful, agreeable, 2}leasing, 
clever, ingenious, iii. 5. 12 {v. I. xdpieu). 
tXCLp^^oixai, IcrofxaL loO/xai, Kexo.piafJ.ai, 
gratiticor, to grant one a favor, grati- 
fy, favor, oblige, please, indulge, D. 
AE., i. 9.24: ii.1.10; 3.19: vii.1.25. 

Xdpts,* iTos, 7], {xaipco) gratia, grace^ 
favor; obligation for a favor, gratitude, 
thanks: xdpt." eldevai (see opdo}) to rec- 
ognize a favor or obligation, esteem it a 
favor, be grateful : xd-p^v ex^Lv to have 
gratitude, feel grateful : d. g. : i. 4. 
15 : ii. 5. 14 : iii. 3. 14 : vi. 1. 26 : vii. 4. 
9 ; 6. 32. Der. eu-charist. 

Xap|xdvST], ?;s, Cliarmande, a large 
city on the Arabian side of the Eu- 
phrates, thought by most to be the 
city called by Hdt. "Is, now Hit, re- 
markable for its bitumen springs, 
which furnished cement for the walls 
of Babylon, and which still seem in- 
exhaustible, i. 5. 10. The Euphrates 
and Tigris are still crossed in the man- 
ner here stated by Xenophon. 

XapfAivos, ov, Charmlnus, an en- 
voy from the Spartan commander 
Thibron to the Cyreans, vii. 6. 1, 39. 

Xeip.wv, Qivos, 6, {xeoj to p)Our, cf. 
Xiw;/) hiems, winter, tointry weather, 
storm, cold, i. 7 . 6 : iv. 1.15: vii. 3. 13. 

X^^Pj* X^'Pos, d. pi. x^P""'? V) i^^^ 
hand: els x^'P^^ '^''"' or ^pxecrdai. to 
come to [hands] bloivs or to close en- 
counter or combat, but av. dat., [to 
come into hands to any one] to put 
ones self in the hands ov power of any 
one : irepl rats x^P^'-^ about the glands] 
wrists : €k x^'pos l3dWeiv to throio 
[from] with the hand merely, as darts 
(but eK X- ) V. 4. 25, hand to hand, in 
close combat) : i. 2. 26 ; 5. 8, 15 : iii. 3. 
15 : iv. 7. 15 : vi. 3. 4 : see dexofiai. 
Der. chiro-graphy, surgeon. 
4.X€ipi-aro4>os, ov, Chirisophus, a 
general sent from Sparta to Cyrus 
with auxiliary troops, in return for 
the zealous and liberal aid which he 
had rendered in the Peloponnesian 
War. He was the chief leader of the 
van in the retreat, and was at one 



XeipoTrXtjO'^is 



148 



Xpd« 



time chosen sole commander of the 
Cyreans. After the death of Clear- 
chus, he was considered the first of 
the generals in dignity, as Xenophon 
was first in influence ; and the two 
worked together with great harmony 
for the salvation of the army. i. 4. 3. 
|X€''PO-''''\T]0T|s, €$, {ir\7}d(A}) filling the 
hand, as large as can be held in the 
hand, iii. 3. 17. 

jX.ci'Po-irotTjTos, ov, {iroieu}) made by 
hand, iv. 3. 5. 

IX^ipow, c6(raj, A. and oftener M., to 
handle, master, overpower, subdue, vii. 
3.11. 

IXetpwv,* Of, (c. referred to Ka/cos • 
s. xetpicrros) worse, inferior : x^^P^^ 
icTTLv avTi^ it is worse with him, he is 
less to be prized or worth less, Trpos : 
V. 2. 13: vii. 6. 4, 39. 

X6ppo-VT]<ros, ov, T), later Att. for 
X^pao-vrjaos {x^pc^os vijcros a shore- 
island), a peninsula, vi. 2. 2. — 2. In 
a special sense, the Chersonese, a long, 
fertile peninsula on the Thracian side 
of the Hellespont. This was early 
colonized by the Greeks (especially 
the Athenians), who were often at war 
with the Thracians or with each other 
for its protection or possession. It 
was at length defended by a wall built 
across its isthmus, i. 1.9: ii.6.2: vii. 
1. 13. II Peninsula of the Dardanelles. 

X'»lX.Ti, 7j?, a hoof; hence, from some 
resemblance, a sloping structure of 
stone to protect a wall from the vio- 
lence of waves, a breakwater, mole, or 
pier, vii. 1, 17. 

X^v> X'7^<35, 6 7], anser, Germ. Gans, 
a goose, i. 9. 26. 

X0€S adv., YESTER-rfa?/, vi. 4. 18 ? 

XtXiot, ai, a, a thousand, i. 2. 3, 6, 
9 ; 6. 2 : ii. 2. 6. Der. chiliast. 

XiX-os, ov, 6, grass cut for feeding 
animals, fodder, forage : ^rjpbs %. di-y 
grass, hay : i. 5. 7 ; 9. 27 : iv. 5. 33. 
IX^Xow, t^cw, to feed with cut grass, 
to fodder. A., vii. 2. 21. 

X^fxaipa, as, {xijxapos a goat of the 
first year; fr. xet/x,a winter, as if a 
winters kid ?) a sJie-goat of the first 
year, female kid, iii. 2. 12. Der. 

CHIMERA. 

Xios, ov, 6, a Chian, a man of 
Chios (Xios, now Scio), one of the 
larger islands of the iEgean, near the 
coast of Ionia. It was colonized by 



the lonians, and formed a powerful 
maritime state, until its conquest and 
cruel devastation by the Persians, 
B. c. 493. On recovering its liberty 
through the battle of Mycale, B.C. 479, 
it became for a long period one of the 
closest allies of Athens. It has since 
repeatedly suflered the evils of war, 
and most severely from its brutal 
desolation by the Turks in 1822 A. i). 
Of the many places that claimed the 
birth of Homer, Chios, except perhaps 
Smyrna, seems best entitled to the 
honor: "The blind old man of Scio's 
rocky isle" (Byron), iv. 1. 28. 

XtTwv, wvos, 6, tunica, a tunic, 
frock, the common under- or working- 
garment of the Greeks and Eomans, 
ch. of wool, and often short or drawn 
up by the girdle ; hence, in general, 
a garment worn next the skin ; i. 2. 
16 ; 5. 8 : v. 2. 15 : vii. 4. 4 (where the 
term is extended to the Thracian 
breeches or trousers). 
4.X«'Twvi(rK0s, ov, 6, dim., a small or 
short tunic, v. 4. 13. 

Xtwv, 6vos, 7], (xfw to pour) snow, 
iv. 4. 8, 11 ; 5. 3 s. Cf. x^i-P-^^ '> and 
Hima-laya, the abode of snow. 

xXajJtvs, J^5os, T], a short cloak or 
mantle, esp. worn by horsemen, vii. 
4. 4. 

Xoivi|, iKos, 7) (v. Z. 6) a. chosnix, or 
a quart very nearly, -^-^ of a /xeSipivos. 
This was a common daily allowance 
of corn to a soldier, i. 5. 6. Some re- 
duce the xoti'i^ to -^j of the /uLedL/xvos. 

txoupeios, a, ov, of sivine : Kpea xot- 
peta swine's fiesh, pork, iv. 5. 31. 

Xoipos, ov, 7), porcus, a tame swine, 
esp. young, a pig, vii. 8. 5. 

txopeuto, evau), Kexop^vKa, to dance, 
esp. in a choir, iv. 7. 16 : v. 4. 17. 

Xopos, ov, 6, a CHOIR, band, troo}^, 
or roiv of dancers, v. 4. 12. Der. 

CHORUS, CHORAL. 

XopTos, ov, 6, fodder, forage, grass, 
herbage, i. 5. 5 : ii. 4. 11 : see Kov<f>os. 

Xpaw * (det? 77s, &c., 120 g), ria-w, 
Kexpv'^^, io supply need: hence, — 
(a) M. xpaop,ai, -qaofxai, k^xPVP-o-i-) 3,. 
iXPV(^o./jiT]v, utor, to supply one's own 
need by using what is required, to use, 
er^ijjloy, make use of make useful or 
of use, have the use or service of ; to 
experience, enjoy, find ; to treat, man- 
age, practise upon, take advantage of ; 



XP^> 



149 



X<»pos 



D. (and appositive or adj., w. or \A'ith- 
0Ut"U)5 or dxnrep) AE., els, dvrl : i.3.5 ; 
4. 8, 15 ; 5. 3 ; 9. 5, 17 : ii. 1. 6, 12 ; 
6. 25 : iv. 4. 13 : xPW^^^-'i- ti- to make 
any use of, use or employ for any ser- 
vice, use or treai in any way, i. 3. 18 : 
ii. 1. 14 : vi. 6. 20 : iroXefxla expVTo 
experie7iced [as hostile] the hostility of, 
ii. 5. 11 ; so Treido/Mepocs (TriOTordrw) 
ixpVTO received obedience {the most 
faithful service) from, ii. 6. 13 : iv. 
6. 3 : fiaxo-'i-po- X- io flourish a sword, 
vi. 1. 5 : aryopa %. to subsist by a 
market, vii. 6. 24. — (b) impers. XP^* 
{XPVi XP^h, XPVvai, Xpewf), f. XPV<^^^^ 
ipf. expw or XPW, it supplies need, it 
is useful or necessary, it must or ought 
to be, one must, should, or ought, i. 
(A.), i.3. 11; 4.14: iii.1.7; 2.24,36. 

Der. CHRESTO-MATHY. 

Xpii^w, 770"^ not Att., (xp^l-o- nsus, 
icse, need, akin to xpdw) to need, want, 
ivish, desire, I., i. 3. 20 : iii. 4. 41. 

txP'HH^a', aros, to, a thing used (cf. 
irpayfia) ; usu. pi. things of value, 
goods, possessions, effects, booty, spoil, 
property, wealth, esp. money; i. 1. 9; 
3.14; 4. 8; 10. 3: ii. 4. 27; 6. 5 s. 

JXP'HH'Q'TicrTiKos, ri, ov, (xpT/^aart^Oytia: 
ifo make mxiney) inoney- making, prom- 
ising wealth, indicative of gain, vi. 1. 
23. 

XP'fjvai, xpf]o-0ai, see XP^^^ i. 4. 14s. 

JXp-Zjcriixos, Vi 01', s., useful, of use 
or value, serviceable, d., i.6.1: ii.5.23. 

txp^K"** or XP''°"H''°'j <^''"os, TO, ointment, 
unguent, iv. 4. 13. Der. chrism. 

Xptw, icroj, Kexp'i-Ko. 1., to anoint : 
M. to anoint one's self, iv. 4. 1 2. Der. 

CHRISTIAN. 

Xpovos, ov, 6, time, i. 3. 2 ; 8. 8 : 
iroWov xpot^ov [within] for a long time, 
i. 9. 25 : -nfj-Laei XP^^V [with, by means 
of] in half tlie tivxe, i. 8. 22 : XP^^V 
by time, by protracted siege, iii. 4. 12. 
See vvv. Der. CHRONIC, chronicle, 

CHRONO-LOGY. 

txp^o"eos, ea, eov, contr. XP'"*'"o^S, rj, 
oG^, of gold, golden, covered or j^lccted 
with gold, gilded, i. 2. 10, 27 ; 10. 12. 

tyjpva-iov, ov, dim., gold in small 
pieces for monev, gold money, amount 
of gold, i. 1. 9;" 7. 18 : vii. 8. 1. 

tXpucro-TroXts, ews, i], Chrysopolis, 
a town of Chalcedonia, on the Thra- 
cian Bosphorus, opposite Byzantium; 
said to have been so named, because 



the Persians made it a place of deposit 
for gold collected from Europe as trib- 
ute or booty, vi. 3. 16. |i Scutari. 
Xpucros, ov, 6, gold, iii. 1. 19. Der. 

CHRYSO-LITE, CHRYSALIS. 

IXP^o-o-XttXivos, ov, {xoOuvos bridle) 
icith gold-studded bridle, i. 2. 27. 
Xp(3|iai., -jJievos, see xP<^^j i- 4. 8. 

tx'^pci', as, (^ place, esp. a country ^ 
region, 'province, district, territory, 
land; a place, p)osition, or post, in 
military disposition (see Kara); i. 1. 
11; 5. 5,9; 8.17: iii. 4.33: pi. i. 9. 
14 : iv. 8. 15 : see ^LXtos : — ^ so of po- 
sition in respect to rank, influence, 
&c., as €v avbpoTToBwv xwp^ in the con- 
dition of slaves, v. 6. 13 ; ev ovbefjuq. 
X^po- '€(rovTaL will be nowhere or of no 
account, v. 7. 28. A country some- 
times borrows the name of its inhabi- 
tants : t}]v xcupaj' elvai 'KdXv^as that 
the country was, i. e. belonged to tlie 
Chalybes, iv. 5. 34. Xwpa and tottos 
are related to each other much as, in 
Eng. , place and spot ; but their uses 
blend, since there is no dividing line 
between the larger and the narrower 
sense. 

tX^pew, -^crw or T^aofiaL, Kex^^pflKa, to 
give room, make room for others ; hence, 
to move on, advance, march, proceed, go, 
pierce, did, eiri : to give room for the re- 
ception of, contain, hold, a. : i. 5. 6 : 10. 
13 : iv. 2. 15, 28. Der. an-choret. 

tX^^P^t", iVw to), (xwp/s) to separate^ 
detach, a. i., vi. 5. 11 : Kex<^p>-<^'Mvo'i 
separated, removed, differing, g., v. 4, 
34. 

tX<«>piov, ov, dim., a limited space, 
extent, or distance ; esp. a particular 
place or spot, as a stronghold (so often), 
hold, town, height, pass, military ^?o- 
sition, tract of land (pi. lands, sur- 
rounding country, region), landed estate, 
domain ; i. 2. 24 ; 4. 6 : ii. 5. 18 : iii. 
3. 9, 15; 4. 24, 37: iv. 5. 15; 7. Is, 
6, 20: J. 3. 7s: vi. 4. 3s, 27. 

txwpis adv., apart (so as to leave 
room), separately, siiigly, by orie's self; 
apart from, g.; i. 4. 13 : iii. 5. 17 : 
vi. 6. 2, 

X<»pos, ov, 6, room, space, open 
ground, field; place, esp. country 
jjlace or estate, country in distinction 
from city ; rare in Att. prose, exc. 
Xen.; v. 3. 11, 13: vii. 2. 3: see /card. 
Der. choro-graphy. 



^dpos 



^. 



150 



(opa 



I thus coot) the cold; pi. frigora, frosts^ 
\cold; iii. 1. 23 : iv. 5. 12 : vii. 4. 3. 



"'I'Apos, ov, 6, ^A€ Psarus, one of the 
chief rivers of Cilicia, rising north of 
Mt. Taurus, breaking through this 
range, and entering the sea southeast 
of Tarsus, i. 4. 1 : v. I. Xdpos, ^dpos. 
II Seihun. 

^iyoi, ^^^w, to blame, censure, re- 
proach, A. , vii. 7. 43. 

\j/€X.iov or \|/€'XXiov, ov, (i/'dw to ruh) 
a bracelet, armlet, a favorite ornament 
among the Persians, worn even by 
men, i. 2. 27 ; 5. 8 ; 8. 29. 

t\j/€v8-6V€8pa, as, a false ox pretended 
ambush or ambuscade, v. 2. 28. 

tx)/€v8T|S, es, false: t|/ev8fi subst., 
falsehoods, lies : ii. 4. 24 ; 6. 26. 

t|/6v8ci), ^e'uau}, pf. p. & m. expevafxai, 
a. ^. €\l/eTj(T6y}v, a. m. €\pev(Td(X7}v, to 
cheat, deceive, disappoint, A. ae., i. 8. 
11 : iii. 2. 31 : — M. to be or prove 
false, speak or act falsely, misstate, 
falsify, deceive, lie, promise falsely, 
break one's vjord, disappoint, A. ae., 
■n-pos, 7repL,i. 3. 5, 10 ; 9. 7 : ii. 6. 22, 28 : 
V. 6. 35. Der. pseud-onym. 

tt|/t]<J)i^«, t'o-w iQ, expifi^LKa, to reckon : 
— 31. to vote (by casting a pebble into 
the urn, raising the hand, &c.), and 
thus to resolve, decide, determine, de- 
cree, a., I. (a.), ei, i. 4. 15 : iii. 2. 31, 
33 : V. 1. 4 : vii. 6. 14 ; 7. 18. 

^fi({>os, ov, 7), {xpao} to rub) a worn 
stone, pebble, often used as a counter 
or ballot ; hence, a ballot, vote, sen- 
tence, decree, v. 8. 21 : vii. 7. 57. 

\|/l\ds, v, ov, (akin to ypdu} to rub, 
as if rubbed bare) bare, not covered 
by armor, vegetation, &c. ; hence, un- 
protected or little protected by armor 
(as the head without a helmet, but 
merely covered with the tiara), light- 
armed ; xoithout or bare of vegetation ; 
1. 5. 5 ; 8. 6 : iii. 3. 7. Der. e-psilon. 
|\|/i\6(o, w(rw, to make bare, strip, 
clear, separate from, A. G., i. 10. 13 : 
iv. 3. 27. 

t\|/o<J)6», -qao}, i\f/6(f>r]Ka, to resound, 
ring, iv. 3. 29. 

tlrd(|>os, ov, 6, a noise, sound, iv. 2. 4. 

Y^x^, ?)s, ('/'vxw to breathe) anima, 
spiritus, the breath, life, soul, spirit, 
heart, iii. 1. 23, 42 ; 2. 20 : vii. 7. 43. 

Der. PSYCHO-LOGY. 

^vxos, eos, rb, (i/'«7xw to bloio and 



fl. 



<S 0, the familiar interjection of ad- 
dress, used far more in Greek than in 
Eng., and hence often untranslated, 
i. 4. 16 ; 6. 7. — <3 subj. of dfiL, i. 3. 6. 

<S dat. sing, of 6s, i. 3. 12. 

«8€ adv., (o-5e q. v.) thus, so, as 
follows, in this or the following man- 
ner, usu. referring to what follows, i. 
1. 6 ; 5. 10 ; 6. 5 : ii. 5. 15: see ttc^s. 

w8i^, Tjs, {4Su}) a song, chant, iv.3.27. 
Der. ode, mel-ody, pros-ody. 

a>6T0, wT|0T]v, see oLOfiai, i. 4. 5. 

0)060),* &aci), ?ojKa 1., to push, shove, 
thrust, trans. — M. to push or thrust 
another, in order to take his place, 
A. e| • to force one's way, push, intrans.; 
iii. 4. 48 : v. 2. 18 {v. I. elawd^u}). 

4o>6icr|ids, ov, 6, {ahdi^w = u)^ea>) a, 
pushing, crowding, pressing, v. 2. 17. 

wKo8o|xi/]|XT]v, see oiK0-5ofj.€(>}, iii. 4.7. 

wKOvv, o)KOtip,t]v, see oUio}, iii. 4. 7. 

0)KT€ipov, see olKrelpu}, i, 4. 7. 

Sp.ev, see elixl to be, iv. 8. 11. 
to>|xo-pd6ios, a, ov, or o>p.o-p6livos, 17, 
ov, (/SoOs) of raw or iintanned ox-hides: 
depfiara ui. raw ox-hides: iv. 7. 22, 26. 

wfJLos, rj, 6v, raw, as uncooked or 
untanned ; hence, unsoftened in char- 
acter, ttnfeeling, harsh, cruel; ii. 6. 
12: iv. 8. 14. 

iop.os, oy, 6, humerus, ^Ae shoidder 
with the upper arm, vi. 5. 25. 

o)(JLO(ra, see ofivv/xt. to swear, ii. 2. 8 s. 

o)V, see elfxi, i. 1.8. — «v, .see 6's, i.1.8. 

covcop.ai,'^' Tjaoiiai, iwvrjfiat, {ihvos 
price) 2 a. eirpLdp.T}v (akin to irnrpdaKU}), 
to buy, purchase : (l)Po6/x€vos buying, by 
purchase : A. d. , g. of price, e^, viro : 
i. 5. 6 : ii. 3. 26 s : iii. 1. 20 : v. 3. 7. 

o)VT|o-a, see ovLvij/jli, vi. 1. 32. 

Mvios, a. Of, {S)vos price) to be bought, 
for sale : tcl &via the articles for salCy 
goods, wares, vendibles, i. 2. 18. 

wop.i]v or wp.'HV, see oto/xaL, iv. 2. 4. 

'"iliris, tSos, 17, 0??w, a large city of 
Assyria, on the Physcus, not far from 
the Tigris, ii. 4. 25. || Near Eski- 
Bagdad (i. e. Old Bagdad) or, ace. to 
some, Kaim. 

wpa, as, hora, season, proper or fit- 
ting time, time (of year, day, &c.), 



(opaios 



151 



oinrsp 



HOUR, D. I, (av. iari often om.) : ijuiKa 
or bin)viKa rrjt Cbpas at what or what- 
ever point of [the] ^t?ne .- i. 3. 11 s ; 4. 
10 : ii. 3. 13 : iii. 4. 34, 40 ; 5. 18 : 
iv. 8. 21, Der. horo-scope, 
jcopaios, a, ov, at the pro'per season 
(of life, the year, &c.), in tlie prime or 
bloom of youth, ripe, ii. 6.28: v. 3. 12: 
Ta (hpaia the produce of the season, 
rips fruits, v. 3. 9. 

a)p|n](jtat, -Tjo-a, -wfniv, see dpfidcj. 

ws * proclitic, (os) ut, quam, quod, 
&c., as, how, that, so that, &c. : — I. 
Eel. Adv. (a) expressing manner, 
and hence circumstance, degree, occa- 
sion, time, cause, &c., AS, like as, 
as if, as it were, as much as, as far 
as, when, as soon as, since, inas'inuch 
as, i. 1. 4 ; 4. 5, 7 : iv. 7. 8, 12 : in 
some of these uses, regarded by some 
as a temporal or causal conj. 'fls, like 
our as, is used in many elliptical forms 
of expression, 711, i. 2. 4 ; 5. 8 ; often 
performing the office of — (b) an ap- 
proximate ADV., w. expressions of 
quantity, esp. numerals, as it were, 
about, 711b, i. 2. 3s: vi. 5.11: — 
(c) an ADV. OF degree, m\ the su- 
perl. , as . . as (the comparison being i 
made with possibility, if not other- 
wise stated, and ws thus becoming in- 
tensive, cf. quam'), 553 b, c, d ; e. g. 
«s Tdxi-(TTa ecjs virecpaLvev as soooi as 
tlie do.wn began to appear, iv. 3. 9 
(cf. i. 3. 15) ; ws ehvva.ro rdxto^ra as 
rapidly as he could., iii. 4. 48 ; ws rd- 
Xt'O'Ta as quickly or soon as possible, 
i. 3. 14 ; (is hv 8vvr]Tat irXelaTOvs as 
many as he could, i. 6. 3 ; ws irXeiaroi. 
as many as jwssible, iii. 2. 28 : — (d) 
a PREP. — irpos, to, w. ace. of person, 
71 1 c, ws ^aaiXea i, 2. 4 : cf. vii, 7. 55 ? 
— or (e) a modal sign, as, as if, as 
tlwucjh, for, considering (but not al- 
ways translated), bef. a modifier, 65 d ; 
as bef. an appositive or adj., 1. 1. 2 ; 
6. 3 ; bef. a prepositional phrase, i. 2. 
1 ; 8. 1, 23 : v. 4. 2 : ws ev to2s dpeaiv 
[considering it was among the moun^ 
tains] (^5 or for mountaineers, iv.3.31. 
This modal use of cos is esp. frequent 
before the participle (even if abs.), 
to express appearance, pretence, opin- 
ion, purpose (w. pt. fut.), cause, &c.; 
and here is also translated apparently, 
on pretence of or that, on the ground 
that, in vieio of, for tlie purpose of with 



the design of, since, inasmuch as, that, 
&c. ; while the j^t. is often translated 
by an inf. or finite verb ; e. g. ws diro- 
KTevCjv [as about to put] vnth the intent 
to put him to death, 598 b, i. 1. 3 ; ws 
iTTc^ovXevovTos T. on the ground that T. 
teas plotting, wj povX6fj.evos [as if wish- 
ing] on pretence that he unshed, w? tto- 
Xep.ri(jwv pretending that he was about 
to make ivar, i. 1. 6, 11 ; ws dTTTjXXay- 
fievoL inasmuch as they were delivered, 
iv. 3. 2 (cf. i. 2. 19) ; ws oXlyoi oures 
[as they were' few] beioig so few, vi. 5. 
28 ; ws e/xov iovros that I shall go, i. 3. 
6 (cf. ii. 1. 21) ; see 680. — (f) Hence, 
also, the use of ws bef. the infini- 
tive, with an office like that of a final 
or consecutive conjunction bef. a finite 
verb, in order to or that, so that, so as 
to (yet sometimes not translated), 
671 ; e. g. (hs G-vvavrrjo-aL in order to 
meet or that he viight meet, so as to 
vieet, to 'tneet, i. 8. 15, cf. 10 ; ws /y,^ 
bvvaudai so that they could not, ii. 3. 
10 ; ^pax^repa ?) ws e^iKueiadai [shorter 
than so as to reach] too short a distance 
to reach, 513 d, iii. 3. 7 ; .ws dvairav- 
eadai for or as if for resting, ii. 2. 4 ; 
see avvaipeoj. — (g) This rel. adv. is 
also used as complem. (563), how, in 
what manner or degree, i. 6. 5 : ii. 1. 1; 
3. 11 : iii. 1. 40 : vi. 6. 32. 

II. Conj. (h) Complem., that, less 
positive, direct, or actual than on, 
702 a, i. 1. 3 ; 3. 5 : vii. 5. 8 (bef. inf.? 
659 ^) '• — (i) Final, in order that, so 
that, that, i. 3. 14; 6. 9 : ii. 5. 16 ; ws 
/jLTj that not, lest, iii. 1. 47 : vii. 6. 23 : 
cf. f : — (j) Causal, as, since, inas- 
much as, ii. 4. 17 : v. 8. 10 : cf. a : — • 
(k) Consecutive, so that, ws idoKei, vi. 
1.5 {v. I. inf.); cf. f. 

«s definitive adv. , (6) = ovtcjs, thus, 
so, in this way or case, in these circwm- 
stances, then ; used after oi^Se not eveUy 
i. 8. 21 : iii. 2. 23 : vi. 4. 22. 

|a)<r-avT«s (6 avrbs the same) in the 
same or like mctnner, like-ivise, just 
so, iii. 2. 23 : iv. 7. 13 : v. 6. 9 (also, by 
tmesis, ws 5' aiJTo^s) : vii. 3. 22. 

«or-el as if, about, iii. 4. 3 : 1;. I. 8<tov. 

oio-B' for WO-T6, hy apostr. bef. aa 
aspirated vowel, ii. 3. 25. 

»ori(v), see et'/xi. — a>(ri(v), see od$. 

wcr-irep * rel. adv., (w$ strengthened, 
in its more direct rel. uses) just as, 
even as, as indeed, as, much used iu 



152 



M\]/ 



comparisons ; just as if, as if, as 
though, esp, w. a pt. (sometimes abs.; 
ibcnrep e^iv as if it tvcrc j^crmitted, iii. 1. 
14); as it v:erc, like, apparenthj ; i. 3. 
9, 16; 5.1,3,8; 8.8,29: iv. 3. 11. 

fa<r-T€ '■ conj. & rel. adv., (o3s re and 
so), by apostr. wo-t' or wcr6', (a) w. the 
IND. (r. OPT.), so that, that, and so, 
consequently, usu. of an actual con- 
sequence, i. 1. 8 : ii. 4. 5 s ; 5. 15 : iii. 
4. 37 : — (b) w. the inf. (often trans- 
lated by the ind. or potential), so as 
to, so that, that, as, of a consequence 
that, from the nature of the leading 
action, would, should, or might fol- 
low, whether actually following or 
not, 671, i. 1. 5 ; 4. 8 {uiare eXelv so as 
to take, so that I can take, or for tak- 
ing); 5. 13 : ii. 2. 17. _(c) "flo-re is 
sometimes used w. the inf. where it 
seems not to be required, and is not 
always translated ; as iTroLTjaa ibcrTe 
56^ai I made [so that it should seem] 
it seem best, i. 6. 6, cf. 2, & 7. 4 ; ware 
IX q bXajdaveiv axv(T€L will keep [so 
that you should not slip] yoii from 
slipjnng, iii. 5. 11. (d) As used w. 
the inf. in expressing anticipated re- 
sult, it sometimes marks a purpose or 
condition ; Trovelv (bare iroXe/j-e^v to toil 
[so as to be] for the sake of being in 
war, ii. 6. 6 ; wcrre eKirXelv [so that 
they should or would sail out] to secure 
or on condition of their departure, v. 
6. 26. (e) "XldTe ^x^'-^ /caXws [so as to 
have itself well] favorably, satisfac- 



torily, V. 8. 26 : eviropa Coa-re awoxo}- 
peiv easy for retreat, vi. 5. 18. 

wra, <oo-i, see offs ear, iii. 1. 31. 

wre (also written & re, dat. sing, 
neut. of the relative 6(j-t€ luho, which) 
in the phrase I4>' twre (= eiri TG^rcp 
iba-re, 557 a) on this condition or for 
this purpose that, in order to, and 
hence taking an inf., 671 a, vi. 6. 22 : 
see eiri b. 

wretXTJ, r,s, {ovtoloj to wound; cu- 
Dor. for 01'-, see Xoxayos) a icound, 
mark from a wound, scar, i. 9. 6. 

fai-TLvi, see 6'cr-rts, ii. 5. 32. 

fc>Tis, t'5os, 7], (o5s ear) a kind of 
bustard with long ear-feathers, piob. 
the Great Budard, Otis Tarda, Fr. 
oidardc, a large bird, far better in 
running than flying, and still hunted 
for its meat, i. 5. 2 s. 

a)(j>eXe that! see d0etXa>, ii. 1. 4. 

ft)^c\eco, Tjcro), (hcpeXrjKa, (ccpeXos) to 
benefit, be of service or advantage to, 
aid, assist, help, a. ae., clutL, i. 1. 9 ; 
3. 4, 6 : V. 1. 12 ; 6. 30 : vii. 6. 11. 

jwff'e'XijJLOs, ov, r. os, r], gv, advanta- 
geous, useful, serviceable, expedient, i. 
6. 2 : iv. 1. 23. 

(«)«|>0T)v a. p. , see bp6.ij} to see, vi. 5. 10. 

Q(j)Xov, see ocpXiffKavijo, v. 8. 1. 

tpXop-'i'iV, see oixofxat, ii. 6. 3. 
[(«)\|/, ibirSs, 6 or i], (ott-, see opdoo) the 
face, countenance. Hence perhaps av- 
dpojiros, as one who has dvdpbs ihira, 
the outward form of a man, though 
he may not be a true dvrip.l 



Postscript. KaiSo-rpov (i. 2. 11) may be the name of a small stream 
(-OS, ov, 6, the C'ayster, now perhaps the Akkars-Su), on or near which was 
Kavcrrpov IleSiov, i. e. Cay ster- field. — KepajxcSv (i. 2. 10) may be the name 
of a people (-01, wv, 01, the Cerami or -ians), unless with some we read by 
conjecture Kepd^wv 'A^opdv (K€pa|xos, ov, 6, clay, a tile), Tile-market : cf. 
New-market. — For dvew^ov, look under dpoLyoj ; and for 8vw, in the place 
belonging to S^vw and dvoimat. — To the words cited from various readings 
may be added eTri-^ev-yvvfJLt = ^evyvv/xt, i. 2. 5 : |JL€t^dv«s (fr. juetfwj/) icith 
greater fame, vi. 1. 20 : va-i)o-Ta6[ji,cs, ov, 6, or -ov, ov, a naval station, or here 
= volvXov, v. 1. 12 : crTa4)is, l5o$, r/, or (rTa<|>C8iov, ov, = d-(rTa<j)is, iv. 4. 9. 



THE END. 



NOTES. 



PREFACE. 



The present volume is issued under somewhat peculiar 
circumstances. The distinguished and lamented scholar, 
whose name appears on the title-page, had, for several 
years past, been purposing to publish an edition of the 
Anabasis, with ISTotes, Lexicon, and whatever else might 
be desired to illustrate a favorite classic. He was spared 
long enough to complete the Lexicon to the Anabasis, and 
to bring his Greek Grammar and other works to the 
highest point of the advanced scholarship of the present 
day; but he was removed from the scene of all earthly 
labors ere he could complete his plans and purposes in 
respect to the edition of the Anabasis, which was an- 
nounced last year as nearly ready for the press. 

On Professor Crosby's death, in the spring of the present: 
year, the undersigned was asked by Mrs. Crosby to under- 
take the putting into shape for the printers, and seeing 
through the press, the work as left by the deceased. All 
the manuscripts and material for the purpose were placed 
in the undersigned's hands ; and although the task has been 
a delicate as well as difficult One, he has endeavored to 
discharge the duty of an Editor, under these circum- 
stances, with a conscientious regard to what is due to the 



iv PREFACE. 

reputation of one of the foremost of American scholars as 
well as to a warm-hearted and most estimable friend. 

It was found on examination that the notes on the 
first four books were in a tolerable state of completeness, 
although not yet quite fitted for publication. The fifth 
and sixth books had also been annotated to a considerable 
extent.* In a number of instances Professor Crosby 
seems not to have determined finally upon critical* points, 
whether as to readings or interpretation, but to have held 
in reserve various matters for a last revision of his manu- 
script, before sending it to the printers. It became conse- 
quently the duty of the undersigned to exercise his best 
judgment, and to use whatever discretion he possesses, in 
dealing with all matters of the kind. He has scrupulously 
refrained from altering or attempting to improve upon 
Professor Crosby's notes and criticisms; only here and 
there, as need required, a palpable oversight or mistake has 
been corrected ; and he has felt more and more deeply, the 
more he has looked into the work of the departed, how 
profoundly to be regretted by all lovers of ancient lore is 
the loss of one who was so thorough and accomplished a 
student and so enthusiastic an admirer of Xenophon's 
writings. 

o 

In getting the volume ready for the press, the additions 
made have been simply in accordance with what is known 



* It seems proper to state here, in regard to the edition containing notes 
on all the books of the Anabasis, that the undersigned is to be held respon- 
sible for those on the last three books. He has added to the matter con- 
tained in Professor Crosby's manuscript on the fifth and sixth books, and 
has supplied the accompanying notes on the seventh book. He trusts that 
what he has done will be found to be in harmony with, and similar in char- 
acter to, Professor Crosby's own work in the notes on the first four books. 



PEEFACE. V 

to have been Professor Crosby's wish, namely, to make it as 
useful as possible in every respect, and such material as he 
had prepared for this part of his work has been here intro- 
duced. These additions are, a Map (taken from Macmi- 
chael's Anabasis) ; an enlarged Introduction ; a Eecord of 
the Marches, etc., during the Anabasis and Katabasis of 
the Greeks; together with headings to the books and 
chapters, and some valuable geographical matter in the 
Appendix. It would hardly be worth while to make this 
statement here, were it not that evident propriety demands 
that Professor Crosby be not held responsible for matter 
which has been supplied by another hand. 

In concluding this Preface, the undersigned may be 
allowed to express the con\TLction, arising from an exami- 
nation of the notes and papers of Professor Crosby, that 
the present work will be found to be a real and posi- 
tive addition to the several excellent editions of the Anab- 
asis already in -print. The notes are full (especially on 
the first four books), as the author held that they ought 
to be, in a work such as the Anabasis is ; they are, too, 
thoroughly anal}i^ical, and continually refer to the gram- 
mar for exact and complete information on philological 
points ; they are also very instructive, particularly in the 
occasional paragraphs of enlarged comment and criticism, 
such as young students need and appreciate, as well 
towards rendering the author's meaning more clear as 
towards impressing the valuable lessons taught by this, 
and in fact all history, ancient and modern. 

It deserves further to be stated, that the Lexicon to 
the Anabasis by Professor Crosby is by far the most full 
and complete of any in the EngKsh language, and evi- 
dences the patient care, thorough scholarship, and supe- 



Vi PREFACE. 

rior judgment and skill of the lamented author. The 
Lexicon for the first four books was prepared by the 
author, and is the same in all respects with the full Lexi- 
con, except in the omission of words and names which 
occur only in the last three books. The Table of Citations 
from the Anabasis, contained in Crosby's Greek Grammar, 
was prepared expressly for this edition, and will be found 
to be of great service to the student who possesses and 

uses that admirable work. 

J. A. SPENCER, 
College of the City of New York. 
November 25th, 1874. 



INTRODUCTION. 



Xenophon was the son of Gryllus, an Athenian of the tribe 
^geis, the demiis or subdivision Erchea, and the order of 
Knights. The date of his birth is unsettled. Some place it as 
early as b. c. 444. The probabilities are, however, that he was 
born some fourteen or fifteen years later, i. e., about b. c. 430. 
He lived to a very advanced age, being, it is said, ninety years 
old when he died. 

He was remarkable for the singular attractiveness of his per- 
sonal appearance ; and one day in early life, as he was meeting 
Socrates in a narrow lane of the city, the philosopher, who had 
a keen eye for natural as well as intellectual and moral beauty, 
was so much struck with his fine form and expressive features, 
that he put out his staff across the pass and stopped him for 
conversation. He began, after his peculiar method, by asking 
the youth where he would purchase the various articles required 
for the sustenance of the body. The questions were answered 
with intelligence and promptness. " And where," continued the 
sage, turning the conversation, as he was wont to do, from the 
natural to the moral, — " where do men become honorable and 
virtuous"? (llov Se Kokol KayaBoi yiyvovrai av6p(oiroi;)^* The youth 
hesitated. It was a new question to him. " Follow me, then," 
said the philosopher, "and learn ("Ettov roivw koI fxdvOavc)." 
Prom that hour, Xenophon became the companion, disciple, and 
bosom friend of Socrates. 

An anecdote is related by Strabo and Diogenes Laertius which 
I would fain believe to be essentially true, although I am one of 



yiii INTRODUCTION 

those who cannot admit that Xenophon was bom early enough 
for the occurrence of the incident where they place it, at the 
battle of Delium (b. c. 424). No one, it seems to me, can read 
carefully the history of the Expedition of Cyrus, without the 
conviction that the author was at that time in the bloom of 
early manhood. The anecdote is this. The youthful Xenophon 
fought in the battle on horseback. His teacher, poorer in 
worldly goods, served among the footmen, where he showed 
himself no less a hero than a philosopher. The Athenians are 
defeated ; and, as they are flying, Socrates sees his young friend, 
thrown from his horse, and lying disabled upon the ground. 
He snatches him up, and, heroically protecting him from aU 
pursuers, bears him upon his shoulders from the battle-field.* 

From the society of Socrates, and the refined leisure of Athens, 
Xenophon was called away by a letter from an intimate friend 
{^hos dpxaios), Proxenus the Boeotian, who had attached himself 
to the fortunes of the younger Cyrus. He urged Xenophon to 
come and join him, assuring him that he would make him a 
friend of Cyrus, whose friendship he regarded as worth more to 
himself than anything he could obtain in his native land. Xeno- 
phon, having read the letter, conferred with Socrates respecting 
its contents. The prudent philosopher, apprehensive that he 
would incur the displeasure of his fellow-citizens by joining a 
prince who had so zealously assisted the Spartans against them, 
and yet, as it would seem, not wishing to oppose directly the 
adventurous ardor of his young friend, advised him to consult 
the oracle at Delphi in regard to the measure. Xenophon went 
to the prophetic shrine, but simply asked to which of the gods 
he should sacrifice and pray, in order that he might accomplish 
most honorably and successfully the enterprise which he was 
proposing, and return safe with the acquisition of glory. He 

* Plutarch {Alcibiades 7) tells the story of Socrates having saved the life of 
Alcibiades at Potidsea. He also relates that Alcibiades on his part protected 
Socrates in the retreat after the defeat at Delium. If Plutarch is to be relied 
on, the strongest argument in favor of b. c. 444 for Xenophon's birth is taken 
away. Curtius, Hist, of Greece, v. 156, adopts b. c. 431 as the date of 
Xenophon's birth. 



XENOPHON. ix 

received an answer to liis inquiry, being directed to sacrifice 
especially to *'Zeus the King." On returning to Socrates, lie 
was blamed by his teacher for deciding himself the great ques- 
tion whether he should go or remain at home, and merely refer- 
ring a minor point to the wisdom of Apollo. " But since," said 
he, "you so inquired, you must follow the directions of the 
-god." Having sacrificed accordingly, he set sail, and found 
Proxenus and Cyrus at Sardis, on the point of setting forth upon 
their fatal expedition. Cyrus himself united with Proxenus in 
urging him to accompany them, informing him that the expe- 
dition was against the Pisidians, and assuring him that, as soon 
as it was over, he would send him home. Xenophon was per- 
suaded, and joined the army rather as the friend of Proxenus 
than as holding any definite military rank. 

Of the Expedition itself and the Eetreat of the Ten Thousand 
it is not necessary here to speak. The Anabasis will probably 
always retain the high estimate which both the ancients and 
succeeding generations have placed upon it as a memorial of 
Xenophon's skill and ability as a soldier and a writer. His 
subsequent history may be briefly told. After handing over the 
army to the Spartan general Thibron, b.*c. 399 (Anab. vii. 6. 1 ; 
8. 24), it is supposed by some that he returned to Athens for a 
short period ; by others it is stated, with more probability, that, 
as he was about to return home, a decree of banishment was 
passed against him at Athens because of his having joined Cyrus 
and fought against Artaxerxes, who was at that date considered 
to be a friend of Xenophon's native city. However this may be, 
as to his visiting Athens at this time, he seems not long after to 
have entered the army again, and to have served under Dercylli- 
das (b. c. 398), and then under Agesilaus, whom he greatly ad- 
mired (b. c. 396). Two years later he returned with Agesilaus 
from Asia, and was present (though probably not a combatant) at 
the battle of Coronea. Xenophon next settled himself at Scillus, 
in Elis, near Olympia (b.c. 393 or 392), and for some twenty years 
or more occupied himself in literary and congenial pursuits. He 



X INTRODUCTION. 

was compelled to leave his pleasant home at Scillus after the 
battle of Leuctra (b. o. 371), and took up his residence in Corinth. 
The decree of banishment against him was, about the year b. c. 369, 
repealed, and it is supposed by Grote and others that he returned 
to Athens, and spent some of the remaining years of his life in the 
home of his youth. This is certainly not improbable; at the 
same time it is every way likely that Diogenes Laertius is correct 
in his statement that Xenophon died at Corinth. 

Beside the Anabasis, which, according to the view here main- 
tained, was written out and published during his residence at 
Scillus, Xenophon wrote numerous other works. Among these 
may be mentioned, (1) " The Memorabilia of Socrates," in four 
books, a defence of his revered master and friend against the 
wicked charges under which he was compelled to drink the cup 
of hemlock ; (2) " The Cyropaedia," in eight books, which pro- 
fesses to give an account of the education and training of Cyrus 
the Elder, but is in reality little more than a political and moral 
romance ; (3) " The Hellenica," or " Historia Grseca," in seven 
books, covering a space of forty-eight years, from the time when 
the history of Thucydides ends to the battle of Mantinea, b. c. 
362. It is not, howev^, regarded by critics as a work of much 
merit. Passing by, for the present, his minor works, a word 
or two deserves to be said as to Xenophon's style as a writer. 
It has uniformly been praised by critics, ancient and modern. 
Diogenes Laertius, in speaking of him, says, iKa\e7To 8e koL 'Attiktj 
Mova-a, yXvKvrrjTi rrjs epfxrjveias, and more recent judges have been 
equally lavish in commendation. So that, without claiming for 
him the lofty genius of Plato, or the keen, critical insight of 
Thucydides, it may safely be affirmed that, among the writings of 
antiquity which have come down to us, there are none which are 
more valuable, all things considered, than those of Xenophon.*' 

The Persians were raised to the dominion of Western Asia, by 
the military and political talents of the great Cyrus (b. o. 559), 

* See under ^€vo<pC!jv, Lexicon, at the iend of the volume. 



IBi 



PERSIAN HISTORY. xi 

seconded by their native valor and hereditary discipline. Croe- 
sus, the rich and powerful monarch of Lydia, was defeated and 
taken prisoner, according to the chronology of Clinton j 546 years 
before Christ ; Babylon, the magnificent capital of the luxurious 
Labynetus, in sacred history Belshazzar, was taken, notwith- 
standing its impregnable walls, by a diversion of the Euphrates, 
B. c. 538; and in the year 536 Cyrus succeeded his uncle 
Cyaxares, in sacred history Darius the Mede, upon the throne 
of the Medo-Persian empire, the sovereignty thus passing from 
the more refined Medes to the more energetic Persians. 

Cyrus, who was slain in Scythia, was succeeded, b. c. 529, by 
his son Cambyses, who added Egypt and Libya to his before 
vast empire. After his death by an accident, b. c. 522, the 
Magian usurper who claimed to be Smerdis, the younger son of 
Cyrus, reigned for seven months. He was detected in his im- 
posture, and was slain by a conspiracy of seven Persian noble- 
men, one of whom, Darius, the son of Hystaspes, was raised to 
the throne, according to an agreement among themselves, by the 
first neighing of his horse, b. c. 521. This able monarch, not- 
withstandiug his want of success against the Greeks and the 
Scythians, both greatly extended and strengthened the empire 
during his long reign, and left it at the acme of its power and 
prosperity to his son Xerxes, who was probably the Ahasuerus 
of the Book of Esther, b. c. 485. 

The accession of Xerxes to the throne formed a precedent in 
regard to the law of descent, which served as a pretext for the 
ambitious claims and enterprise of the younger Cyrus. Two 
sons of Darius had preferred claims to their father to be ap- 
pointed his successor : Artabazanes, his oldest son, born while 
the father was yet in a private station ; and Xerxes, the first- 
born after his accession to the throne, and the son of Atossa, the 
daughter of Cyrus. Through the entire influence which this 
princess exercised over her husband, Xerxes was appointed suc- 
cessor, upon the pretext, that, although Artabazanes was the 
first-born of Darius the man, yet Xerxes was the first-born of 



xii INTRODUCTION. 

Darius the king, and that sovereignty could not be transmitted 
by birth before it was possessed. 

The disastrous expedition of Xerxes against Greece was the 
chief event in the reign of this effeminate monarch. He was 
assassinated, b. c. 465, by Artabanus, the commander of the 
royal guard, who for his own ambitious purposes raised to the 
throne a younger son of the murdered king, Artaxerxes, sur- 
named Longimanus (Gr. Maxpoxfip), from the unusual length of 
one or both arms. This prince secured himself upon the throne 
by putting Artabanus to death, and during his long reign dis- 
played many good qualities, but was not able to prevent the in- 
cipient decline of the empire. Upon his death, b. c. 425, he left 
the sceptre to his only legitimate son, Xerxes the Second, who 
was murdered, after reigning forty-five days, by his bastard 
brother Sogdianus. 

He, in turn, after a reign of six months, was slain by Ochus, 
another illegitimate son of Artaxerxes, who ascended the throne, 
B. c. 424, under the name of Darius, to which historians add, 
for distinction, the surname Nothus {yoOos, bastard). Darius the 
Second married his half-sister, the artful, ambitious, and cruel 
Parysatis, by whom he had two sons conspicuous in history, 
Artaxerxes, the eldest, who succeeded him, and Cyrus, the 
second, but the first-born after the accession of his father to the 
throne. Plutarch mentions two other sons, Ostanes and Oxa- 
thres. Artaxerxes was a prince of mild and amiable disposition, 
but of no great strength either of intellect or of character. He 
was chiefly remarkable for his great memory, on account of which 
he has been surnamed, by historians, Mnemon (fivrjuav, having 
a good memory). His mother's favorite was the active, spirited, 
ambitious Cyrus, who, with her encouragement, early conceived 
hopes that, as the first-born of Darius the Icing, he might, after 
the example of Xerxes, succeed his father upon the throne. 

At the early age of sixteen, b, c. 407, Cyrus was appointed, 
through his mother's influence, to the command, both civil and 



LIFE OF CYRUS. xiii 

military, of the ricliest and most important provinces of Asia 
Minor (cf. i. 1. 2, Note), and intrusted with the charge of co- 
operating with the Lacedaemonians against the Athenians. In 
this co-operation, he deserted the astute and prudent policy of 
his predecessors in command, who had aimed to hold the balance 
of power, and so to assist either party as to sustain the protracted 
strife which was weakening both. His object was not so much 
to protect the interests of Persia as to bring the Lacedaemonians, 
whose assistance would be the most valuable to him, under the 
greatest possible obligation to aid him in his ambitious designs. 
He assured Lysander and the Spartan ambassadors, that he 
would leave nothing undone in their behalf; that he had brought 
with him five hundred talents for their aid; that if this sum 
should prove insufficient, he would add his own private revenue ; 
and that, if that should fail, he would cut up the very throne 
upon which he was sitting, and which was of massive gold and 
silver. 

At the same time he assumed the state which belonged to the 
heir of the throne ; and even put to death two of his cousins, 
sons of his father's sister, because upon meeting him they did 
not observe a point of etiquette in regard to the covering of the 
hand with the sleeve, which was enforced only in the presence 
of the king. Upon the complaint of their parents, Darius 
recalled him, after two years' absence, the rather that the state 
of his own health warned him that he must make preparation 
for leaving his kingdom to a successor. Before his departure, 
Cyrus sent for Lysander, the Spartan admiral, gave him all the 
money which he had above the sum required for his journey, 
and placed at his disposal all the revenue of the province which 
belonged to himself personally ; charging him to remember how 
deep a friendship he had borne, both to the Spartan state and to 
Lysander individually. 

During his residence in Asia Minor, Cyrus held his court 
chiefly at Sardis ; and an anecdote is related by Xenophon in 
his (Economicus (iv. 20), upon the authority of Lysander, which 



Xiv INTRODUCTION. 

gives so pleasing a view of his habits of life while there, and 
such a relief in the midst of scenes of blood and projects of crim- 
inal ambition, that I cannot withhold it. Cyrus was showing 
Lysander his park ; and the Spartan, admiring the beauty of the 
trees, the synmietry of the plan, the exactness of the lines and 
angles, and the rich combinations of odors which met the de- 
lighted sense, said to his host, " Much as I admire these beau- 
ties, I admire yet more the artist that devised and arranged 
them for you." " But," replied Cyrus, gratified with the com- 
pliment unintentionally paid him, "I have been my own gar^ 
dener ; the plan is all mine ; and I can show you some of the 
trees which I planted with my own hands." Lysander gazed 
upon the beauty of his perfumed robes, upon the magnificence 
of his jewelled wreaths and bracelets, and upon his other 
princely ornaments, and exclaimed with astonishment, "What 
do you say, Cyrus? Did you really plant any of these trees 
with your own hands 1 " " Does this excite your surprise, Ly- 
sander 1 " replied the prince ; "I protest to you, by Mithras, 
that, when in health, I never dine till I -have drawn forth the 
sweat by some military or gymnastic exercise, or by some work 
of husbandry." The Spartan grasped his hand, and warmly 
congratulated him upon the possession of habits so favorable to 
virtue and true happiness. 

Cyrus returned to be present at his father's death, b. c. 405, 
and to witness the sceptre, which had glittered before his young 
imaginings, transferred to the hand of his elder brother. The 
last words of Darius deserve to be remembered. Artaxerxes, 
having received the sceptre, approached the bedside of his dying 
father, that he might obtain from his quivering lips the great 
secret upon which the stability of the throne depended. " By 
what observance," was his question, " have you maintained 
through life your power and prosperity 1 Tell me, that I may 
follow your example." "By observing the dictates of justice 
and religion," was the reply of the expiring monarch, whose 
reign had not been greatly inconsistent with these words, except 



LIFE OF CYRUS. xy 

as he had been misled by his unprincipled queen and by in- 
triguing favorites. 

Cyrus was simply appointed satrap of Lydia and of the ad- 
jacent provinces which he had before governed. Disappointed 
that his mother's influence, and his own superiority to his brother 
in every kingly attribute, had not won for him the crown, it was 
with no cordial feelings that he accompanied his brother to Pa- 
sargadse, the royal city and the burial-place of the great Cyrus, 
for the coronation. Among the peculiar ceremonies of the coro- 
nation, Plutarch, in his life of Artaxerxes, mentions the new 
monarch's putting off his own robe and putting on that of the 
great Cyrus, and his partaking of figs, turpentine, and sour milk, 
— rites designed perhaps to teach him that he must put on the 
virtues of the founder of the empire, and that sovereignty blends 
with the sweet, the bitter, and the sour. 

These ceremonies were on the point of commencing, when 
Tissaphernes, the wily and unscrupulous satrap of Caria, whose 
ambitious plans Cyrus stood in the way of, and whom Cyrus 
had taken with him- upon his journey to his father, more, as it 
woidd seem, because he was unwilling to leave him behind, than 
because there was any real friendship between them, brought to 
Artaxerxes a Magian who had been a teacher of Cyrus. This 
man accused the young prince of designing to assassinate his 
brother at the moment when he was taking off his own robe and 
putting on that of the founder of the empire. The ambition of 
Cyrus, although excessive, appears to have been of too elevated 
and open a character to allow us to give much credit to the 
charge. Yet his well-known disappointment, the utterly unprin- 
cipled character of his mother, and the past history of the Per- 
sian court, gave so much color to it, that Artaxerxes apprehended 
him with the design of putting him to death. As the sentence 
was on the point of being executed, Parysatis rushed frantic to 
her favorite, clasped him in her arms, threw about him her long 
tresses, and so entwined his neck with her own, that the same 
blow must sever both. She then, by her prayers and tears, pre- 



xvi INTEODUCTION. 

vailed upon her elder son to spare his life, and to send him back 
to his remote government in Asia Minor. 

Cyrus returned, feeling that he owed his life to his mother's 
tears, and not to his brother's confidence ; and stimulated by a 
sense of danger, as well as of disappointment and disgrace, he 
determined to wrest, if possible, the sceptre from his brother's 
hands. The expedition which he undertook for this purpose, 
after three years of preparation, b. c. 401, and the return of the 
Greeks who served in his army, form the subjects of the his- 
tory before us, which was written by an eye-witness and an im- 
portant actor in the scenes which he describes. " This expedi- 
tion, taken in all its parts," says Major Eennell, "is perhaps the 
most splendid of all the military events that have been recorded 
in ancient history ; and it has been rendered no less interesting 
and impressive, in the description, by the happy mode of relat- 
ing it." 

What would have been the effect upon the subsequent history 
of Greece and Persia, and indirectly, though in an important 
degree of the civilized world, had Cyrus been successful in de- 
throning and killing his brother, must of course be a matter of 
pure conjecture. However much our natural sympathies might 
incline us to lean towards the high-spirited and able prince, we 
can hardly think that the effect of his success would have been 
for good ; and we agree in general w^ith the summing up of 
Grote, " that Hellas, as a whole, had no cause to regret the fall 
of Cyrus at Cunaxa. Had he dethroned his brother and become 
king, the Persian empire would have acquired under his hand 
such a degree of strength as might probably have enabled him 
to forestall the work afterwards performed by the Macedonian 
kings, and to make the Greeks in Europe as well as those in 
Asia his dependants. He would have employed Grecian mili- 
tary organization against Grecian independence, as Philip and 
Alexander did after him. His money would have enabled him 
to hire an overwhelming force of Grecian officers and soldiers, 
who would (to use the expression of Proxenus, as recorded by 



CHAEACTEE OF CYRUS. xvii 

Xenophon, Anah. iii. 1. 5) have tliouglit him a better friend to 
them than their otvtl country. It would have enabled him also 
to take advantage of dissension and venality in the interior of 
each Grecian city, and thus to weaken their means of defence 
while he strengthened his own means of attack. This was a 
policy which none of the Persian kings, from Darius, son of 
Hystapes, down to Darius Codomannus, had ability or perse- 
verance enough to follow out : none of them knew either the 
true value of Grecian instruments, or how to employ them with 
effect. The whole conduct of Cyrus, in reference to this memo- 
rable expedition, manifests a superior intelligence, competent to 
use the resources which victory would have put in his hands; 
and an ambition likely to use them against the Greeks, in aven- 
ging the humiliations of Marathon, Salamis, and the peace of 
Kallias." * 

* Grote's ''History of Greece," Chap. LXIX. Part II. 



ABBREVIATIONS USED m THE :N"0TES. 



Grammatical references, by numerals, are to Crosby's Greek Grammar, 
revised edition (1871). 

Pers., Persian, Persic. 

pers., person, -al, -ally. 

pf. , perf. , perfect. 

pi., plur., plural. 

pleon., pleonastically. 

pip., plup., pluperfect. 

Plut., Plutarch; Artax., Ar- 
taxerxes; Apoph., Apoph- 
thegms; Lye, Lycurgus. 

Polyb., Polybius. 

Pop., Poppo. 

pes., position. 

poss., possessive. 

pred., predicate. 

pres., present. 

prep. , preposition. 

pret., preteritive, -ly. 

prob., probably. 

pron., pronoun. 

prop., proper, -ly. 



abs., absolute. 

ace, accus., accusative. 

ace. to, according to. 

act., active. 

adj., adjective. 

adv. , adverb, adverbial, 

^sch., iEschylus. 

Ainsw., Ainsworth. 

ADab., Anabasis. 

aor., aorist, 

apost., apostrophe. 

appos. , apposition. 

Ar. , Aristophanes. 

Arr. , Arrian ; An. , Anabasis 

of Alexander, 
art. , article, 
asynd., asyndeton, 
attr., attraction, attracted, 
aug., augment. 

bef. , before. 
Born., Bornemann. 
Breit., Breitenbach. 

Caes., Caesar; B. C, Bellum 
Civile; B. G., Bellum Gal- 
licum. 

cf., confer, compare, consult. 

cog., cognate. 

comm., common, -ly. 

complem., complementary. 

compos. , composition. 

cond., conditional. 

conj., conjunction. 

const, praeg., constructio 
praegnans. 

contr., contracted. 

corresp. , corresponding. 

Ctes., Ctesias. 

Curt., Curtius (Quintus). 

Cyr., Cyropaedia. 

dat. , dative. 

dec. , declension. 

dep. , deponent. 

der., derivative. 

Dind.,Dindorf. 

Diod., Diodorus Siculus. 

dir. , direct. 

e. g., exempli gratia, for ex- 
ample. 
ell., ellipsis, 
emph. , emphatic, 
esp., especially, 
^tc, et caetera, and so forth. 



eth., ethical. 

Eur., Euripides. 

exc, except, -ion. 

foil., following. 

fut., future; fut. pf., future 

perfect, 
fr., from. 

gen. , genitive, 
gend., gender, 
gov., governed. 

Hdt., Herodotus. 

Hel., Hellenicaof Xenopbon. 

Hom., Homer; II., Iliad; 

Od., Odyssey. 
Hor., Horace. 

impers., impersonal, 
i. e., id est, that is. 
imph, imperfect, 
imv., imperative, 
ind., indicative, 
inf. , infinitive. 
Ion., Ionic, 
ipf., imperfect. 

KUh., KUhner. 
Kriig. , Kriiger. 

Lex., Lexicon to Anabasis 

(Crosby's). 
Liv., Livy. 
Lucr., Lucretius. 

Matt.,Matthiae. 
McMich., McMichael. 
Mss., manuscripts. 

N., note, 
neg. , negative, 
nom., nominative, 
numb., number. 

obj., object, 
obs., observe. 
OBcon., (Economicus. 
om., omitted, omission, 
opp., opposed, 
opt. , optative, 
orig., originally. 
Ov., Ovid. 

paron., paronomasia, 
part., participle, 
pass., passive, 
periph., periphrasis. 



q. v., quod vide, which see. 

refl., reflexive. 
Rehdz., Rehdantz. 
rel., relative. 

s., sequens, and the following. 
Sans., Sanskrit, 
sup., superlative, 
sc, scilicet, namely, under- 
stand. 
Schn., Schneider. 
Soph., Sophocles. 
Stob., Stobaeus. 
subj., subjunctive, 
subj. ace. , subject accusative, 
sync, syncopated. 

Tac , Tacitus : Ann., Annals ; 

Hist. , History. 
Thuc, Thucydides. 
trans., transitive, -ly. 

usu., usually. 

V, I., varia lectio, various 

reading. 
Virg., Virgil; .^En., iEneid ; 

Eel., Eclogue; G.,Georgics. 
voc, vocative. 
Vol!., VoUbrecht. 

w., with, 
wt., without. 

Xen., Xenophon. 



NOTES 



Sl€vo(f)mvTOS Kvpov ^ Ava^dcrecos (434 c) A' (= Aoyo? IIpcoTos, or 
Bi/3Xtoi/ UpcdTov, 91 a). Xenophon's Expedition of Cyrus (into the inte- 
rior of Asia ; see Lex. dva^aivo), dva^aais). The whole work takes 
its name from the leading event, though six books of the seven are 
occupied with the return (Kard^acns, see Lex.) of the Greeks who 
took part in the Expedition. — The division of the Anabasis into 
books, and the summaries prefixed to most of them (see Book II., 
III., etc.), are so old that they are referred to by Diogenes Laertius, 
about 200 A. D. ; yet they are not believed to have been the work of 
Xenophon himself, but of some scholar who saw the need of such a 
division. 



BOOK I. 



EXPEDITION OF CYRUS AGAINST HIS BROTHER ARTAXERXES. 
— BATTLE OF CUNAXA. — DEATH OF CYRUS. 

CHAPTER I. 

CYRUS SECRETLY RA.ISES AN ARMY FOR THE EXPEDITION. 

Page 1. — 1. Aapeiov: for the case see 412 ; for the position, 719 c. 
— -yi-yvovTat (719 ^), historic present, esp. frequent in Greek, 609 a. Ob- 
serve the frequent interchange, in the narrative, of past tenses and the 
historic present: ava^aiv€i...dvej3-r], § 2, etc. — TraiSes 8vio, dual and plural, 
494. Only two of the children are here mentioned, as no others were 
related to the following history. According to Ctesias (Persica 49), who 
derived his information from Parysatis herself, there were in all thirteen, 
of whom only five survived infancy. — irptcr^vripos [sc. Trais], the older 
[child], partitive apposition, 393 d. The article is omitted in the com- 
parison of the two, 533 f, g ; yet we might translate, an older. — T|<r0ev€i, 



4 NOTES. 

pos, 719 ^; tense 592 s. — TcXevTTJv (art. om. 533 c) tov pCov, the termina- 
tion of Ms (530 e) life. — t« iraiSe, the two children, or sons, case 666. 

2. fiev ovv, pos. 720 a. — Trapwv iTvyxavi, 573 b, 658. 1, 677. — Kvpov, 
pos. 719 6 ; art. om. 533 a, cf. 6 KOpos below, 522 g. — (AeTairejiircTai, 
voice 579. — iqs, sc. apxTlSi 505 a, 551 c ; pos. of rel. clause 523 g. — <ra- 
Tpdirqv, predicate appos. 393 b, 480 a. For the extent of his satrapy, see 
i. 9, 7. — cirotrio-e, dTreSei^e, tense 605. 3, c. — Kai o-TpaTT]7bv (Lex. = /ca- 
pavop) 86 (adv. 703 c), 480 a ; in continuation of a rel. clause, 561 d, 562. 
Observe here, as below and elsewhere, the esp. emphatic word placed be- 
tween Kai and 8e. So between Kai and aS, i. 1. 7. — irdvTwv 6<roi, of all 
[as many as] who, 550 d, f. — els, inasmuch as the mustering in a plain 
implies the coming into it, 704 a. — Kao-TwXov : The Plain of Castolus 
appears to have been the muster-ground of the imperial (as distinguished 
from the mere provincial) troops in the western part of Asia Minor (Xen. 
Jlel. i. 4. 3). The command of these troops gave the youthful Cyrus pre- 
cedence over the neighboring satraps, and that general management of 
affairs along the ^gean and with Greece, which had before been committed 
to Tissaphernes (called a-TpaTrjyos rw koltoj, in Thuc, viii. 5). Discon- 
tent with this change has been supposed to have been the motive which 
incited the latter, while professing friendship to Cyrus, to seek his destruc- 
tion (§ 3). — dGpot^ovrai, for annual review, before inspectors appointed 
by the king (Xen. CEcon. 4. 6). — XaP<«)v...?X"^> ^^^s® ^^2. — ws <|>iXov, 
modal appos. 393 c. — twv 'EXXi^vwv, of Greeks, art. 522 a (or of the Greeks 
in his service, 530) ; case 418. — oTrXtras : these were doubtless before in 
the service of Cyrus, and were now taken by him as a special guard for his 
person ; since he had well learned the vast superiority of the Greeks to the 
Persians in valor, prowess, and integrity, — dvcp-r) : observe the change of 
tense, and the chiastic arrangement (71 a) ; both of which are so common 
in Greek. — avrwv, case 407. 

3. €T€X€VTT)o-€, in Babylou ace, to Ctesias {Pers. 57), had died (tense 
605 c). — KaTco-TT] (577 b) els (704 a) tt|v (530 c) paonXetav, was estab- 
lished in the kingdom, or on the throne. — Ti(rorac|>€pvTis SiapdXXct (Lex,) 
TOV (522 g) Kvpov Trpbs tov (530 e) dScXcjjov, a>s (702 a) emPovXevot (opt., 
as following the historic pres., 643 a) avTw (505 a, 540 g). Tiss. mali- 
ciously accuses Cyrus to his brother [that he was plotting against him] of 
a design upon his life. Ace. to Plutarch (Artax. 3) the Persian rites of 
coronation were not complete till the new monarch had repaired to the 
ancient capital Pasargadse, and had there learned the lesson of primitive 
simplicity by putting off in the temple of the goddess of war his own rich 
vesture and putting on the plain dress which the elder Cyrus wore before 
he became king, and by an humble repast of dried figs, turpentine, and 
sour milk. Tissaphernes here brought to Artaxerxes a priest who had 
been a tutor of Cyrus, and who accused the young prince of designing to 
hide himself in the temple and assassinate his brother during the exchange 
of garments. — a^Tw, case 455 f. — 'O Se (518 a)... Kvpov, order 718 n, 
720. — • ws diroKT€v«v, apparent intention, 598 b, 680 a. — elaiTTjo-ajievTi 



BOOK I. CHAP. I. 



(Lex.), ace. to Plut. (Artax. 3), by profuse tears and passionate entreaties, 
enfolding him in her arms, wrapping her tresses around him, and holding 
his neck to her own. — aurdv, double relation, 399 g. 

4. 'O, the common subject of dir'^XGe and povXevcrai. — «s dirfiXGe, 
tense 605 c. — povXeuerat 8ir«s (JfiqiroTe (686 b) gcrrat (624 b) eirt (691) tw 
dSEX<)>a>, [considers how] resolves that he will never in future he in the poioer 

gy of his brother.— '^v Sv'vTjTat, PacriXevo-ei (631 c, 633 a). — dvr' (696) 

cxetvov (536 e), in his stead. — |xi^TT]p, direct appos. 393 a. — Kvpu, 

case 453. — <})iXovo-a, expressing cause, 674. — jiaXXov ^ (511) tov Pacri- 

Xevovra (525). Cyrus had evidently much more of his mother's intellect, 

energy, and ambition, than the mild but weak Artaxerxes. 

5. "OcTTis s, order 718 o. — d4>iKV€iTo, mode 641 e ; tense of repeated 
action, 592. — t<3v irapd paoriXews (533 b), [of those from the king, 527] 
from the king's court, referring esp. to the king's envoys (ol ^(podoi, Cyr. viii. 
6. 16), sent annually, ace. to custom, to inspect the satrapies and report 
upon their condition and upon the spirit and conduct of the satraps. — 
irdvTas, number 501. — w(rTe...etvat, [as to be] that they tcere, 671 a, e. — 
avTw, case 456. — PapPdpcuv, case 474 c, 432 d. — ciT)<rav, mode 624 c. 
Both drjaav and elev are freely used ; otherwise, this long form in -l-rjaav is 
rare, 293 a. — evvoiK6)s ^X'^'-^^ (Lex.) 577 d. For so young a prince Cyrus 
certainly showed great tact and shrewdness in making his preparations. 

6. c5s...6'7rtKpvirTd|X€Vos, 553 c, 674 b. — 6ti dirapao-Kevao-TOTaTov, as un- 
prepared as possible, Sti irXeio-Tovs, 553 c. — eiroiciTo (Lex.) tt|v o-vXXoy'HV, 
he made [the levy for himself] his levy. — 6irdo-as, lahatever, complem. or 
rel. with an antecedent understood in the gen. governed by ^povpdpxois. — • 
irdXeo-i : it appears from what follows that the Ionian cities were here esp. 
intended. So i. 2. 1. — <j)povpdpxoi'S, case 452 a. — a>s liriPovXevovros 
Ti<r<ra<}>., 680 b. — Kal ^dp (Lex.), [and he would naturally so plot, for] 
for indeed, 709. 2. — Tio-o-a<|)epvovs, case 443 a. — to dpxaiov, adv. 483 a. 
— • €K, w. agent of pass. 586 d. ef is not common in this use, but may be 
employed with verbs of giving, from the conception of the gift as passing 
fro7n the giver. This gift to Tissaph. deprived Cyrus of his former ready 
access to the sea and communication with the Greeks. • — MiX-^tov, case 
406 a ; cf. 8. 6. A glance at the map will show that it was far more im- 
portant to this commercial city to be on good terms with the satrap of 
Caria than with that of Lydia ; and that it was under the easy control of 
the former. 

7. *Ev MCKi\r(a : with this immediate emphatic repetition of the name 
after irX'fiv M., compare i. 8. 6. — rd awrd TaCra (489 d) PovXevopicvovs 
[sc. Ttms, or auVoi^s with general reference to the citizens, 472 b], that 
some (or they) were meditating this saine course (namely, airoaTrivai Trpos K. , 
though many regard this explanation as the marginal note of a gramma- 
rian, which at length crept into the text), 658. 1, 677. — rovs-.-eiePaXev, 
419 a, 518 d. — K. v7roXaP«v (674 a, d) tovs <|)€V'yovTas (678), truXXe'las 
(605 a) {TTpaTcvfia, (Lat. exercitu collecto, 658 b) €iroXi6pK€i (595 a). — 
M. Kttl Kara 7f]v (689 m)...KaTd'y€tv, order 718 1, m. Observe the parti- 



6 NOTES. 

ciples {jiroXa^dbv, avXXi^as, without an intervening conjunction, a frequent 
construction in Greek. Cf. i. 2. 17 ; 3. 5. —For 4>euyo} an^iKiriirTco used 
as passives to e/c/SaXXw, see 575 a. — avTTi...irp64>ao-i9 (524 c) ^v avrw (459) 
Tov (664 a) dGpoi^eiv (444 b), this again was another pretext with him 
(or he had as another pretext) for assembling. 

8. ir€|jnr«v t|^£ov, as not a single act. — a>v dScXcjjbs (without art.), since 
he was a brother of his, 674. — avrov Soefjvat oi (586 c, 537. 2, h, 788 c) 
Tavras ras (524 b) iroXcis (666). — avrw, case 699 a, f. — irpbs, 696. — 
lavTov, 505 a ; dir. refl. 537 a.— €mPovX7]s, case 432 b.— 'no-9dv€To,iJx0cTO, 
mode 671 d. Tt«r<ra<j)6pv£i, case 455 f. — Tro\€|iovvTa, because at war, 674. 

_ oiiUv, stronger than ov (adv. ace. 483 a, 471). — ai»T«v iroXep-ovv- 
" T«v (case 661 b), he was [as to nothing] not at all displeased [they 
heing] with their being at war. — Kal 7dp (Lex.), and the rather because, 
709. 2. — 8ao-p.ovs : Hdt. states (iii. 90, s) the tax which, ace. to the 
assignment of Darius Hystaspis, the imperial treasury drew from each 
province. The satrap also collected other sums for himself and for the 
provincial expenses. — paoriXei, case 450 b. — €k...?X"v, a deferred detail, 
modifying ^t^vofie'vovs, 719 d. — «v (Attic attr. 554 a) T. iTvyyji-vfV ^x«v, 
which T. [happened previously having] had previously possessed, the ipf. 
rather than the plf , to express continuance, 604 a. The idea of chance is 
expressed far oftener in Greek than in Eng. 

9. "AXXo, without art. 523 f. — avrw (case 460). — orvveXc'YCTO (tense 
592), was collecting for him. — Xep. ttj (523 a, 3) KaravTiirepas (526) *Apv- 
8ov (445 c) TovSe tov (524 b) rpdirov (adv. ace. 483). — KXeapxos, tovtw. 
Asyndeton is less frequent in Greek than in Eng. In Xen., it occurs 
chiefly in connection with a demonstrative pron. or adv. — tovtw, avrdv, 
536 d, e ; order 719 d, 718 k. — T|7do-0T] (as mid. 576 b, a), conceived an 
admiration for, ca^me to admire him (592 d), esp. for his military talents 
and passion, which might be made so serviceable. — Kal 8l8«o-iv : the 
change, in a sentence, from a past tense to the hist. pres. is more frequent 
than the reverse (as in i. 1. 2). — o-uveX6^€v...€iroX€|X€i, tense 592. — dird, 
695. — Tots 0pa|l (accent 778 c) tois, 523 a, 2). — kKov<rai, voluntarily , 
509 c. — feXdvOavcv, 677 f. — to o^pd,T€V|xa, supplied after its logical place, 
719 d. 

10. ol^Koi, 469 b, 526. — avrdv, case 480 c. — els 8t<rxiXiovs |cvovs, as 
object of aiTei, 706. — |it]vwv, case 445 a). — <os...dv, 658 a. — r<av dvrt- 
<rTa<rift)T«v, case 407. The history of rude Thessaly was strongly marked 
by such contests of aristocratic families. — 8€tTai avrov, requests [of] him, 
434 a. — alrei avrbv (480 c) els 8i<rxi'Xiovs ^evovs (706, cf. 8. 5) Kal rpiwv 
|jLT)vwv (445 a) (jLiorddv : the readiest version here seems to be, asJcs him for 
two thousand mercenaries and three months' pay for them, making ets 5i(rxt- 
Xt'ovs ^hovs an object of atrel, and translating in like manner the next 
sentence. But Cyrus, who was straining every nerve to increase his Greek 
force, could not have been willing to send back so large a force already 
levied into Greece and risk them in a Thessalian civil war. If then we 
thus translate, we must understand, by giving Aristippus four thoitsand 



BOOK I. CHAP. 11. 



troops, little more than granting him the privilege and means of levying 
them. That, indeed, he levied this number seems doubtful ; for Cyrus 
does not appear to have received more than fifteen hundred troops from 
this source (i. 2. 6). Some therefore prefer to connect eis...^€vovs with 
/xiadov, and to translate, asks of him pay for tivo thousand mercenaries and 
for three months. — ii-^ irpoo-Oev KaTa\vo-at...irpuv, not to [previously] 'r^iake 
peace, before, 703 d, ^. Cf. i. 2. 2. — dv...o-v|xpovX€vo-TiTai, subj. after 
pres. Seirat, 641 d, 619. 2, d. 

11. els IIei<ri8as...<rTpaT€'U€cr0ai, to make an expedition [into the land 
of the Pisidians (Lex. els, x^pa)] against the Fisidians. — IleioriSas, upon 
whom Cyrus had before warred (i. 9. 14). — a>s j3ovX6|x., stating that he 
wished. — «s irpd7|JiaTa irapexovTwv 11. (680 b) ttj lavrov (538 f) X^P*?-? 
on the ground that the P. were giving trouble to his own country. Cf. nego- 
tium facessere. — tovtovs, 505 b, 393 h. — iroXcfAi^arwv : observe with . 
this verb the difference between the simple dative and the dative ^ 
with <x{)v. — oircDS ovtoi, 719 e, 544, 547. 



CHAPTER II. 

MARCH OF CYRUS AND HIS ARMY FROM SARDIS TO TARSUS IN CILICIA. 

1. eSoKei, subject 571 f. — avrw (case 454), &vo>, position 719 d. — fJiev : 
the corresponding clause with hi, stating the real object of the expedition, 
is not expressed, though it is implied in § 4 (Lex.). — (os...pov\o|X€vos, [as 
if wishing], that lie wished, 680 c. — €k, 689 a. — cos eirl tovtovs, ellipsis 
of verb, 711. — to PapPapiKov, sc. arpdrevfjca, his barbarian force, 506 c. 
The TO is repeated before 'EXXtjvlkov, because this refers to different persons 
from ^appapiKov, 534. 4. ws is often used before a prep, to express view or 
purpose, either real or pretended. Cf. 9. 23 ; iv. 3. 11, 21. — evravOa 
Ka(, then... also, or thither .. .also (i. e. to the place of rendezvous). The to 
'EJ^XrjviKoi' preceding refers to the Greek force in the dominions of Cyrus ; 
and Kiihner and many other editors express this by reading thus : Kal to 
'EWrjviKov ivTavda a-TpdTevfxa • Kal TrapayyeWeL. — K. XapdvTi (having taken 
= with, 674 b), A. o-vvaXXa-yevri, constructed ace. to 667 b ; while Xa- 
Povra below, removed from H^viqi, agrees with a pronoun understood, ace. 
to 667 e. — 8<rov ■fjv avTw <rTpdTcv{jLa = too-ovtov (rTpdTev(JLa '6<tov fjv 
avr<3, [as large a force as he had], whatever troops he had, or his whole 
force, 551 c, f. — dTro'irep.^ai...o-TpdTeu(j,a, 551 c, 661 a. Aristippus sent, 
under the command of Menon, as many troops as he chose to spare, § 6 : 
ii. 6. 28. — avTw, case 460. — cv rais iroXeo-i, position 523 a, 1. — ^cvikov, 
case 407, 699 f. — irX-fiv [to(tovt(i3v] 6ird<rot, 551 f, 406. 

2. *EKdX€<r€...€K€X6v<r€, Xapovra, chiasma 71 a. — <})V7d8as ..<rTpaT€V6- 
<r9at, 666 b. — €<|>' d eo-TparevcTO, (sc. to. Tpdyfiara, or raura), the objects 
for v^hich he was making loar, taking the field. — iravirao-Gai (some 



8 NOTES. 

prefer the reading traiaecdai, 659 g, 660 d ; but iraiaaadai. is the com- 
mon reading of the mss.). — Kai.TO.y6.yoi, 641 b, d. — avrw, case 456. For 
the grounds of this confidence, see i. 9. 7, s. — 'irapTi<rav ds SopScis, 
[were present, having come to, arrived at], came to S., const, praeg., 
704 a. 

3. Tovs €K T(5v iroXcwv XaPwv — tovs Iv rats iroXeo-tv ck t<5v irdXewv 
XaPiov, const, prseg. 704 a. — oTrXtras, position 719 d. — els T€TpaKi<rxi- 
Xtovs, adj. 706. — -yvuviiTas, mostly, without doubt, targeteers (see Lex.). 

— ws irevraK., 711 b. — -^jv hi, 163 b ; zeugma, 495, 497 b. — twv 
...oTpaTeoojJLevwv, of those who were serving, 678 ; gen. partitive as 
an appositive 422. 

4. OvToi |iev : while others joined him at Colossse, etc., § 6, 9. Cf. 1. 

9 N. as to KX^apxos. — avTw, case 450 a. — Ti<ro-a<j)e'pvT]s : according to a 
less likely account by Ephorus (Diod. xiv. 11), the informant was Pharna- 
bazus, who had learned the design of Cyrus from Alcibiades, and, lest the 
latter should himself inform the king, put him to death. Cf. ii. 3. 19. — 
y.iVtfiva....^ <os eirl II., greater than as [it would be] if against the P. (a 
small, though warlike tribe), i. e. too great to he aimed at the P. merely^ 
513 d. — (OS pao-iXea, 711 c. — ■]§... Taxi trra (Lex. 6s), 553 c. — tirircas 
'i\<jiv (= with, 674 b) a>s irevraKoo-Covs, order 719 d. 

5. 'i-%<av ovs el'ptiKa, 551 c. — (oppidTO dirb 2., 688 : airo, rather than iK, 
since the army was doubtless mainly encamped about the city, 689 a, b. 
Cf. vi. 1. 23. — €|eXavv6t, he [moves forth his army] advances or m£i,rches : 
cf. i^rjXavve Tr)v CTTpaTiav, Hdt. vii. 38, 577 c. Some supply iinroj' or ap/ma : 
see Lex. iXavuco. — 8ia, 689 a. — iiri, Lex. — ^rraOfJiovs, trapaa-dyyas, case 
482 d. — eiKoo-i Kal 8vo, 242 a. — tov Ma£av8pov iroTaiidv, 393, 522 1. — 
TovTOv...TrX€9pa, 395 c. Observe how common asyndeton is in the itine- 
rary, esp. with evravda and evrevdev, § 6, 7. — iX,fy}y^vy\ irXoCois cttto, 
formed by the union of seven boats, 466 ; a pontoon-bridge. For i^evyfi^vrj 
applied to the stream itself, see ii. 4. 13. So, in Lat. pontem jungere, and 
amnem jungere. 

6. 8iapds, 605 a, 674 e. — KoXo<ro-ds. Cyrus commenced his march east- 
ward from Sardis, by the southern route through Colossifi and Celfenae, the 
same which Xerxes took in his march against Greece (Hdt. vii. 26 s) eighty 
years before. An especial motive to this was doubtless the desire to keep 
up as long as possible the pretence that he was proceeding against the Pi- 
sidians. It is also probable that he had on this route, as against those 
troublesome neighbors, troops stationed and supplies deposited, which he 
may have wished to take with him or put to present use. Such supplies 
and his princely residence at Celsenie would also make that a convenient 
place for his long delay in waiting for essential reinforcements. — irdXiv s, 
(Lex.) 504 a. — ^jicivev, the aor. because a simple view is taken of the stay 
as a whole, 591. — "np-cpo-s, 482 a. The halt of so many days was probably 
to await the arrival of Menon, Avho came, we may suppose, by the direct 
route from Ephesus to Colossse. — Kal (= €V ais, § 10) i^kc (for aor., which 
was only late, not then in use as aor. 603, c, ^3). — Me'vwv (§ 1 n) 6 (525) 



BOOK I. CHAP. 11. 9 

0. oir. 'ixjiav (674 b). — AoXoiras Kal Alvtavas, mentioned by Horn., 11. 
ix. 484 ; ii. 749. 

7. TTJs *., 522 g. — €VTai)ea...irX^pT]s, 459, 504 a ; order 719 6, \ [i. 

— Pao-iXcia, pi. 489 a. — -^v, sing. 569. — Orjpiwv, case 414 a. — d, not 
attr., because not limiting or defining the antecedent, 554 a; cf. ofJs, 4. 9. 

— €0^pevev...povXotTO, sometimes called the iterative opt. See 5. 2; 641 
b. — dirb tiTTTOv (Lex.), his attacks being made from his position on the 
horse. Cf. ex equo pugnabat, Liv. i. 12. — 8id |i€o-ov Sc tov irapaSeio-ov, 
and through the midst of the park, 508 a. — 6k twv pao-iXeiwv, within the 
palace (flowing out of it), const, prseg. 704 a. This situation of the palace 
secured a supply of water, — KeXaivwv, 395 c, 446 N. Apposition seems 
the harder of the two constructions, on account of ttjs, though the other is 
rather poetical. 

8. ne-yoXov paciXccos (Lex.), 533 b : the Persian empire was far greater 
in extent than any before presented in history. — outos, position, ^ 
719 5. — ((jipoXXei, sc. iavrov (Lex.), 577 c. — cI'koo-i . . ttoScSv, sc. 
edpos, [a breadth of] ticenty -Jive feet, 395 c, 440. — XcYcrai (573 a)...oi, 537. 
2, b, 539 a ; case 455 f. See the account of Hdt. (vii. 26), who names the 
stream KarappdKTrjs {clashing stream, cf. cataract) ; and also Diod. iii. 59 ; 
Liv. xxxviii. 13. — odev (550 e) at TTTi^ai, sc. elatv, 572. 

9. TTJ iidxn, ^^'-^ famous battle of Salamis, b. c. 480, at which Xerxes 
was present, 530 a. — '^jxeive: Cyrus may have been detained not only by 
waiting for his right arm, Clearchus, and others, but also by preparations 
required before leaving his Phrygian capital, esp. to check the incursions 
of the Pisidians. — ©paKas, KpfjTas, adj. 506 f. — Ewcris (gen, -los, or, 
later, -iSos, 218. 1). Sosis is not again mentioned, and seems, therefore, 
not to have commanded as a general ; and Sopha^netus has been before 
mentioned as joining Cyrus with his one thousand hoplites at Sardis (§ 3). 
The most pi-obable explanation here is perhaps this : It was essential to 
Cyrus to keep the landing at Ephesus secure, and the way through Colossse 
open for his reinforcements, and therefore to prevent the seizure of these 
cities by his dangerous neighbor Tissaphernes. Hence Xenias left Sosis at 
Ephesus with three hundred hoplites ; and Cyrus on his march left at Co- 
lossae the old and trusted Sophaenetus. But when Cyrus learned of the de- 
parture of Tissaphernes, and the arrival at Ephesus of the last force expected 
there, he directed Sosis to accompany Clearchus to Colosste, and that So- 
phaenetus should there join them. The second mention of the arrival of 
Sophainetus led some copyist, who did not observe the repetition, to insert 
/cat xt'XiOi below, so that all the numbers mentioned might be included in 
the total. The removal of these words makes it easier to reconcile the 
numbers here wdth those in 7. 10, and elsewhere. The troops brought 
by Sosis would fall naturally into the division of Xenias. — Kvpos-.-luotT]- 
<r€v, 475 a. — ircXracrTat : Greek light-armed troops were sometimes in 
general called TreXracrrat, from the predominant class. Yet the total here 
stated is made out without including the archers of Clearchus, or all the 
yvjjvTJTes of Proxenus. The summary stands thus : — 



10 NOTES. 



Xenias, 


4000 orrAtrat, 








= 


4000 


Proxenus, 


1500 


500 yvfj-vriTe?, 






= 


2000 


Sophsenetus, 


1000 " 








= 


1000 


Socrates, 


500 








= 


500 


Pasion, 


300 " 


300 neXrcuTTai, 






= 


600 


Menon, 


1000 


500 " 






= 


1500 


Clearclius, 


1000 " 


800 " 


200 


To^drai, 


= 


2000 


Sosis, 


300 










300 



Totals, 9600 bnXiTat., 2100 ttcAt., etc., 200 Toforat, = 11900 

As the enumeration is only given in round numbers, we cannot wonder 
that the suras do not agree precisely with the totals in thousands, as stated 
in the text. For a small body of cavalry in the division of Clearchus, see 
5. 13. — diJ,<|>l (692. 5) tovs (531 d) 8i<rxiXtovs, 706 a. 

10, rEcXras. Having accomplished the objects of his visits to Celsense, 
Cyrus turns back to the common, easier, and better supplied route from 
Sardis to Cilicia, Along this route he had doubtless stationed portions of 
his barbarian force, and deposited supplies, in part perhaps under the 
pretext that they were designed for action or protection against his ene- 
mies, the Mysians. This would explain the necessity of his visit to the 
Market of the Ceramians, the nearest city on the route to the Mysian ter- 
ritory, and hence an important military post. On his way thither he 
stopped three days at Peltse, probably to gratify the many Arcadians in 
his army through the celebration, on the neighboring plain, of their na- 
tional festival and games in honor of Lycsean Jove. — to, AvKaia ^Ovce 
(Lex.), 478, 507 c. This was an especial festival of the Arcadians, celebrated 
annually with sacrifices and games in honor of Lycsean Zeus and Pan, 
whom some regard as essentially the same deity, claimed as a native of 
Arcadia (born or reared on Mt. Lycseus). According to Plutarch, it was 
related to the Eoman Lupercalia, the introduction of which into Italy has 
been ascribed to the Arcadian Evander. — o-rXe-yyCSes, pred. appos., 393 b ; 
on account of which ^aav is the rather plur. 569 a, 500. — Kal Kvpos, pos. 
719 d. The especial antipathy of the Persians to idol-worship rendered this 
a greater compliment. — Kepafjiwv ' AYopdv : Bornemann and others have 
conjectured Kepafxcov (the Mss. all accenting on the ultima), which might 
be translated Tile-market. (Cf. New-market. • See postscript to Lex.) 
Cyrus here reached the great eastern imperial road ; and, instead of remain- 
ing at this frontier place to make in person any arrangements that might 
be necessary during his absence, pushed forward with a rapidity nowhere 
else equalled on the march. So much of the army as could not keep up 
with him (perhaps all the heavy-armed troops and most of the baggage) 
had time for rejoining him during the five days' halt at Caystri Campus. 
The motive to this extraordinary haste was probably the hope of meeting 
Epyaxa and receiving the supply of money expected from Cilicia before the 
Greek troops should be clamorous for their quarter's pay. 

11. crrpaTiwTais, case 454 d, — irXe'ov (= 'irX€tovwv)...ji'nv»v, for more 
than three months, 507 e. — cirl rds 0vpas, to his door or quarters. — 



BOOK I. CHAP. 11. 11 

IXirfSas (Lex. 479) X^^tov (677) 811176 (Lex.), 577 c, passed the time „ 
expressing hopes, was constantly feeding them on hope. — 8t]Xos ^v 
dviMficvos, 573 c, 677 g. — irpds (Lex.), 696. — 'i\ovTa, sc. avrbv, 667 e, 
when he had the means. 

12. 'EvTavea...K€pov, 719 d, 393 h. — SvevvtVios, Ion. gen. 218. 2. 
"Why hereditary king here, see Voll., note. — Kvpa> Sovvai, xP'nH^a-Ta, or- 
der 718 i. This money, we may suppose, had been promised by the politic 
Syennesis ; as Cyrus would have been insane to start on such an expedition 
with so little money, unless he had expected a supply by the way. His 
long detention at CeliEnse appears to have prevented his meeting the queen 
as early and as near Cilicia as he had expected. —8' o5v, and accordingly, 
or, hut at any rate, however that might be. 5' o^v, often used as here in 
passing from the questionable to the unquestionable (as to fact, in distinc- 
tion from mere report or supposition), cf. § 22, 25 ; 3. 5. — (rrpaTia, Greek 
army. — r\ KiXt<r(ra, sc. yvvq or jSactXeia, 506 b. — o-vYycveo-Oai : refer- 
ence here to illicit intercourse is mere camp-scandal, we may hope. If not 
so, it shows to what an extreme of complaisance the Cilician king and 
queen were ready to go to secure the favor of Cyrus. It was the policy of 
the Persians, in the extension of their empire, not to dethrone native 
princes, if they readily submitted and faithfully performed the duties of 
yassals. In this class were the kings of Cilicia ; and the present king was 
determined not to lose his throne, whichever of the rival brothers prevailed. 
He therefore sent his queen to meet Cyrus, from whom the danger was 
the nearest, with the large sum of money which this prince needed so 
much, and apparently with the charge to secure his favor, no matter by 
what means, and to learn his plans and resources. According to Diodorus 
(xiv, 20), he promised to assist Cyrus in the war, and sent one son and an 
armed force to serve with him ; but secretly sent another son to the king 
with pledges of unswerving fidelity, information respecting the hostile 
forces, protestations that whatever he had himself done for Cyrus had 
been done through compulsion, and assurances that he should seize the 
first opportunity of deserting Cyrus and fighting on the side of the king. 

13. 'EvrevBev. At Caystri Campus several important roads met ; and 
Cyrus here took the great thoroughfare from the Propontis to Cilicia. 
Henceforth he pressed on towards Babylon, without turning aside or vol- 
untary delay. — irapd tov 686v, the ace. rather than dat. from the foun- 
tain's flowing along the way, or the movement of the army by the foun- 
tain. — Kp-^VT] T| M180V KaXov(jL€VT], a fouutain [that called Midas' s] which 
was called the fountain of Midas, 523 i. — tov Sdrvpov, the (well-known) 
Satyr, Silenus, 530 a. — olvt^, case 550 a. Compare Virg. Eel. vi. (Eng. 
idiom, wine with it.) Kepavvvfii implies closer union than the more gen- 
eral fxiyvvfjiL. 

14. 8€'n0Tivat (576 b)...Kvpov, case 434 a : not merely for the spectacle, 
we must suppose, but also to display the strength of the army ; Avhile 
Cyrus was, of course, glad to send a vivid impression of this strength to 
the Cilician king. There is a plain near Ilghiin adapted to the review 
of an army. — t«v 'E)vA...t«v Pap|3., 534. 4. 



12 NOTES. 

15. ws vojxos avTOis [sc. iju, or ianv, since this is far oftener omitted 
than ijv, 572] €ls Ht-dxiiv [rdrrecr^at], as their custom was for battle : 572, 
459. — ^Kao-Tov [err par 77761'] tovs eavTOv, 506 a. — €irl (Lex.) TgTxdpwv, 
692. 5. A line eight deep was more common; cf. vii. 1. 23. — Seltov, 
evwvv|Jiov, {xe'orov, 506 c. In this mere parade the lirst place was given to 
the ambitious Menon ; afterwards, in real service, to the older and abler 
Clearchus. The wings were more exposed than the centre ; hence, the 
more reliable commanders and troops were placed upon them, and they 
were accounted posts of honor. So, from the place of the shield, the right 
was more exposed, and consequently more honorable, than the left. — 
6KCIV0V, for distinction from avT(p above. 

16. *E0e(6p€i, proceeded to survey. — kut tXas Kal Kara Td|€is, by troops 
(of horse) and battalions (of foot) ; cf. turmatim et centuriatim. — TrapeXav- 
vwv. In this way their firm front of glistening metal was better shown ; 
and the small depth, which enabled them to make a greater display, was 
less exposed. It is possible also that a compliment to the Greeks was 

Q designed. — Kal rds dcnrtSas eKKCKaGapjxevas (v. I. eKKeKaXvufj-euas, 
see Lex.), and their shields burnislied. 

17. €K€Xevo-6 s, to show their manner of advancing upon a foe. — ktrvjfja- 
prj<rai = iirUvai. — '6\t\v t^v <{>d\aYYa, 523 e. — cirel lo-dXiri-yle, 571 b. 
— iK-.-TrpoiovTCDV, and upon this [tlaey advancing] as tJiei/ kept advandngf 
more rapidly, 592. For the gen. abs. agreeing with omtCov understood 
(675, 676 a, b ; cf, 6. 1) the dat. agreeing with arpariuiTaLs could have been 
used. — OLTTo Toii avTOfx., 507 d. — 8p6p.os...<rTpaTn6Tais, 459. — lirl rds 
o-KT]vds, upon the camp (mostly occupied by barbarians), as if for attack 
and plunder. Within or close by was the camp-market. 

18. pappdpcov, case 415. — 4>oPos, sc. eyevero or ^v. — 'i^vyev €K ttjs 
dpji., jied from her carriage, as this slow vehicle, drawn by mules or oxen, 
would not take her quickly enough out of the reach of danger. — ot ck... 
2<})vY0v, const, pneg. 704 a. — t^v rd^iv jov crTparevp-aTos, 523 c. — €K 
T«v s, €K less common than cnrb. Cf. vii. 2. 37, where the more frequent 
dTTo is used, and ex duce metus, Tac. Ann. i. 29. — <|)6pov (Lex.). 

19. x^pa-v, the object of both e7r^r/)ei//e and Siapirdaai, or of the latter 
only. 

20. T^v KiXiKtav, cf. § 21, 522 g, 533 a. — 686v, 482 d, or 479.— avrrj, 
case 699 a. It suited the plans both of the queen and of Cyrus that she 
should carry her report to the king before the arrival of Cyrus. By send- 
ing the division of Menon as an escort, he not only provided for her safety 
and honor, but secured the introduction into Cilicia of a considerable 
force, which might act, if necessary, in his favor. The shorter mountain 
route taken by Menon would have been very difficult for the whole army 
encumbered by its baggage. Cyrus seems to have made the way from Ico- 
nium to Dana (or Tyana) longer than necessary, in order that he might 
himself accompany the Cilician queen to the foot of the mountain pass, 
and perhaps that he might also give the army a better opportunity of 
plundering Lycaonia. The delay at Dana allowed time for Menon to reach 



BOOK I. CHAP. 11. 13 

the Cilician plain, and also for making the necessary preparations before 
attempting the Cilician pass. — oTpaTnoTas ov's, agreeing with 554 c in 
respect to the omission of the art. — Kal avrov, and Menon himself, 540 f. 
— K^cTo, see 2. 4. — kv <S, sc. xpoi't^, in which (time), 506 a. — direKTetvev, 
as a man is said to do that which he causes others to do. Cyrus was un- 
hesitating in the infiiction of punishment, Cf. 9. 13. — alriao-d- q 
(jiEvos iTTipovXevetv, having charged [that they were plotting] them 
with plotting, 658. 1. 

21. €l<rpd\\€iv els, 699 c. — elo-poXT], the Tauri Pylie of Cicero, Ad Att. 
V. 20. 1. See Lex. Ili^Xat. — dp.a|iT6s. In some places the width for a 
carriage has only been gained by cutting into the rock. — l<rxvp<5s, 685, 
emph. position. — dfJLiqxavos e'wreXGeiv (663 g) o-TpaTevp.aTi (453), imprac- 
ticable for an armij to enter = which it was impracticable to enter (fju d/*^- 
Xavou rjv elaeXdelv), the adj. agreeing witli dj^oX-q by attraction instead of 
being in the neut. with eiaeXdeiu. Cf. 573. — iv tw ireSiw. This spot di- 
i^ctly in front of the pass is termed by Arrian, to Kvpov rod ^vv mvo<I)Cjvtl 
(TTpaToiredov, An. ii. 4. Alexander marvelled at his good fortune in mak- 
ing the passage here with like freedom from opposition. — ckuX-uev, tried 
to hinder. — XeXoiirws e'lt), mode 643 ; form 317 a. We cannot sup- 
pose that Syennesis had any real design of defending the entrance ; but 
he wished to be able to claim, if necessary, that he had made the at- 
tempt. The arrival of Menon in his rear gave him the excuse which 
he desired for leaving the pass. — f|o-0eTO...Tiv, 657 a. ''Rv is used rather 
than €17], as expressing a perceived fact, 644 s. — opetov, case 445 c. — 
Kal 6ti, and because. "Ort, like the Lat. quod, is both a complementary 
and a causal conjunction, 701 i, j. — TpiTJpgis, the obj. of ^x^vra, as Tafubv 
of TJKove. For the order see 719 d. Cf. ewe/Jixl/e deKa TptrjpeLS ^x^^t^ 'Ereo- 
vLKov, Hel. ii. 5. — ■fJKOve...Ta|x»v 'ixovrtx, he heard [of T. having] that 
T. had, 677 b. This use of the part. w. dKoi/w here implies certainty that 
the report heard was true, which the inf. would not ; 657 k ; cf. 3. 20. 
For the arrival of this fleet see 4. 2. Some prefer to regard Tpt-r^peis irepi- 
TrXeovaas as immediately depending upon iJKove, and Tap-uju ^x^^'''^ ^^ ^ 
parenthesis similarly depending: he heard [of triremes sailing round, of 
Tamos having such] that triremes were sailing round under the charge of 
Tamos. — rds AaK., sc. Tpi-^pets. — avroii, cf. vi. 3. 5. 

22. ovSevbs kwXvovtos, 675. — rds <rKT]vds : these may have been rather 
huts than movable tents ; or the term may be a general one for a camp 
or post. This Avas probably over the pass, in a convenient place for crush- 
ing invaders with stones. The conjectural substitution of etXe for eUe by 
Muretus and others seems, therefore, gi'oundless. — ov ot KiXikcs €<|>vXaT- 
Tov, 7vhere the Cilicians xcere previously keeping guard, or had been keeping 
guard, 604 a. Cf. ervyx'^^^^ '^X'^^i 1- 8. — els ireSiov, 689 a. — SevSpwv, 
case 414 a. The plain of Cilicia is still remarkable for its fertility and 
beauty. — "Opos s : for the order see 719 d. This mountain defence con- 
sists of the united chains of the Taurus and the Amanus. See Map. 

23. KaTapds...Tap(rovs, and having descended lie advanced through 



14 NOTES. 

this plain to Tarsus four stations, twenty-five parasangs (from the last 
stopping-place). This explanation is required, since, ace. to Ainsworth, 
the march on the plain itself would occupy only one day. — rjo-av, plur. 
569 a. — |i.€orT]s 8^ ttjs ttoXcws, 508 a, 523 b, 4. — 6vojj,a, cSpos, case 481 ; 
art. om. 533 c. — 8vo, 240 c. — irXc'Opwv, modifying iroraixos, 440 a. 

24. TavTTjv TT|v (524 b) iroXiv i%i\vtroy, 605. — €ls [to go to], for. — x"" 
pCov, identified by some with the Castle of Nimrud in the adjacent moun- 
tains. — opt], accus. on account of the preceding verb of motion. — irX'fiv 
...'^XovTcs, these remaining for the profits of trade, and to take from the 
Cyreans the excuse of necessity for further plundering ; doubtless by the 
command or with the consent of Syennesis. So the inhabitants of Issus ; 
and (with reference to the fleet) those of Soli. 
_ _ 25. irpoTc'pa Kvpov, 609 a, 408. — twv els to ircSiov, sc. Kadrj- 
"^ KovTdiv (cf. 4. 4), reaching, or descending to the plain. Reiske and 
some others conjecture ttj agreeing with v-rrep^oXr}. — •u'n-oX€WJ)OevTas, for 
plunder, probably. — Kal ov...ov8e (Lex.). — to &XXo <rTpdTeup,a, 508 a, 
523 f. — ^orav 8* o-Sv...6TrXiTai, but, hoicever (they perished), these were 
one hundred hoplites lost to the army (these Adxoi being smaller than 
usual, or, as Klih. thinks, not wholly destroyed). 

26. Oi 8' dXXoi (721 b), tlie rest of Menon's force. — 8iTJpirao-av, seizing 
eagerly this pretext for plundering so wealthy a city before the arrival 
of their comrades ; and Menon, doubtless, encouraging and profiting most 
by the crime. See ii. 6. 27. — 6p7i^op.€voi, infuriated, in pretence. — to. 
ev awTTJ, sc. 6vTa, 523 a, 2, 526, 678 c. — |j,€TeTr€|jnr€TO (as introductory, 
595 a) Tov S. [sc. thai, 668 b] irpbs tavrov, soUfor S. to come to him, 583 : 
cf. 579. — 6 8* ovTc (oi) joined with ^(jyr), though prop, modifying eXdeiv) 
irpoTcpov ov8€Vt (713 a) irw KpetxTovi lavrov (408) ds X^'-P^-^ 'XOciv i^t], 
oijTi TdT€ Kvpo) Uvai -f^GeXe, but he both replied that he had never yet [afore- 
time] put himself into the hands of any one stronger tlian himself, and 
refused then to go to Cyrus [sc. eh x^^P^^t to put himself into his hands]. 
"Epxcfxat and etjui are comm. construed with prepositions, but with such 
expressions as ets x^^P'^^i ^'^ Xoyovs, may take a personal modifier in the 
dat., 450 b (or the phrases taking the dat. ace. to 455, 452 a, or perhaps 
464). — 'i\a^€, sc. "Ev^vveo-Ls, as the leading subject. 

27. dXXiqXois, 583. — cL vop-i^crai (sing. 569) irapd PacriXci Ti|jLia, lohich 
are [accounted honorable] special marks of honor at the king's court, where 
the three gifts first mentioned were allowed to no one, unless presented 
by the king, Cyr. viii. 3. 8. Cyrus thus assumed royal state. — Kal ..Kal, 
707 j. — aKivaK-qv xP'wo'ovv, a gilt poniard, as one simply of gold would be 
of very little service. — <rToXir|v IIcpo-iKTJv, the candys (i. 5. 8), borrowed 
by the Persians from the Medes ; and, as a royal robe, of purple and em- 
broidered with gold. Compare the modern caftan. — t^v \<iifto.v p.tjk€'ti 
d<})ap'7rd^€cr9ai, that the country should no longer (more) be pillaged, an 
object of ^8wKe. — dv8pdiro8a, ^v irov €VTV"yx<ivwo-tv (for opt., 653 a, 633 a), 
d-iroXafjipdvciv, that they (the Cilicians) should recover their slaves, if they 
should anywhere find o.ny. These inf. clauses are direct objects of ?5w/ce, 
understood witli Kvpos. 



BOOK I. CHAP. III. 15 



CHAPTER III. 

THE GREEK TROOPS, SUSPECTING THE REAL OBJECT OP THE EXPE- 
DITION, REFUSE TO ADVANCE ; BUT ARE PERSUADED BY CYRUS, 
THROUGH CLEARCHUS, TO MARCH AS IP AGAINST ABROCAMAS ON 
THE EUPHRATES. 

1. ^)J.€iV6, zeugma 497 b. — ovk i^a.<rav Uvai (as fiit. Lex.) tov irpoorw, 

theij said that they ivouM not go any farther [for that which is farther on, 
430 a], or they refused to go forward, 662 b, 686 i. — cm, 689 g. — |xi(r6(oGf]- 
vai, 588. From Tarsus Cyrus would of course march westward, if his 
expedition were against the Pisidians, as pretended. An attempt to march 
farther eastward would therefore naturally alann the Greeks. The Greeks 
were familiar with the sea and seacoast ; but before this expedition, had a 
natural dread of the long and untried march into the interior of the great 
Asiatic continent and the mighty Persian empire. — irpwros, first or fore- 
onost of the generals, since § 7 seems to imply that Xenias and Pasion dis- 
pleased their soldiers by a similar urgency. The v. I. irpwrov would signify 
first or at first, in distinction from afterwards. See 509 f. — ipid^ero, etc., 
tenses 594. This prompt resort to compulsion suited well the harsh nature 
of Clearchus (ii. 6. 9 s) ; while his subsequent tears might well hare excited 
wonder. — avrdv re, both himself re throwing distinctive emphasis upon 
aiiTov, 540 f. 

2. |xiKp6v, [a short distance only] narroioly, the accus. of extent , ^ 
here passing into the adv. ace, 483a. — ki^i^vy^, etc., tense 594. — ji.-^, 

713 d. — 8vvTJo-€Tai, 607 a, 643 h. — IxKX-qoriav, an assembly duly called, in 
distinction from spontaneous gatherings {(jvWoyoi v. 7. 2). — xpov°v, case 
482 a. — e8dKpve...€o-Tws [standing 46,320 d], he stood and icept (674 d) tears, 
we may suppose, even more of policy than of chagiin. — Toid8€ [such things 
as the following], as folloios, 547. TotdSe and roLavra, talia, do not claim 
as much exactness for the report as rdde and ravra, h.TC ; yet they are 
sometimes interchanged with these : cf. § 7, 9, 12. Clearchus speaks 
throughout with great art. Discourses, like his, in which the real was 
opposite to the apparent purport, were termed by the Greek rhetoricians 
\6yoL €axnf^<'-Ti-o-iievoL, orationes figuratai. Cf. Agamemnon's speech, II. ii. 
110 s ; Antony's oration over the body of Ctesar in Shakespeare. 

3. "AvSpes (TTpaTiwrai, 393 e, 484 g. — H 0av|xdt€T€, 628 c, e, 686 a.— 
XaX€ir«3 <|)€p« (Lex.) rots irapovo't (Lex.) •irpd'y|j.a<riv, I am deeply afiHicted 
at the present state of affairs, 456. — [JL€...Td t€ dXXa (480 b) kT\.^-r\xri, Kat, 
hoth favored me in all else, and in particular, or as an especial favor, re... 
/cat giving more emphasis to the second part than tL..t€ (Lex.). — IjxoC, 
537 a ; emph. in contrast with vjulcLs. — KaT€9€p,Tiv...€8a'irdva)v, the aor. ex- 
pressing the simple and absolute denial of the action as a whole, the ipf. 
presenting it as continued or as a course of conduct, 591 s. 



16 NOTES. 

4. liroXc'iiTio-a, / engaged in war, inceptive aor. 592 d. — Tfjs 'EXXdSos, 
522 g. — TTJs X€ppovT|o-ov, 522 h. — (x.e0' vfi-wv, with you as partakers in 
the work, with your co-operation, more complimentary than ai/v v/uv {avv 
simply denoting connection, while [xerd with the gen. goes further, and 
im^ies participation). — "EXXrivas ri\v •^f\v, 485 d. — cttciStj s, order 718 o, 
p, q. — IkoXci, tense 595 a. — t'l ti (478 a) Scoito, a)4>€\oiTiv, 633 a. — dv9* 
«v (ellijptic attr. 554 a n.) e5 ^iraGov (Lex.) W (since eiradov is akin to a 
pass. Lex.) ckcCvov, in return for the favors which I had received from him. 
The student will observe the distinctive emphasis of eKeivov, while avrov 
is unemphatic, 536 d, e, 540 g. 

5. dvd^KT] 8t| not, 459, 572. — irpoSovra, 667 e. — (j>iXia, case 466 b. — 
)ji60' vfiiov elvai, to remain associated with you, see § 4. — aiprjo-ofiai... 
ireio-ofxai, emphasized by the chiastic order, which is so frequent in Greek, 
71 a. — a-vv v\uv, remaining with you, in your company : jJieG* v^iuv would 
have signitied that they would likewise suffer, which he more delicately 
leaves them to infer. — i> ti dv Sct], sc. TrdcrxetJ', whatever [it] may be neces- 
sary [to suffer], 551 a, 641 a. — oiiiron s, 713 a, 719 a. — ws, rather than 
oTi, inasmuch as, since, to express the idea that he spurns the thought, 
702 a. — "EXXT]vas, not definite, .. .tovs "EXXrjvas, definite from previous 
mention, 530 a. 

6. cfJtoi, case 455 g. — €p.oi, kyd}, emphatic, strongly distinctive, 536 a, e. 

— Tr€i06O-0ai ov8€ ^ireo-Gai, "illud animi, hoc corporis est." Kiihn. — 
a-vv v\i.iv (^fO[i.ai, I will [follow with, as a companion] accompany you. 
To follow a guide or leader is expressed by ewoixaL without avv, § 17, 
iii. 1. 36. — voni^o), a stronger word than oXjxaL, (Lex.). — etvai, 480 a, N. — 
iraxpiSa, since he was an exile. Compare II. vi. 429 s ; Eur. Hec. 281. — 
Kal...Kal...Kai, making the three accusatives all emphatic (Lex.), 701, 1. 

— dv oijxat etvai rifjiios, 621 e, f, 657 f, 658 a. — ii^QiV, case 414 b. — ovk 
-.n dv iKavos s, 714. 2, 622 a. — cos k^ov oSv lovros, 680 c. — vfieis, sc. 
^^ 'cvre, 572 a. ^ 

7. oi (accent 787) t€ avrov Ikcivov, 540 d. — 6x1 s, appos. 58 h. — ov 
<}>a^, 662 b or 686 i ; mode 643. — irapd, 689 d. rrapd denoting to or 
towards with the accus. here derives from the connection the idea against. 
In this sense iiri and irpds are more common. 

8. TovTois, case 456 ; cf. 5. 13. — |X€T€Tefji7reT0, 595. The idea of repe- 
tition does not here suit the person or the narrative. — o-TpaTiwrcSv, case 
418. — avTw, case 450 b. — '(Kiye, bade, i. e. through the messenger; see 
659 h. — a»s KaTao-TT](rofA€Vwv tovtwv [on the ground that], since tliese 
things would result, 680 b, c. — p,eTaire|xir6<r0ai, to keep sending, or send 
again for him, 592. — avros 8^ ovic i^y\ Uvat, but for himself he said (in 
the message sent to Cyrus) that he should not go; avros emphatic subject 
of limL, in appos. with subject of ^cpt], 667 b. The. course pursued by 
Clearchus manifested great adroitness, though he loved better to employ 
force where this was possible. 

9. Twv dXXctfv (case 419 d) rov PovX6p,€Vov, 678 a. — rd }ikv 8f| Kvpov 
(528) 8-qXov Sti (717 b) ovtws 'ix'^i irpbs Tip.ds, ttorirep rd TJixsrepa (506 c) s, 



BOOK I. CHAP. III. 17 

certainly the relation of Cyrus to us is manifestly the savie [has itself so] 
05 ours to him, obligation and friendship having ceased on both sides, so 
that no favor is to be expected. — o^tc -ydp s, 719 e, f. — eirci -ye, of course 
since. — T|p.iv, case 454 e. 

10. d8tK€i<r0ai vop-l^ei, he thinks that he is wronged, the subject of the 
inf. being the same with that of the governing verb, 667 b. — Kai ficTa- 
ireixirojjLe'vov avrov, even though he is sending for me again and again, con- 
cessive, 674 f. — ovK lOe'Xw eXOeiv, 598 a. — to p,ev jis^io-Tov, oX<r\vv6^f.vo<s, 
us tlie chief reason, ashamed, or chiefly from shame, to ixe-yLcxrov is in 
appos. with the incorporated clause following, 396 a, or it may be explained 
as an ace. of specif, or adv. ace. — o-vvoiSa ejiavrw (699) iravra (478 or 
481) lx|/6V(rfievos (657 j, 677 a) atJTov, / am conscious [with or to myself] 
of having [or that I have] disappointed him in everything.— hr^\.r a. (Lex.) 
|j,ev. — ScSiws Y-^, fearing lest, or that, 625 a. — 8tKT]v...wv [= to&tuv &, 
554 a, X.] vo(it^ei...T|8tKfi(r0at (586 c, 480 b), the pe7ialty of those wrongs 
which he thinks he has received. 

11. wpa, subject of Sokci : [the time seems not to be] it seems to be no 
time. — djJieXeiv T|p.(ov avrtov, 432 d, 537. — XP"^ iroiciv (598 a) €k tovtwv 
(Lex. e^, cf. e/c toijtov). — fe'«s...|Ji.evonev, while we are remaining here. "Ews 
signifies while before a verb implying continuance, but otherwise until; 
hence comm. while before a definite tense, but until before the aor. Me- 
vQixev is in the ind. as denoting that which was actually going on. — 
tTKetniov fJiot 8ok€i ctvai, Sirws, it seems to me that ice must consider, 
how, 682. — &m|i€V (Lex. elfii), 603 c, 609 c. — tovtwv, case 405 a. — 
<rTpaT?]70v, 412. 

12. '0...dvT|p [sc. icTTiv], the man, not an expression indicative of ,« 
friendship, cf. 8. 26. — •iroXXov...&|tos, worth much, of great value, 

431 "b. __ ^ ^v 4>iXos "n, to u'homsoever he may he a friend, 456, 641 a. — 
XaXeirwraTos 8* Ix^pos (Lex.), & &v TroXc'|xios ^, hut a most hitter hater to 
whomsoever he may he ^ foe. — 8oKoi>p,e'v fJioi, for courtesy (Lex. So/ceoj), 
654. — avTov, case 405 a, the close vicinity implying danger. — wpa Xe'-yeiv, 
sc. ecrrtV, 572. — liravo-aTO, voice 582 b. 

13. 'Ek tovtov, (Lex. e^). — ot }iev...ot 86, (Lex. 6), 518 d. — Xe'govrcs, to 
say, purpose, 598 b. — ol'a (Lex.), hoio great. — cit], mode 643. 

14. Els 8e 8^ etirc, and one [indeed] in particular, so proposing means of 
return, as to suggest throughout difficulties and dangers ; ctirov, signifying 
to command, hid, advise, is followed by the inf., 659 h. — a>s raxwrra (Lex.), 
553 c. — IXe<r0at, dYopd^eo-eat (a more continued act), voice 579. — povXc- 
Tat, tense 607 a, 645. — t) 8' d'Yopd...<rTpaTcv|iaTi, a note of the historian, 
showing the dependence of the Greeks upon Cyrus for supplies. — alreiv 
(of course through deputies), w. 2 ace. 480 c. — «s diroirXe'oiev, mode 624 
c. — 6dv...(Jt^ 8t8«u, if he [do nothing towards giving, stronger than aor. 8(3, 
594 a] refuse these. 8t8w, dirdlei, etc., the modes appropriate to the pres- 
ent rather than the past time, and to direct rather than indirect discourse, 
645, 653 ; blending of forms ; greater vivacity, animation by this. — 
<}>iXCas (Lex.), 523 b, 4. — o-vvrdTTeo-Gat, more continued than 7r^/A^at. — 

2 



Ig NOTES. 

T^v ra\l<rrr\v, 483 d. — irpoicaTaXTjxI/ojiivovs [sc. Tipds or avdpas], pur- 
pose, 598 b. — Ttt dKpa, the heights of Mt. Taurus, which they must cross 
in return by land, as they had done in advance. — ^Qaa-ua-i, 677 f ; 
syllepsis 496 e. — «v, partitive with ttoXXovs, but possessive with xPW^-to-, 
from whom we have seized and still hold many captives and much prop- 
erty, 679 b ; even the person of direct discourse being here used, 644. 1. 
The position of dvripiraKOTes gives special emphasis to the pillage by which 
they had so incurred the enmity of the Cilicians. — too-ovtov, emphatic, 
only so much, simply this Qnzich, and no more, here prospective. 

15. 'X2s pv {rTpaTT]7T|(rovTa s, 659 c, 675 e, 680 c. — <rrpaTTi'yTi<rovTa... 
o-Tpani-yiav (Lex.), 477. 1. — Ih^oI (458) tovto ov ironiTeov, sc. eariu, I 
must not do this, 572. — w, attr. 554 a. — ir€io-o|j.cu, observe the double 
form of const, after Xe7era;. The A€7erw understood agrees with a pronoun 
implied in ix-qdel^, let him say; "so often in Eng. and other languages. — ^ 
(Lex, oj) Svvarov |id\io-Ta, 553 c. — I'va elSfjTc, 624 a. — Kai dpx€o-0at 
€irt(rTa{j,ai, ws tis Kal diXXos fidXio-ra dvOptoirwv, / knoio also how to sub- 
mit to authority [no less than to exercise it] quite as well as any other man 
in tJie world, 553 a. But see 8. 12 s, ii. 6. McMich. compares "non ut 
magis alter," Hor. ^S'a^, i. 5. 33. The expression tIs aWos is emphasized 
by the position of Kai (even, also) between the pronouns. 

^. 16. aXXos: Halbkart thinks that this Avas Xenophon himself. 

"■■^ But Xen. accompanied the expedition as the friend of Proxenus, 
and would not have taken part in the deliberation of the soldiers of Clear- 
chus, — a)<rir€p irdXtv tov cttoXov Kwpov jiTj irotoviievov, as tJwugh Cyrus 
[were not for making again, pres. for fut.] ivould not resume his march; 
for whether this were westward against the Pisidians, the pretended aim, 
or eastward, as they feared, in either case he would require his vessels as 
tenders to his army ; 680 b. — lirtSeiKvvs Se, ws eijT]0€s (emphatic repeti- 
tion) dr\, r|-Y€p.dva aireiv irapd (693. 6) tovtov, <S (464) Xv|j,aivdfJi€6a, 644 b. 

— iri(rT€voron€v, fut. as subj. — u (attr. 554 a) ^v K-Opos 8i8w, whom. C. 
may offer, or be disposed to give, 594. — ti kcoXvci Kal rd dKpa t|j»,iv (rather 
than tjijlQv governed by irpo in compos. 463, cf. iii. 4. 39) KcXewiv Kvpov 
7poKaTaXa)i.pdv€iv; ichaf hinders Cyrus [also to command men to preoc- 
cupy the heights for us] from also issuing orders for the occupation of the 
heights in advance of us ? Some make the question ironical, '* What hin- 
ders our also asking Cyrus to preoccupy the heiglits in our behalf ? " 

17. 'E-yw (emph. 536. 1) ^dp oKvoLtyv . . Ay, for I should be reluctant, 636. 

— 8oiT], mode 641 b, 661 a. — ni?| T|}j.ds avrais rais rpi-ripeo-i KoraSvo-i] 
(650 a, 624) : Most mss, have this reading, which gives the sense, lest lie 
should sink us triremes and all (see Lex. rpL-rjprjs), pursuing with his swift 
galleys our slow transports ; cf. 4. 7 s. Othei-s omit avrah, and render, 
lest Jie should sink us with his triremes. — aYd^t], 650 a ; redupl. 284 g. 

— 80€v, .sc. e/c€t<re or els x^pi^ov, to a j^lace from tchich, 551 c, f. — &kovtos 
diriwv Kvpo-u, departing [C. being unwilling, 676 a] against the will of 
C; cf ii. 1. 19. This ellipsis of the part, with eKLov and &kcov is common, 
because they so resemble participles themselves. — XaOeiy avrov direXOciv, 
677 f. 444 a. 



BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 19 

18. Witli 8oK€i are construed several infinitives with dudpas or i]fxds as 
subject : ipujTdv, eirecrdaL, d^iovv, dva'yyei\aL, etc. — oiTives (,sc. elaiv), who- 
ever are, or such as are. — CTrtT'qSetot, <ruv KXeapx", deferred detaOs, 719 d. 

— tI (complementary 563, 564 ; case 478) PovXerat i^p,iv (case 466 d) XP'H- 
(rOai, what use he ivishes to make of us. — irapairXTuria ol^aTTEp (= Toiavrr] 
o'iai'irep, such as, 554, a N., 560)...€XP'>1to, similar to [such as] that for 
which he employed, xp-^cr^at irpd^iv, like XPV'^^"-'- XP^^'-^y ^^t bolder (as x- 
rrpos or els ir. would be more common), 477, 479. For the service referred 
to, see 1. 2. — le'vois, case 466 b. ' — tovtw, with this same man, stronger 
than aury, 536 e. 

19. jj-ei^wv, in the pos. of emphasis, from contrast with irapairXrjcrla, 
719 a a. — TTjs irpotrSev, sc. Trpd^ews, tlie previous undertaking or service, 
526 ; cf. 4. 8. — ircio-avTa, esp. b}^ larger pay. Cf. § 21. — <|>iXiav (Lex.). 

— Iiro^evoi = el eTroi/ieda, 635. — &v...liroi{ie9a, 631 d, 621 b. — avTw, a 
common object of (pLXoi and eirol/jLeda, 399 g. 

20. ^8o|e (Lex. 2). Such asyndeton, with the verb leading, is frequent 
in expressing a decision ; cf. iii. 2. 33, 38 : iv. 2. 19. — fipwTwv s, 595. — 
TO. So^avra t^ o-Tpana, [the things which had seemed best to the army] 
the questions aiJproved (or voted) hy tlie army, 528 a ; 2 ace. 480 c. — 
oLkovci, tense 612 ; mode 644 a. For ukovw with elvai, see note to 2. 21, 
not implying certainty, 657 k. — &v8pa, Lex. — lirl Tt{)...'jroTap.<3, 689 g. 

— SwScKa <rTa0}iovs, case 482 ; made by Cyrus sixteen to Dardas. Why 
may the distance have been designedly understated ? — irpbs tovtov, to 
him, i. e. against him, irpbs implying here hostility, but less decidedly 
than eirl would have done ; cf. below, § 21, 2. 4. Abrocomas appears to 
have been both satrap of Phoenicia and commander (aTparTjyos or Kapavos) 
of the army in the soutlnvest part of the Persian Empire. It was his espe- 
cial duty, unless otherwise ordered, to interpose his great army for arrest- 
ing the onward march of Cyrus. — PovXe<r9ai, 659 d. — k&v (= /cat ed;') 
ykv f, 631 c. — T-^v Siktiv (Lex.), the punishment due; 530 d; ^^ 
cf. § 10. — f|p.eis...povX€v(ro(i€6a, expressed with winning courtesy. 

21. Tots 8e, 459. — &7€i, 645 a ; cf. &yoL below. — upos Pao-tXe'a, 689 1. 

— irpoo-aiTOvo-i, they ask additional: some read TrpoaaiToOcn 5e fucrdbv 6 
Kvpos, making irpoa-. a participle. — f|fj,i6Xtov, 242 e, e, 416 b. — ov = tov- 
tov 6, or ToO fjLiadod 6v, 554 a. — r|p.i8ap6iKd (242 e) tov (522 b) fiT]vos, 
433 f, — 8ti 8c s, order 721 a. — ^v -ye tw <f>av6pu>, 507 d. The Greeks could 
now have had no doubt of the nature of the enterprise ; but they saw as 
much danger in going back as forward, besides the loss of pay. 



CHAPTER IV. 

MARCH FROM TARSUS TO THE EUPHRATES. — CROSSING THE RIVER. 

1. o5 TO €vpos <rTd8iov, 572. — ifry(ja.Tr\v (sc. r-qv 533 e) irdXiv eirl rfj 

OaXdTTT) (689 g) 6\Kov^ivr\v, tlie last inhabited city by the sea, or upon the 
sea- coast. 



20 



NOTES. 



2. at €K n. vt]€S, see 2. 21. Double dealing of Lacedsemonians (Diodo- 
rus, xiv. 21). — TpiaKovra Kai irevre, 242 a. — cir' avxais (dat.), over them 
in command, while eTrt tQv veuv (gen. § 3) is simply local, on board the 
vessels; cf. iv. 3. 3. N. — -q-yeiTo 8' avrwv : some read avTois (463), whicli 
would mean that Tamos led the way for them, conducted them, not imply- 
ing command, as the gen. here implies (407). — Kvpov, Avhich belonged to 
Cyrus, without implying that those before mentioned so belonged, 567 e. 
— liroXiopKei, ipf. see cru7xa»'ei', 1. 8 ; ii. 1. 6. — crvveiroXefxci, connected 
by Kai to iwoXiopKeL, both referring to Tamos : 1. 7. To w'hom does 
avTOf refer ? 

3. «v (ease 407) lo-Tpanqyei, ivhich he henceforth commanded, 604 b. 
Observe in this section the varied use of irapd : Trapa Kvpu), [at the side of] 
with C; Trapa Kvpou, [to the side of] to C; irapa T7]v...crK'r]vr}v, [through the 
space beside] alongside of the tent : irap 'A^poKd/xa, [from heside] from A., 
gen. for dat. by const, prseg. : the Greek mercenaries wdth A. having revolted 
from him, 704 c. Yet some have irap ' AjSpoKo/xa. 

-^ 4. irvXas, as prop, name, without art., 533 a. — 'Hcrav (569 a) 
^ 8€ ravTa, 500. According to Ains., remains of these walls are still 
found. — Tb...^(r«0€v irpb tt]s KiXiKias, the inner one in front of Cilicia 
(to protect this country from invasion), 523 k, 526. The mss. here 
omit TO after eaoodev, but almost all insert it after ^'^w below. — 2. dxe 
Kttl KiXiKwv <j)vXaKT|, S. held [and] with a guard of the Cilicians, not in 
person. — 8ia [Aeo-o-u (Lex.) art. om. 533 d...ToiJTCDV, [through the midst of] 
between these. — ovofjia, eSpos (481) TrXeOpov, 440 ; cf. 2. 23. N. — to p,ecrov 
T«v Tiiyjbiv (445 b ; cf. iii. 4. 20) ^<rav, 500. — irapeXdciv ovk ■^v Piq, 
(466. 1), it was not possible to pass them by force (Lex. eifii), cf. 571 f. — 
€irl Tots TeLxeoriv, [resting against, 689 g] in tfie walls. — €<j>€ioTTJKeo-av, 
stood, pip. as ipf., 268, 46 d. — irvXai, gates in 
the literal sense. So Thermopylas had anciently 
a wall and gates, Hdt. vii. 176. The marginal 
figure illustrates the general topography of the 
pass. There was another pass. AA^hy Cyrus 
chose this ? He could descend to the mouth of 
the Orontes, if necessary. Other objects : to 
bring and protect transports in convejdng sup- 
plies, and to act upon Syennesis. 

5. TavTT]s ^v€Ka Tfjs irapoSov, case 436 d ; or- 
der 721 c. — diroPipd<r€i€v, mode 624 c. — irv- 
X»v, case 445 c ; i. e. between and beyond the 
walls, so as to attack Abrocomas from different 
points. — irapeXBoiev, i. e. Cyrus and his troops. 
See a like change of number in § 19. — 4>vXd,T- 
T016V, mode 633 a. — ^xo^ra, [having] as he had, 
See 3. 20, n. elvai. — TpiaKovra )ivpid8as orrpaTids 
(Lex.), thirty myriads of soldiers, 418. 

6. Ifiirdpiov 8* ^v s, 534. 3. That which w'as observed in the past, even 




674. — 6vTa, 677 b. 



BOOK I. CHAP. lY. 21 

though it may continue to the present, is often expressed narratively in 
the Greek, as in other languages, by a past tense, 611. Cf. hofj-L^ov, eiW, 
§ 9. — oXkcIScs, more oval than ships of war, and {except as sometimes 
towed) chiefly propelled by sails. 

7. i^&.vo.v, doubtless to land and dispose of the supplies brought by the 
fleet, which was now to return, and to procure in this mart other necessa- 
ries for the long inland march through the interior. — to, irXcto-rov d^ia, 
[the things worth most, 431 b] their most valuable effects. — direirXevo-av, 
availing themselves of their last opportunity to desert safely. Cyrus was 
probably well content that the forces of so efficient a commander as Clear- 
chus should be increased ; and even if he intended to compel the return of 
those who had left, Xenias and Pasion, he may not have thought it safe to 
make the attempt till he had left the sea-coast, where desertion was so 
easy. This freedom in passing from one commander to another is spoken 
of, ii. 6. 11 s, as if not unusual with mercenaries. Cleanor and Agias, 
who have not been heretofore mentioned, but are hereafter introduced as 
generals (ii. 1. 9 s ; 5. 31), appear to have succeeded the deserting com- 
manders. — tos fiev Tois irXeio-Tois eSoKovv (personal for impers. const., 
573 d), as indeed [they] it seemed to most. As the opinions of others are 
not mentioned, the /j-eu is not followed by its corresponding Se. — o-rpa- 
Ttwras, ^X^iv, both positions emph. See 3. 7. — a>s dTrtovras, [as ..p. 
going to return] so that they might return, 598 b, 680. — Kal ov '^' 
irpbs PacriXca, sc. lovras, drawn from dir-LovTas ; an example of rhetorical 
zeugma, 68 g, 572 b. Cf. vii. 4. 20. Why is KXe'apxov repeated? — 
f)<rav d<f>av€is, were gone (from sight), or had disappeared. — SicSkci, was 
pursuing, 645 a. — ws SoXtovs 'ovras avrovs XT]<j>0fivai, that they might he 
taken [as being treacherous], since they were traitors. Some have 5eiXoi5s, 
since they were cowards. — wKTctpov s, 633 c, 643 e ; from C.'s usual sever- 
ity in punishment, 9. 13 ; 2. 20. But clemency was here more politic. 

8. diroXeXotiracriv (Lex. airo) ; numb. 496 a. — dXX' il -ye (strengthening 
eS) |X€VToi (a more general confirmative, certainly or however) eirtorrda-Ow- 
o-av, hut, however, let them at least know full well. — o^e diroSeSpaKao-iv 
..., o{;t€ diro'7r€(j)6V7ao-tv, they have neither escaped hy stealth (as a fugitive 
slave),.., nor have they escaped through speed (as a flying enemy) ; they have 
neither got beyond my knowledge, nor beyond my reach. — girr] ol'xovrai, 
which way they have gone, 612. — «<rT6 IXciv, [so as to take, i. e.] so that 
I can take, 671 a. — Geous, case 476 d. — ovk 'iyoiy^ avrovs 8tto|w, I for my 
part will not pursue them, not I, whatever others have done ; so eyib 
emph. .below. — irapfi, mode 641 a. — Kal avrovs (540 f ; numb. 501) Ka- 
Kws irotw, Kal rd (530 e) xpif||xaTa (480 c) dirotrvXw, both maltreat them 
personally, and despoil them of their 2)roperty.—a\\a Iovtcov, elSdres, let 
them go, conscious. — Kal rcKva Kal -yvvaiKas, art. om. 533 f. — <|>povpov- 
fi€va, zeugma, the Persian, from the natural influence of polygamy, placing 
children- before wives, unless, indeed, both wives and children are here 
regarded as things, articles of property. — o-rcp'^o-ovTai = pass. 576 a. — ■ 
diroX-^xj/ovTat, sc. a&ro^i, 536 c. In Greek, if two closely connected verbs 



22 NOTES. 

have a common object, this is more comm. expressed but once, and in 
the case required by the nearer verb ; cf. 399 g. — ttjs irpdcrOcv (cf. 3. 19) 
^vcKa, pos. 721 c. 

9. d Tis Kttl, even if any one. — d0v|xdT€pos, 514. — orTa9|xoi5s, doubtless 
by the pass of Beilaw, over Mt. Amanus. The passage, though not unpict- 
uresque, presented no difficulties or incidents which Xen. deemed worthy 
of mention. The UvXai 'AfjLavides, by which Darius iii. crossed this moun- 
tain into Cilicia before his disastrous defeat at Issus, were farther north. 

— irKiQpov, case 440 a, — i\Qv(av (Lex.) : This river is said still to abound 
in fish, ace. to Ainsw. — oOs (not limiting antecedent, 554 a ; cf. d, 2. 7)... 
Qeovs, 2 ace. 480 a. — dSiKctv, sc. tlvol, 667 h. (Lex.) — ras (522 a) irepi- 
<rT€pds, sc. ddiK€Lv...€ici}v. — rEapvo-driSos (case 443) fio-av ; hence prob. 
spared from ravage. — ^wvtjv (Lex.). The Mss. have chiefly els ^idr)v,for 
her subsistence. The vast empire of the Persian kings made this an easy 
mode of providing for their pensioners or favorites. So Artaxerxes i. 
(Thuc. i. 138) gave Themistocles Lampsacus to supply him with wine ; 
Magnesia, with bread ; and Myus, with accompanying dishes. 

10. Adp8r]Tos (Lex.). Xenophon writes as if he supposed the Dardas to 
have been a river with springs so copious that it began as a broad stream. 

— "^(rav, numb. 569 a. — tov SvpCas dp|avTos, who had ruled over Syria 
.- Q as satrap, but had now, it would seem, retired before the approach 

of Cyrus, — perhaps with the army of Abrocomas. The prince 
therefore treated his palace and park as those of an enemy. — So-a, numb. 
550 f. — «pai, without art., 533 d. — avrbv (referring to Trapddeca-ov) l^e- 
Koi|/€, by the hands of others, 581. 

11. Iirl TOV Ev<j>paTr]v, to the ford of the Euphrates ; since, according to 
the common opinion, the preceding three stations were all in the valley of 
this river. Kiepert says cradioju should be irXedpwu ; but see Ainsw. — 
dvd(iaTi, case 467 b, 485 e, y : one of the mss. has ovofia, the more common 
form. — %€pas trivn : the longer, doubtless, from the necessity of nego- 
tiating anew with the Greeks, since it was no longer possible to conceal the 
object of the expedition, and a conference had been promised here ; cf. 3. 20. 

— <i<roiro, 643 h. Concealment was, of course, now no longer possible. — 
•n-pds, with name of person, but els with name of place (see Lex. Explan. 6). 

— Pa(ri\€a \i.iyo.v, see 2. 8. 

12. lx°'^«'''''0'''Vov, the anger feigned, doubtless, in part, to draw forth 
larger bounties. — KpvrrTciv, had been concealing, 604 a ; in truth, only 
Clearchus, ace. to iii. 1. 10. — ovk ?<|>acrav. See 3. 1. — tis, S07ne one, i. e. 
Cyrus, whom it was less delicate to name, 548 g. — xp-f\[i.aTa, a largess of 
money in addition to their pay. — 8i8w, what reg. mode ? — oiorircp, sc. So- 
6rjpai, or e866ri, even as had been given. — irpoTepois, 509 a. See 1. 2. — • 
Ktti TavTtt, and this too, sc. was given or done, 544 a. — ovK...ldvTa)v, [the 
not going, 676 a, sc. eKeivo^v, cf. 2. 17] though they did not go. One of the 
MSS. has lovaLv agreeing with rots dm^dcn, an admissible but weaker con- 
struction, 676 b. — IdvTwv, dWd KaXovvros, chiastic order. 

13. 8w(r€tv, tense 659 g. — '7r€VT€...nvds = about $100, but in purchas- 



BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 23 

ing value at that time nearer $1000. — dpyupCov, case 435, 446 e. — -fiKwo-i, 
KaTaoTTTJoT], mode 641, 645, 650. — tov (jlio-Gov cvtcXtj, without reduction 
on account of the donative, or reducing to the original terms of engage- 
ment, 3. 21. See 523. — Tb...iroXv, 523 f. — Mc'vwv, ever ready to gain 
advantage for himself, ii. 6. 21 s. — Trptv...etvai, 703 d, /3. — rt, complem. 
563. — iroiTJcrovo-iv, mode 650, 645. — irdrcpov, 701 i, n. — &XX«v, case 
405 a ; pos. 718 h. 

14. |iot, case 455 g. — o-JItc s, without incurring either danger or toil. — 
T«v fi,XXa)v...<rTpaTta)TMv, pos. 719 d, v. — ickioy irpo-, emph. pleonasm; 
cf. 511 a. Klihn. weakens the sentence by regarding irXeov as also modi- 
fying KLvbvvevaavre^ and irovqaavT^s. — irpoTijiTio-eo-Oe (= pass. 576 a). — 
Ti o5v s, rhetorical question ; cf. vii, 6. 20. — Nvv, emph. pos. — vfj,ds i q 
Xpfjvai 8iaPf]vai, that [it is proper that you cross] you ought to ^^ 
cross. — o Ti, complem. 563, cf. ri § 13. 

15. dp|avT€s (674) tov 8iaPaiv€iv, having commenced the crossing, or 
by being the first to cross, 663 f, 425. — vp-iv, case 454 d. — cirioTaTai, 
sc. X'^P"' o.Tro8ovvaL [knows how to do this], he understands this; i. e. the 
requital of favors. — €'i rts Kal &X\os, if [even] any other man-^n the world ; 
cf. 3. 15 N. — ^T]<f)io-a)VTai, 57iaZZ have voted (617 d), more idiomatically, 
vote or sludl vote. — &irip,6v, as fut. — irKTroTdrois yj^^a-frroA, he will em- 
ploy most [trust] confidentially, cf. 509. — dXXov (for which Ave might 
have aWo as an obj. of rev^eaOe) ovtivos, whatever else = anything else 
which, aWou falling into the relative construction, 553. — ws <j>t\oi t€i5- 
|€<r06 Kvpov (case 434 a), you will obtain it as friends from (so generous a 
man as) Cyrus. There is an emphasis in the repetition of the name, in- 
stead of employing a pronoun, while the position is also emphatic. Others 
have <f)i\ov in apposition Avith Kupou, and some regard aXXov as depending 
directly on reij^eade, ace. to 427, less probably, but cf. v. 7, 33. 

16. €ir€l0ovTO Kttl Sii^r\crav, tense 595. ~ f|o-e€TO StaPcPri Koras, per- 
ceived that they had crossed, 677. —tw o-Tparcvp-aTi, to the division of Me- 
non, comm. obj. of Trifxxf/as and elirep. —tyia fiev (685 b) s, 536. — Sircos... 
€iraiv€<r€T6, 624 b. — Why ifxe, but fie below ? — e(xol, case 457. — p-TjKCTt 
|ie Kvpov vo|j.i^6T€, no longer think me Cyrus, 393 b, 480 a ; it was his 
especial principle, pride, and policy to reward most liberally faithful ser- 
vice, 9. 11, 14, 18. Kriiger cites the parallel from Cic: "Noli oblivisci 
te Ciceronem esse." 

17. o-TpaTiwrai, of Menon. — ciJxovTO avrov €VTV\r\a'ai, prayed [that he 
might succeed] /or his success, or wished him success. — Me'vwvt, ncYaXoirpe- 
irws, emphatic positions. — Sie'paive, began to cross, 594. — Sie'Paivc and 
<rw6tir€To, brought together by chiastic arrangement, from their close rela- 
tion, while a-nrav is also made emphatic by its pos. — t«v Siapaivdvrwv, 
gen. partitive w. oi)5ets. — (iao-Twv, case 408. 

18. ^Xe-yov (repeated), with oriental flattery, even more regardless of 
trutli than occidental. — ^c'voito, mode 643. — dXXd, but only, sc. ixovols, 
cf. iii. 2. 13. — d totc s, language of the historian. — KaTeKavo-€V, tense 
605. — Siap-Q, mode 650. — ijiroxwpfiarai, viade way for, or submitted to. 



24 NOTES. 

— Kvp^, case 455 g. — «s Pao-iXcvo-ovrt, as [about to reign] the future 
king. 

19. 8ia TTJs Svpfas (Lex. ) ; through the region afterwards more com- 
monly called Mesopotamia, from its situation between the Euphrates and 
Tigris, — in Hebrew, Aram-Naharaim, the Syria of the two rivers, Judg. 

gy^ iii. 8. — €VTav0a -^itrav s, order 719 b, f, 718 f, g. — o-itov, case 41 4 a ; 

^^ of especial value, when such a desert lay before them. The abun- 
dance of provisions here is one of the proofs that Abrocomas, who did not 
care to arrive till the question of sovereignty was settled, took a different 
route from that of Cyrus, doubtless farther north and less direct, but 
furnishing more subsistence. The route of Alexander from Thapsacus was 
also much farther north. Cyrus took the more direct desert route from 
his haste, his confidence in his supplies (which yet proved inadequate, § 6), 
and perhaps the fear that he might find yet greater scarcity if he followed 
in the track of Abrocomas. 



CHAPTER V. 

MARCH THROUGH A DESERT REGION, NEAR THE EUPHRATES. 

1. 'ApapCas (Lex.). On the left bank of the Euphrates, Xen. makes the 
Araxes the dividing line between Syria and Arabia (so called because oc- 
cupied of old, as now, by tribes of roving Arabs, the "Apa^es 'ZiKrjviTai of 
Strabo). — €v Se^ia (Lex,), 506 b ; art. om. 533 d. — lp^(tovs (Lex.). The 
eighteen desert marches between the Araxes and Pylse were greatly forced, 
being much beyond the general average and without any intermission. 
Had they been otherwise, the army would have been much reduced in men 
and animals from lack of supplies. See § 5 s, 7 s, 9, — ^v \i.lv r\ yt) ire- 
8iov &7rav, the land or ground was an entire or unbroken plain. For dirav 
agreeing with xediov, diracra agreeing with yrj might have been expected : 
the country was all a plain. See 500 ; and cf. iv. 4. 1. To make, with 
some, awav an adv. modifying bjxaXes would give a false sense. — d\|/tv8£ov : 
McMich. cites "Tristia per vacuos horrent absinthia campos." Ov. Pont. 
iii. 1. 23. — €1 (Lex, 639 a) 84 ti Kal &\Xo Ivfiv -uX-qs, and if there was 
there [anything else also] any other kind of hush or shrub, cf. ei' rt dXXo, 6. 1. 

— airavra (numb. 501) •Jjcrav CVW8T1 : "Arabia, odorum fertilitate nobilis 
regio." Curt, v, 1. 

2. 0T]pla, sc, €vrj. — ovoi &7pioi, the wild ass was noted in "Western Asia 
as a free, swift ranger of dry and rocky pasture-ground. See Job xxxix. 
5-8. It is now rare in this region. — o-rpovGoi : from <ttpov66s, through 
the Lat. avis struthio, come from the Fr. autruche, the Eng, ostrich, etc. 
A later name, from its camel-like neck, was aTpov6oKdp.r]\os, Diod, ii. 50. 

— 8i(6koi, irXricrtd^oiev, mode 641 b. Sometimes termed the iterative opt. 
Kriig. — 'da-raa-av (pip. pret.), '^rpcxov, lirolow, habitual, 592. — iroXv... 
6dTTov, much swifter, — so placed for emph. — Vtttwv, case 408. — TavTo(v), 



BOOK I. CHAP. V. 25 



by crasis for to ciro, 199 a. — ovk ^v (571 f.) Xapciv, there was no taking 
them, el (ii?|...0t]p<S€ir (634, b, d), unless the horsemen, stationed at intervals, 
pursued the clmse [succeeding each other with their horses] with relays of 
fresh horses. 

3. direo-TaTO ^ivyov<ra, it outstripped them in its flight. — tois [iev ttoo-I 
(466 b) Spofio) (467), rats 8^ irT€pv|iv (a'llpovcra) wo-irep lcrri<a (393 c) xpa- 
|J.^VT], using its feet in (or for) running, and its wings {lifting them up) as a 
sail. — &v Tis Taxi* avio-Tfj (631 c), if one start them suddenly. — '4<m, ac- 
cent 788 f. What example of chiastic arrangement ? 

4. Mdo-Kav, dec. 227 b. — irXeSpiaiov, 440 a. — ovopLa 8* avrfj ^_ 
(459) Kopo-wTTJ, sc. ijv, and [there was to it as a name C] its name 

was Corsote. — ircpicppEiro, pass, 586 a. — kvkXo) (469 b, or 467), strength- 
ening Trepieppelro. The Mascas, with the Euphrates, made the circuit 
complete. — kirio-iTCa-avTO : How can it be explained that Corsote was de- 
serted, and yet had provisions for the great army of Cyrus ? By supposing 
that its governor pursued a crafty policy like that of Syennesis and Abro- 
comas ; that, as if loyal to Artaxerxes, and perhaps by his command, he 
withdrew the inhabitants upon the approach of the king's enemy ; and yet, 
as if friendly to Cyrus, left a supply of provisions for his army. In this 
way, he may also have best secured the people and the city from injury by 
the invading army. But whence had the city such greatness and abun- 
dance in the midst of this desert region ? It was situated at the bend of 
the Euphrates, where the great route through the desert to Tyre, Palestine, 
and Egypt left the river. Hence it became a great depot of supplies and 
place of exchanges (like " Tadmor in the wilderness " farther west, 2 Chron. 
viii. 4) for the merchant caravans upon this route. 

5. Tpeis Kttl 8eKa, 240 e, v. I. TptaKaLdeKa. — IltiXas (Lex.). — vTro^v- 
yiav, case 419 b. — viro (Lex.), with airuAero, as pass, in force. — &XXo, 
besides (Lex. a), 567 e ; cf. 7. 11. — 6vovs. The name of the ass passed to 
the millstone which he so often turned. Compare, in Eng., the extension 
of the word Jack. Ains. says that in this region there is found "a gritty 
silicious rock alternating with iron-stone, and intercalated among the 
marles, gypsum, and limestones of the country, capable of being used as a 
millstone." 

6. 6 <rtTos, art. 522 a. — AvSiq, (Lex.). The Lydians, forbidden the 
use of arms, devoted their attention to trade, which the Persians despised. 
See 3. 14. — tt|v KaTr£9T]v, obj. of Tpiaa-dat understood, the capithe, as a 
common measure, 530 a. — dXevpwv, case 446 e. — ctiyXwv, case 431 a. — 
Svvarai, is equivalent to, (Lex.) 472 f. — 'Attikovs, zeugma 497. When 
Archelaus invited Socrates to come to his court and be rich, the philos- 
opher replied that four choenices of barley-meal cost only an obolus at 
Athens (Stob. 97. 28). The famine price in the army of Cyrus was sixty 
times as great. At this rate, how many times his whole pay would a 
Greek soldier expend for bread, his allowance being a choenix of corn a 
day ? — Kp6a...€<r0tovT€s...8ie'Y£7vovTO, subsisted by eating flesh, obtained on 
the march to supplement the deficiency of bread. 



26 NOTES. 

7. 'Hv (570) Zl Tovrwv t«v <rTa0|J.«v (521 a), sc, rtph, there were some of 
these marches J cf. 559 a, oftener fjaav o'i, (as) erant qui. — ovs (477) ttuvv 
|xaKpovs (509 d) •J]Xavv€V, which he [marched] made very long, or, pushed 
xcry far. — SiareXeo-ai (sc. r7?v bbbv), to complete the distance, 476. 2. This 
region, according to Ains., is "full of hills and narrow valleys, and pre- 
sents many difficulties to the movement of an army." He himself, he 
says, "had to walk a day and a night across these inhospitable regions, so 
that he can speak feelingly of the difficulties which the Greeks had to en- 
counter." — Kal Stj iroTC, and on one occasion in particular. — tnevoyja- 
pias, abs., sc. (pavei(yT)s, 497, 675, when tliere presented itself a narrow pass. 
— d|JLd|ais, case 458. — crrpaTov, case 423. 

8. woTrep 6p7^, as in anger, real or feigned, case 467 a ; ell. 711. — 
o-uveirt<nrei)<rai : observe the difference in force between this aor. and the 
pres. (7W€K^L^d^eLv, 594. — pw|/avT6s s: observe the animation of the narra- 
tive. — I'evTo, [sent themselves as one would send a dart] darted, or rushed 
forward. — wo-irep fi,v 8pd|J.oi tis irepl (694) vIkt]s, 635, in the foot-race. — 
Kal |xdXa Kara irpavovs s, and even doivn a very steep hill. /xaXa (as ttoXiJ, 
etc., cf. iii. 1. 22) is often separated from the word which it modifies, and 

gjgy even by a preposition, becoming thus more emphatic. — tovtovs, 
542 b. It may refer also, by zeugma, to dfa^vpidas, 497. — dva|v- 
p£8as, "oOs Ka\ov<n PpaKKas" (Tzetzes, Lat. braccce, A. Sax. brcec, Scott. 
hreeTcs, Eng, breeches). Such coverings, now an essential part of civilized 
costumes, were accounted by the Greeks and Romans barbarian, inasmuch 
as they distinguished the dress of most other nations from their own. 
Euripides ridicules them as 6v\aKov% ttoikLXovs, party-colored bags. — OcIttov 
f{ tos, 711. — dv a)6To, would think (believe, suppose), if he did not see it, 
636, 631 b. — fierewpovs (Lex.) €^6Kd(it<rav, tJiey lifted up and bro7ight out. 

9. To 8^ <rv|iTrav, and [as to the whole together] in general, 483 a. — 
SfjXos ^v Kvpos a>s (680, though not comm. after dijXos) o-irevSwv, C. [was 
manifest as hastening] was evidently hastening. — -jrao-av t^v o8dv, order 
523 e ; case 482 d, or 472. — (Jo-o)...TO(rovTa>, 468, 485 e, /3, quanto...tanto, 
the... the. — Scro) |i^v OdrTov s, the more rapidly he [should advance, 641 b, 
643 e] advanced [he would fight with the king so much the more unpre- 
pared], the less prepared he would find the Icing for battle. — (rxoXaidrcpov : 
so Mss. ; Dind. -alrepov ; 258 d, 259 a, — <ruva7€ipe<r9a!.,the pres. rather than 
the fut., because the assembling was now in progress. — Kal <rvvi8€iv (663 g) 
8' -^jv Tw Trpoo-e'xovTi (678) rbv vovv r\ PatriX^tos dpx^ (573),...loPX'wpd 
ofiora (677), and indeed to the [person applying his mind] attentive observer, 
the empire of the king ivas [to behold being] manifestly strong, or, the atten- 
tive observer might perceive that the empire, etc, — irXifjGet, in (its) abun- 
dance, 467. — TW 8i€<r'irdo-eaw rds 8vvdfi.€is, in [that its forces were dis- 
persed] the dispersion of its forces. — 8id rax^wv, 695, 507 d. — iroioiTO, 
634 a, b ; v. I. iiroLeiTo. History however shows that the military weak- 
ness of the Persian Empire did not lie in the difficulty of promptly assem- 
bling troops, but in the inferiority of those troops in comparison with the 
Greeks. Despite the great eff"ort of Cyrus to take his brother by surprise, 



BOOK I. CHAP. V. 27 

the latter had, ace. to Xen., 900000 men assembled to meet the attack. 
But these 900000 could not withstand the 10000 Greeks. The last Da- 
rius found it easy to gather hosts against Alexander ; but these hosts were 
powerless before the Macedonian phalanx. 

10. iroxajiov, case 445 c. — ck, const, prajg. 704 a. — (TxeSlais (case 466) 
SiaPaivovTcs «8€ (place 719 k). — trreyaa-^aray modal appos. 394 b. — x^P" 
Tov, case 414 a. — ws \i.i\ (686 c) airTecrGai (mode 671) rfis Kdp4>T]s (case 
426) TO w8«p (subj. ace. of dirTeadai). Skins stuffed or inflated are still so 
used on the Euphrates and Tigris, either singly to support individual 
swimmers, or collectively under wooden platforms. Layard even used 600 
in a raft for transporting heavy monuments. — oivov, a wine still used in 
the East. Cf. ii. 3. 14. — Ti]s...Tf]s, 523 a 2. Observe the distinction 
between Ik, from the inside or contents of, and diro, from the outside of, 
689 a, b. — |Ji6XiVT]s, case 412. — tovto, referring to (tItov or fieXivrjs, as a 
thing without life, 502 b. Some would supply ^pC}fxa,food, or <pvT6v, plant. 
Cf. ii. 3. 16. How many days the army halted opposite Charmande to ob- 
tain supplies is not stated. 

11. *Afi<f)iX6|dvTa)v...Ti, ^avmgr [disputed somewhat] had some quarrely 
478. — dSiKciv, to have done vjrong, he in the wrong, 612. — tov tov M., 
the particular soldier chiefly concerned. The incident here related illus- 
trates well the character of Clearchus and Proxenus. — €vePaXo', in Spartan 
fashion, — arbitrary and severe ; prob. on the spot, with his own truncheon. 
Cf. ii. 3. 11. — KXeopx", case 456. 

12. Tfi Z\ avTiQ, 540 b ; case 469 a. — aYopdv, where the provis- ^q 
ions brought from Charmande were sold. — lavTou, 537 a. — <rvv 
0X17019 TO IS irepl avTov, with [those about him fewj/^w; attendants, 523 b, 4. 

— r\K€Vj tense 612 (observe the different force in TrpoarjXavve). For an aor- 
ist force, see i. 2. 6 ; 5. 15. — I'tio-t rv^ a|lvTi, [lets fly, throws at him with 
his axe] throws, or, aivis at him with his axe, 466 ; where 4770-4 rrji/ a^[vr\v, 
hurls his axe at him, might have been rather expected. — avToO, case 405 a. 

• — XiGcp, sc. 'i-r]<yi. Observe the elliptic vivacity of the narrative. — cIto, 
703 c ; cf. eiT-a U, i. 3. 2, 703 c. 

13. irof ayyeXXew [sc. ihai, 668 b] els to, SirXa, summons to arms, cf. 
KeXeuaavres e-rri to. oirXa, Hel. ii. 3. 20 ; conclamatur ad arma, Caes. B. O. 
i. 69. — avTov, there, on the spot. — do^tSas (Lex.). Cf. obnixo genu 
scuto. Nepos, Chab. 1. 2. — ©paKas, i. 2. 9. — iirircas : this small body 
was not specified in 2. 9. — ot ■fjo-av avTw, qui ei erant, of whom he had, 
459. — wo-T 6K€ivovs cKirejrXTJx^ai'j 599 b (pret. 268), so that they were 
amazed, or alarmed, in the condition of those who have been struck out of 
their self-possession ; cf. ii. 4. 26. — avTov M., 540 c. — Tp€X€iv, more 
pictorial than bpaiielv. — ot Be Kal ?<rTao-av, and they also stood, after tak- 
ing their arms, as well as the hoplites of Clearchus. — ot 8e, hut others, as 
if oi fiev had preceded. Others translate, and others also. Cf. vii. 4. 17. 

— diropoOvTcs Tw irpdYnaTt, heing perplexed at the affair, or at a loss what 
to do in the case, 456 ; cf. 3. 8. 

14. v<rrepos, 609 a ; cf. irporipa, 2. 25. — €v0vs o€v, immediately then. 



28 NOTES. 

o^v referring to the state of things stated in the parenthesis, and being 
used here, as not unfrequently in resuming a discourse so interrupted. 
Cf. Lat. igitur. — avroi, case 450 a. — |x6<rov (Lex.). — d(JL({>oT€pb)v, case 
445 b. — ^9£T0, Lex. Tid-rj/jLi. — KXedpxov, case 434 a. — p.-^ iroiciv ravra, 
not to [be doing] do this, which, as the pres. implies, he Avas then doing ; 
not to persist in doing this. — okiyov (414 b) ScTjo-avTos, 573 e. — ri: Xen. 
chiefly uses re in correspondence with /cat ; not often re... re, or re alone. 

15. *Ev (Lex.). — TraXTo. (Lex.). The Persian horsemen usually carried 
two : TraXra 56o, wcrre to fieu acpelvai, r!^ 8', hu derj, e/c x^'Pos xPW^o-*- Cur. 
i. 2. 9. — (Tvv TOis irapovcri tcov Triorrwy (Lex.), 419, 678. 

16. KXe'apxe s, 484 b. — Kal [sc. L-zxeis] ot dXXoi, 401. 3, 485 a. — 
O/l """Tl^* brings the danger more vividly near than TavTy would have 
^^ done, 545. — KaTaK€K6\)/€(r6ai, tense 601 b. — €p.ov, case 408. — 

6X.6vT«v (Lex.). — ovToi ovs opdre, 52S g, 544. — iroX€p.icoTgpoi, for the 
sake of restoration to the king's favor, to prevent the weight of the king's 
displeasure from falling upon themselves, or from envy towards the spe- 
cially favored Greeks. The weak faith which Cyrus had in the fidelity of 
his Persian adherents appears again in 6. 4. 

17. Iv, const, prseg. 704 d. — l^evcxo (Lex. ylyvoixaC) ; cf. ev aavTciyevoD, 
Soph. Phil. 950. This figure is common to many languages. So in Eng., 
he was beside himself with passion, he came to himself ; Lat. ad se rediit ; 
Germ, er ging in sich. — Kard (Lex.). 



CHAPTER VI. 

TREACHERY OF ORONTES. — TRIAL AND CONDEMNATION. 

1. *EvT6v0ev, from their halting-place opposite Charmande. — irpoiovrwv, 
sc. aliTwv, as they were advancing, 676 a. — €(f>aiv6To, there appeared (con- 
tinuously). — l-mrtiiv, place, 719 d, ytt. — tos 8i.<rxtXi«v, 711 b. — ovtoi, re- 
ferring to lirirets implied in 'iirirwv. Cf. vii. 3. 39. — c'l ti, 639 a. Cf. 5. 1. 
— IIcpo-Tis, as adj., 506 f; cf. 8. 1. — yivn, cf. yhos, v. 2. 29, 485. — ra 
iroXep.ia, case 481. — Ilepa-wv, case 419 c, 511. 

2. Kvpo), case 452 a. — %oir\, KaraKdvoi, 643 c. How in dir. discourse ? — ■ 
8ti, pos. 719 b, 7) : cf. ii. 2. 20.— KaraKdvoi (50, Kalvw) dv, 622 b. Observe 
the varied position of KaraKdvoi, e'Xoi, KuXvaeie, etc. — tov Kalciv, case 
405 a ; art. 663 f, 664 a ; pres. because the burning goes on. Cf. i. 5. 14. — 
iroiTJo-etcv cootc, [effect that] bring about such a result that ; cf. § 6. The 
inf. is thus expressed as the result of the action denoted by Troiely ; while 
in the more frequent construction without ware (7. 4 ; v. 7. 27), it is ex- 
pressed simply as the direct object or efi'ect. — iKe'Xcvorcv : a decisive order 
seems best expressed by the aor., as in § 3 a simple request by the ipf. e/c^- 
Xevev. — ■t\yi\i.6v(t)v, case 419 a. 

3. vofilcas, nearly = vo/xi^cju, but strictly, having come to the belief ^ 
592 d. — iropA [== irpos] pao-iX^a, [to send] to the king. — -fjloi, 649 d. — «s 



BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 29 

&v s, 553 c. — BvvT^Ttti, mode 645 b, 650. — dXXd, expression of opposition 
to the natural apprehension that his approach might be hostile. — tinrcv- 
ctv, whom he would naturally first meet, as they were scouring the region 
between the two armies. — rfjs irpdo-Oev, cf. 3. 19 ; 4. 8. — •u'iro(JLVi^p.aTa, 
pos. 719 d, /J.. 

4. Ilepo-aiv s, order 719 d, v, 523 k. — lirTd, seven in number, a ^j^ 
deferred detail made prominent by its pos. The Persian king had 
seven chief counsellors (Esth. i. 14 ; Ezra vii. 14), either from the dignity 
and sacredness of this number, or, as some think, from the number of the 
noblemen who slew the usurper Smerdis. — Ge'crGai, 579. — tt|v avrov {v. I. 
avTov) (TKTivTJv, 538 g. Cyrus reposed but weak faith in the fidelity of his 
Persian adherents ; cf. 5. 16 ; and on this occasion the rank and popu- 
larity of Orontes may have demanded especial caution, 

5. (rv(JLpovXov, 394 b. — 8s (558 a) -ye Kal s, since indeed he seemed both 
to Mm and to the rest (the seven counsellors) to [be the most honored be- 
fore others, 69] liold the first position among the Greeks. And hence, as so 
esteemed by the Greeks themselves, it seemed to them that he might be 
called in from the generals around the tent without exciting dissatis- 
faction or envy among the rest. The change by some editors of avri^ 
to avr(^ is needless, and, if this is referred to Clearchus, injures the sense. 

■ — T'^v Kpio-iv, prolepsis 474 b, 71 b. — diroppTjTov •fjv, sc. ws eyivero, 491 a. 
• — dpxei-v (Lex.), w. gen. 425 : to open the conference. McMich. Cf. primus 
ibi ante omnes. Virg. j^n. ii. 40. 

6. IlapeKdXco-a implies the superiority of Cyrus, and that the final de- 
cision would rest with him, as avviKaXeaa would not have implied. — 5 rt, 
ace. to some, rel. referring to tovto (551 c) ; ace. to others, complem. con- 
necting eaTL to ^ovXevo/mevos. — irpos, before, in the sight of (Lex.). — irpd|w, 
subj. 624 a, the preceding aor. having the force of our perf., 605. — tov- 
rovt (Lex. 252 c, d) ; pos. 719 a. — 6 cfibs iraTr^p, 524 a. — {iitijkoov, 
prob. as a military officer under Cyrus, who was then Kapavos in "Western 
Asia, 1. 2 N. — l|ioi, case 454 e and 455 g. — raxOeis, showing, if true, the 
unfriendly relations between Cyrus and his brother, and giving C, if he 
had not himself provoked this action, some excuse for revolt. But is 
it not quite possible that this order from Artaxerxes was a mere fiction 
of the mischief-making Tissaphernes ? — l|i.o(, 455 f. — 'i\o>v . . .aKpoiroKiv. 
It Avas the policy of the Persian monarchs to garrison some of the most 
important strongholds with royal troops under commanders of their own 
appointment, as a check upon the satraps. It is not strange that collis- 
ions sometimes took place. — avrov, regarded by some as the object of 
irpoairoXefjiQi' (instead of the more familiar dative), and by others as the 
obj. of eTToirjcra by anticipation (474 b), or with anacoluthon (Xen. having 
commenced as though he intended to write avrbu iTroirja-a iravcxaadai, I 
made him cease). The introduction of uxrre do^at represents it as a freer 
act, and thus more exposes the inconsistency and treachery of Orontes. — 
«<rT€ Sd^ai, 671 b ; cf. § 2. — iroXcuov, case 405 a. — 8£|idv s, a ])ledge of 
esp. solemnity among the Persians : Trjv de^iav 'ibuiKe \^ Apra^ip^iqs] r^ 0er- 



30 NOTES. 

roKlwvL • 'icTL 5' t) irlam aiirr) jSe/Saiordr?; irapa tols Hepa-acs. Diod. xvi. 43. 
Cf. ii. 3. 28 ; 4. 1. 

7. 'ioTiv 6 Ti, 549 b, 559 a ; case 480 b. — (Jti ov [= oijK ^(ttlv or ovdeu 
ea-TLv], "iVi?" or '' Nothing." — avros cv, 540 d, e. — ovSev, case 586 c. — 
Mvtrovs (Lex.), cf. 9. 14. — 6 ti ISvyto (sc, TroteLp), [whatever you were 
able to do] as far as you were able, to the extent of your ability. — "E<|>t] 6 
'Opovrqs, 668 b. — Svvajiiv, i. e. its inferiority, inadequacy to the contest. 
. — 'ApTe'^iSos P«(Jiov, doubtless the world-renowned altar at Ephesus, a 
sanctuary for fugitives, which was respected by the Persians as well as the 
Greeks. "AuvKou jxivei to lepov, Strab. xiv. 1. TifMarai yap Kai wapa rots 
Uepa-ais i] debs avr-q dLa<p€p6vTws, Diod. v. 77. See Acts xix. 27. — jwra- 
(jieXciv o-ot, te poenitere, [that it repented you] that you repented, 572 d ; 
case 457. 
^^ 8. Ti, constructed like ovdev above and below. For its connec- 
^^ tion with a part., see 566 a. The Eng. would prefer, "What wrong 
have you suffered, that you now," etc. — <j)av€pbs ^e-yovas ; have you [be- 
come manifest] been found, or been manifestly? 573. Cf. 2. 11 ; 9. 11, 16. 

— d8iKTi0€is, sc. yeyove, or yeyova, etc. — irept, 697. — ['Op.o\oyCo, 708 c], ^ 
■ydp avayKT] (Lex. sc. iarlv o/noXoyelv), [I do confess it] Yes, for indeed it is 
inevitable. Cf. 3. 5. — 'in olv s, 636 b. — Sti s, 644 a. — -yevoifiriv, 8d- 
|aip.i, mode 631 d. Why is aoi so placed and followed by ye ? The high- 
minded frankness of Orontes inclines us to regard him as perhaps a loj^al 
servant of the king, whose chief fault lay in not observing enforced agree- 
ments made Avith Cyrus. The tribute of reverence which was boldly paid 
him on the way to death speaks loudly in his favor ; nor did Cyrus ven- 
ture on a public execution. 

9. Ilpbs Tavra (Lex. irpos), 697. — Totavra (case 478) \ikv ireiroCijKC 
(tense 599 a), Totavra hi. Mev and 54 often distinguish words so repeated. 

— vjJiwv, gen. partitive, 418. — dTr6<(>iivat yvwixi^v, express [an, or see 533] 
your opinion; voice 579. For the om. of the art. with yvcb/xTjv, cf. v. 5. 3 ; 
6. 37. What reasons may Cyrus have had for first applying to Clearchus ? 

— kydt, why expressed ? — tov dv8pa toutov, 524 b. — eK-iroStiv (Lex.) 
iroteio-Gai, rather mid. than pass. — Sc't), ^, why subj.? — <|>vXdTT€(r0ai, 
voice 579. — <rxo\^ ^ t|[jiiv, observe the repetition of sound, permitted by 
the Greek ear. — to Kara toutov clvai, 665 b. Observe the pointed and 
perhaps contemptuous repetition of tovtov. — tovs cScXovtAs (also accented 
id^Xovras, as a part.)...€v iroieiv, to benefit these your willing friends. — 
TovTovs appears to be emphatically added for an effect upon those present ; 
see 505 b. 

10. yvwiiT), case 699 g. — irpoo-Oeo-eat (Lex.). — gcf»T], who ? — |«vt)s, 
case 426 a. — eirl Gavdrw (Lex.). This was a sign among the Persians of a 
death-sentence, Diod. xvii. 30, (Cf. the Eng. custom of putting on the 
black cap.) This action on the part of Cyrus alone was enough ; but he 
chose to require the others to join, perhaps as a test of their fidelity. — 
ots (551 f) irpoo-cTdxOti (as impers., sc. 6.y€Lv), those to whom it was ap- 
pointed, the executioners. — irpoo-cKvvovv, tense 592. Often among the 



BOOK L CHAP. VII. 31 

Persians, as familiarly now in the East, by prostration to the earth, and 
touching this with the forehead, or even kissing it. — Kaiirep clSores, 674 f, 
685 b. — &701T0, why opt.? 

11. <rKt]'7rToi\(av. In Cyr. vii. 5, 59 s, the reasons are stated w^hich in- 
duced Cyrus the Elder to select eunuchs as his personal attendants and 
body-guards, a custom followed by his successors, and still so extensively 
retained in Oriental courts and harems. — el8«s (Lex. bpaoi), cf. 7. 4. — 
gXryev, €'iKa|ov, c<|>dvT], double chiasma. — &\Xoi &X\a)s (Lex. dXAos c), 
567 d. — Td(f>os s. The execution and burial seem to have taken place 
within the tent. It is not unlikely he was buried alive, as the Persians 
had this mode of execution. See Hdt. vii. 114 ; Uepa-iKov 8^ to i^wopxas 
KUTopva-aeiv. 

CHAPTER yil. 

MARCH THROUGH BABYLONIA. — REVIEW OF THE TROOPS. 



27 



1. 'EvTsvOev, 5. 5. The scene of the trial of Orontes seems to 
have been at or near Pylse. — (TTaOiKu, sense ? — 'EXXtjvwv, case 
444 a. — |Jt€'o-as vvktus, 508 a ; pi. 489 ; cf. iii. 1. 33, art. om. 533 d. — 
ISoKct, he thought (Lex. 1). — |Aaxovpi6vov, tense 598 b. — IsceXeve, 8i6Ta|e, 
tense 595. — Kcpcus, wiiig of the Greeks ; case 407. The whole Greek 
force was placed upon the right of the arm}^ See 2. 15 N. In the sense 
to command, rjyeoixai. has regularly the gen. ; but in the more literal sense, 
to lead or guide, often the dat. ; cf. ii. 2. 8 ; iii. 2. 20. — toiis laon-ov, his 
own inen, in distinction from the Greeks. 

2. TJH'epq^ case 450 a. — Pao-iXe'cos : the Greek repeats the noun, instead 
of substituting a pronoun, more freely than the Eng. — Xoxd-yovs, 386 c. 
In a mercenary Greek force, the lochagi had an especial independence and 
importance, as they commonly engaged the men primarily, and came with 
them to the standard of the general. Hence we shall find them often in 
councils of war, ii. 2. 3 ; iv. 1. 12. — irws (complem. 563 s) dv t^v Y-6.'%r\v 
iroioiTo, hoiv he should fight the battle (if there should be one, 636 a). — 
avTos irap-^vci 6appvv«v (674 b, d) roidSe (478), he himself exhorted and 
encouraged them as follows. 

3. A brief speech, admirably adapted to produce the effect desired. — 
ovK dvOpwiTiov (sne case 414 b) diropeSv Pap^dpcov, order 719 a, /3. — dp,etvo- 
vas (Lex.) Kal KpeiTrovs, 211. Cf. \Qiov koL d/j-eLvov, vi. 2. 15. — Sirws s, 
626. — IXeuGcpias ^s, case 431 b, 554 a. How sweet the sound upon the 
Greek ear! and with what flattering emphasis does Cyrus repeat it! — 
K€KTq<r9€, 280 b ; pret. (Lex. Krdofiat). — virep, here inserted, though not 
usual with evdaifiovi^u), to distinguish this use of ■?}$ from the preceding. — 
tcrre, mode ? — IXotfA-qv &v, 636 a. How gratifying to the honest pride of 
the Greeks. The subjects of an absolute monarch are all slaves ; cf. 9. 29 ; 
ii. 5. 38. The aor. here makes the expression more decided ; that I would 
unhesitatingly choose, 594 s. — dvrl «v '(t\<a irdvrwv, 554 a N., 553. 



32 NOTES. 

4. "Oirws, connecting eidrjre to StSd^w, 624 a. — olov, complem. 563 (so 
oiovs); cf. vii. 4. 1. — Kpavyfj, 698 a. — €iria<riv, as fut. (Lex. et/ii), 603 c, — 
&v, if, 619 a. — ravra, the throng and the outcry. — rd dXXa, as «;o aZZ eZse, 
481. — Kttl aicr\vvi<rQal jtoi (537) Sokw (Lex.) oXovs T||Jttv (eth. dat. 462 e) 
■yvwo-ecrGe tovs Is ttj xcopa fivras dvGpwirovs, / [seem to myself even to 
he ashamed] may well be ashamed what sort of men for us you will 
fnd those in the country to be. "Oyras seems to be rather complem. after 
yuucreade (677 b), than definitive with tovs, as some consider it ; and 
dv6p(J)irovs, though placed at the end for strong and contemptuous em- 
phasis, to be directly constructed with oiovs rather than with toijs. Aiax^- 
veadai implies thinking or considering. — dvGpwirovs, dvSpwv (Lex.), how 
differing? cf. iroWol fxeu dvOpwiroL..., oXiyoi de dvdpes, Hdt. vii. 210 (of the 
Medes at Thermopylae). — Kal cvtoXjjwov 7€vo|X6Vft)V, and having proved 
yourselves Jieroes. Eehdz. has /cat ev tCov eixCbu yevo/xevcav, and my affairs 
having prospered. — l-yw vp,<ov, pos. 719 b, e. — v|JL{dv...din,€vai, any one of 
you that wishes to return home ; part. 678 a. — rots otKoi (Lex. case 458) 

OQ V'\^*^'^^v (Lex.). — rd irap' l|xol s, 528 a. 

^^ 5. ihri, illustrating the freedom which Cyrus permitted in the 
Greeks, though Gaulites, who is spoken of as '"in the confidence of Cyrus," 
probably spoke simply to draw from him a stronger statement for the assur- 
ance of others. — 8id...Ktv8\5vov (416 a) irpotriovTos, on account of your being 
in such [an emergency of the danger approaching] imminent danger ; order 
719 d, V. Most Mss. have toO before irpoaiovTos, which would then simply 
define the danger ; with its omission, the danger is affirmed as approach- 
ing; 523. 2, 5. — dv eS yevi]rai rt, t/ [aught shall have resulted well, 617 d] 
yo^i gain any success. — ov |iEp.vf](r6ai, prophetic pres. for fut. 609 b ; v. I. 
fiefJLvrjcreadai, 686 c. — |i,€|i.V(uo, 317 c. 

6. *AXX* (ia-Ti |x^v (Lex.) TJp,iv, but there certainly is for us (extending 
afterwards implied). — irpbs fi^v |JL€(rr]|j.ppLav, irpbs 8^ dpKTOv, order 720 a ; 
art. om. (so Kavjia, dvOpwirou) 533 d, c. — K-^'XP'' °^' ^^^' — ^^"^ KavjJia, 
694. — rd-.-iravTa, all the parts between these limits (or extremes); case 
472 d; cf. iii. 4. 31. 

7. Tjfids (489 b) 86i; tovs -nfMrepovs (538 a) <j>i\or>s tovtwv (407) I^KpaTcis 
iroiT](rai, we must make our friends masters of these domains. — SeSoiKa 
(671 d) |x^ (625 a) ovk (686 h) ^x"- — ^ ^i 8(S, what [I may give] to give, 
642 a; cf. ii. 4. 19, 20. — x(|i«v, pos.? — <rT€<j>avov...XPv<rovv, a reward in 
Greece for eminent public services. Compare the lavish promises of Cyrus 
to the Spartans, Plut. Artax. 6. 

8. 'Ot 8e, and they, i. e. the generals and captains, who reported to their 
men. — Elo-sjeo-av, into his tent for more personal and private interviews, 
which Cyrus was not now in a condition to refuse them. — 'EXXtjvwv, case 
419 a, 418 b. — <r<})io-iv, 539 a ; case 459. — ^o-rat, KpaTT|a-«(riv : what the 
reg. mode ? — elrj-Y^eXXov, el<rT]€(rav, direircfxire, TrapeKcXevovTo : why tlie 
ipf.? What arrangement do you here observe? — 'O Se s, 536b, c. — 
yviop.'qv, numb. 488 d ; cf. iKirXTjo-aL tcls yvibp-as uvtCjv, Hel. vi. 1. 15. 

9. |idx€<r0ai, personally. — tauTwv, case 445 c. — ol'et (297 f) "Ydp, 708 e. 



BOOK I. CHAP. VII. 33 

— )jiaxei(r6ai, i. e. prob., in person. "Why sliould you so expose your- 
self, for do you think that your brother will come out to meet you ? " Some 
think that giving battle in general is all that is here meant. — vi?| Aia, 
476 d. — Ifibs oi86X<j>ds, 538 a. How does this differ from 6 ifios d8€\<p6s, 
6. 8 ? — ot»K a\i.a\iC s, / shall not carry off this j^rize without fighting for 
it. — TavT*, to what does this refer ? In a military despotism the sover- 
eign must not be suspected of wanting personal valor. Pint, ascribes to 
Cyras this reply to the prudent advice of Clearchus : ' * What do you 
mean, Clearchus ? Do you bid me, in seeking the throne, to show myself 
unworthy of it ? " Artax, 8. 

10. 'EvTttvGa 8i^, here indeed, or thereupon : drj, time past. — ^q 
lloirXio-ia, either in the night (§ 1), or more prob. during the next *' 
day, when preparations for the expected battle could be made more com- 
pletely and more favorably than during a night alarm. — dpi6|xbs kyiv€TO, 
[a numbering took place] the number ivas taken, viz. — d<nris (by meton. 
for the shield-bearers. Lex. 70 h), ireXrao-Tat, etc., specifications in appos. 
w. apLdixbs, 393 d, 395. — [jtvpta, numb. 240 a. The total of hoplites stated 
in the note to i. 2. 9 was 9600. If to this number we add the 700 brought 
by Chirisophus and the 400 who deserted Abrocomas (4. 3), and then sub- 
tract the 100 lost by Menon (2. 25), and 200 more for the various casual- 
ties of the march, we have the number here given, 10400. The total of 
lighter troops in the same note was 2300. This number is now increased 
to 2400, or, ace. to some mss., to 2500. This increase, unless arising from 
a different mode of enumeration, may be accounted for by supposing that 
the hoplites of Chirisophus, according to Spartan usage, had lighter-armed 
attendants which it was not deemed important to mention (cf. 5. 13 ^'.), 
or that some of the baggage-men, as supplies diminished, and the hour of 
fighting approached, were enlisted into the lighter companies. — (ivpidSes, 
241, III. — d(Ji4>l rd eiKoort, 706, 531 d. 

11. cKarbv Kal cI'koot, |xvpid8€s, a reported and prob. exaggerated state- 
ment. Ctesias, the king's surgeon, stated the number of his troops in the 
battle as 400000 (Plut. Artax. 13) ; and the historian Ephorus, as quoted 
in Diod. xiv. 22, as "not less than 40 myriads." The inclusion of camp- 
followers in the larger and not in the smaller number would make the dis- 
crepancy less. — "AWoi, besides (Lex.), 567 e ; cf. 5. 5. 

12. dpxovTcs Kal fnpo.yi\yo\ Kal ■^^efJioves. Xen. may have used these 
different terms to show and emphasize the power of these great command- 
ers ; or some of them, as AVeiske and others suppose, may have crept into 
the text from explanatory glosses. In general, Abrocomas seems to have 
commanded the troops of the southwestern part of the empire, Tissaphernes 
of the northwestern, Gobryas of the southeastern, and Arbaces of the north- 
eastern. — (laxTls, case 408, — rjnepais s, case 468. The tardiness of Abro- 
comas was perhaps simply caused by his longer route ; but was prob. inten- 
tional. The king may have himself suspected this, since he did not think 
it worth while to wait for him. A reinforcement from the east also came 
too late ; see ii. 4. 25. 

3 



34 NOTES. 

13. irpJ>s Kvpov, this is prob. used with ijyyeWov for the comm. dat. 
(ii. 3. 19), through the influence of avToixoK-qaavTes, which it also modifies 
in sense; cf. 399 g ; ii. 27. Some, by a harder const., regard it as a 
direct adjunct of avToixoX-qaavres, notwithstanding its position. — oi airo- 
|i,oXi'io-avT€s, 678 a. — Ik, irapd, how do these prepositions differ in force ? 
■ — -irpo, p-erd, 690. — ot...T«v iroXcp-iwy, gen. partitive w. o'i, 553. — Differ- 
ence between ravra and ravra ? — What do you observe in the general 
arrangement of this section? Xen., differing from Ctesias, states his 
authority. 

14. €|€Xavv€t, perhaps on the second day after the night-review, as a 
single day would give scanty^time for the council of war, the private inter- 
views (§ 2, 8), and this march with the defiling of so great an army 
through a narrow pass (§ 14 s). — tco o-TpaTCwp-aTt (case 467), why not 
with (Tiuv, as in § 1? The prep, is less needed on account of the participle 
<rvvT€T ay fji,eu({}. — |X€(rov tov, 508 a, 523 b, 4. — €{)pos, case 481. — op-yviaC, 
395 c. The dimensions of Plut. and Diod. are less probable. 

15. MT]8ias (Lex.). For a description of this wall see ii. 4. 12. The 
trench seems to have been dug to this wall from the canal-system men- 
tioned below, and to have received its water from the latter. - — 8i(opvx.eS' 
The general statement, ancient and modern, represents the canal-system 
here connecting the two rivers as flowing from the Euphrates to the Tigris, 
There is reason for supposing that the canals may have been filled from 
the Euphrates at the time of its flood (see Appendix at end of vol.) ; and 
that, as the rivers sank, flood-gates were closed to retain the water for 
purposes of irrigation. Hence, the trench may have been connected with 
the canals rather than with the river, which was now too low to supply it 
with water. We may add that the flowing of the water from the west end 
of the canal-system into the trench Avould present to the eyes of Xen. the 
appearance of its flowing from the Tigris ; and hence, that statement of its 
direction, which has led so many to question the genuineness of the pas- 
sage, "Ev9a dri d(7Lv...yi(f)vpaL 5' ^Treiaiv, is rather an evidence in its favor, 
since a student adding this would not have been likely to differ from the 
general account. Cf. the rivers of Babylon, Ps. cxxxvii. See Owen, ii. 
4. 13. — Terrapes, the present number of the main canals from river to 

Qi^ river in this region (Nahr-Malcha, or King's Canal, etc.). — 8ia- 
XciTrovo-i cKao-TT] (393 d), and [leave each as an interval] are distant 
from each other. — irapao-dYyr)v, 472 or 482. - — irdpoSos, prob. left to pre- 
A^ent the escape of the Avater into the river, and pei'haps with the intent to 
occupy the space with a Avail, which there was not time to construct. — 
TTOTap-oi), case ? — iroSwv, case ? 

16. iroiet, TrvvGdvcTtti, use of tense ? — irpoo-cXavvovra, 677. — irapfiX0€, 
IycVovto, 495. Cf. iv. 2. 22. — Td<j)pov, case ? 

17. TavTT] p,^v : no de corresp. before § 20. — ■uiroxwpovvTwv, emphat. 
pos. 719. — ■fjo-av, number 569 a. Cf ■fjyovro, § 20. 

18. TT) IvSeKdTT) dir* (Lex.) IkcIviis ttjs T|(X€pas (524b), or aw' eKciurji 
r],uepg., reckoning back. Most mss. show the first ellipsis, but /3' the second. 



BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 35 

This sacrifice may have taken place during the halt at Charmande, where 
Cjrrus was doubtless aware of the preparations which the king seemed to 
be making for a standat the trench. — |j.ax€iTat (mode ?) 8eKa Tjjjiepwv, 
433 a. — OvK, why first in the clause ? — el Iv ravrais ov fxaxEiTai (631 a) 
Tais 'q)X€pais> Many mss. have here the more regular ei /jltj h ravrats rah 
Tj/j.epai'i ixax^lrai, 686 b. If ov fxax^'^rai is genuine, it is an emphatic, per- 
haps contemptuous, repetition of the words of Silanus, 686 k. ei ov also 
vii. 1. 28 ; vi. 6. 16. — dXTjOevcTTjs, 617 d. — virio^voviJiat, a form of expres- 
sion referring to the future, 631 c. — ScKa rdXavra, a money of account, 
= how many darics ? = how many dollars ? A most lavish gift for a suc- 
cessful prediction, even at the present value of money. 

19. ckmXvc, tense 594. — tov (idx€(rOai, case 699 f, 405 a (ace. also ad- 
missible). The conclusion of Cyrus was natural, as the king had made no 
opposition at Pylse, and then had relinquished a line of defence prepared 
with so much labor. Yet, in truth, a narrow pass, unless defended by a 
strong Avail, was the very last place for Persians to risk an encounter with 
Gi-eeks, as they could not there offset by their superiority of numbers the 
superior personal prowess of the Greeks, Their best chance for success 
was in an open plain, which they could scour with their cavalry, and 
where they could amass their hosts on all sides against the Greeks. — -fuxe- 
XT)p,£va)s, some read THJ.eXrfjj.evos. — |j,dXXov, 685, 510. 

20. iropcCav Ittoicito (Lex.), 475. — avrw, for him, i. e. of his army, 
463. — (TTpaTiwrais, case 460, 463. 



CHAPTER VIII. 

BATTLE OF CUNAXA. — DEATH OF CYRUS. 

1. fjv, 571 d. — d^opdv, cf. ii. 1. 7. —'<ivQa. (550 e) '^(ieXXe, 598 a. ^-i 

— KaroXvciv, for breakfast ; see 10. 19. — dvrjp, without art, 525 a. *^^ 
He had been sent forward for observation or some preparation. — dvd 
(Lex.), 695. — iSpovvrt t<S itnra, case 467 a ; order 523 b, 4. — ols, numb. 
550 f. — iviTvyyjiviv, ipda, tense ? — «s ds s, 711 ; cf. § 23 ; 9. 23. The 
battle here described was fought, ace. to Plut. (Artax. 8), at a place called 
Koiva^a, 500 stadia from Babylon (but 360 stadia, ii. 2. 6). This may 
have been the name of the station at which the army of Cyrus was to halt, 
or of the village mentioned in 10. 11, or these may possibly have been the 
same place. 

2. avTtKtt, pos.? what modifying?— Kal...86 (Lex.), cf. 1. 2. — <r<j)t<riv, 
case 699 g. — iTrnreo-eio-Oai, subject ? 

3. Why aorists, and afterwards imperfects ? — tov, tov, Ta, Tds, 530 e. 

— I'lr-irov, according to Plut., a noble horse, but hard to manage and fierce, 
named Pasacas (yewalov, aa-rojuiov 5^ kuI v^piaTrjv, Artax. 9). 

4. KXe'apxos : to whom was unfortunately given the chief command of 
the Greeks in the battle, — prob. the only general who would have there 



36 NOTES. 

disobeyed Cyrus, ii. 6. 15. — 8e|id, num"b. 489 a. — tov KtpoTos, of the 
wing, since the whole Greek force formed only the right wing of Cyrus's 
army. — npo^evos 8^ Ix^H^^^^ (Lex.), a^ next Proxcnus, with whom doubt- 
less was Xenophon. — [Kal to crTpaTcvjixt], and Ms division, if the words 
are genuine. They are certainly not required. — evww|Jiov s, next to the 
Persian main body. 

5. papPapiKOv, pos.? — els Xi-^^o^Sj 692. 5, 706; of. 1. 10. —Iv tu» Sc- 
|t», on the right of the Greeks, to join in the pursuit, after the enemy 
should have been routed. So apparently beyond them, the targeteers, who 
could operate closer to the river than the cavalry. — Iv tw €V(ovv|Mp, on the 
left of the Greeks, yet constituting the main body of the army. 

6. Kvpos, tTTireis (sc. ^arTja-av), here specially mentioned for the descrip- 
tion of their armature, which was rather Greek than Persian. Cyrus was 
doubtless in or near the centre of the barbarian host (§ 22) ; and some 
editors, without mss. authority, insert /card to /xeaov, citing the statement 
of Diod., Kvpos eriraKTO Kara. fieaTjv rqv ^dXayya, xiv. 22. — 6<rov (Lex.), 
507 f. — 6(dpa|i, case 466. — (lev airoC, indeed themselves, corresponding to 
oi 8' tiriroL, in § 7 ; fxiv here preceding the contrasted word, that it may 
come earlier in the sentence, 720 a. — Kiipov, case 406 a ; cf. 1. 6. — ^tX^v 
(523 b, 4), unarmed, i. e. simply covered with the erect tiara, which he 
proudly wore as a sign of distinction and dignity, asserting in itself his 
claim to the throne. This, however, might be so thickly and so firmly 
fitted as to afford considerable protection. Cf. 'ATroTriTrrei 5^ rrjs KcipaXijs i) 
Tidpa rov K6pov, Ctesias's account of the battle in Plut. {Artax. 11). — 
[A€7€Tai] (cf. 573 a) s, a general statement (corresponding to those in Hdt. 
V. 49 and vii. 61, and Strabo xv. 3) now^ thought by many to have crept 
into the text from a gloss. If genuine, Xen. writes as if from the infor- 
mation of others. 

oo '^' °^ ^^"^^ Kvpov, in Cyrus's hody-guard. — jiaxaipas, better 
"'^ shaped for striking, as the ^i^os for piercing. — 'EXXt^vikcIs, pos.? 

8. A description brief, but graphic. — fieVov, SetXr], art. om. ? — f|fw'pas, 
case 416 a. — f|viKa Se %dkr\ (533 d) kyiyvero, hut [when the afternoon was 
coming on, 594] early in the afternoon. — k^avn], came into sight, incept, 
aor. 592 d. — Xcvktj, p-eXavia, from the different manner in which the sun- 
light struck or was reflected from the long cloud of dust. — xpovw (case 
468) 86 (Tvxvw voTcpov, and a considerable time after, the period of intent 
and excited watching doubtless seeming long. Some needlessly conjecture 
ov (xvxv^. — eirt (Lex. c). — cYi-yvovTO, {lo-rpairTc, tense ? — x^^^os (Lex.) 
Tis, "etwas wie Erz." Rehdz. 

9. XcvKoOwpaKcs, white-mailed (Lex.). — exoFvoi. 8^ tovtwv, and next to 
these ; case 426. — 7€ppo<|>6poi, the common Persian infantry, well armed 
for Oriental warfare, but not for a shock Avith the iron-clad Greeks, while 
from their political institutions and habits of life they Avere no less 
deficient in spirit, discipline, and physical training. Cf. C]/r. i. 2. 13 ; 
Hdt. vii. 61. These were bowmen, ace. to Grote. — iro8^p€«n, 722 d. — 
Al^viTTioi (Lex.). — &XXoi s, a7id other horsemen and also bowmen, or. 



BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 37 

and others, horsemen and bowmen, 567 e. The asjTideton renders the 
enumeration less formal, 68 d. — Kara (Lex.), 692. 5. — ^Kao-rov to ^0vos, 
V. I. cKaarov 'edvo^, 522 b, as usual in armies composed of different nation- 
alities. Cf. Hdt. vii. 60. — liropcueTO, numb. 501 a. 

10. dpiiara, subject of eiropevovro or rjcxav understood, to which dxov is 
connected by 5e. Numb, of verb? — SiaXeiirovTa, cf. 7. 15. — dir' oXXtj- 
Xcov, 689 b. — 8t|, indeed, namely. — els irXd-yiov (sc. fxApos or x^pioj'), [to 
a side quarter] sideways (comm. with the idea of obliqueness), obliquely 
(oftener slanting or curving). — diroT6Ta(Jt€va, [extended] extending or jipro- 
jecting (about two cubits in length ace. to Cyr. vi. 1. 30), to mow down 
standing troops, and sometimes attached to the wheel so as to revolve 
swiftly. — VTTO, 689 j. — 8t<|>pots, these were high, to protect the driver, 
who was also defended by armor so that only his eyes were exposed, — els 
■yfiv pXcirovra, to mangle those who had been thrown down by the rush of 
the horses. Such a chariot had long axles, that it might be in less danger 
of being overturned in jjassing over corpses ; and its driver was protected, 
as just stated. See Cyr. vi. 1. 29 s. — a»s SiaKoirrciv, expresses purpose, 
671 e. — Sto), 253. 1; case 699 f, 450 a. — yvia^r\ ■?jv, ws-.-eXcovra (sc. ravTa), 
the jylan was [as though they were going to drive] that they should drive, 
680 c, 675 d. — 8iaKO\j/ovTa, sc. raOra. Cf. 4. 8. 

11. "O, rel. referring to tovto. — clirev, i. 7. 4. — KaXe'oras, object ? Cf, 
the fuller, but less frequent, form of expression in 7. 18. In Greek, if 
two closely connected verbs have a common object, this is usually expressed 
but once and in the case required by the nearer verb ; cf. 399 g, 536 c. — 
€t|/6v<r0Ti TOVTO (case 478 or 481, 586 c), in this he was mistaken. — Kpav-yf), 
case 467 a, — «s dvvo-Tov (sc, Tjv 572), as far as [was] possible. — kv to-w 
(sc. ^-qixari, step), (Lex.), 695; pos. 718 e. 

12. €V (Lex.), 690, — avTos s, simply himself zoith P., without his 
body-guard, 540 c, 541 a, — KXcdpx*?, case 452. — ipoa, tense 595 a. — 
&76iv...eiTi, 659 c, 643 c. — [wo-ov to, 523 a, 3. — kAv tovt s, 644 b. oq 

— viK^fiev, mode? — irdvG' i\^lv (case 461) iretrovTyTax (tense 610 a) 
= our work is all done. 

13. 'Opwv, dKOvcdv, ?X"V> concessive, — though he saw, etc, 674, 1, f. 

— 'Op«v, pos,? — 6 KXe'apxos, the subj, of ijdeXev, yet repeated after the 
parenthesis, and dXX' oficjs iised as if a finite verb had preceded ; cf, 70 t. 

— to \iia-ov o^i<|>os, order 523 b. The king's horse-guards would be esp, 
conspicuous, 7. 11. — Kvpov, case 434 a; cf. 10. 5. — 6vra, part,? — €v«- 
vvfiov, case 445 c. Some needlessly omit 'EWrjvcKov, as rendering the state- 
ment less strong than that below. The truth appears to be that Xen. was 
so absorbed in the contest between the Greeks and Persians, and esteemed 
so lightly the barbarian forces of Cyrus, that he leaves the latter mostly 
out of account in describing the battle, and sometimes seems to speak in 
general of the army of Cyrus as the Greek army, and of that of the king as 
the barbarian army ; see § 10, 14, 19, 24, — too-o€tov, 485 e, j8, 483 ; used 
rather than the dat, on account of TrX-qdei, 487 b, — irXi^Oci, case 467 b, — 
yAfrov to lavTov, his own centre, i. e. the centre of his army, — Kvpov, 



38 NOTES. 

gen. poss. — jJLf| KVKXctfOctTi, 625 a. — 8ti avrw p.cXoi (v. I. fieXei, 645 a), 
^ir«s KttXws ixot. (Lex. 624 c), that he himself was taking care (even more 
arrogant than thai he vjould take care) thai [it should have itself well] all 
should go well. The self-willed and insubordinate course pursued by 
Clearchus to secure himself and the Greeks, left Cyrus with his Persian 
force to contend with several times the number of similar troops, and 
made his destruction almost certain. 'O 5' ayrcD ixeXew eiTrwv, Sttw? e^ei 
KdWia-ra, rb ttop 8L€(f>6eipev, is the language of Plutarch, who is esp. severe 
upon the selfish caution, the folly, and faithlessness of Clearchus, Artax. 8. 
Cyrus prob. understood the reply of Clearchus as expressing an intent to 
follow his direction, and supposed that all would be well. 

14. Pap^apiKov o-Tpdrevjia, the Persian host of the king. Born, and 
Dind. say ' ' of Cyrus, " but it was very unlikely that he would lead his in- 
ferior Persian host to the encounter, before the Greeks, upon whom he 
placed his main reliance, were ready ; cf. § 13 N. See Grote's remarks on 
Clearchus, — avrai (Lex.). — <rvv€TdTT€TO s, was forining from those who 
were still coming up, and successively deploying into line. — irapcXavvwv, 
returning from the extreme right, where Clearchus was posted, — irpjjs 
avT« s, 541 e, at a considerable distance even from his own army. — Karc- 
Oedro cKaTc'ptixrc, took a survey on eaxh side. What a season of observation, 
excitement, and suspense ! 

15. ^6vo<j>a)v 'AGrjvaios, wt. art. 525 a ; the first mention of the author. 
Whether he was with his friend Proxenus, or with Clearchus as a mounted 
aid, or with the few cavalry of the latter, is not stated. His horse, 
freedom of movement, and relations to Cyrus and the generals, made the 
service which he now rendered both convenient and fit for him, — vTreXd- 
cas a»S truvavrfjo-ai, 671 a, e. — €l' ti •n'apaYY€XXoi, if [he would command 
anything] he had any commands to give, 648 a. — lirid-TT]<ras, McMich. 
compares "having pulled up." Cf. a-T-qaa^ to dpfm, 2. 17. — 8ti Kal rd 
Upd KaXd (sc. etrj) s, that both the sacrifices [esp. the omens from the en- 
trails] were auspicious, and all the attendant circumstances [esp. the move- 
ments of the victims]. For the generally accepted distinction between 
iepd and acpdyia, see Lex. In such sacrifices, to which both the Greeks 
and the Eomans attached a vital importance, every appearance of the vic- 
tim had its significance, the manner in which it approached and stood at 
the altar and received the fatal blow, its fall and dying groans and strug- 
gles, the burning of parts upon the altar, and esp. the forms and condition 
in which the entrails (eminently the vital organs) were found, — KoXd, re- 
peated in emphatic confiiTnation. 

16. 0opvPov, case 432 a, i ; cf . 6 66pv^os, 530 a. — tis, 8 ti, complem. 
563. — d'T], mode ? — [S^vocjjwv.] If KXeapxos, the reading of some Mss., 
is correct, then this general must also have left the line for conversation 
with Cyrus ; but this seems quite improbable after the previous interview, 
§ 12 s. — TO a-vvQr\\La, the password for distinguishing friends from foes, in 
two parts : the sign Zei/s '2,wT'ffp, and the countersign Kai Nk??. Cf. vi. 5. 
25 ; Lat. tessera, Virg. ^n. vii. 637. — 'jrap^px€Tai, irapayyeXXck (mode ?). 



BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 39 

— ScvTcpov : the password was repeated in a low tone by each soldier, 
from the commander to the end of the line, and then back again, to secure 
its correct transmission, from the end of the line to the commander ; see 
Cyr. iii. 3. 58. It was usually, as here, both religious and animating. — 
Kal 8s (518 f ) l0av|iao-€, as it should not have been given out without 
his concurrence ; the tense denoting the momentary expression of surprise, 
rather than the continuous feeling of wonder ; but Clearchus was auto- 
cratic. 

17. *AXXa (Lex.). — 8€XO|j,ai, I accept it, I hail it as a good omen. Cf. 
accipio, Virg. u^n. xii. 260. — tovto ia-Tta, [let this be] so let it he, = may 
the result be in accordance with these auspicious words. — ovK€Ti...<rTd8ia 
(case 482) SieixcTTiv (568) tw (234 e, 492 c) <}>dXaYy€ s, the two lines [were 
no longer distant] were loithin three or four stadia of each other. About 
Avhat part of a mile ? — eiraidv^ov (Lex.). The Greeks were wont to sing 
the paean to one or more of the gods (Apollo, Mars, etc.), both before a 
battle, in anticipation of victory (Tratai' eix^ar-qpios), and after a successful 
battle, in thanksgiving {Traiav i/iKrjTrjpios). — avrtoi (Lex.), 509. — iroXe- 
[lCois, case 455 f. 

18. iropevofJievcov, sc. avrCov, 676 a. — l|eKii(Jiaiv€, a metaphor, imitated 
and commended for its expressiveness and beauty by the ancients ; nearly 
expressed by our undulated, more closely by billowed forth. — ti ^^ - 
(sc. fjiepos) TTjs <|)dXaYYos, some part of the line, 418 b. — 8pdp,a> * 
(Lex. case 467 a) Geiv, to run [with running] outright, to hasten upon the 
run, differing from the simple 'ideov below, not so much in what it ex- 
presses, as by its fuller and more emphatic expression, partaking of pleo- 
nasm, 69. — l<j>6€"y|avT0, gave a shout. — otovirep, case 468 (sc. (I>deyfia, cry) 
or 483. — IXeXt^ovcrt, from eXeXev, one form of the war-cry, as dXaXd^io 
(iv. 2. 7) from another form ; cf. dXoXvi;-^, and our to whoop, huzza, etc. — 
^Oeov, tense and order? It was for the interest of the Greeks thus to 
shorten the period of exposure to missiles, and to come as soon as possible 
to close quarters. — A^^ovo-i, Xen. writes here, as elsewhere, as if he had 
not been present. — eSovirrio-av, stem 344; cf. iv. 5. 18. So Alexander's 
soldiers, Arr. i. 6 (where the expression seems to us more natural : rois 
8i)pa(TL 8ov7rT](raL Trpos ras daTridas). — (j>oPov iroiovvres tois i^irirois (460), 
[causing terror to] striking terror into the horses ; ace. to some, seeking to 
terrify the ho]-ses (598 c, 594) ; esp. those of the scythe-armed chariots. 

19. e^iKveto-eai (Lex.), mode, 703 d, /3 ; i. e. hefore they came within 
how-shot. — IkkX^vovo-iv, ISiwkov, ipowv, tense ? — Kparos (Lex.). — p-TJ, why 
rather than oi) ? — Iv (ttj) Td|et, without art. 533 c. — 0€iv...?'7r€cr9ai, order ? 

20. rd p.€v, appos. 393 d. — f|vidx<«>v (case 414 b), such frightened coav- 
ards that they had deserted their chariots, and fled with the rest. Cf. Cyr. 
viii. 8. 25. — irpoiiSoicv, mode ? cf. 5. 2. — SiCo-ravTo. Alexander bade his 
soldiers do the same at Arbela, Curt. iv. 13. — 'dtrri (Lex.) 8* 6<rTis {^v 84 
Tii 6's, 553, 559 a), but there was one at least who. This seems to express 
the force of this indefinite form of expression, which does not affirm of 
more than one, and yet does not confine the statement to one. — 2<j)a<rav, 



40 NOTES. 

subject 571 c. — ov8^...86, neg. corresponding to Kal...de affirm. (Lex. 84). 

— ovSels s, neg. tripled ? — ns, a certain one. The precision of statement 
here used seems to show that tU is used to denote a single person, and not 
vaguely for one or two, or a small number. 

21. TO, sc. TrXrjdos, fx^pos, or (XTpaTev/ma. — ov8* «s (Lex.). — <rvv€<nr€i- 
pa|A€'vT]V, pos. ? — iroiirjo-ci, mode ? — Kal ^dp (Lex.), 1. 6, 8. — avrdv, case 
474 b ; cf. Kpi<riv, 6. 5, 

22. ji€'crov...Tb atiTwv, their oion centre (i. e. of their own army) ; gen. 
poss. 443; cf. 538a. — % XPllto^^^, mode? — dv, 618c, 658a. — i\^La-&. 
j^ovw, [by means of] in half the time, 466, 469 e. 

23. avT«, case 455 f. — dvriov (Lex.). — avrov, governed by 'iixirpocrdev: 
Q(^ cf. TToppw, iii. 4. 35. — a>s €ts KVK\«<riv, as if for surrounding the 
*^^ enemy, 511 ; cf. § 1 ; 2. 1. 

24. 8t], force ? — to 'EXXtivikov : Xen. was intent upon the fortunes of 
the Greeks. Cyrus must have seen that the king's manoeuvre would place 
himself and his barbarian army between two vastly superior forces, and 
expose them to almost certain destruction. As the Greeks were too much 
occupied in their petty victory, and too far removed to render him the 
needed support, his only hope seemed to lie in a bold effort to arrest the 
king's movement, and bring the battle to a decision by a direct charge 
upon him. Cyrus has been blamed for his rashness ; but his desertion by 
Clearchus and the Greeks left him no alternative. He must snatch the 
crown by his personal prowess, or atone for his ambition by death. He 
almost M^on. — cXavvei dvT^os (Lex.), 509 ; with a general advance, no 
doubt, of his barbarian troops. — l|aKO<riois, § 6. ■ — e^aKicrxtXlovs, 7. 11, 
emphatically added, as showing the great disparity of number. — ^Tp6\|/€ : 
after the vivid description by the hist. pres. (eXauvei, vlko), the aor. better 
represents the feat as accomplished. Observe in the graphic account be- 
low the repeated interchange of present and past tenses. — avTos-.-lavTov, 
541 h. — *ApTa76p(rT]v, who, ace. to Pint., advanced against Cyrus with 
insulting and threatening words, and hurled his javelin against him with 
great force. The javelin which Cyrus sent in return pierced Artagerses 
through the neck. 

25. In the all-absorbing excitement of hand-to-hand fighting, it was 
natural for each soldier to press on as he could ; and a commander lost, in 
great measure, the poAver of directing and controlling the movements of his 
men. — ofJLOTpdire^oi, see Voll. and Rawlinson. 

26. rh d(j.<j>' Ikcivov oTtcj>os, the crowd about him ; i. e. his more imme- 
diate attendants, as o/uLorpdire^oL, etc., gathering close about him for his 
protection. — iriveo-X€To, aor., since all was here momentary (Lex. dv4x<^)- 

— Tbv (530 a) &v8pa 6p<o, tense 603 a. ■ — Uro, not perhaps mere impulse 
in the heat of the engagement, since it was almost certain that he would 
be overwhelmed in the ocean of the opposing army, unless he could gain a 
personal victory over the king. (On iraiei, vii. 4. 9 w. 6.) — TtTpwo-Kci, 
with a spear two-fingers' -breadth deep, ace. to Ctesias (Pint. Artax. 11), 
the king having first hurled his javelin in vain at Cyrus. Ctesias adds 



I 



BOOK I. CHAP. IX. 41 

that the king fell from his horse, and that he himself, with others, attended 
him out of the fight. — Kal, a loose connection by co-ordination, instead of 
a closer by subordination, which indeed Cobet gives by inserting 6s before 
/cat. — Ido-Qai (660 c) avrbs (case 540 e, 667 b). — <j)T]o-i, order ? 

27. Tis, Mithridates, a young Persian, ace. to Ctesias. Wounds added 
by others made it doubtful who slew Cyrus. Artaxerxes himself jealously 
asserted the honor, and when Mithridates and a Carian claimed it, grati- 
fied the vengeance of Parysatis by giving them up to a death of lingering 
tortures. A like fate befell Masabates (Bagapates in Ctes. Pcrs. 59), a 
faithful eunuch, who by order of the king cut off' the head and right hand 
of Cyrus, and whom Parysatis artfully won fi-om the king in a game of 
dice. See Plut. Artax. 14 s. This hand-to-hand light of the two brothers 
has been compared to that of Eteocles and Polynices, the sons of (Edipus, 
for the crown of Thebes. — (xaxofievot (mode 580) Pa<rtXevs, left without 
a finite verb, and independent, through anacoluthon, 402 a, 675 f. What 
case with the part, would have here given a regular construction ? Some 
■would rather refer the construction to 395. — dire'Gviio-Kov (one after an- 
other), direQave, tense ? Diod. states that more than 15000 of the king's 
army were slain in this battle, mostly by the Greeks ; and that of the bar- 
barian force of Cyrus about 3000 fell ; but of the Greeks not one perished, 
and only a few were wounded. — ^k61vto, i. e. in death ; so often Ke'ifmL, 
jaceo, lie, etc. 

28. 6 Trio-TOTttTos avrw (453) s, the [attendant most faithful to him] most 
devoted attendant of Ms wand-hearers. — Trepiireo-eiv avrw, case 450 a ; cf. 
699 g. Cf. super amici corpus procubuit, Curt. viii. 11 ; Virg. ^vi. ix. 444. 

29. Kuptp, 699 a. — lavrov, 583 ; with the idea seemingly implied, here 
and before, of immolation to the dead (Lex. <r<pd^03). Cf. Ci/r. vii. 3. 11 s. — 
<rira(rd(i€VOv, voice 579. — xpvcrovv, a, gilt poniard. — orrpcirrdv, etc. cf. 
2. 27. 

CHAPTER IX. 

XENOPHON's panegyric on CYRUS. 

1. \i.iv (Lex.). — T-apd (Lex.), 586 d, 694. 9 ; an acknowledgment tyo 
being regarded as proceeding from the speaker ; cf. e/c (ii. 6. 1). — 
Kvpou...lv TTCipa, [in the knowledge of Cyrus by ex])erieiice] personally ac- 
quainted tvith Cyrus. Kvpov is governed by Treipq, (Lex. ); observe the order. 

2. fjiev, corresp. to the first 5e in § 6 or in § 7. — iravra, case 481 ; order 
719 b, €. Observe the use of the definite tenses in the description of char- 
acter in this chapter (and in ii. 6. 25 ; 592 a), a description which seems 
in general correct of Cyrus, as he appeared in his ambition for the throne. 
How he would have shown himself in the actual possession of it, is, per- 
haps fortunately for his reputation, an unwritten chapter of history. — 
KpttTioTos, hence regarding himself as more worthy to reign than his 
brother. 



42 NOTES. 

3. Iirl Tttis Pa<ri\€ws Bvpais, at the king's court, kept there largely as 
hostages for their fathers' loyalty. — KaTajxaOoi. &v, might learn, 636 a. — 
a'wrxpov, 'icrri, pos, ? — o^t' dKov<rai oiir' ISctv ^o-ti, [it is possible neither 
to] one can neitJier hear nor see anything base, or, there is nothing hase to 
be either heard or seen, 633 g, — a picture belonging, ace. to Xenophon's 
own statement in Cyroj)aedia (viii. 8. 12 s), to the early rather than the later 
Persian coui"t, though we may hope that the gross corruptions of the later 
Persian court were in large measure hidden within from the youthful pages. 
Cf. the early system of Persian education in Cyr, i. 2, 2 s, 

4. dKOvovo-i, hear of. — €v0vs (Lex.) ; cf. ii. 6. 16 ; iv. 6. 14. — |iav8a- 
vov(rtv (mode 671 d), in this atmosphere of absolute authority and unc^ues- 
tioning obedience, so different from that which surrounded the Athenian 
boy. Abuse of freedom in Athens inclined Xen. to see the advantages of 
a more arbitrary government 

5. ai8T]|xov€<rTaTos (pos. ?)..,T»»r tjXikvwtwv, [the most respectful of his 
equals] Tnore respectfxd than any of his equals, 515. — ji€V, corresponds to 
what ? — Tots re irpco-pvT^ots (case 455 g) Kal t<5v cavrov (case 408) s, aiiid 
to he more obedient to his elders thoM tJiose emn wha uierc lower in rank 
than hrmself — tirirois, ease 466 b. — "EKpivov, subject, 571c. — els tov 
iroXefiov, [tending into war] preparatory to war, for war, 694. — 'ipy<av 
(Lex.); gen., obj. w. ^LXo/iadea-raTov a,n(i /MeXeTtjpoTaToy, 444 a. — to^ikijs, 
art. om.? 

6. 'Eirel B\ ttj TJXiK^a (case 453) hrpeire, i. e. when he had passed from 
the class of Traides, boys, into that of i^rj^oi, yovihs, young men, which was 
usually, ace. to Cyr. i. 2. 8, at the age of 16 or 17, but must have been 
earlier in the case of the precocious Cyrus. — &pKTov, not necessarily a she- 
bear, as the word is comm., epicene, 174 a. — eiri.({>epo|X6VT]v (Lex.), 578 a. 
— TO, ji^v (sc. irddr]), some [injuries, or hurts\ 478 ; not followed by rd. dk, 
as there is a change in the form of expression : riXoi de s. — irpoiTov, adj. 
or adv.? — iroXXots (ease 458) fiaKapurrdv (Lex.) ; cf. roij otKoi ^TJkojTov, 
7. 4. N. 

fy„ 7. Explain use of tenses in this section. — o-Tpa-rqYbs. . .dircScCxQlj 
voice, 586 c ; cf. 1. 2. — (ig'v, to which the first SHn § 11 may cor- 
respond. — avr<Jv, case 474b ; cf. i. 8. 21. — irepl (Lex., 692. 4) irXeCo-TOv 
TToioiTO (licx.), voice 579. — ttoioito, <nre(<roiTo, mode ? — <rvv0oiTo, 315 c 
{v. I. avvdelTo) ; not implying, like (nreiaoiro, previous hostility. — t« = 
rivL, 253. 1.— fMi8iv <J/6v8€o-0at, to [falsify nothing, 478] prove false in 
nothing. 

8. Kal -ydp (Lex.) o£»v, introducing a consequence in confirmation of 
vvhat has l^een before stated, — al iroXcis (generic, 522 a ; so the contrasted 
ot &v8pes) ejrtTp€Tr6(«vca, cities, on being committed (or committing them- 
selves) to his charge, nearly = the cities which were committed (by the 
king, or committed themselves) to his charge. — eirio-revov 8' ot dv8pcs 
(sc. iTrirpeirofievoi), and individuals reposed full confidence in him. Observe 
the emphatic repetition of evia-Tevop. 

9. Toi^apovv and koI ykp odv have nearly the same force; though 



BOOK I. CHAP. IX. 43 

strictly the connective power is somewhat more prominent in the former, 
and the confirmative power in the latter. — liroXeixiio-e, had engaged in 
war, inceptive 592 d. — at iroXeis, the Greek cities in his neighborhood, 
those of Ionia ; see 1. 6. — roiis 4>€V70VTas, 1. 7 ; the partisans of Cyrus, 
who had been banished by Tissaphernes and his partisans. — I(|>oPovvto, 
582 /3 ; apprehending the revenge which he might take in their behalf. 

10. Kal and Kat may correspond as both, and : for he both showed by his 
conduct and expressly declared. — irpooiTo, form 315 c ; mode ? — lirel aira^... 
€7€'veTo, after he had once become, ind. as referring to a definite fact ; cf 641. 
Observe the distinction between the definite aira^, once for all, and the in- 
definite TTori, at any time. — ixeiovs, feiuer in number. — in (emph. repeated) 
Zl KoiKiov irpo^ciav (Lex.), and should be still less fortunate. 

11. ^avepds (Lex., 573) 8' Ijv, Kal..., vtKav ir€ip«|i€vos, he [was appar- 
ent] shov;ed himself ...endeavoring to outdo. — ^jv, '7roiTJ<r€i6v, modes 634 d,b. 
— d-yaSdv, avrdv, case 480 b. — ivyjyv (pos. ?) hi rives avrov 6|e<|>€pov, a>s 
(702 a) ^^\o\.ro (mode 643, tense ?), some indeed [brought out from his &o- 
cietj] rejjoried a prayer of his, how he prayed. "Similes orationis redun- 
dantias in deliciis habent Grseci." Kiihn. — toctovtov xpdvov, emphati- 
cally pleonastic. — xpdvov, case ? — 'ia-n vikwtj (form 293 c ; mode 641 d ; 
tense 612)...d\e|d|j,evos, icntil lie [should have outdone, requiting] liad out- 
done by requital ; dXe^ofievos, properl}^ of requiting evil, but here, by zeugma 
(68 g), of returning both evil and good. The returning of good for evil 
has found little place even in the theory of heathen morality. Would that 
it were not so limited in the practice even of Christians ! How many, 
while they praise the Gospel rule, follow the worst part of the precejjt of 
Isocrates (1. 26) : Ofioiojs alcrxpov etvai vofiL^e, tQp ex^puv piKcLadac rals Ka- 
Koiroitais, Kai rwv ^LXcov TjTTcLadai. tols evepyeaiats. But Cyrus, from his am- 
bition, failed signally of making a due return for the mildness and for- 
giveness of his brother. 

12. irXeicTTOi (art. om. 533 e) 8^ avrto, kvi ye dv8pl (512 c, 393) t«Sv l<j>* 
(Lex. a, 690) tj|i«v, lir69v|i'qcrav...Trpo6(r9ai, tJie greatest number certainly 
desired to intrust to him, at least for a single individual [of those] in our 
time ; cf. § 22. — 8^, often with superl. 

13. Ov ]i.lv (Lex.) 8^ ovBk (713 c) tovt (544) &v rts cViroi (mode 636 a), 
not indeed surely could any one say even this. — tovs, not repeated, as the 
adjectives together describe a single class, 534. 4. — irdvTwv, case 420 c. — 
Ijv I8€tv, [it was possible to see (Lex. eiiji), 571 f] one might see ; cf. 5. 2. 
The Persians were exceedingly rigid and severe in punishment ; and a 
young ruler, with his limited knowledge of the springs of human conduct, 
is in danger of rel}dng too exclusively upon the principle of rewarding the 
good and punishing the bad. Cf. Caes. B. G. vii. 4, at end. — iro8c3v, of 
feet, one or both ; twv -rrodCov, of their feet, would have implied both. — 
kyivero (Lex. yiyuofmi), 571 f. — "EXXt]vi, case 459. — [itiS^v (686 d) dSi- 
KovvTi (Lex.), if he did no wrong, condition, 635, 674, — ns, [any one] 
he. In general reference the Greek often uses an indef. where the Eng. 
prefers a pers. pron.; cf. i. 9. 18. — irpoxwpotT], agreeing w. 6 tl, or impers. 



44 NOTES. 

w. ^eiv understood (Lex.); mode 641b; forai 293c. There seems to be 
esp. reference here to valuable articles of traffic, the conveyance of which 
is attended with special risk. 



38 



14. 7€ (Lex.) ; cf. 7^ fx-qv, § 16, 20. — d7a0ovs, pos.? — wfAoXo- 



YTjTo, pers, const, for impers., 573 ; it [had been acknowledged and 
settled] was without dispute that he honored, 599 b, c, 268 ; cf. vi. 3. 9. — 
TTOiaTov p.ev (Lex.), left without the regular sequence. If these directly 
modified eiroieL, and ^v avTip Tr6\€/j.os was changed to 6vtos ai/r^) ttoK^/jlov, 
the correspondence with ^wetTa Be would be more regular. — Kal avros, 
even in person. — oils, as indef. 550 a ; the relative clause preceding, 551 c. 
— Iwpa, augm. 279 b. — I'lS, attr. 554 a. — X^P^-Sj 551 c. — 8«pois, case 466. 

15. «o-T€ s, so that (in the domain of Cyrus) the brave appeared the hap- 
piest of men, and the cowardly icere deemed fit to he their slaves. — oi'oiro, 
mode ? — Kvpov, more emphatic than the pronoun. 

16. Eis (Lex.) 7€ (Lex.) ; cf. § 20, and 7e fxhroi, § 14. — il tis avT« 
(case 454 d) s, if any one appeared to him desirous of exhibiting it. — •yc'voiro, 
CTTOWiTO, mode, etc., 634 b, d. — irepC (Lex.). — towtovs, [these] such pier - 
sons, numb. 501 ; cf. avrovs 4. 8. — Ik, denoting source, from or by means 
of (Lex. e|), cf. €k rod diKaiov, § 19. 

17. avTw, case 460. — re (Lex.)...Ka£ (Lex.), both. ..and especially. — 
SiexeLpiScTO, pass., used of a series of measures, while ixp'ificra.To and ^irXev- 
crav have reference to a single expedition, viewed as a whole, 591 s. — 
Kal 7dp o-rpaTTi'yot s, for indeed (or both) generals and captains did not 
sail to him [for the sake of money] /or their mere wages, but [since] because 
they (657 k) hiew that to serve Cyrus well was more gainful than the pay 
by the month ; cf. § 20. 

18. *AXXd |i'f|v (Lex.) d tis 76 (accent 787) ti (case 478), nay truly, if 
indeed any one rendered any good service [to him having commanded] up)on 
his command, he never left [to any one the zeal, 460 ; cf. § 13 N. xis] his 
zeal unreivarded. — virx\peri\a-&.€v, mode ? — €tao-€, aor. to deny a single 
instance, and not merely the habit ; the more positive, because S.v is not 
added, as in § 19 w. d^etXero. — KpaTicrroi 8^, the [best certainly] very 
best; cf. § 12, TrXeicrroi bi}. — {iirripe'Tai uavrbs ^p^ov, supporters of, or, in 
every work, 444. — Kvpa)...76V€<r0ai, to [have come to] belong to Cyrus, 459. 

19. opc^Ti, d<t>6tX€To (616 c), 'irpo(r€8£8ov, 634 b, d, e. — 8iKatov (Lex.). — 
fipxot, mode 641 b {v. I. dpxei 651. 1). — X»P^S' ^^^ c ; cf. § 14 (sc. t^p 
Xdjpav, 480 c). — ov8€va dv irtiiroTC d<j)€tX6T0, he would never take away 
from [any one, cf. § 18] him; cf. '^aracrav &u, 5. 2. — lirovovv, i. e. his vas- 
sals, local administrators. — Kal...a5, and still further. — -fiKio-Ta, least of 
all, or, not at all. — ^KpvirTcv, sc. ravra, 480 c. — •n-XovTovcriv, case 456. 
— l<|>atv€To, he showed himself not envying, with impf., fact or not? — 
diroKpvTTTOfjievtov, tense? Observe the pairs of kindred M'-ords, (pauepQs... 
€(paiv€To, xPV<^^°'-''---XPVP-o-<^'- The Greek often seeks an echo of sound 
which in English would rather be avoided. We shall also find frequently 
that the near repetition of the same word, even if not specially emphatic, 
was more agreeable to the Greek ear than it is to the English. 



BOOK I. CHAP. IX. 45 



20. ^CXovs, seems not so much the direct object of depaireijeiv as 



39 



the noun expressed in the relative clause (which here precedes, 551 c), 
and placed first for emphasis : [friends at least certainly as many as he might 
have made] and certainly whatever friends he made. The same noun, with 
TO(TovTov% or TovTovs (cf. oca. . .TovTwv § 23), also belongs to the antecedent 
clause, where it is governed by depaireieLv. — Troii^craiTO, voice ? mode ? — 
<ruvc'p7aus clvat (sc. tovtov, cf. § 21). — fin nryxa-vot (Lex.) s, co-ivorkers 
[of that whatsoever] in whatever he [might happen to] desired to effect. 

— irpos, w. pass., 586 d (rare in Att. prose). — onoXoYeirai, pers. 573. — 
KpdTi(rTos...e€pa'7r€V€iv, the best [to cherish] /or, or, in cherishing, 663 d or e. 

21. avTo TovTO (481b), with resjject to this very end, explained by the ap- 
positive clause, ws (rvvepyoiis Ixo'- — ouirep avrbs 'iviKo. <|>t\wv s, for the sake 
of which he thought that he himself needed friends, 719 a, ^. — 'iy^oi, mode 
624 c. — (rvvepYos tois <J>(Xots (451 b, 699 f)... tovtov (case 444 a), co-worker 
with his friends for that. — Stov, case 432 e ; form ? 

22. Awpa (pos.?) s, 512 c. — oljiat, form 313 e. — 8ta iroXXd (Lex.) ; the 
oriental usage of approaching the great with presents, combining with the 
attractiveness of his personal character the example of his own generos- 
ity, and the influence of his exalted prospects. — irdvTwv, case 420 c. — 
8i€8i8ov, tense ? form 315 b. — Tpoirovs {v. I. Tpoirov), 488 d. — Kal (sc. irpbs 
TovTo) 8tov, case 414 b, c. 

23. T« o-w|iaTi (460, so av8pl below) avrov (538 f) koo-|j.ov (394 b), as 
an equipment for his persmi. — ■?] ws els irdXejiov ^i <os els KoXXwiricrixov, 
either [as he would send for war] for use in war or for mere emhellishmenty 
ws marking the pui-pose of the giver. Cf. 2. 1 ; iv. 3. 11. — tovtwv, as 
antecedent of 6<ra, 550 d. — ovk dv 8vvaiT0, [would not be able, 636 a] 
could not. — KO(r|X'»]0T]vai, etc., see § 19 N. 4>avepG}^...ect)aiveTo. — vojjli^oi, 
w. 2 ace. 480 a. 

24. TO |i6v s, that he surpassed his friends in conferring [the] great bene- 
fits is nothing wonderful. — ImiicXeia, case 467 b. — 4)iX«v, case 491 c, 
699 f. — TttvTa, this, in appos. with to irepteivaL, 505 h ; numb. 491 c ; 
perhaps the plur. rather on account of the two particulars mentioned, or 
the many examples in his life. 

25. girenire, 'itny.^^, tense? Cf. Siecftdetpop, dceipdeipav, Hi. 3. 5.— Xd^oi, 
mode ? — ktyoiv, through the messenger, to M'hose own words the construc- 
tion changes in tovtov s. In Persia presents from the king's table were 
esteemed great honors, and esp. if he had himself partaken of the same 
dish. See Cy7\ viii. 2. 4 ; iv. 5. 4. — oi5ir« 8t|, [not as yet certainly] cer- 
tainly not. — xpovov, 433 a ; of. Scku wepQu, 7. 18. — ol'vo), case 450, 699 g. 

— oroi {a-e § 26), the accent renders the message more courteous. — o-vv 
ols s, 551 f. 

26. T|jito-ea, subst. (Lex.). — Tovrois TJo-0ti, enjoyed these, case 456. — 
TovTwv, case ? 

27. ISvvttTO, force of ind. here ? — 8id t-?|v liriiieXcwtv, through .^ 
the care which he exercised, or, as some think, through their care for 

him. — cos p.-^ Tctv«VTcs...d7w<riv (mode 645 a, 650), [that they may not 



46 NOTES. 

being hungry] that hungry animals might not carry his friends. *'Lova 
me, love my " horse. 

28. El...iroT€, if at any time, = oTrore, whenever, 639 a. — irXeicrrov, 
very many. — 8t]XoIt] (mode? form?) ovs (563) rijiq, mode ? — 'EXXifjvwv, 
from ovT€ naturally connected as part. gen. w. ovdiva. Some connect with 

29. TowTov, ToSc, 544. — irapd, 689 d. — SovXov ovtos, [being] though a 
slave, or subject, since in an absolute government all the subjects are sim- 
ply slaves ; cf. 7. 3 ; ii. 5. 38. Td ^ap^dpwv yap 8ov\a iravra ttXtjv euos. 
Eur. Hel. See (Econ. iv, — dir-jjei, cf. airrikdov, 603 c ; and observe chiasma. 

— Ktti OVTOS 8^, 8v (pos. 551 c) w€to irio-Tov oi,...€a\»Ta), 537; avrov less 
emphatic than tovtov, the emphasis falling rather on raxv, 540 g; cf. ol... 
avToijs, ii. 5. 27. — 4>iXatT€pov, form 261 e ; w. dat. 456. See 6. 3. — 
xapd 8€...d'irT]X9ov, 699 c. — Kal ovroi (554 a) s, and these indeed men who 
were especially beloved by him (the king). — Tijxfjs, case ? 

30. T6K|JLiqpiov, pred. appos. 534. 3. — "rg TeXevrfj toO pCov (523 c). — 
avTw (460, 464) 'Y€vop,6vov, happened to him at the end of his life. — 8ti, con- 
nects its clause to reKfMrjpiov : for arrangement see 719 d. — tovs irurrovs s, 
art. 534. 4. 

31. 'AiroOvrjo-KovTos, direOavov, tense ? — yap, for = namely (Lex.), 705 b. 

— avTOv, avTov, Kvpov, Cf. 6. 11. — vircp, 693. 7. — (e^vyev, to the camp 
(see 10. 1) ; having before fought bravely, Diod. xiv. 24. — ^X"^ = with, 
674 d, b. — TO o-TpdT€v|xa irdv, 523 e. The characteristics ascribed to 
Cyrus in this chapter are those of a young, talented, intelligent, energetic, 
generous, ardent, and ambitious prince, straining every nerve to win honor 
and popularity, and highly successftil in gaining them. It is not wonder- 
ful that they were greatly fascinating to a knightly adventurer like Xeno- 
phon, beginning already to conceive a disgust at democracy ; or that they 
should have obscured or palliated to his mind some faults, if not crimes, 
which Cyrus also pressed into the service of his ruling passion, ambition. 
To what lengths this passion would have carried him, had he reached the 
throne, we can only conjecture. He would, we must suppose, have been 
himself the ruler of his vast empire, governing it with an absolute sway, 
yet, in general, just and generous ; he would have striven to enlarge its 
limits, and to put down all rebellion within them. He Avould have been a 
seducing and dangerous neighbor to the Greeks ; and might have thrown 
far into the future, if he could not prevent, the conquest of Persia by 
Greece. He might have been in reality, as in name, a second Cyrus on 
the throne. It is evident, at least, that Xenophon took him as a model 
for the ideal character presented in the Cyropsedia (see Introduction). 



BOOK I. CHAP. X. 47 

CHAPTER X. 

CONTINUANCE OF THE FIGHT. — THE GREEKS REPULSE THE PERSIANS. 

1. diroT€|iv6Tcu, zeugma, 497 b ; ace. to a law of the Persians, says - .- 
Plut. {Artttx. 13), i. e. the head that had plotted treason, and the 
right hand that had executed it. For the fate of the eunuch who cut them 
off by the king's order see 8. 27 n. The king is said to have seized the 
head by its abundant hair, and held it up to confirm his waveiing followers 
and arrest those who were fleeing. The head and hand were afterwards 
exhibited on a j)ole, iii. 1. 17. — X*V "H Se^'-O', 523 a 2, 3 (v. I. ri x^i-p V de^id). 

— Bao-LX.€vs 84 Kal ot o-uv avrw Suokuv eloTrtmrci, an unusual zeugma, in 
which Koi ol ai)v avri^ seems parenthetic, unless, with some, we regard it as 
inserted by mistake from § 2, where the plur. follows ; 497. — Kvpeiov = 
Kupou, 443 c. — ol iitrd 'Apiatov (those with A. =), A. and Ms troops^ 
527 a. — o-raGfLov, the second night-station after passing the trench, § 19 s. 

— T€TTap£s s, [there were said to be four parasaugs of the way] the dis- 
tance was said to he four parasangs. 

2. Ttt T£ dXXa iroXXd Siapird^otxrv, both plunder the other valuables to a 
large amount. — Xaii^dvck, taTces for his harem. Why the change of num- 
ber in the verbs ? 

3. r\ v6ft)T€pa, the younger of the two. Cyrus showed his preference for 
the Greeks, even in the selections for his harem, which, so far as appears, 
was very small for a Persian prince. Cf Esth. ii, — lK<j)£vi7€t yvy-vix (Lex.), 
escapes out of their hands in her under- dress, leaving with them her robe. 

— irpbs T«v 'EXXtjvwv, [on the side of, or in view of] toica/rds the Greeks ; 
not to them, as Trpos w. the ace. would denote, for they seem, upon the 
sight, to have left the baggage which they Avere guarding, and to have 
rushed forward in battle line to repel the invaders, and save their em- 
ployer's favorite. Many supply ro^nom before rdv 'EWrjvcjv, making a 
hard ellipsis, and impairing the sense ; (yet cf. Hdt. i. 110 ; Hel. v. 1. 
11.) — avTiTaxQivre^ formed (oT as mid., forming themselves) in opposing 
line, — dpTra^ovTwv (Lex.). — oi 84 Kal avrwv, and [others] some of them 
also. — fi^y (Lex.). — dXXa oiroora Ivrbs avrwv s, xchattver else was brought 
within their line, both property and jyersons. — ^o-wcrav, a natural and 
somewhat emphatic repetition. The part which the Milesian had in bring- 
ing about this result is playfully exaggerated in vi. 1. 13. 

4. 8t€'<rxov dWi^Xcov, case 405 a. How many miles ? — re, not trans- 
lated into Eng., since the pred. applies only jointly to the subject. — ot 
"EWtjVcs, the main body. — ot p-ev (518 d)...7rdvTas vikwvtcs (Lex.), these 

(the (y\QtV^ pursuing the opposite vnng, as if victorious over all the king's 
troops ; by a mistake which cost Cyrus his life. In such cases, the sense 
must determine whether ol /xev refers to the nearer or more distant subject. 

— ot 8* dpirdtovTcs s, those (the king and those with him, § 1 s, 499 e) 



48 NOTES. 

plundering, as if they were now all victorious (viz. the whole army). See 
9. 19 N (at end). 

5. T|o-9ovTo, became aware ; perhaps through a distant view of the tur- 
moil, perhaps through information from the nearer peltasts, § 7 s. — Tio-- 
cra(j)6pvovs, case 434 a ; cf. 8. 13. See § 8. — to Ka0' avrovs, so. fi^pos or 
(TTpdrev/xa. — €ls to irpoo-Gcv ol'xovTai (612, mode ?) s, [are] were gone 
forioard in pursuit. — irXi^o-iatTaTos, of the generals, 8. 4 ; form 257 d. — 
TrenTToicv, mode 648 a. — dpi^^ovTcs, purpose, 598 b. 

.gy 6. 'Ev TovTtp (Lex. ev), 506 a. — 8i]Xos ^v irpoo-iwv, was [evi- 
dent] seen axjproacMng . — «s cSokci, Sirto-Oev, from behind (i. e. to 
take them in the rear), as it seemed. — irapeo-Kcud^ovTo, a>s ravTr\ irpoo-tovros 
(se. ^aaiXeiiis, gen. abs., 676 a), as though he would come that way, Kal 
Seldnevoi, and they toould 7'eceive him, 676 b, a strongly idiomatic passage, 
illustrating, as McMich. remarks, the power of ws with the part, "to ex- 
press complex ideas with elegance, brevity, and precision." (See 1. 11.) 
Some have Trpoa-tovres, prepared to advance this way and receive, etc. 
(Hickie.) — 6, to correspond better in form with ol fji,ev"E\\T]V€s, used from 
its familiar association w. Se at the beginning of a clause ; see 533 b : easier 
than ^aa-iXei/s di. — ^yev, voice 577 c. — xi (sc. 68ip, 467 a) Se irap'qXGev '4^(o 
rov cvuvvfJLOv KepaTos (case 445 c), TavTTj Kal dirTiYaYev, but by what route 
he passed beyond the left wing, by this he also [led back] returned; cf. 8. 23. 
— dvaXaP«v, at or near the camp. — Toi»s...KaTd tovs "EXX-qvas avTO\i.o- 
X-^o-avTas, those who deserted [over against] to the Greeks, ii. 1. 6 ; regard- 
ing the battle, doubtless, as decided in favor of Cyrus. 

7. 8tTiXao-€..."EXXTjvas (adj. 506 f) ireXTaiTTds, [rode through] charged 
along the river against and through the Greek peltasts. — avTovs, them, i. e. 
Tissaphernes and his corps, 499 e ; cf. § 4. — -yeveo-eai, to have proved him- 
self 

8. ws (J1610V (Lex.) i\c>iv dirTiXXdYi], as he [withdrew having the worst] 
came off at disadvantage. Cf. iii. 4. 18. — ovk dvao-rp€'<j>€t, which would 
have exposed him to further loss. See ii. 3. 19. — to... to, 523a, 2. 

9. KttTtt s, near the left wing of the Greeks, beyond it, or by its side, § 6 ; 
the left wing as before named, strictly the right as the men now stood. — 
(X'^l (Lex.) irpoo-dYoiev s, that they might make an attack upon the wing, 
and infolding it on both sides cut them (the Greeks) to pieces. The Per- 
sians nmst have been already moving towards this, or their great army 
could not have been so soon in the position stated in § 10. — dvairrvo-o-civ 
TO Kcpas, to fold back the wing, by counter-marching or a quarter- wheel, so 
that the line should be parallel to the river instead of being at right angles 
to it. — Kal 'irok'f|(raa-6ai. oirio-Gcv tov iroTafxdv, and. bring the river in their 
rear, so that they could no longer be enclosed. 

10. *Ev (Lex. 557 a) & h\ TavTa c^ovXcvovto, but lohile they were plan- 
ning these measures of safety, though they had not yet reached their in- 
tended position on the river's bank. — irapa)i.£i\)/d|xevos, having changed to 
the same form, or, position, i. e. having brought his line parallel to the 
river. — KaritTTiYriv o.VTio.v..,frvvxi'i\-f stationed his line opposite, just as at 



BOOK I. CHAP. X. ^ 49 

the first he came to the battle, i. e. tlie relative position of the two lines 
was the same, the direction of both having been similarly changed. Some 
connect ets to avrb CXHI^^ with KareaT-qaev and ibcrirep. — to TrpwTOV (529 a) 
|j.axov|i€vos (purpose 598 b). — Svras, sc. aiirovs, referring to (f>6.\ayya, 
499 a. — irpoGvjJLOTcpov tJ to irpoo-Oev (529 b), having proved their cow- 
ardice. 

11. €K ttXcovos, sc. 5ta(rT77/iOTos (Lex. ttoXus). See 8. 19. — Kctfp.T]s, not 
improbably the place which Plut. calls Cunaxa. The present identification 
of a mere village could not, of course, be expected. 

12. "yq\o(|>os: this "appears to have been one of the numerous -q 
artificial mounds, topes, or tels, sometimes sepulchral, sometimes 
heaps of ruins, which abound on the plain of Babylonia." Ains. — ire^oi, 
in appos. w. ol. — twv Z\ iinr€«v (case 586 c) ..IvcttXtjo-Gt], by change of 
const, for 'nnreh 5e U3j/, to strengthen the expression, 716 c ; the infantry 
still fleeing, cf § 15, while the array of cavalry hid from the Greeks the 
movements behind. — to 7roiov|Ji€Vov, what was doing. — pao-iXciov, 443 c, 
cf. KipeLov, § 1. — dcTov (Lex.). The indef. rtva, a certain, or kind of, 
seems to imply that the representation was not very artistic, or was indis- 
tinctly seen : nearly = what appeared to be a golden eagle. The royal 
standard of Persia is described in Cyr. vii. 1. 4, as aerbs xpfcovs eirl doparos 
fiaKpoO dvaT€TafMevo$. — eiri ttcXttjs IttI IvXou, on a target uplifted upon a 
pole. Some give to weXTris the unusual sense of spear, regarding ewl ^6\ov 
as an explanatory gloss brought into the text. 

13. XeCirovo-i, begiji to leave ; e\j/tXovTO, was gradually thinned ; dircxw- 
pT]o-av, had departed : beginning, progress, end, order, chiasma, — &XXoi 
(Lex. dWos c), 567 d ; dXXoGev, in different directions (the Greek mode of 
conceiving direction was often the opposite of ours) ; or from different 
points of the hill, one lure and another tJiere. 

14. dvePiPa^ev, tense 594 a. — virb avTov, ace. on account of previous 
motion implied, 704 c. — Avkiov, one of his few horsemen. — KaTiSdvras 
TO, (prolepsis, 474 b) vircp (Lex. a) tov Xo<j)ov, ti Io-tiv (sc. Tavra, 502, cf. 
ii. 1. 22), having observed from above [the things beyond the hill, what they 
are] the condition of things beyond the hill. 

15. ■{jXao-e (Lex.), 476 2. — dira-yYc'XXei, pres. more important. — dvd 
(Lex.). — -fiXios, without art. 533 a. 

16. &fia |iev...Kai (§ 17) (for apxt be), 716 b. — 4>aivoiTO, mode 643 a. — 
dird, not irapd. — KaTaXT]x)/d|JL£vdv ti, to seize some [thing] advantage, 598 b. 

17. avToC, belongs in force with ayoivro and dirioLev, rather than e/Sou- 
\eiovTo, and for theinselves they consulted. — Ta o-Keuo<})dpa evTaOQa d-yoivTO, 
they should bring their baggage there by a detachment sent for it, or, should 
hive their baggage broiight there, 579, 581. — avTots, subject of airievat, as 
well as indirect obj. of edo^ev, 667 b ; and so used emphatically. 

18. fjfiepas, a day so fatal to the ambitious hopes of Cyrus and his 
Greeks, and ultimately to the Persian Em])ire by exposing so decisively its 
weakness even at home. How the great lesson of this battle was applied 
by Alexander is familiar to all. It is wonderful that the Persian kings 

4 



50 NOTES. 

had not anticipated him by applying it themselves to a new armature and 
discipline of their troops after the Greek model. With their vastly inferior 
arms of both defence and offence it was impossible that these should stand, 
however brave, against an iron-clad and iron-tempered host. — Kal d rt, 
and especially whatever, 639 a ; cf. 5. 1. — (r<f>o8pd, pred. adj. (v. I. (r<p68pa), 

.. in severe form. — cXe-yovro, pers. const., 573 d. — Kal ravras, even 
^^ these, 505 b, c. 

19. What examples of chiasma ? — jiev, corresp. to 5^, ii. 1. 2. — vvKra, 
case 699 a. 



BOOK II. 

FKOM THE DEATH OF CYRUS TO THE BREAKING OF THE TRUCE 
BY THE PERSIANS, AND THE TREACHEROUS SEIZURE OF THE 
FIVE GENERALS. 

CHAPTEE I. 

THE GREEKS OFFER TO PLACE ARI^US ON THE THRONE. — DEMANDS 
OF THE KING. — ANSWER OF THE GREEKS. 

- j^ 1. '(Is.-.t'nv, subject of SeST^Xwrat. — 'iis |i.^v oSv, how, or, in what 
way, then, since we have come to this point in the history (see 
page 3 of notes, as to divisions into books, summaries, etc.) ; \i.kv intro- 
duced by the writer of this section as a new correlative to 5^, § 2 ; see i. 10. 
19 N. — Kvpo), for Cyrus, by various Greek commanders, 460. — Icrrpa- 
T€V6To, was 2)reparing an expedition, 594. — ra ircLvTa, 478. — vikolv (Lex.). 

— Kvpov, case 666. — tw ^p.irpo(r0€V {v. I. irpoadev), Lex. 526. 

2. "AjJLa (Lex.). — irc'jnrot, xpr\, mode ? v. I. Tre/j-irei : see Rehdz. — 
•irp6o-0€v, i. 10. 5. —'im, until. — <rvftni|6tav, mode 641 b ; cf. i. 10. 16. 

3. 6vT«v, sc. airwv, 676 a ; cf. i. 6. 1 ; 2. 17. — HpoKXtis, decL 219 c. 

— diro, 693. 6. Compare simple gen. of father (i. 1. 1), and gen. w. diro 
of more remote ancestor. — Ta|JLw (v. I Ta^iicD), case 438 a ; form ^ — 'iXiyov, 
of course to the generals. — riQvi]Ktv, **the ind., as oratio recta, puts the 
fact in its sad actuality ; with the less important event the mood relaxes 
to the natural opt." Kendrick. — SGcv, 550 e. — Xe'voi, 8Ti...dm€vai ([xitii 
(somewhat more positive than \iyot.), 659 h. — &X\t| (Lex. &\\os). 

-/3 4. oLKOvo-avTcs, [irvvGavofJievot], tense ? — Pap€(os (Lex.). — 'AXX.* 

...Io-tI : How characteristic of the unyielding Clearchus : dXX', [but 

this is our reply] well! spoken sadly, but not dejectedly. — a>(j)€\6 s, 611, 

638 g. — T||j,€is "yc (685 b) viKoSftev (Lex.), 612. — d p,-f| s, 615 a, c. — vficis, 

emphatic. — KaOteiv, 305 a. — t«v ^dp p.dxxi vikwvtwv (443 a) s, for to 



BOOK 11. CHAP. I. 51 

those who conquer in battle it also belongs to rule. How large a part of his- 
tory is summed up in these few words ! 

5. Xeipt(ro<(>ov, his fellow-countryman, and from the leading state in 
Greece, i. 4. 3. — avrds, 540 c. — <}>l\os Kal ^c'vos, a friend and guest. 

6. Oi (Jte'v, see i. 1. 9 n. — KXeapxos...'ir€pic'(J.€V€, waited with the army 
for their return ; cf. § 2 s. — kotttovtcs, numb. 449 a. — |v\ots (394 b) 
8* kyfitavTO, |iiKpbv (Lex. 482 d) irpoiovTes airb ttjs <|>d\a770s (sc. e/ceitre, 
551 f ) ov (Lex. 6s) r\ |xdx'»l €7iv€T0, tois tc oiVtois, aiid, going forth a short 
distance from their line to the place where the battle was fought, [as fuel they 
used] they gathered for firewood both the arrows. — CKpaXXciv (Lex.), lest 
they should do mischief in their rear or at the camp. — avTojioXoCvras, 
i. 10. 6. — iroXXal 8^ Kal ireXrai Kal ti|jLa|ai (cf. i. 10. 18) ^trav <j)6p€<r8ai 
(depending on ^(xav or ipvfJ-ot) ^pT]|ioi, and there were also many deserted 
targets and wagons [to be carried off] which they could taTce, apparently left 
at the camp by the fleeing troops of Ariajus, i. 10. 1. — Kpe'a, double rela- 
tion, 399 g. — 6K€ivT]V Tijv, 524 b. 

7. dYopttv (cf. i. 8. 1) Ka£, 705 : when it was now... there come; cf. i. 8. 8. 

— Trapd, as sent by them. — ol &XXot, in appos. w. KrjpvKes, and then a 
distinct sentence, 716 c, — ■fjv 8* avrwv s, but [of them P. was one] 07ie 
of them was Fhalinus, a Greek ; but among [of] them there was one Greek, 
Phalinus. If Ctesias was in the company, as he claimed, he did not make 
himself known ; Plut. Artax. 13. — 'iyjav (Lex.). — t<5v, case 432 b, cf. 
444 a. — birXoiiax^av, wt. art., 553 c, 

8. lovras (cf. i. 1, 7 N.) Iirl ras PatrtXsws 0vpas c{iplo-K€o-0ai &v Mfm 
[= edv] Ti Svvtovrai d-yaGov, to go (as suppliants) to the kind's gaie 

(his quarters or residence) and find (favor if they can find any) whatever 
favor they can. 

9. Too-ovTov, simply this (Lex.), 544, 547 ; assuming an air of superior- 
ity. — ov ToJv viKwvTwv d't] Ttt SirXa 7rapa8i86vai : observe the emphatic 
arrangement of this brief and truly Spartan reply, one worthy of Leonidas : 
not for conquerors is it their arms to surrender. The following words were 
addressed aside to the other generals. — 6 ti KdXXio-Tov t€ Kal dpio-rov 
^X€T€, [whatever you have to say that is both most honorable and best] 
as you can most honorably and advantageously. 

10. KX€dv«p...'7rp€crPiiTaTos, of the generals present. Sophanetus, said 
to be the oldest of the generals (vi. 5. 13 ; v. 3. 1), was probably absent. 

— dv, 622 b. — TrapaSol-qo-av, 293 a. — 'AXX* l-yci), (3 4>aXiv€, Gavjid^w, order 
718 a, b, c, d. — tL Set (Lex., yet see 571 h) avrbv alreiv (tense 595 a), Kal 
ov XaPeiv. To the demand of Xerxes at Thermopylae, UefixJ/ou ra 6ir\a^ 
Leonidas replied, MoKuv AdjSe, " Come and take them.'' Plut. Apoph. Lac. 
11 ; Wks. iii. 277, ed. Didot. — k6.v a-urw Tavra xapiorcovrai, if they grant 
him this favor. 

11. avT(u, case 455 f ; yet possibly 459. So placed for emphasis. — 
dpx'HS, case 430a. — |A6'<rT|, 508a; cf. i. 2. 7 N. [x^cov. — irX'TjOos ... (sc. 
ToaouTov) {}<rov s, a multitude so great [as] that you could not slay them, 
even if he should bring them to you for that purpose. 



52 NOTES. 

12. g€Vo4)<3v (v. I. QeSiroixTros : see the Lex. to 7 Bks. of Anab.). Diod. 
ascribes these words to Proxenus, Xenophon's friend, iv. 14. 25. — <rv, 
slightly emphatic, in distinction from ■qfuv, 536. 1 ; cf. § 16. — ol6|ic9a &v 

-Q (621 a)...xp'»l<r0at, we think that we could use. — SirXa, first em- 
^^ phatic, then Trapadovres, making chiasma. — irapaSovres 8' &v 
(621 b). — irapaScao-eiv, sc. ijfids om. after -rjjuuj/. — dXXd crvv toutois, nay, 
tvith these to sustain ns ; cf. ixovres, § 20, iii. 3. 8. 

13. <}>i\o(r6<{>a> (case 451 a), in discoursing of i] dperr] and rd ayadd, said 
ironically and sneeringly, — ovk dxapto-ra (Lex.), 478 ; cf. 686 i. — l'<r9i, 
(form 320 a) (1€vtoi dvdT]Tos wv, but know that you are senseless (or lacking 
in sense), 677 a, — o'Jet, form ? — 8vvdp.£b>s, case ? 

14. l^cvovTo, mode 645 a. — PaonXei (case 454 d) fi,v iroXXov (case 431 b) 
fi^ioi 7€'voivTO, mode 631 d. — A povXoiro, if he chose. — cI'tc 0eXot, whether 
he wished (Lex. edeXu.). — &XXo ti x.pTj<r0ai, to employ them for any other 
service (Lex.), 478. — Alyvirrov (Lex.). — cvYKaTaoTpexJ/aivT &v avrw, 
they would [subdue it with him] aid him in his plans of conquest ; used 
with direct reference to the conquest of Egypt, cf. 68 g. 

15. d'jroK€Kpip.€vot elev, mode ? form ? — viiroXaPwv, breaking in, dis- 
courteously. — dXXos, appos. 393 d. — Xc^ei, numb, 501 a. — tj(iiv €lir^ 
(accent, 781 d), ti Xeyets, tell us, what [you say] is your reply. 

16. d(r|JL€vos (Lex.), 509 c. — otp.ai, parenthetic. — <rv t€ Yap s, 497 b. 
— ToorovTot (547). ..(TV (1. 12 N.) opos, heing [so many] so gixat a number 
as you see for yourself ; said to impress him with the greater respect, cf. 
iii. 1. 36. — <rvfjLpovX€VD(ji€0d o-oi, we [advise with you] ask your advice. — 
TTcpl wv = irepl To{iro}v d, 554 a N. 

17. o-ufiPovXevo-ov, tense 592 b. — dvaX€76|j.€Vov, 8ti, [being] when it is 
recounted [namely], that ; dvoKeyo/xevov and the sentence following (as an 
appositive) agree with o, in place of a more independent construction ; cf. 
573, 676 b. — (rvp,j3ovX€vop.€Vois a-vvi^ovXeva-iv (cf. i. 9. 19 N.) avrots 
rdSe (544), iqjon their consulting him, advised them [the following] so and so 
(as the narrator would proceed to state) : act., I counsel with another for 
his sake, advise him ; mid. , I counsel with another for my own sake, con- 
sult him, — Oto-Oa, form 297 b, 46 a, e. — Si = yap, cf. 705 a. — dvayKi] 
\iyi(rQai s, whatever you may advise [it is a necessity that it should be 
reported] will of course be reported in Greece, which was all the world to 
the honor-loving Greek. 

18. avTov Tov irp€crp€vovTa, the very person who was acting as envoy, 
^Q 540 c, 678 a. — avrov, pos. 538 f. 

19. 'E^w, emphatic, and, as Yoll. thinks, with perhaps a delay 
upon the word : as to my opinion. — t<3v p-vpttov, 531 d. — (iia tis 
(strongly expressed, sc. eX7ris)...<r(oefivat (sc. vp,ds, 667 e) s, [any single] a 
single chance [to be saved] of escaping in a ivar with the king. — Akovtos 
pao-iXe'ws, against the will of the king, 676 a, cf. i. 3. 17. — otjiaPovXcvw, 
p.-?! TrapaStSovaii pres. with pres., as in § 18 aor. w. aor. — (rvpPovXevw <r«- 
leo-Oai vp.tv SiTTj Svvarov (sc. kariv), I advise you to save yourselves [in what 
way it is possible] ioi the only possible way. 



BOOK 11. CHAP. II; 53 

20. rdSc, in distinction from ravra, though, explained by a dependent 
clause, 544 ; so § 21. — €l (xev Seoi, if it should beJioove us to befriends to the 
king, if we are to be friends. — <j>iXoi, in appos. w. ■)7/ieis, the subject of 
elvat, 667 b. — irXeiovos (case ?) dv &^iot dvax <piXoi (case 667 b), that we 
should he [friends Avorth more] worth more as friends. — iroXeneiv, tense ? 

21. oTi fievovo-i (Ji€v vfiiv avrov o-irovSal dr\croiv, that [to you remaining 
here there is an armistice] remaining here you have an armistice. — irpoiovo-i 
Kal (cf. i] § 23) diriovo-i, advancing [and] or retreating. — El'iraTe, see use 
of aorists, Lex. 4)7)1x1. In what forms is this first aor. most common? — 

«S TToXciiOV OVTOS, 680 c. 

22. Kal Ti|iiv ravra. 8ok€i, aircp Kal Pao-iXei, [the same things seem best 
to us also, which also seem best to the king] ice also are i^leased with the 
same terms a^ the king, 714. 2. — Ti oSv ravrd eorriv; 502. — 'i^r\, 'Airc- 
Kpivaro, the asyndeton suits the quick interchange of rapid dialogue. — 
tnrovSat, sc. elcLv, borrowed from t'l odv ravrd ecrriv ; — dirioijo-i, sc. ijfuj^. 

23. 2irov8al...'iroX€}JLOs, order? — ironfio-oi, mode 643 a. It is interest- 
ing in this specimen of ancient diplomacy to see how craft is met by craft. 
The first object on the king's side was to frighten the Greeks into an un- 
conditional surrender ; the second, to induce them to remain where they 
were till the toils could be drawn around them ; the third, to learn their 
intentions. All these failed. On the other hand, Clearchus did not draw 
such advice as he wished, but could hardly have expected, from Phalinus. 



CHAPTER II. 

THE GREEKS JOIN ARIiEUS TO RETURN TO IONIA. — NIGHT PANIC. 

1. Oi Trapd *Apiaiov -^kov, [the men from A. came] the envoys f,^ 

returned from A. — Sc =■■ yap, cf. 1. 17. — avrov (Lex.), adv. ex- *^^ 
plained by irapa 'Apiaicp. — '^p.€V€, prob, to concert with his intimate Ariseus 
plans for their own private interest, 1. 5 ; 6. 28. — cavrov PeXrlovs, supe- 
rior to himself, esp. in rank. — dvao-xcVGai, 659 b. — avrov Pao-iXtvovros, 
case 432 f, 461 b. — dXX' el poijXeo-Ge, 644 b. — WKrds, case ? — el Se [«], 
hid if you do not come, otherwise (Lex. ix-rj), 717 c. 

• 2. 'AXX* ovrw (rather than Sibe, 544, 547) XP^ iroteiv, vjell, so it is ijroper 
to do. — Trpdrrcre oiroiov &v ri (Lex.) v|xiv s, 537 b. There is hence a 
change in the form of construction. 

3, T|Xiov, 675. — rovs o-rparrj-yovs Kal Xoxa^ovs, viewed as belonging 
to the single class of commanders, 534. 4 ; cf. 5. 25. — 'E|i.ol 8vop.€va) Uvai, 
[to me sacrificing for going] tvhen I sacrificed in respect to marching. — 
ovK l^tvero (Lex.). — c^w, see (tv opas, 1. 12. — ■■ vvv irvvGdvoiiai, / now 
learn = have learned, 612. He had been WTongly informed, or sup- 
posed a canal to be the Tigris. — €V [J.€o-a>, betiveen (Lex.). — Ov p-e'v (Lex.); 
cf. i. 9. 13. — OVK i<m.v ^X***^' E^^ ^^ ^^^ possible to have] we cannot have. 
— Uvai, for going. 



54 NOTES. 

4. irowiv, Senrvctv, sc. vfj-at or Tjfxas. — lireiSdv Bk (TtiixtJvtj (sc. 6 <raX- 
TnyKTrjs, 571b; mode 641a)..., «s dvairau€o-0ai, to deceive the enemy's 
scouts, 671 a. — Kipari (Lex. Kipas, o-dX-my^). — to Sevrepov, sc. (xrjjXTjvri. 

— dvaTiOecrOe, sc. rd a-KeOr]. — rplna (Lex.), 506 e. The Romans, in like 
manner, used three signals in starting, Polyb. vi. 40. 2 s. — ^ireo-Gc t<S 
iQ^ovfjieva), follow your leader, i. e. the one who precedes you in the ap- 
pointed order of the march. Some make to; ijy. neut. , see Lex. — irpbs 
Tov iroTafiov, for greater security. — rd SirXa (Lex.). — 2|«, on the outside. 

j^T 5. TO Xotirov (Lex.), 485 e, e, 482 a. — 6 \lIv "^pxev s, he (Clearchus) 

commanded, and the rest obeyed, 518 d. — ^8ei, sc. (ppoveiv : some 
read dec. 

6. ijv, case, 477. — ttjs *I«vias, [of] in Ionia, 418 a. — Tpeis Kal s, 
242 a. — IXcyovto, pers. const. This section is thought by many to have 
crept into the text from a marginal note. The numbers correspond nearly, 
but not exactly, with the summary of those presented in the preceding book. 

— els BajBvXcuva, Plut. states the number as 500. 

7. 0pa| (Lex.). — iinreas, the small body of cavalry in the division of 
Clearchus, all the Greeks had, and now esp. needed, i. 5. 13. — €ls, i. 1. 10. 

— «s, i. 2. 3. 

8. Tots dXXois TJYetTo, led [the way for] the rest, marched at their head, 
■463 ; cf. i. 7. 1 n. Kepios. — irpwTov, in returning ; see 1. 3. — els, w. place, 
^apd, w. persons (Lex.). — Ik€ivov oTrpaTidv, his army, in distinction 
from the other, 542. — [i.i<ra.<s vvKTas, i. 7. 1. — ev Td^ei Oejicvoi s, resting 
arms in battle-array, for security, i. e. ordering their men so to do (Lex. 

TidTJflL). 

9. o-<|>d|avT€S, pdiTTovres, tense? — Xvkov (Lex.) Kal Kdirpov : Some 
have objected to this statement the difficulty of procuring these wild ani- 
mals for the occasion. But in ancient military operations sacrifices held 
such a place that proper victims were deemed an essential part of an 
army's outfit. It was a Greek usage to give special solemnity to an oath 
by a combined sacrifice of three animals (tplttvs, cf. the Roman su-ove- 
taur-ilia) ; and the Persians seem here to have added a fourth, — which, 
however, did not secure their good faith. — els do-iriSa, [into] over a shield, 
so that the blood flowed into it (Lex. dairis), 704 a ; cf. iv. 3. 18, and 
^sch. Theb. 43. — ^t<|>os, ^-OTXI^? "thus consecrating their weapons to that 
union and mutual defence which was symbolized by the mingled sacrifice 
and confirmed by their oaths. Among the Scythians, ace. to Hdt. iv. 70, 
contracting parties dipped their w^eapons into their own mingled blood, 
and then drank it. 

10. "Ay€ (Lex.), 577 c. — KaC, 705 c. — clirc, Tivd s, 564. — •n-oTcpov 
(Lex.), 685 c. — dmfiev (as fut. 603 c), (sc. rrjv 686v, case ?) -{jvirep, shall we 
return by the same route as ive came ? — evv6V0T]K€vai Sokcis; do you think 
that you have devised ? — Kpe^TTo), emph. 

11- "Hv, sc. obov, cf. § 10. — diridvTcs, cond. 635. — virdpxei (Lex.) ^dp 
vvv i\^lv (case 459) ov8ev s, for we have noiv [on hand to start with] no7ie 
of the needed supplies. — o-Taep.wv twv, case 433 e ; art. 523 a, 3 ; i. e. from 



BOOK 11. CHAP. 11. 55 

Corsote, i. 5. 4. — ^vOa 8' ti ti ^v, and even if there was anything f,gy 
there. Some adopt the needless conjecture of Schneider, ^v6a de ti ^ 
9ju, and where there was anything. — paKpoTepav, sc. odou. — t»v 8* liriTt]- 
Sdiov s, but (one in which) we sJiull not want supplies, cf. 705. 

12. IJopevTcov 8' (sc. earlv, 572) tj|jliv (case 478) tovs irpwrovs (rTaOjiovs 
(case 482 d) «s &v 8vv«p.€6a {JtaKpordro-us (i. 2. 4), we must [march] inake 
the first stages as long as we can. — «s irXeioTov, as far as possible, 482 d. 

— •{] Tpiwv T||iep«v 686v, 445 a, 482 d. — ovkcti jit) 8vvT]Tai [v. I. bw-qcreTai) 
^ao-iXevs, the king will certainly no longer be able [there is no danger that, 
etc.], 627. — ^7WY€, note triple emphasis. 

13. 'Hv 8€ avTT] f| oTpani^ta ovZhf dXXo (case 472 f ) 8vvap,€vi] (part. 
679 a), 'r\ (701 1) d'iro8pdvai ^ (701 d) d'iro<j)V'Y6iv s, now this mode of leader- 
ship [was equivalent to] meant nothing else than to escape by stealth or by 
speed ; but fortune [led them more honorably] proved a nobler general. For 
she led them not only on their way and to villages, but still farther (J^tl be) 
to the neighborhood of the kiiig's army, over which they obtained a new 
and bloodless triumph. — cv Se^td-.-fiXiov, prob. in a northeasterly direc- 
tion, towards the Tigris, — for supplies, since the region of the Euphrates 
was exhausted. A simple northerly direction, which so many here under- 
stand, is not required by the text, and would not, in any probability, have 
brought them to the king's army. — d(i,a (Lex.) -qXiw, cf. r^ iikli^ § 16, 
533 a, — TOVTO, cf. i. 8. 11 N. etj/eOadrj. 

14. "Etc 8€, but moreover, but yet more, with reference to ea-rparriyrjae 
KdWiov. — d|i.4)t 86iXtjv (Lex.), towards evening is about as precise as the 
Greek. — ^8o|av s, they thought they saw horsemen of the enemy. — twv t6 
'EXXtjvcov, ot [Li\ (irv\ov . . .6vTi<s, both [those] sioch of the Greeks as happened 
not to be. — p.Vj, w. ind., in a conditional relative clause, 686 b, 641 ; cf. 
V. 7. 2. 

15. *Ev &, sc. xpo^V) [during what time] while (Lex. 6s), 557 a. — 
wirXC^ovTO, tense 593. — clo-iv, vcfioivTO (numb. 569 a, i. 2. 23), mode 645 c. 

— l<rTpaT0Tr€8€veT0, tense 646 b. — Kal ydp Kat (not a frequent combina- 
tion ; V. I. Kal yap) s, and the rather because smoke also appeared, 709. 2. 



16. |ji€v, emphasizing eTri : what corresponds to this fieu'i — dirci- 



53 



pilKdras, cf. i. 10. 16. — 6\|/^ (Lex,), 571 d. — ov...ov8€ (Lex.), not at 
all, not even, 713 c ; cf. i. 9. 13. — tw T|Xia>, cf. § 13. — els, with KarecrK-^- 
v(a<rev, which implies entrance into. — 8i'/jpTra<rT0, pos. 719 b, ^. The 
king's army, in its vast demand for supplies, had here quite anticipated 
the Cyreans. — avxd rd s, 540 c. — dir^, 704 a. The Eng. from may be 
used with the same const, praeg. 

17. rpdiro) rtvt, in some fashion, or, with some method. — vcrrcpot ctko- 
Tttioi, 509 a. — «s Irvyxavov (sc, avKL^ofxevoC) ^Kaorroi, tivXC^ovto, lodged as 
they [each happened] severally chanced. — ^Kao-roi, plur,, as referring to 
each company rather than each individual. — Kpairyi'iv s, 671 d : to show 
the distinctive force of the inf., aKoijetv might be trans, could hear. 

18. kZr\Ktaa-i (Lex.), showed itself — oIs...2'n-paTT€, by what he did, 
554 EN., 466. 



56 NOTES. 

19. ((>oPos, a panic, so named from Pax, wlio was believed to send such 
terrors (e. g. into the Persians at Marathon). — (sc. tolovtos, 495) olov ^Ikos 
(sc. eo-Tt, -572) s, such as [it is natural should arise] naturally arise upon the 
occurrence of a panic. 

20. KT|pvKa s, the best herald of [the men or heralds of] his time. — tov- 
Tov, 505 c. — o-fYTjv KaTaKt^pv|avTa, the usual introduction to a proclama- 
tion. — Bti, needless, as the form of direct (quotation follows, 644 a. • — 8s 
dv Tov d<j*<^'vTa, s : Some editors prefer the reading d(pcevTa as more pointed, 
and translate, that whoever will make known the man that is letting an ass 
loose among the heavy arms shall receive, etc. This joke of Clearchus 
has a keen double sense. It seems to refer to the presence of an ass among 
the deposited arms, but really to the presence of an ass's spirit among the 
men at arms (rd oirXa = ol oTrXtrat, § 4). — iJri, pos. 719, b, r]. Cf. i. 6. 2. 

21. Kevds, o-woi, 523 b : chiasma. — els Ta|iv to, SirX.a riOeo-Oai, to stand 
to their arms in order (ets, as coming into order). — in*""^ (469 b or 469) 
etxov, just [where they had themselves] as they stood, in the same relative 
position, i. 8. 4. 



CHAPTER III. 

NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN THE PERSIANS AND GREEKS : TREATY 
CONCLUDED. 

_ . 1. "O 8€ Zi\ ?7pa\j/a...T(o86 (case 466, v. I. r^Se) 8'qXov -^v, and now 

*^^ ivhat I ivrote (2. 18) ivas evident [by] from this. — T^^...yap s, 
705 b. — iKeXeve : which effected nothing, 595 a. 

2. Tvxtov (Lex.) TOTc.l'n'io-KO'jrwv, who was just then inspecting. — <rxo- 
Xd<rT|, mode 641 d, 645 a : the tone of a superior, who was granting the 
interview as a favor. 

3. «o-T€ s, so that it was in a fine condition to he seen [as] a compact line 
throughout. — t€, tc, correspondence of each ? — rots dXXois oTpaTiwrais 
xavTct ^<|)pao-£v, and directed [the same to the other generals] the other gen- 
erals to do the same. 

4. avqp^ra, force of the ipf. ? — povXoivro, mode 643 a. — -^kowv, l<rov- 
rai, mode 645 b. — &v8p€s, ol'rms (550 b) s, men duly empowered both to 
report the communications from the Jcing to the Greeks. 

5. 'AirayyeXXeTC toiwv, report tJien, roughly echoed to aTrayyei'Kai. — 
fiaxTis 861, 571 d. — dpioTov (pos. ?) ^dp s, for tee have no breakfast. — 
ovZ\ 6 ToXfJiTJcrwv, nor is there [he] the man that will dare ; a threat even 
for tlie king himself. — \i.^ iropicras s, [not having provided] until he has 
provided a breakfast, 686 d. — api<rTov...dpi<rTov, pos.? A sentence so 
returning to its first word was termed by the Greek rhetoricians kvkKos, a 
circle. 

6. <3, cf. Tipde, § 1. — 8fiXov, gend. 491 a. — w iTreTcraKTo s, to whom it 
had been committed to make these negotiations. — IXryov : which of the fol- 



BOOK 11. CHAP. III. 57 

lowing finite verbs have the form appropriate to indirect discourse, and 
which to direct ? — 8oKotev...pao-t\€t, seemed to the king. — •fJKotev, i. e, the 
messengers. — avTovs...fi|ov<ri (sc. ^Ketae) 'ivQev 'iipvo-i, would conduct them 
to a lilace from which they would obtain. Cf. i. 3. 17, oQev. 

7. €1 avTois Tois dvSpdo-i (450 a) onre'vSoiTo iov(ri Kal diriovo-iv, whether 
he [Clearchus] was making a truce simply with tlu, men [Avho were] coming 
and going. A truce was sometimes simply so made for purposes of confer- 
ence between contending parties. Cf. Thucyd. iv. 118. 6, — toCs f,f, 
ftXXois ^<rotvTO o-TTovSat, the truce should [be] extend to tlu, rest. — ^*^ 
rd Trap' -i)|j,a)v, cf. § 4. 

9. Taxv, emphatically repeated (from § 8). — ?<rT dv oKyTJo-wcriv, until 
they [shall have] become afraid ; tense 592 d; mode ? — y.^ (625 a) diroSolT) 
'f||i,iv...'7roiTJ(raa-6ai, lest we decide not to make. How does Troirjaaadai differ 
from TToidcrdat above ? 

10. ot |A€v, the Persian guides. — o-TpdrcvjAa '4\<>>v Iv rd^ei, to guard 
against treachery. — Td<f>pois Kal avX«o-iv (Lex.), see 4. 13 n. — ws h.t|, 
i. 5. 10. — •fjorav iKireTTTtoKOTes, 679a, /3. — tovs Se, for aWovs de: cf. i. 5. 13. 

11. ivravQa fjv KXeapxov (474 b) s, i. 6. 5, there [it was to observe] was 
an opportunity of observing Clearchus, who had noAV come to the front. — 
lireo-TdTci, augm. 282 c. — to 8dpv, art. 530 d. — paKTT]ptav, often used for 
discipline by Spartan officers. Cf. i. 5. 11. — €'t tis s, 634. Cf. i. 9. 19. 

— TTpbs TovTO, to this work, viz. of bridging the streams. — ^irawrcv dv, 
cf. i. 9. 19 N. — n^ ov, 713 f. 

12. irpbs avTOv, some read Tpbs avro. — ■ ot rptdKOvra '^tt] (Lex.) 7670V0- 
T€s, a loose form of expression, if the text is correct, for the men who were 
not more than thirty years old, from whom the most active service was 
required. Cf. vii. 3. 46. 

13. (x-f) del ovTw •irXTip€is...v8aTos, not always so full of water, ,-^ 
especially at this season. — ov ^dp ^v wpa, ol'a to ireStov dpSeiv, for *^" 
it was not [such a time as was for irrigating] a proper time to irrigate the 
ploAn ; the period of summer irrigation having now past. — tovtov, refer- 
ring to the preceding clause, which is the motive of d(p€i.Kevat. It was the 
pride and policy of Clearchus, throughout this adroitly managed trans- 
action, to act the conqueror, and to show the Greeks superior to any effort 
which the king could make. 

14. 6Qiv, 550 e. — o-itos, food, of grain, dates, etc. — olvos <|>oiviKa)V 
(case 412), palm loine ; cf. i. 5. 10. 

15. 'ifrnv I8€iv, cf. i. 5. 2. — to KdXXos Kal to jwycOos, 481, 533 f 
{v. I. Tov KoXKovs Kal fxeyedovs), for beauty and size, 429 b. — TjXcKTpov (case 
406 a) = T7]s TjXeKTpov oxj/euis, 438 b. For the comparison of color it is in- 
different in which of its two senses the word is here used, amber or an 
amber-colored metal. — Tas 8e Ttvas (Lex.), and certain others ; v. 7. 16. 

— dircTtGco-av, were storing. The Cyreans arrived at the time of the date 
harvest. — ^v, for 9iaav, on account of rpayri/xaTa, 500 : these were also a 
pleasant [thing with, b<)2'\ accompaniment to drink, — in the symposium, 
which in ancient, as in modern times, so often followed a feast. 



58 NOTES. 

16. Tov l'YKe<j>aXov, see Lex.; meduUam, Pliny, xiii. 9. — tovto, 502; 
sc. l3pQ/xa ; but cf. i. 5. 10 N. — SQtv (cf. § 14) k^aipiQiir\, mode ? — t^r\vai- 
V€To, 606 a ; used with reference to the time of observation ; v. I. avaiuero. 

17. iqK€, numb. 497 b ; tense, cf. i. 2. 6. — 6 ttjs s, 523 a 1, 442. — -y^- 
vaiKos, Statira, daughter of Idernes, saved by the prayers and tears of her 
husband from the general execution of her faliiily by Darius ii. on account 
of the crime of her brother Terituchmes. She had much influence over 
Artaxerxes, and often opposed the schemes of the wicked Parysatis, by 
whom she was at length poisoned while sitting at the same table, and par- 
taking of the same bird, — this having been divided by a knife smeared on 
one side (Ctes. Fers. 53 s, 61). — 'iXiyi irpcUros, 509 f; and with consum- 
mate cunning. 

18. <3 dvSpes "EXXrives, 484 g ; cf. i. 3. 3. — 'EXXdSi, case 450 a, but 
gen. iii. 2. 4. — els iroXXd (Lex. 702 c) KaKoL Kai d|XT)xava, into many and 
inextricable evils, or, difficulties. Some editors omit KaKci before /cat. — 

(,„ evp-qjia s, 633 d. — alx'/io-ao-Gat (cf. § 25, vii. 6. 30) Sovvai Ifiol 
^' diroo-wo-ai v[i,as, obtain by entreaty [that he would grant me to 
restore] the privilege of restoring you safe. Compare aor. aiT-qaacdai. with 
impf. § 19# — Olfitti -ydp dv ovk dxapio-rws p.oi 'ii,&.v, 620 b {v. I. '^x^lv), s, 
for I think [it would not have itself ungratefully] there would be no lack of 
gratitude to me, both either from yourselves. 

19. 6ti, 8ti, different force ? how differing ? — SiKaicos dv |i,oi xo-pitoiTo, 
sc. ei x('^P''tot-TO, should he do this, 636 b. — "iiYY^tXa, mode ? cf. i. 2. 4 ; 
rare with part. — Sf^iXao-a, Kal a-vvi[i.i^a, cf. i. 10. 7 s. — dircKTeive, tense ? 
— €8i«|a, cooperating with the king, cf. i. 10, 1, 5, 8. — toio-Sc, deictic, 
545. Observe the compliment to his associates, who are most fully in his 
confidence, and may therefore be received as representing him. 

20. PovXevo-ao-Oai, IpeVGai, order ? — rCvos ^v€K€V, orat. recta. — jicrpCws, 
less haughtily than Clearchus had before answered, § 5 ; i. 9, 20 s. — I'va 
p.01 (case 458) evirpaKTorepov ^ (sc. dLairpd^aadat, or impers. ; mode 633 a), 
Idv Ti 8vvo>p,ai (mode ?) s, in order that my work may be easier, if I may 
possibly obtain for you any favor from him. — edv ti = o tl. 

21. ipovXevovTO, dircKpivavTo, '^Xe-yev, tense 595, 592 a. — «s ..'JroX6|JiTi- 
o-ovT€S, cf. i. 1. 3. — o-iJt l7rop6vd|X€6a Itti PaciXea, nor did we set forth 
[begin our march, 594] against the king. See iii. 1. 10. — cvpio-Kcv, tense ? 
Cf. i. 2. 1 ; 3. 20. — ol<r0a, knowing the professed intent of Cyrus, i. 2. 4. 

22. r\fryJ)vQy\^iv (Lex. alaxv^(^), 472 f ; w. inf. or part., 657 k. — irape- 
X0VT6S (604a) T||xds avrovs (reflex.) cS iroiciv (663 g), [yielding, giving up 
ourselves for him to do well by] having permitted ourselves to be tlie recipients 
of his favors. 

23. dvTiiroiovneGa, cf. ii. 1. 11. — o^Jt 'i<rr\.v 8tov ^v€Ka PovXoifieO' dtv, 
nor is there any [thing on account of which] reason ichy we should wish (if 
we could, 636 a). — ov8'...dv eSeXoifxev, 636 a. — cI'tis, if one [more courte- 

j^Q ous than you, 548 g] should not molest us. — dSiKOvvra, sc. TLva, 

*^° cf. i. 1. 7 ; V. 4. 9. — <rvv (Lex.) tois 0€ois, 696. — cdv nevroi Tts 

■^jids Kal cS ttokSv {urapxt), but if any one shall take the lead by doing well 



BOOK 11. CHAP. IV. 59 

to Its also, 714. 2 ; cf. ii. 1. 22. — Kal tovtov (case 408) ... ovx i\TTr\a-6- 

p.€0a, we also will not [be worse than he] fall behind him. 

24. ^Ikw, mode 641 d. — jievovTwy, imperative. 

25. €ls, i. 7. 1. — €<j>pdvTt^ov, tense ? — 'i\v^iv, with the preliminary hun- 
combe {began by saying) ; but etTre with the decisive proposition, § 26. — 
8uiir€irpa'y|X€Vos...8o0T]vai avTw, <r«^€iv having obtained [that it should 
be granted to him to save, 663 b] the privilege of saving. — Kaiircp irdw 
iroXXwv dvTi\c7dvT«v (674 f), ws-.-Pao-iXet (case 454 d or 453), [even very- 
many objecting] though very many objected that it was not befitting the king. 

26. Tc'Xos, 483, 485 e, e. — g|e<rTiv (Lex.), 571 f. — mo-To,, i. 2. 26. — 
<j>iX£av, pred. adj.: render friendly, etc. — fj nirjv (Lex.) : cf. vi. 1. 31. — 
irape'l^iv, supply rjixas as subject (from 7}fxG}v). — girov 8* &v ^^ ^ (impers. 
subj. of eiixl) irptao-Gai, and wlierever there may not be an opportunity of 
purchasing. 

27. iropeweo-Oai, used as fut. Cf. 5.18; vii. 3. 8. — <|>iX£as, sc. xwpas or 
777s, 506 b. Cf. i. 3. 14, 19. — (ovovfie'vovs, by purchase, 674 d. It is not 
strange that, in other respects, the Greeks, in their difficult position, 
thought it best to accept the offer of Tissaphernes, who had such strong 
motives for keeping good faith with them ; but we must wonder that with 
their scanty means they bound themselves to purchase, if they had oppor- 
tunity, all their supplies during so long a march. The mistake was ex- 
posed by Xen., iii. 1. 20. There should have been also security against 
the delay of their march. 

29. &ireip.t, diriwv, as fut. (Lex.), 603 c. — ws Pao-iXc'a, i. 2. 4 ; ii. 6. 1. 
— d 8eo|i.ai (Lex.), 472 b, d ; i. 3. 4. — ijlw s, I will come prepared to con- 
duct. — dpx'^v, Caria, and afterwards Lydia, etc., 5. 11. 



CHAPTER IV. 

THE GREEKS, SUSPECTING THE DESIGNS OF TISSAPHERNES AND 
ARI.EUS, BEGIN THEIR MARCH, PASS THE MEDIAN WALL, AND 
CROSS THE TIGRIS. 

1. 'Apiaios, who had accompanied the Greeks in the movements gg 
of the preceding chapter, but without mention, through the intent- 
ness of Xen. on the fortunes of the Greeks. — dXXrjXwv, case ? — Tip-epas s, 
during this time, which seemed to the Greeks so long, ace. to Diod. xiv. 26, 
the king returned to Babylon, where he awarded the highest prize of merit 
to Tissaphernes, adding to his satrapy the province of Cyrus and giving 
him his daughter in marriage. On the other hand Tissaphernes promised 
that if the king would furnish him with an army and become reconciled 
to Ariseus, he would effect the destruction of the Greeks. Hence the 
negotiations mentioned below, into which Ari.ieus and his officers entered, 
regardless of their solemn oath to the Greeks, 2. 8 s. — 8e|£as,,.<()^povTcs : 



60 NOTES. 

cf. dextras ferentem, Tac. Eist. ii. 8. Cf. 5. 3. — avrois, case 456. — 
eirio-TpaTcitts, case 429 a, that the king would not remember against them 
their service with Cyrus. — p.Tj8€ s, nor anything else of tlie [things] past. 

2. ^vStjXol Tiorttv...'^TTov s, [wcrc evident paying] evidently paid less 
attention to the Greeks, 573 c, — ot irepl 'Aptaiov, 527 a. — Kal, alsOy besides 
the suspicious visits, etc. — tois jwv iroWois, corresponding to KXeapxos 5e, 
§ 5. — irpoo-iovTes ^Xcyov, tense ? notice change of subject. 

3. Tt (Lex. Tts), 483 b. — iqfJids dircXeo-ai s, would deem it of the utmost 
consequence to destroy us (if he could, 636 a). — <|>6pos €tT] {v. I. ?;), 664 a ; 
mode 649 d, — F^'^av, here emphatic. — •uird-yeTai, is craftily leading, or, 
inducing, is seducing. — to (663 f ) 8i€(nrdp0ai avrw, 464. — dXi<r0f|, chiefly 
poetic. — ovK ^oTiv Sircos (Lex.), iv. 5. 31. 

4. diroo-KdiTTei n, he is [trenching off something] digging some trench. 
— el'T] {v. I. rj), mode 652. — Ov ^dp irore s, he will never consent, at least 
willingly (if he can prevent it). — rocroiSe (Lex.), 545. — tov, perhaps in- 
serted for scornful emphasis. — kirX rais Ovpais aurov, at his paZace-gateSy 
in the immediate vicinity of his capital. — Kara-yeXdcravTes, laughing him 
to scorn, in triumph. 

5. Kai, i. 3. 15. — lirl iroXciJUd, on the footing, or, terms of war. McMich. 
^^ — ovSe (roTToi/s) o6ev s, 7ior [whence] j^toces /ro??^ which; like the 

villages in which they then were, 3. 14. — 6 Tj-yT]a-6fJt€vos s, 678 a ; 
i. 3. 9. — d(i.a ravra ttoiovvtcov r[^v, [we doing this, at the same time] as 
soon as we do this. — 'Apiaios d<f)€o-TT||€t (319 b) ... X6XeC\{/€Tai, tense (Lex.) 
601 c, mode 671 d, Arixus will [stand off] withdraw, so that no friend 
will he left us. 

6. noTap,bs (emph. pos.) 8' &. (ie'v ns Kal dXXos &pa Tjp,iv (case 458) s, 
and whether indeed there is also any other river, as might he expected, for us 
to cross. Observe the force of each particle here ; dpa, according to proha- 
hility, as might he expected. — 8* o5v, i. 2. 12. — Ev<}>pdTT|v, obj. of 5ta- 
jS^mt, or of Ifffiev by prolepsis. — \,'<rp,€v, form 320 a. — dStivarov, sc. ecri. — 
Ov [wv (Lex.) Stj (see 2. 7) dv |j.dx€cr0at 7c 8€tj, nor yet indeed, if fight we 
must, have we cavalry to aid us; while the enemy have cavalry the most 
numerous (in the world) and serviceahle. — wo-tc s, this consecutive clause, 
for livelier effect, has first an interrogative and then a negative form. — 
viKwvTcs, T|TTwp,€va)v, 635. — Tiva, i. e. in the rout, where, in ancient bat- 
tles, was the chief carnage. — oXov re, sc. ea-rt or ctu drj. 

1. Pao-tXe'a, prolepsis. — 8 Tt 8€i (Lex.), what need there is. — iriOTd 
dmo-Ta, from the Greek love of joining kindred but contrasted words, 719 e ; 
as if we should say, make his faith faithless, or his credit discredited. 

8. «s €ts oIkov diriwv, as if setting out for home, i. e. Caria. — 'OpovTas 
(Lex. 2), cf. iii. 4. 13 ; 5. 17 ; Plut. Artax. 27 ; Diod. xv. 8-11. The 
northern route to Asia Minor and that to Armenia were, for a considerable 
distance, the same. 

9. Tio-<ra<|)€pv€t, case 450 a. 

10. avTol (541 h) €c|>* (Lex. 695) lavTwv kxtapow, marched [themselves 
resting upon themselves] hy themselves. — dXX'/|Xo>v, case 699 f. 



BOOK 11. CHAP. IV. 61 

11. €K Tov avTOv (Lex.), sc. x^P^ou. 

12. TO MT]8ias KaXov(jL€vov retxos, the wall [called the wall of ^, 
Media] so-called of Media, 678 a. See i. 7. 15. Tissaphenies seems ^ 
to have met the wishes both of the king and of the Greeks by commencing 
upon the direct route of the return-march, and to have passed beyond the 
line of the Median Wall, perhaps at a spot where it was so ruined that it 
was not recognized by Xen. The most probable reason for coming again 
within this line (i. e. on the side towards Babylon) was to obtain additional 
supplies before crossing the Tigris, — 'Hv Se (uko8o|jlt]|mvov, 679 a, j3. — 
irXivOots oirrais, [with] of burnt brick, as far stronger for a wall of defence 
than those dried in the sand. — e^pos, case ? — ttoSwv, case 440 a ; sc. relxos. 

— d'irex€i...TroXv, thought by some a mere gloss, from the looseness of its 
statement. 

13. kltvy[Uvt]V, junctum, spanned, or, bridged over. McMich. — ©xctoI, 
rivulets, or, channels. Ace. to Schn. these were probably equivalent to 
the avXQves, 3. 10. — -g 6vop,a SiTraKT], 459. 

14. irapaZda-oVf case 445 c.- — -SevSpcov, case 414 a. The d at. of means 
is more common with daavs, iv. 7. 6 ; 8. 2. 

15. €V irepiTraTO), tcpon a walk. — irpb t<Sv 'oirXoiv (Lex.) ; hence in front 
of the encampment, upon the ground traversed by the sentinels. — ns, 
648 c. — Kal xavra s, and [did] that too, though he vjas from Ariceus, 491c, 
544 a ; bringing, of course, suspicion upon Menon, 

16. 6ri AvTos el|ii, / am the very person, 540 e. — "ETr€(JL\|/€, ovtcs, KeXeti- 
ovo-t, numb. 497b. — '7rt(rTol...€5vot, order? — Svres, tense 604a. ^^ 

— 8e'=7ap, 705. ^^ 

17. Trapd tt|v 'Y€<}>vpav, along the bridge, to occupy or man it, as it was 
liable to be severed in any part, § 24 ; v. I. iiri tt}v yecpvpav, to or upon. — 
«S, as used before Smvoetrat, and before /atj ? 

18. cTapdx©!] Kal l({>oPeiTO, tense ? 

19. Neavto-Kos, not improbably Xen., who was modest in representing 
himself as wiser than the commander-in-chief. — cos ovk s, that the [being 
about] scheme, both to attack and to break up the bridge, was inconsistent. — 
AfjXov -ydp, what change in the discourse ? — iTriOcfievovs, [having attacked, 
it will be necessary that they either conquer] if they attack us, they must, 
of course, either conquer or be conquered. — ti 8ei, cf. § 7, o tl 5e?. — 'i\o\.^(.v 
dv (636 a, 637 c) 6irow s, should we have [whither] any place to which we 
might flee and be safe, 642 a. 

20. ovx '^lovoriv s, 642 a. — XeXviwvt]? s, observe the emph. repetition. 

21. iroo-i] Tis (Lex.). — X^P°- % ^^' ^^3 a, 3. — iroXX-^, sc. ecTL. — 
iroXXal Kal, 3. 18. 

22. vTrotri\L^ox€V. Compare the like means used by Themistocles to 
hurry Xerxes out of Greece, Hdt. viii. 110. — Kal twv €pYa<ro|i€V<ov, abs. 
w. €u6vT(vv : ichile there were peasants there who would, cultivate it for them. 

— dTro<rTpo<j>'^, a place to turn back to, suited to a marauding enemy, a retreat. 
McMich. How remarkably is the weakness of the Persian Enrpire, even at 
home, shown by this eagerness to hurry a mere handful of Greeks out of 



62 NOTES. 

Babylonia ; and the apprehension that remaining they might form an 
independent state and hold out to a disaffected population a standard of 
rebellion against the king ! Indeed in the Persian, as now in tlie Ottoman 
Empire, most of the nationalities simply submitted to the force of arms. 

^^ 23. ov8c£s, 713 a. 

"*^ 24. ^«s, art. 533 d. — «s oldv re iaoXio-to, i. 2. 4 ; 7. 19 : vii. 7. 
15. — irapd, const, praeg., cf. i. 1, 5, with Tiss. — «s (rather than otl?) 
SiaPaivovTwv (sc. avrCov), while they were crossing. For the gen. abs. here 
and below the dat. might be used : Sia^aivovaiv avrois, 676 b. Cf. iii. 4. 1. 

— |X€XXoi€v liTiGirjo-ecrOai, 598 a, sc. the Persians. — 8iaPaivoi€V, mode ? — 
«X€'''0 aireXawvwv, [riding off he was gone] he forthwith rode away, 679 d. 

25. ■g .s, cf. § 13. — arpbs "^v, ^lear which; accus., as he was moving 
towards it. 

26. CIS (Lex.): els and ewi in such connections comm. refer to the nar- 
rower dimension, whether depth or width. — fiXXore (Lex.), 567 c. — 
"Oo-ov 8€ xpovov TO i^7oiiji6vov...€'jri<rTiq<rei€, and as long a time as he halted 
the van, 641 b. — iKireirX'qxOa.i, i. 5. 13. 

27. MriStas, that part oftener- called Assyria (Lex.). — lpi^p.ovs, i. 5. 6. 
^ - — Ilapvo-dTiSos, cf. i. 4. 9. — Kvpw lireyyeXwv, [insulting Q.^as an 

insult to tlie memory of C, to whom Parysatis had been so partial. 

— TrX-qv dvSpairoSwv, with the exception of slaves. The inhabitants were 
not to be so taken. Cf. i. 2. 27. 

28. irxeSiais 8t<}>06plvats, still used here. Cf. i. 5. 10 (Lex. Xapfidvdrj). 

— dpTovs s, asyndeton, 707 g, j. 



CHAPTER V. 

CRAFT AND TREACHERY OF TISSAPHERNES. — CLEARCHUS AND FOUR 
OTHER GENERALS ENTRAPPED AND MADE AWAY WITH. 

1. Zairdrav, see Lex. — <|>av€pd, pos. ? 

2. 8vvaiTo, mode ? — irpiv : why may the inf. here follow ? 703 d, /3. — 
7€V€<r0ai, mode ? — kpovvra, dicturum, fut. part., 598 b, 674 c. 

3. Tt(r<ra<})€pvii, form, 225 d, i. 4. 2 ; 2. 4. — iq|aiv, case ? by whom ? — 
<)>vXaTT6p.€vov...dvTi<})vXaTTop,€0a, order ? — 'fw-o.'S, case 472 f. 

4. o{!t€ 8vva(i.ai. v\ alo-0€<r0ai, would have been more regular, but less 
emphatic. — a-i (case 472 b) 7reipwp.EVov, part. 657 d. — Xoyovs (Lex.). — 
o-oi, case 450 b ; see also 452 a. — 8vval|i€da, clcXoifiev, mode 633 a. — 
dXXTiXwv, case 699 a, f ; yet see 523 c (4). 

^f, 5. Ik Sia^oXfjs, €^ viroxl/las, 694. These causes are more promi- 
nent from their insertion, by a species of prolepsis, in the ante- 
cedent, rather than the relative clause where they properly belong. Some 
explain thus, that Xen. began the sentence as if the part. irot-rjaavTat was 
to follow, and then avoided the aggregation of participles by changing this 



BOOK 11. CHAP. V. 63 



into the rel. and finite verb. — <})0d<rai (Lex.). — KaKO. tovs, case ? — p-eX- 
Xovras, sc. iroLetv. 

7. npwTov. . .fJte^tcTTov, for [the] first wnd greatest [thing], 396 a. — ot Gewv 
(made more emphatic hy the insertion of rjnas, 719 a, j8) 6pKot, the oaths to 
the gods, 444 b. — Scrns Se tovtwv (432 d) o-vvot8ev avrw Trap-qneXriKws, and 
whoever is conscious [with himself] of having disregarded these, the gods, as 
more emph. — Tov ^dp s, for the hostility of the gods I know not [either] 
through what speed any one could escape it by flight, nor into v:hat darkness 
he coidd run for concealment. — Geois, case 455 g. — irdvTwv, case 407. 
Cf. ace. V. 6. 9 ; iii. 2. 19. This address, which has been greatly praised 
by ancients and moderns, is more in the style of the philosopher Xen. than 
of the rude soldier Clearchus. Indeed it is well known that the ancient 
historians, who had no short-hand reporters to aid and fetter them, exer- 
cised much freedom in shaping the speeches of their personages, especially 
when, as here, there was no one who had been present to correct them. 
Cf. with this fine passage, Psalm cxxxix. 

8. fJL€v 8tj, office here ? — 0€»v, SpKiov, hendiadys, 69 e. — Trap* ots s 
{v. I. ovs, motion toward being implied), ^cith tchom (the gods) having con- 
tracted friendship, we have made it a sacred deposit, i. e. to whose keeping we 
have intrusted the friendship we have contracted, as written contracts com- 
mitted to a powerful third person for safe keeping and enforcement. — u\ 
iyoiyi, pos. ? — irapdvTi (Lex. TrdpeLfxi). — vojit^w, formal and weighty. 

9. Trdo-a |JL€v oSds, 523 e. — |xev, fiev, jiev, correspondence ? — irdo-a [ikv 
8td o-KOTovs T) 68ds, the way is all [through darkness] m the dark, 523 b, 
4, e. — ov8€v Yap avTT]s, nothing [no part] of it. — avrf^s gen. partit., or 
of theme. — <|>oPepwTaTov, gend. 502 ; pos. ? — p.eo-T'fi -yap s, for it is [full 
of much helplessness] a most helpiless condition. 

10. El 8€ s, hut even if we [having become insane should slay] should he 
so insane as to slay you. — dX\o ti (sc. yevoiro) dv f\...ay(aviloi\iiQa, [would 
anything else result than that we should have to contend] should we not 
then of necessity have to contend? 567 g. — tov jie^io-Tov 2<j)£8pov (Lex.); 
a very impressive metaphor from the Greek games. The combatants in 
wrestling or boxing were usually paired by lot, and if an odd combatant 
remained, he was to sit hy (an ^(p-edpos) till one was defeated, whose place 
he could take. Of course he engaged with great advantage against one 
Avho had already exhausted much of his strength. Some good Mss., in- 
stead of ^(pedpov, sitter hy, have €<popov, looker on, but with reference to the 
same custom. — olW dv IX'irt8«v, case 414 b. — ravra, this, 491 c. ^^ 

11. eS iroieiv (sc. tlvo), 8v PovXoito, 551 f. — tt|v o-eavrov dpXT|V 
(Tw^ovTa, retaining your own p)Tovince. — -^ Kvpos iroXcp-tg. €XP'»1to (Lex.), 
qua Cyrus hostili utebatur, which was hostile to C. — ravrriv, 2. 20. 

12. TovTwv hk TOiovTCDv ovTODV, cf. qu8e quum ita sint. — rts ovtw |ia£- 
V€Tat, ocTTis s, 558. Cf. vii. 1. 28. — ep« ^dp : in regular construction, 
either this yap, or that in § 13, should be omitted. Cf. iii. 2. 11. 

13. ovs vofii^w dv...irapao^eiv, ivhom I helievc I could render, 667 b. — 
Il€io-(8as, sc. XvTrrjpovs ovras. — 'iQvr\ iroXXd : in the lax administration of 



64 NOTES. 

the Persian Empire there were not a few independent and predatory tribes. 
See iii. 2. 23 ; 5. 16 : vii. 8. 25. — dvai, how diff. from part.?— d oljJtai Slv 
Trav<rai evoxXoCvra, which I think I should stop from continually disturb- 
ing, 677 b. — (Jtd\to-Ta, pos.? — iroiq, 8vvd|xet . . . KoXdo-ecrOc {v. I. KoXdcraia-de), 
620 b ; KoXd^co, seldom in mid, except in future, KoXdaofxai ; yet see Dind. 
• — rr\s, so. 8vvdfjLe(i}$, than (by using) the force, 511b. 

14. 'iv 76 Tois ireptl oIkovo-i, among those dwelling around. — tw = tivi. 

■ — (OS jie^io-TOS &v (applying also to dva<rTp€<poio, 622 b) €1't]s, yoic woiild be 
the most jjoiverful friend possible, 553 c ; very strong language. — i^s {v. I. rjv), 
554 a. — o-ov (rot, pos.? yoa at least, thus suggesting the idea of the king 
liimself, whom he would not venture to mention. 

15. ovTCD is often emphatic by being separated from the word which it 
most directly modifies ; cf § 21. — ro gives greater prominence and actu- 
ality to (Te. — i\^lv (case 456) dirio-reiv, the subj. of 5o/cet, 663 f, QQi b, your 
distrust of us. — tj8io-t dv aKovtratfii (636 a) to 6vo|j.a, tCs, / should be 
most glad to hear the name, who there is of such power in speaking ; i. e. tlie, 
name of one who is, 566 a : Menon was the person suspected, § 28. — 
Too-avTtt, (SSe, 547. — d'ini|i£i(J)0Ti, "perhaps used as a high-flown word in 
irony," Boise, The answer of Tissaphernes is marked by consummate 
duplicity and aff'ectation of virtue : but cf. § 7. 

nn I'S. (Tov, from you, 434a. — dv (620 c, 621) jioi Sokcls (573) . . .etvai, 
[you seem to me that you would be] it seems to me that you would 
he, or, you would seem to me to be. — 'fls 8* dv p.dGT)s, 624 a. 

17. ipovX<}|xe6a, 631b. — iroTepd oroi s, [whether] do we seem to you to 
want either. — ottXIo-ccds, ev ^, warlike equipment, weapons, or, armature 
in which, i. e, with which, referring to the missiles in which the Greeks 
were so deficient and with which they might be picked off" with little 
power of retaliation, — kIvSvvos, sc. eaHv, or, hv etrj. 

18. liriT^Geo-Bai, tense ? — diropeiv dv o-oi 8oKo€fJi€v, do we seem to you, 
[that we should want] likely to want. Why dv here, and not with diropeZv 
above ? — Ov (687 b) Tooravra. — vjaiv '6vro. (= eXvai) iropevTca, prob. point- 
ing to the great mountain range along the north. — Tap.i€veo-6ai (Lex.), 
582 d ; by attacking a portion on one side, while the others are crossing. 

— c'wrl 8' avTwv s, 421 a, 418 b. 

19. TJTT(o|X€0a, (present indicative) we are worsted. — 8v, object of nara- 
Knvcravres. — tijiiv (case 455) avTiTa^ai, to array against you, a bold 
metaphor, 

20. dv...dv, 622a, 621c, d, — ^xovtcs, if tve have, hence firjdiva, 686 d. 

— 'iirara, i, 2. 25. — 8s (lovos s, order 719 e, f. 

21. d-TTopftiv Io-t1...oI'tiv6S, 558, — lxop.6V(i)V (Lex.). — Kal rovr<av irovt]- 
p<av, and [those wicked] wicked men too, 54:4: a. — fiXiOioi, a stronger term 
added for emphasis ; d\hyL(TTOL denying the fact of consideration, but -^X^ 
6lol even the capacity for it. 

22. ki,6v (Lex. ^^eifxC), 675 b, c. — ovk eirl tovto <jX0op.€V, did we not [go] 
«Q proceed to this? cf. iii. 1, 18. — 6 Ip-bs ^p(os (sc. fju or earl) tovtov 

(case 444 f) alVios rh (664 c) tois "EXXtio-iv lp.6 irwrTJ)v ^evc'trOat, 



BOOK 11. CHAP. V. 65 

Kttl <^ dvePt] |€ViK» (551 c, 466. 1) s, the cause of this was my ardent desire 
[in respect to this] that I might [become trusted by] secure the confidence 
of the Gi'eeTcs, and that with the foreign troops with %chich Cyrus made his 
ascent, trusting them [on account of payments] from his payment of wages, 
with this I might descend [go back to my satrapy] strong in their attachment 
through my kindness. 

23. "0<ra 8e (j-ot vjwis yj;>r\(ri^o\. ?o-eo-06, and [as to how many things, 
481] in wlmt respects you will be cajJahle of serving me (v. I. icrre, you 
are, etc.). — ridpav (Lex.). — 6p0T|v, Cyr. viii. 3. 13. — t^v 8' i.Trl...i\oi 
(sc. cpdrjv), but that upon the heart, perhaps with your presence another also 
might easily so ivear ; i. e. might have equally erectness of spirit and 
independence of feeling. Some see in this boldly figurative expression 
an intimation from Tissaphernes (the better to blind Clearchus), that he 
might himself wish with the aid of the Greeks to aspire to that sovereignty 
which Clearchus had already offered Ariaeus. 

24. ^<j>T], 574. — TOiovTwv t|}jliv s, tchen v:e have such inducements to 
friendship. — tol ^o-xara TraGciv, extrema pati. 

25. Kal e-yo) ^iv y^, [and I for my part certainly] yes, and I for my part; 
/cat... 76, as not infrequently in dialogue, implying assent, and fiev cor- 
resjionding to de in § 26. — (rrpaTTj-yoi and Xoxa-yoi, in appos. with vfie^s 
understood. 

26. S9€v, [whence] from what source, i. e. from whom. 

21. |i€v, after rbre, as corresponding with t% varepata, while its more 
regular place would be before Tiaaacfjepvirjs. — 8i]Xds t "Jjv irdvv <t>iXi,K(<>s 
oid|X€vos s, both [was e^ddent thinking, 573 b] showed that he thought [that 
he was related in a very friendly way to T.] himself on very friendly terms 
vjith Tissaijhernes. — XP^^*'' ^^'vai s, that [it was proper that those should 
go] those ougM to go to T. whom he had invited. — cleXcTX^^o"'-? niode ? — 
Twv 'EXXT|Vft)v, case ? — »s 'irpo8dTas avrovs, as [being] themselves traitors. 

28. avTw, i. e. Clearchus. — -g, mode ? § 36 : i. 4. 18. ^^ 

29. dirav to crrpaTeviia (523 e, observe the different emphasis in ^^ 
TO arpdrevixa awav, § 28) s, that the icliole army should [have its mind 
towards himself] be devoted to him. — p,T]8€ irKTrcvetv, indef. subject. 

30. KaT€T€iv€v : with the temper of Clearchus, the opposition of others 
only made him more vehement, while perhaps he regarded it as proof of 
machinations against him of Avhich their authors feared the exposure. — 
8icTrpd|aTO s, he had so far succeeded tliat five generals (including himself) 
ivent, i. e. all except Chirisophus, Cleanoi', and Sophsenetus. — «s €ls aYO- 
pdv, as for the market, which they were in the habit of visiting for sup- 
plies (4. 9), and consequently unarmed and without apprehension. 

31. eirl rais Svpais, without art., vii. 3. 16. — IIpd|€Vos s : Menon 
feeling doubtless that at all events he was safe among the Persians, while 
it might endanger him among the Greeks to refuse to go ; and the others 
being misled or overpersuaded. Ctesias, prob. from Menon's own false 
claim at the court, represents the fatal visit of the generals as a plot of 
Menon's, against the better judgment of Clearchus, Pers. 60. The whole 

5 



66 NOTES. 

number of lochagi in the army was not far from a hundred. —'Aylas, not 
before mentioned (Lex.). 

32. TToXXw, case 468, 485 e, j3. — airo, iv. 1. 5. — (TTuieiov, ace. to Diod. 
xiv. 26, a red flag, the sign of blood, raised above the tent of Tissaphernes. 
■ — IweXajxpdvovTO, KaTCKo-jnio-av, tense 595. — rives, pos. 548 b, 719 d, v. 
• — wTivi, numb. 550 f. — hrvyxavonv, mode? — ^ktcivov : Xen. uses the 
simple verb here only. Hence Hei'tlein proposes aireKTCLvov. 

33. f|[ji,«|>iYvdovv {v. I. ijfxipeyvbovv), 282 b. — irplv.-.'^Ke, 703 d, a, indie, 
denoting fact. — NUapxos, one of the soldiers who visited the market, 
ace. to Diodorus. 

34. avTovs, the cavalry mentioned in § 32. The extreme dread which 
the Persians had of the Greeks is strikingly shown by the fact that they 
did not avail themselves of this opportunity of making a general attack. 

35. Kvpa), while he was living. 

j_ -. 36. dTraYyelXcDO-i, mode ? — rd irapd PacriXews, 3. 4. 
"^ 37. <j)vXaTTO|jL€vot, ivith a 'body-guard, or simply, with due pre- 
caution. — rd ircpX Ilpolevov, 528 a. 

38. ^(rTT]o-av ds (const, pr^eg. ), — IttiIjkoov (Lex. ). — vp-ds, SttXo, case 480 c. 

— 6 PacriXetis : o expressing more formality. Hence fitting in this place : 
noster rex. — diraiTci, how diff". fr. ahet 1 — la-urov, Ktipov, case 433, 437 a. 

— elvai, i. e. ra oirXa. — 8oi5Xov, pos. ? cf. i. 9. 29, 

39. dircKpfvavTO, ?Xe-ye, expressing his honest indignatioji with great 
plainness and straightforwardness ; cf. 1. 10. — ^12 KaKicTc, 484 d. — ol 
&XXoi, sc. iijueh. — Oeovs, 3. 22. — oXrives (550 b), dp,do-avT6s...irpo86vTes 
^jpas-.-diroXajXeKaTc, you wJio^ after giving us your oaths,.. .then betraying 
us,. ..have destroyed. — •^p-iv, comm. obj. of djjioaavTes and to!>s avrovs. — 
Toiis dXXovs Tipas TrpoSeStoKOTcs, having given up [us the rest] the rest of 
us to destruction ; observe the passionate repetition. Most mss. also intro- 
duce (I)y before da-oXwX^/care, as though the speaker in his intenseness of 
feeling had forgotten the previous connective otrives. 

40. Y<^Pi connecting this sentence to what ? 

rj-i 41. TovTois, xdSe, 544. Contrast the cool, shrewd logic of Xeno- 
phon with the vehement outburst of Cleanor. — IIpd|evos, M^vwv, 
emph. pos. before eire'nrep. 
42. dXXiQXois, case 452. 



CHAPTER VI. 

xenophon's estimate of the character of the five generals. 

1. avi]xQr\a-av, in chains : Ctes. Pers. 60 ; Diod. xiv. 27. There was 
especial curiosity at Babylon, says Ctesias, to see the Spartan prisoner; 
and he was himself, as court-physician, an instrument of Parysatis in doing 
much to relieve the imprisonment of the favorite general of her favorite son. 
Ace. to Ctesias, the weak Artaxerxes first promised Parysatis with an oath 



BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 67 

that he would spare Clearchus ; hut was afterwards influenced hy Statira 
to execute all except Menon. This same writer adds the marvellous story 
that when their bodies were thrown out to the birds and dogs, a whirlwind 
covered the body of Clearchus with a great mound which was speedily over- 
grown with palm-trees so that the king repented his execution as that of 
an evident favorite of the gods. Plut. Artax. 18. — cos (Lex. d). — diro- 
TjiTi0eyTes (587. 2) ras K6<j)aXds (481), [cut off as to their heads] having 
their heads cut off, beheaded ; except Menon, § 29. — els (395 a). — jie'v, cor- 
responding to 6e, § 16. — 6|xo\o-YOVfi.ev«s (Lex.). — Ip-ireipcDs (Lex.) ayrov, 
432 b. — 8o^as -yeveo-Bai, esteemed to have been. — co-xdrcos, pos. ? 

2. iroXejios, the so-called Peloponnesian War, — e-yevcTO, b. c. 404. — 
dSiKOvo-i, mode? — tovs "EXX-qvas, i. 3. 4 ; 1. 9, colonized on the coast of 
Thrace. — Stairpa^djAevos «$ ISvvaTO, having obtained [as he could] leave 
and supplies by what means he could. — tois, \Nith dat. and with irpbs, after 
TToXe/iew. See McMich. 

3. 'iicfjij tcithout, abroad; i. e. here, at sea. — 6vtos, for dvra, i. 2. 17 N. 
— *lo-0p.ov, so common a place of call in the coasting voyages along the 
eastern shore of Greece. — oixcTo irXcW, 4. 24. See Diod. xxiv. 12 ; Poly- 
senus, ii. 2, 

4. ^px€Tai, having been defeated by a Spartan force and shut up in 
Selybria, from which he made his escape by night, Diod. xiv. 12. — itraa-i 
Kvpov, persuaded Cyrus to aid him. — &XXt), elsewhere. "Whether — <j 
Xen, referred to another work, or supposed he had written more * 
fully in this, does not appear. 

5. diro ToijTtdv, i. 1. 9. — '^4*^p€ Kal ^-^i (Lex. a7w). — iroXcji-wv Sieye'veTo, 
continued at icar, 677. 

6. <})tXoTroX€'(iov : brought out into greater prominence by the insertion 
of ^lOl doK€i before dvdpbs (719 a, j3) ^pya, acts, ways, procedure, behavior. — 
8o^iS...atp€iTai TToXep-eiv, [who prefers] that he should prefer, i. e. to prefer; 
cf. 5. 21. — l^bv (Lex.) ji^v elprjvTjv ^eiv, when he might live in peace 
{v. I. eiprjVTjv ayeiv, see Lex.). — PovXeraL iroveiv «o^6 s (Lex. iccTTe d), 671 a. 

7. Ta\5TT|, in this, or, in these respects, herein. — rjfjiepas Kal vuktos (433) 
&y<av, day and night alike [leading] ready to lead. — iravraxov irdvTcs, 
order ? 

8. COS Swarbv ck, as far as was possible [from] with such a temper, which 
forbade his obtaining the affections of his men, § 12 s. — oiov Kal Ikcivos 
€lX€v, as indeed he had, however strange it might seem in others. — 'iKavbs 
(1.6V... 8€, i. 3. 16. — a>s Tis Kal dXXos, i. 3. 15. — avrov, some read avrd, 
ethical dat. — ws irewrreov cI't] ElX€dpx<>> (emphatic), that Clearchus. must be 
obeyed, 682 a, 455 g. 

9. x°'^€'"'os, case 667 c : Diod. xiii. QQ. — opdv cnryvbs ^v, Kal ttj (Jxovt] 
Tpaxvs, 663 e, 467 b. — iKoXa^c.-lKoXa^ev • dKoXdo-rov, order, etc.? — iaxm 
Kal aiuTw (457) ficrafJieXctv, so that there ivere times when [it even repented 
him] he even himself repented, 457; evlorc and ?<r6* 8tc here implying rarer 
occurrence than hlore (see Lex. elp,l, 559 a). — dKoXd<rTov...T|76tTo s, for he 
thought there was no profit from [of] an unchastised army, 472. 



68 NOTES. 

„« 10. cl |X€XXoi ^ <))vXaKds <}>vXd|€iv, if he were either to keep guard, 
or, inaintain his guard. 

11. -qQeXov avTov aKoveiv <r<})o8pa, were willing to obey him im- 
plicitly, 432 g; order, 719 b, f. — to o-rvyyov (507 a) totc <j>at8pbv s, i;A<??/ 
sazcZ that the gloom in his countenance then appeared lustrous. Some good 
MSS. have ev roh dWots irpoaiviroLS, that his gloom appeared lustrous among 
the other countenances. — to xoXeirov s, and his harshness seemed to he 
energy against the foe. 

12. Kttt e|eiT] irpos dtXXovs dpxofJ.evovs {v. I. apxovras. Lex.) diri6vai, and 
[it Avas permitted] they icere free to go to (others to be commanded) other 
commanders, their engagement with him having expired. — to "Yop lirixapi 
ovK elxev, for [the winning he had not] he had nothing attractive. — cwnrep 
iratSes irpbs 8t8do-KaXov : " it is to be hoped that boys nowadays will not 
understand this comparison." Boise. 

13. €vvoia, 466. 1. — TCTa-yiitvoi, i. 6. 6. — virb rov ScicOai, through 
want. ■ — o-<|>68pa ir6i9o(ji.€vots IxpfjTo (Lex.), from these he received implicit 
obedience. Cf. iv. 6. 3. 

14. [xeYoXa ^v Td...TrotovvTa, [great were the things making] there were 
poioerful influences wJiich made. — to 'ix&-v, subject of iraprjv. — OappoXews 
(Lex.). 

15. ov fidXa (Lex.) lOeXeiv (litotes, 686 i), of which his disobedience to 
the Ephori, and his conduct at Cunaxa, presented striking examples. — Ta 
irevTi^KovTa, 531 d. 

16. 6V0VS (Lex. 662) ji^v jieipaKiov tov, from his very youth. — ^8uKe 
FopYta dp-yvpiov, he [gave money] paid tuition to Gorgias. Diod. xii. 53, 
mentions 100 minse (= about |2000) as his price, — perhaps an extreme 
case, but enough to make Kriiger exclaim, "The Greeks were — well, not 
Germans ! " 

„. 17. p.i?| TJTTd(r0ai cicp^eTwv, not to be outdone in cmif erring favors, 
even by those of high rank, 677. 

18. ov8€v &v 6eXoi, if he must obtain it unjustly, 635. — criiv tw SiKaCu 
Kal KoXw, [with that which is justice and \^o\iQ\\ justly and honorably, 695, 
507 a ; 5t/catos referring more to the essential character, and /caXos more to 
the impression made (Lex. koKos). So below, KokGiv Kal dyaOujv, honorable 
or estimable and good, a frequent combination to express the Greek ideal 
of internal virtue united with external propriety. — ^i^, sc. rvyxoLt^^i'V, by no 
means, emph. from pos. 

19. ai8«...lavTov, respect for himself — ol dpxofievoi, even those who 
were under his command, emphasizing the unnatural state of things. — fjv 
<}>av£pds (Lex.), cf. § 21, 23. — o-TpaTiwTais, case 457. — €K€iva), why rather 
than avTih ? 

20. 'inav, case 437 a. 

21. 8f]Xos (Lex.). — liriOvfiuv, observe the emphatic repetition. — 
|Ji67t<rTa 8vva(JLevois (Lex.). — 8ikt]v (Lex. 1). 

22. 8id Tov ciriopKciv, 663 f : rov not repeated ? — rb 8* dirXovv s, 507 a, 
451. — Tw f)Xi6£o>, case 451. 



BOOK 11. CHAP. VI. 69 

23. Srep-yMV (stronger than (pCKCjv, Lex.) 8e s, he evidently had no real 
love for any one. — (|>av€p6s, 2v8t]Xos (Lex.), 573 c, -r- ST€p'y«v...lTriPov- 
Xcvov, order ? — <)Ta», form 253. 1. — tovtw s, against him it became evident 
that he icas 2)lotting. — iroXcjiiov, case 699 a. 

24. TO, Sc T»v <j)tX«v ftovos (677 b) ... 8v (677) d<|>vXaKTa (pred. — _ 
adj., 523 b, 5), lie thought that he alone understood that it was most ' 
easy to take the property of friends as being unguarded ; at least he so acted. 

26. Tw...8vvao-0ai, case ? — tov p.T| (sc. oaira, 686 d) iravo-up-yov, tlie num 
who vjas not a villain, or, knave. - — t«v d'Trai8€VT«v, one of tJic ignorant, 
a mere simpleton. — 8iapdXXwv (674 d)...KTirjcrao-9ai (agreeing in subject 
with ikro, notwithstanding the intervention of the impers. helv, 667 c), he 
thought he must icin these by maligning those luho held tJie first place. 

27. To 86 ir€i0o|JL6vovs tovs (rTpaTt»Tas...l[iTixa'VdTO, Jie contrived [the 
ren^.ering] to render his soMiers obedient. — (rvva8iK6iv, so that they hoped 
for gain in pleasing him, and feared exposure if they displeased him. — 
Ti|ido-0at 86 s, and he thought himself entitled to be honored and courted, if 
he showed that he was able, and xcould be ready (if there was occasion) to 
inflict tlu greatest injuries. — EuepYeeriav 86 KareXeycv, and he charged it as 
a favor. — avroO d<|)t<rTaTO, iccls leaving him. — avr^, ayrdv, repeated for 
stronger expression : one of these would have been sufficient in unemphatic 
language. 

28. Ttt (JL6V 8i?| d<{>avf] s, doubtful matters of course one might misstate ; 
with allusion probably to the charges of treachery made against him. 
Diod. is less resei-ved, and says that he was spared when the other generals 
were put to death : see § 29 x. — d 86 s, but the following is icliat all know: 
— in wpaios a>v, <rTpo.Tt\yAv 8t6irpd|aTO, while yet in the bloom of youth, 
he obtained [to command] the command of; his youth leading to the belief 
that this was through dishonorable favoritism. — d^e'veios wv yevnuvra, 
a bearded man, while himself beardless, 719 b, e. Reference is here made 
to the vice which the apostle exposes in Rom. i. 27. The age of Menon is 
not stated ; but he is represented as remarkably precocious in command, 
corruption, and villany. Kriig. regards this section as not by Xenophon. 

29. ouK airiQavi, for this reason, says Diod. xiv. 27, iSoKei. yap /xovos 
odros (TTacTLd^o^v irpbs rous av/xfiaxovs TrpoduxreLv "EWrjvas. — tov tojv dXXwv 
edvarov o-rpaTT^Ywv, order 719 d, v, 523 k. — TiixajpT^eets s, he died [punished 
by] as a punishment from the king; cf. below. — ^wv a'lKio-eeis, lucv- _^ 
ing been tortured alive ; prob. because, through the weakness of the ' " 
king, he fell into the hands of the vengeful Parj'satis (Lex. Mevo^v) ; cf. i. 9. 
13 ; 10. 1. — X6''y6Tai ttis TeX6VTTis (case 427) tvx"^, added instead of con- 
tinuing the construction Avith airedavev. 

30. TovTw, 505 b. -> TovT«v...KaT€7eXa, 699 a. — Is <f)iXCav, 6^7. 



70 NOTES. 



BOOK III. 

HOSTILITIES BETWEEN THE PERSIANS AND GREEKS, AFTER 
THE BREAKING OF THE TREATY BY THE FORMER. — MARCH 
OF THE TEN THOUSAND TO THE CARDUCHIAN MOUNTAINS. 

CHAPTER I. 

GREAT DEJECTION AMONG THE TROOPS. — XENOPHON AROUSES THEM 
TO ACTION. — NEW GENERALS CHOSEN. 

_„ 1. "Oo-a fi^v 8tj s, see p. 3, Notes, statement as to division into 
' ' books, summaries, etc. — eTtXevrt^o-e, tense 605 c. 
2. 01 o-TpaTTj-yot, the (five) generals. — fiev, anticipated, as often, from 
its strictly regular place after eTrt. Observe the nine clauses introduced by 
ivvoovfjLevoL on, to make up the gloomy and disheartening jncture so graph- 
ically and impressively drawn ; and also the position of their prominent 
words. — ■fjo-av, irpovBeSwKctrav, tense, etc., 646 b. — lirl rais PacrtXews 
Ovpais, i. e. in the heart of his dominions. Cf. ii. 2. 4. — iroXXd (496 c), 
iroXcfJiiat (497), belong to both ^dvr} and TroXets, each taking the gender of 
the nearest noun. — ov |i,eiov (cf. 507 e) i^ (xvpia o-rdSia : ii. 2. 6. — vikwv- 
T6S s : cf. ii. 4. 6. 

— Q 3. dOiifxws ?xovT€s, 577 d ; sc. ol "EXXt^z^cs. — 0X1701, feiv, . . .iroXXoC, 
395 a. — CIS ri\v lo-rrepav, [into the] at evening. — o-itov, case 432 a. 
— IttI to, BirXa (Lex.), to the pla.ce of arms, which marked the men's quar- 
ters. — ttveiravovTo, irvyxjoi'ViV (Lex., sc. u}v or ai^airavo/xeuos) numb. 501 a ; 
ii. 2. 17. — iraTpiSwv s, asynd. 707 g. — oils (masc. with reference to the 
persons), oiWror lv6|xi^ov ?ti 6\|/6o-6ai, tvhom they never expected to see [more] 
again, 662 b ; observe the same idiom in Eng. Muretus compares Yirg. 
JEn. ii. 137 s. 

4. Tis...^€vo<|>(3v 'A0i]vaios, a certain Xenophon, an Athenian; what 
a modest introduction of the leading spirit of the subsequent retreat ! — 
dXXd ITpolcvos avTov, instead of op, 562. — avros, emphasizing the subject 
of voixi^eLv, cf. 662. — KpeiTTto lavrto, loorth more to himself, 453. 

5. dvttKoivotiTai, mid. of mutual conference, as by equals, 580 ; but act. 
below, of simple reference to a higher intelligence, as v. 9. 22. — StoKpdrci : 
Diogenes Laertius gives an interesting account of the first meeting of 
teacher and pupil. (See Introduction to the present volume.) — tw 'AGt]- 
vaCo), why art. here, and not with 'A9r}vaLos, § 4 ? — tnroirTevo-as fiVj, appre- 
hensive [lest] that, 625 a. — ti, as adv. or with iiralTLov. — -n-pos, i. 9. 20. — 
Kvpo) <|>tXov, 456.— o-u|xiroXe)j.T](rai, in the Peloponnesian War (b. c. 408-4), 



BOOK III. CHAP. I. 71 

chiefly by giving the Spartans, through Lysander, liberal supplies of money. 
Cf. Lex. Kvpos. — eXOovra, case 667 e : i. 2. 1. 

6. 'AiroXXw, 211a. — 686v, case 477. — emvoci, mode 645 b; i. 9. 28. 

— 0€ots ots, inverse attr., 554 c ; reference esp. to Zev$ BaaiXei;?, vi. 1. 22. 

7. It€Ov elvai, i. 3. 11. — TavTa...6a-a, 550 d. 

8. dvciXcv, sc. dieadat or dveiv. p_-. 

9. 6Tt...diro'ir€(j,\(;eiv, 659 e. — 'EXe-ycTo, position ? '*^ 

10. 01 iroWoi : a few may have sailed with Xenias and Pasion (i. 4. 7), 
or have ■ deserted in some other way. — al<rxvvTiv (Lex.) Kal oXXtiXwv 
(case 444, cf. ii. 6. 19), lest they should seem cowardly in deserting their 
comrades, and ungrateful towards Cyrus ; nearly = a sense of honor towards 
each other. 

11. |xiKpdv, adv. — virvov, case 416 a. — ovap, form 228 a. — "E8o|€V, 
573 b, asynd. As often happens, the waking apprehension of danger in 
one form induced in sleep a vivid image of another form. For another im- 
pressive dream of Xen. cf iv. 3. 8. 

12. d-yaOdv, from the familiar association in all ages of light and good. 
Cf. Cyr. iv. 2. 15. — Aids-.-Pao-tXews, Juj)iter (or Zeus), as king, was 
regarded as the special patron of kings (Aiorpecpewv ^aatX-fjoiv, II. i. 176) ; 
and, as the Greek representative of Ormuzd, he was claimed by the Per- 
sian monarchs as their paternal deity, the founder and upholder of their 
dynasty: Zei)s Trarpyos, Cyr. i. 6. 1. — kvkXu : one encircling might be 
regarded as the sign of another. Upon such doubtful and equivocal 
analogies the doctrine of omens has rested in all ages. 

13. 'Oiroiov Tt (Lex. ). It is easy to interpret an omen after the result. 

— TO toioUtov, 531 c. — irpajTOv |ji€V, followed by e/c to^tov, § 15 ; cf. 2. 1 n. 

— Tj 8e vv^, 705, cf. a. — cIkos, sc. eari, it is probable, 572. — cirl q^ 
pao-iX€i, cf. i. 1. 4. — rC €p.Tro8ft)V, ft-ri ovx^.-.d-jroQavciv, what [is in "^ 
the way that we should not die] prevents our dying (713 g) [outraged] 
7niserably, after looking upon all that is most grievous. — iraGovras, vPpiJo- 
jie'vovs, cf. i. 1, 7. 

14. "Oirws 8' d(jivvov|i€0a, and [how we shall defend ourselves, 624 b] 
for defending ourselves. — KaraKe£p.e6a, wo-ircp €|6v, 680 b. — 'Eyw oSv s, 
[the general from what state then, am I looking for] from what state, then 
(rather than my own) do I look for a general to do this? I, who am an 
Athenian, while no leading general survives ? His pride of country is 
well expressed by irolas. — T|XiKiav : Xenophon's age at this time is a 
matter of great uncertainty. Kriig. makes him to have been 44 ; other 
authorities, with more probability, give his age as about or under 30. — 
ov Yap s, for I shall never be any older. — TViiiepov, the Greek civil day 
beginning at sunset. 

15. *Ek tovtov, i. 3. 11 ; 2. 17. — npo^c'vov, his intimate friend Avhom 
he had accompanied. — oio-ircp, ol|xai, ov8* (Lex.) {ijicis, as neither you, 
methinks. — kv ol'ois, sc. irpdy/jLaacv, in what circumstances. 

16. 8f]Xov 8ti, 717 b. Cf § 35. — ki,i^r\vo.v (Lex.), show forth what was 
before in the heart. — •irp<>T€pov...irptv, 703 d, ^; cf 1. 10. ■ — KaXcos rd 



72 NOTES. 

lavTwv irapao-Keudo-aorOai, that they had well arranged their [affairs] plaiis. 

— ovSs'v, 478, or 483, — tos (Lex. c). 

17. Kai TcOvT) KOTOS ^i8tj : the Greeks regarded the mutilation of the dead 
with horror. — i\^wi hi s, hut we who have no intercessor (while Cyrus had 
the queen-mother to plead for him) made war. — TJ|ids : cf. vii, 1. 30. — 
4<rTpaT€iJ<ra}i€V Se = ol be ecrrpaT., 562. — SovXov, i. 7. 3; 9. 29. — «s 
TToi-qo-ovTcs, i. 1. 3. — tI fl,v (662 b) oio[j.e6a iraGeiv, ivhat [do we think we 
should] might we expect to suffer, if we should fall into his hands ? cf. rt 
olofieda ireiaeadai above, 637 c. 

18. 'Ap* ovK &v kirl (Lex.) s, would he not resort to every means ? — TJ)ids 
tA '4<r)(ara alKio-dp.£vos, having outraged us to the uttermost, 480 b. — tov 
o-TpaT€vo"ai, 664a. — 8'ircos...7€VT]o-6|X€0a, 624b. — Travra iroiTiTeov, 682a. 

Q, 19. 'E-ycl) jxev (Lex.): use of each ^^.ev in this section ? Cf. i. 9. 28 ; 
3. 17; vii. 6. 10. — avTwv, case 413. Some supply tovto or rdbe. 

— 8o-a, supply the ellipsis of this pron. with xP^^^^v and eaO/jra. 

20. Td...Twv o-TpaTiwT«v, the condition of our soldiers. — €v6v|jiot|i-!]v, 
mode ? — 6ti t«v p.ev aya.Q<av irdvrwv (gen. part. w. ovdevos) ovSevos (421 a, 
418 b) "qp-iv (459) nereiT] s, that in all good things (for the body) ivc had no 
share, except hy purchase. Cf. ii. 3. 27 n. — Stov (case 431 a) 8' a>VT]o-d- 
|X€6a, fi'Seiv (mode ?) and knew that few still had [that for which] the means 
of buying, or, wherewith to buy. — &XX«s (Lex.). — 'n-opi^£a^6ai...6pKovs s, 
that oaths now forbadx us to obtain, etc. — xavT o5v Xo"yi^6|X6vos, as repeti- 
tion of preceding part of section. 

21. IkeIvcdv, iq|i.6T€pa, pos. 538 f. — *Ev [leo-w, as the prizes for athletes 
were displayed in the midst of the assembled crowds. The Greeks were 
esp. animated by allusions to their games. — dOXa (roiyrois or toi^twj') otto- 
T€poi, prizes [of whoever of us] for those of us who may be the better men. — 
TO cIkos, sc. effTLV, 572. 

22. avTOvs, ii. 4. 7. — tovs twv 0€<i5v SpKOvs, ii. 5. 3, 7 s. — (ixm. c|€ivai 
(sc. Tifuv), so that methinks [it is allowed us] we mxiy go. — iroXv-.-iiei^ovi, 
emphatically placed, as often ; so ixaka, i. 5. 8. Cf. i. 5. 2 ; ii. 2. 19. 

23. TovTwv, than [they] theirs, 438 b, 511b; ii. 3. 15. — ^X'H? numb. 
489 a. — o-vv tois Oeois, reverently inserted, since the gods might send 
a panic upon the bravest. — ot dvSpes : cf. 4. 40 ; dvdpwiroL, iv. 2. 7. — 
TpwTot : The Greeks had greater physical vigor and hardihood from their 
gymnastic exercises and mode of dress ; they had stouter hearts from their 
civil freedom ; and they were also better armed. 

24. 'AXX*, marking the transition from argument to earnest exhortation. 

— TttvT evOviiovvTai, and may get the start of us ; which would rouse Greek 
ambition (Townsend reads ravrd for raOra). — irpbs t«v 0€«v : tCov om. else- 
where in Anab., Kehdz., Kriig. — ^^ dva|i€v«|i€V s, 628 a. — irapaKaXovv- 
Ttts, fut. or pres. — tov l|opp.f]a-ai, 425, 664 a. — o-TpaTT]'y«v, paron. 70 n. 

Qrt 25. dKp.d^€iv Tq-yovfiai, epvKciv, / esteem myself at the very acme of 
^^ life for warding off. See § 14 n. on rfKidav. 

26. irdvTes, so placed for immediate connection with ttXtJi'. — poicoTid- 
Xfav, the Boeotians spoke a coarse, broad variety of the ^olic, 82. — ovtos 



BOOK III. CHAP. I. 73 

8' = wj, 705. — \iyoif some read Xe7ec, v. 6. 36. — ilXXws irws...'}], see § 20. 

— Xe-yeiv, the inf. used rather because he attempted in vain. 

27. 'fl 6av)i.acri(OTaT6, 484 d, 514. — ov8J...ov8e s, not even ..., nor yet, 
familiar proverbial expression. — *Ev TavT(u...Tov(Tois, in [the same place] 
company with these. See ii. 1. 8. — H^YOi <j)pov'qo-as (Lex.), 478. 

28. irap€o-KT]vi^«rafi€V, ii. 3. 16 s. — ri ovk ciroCiio-e, cf. § 18. 

29. els X070VS avTots : see ii. 5. 4. — ov...ov8c, 713 i; unable as so 
bound and guarded. Was not this the result that they are noiv, etc. — 
K€VTov)Jk€voi,, Hdt. iii. 130 ; Thuc. iv. 47. 3. — 01 tXVjuovcs, in appos. w. 
e/cetj/ot : observe its emph. pos. — Kal (674 f, cf. i. 6. 10) p-dX*, ot|xai s, 313 e, 
432 e. — "A <rv irdvra €l8(«)s,...<|>i3s; and knowing all this, do you say? 561b. 

— ireiOciv, tense 594 ; cf. ireiaas, § 26. 

30. Compare dvSpes and &v9p6>irov. — (jl^t€...t6, ii. 2. 8. — irpoo-ieo-Oai 
(Lex.). — d({>€Xo|JLEVovs, dvadevras : see i. 1. 7. — «s toiovtw yjpr\o-Qai, that 
we should use him [as such] in that capacity, i. e. as a mere baggage- 
carrier. 

31. TOVT(o...Tfjs s, to this fellow there appertains nothing of Bceo- —^ 
tia. — xd wTtt T€Tpvirr](i6vov, having his ears hored, 587. 2 ; 481 ; ^'^ 
a barbarian custom, which the Greeks scorned, as befitting slaves. This 
man had doubtless resided in Boeotia, but whether as a slave or a metic 
does not appear. — c^X^v (Lex.) oiirws, as an examination proved. 

32. <r«os {v. I. (7ws), 236 d. —d^, mode 641 b, 634 b, d : cf. i. 2. 7. — 
v'lroo-TpdTti'yov, comm. a lochage who acted as first officer under the general, 
or supplied his place. 

33. CIS (const, prseg.). — rh irpdo-Gev (Lex.); an open place convenient 
and often used for this purpose, cf. § 3 ; ii. 4. 15. — Iyc'vovto, amounted to. 

— Tovs, 531 d ; cf. i. 2. 9 ; ii. 6. 15. 

34. PovXEvcrai|JL€6a, 8vvai|i€da, mode 633 a. — iLirep Kat, i. 3. 16. 

35. ovs s, have seized of us whom they could, 551 f, 553. — ws, ^iv Suvwv- 
Tttt, diroXeo-wo-tv, 633a. — 'H[j.iv...'n-dvTa iroitiTea (sc. elvaL or eariv), 458, 
682 a. — €'jrl...'?iv 8vv(o[j.€9a, cf. i. 1. 4, if [we can effect it] possible. 

36. TOo-ovTOt s, [being so many] so great a number as have now assembled, 
there being here a source of encouragement. Cf. ii. 1. 16. — [Liyia-rov 
Kaipov, grandest opportunity of exerting an influence for good or q - 
evil. — vfJLiv, case 450 a. "^ 

37. iifjids, v|i6is, vfieis (turning, with asyndeton, to the other officers), 
etc. Observe the repetition in this emph. appeal. — ti (Lex.) tovtojv, case ? 

— Ta|iapxoi, lochagi who took the command when their lochi were com- 
bined with others. — yjp'']V'°-^*' (Lex. Xoxayos and crrpaTrfyos) ; cf. vii. 2. 36 ; 
6. 7. — TOVTtDV eirXcoveKTCiTg, 408. — vvv toiwv, 2. 39 ; vii. 2. 29. — d^iouv 
Set {)|jLds avToiJs, you ought to deem yourselves [fit persons] bound to be. 
Compare the precept of Cyrus the Elder : cipxeiv de /xrjdevl TrpocrrjKeLv, 6s ou 
KpeirTojy earl tQv apxoixevuv : Plut. Apophth. — TrX'/j6ovs...TOi5T(i)V, 499 a. 

38. oio|JLat &v s, 621 a. — diroXwXoTwv, diroXwXeKev, 577 b. — tos fi^v 
truveXovTi clirciv (Lex. awaipew), 671 c. Some refer this expression to 
462 c, d. — iravrdiracriv, sc. ov5ev, nothing at all. — o-w^ctv 8oK€i, [seems to 



74 NOTES. 

save] tends to safety : <rc5fet rot ttoXXoi o-djfiad' ij rreiOapxta : duapxlas 8k fiet^ov 
ovK 'idTLv KUKov, Soph. Aiit. 676, 672. 

40. a>s (Lex. g), how, modifying each. — ovto 7* Ixovtwv, while they are 
in such a state (or, affairs stand thus), at least, 676 a, b. — 8 ti fiv tis XP'J" 
o-aiTO avTois, what use one can m,ake of them, or, what service one can obtain 
from them. — 8€oi ti, sc. xPV^^'^'- ^r XPV(^^<^^'^''- 

41. avTwv, gen. w. yvdjixa^ : pos. 538 f. 

42. o^T€ irXfjOds Icrriv oiire Icrxvs "^...iroiovora (= Th...iroi.ow). — <rvlv 
Qj^ TOis Oeois, § 23 ; 2. 8. 11, 14. — «s lirl to iroXv (Lex.). — Scxovrai, 
" receive to an encounter, withstand (Lex.). 

43. irdo-i, case 460. — irepl Z\ tov KaX(ds diro0vifj(rK€tv, [about the dying 
honorably] /or an honorable death. Cf. Hor. Odes, iii. 2. 13. Effugit mor- 
tem, quisquis contemserit ; timidissimum quemque consequitur, Curt. iv. 14. 
25. — TOVTOvs opd) |xdXXov ircDS. .d(f>iKVOV|X€VOvs : odroi. . .a<t>LKVovvrai, would 
have corresponded to the construction above. — |i,dXXdv irws, in some way 
the rather. 

44. irapaKoXciv, sc. Hvbpas dyaOois elvai, cf. iv. 3. 17. 

45. TOcroiiTOv |i.dvov <r€...8<rov [= 8<top tovto, otl, 560] -i^Kovov (612) 
*A0Tjvaiov etvat (657 k), I knew you, only so far as this, that I had heard 
that you were an Athenian. The adv. use of to(xovtov ixbvov and 6(tov may 
be referred to 478 or 482 ; cf. v. 8. 8. — l<f>' ots = eirl rotjrois a, 554 a N. — 
PovXoijJLTiv &v, 636 a. — 8ti irXcCo-Tovs, i. 1. 6 ; 2. 4. 

46. ix'fi {j,e'XXti>|X€v, § 24. — oi Sedfjicvoi, you who need them (apx^prtop). — 
<ru7KaXov|X€V, cf. § 24. 

47. djia TttVT elirwv, 662 a. — (jlcXXoito, mid. or pass, linger, or, be 
delayed. — KXcdvup, the troops of Agias joining the force which Cleanor 
before commanded ; ii. 5. 37. — *Opxo(i.€Vtos, some read 'ApKds. 



CHAPTER II. 

SPEECHES TO THE TROOPS BY THE NEW GENERALS, ESPECIALLY 
XENOPHON. — ORDER OF MARCH ADOPTED. 

Q^ 1. •f\^ipa T€ s, it ivas Psoth] nearly daybreak. — Kal els (705) rb 
®^ |X6crov, 1, 46. — KaTa<rTT|<ravTas, sc. o-^as, 667 e ; voice 577 b. — 
irpwTov ne'v, followed by eirl to{itw, § 4 ; cf. 1. 13 N. 

2. dvSpes OPTpaTtcaTat, dvSpwv o-TpaTT]Y<»v (Lex. dv-qp), 506 f. — crcpd- 
p,e0a, i. 9. 13 ; 6. 2. — Xoxa7«v, order 719 d, v. — irpds (Lex. 703 b) 8' ^ti 
Kttt, observe the pleonasm, 69 b. Some here recognize a tmesis of Trpocreri, 
yet further, 388 c, 699 i. — ot dfi.<}>l 'Apiaiov, ii. 4. 2. 

3. ircipdo-Oai, 8'irws...o'<o^(o|i.€0a, to strive [so that we may save] to save 
ourselves; "gravius dictum pro TreipdadaL cib^eadai," Kiihn. ; cf. §5. — 
diroOvirjo-Kwiiev, let us die, 628 a. Some regard it as constructed like o-wfci- 
jxeda. — oXa s, as may the gods bring upon our enemies ! cf. § 6. 



BOOK III. CHAP. II. 75 

4. Iirl TovTw, upon this, or, after him, 690 ; deinceps, Kiilin. — to &v- 
8p6S, 484 g. — oo-Tts, 550 b, ii. 3. 4. — \iy<av.. ojioo-as, tense ? — dr\, mode ? 
— 'EXXdSos, case 442a: see ii. 3. 18, where dat. — irepl (Lex.) irXdarrov 
&v iroiTJ<ratTO, mode, and force of dul — kirX tovtois, [upon these declara- 
tions] in accordance with, or, in addition to this. — avros, 540 c ; observe the 
emphatic repetition (with asyndeton) ; and above, of bpare. — avrbs l^a- 
iraTTJo-as cuvcXape s, then did himself [having deceived] seize the generals 
whom he had deceived. — KXedpx<*>, case 451 b. See ii. 5. 27. — avrois 
TOVTOIS, hy this very means. 

5. Kal (sc. y) €8«Ka|JL€V, 562 ; for the more comm. ^do/uLeu, 306 b, c. — Kal 



ouTos, 685 b. — Kvpov...t«VTOS, order ? — Ikc^vov, case 442 a. 



87 



6. diroTio-atvTo, mode 638 d ; cf. Troi-qaeiav, § 3. — a)S...KpdTio-Ta, 
i. 6. 3 ; 2. 4. — TovTc-.Trdo-xeiv (Lex.), meet that fortune (whether good or 
evil) which the gods may assign. 

7. *Ek (Lex. e^). — KdWio-Ttt, Xen. was eminently fond of the beautiful 
(<f>L\6Ka\os, ^lian. Varice Historice, iii. 24). — Tbv...Tw vkKdv Trpeirgiv, that 
the most heautiful attire befitted victory. — opOws ^x^*"^* ^^^^ *^ ^^^ well. — 
Twv KaXXitrTwv (431 b) lavrbv d|icoo-avTa, since he had deemed himself 
worthy of the most heautiful equipments. — -Xoyov, case 425. 

8. Tiqv H€V, the regular sequence having been interrupted by the sneez- 
ing. — \iy&., tense 612. — Bid (|>iXias, 8td iravTos iroXe'iiov (Lex. 5i.d). — 
o-TpaTiryovs, prolepsis, 474, 657 : cf. i. 8. 21. — 8td mo-Tcws, 694. — o-viv 
Tois SirXois : cf. ii. 1. 12. — wv...8Ckt]v = Ukt]v tovtwv a ireiroL-qKaai, [the 
penalty of those things which they have done] vengeance for their deeds. — 
iroXXai Kai, ii. 3. 18. Cf. order in § 10. 

9. irrdpyvTai, a sudden, involuntary outburst of this kind was referred 
by the Greeks, as by so many other nations, to a divine interposition, 
indicating good or evil according to the circumstances (TTTapfiov r opvida 
KaXelre, Ar. Av. 720). As the sign here fell upon a-ivrrjpias, Xen. inter- 
preted it as promising safety, and proceeding from Zei)s l^wT-qp. — tov Oeov, 
the deity from whom the sign proceeded. ZeO, aCocxov, Jupiter {Zeus), he 
propitious, was a common Greek exclamation when one in a company 
sneezed, as in Germ., " Gott helf," and in Eng., " God bless you." — 8to» 



88 



.dvaT€ivdTw TT|V X^^P^f ^ "^sry common mode of voting among 
the Greeks, as with us. The Greeks naturally carried the usages, 
as well as the spirit, of their popular institutions into the field ; and of 
this army in particular Kriig. says, that it was "civitatem perigrinantem," 
a travelling commonivealth. — Ta twv 0e»v KaXcSs €txev, the [things of the 
gods were well] religious rites had heen duly performed. 

10. 'Etu-yxo-vov (Lex.) Xcycdv, i. e. when this omen came. — Gecov, ii. 7. 5. 
— ovTCtf 8* exovTCDV, 676 a ; quae cum ita sint. — otirep iKavoC s. Cf. '0 dehi 
8k, (hs eoiKe, TToXXd/ctj x^'-P^'- '^'^^^ ^-^^ fJ-LKpoi/s fieyciXovs iroiQv, rods 8k ixeyd' 
\ovs fjiiKpovs, Hel. vi. 4. 23. 

11. -ydp, "ydp, in reg. const, one of these should be omitted. Cf. ii. 5. 12; 
716 a. — vp.ds, Kiv8vvovs, 473 a. — d'yaOois-.-d-yaOof, order ? — v^lv, cf. 15, 
661b. — irainrXTiOei (ttoXw, in a vast array ; ace. to Nepos, 100000 infan- 



76 NOTES. 

try, and 10000 cavalry. Others increase this number, and Justin even to 
600000 (of whom 200000 perished). — «s d<j)avio'uvT«v s, that they might 
bring Athens to nothing again, 598 b. — tiiroo-Tt^vat, at Marathon, b. c. 490 ; 
ace. to the comm. statement, 10000 in number, and aided only by 1000 
Platfleans, 

12. €v^d|i€voi, as if its subject followed in the nom., instead of the dat. 
avTols w, ^do^ev, 402 a, — ^So^ev avTois = e\j/-r]<piaavTo, [it seemed best to 
them] they determined ; the dat. being used, by a change of const., for the 
nom. with which the sentence commences, cf. 402 a. — Kar Iviavrdv (692. 5) 
irevTaKoorias 6v€tv, upon her altar at Agra? upon the Ilissus ; an annual 
sacrifice of 500, without limit of time, being substituted for an immediate 
payment of the whole number (6400 barbarians having fallen in the battle, 
ace. to Hdt. vi. 117). Plutarch mentions the thank-offering as existing 
even in his time, some 600 years after the battle. 

13. ri\v dvapi0|XT]Tov o-Tparidv, that innumerable army, so celebrated, 
530 a. Hdt. (vii. 186) sets the entire host at 5283220 men, oue half of 
whom were combatants. — Ivikoiv (tense ? cf. evlK-rjaav, § 11), at Salamis, 
B. c. 480, at Plataese and Mycale, on the same day, b. c. 479, etc. — 'iiv 
2<rTi (788 f ) [lev T6Kfiif|pia (394 b) s, [as proofs of which one may see the 
trophies] of ivhich exploits we may behold proofs in the trophies then 
erected. — dWd, i. 4. 18. — Trpoy6v<av, case 412. 

QQ 14. r\\t.ipai, sc. eia-iv, a comm. ellipsis in such expressions. — d<|>* 
ov (Lex. diro), 557 a (= dirb toO xpovov ore). — v|j.a>v avTwv, case 409. 
— iviKCLTS (tense ?), were conquering. 

15. TTcpi Tf]s KiJpov s, [about] in behalf of the sovereignty of Cyrus; 
i. e. to make Cyrus king. — dYaGot, iroXv, pos. ? — vjids, case 661b ; cf. § 11. 

16. avTwv, case ? — to tc irXfjOos fifxerpov (sc. 6v) opcavres, a7id seeing the 
multitude [to be] immense, 523 b, 5. — Uvat els avrovs, to go against thera 
[into them, stronger than e-Ki avrov^ tiPON them], — 0€\ovo-t . , . (it) 8exc<r9at 
-ufids, they are not willing to receive you [will or choose not to receive, 
stronger than ov deXovcn dex^adai, do not will to receive]. 

17. M'ri86...8d|T]T€, as imv. 628 c. — [Jieiov (Lex.). — d, if, = on, that, 
639 a. — Kvpetot, cf. vii. 2. 7. — d<j>e(rTT|Ka<riv, ii. 4. 2, 9 s. — 'M, pos.? — 
'i^evyov, they [were fleeing] fed. The impf. presents more vividly than the 
aor. the scene when the army under Ariseus showed its cowardice by run- 
ning away and leaving the Greeks to their fate, i. 10. 1. The Mss. have 
trpos before eKeivovs, but there does not appear to be any occasion on which 
the army of Arijeus actually fled to the king's troops. The insertion came 
possibly from a copyist, who did not distinguish between dtpecT-qKacnv and 
'icjtevyov. — 4*^7Tis, case 425. — iroXv KpetTTOv, sc. iari. 

18. Tis...ev0vfiT|9T]T€, numb. 501. On value of cavalry, see ii. 4. 6. — 
01 fxypiot iTTireis, 531 d, 534. 3 : so in Eng, "your ten thousand horse." — 
&vGp«iroi, pos.? 

19. iirireW, case ? — Kpe'fiavrai, [hang] are placed aloft. — |JidX\ov...Te\>- 
QQ ioK-cGa, shall better hit, from our steadier aim. — 'Evl fidvo), in one 

^ respect aloiu, 467 b. — finas, case 472 b. — <}>€V76tv s, 663 a. The 



BOOK III. CHAP. II. - 77 

sportive and somewhat sarcastic tone of parts of this address was admirably- 
adapted to raise the spirits of the soldiers, 

20. H'^X'^s, case 472 f. — vfiiv, ii. 2. 8 ; i. 7. 1. — tovto, 483 b. — ^ oils 
...&v8pas, or (to have as guides) tvhatsoever men (553), such men as. — ^v 
Ti (478) irepl Tj(Ads djiapTavwo-t (631c), if in aught they sin against us; 
some read vixoLs, you. — ras koMxiav ^vxds xal o-w|xaTa, their own lives 
(which may be taken) and persons (which may be beaten), 534. 4. Cf. 
"life and limb"; Germ., " Leib und Leben." 

21. (iiKpd...'7roXXov, in a kind of sarcastic antithesis. — fXETpa, in appos. 
w. iiTLTrideia, 395a. — dp-yvpiov, case? — H'»i86...?x,ovTas, as we no longer 
receive pay ; as they had been so long without pay. — }JieTp(p...67roo-ft), as 
large measure as. 

22. TttvTa, prolepsis. — KpeiTTova, sc. eaTiv. — diropov, ii. 5. 9 ; iv. 4. 11. 
— 8iapdvT€s, when you crossed them, referring esp. to the passage of the 
Tigris, which was planned for the destruction of the Greeks, ii. 4. 24. — 
€1 (complem.) dpa s, whether indeed (or, after all) the barbarians [have not 
done this even a most foolish thing] have not here done a most foolish thing, 
as they sim.ply constrain us to make a longer march through the heart of 
their country. — irry^tav, case ? — irpoioii(ri, to [persons proceeding] those 
who proceed, or, ifivc ascend ; case 458. 

23. 8ioio-ov(riv, some read dL-qaovaLv {duTjfii, allow to pass). — ov8* ws 
(Lex.). — (}>a£T]p,€v PcXtiovs, [say are better] admit to be better. — Pao-iXccos, 
contemptuously repeated, to emphasize the king's inefficiency. Yet it 
seems quite possible that the first ^aaCkiois has crept into the text from 
a gi'ammatical gloss, and that the true reading is 61 olkovtos (so placed for 
emphasis) ev rrj ^acrtXeojs X'^P'?- Hence in MS. Eton, ot iv /3acrtXews xwp^ 
&KOVTOS. — AvKaovas . . . €'i;8ofJL€v, in passing through Lycaonia, i. 2. 19: 
cf. § 8, 29. — TOVTcov, the Persians or subjects of the king ; v. I. toijtov. 

24. &v 'i^^^v, I might say, were it not for the reason mentioned in q, 
§ 25. — \pr\va.i...o)p[i.'t]ii.ivovs, ought not to apipear to have set out for ^^ 
home. — 6}j,TJpovs tov d86X«s cKTreixxj/eiv, hostages [of his being about to 
send] that he loould send them away faithfully. — otS* 8ti, [I know that he 
would] I am well assured, thrown in parenthetically, 717 b. 

25. 'AXXd 7dp, but [I do not so say] for, 709. 2. — (jltj, repeated after 
the conditional clause, 714. 2. Cf. ei...ei, § 35. — nf^dXats, tall or stately. 
Physical prowess was so indispensable among the Greeks, that good size 
became an important element of female attractiveness. — wcrircp ol Xwto- 
4>d70k, as those who taste the lotus ; fx-q 7rc6 rts Xojtolo (paywv vbaroto \ddyjTaL, 
Od. ix. 102. The poems of Homer were most familiar sources of illustra- 
tion to the Greeks. 

26. h^QV (Lex.) avrois (459) ...Kojiio-afie'vovs (667 e) s, [it being in their 
power, having brought, etc.] when, if they will bring hither the citizens that 
now live in want at home (as being without estate) tliey may behold them 
rich : roits TroXirevovTas is the comra. object of KOfiLffafj-dvovs and opav. 

27. I'va jJL-fi Ttt le6yr\ i\iL<av (407) orTpaTTi-yfj, that our teams may not con- 
trol [us] our march, obliging us to go only by carriage routes. Cf. ii. 2. 13. 



78 NOTES. 

— S)(\ov [i.lv Trapexovo-tv &76IV, [give trouble] are troublesome to carry ^ 
663 d, e. — ov8ev, case 478. 

28. T(3v d\Xwv...'7rX'f|v 6cra, of our other effects let us dispense with the 
superfluous, [all except what we carry] whatever we do not carry, etc. Cf. 

Qfj i. 2. 17. — KpaTOV|ieva)v (sc. rivdv, 676), if, or, when men are con- 
*^'^ quered; Xen, would not here use the humbling and ill-omened 
ijfiQv. — TrdvTa (sc. yl-yveTai) dXXorpia, everything becomes another's. 

29. AoiTTov (Lex.) |xoi, case 460. — 'Opare -ydp, so v. 1. 8 ; 8. 11. — 
'irp6cr0€v...'7rpiv, cf. 1. 16 ; i. 1. 10. — dv-.-diroXecrOat, 621 d. — droICa, cf. 
1. 38. 

30. Tovs vvv T«v irpocrOev, order 719 b, e ; cf. vvp H) irpbcrdev. 

31. "Hv 8€ Tis dTreiOf], ■i^v \I/Ti<j)i<rT]<r0€, and in case any one is disobedient, 
if you would vote. In the logical order the latter clause would precede the 
former, but the other is placed first in distinction from TrcLdofiipovs in § 30. 

— Tov-.-cvru-yxdvovTa, any one of you who may be present at the time. — 
def, see Lex. — <rvv t<3 dpxovTi KoXd^6iv, should join with the commander 
in punishing him ; a measure more likely to be voted than well executed ; 
cf. V. 8. 21 s. — •7rX€i<rTov...^o-ovTat, will be most completely disappointed. 

— KXedpxovs (Lex.), 227. 1 ; i. e, rigid disciplinarians, ii. 6. 9 s. — ovS* 
kvi, not a single man (Lex. oi)5e) : v. I. ovbevi. — kukw, [bad as a soldier] 
remiss in duty. 

32. 'AXXd Ydp (Lex.), 709. 2. — ■l^ TavTT) [for tolvto], than [that things 
should be in this way] this. — 6 l8t«Tt|s, art. 522 a. 

33. \(;ii](|>£(rao-Oai dpio-rov etvai, to be best to vote. — dv€T€ivav, asynd. 
Cf. 2. 9. 

Qo 34. (sc. eK€i<Te) iJirov, 551 f ; cf. 06, ii. 1. 6. — irXeov, case 482 d. 
*'*' 36. TToiTio-aiJLevoTJS, cf. i. 2. 1. — tcov SttXwv, ii. 2. 4 N. — dr], ii, 4. 5. 

— ra. irpoo-Gev (Lex.). — iKarepcov, cf. i. 8. 27. — XP'?K'^®*''^*'^*'YH^V®''S> ^^ 
could immediately put our marshalled men in action. 

37. dXXws €X^T<«), let it be otherwise. — X€ipt(ro<|>os : Chirisophus had be- 
fore been kept in the shade by his older and abler countryman, Clearchus. 
— AaKeSaip-ovios : the Spartans, now sovereign through Greece, were very 
jealous for their precedence ; cf. vi. 1. 26, 32; 6. 12. — irXevpwv, case? — 
TTpeo-pvTdrwv, 418 c. — to vvv clvai, 665 b. 

38. ireipcojicvoi s, 432 b ; but with any changes that may seem expedient 
from time to time ; e. g. 4. 19 s. — "E8o|€ ravra, asyndeton. 

39. €lvai, inf. 657 k. — tovtov rvx^iv, to obtain this sight, 427. — t«v 
Q4. K-^'v-viKtovTCDv, 443 a. — Kal €i tis Be xp^K-dTwv (case 432 e) IttiSv- 
•^ jjiei, and even if any one is desirous of ivealth ; a lower motive pre- 
sented thus conditionally. This peroration, though not observing strictly 
the law of climax, was admirably adapted to impress the hearers. Observe 
the emphatic repetitions, chiasms, etc. 



BOOK III. CHAP. III. 79 



CHAPTER III. 

THE GREEKS CROSS THE ZAPATAS AND ADVANCE. — ANNOYED BY 
THE PERSIANS. 

1. TovTwv s, 675. — dveVrrjorav, the assembly having been before this 
seated. Cf, 1. 33 ; vi. 2. 5. — KarcKaiov, engaged in burning. Observe 
the imperfects to depict the scene, 592 a ; cf. 2. 27 s. 

2. TTio-Tos, ii. 5. 35. — cilvovs, sc. dixL — irpds ji-e, accent, 788 e. — t£ Iv 
v^, 564. 2. 

3. ^676, cf. ii. 3. 21. — t\v |i.6v s ; observe the close correspondence in 
form of the contrasted clauses, — tis, one (much like Fr. on, and Germ. 
man) = if we are permitted, with esp. but not sole reference to the king and 
Tissaphernes, whom he does not care to name ; cf. i. 4. 12. — la, in what 
mode after ^f ? — T'fiv x&^av, his country, or, territory, 530 e. — ■qnds Tf]s 
6801) (405) diroKcoXvT), obstructs [us from the way] our passage. 

4. €YtYV«o-K€To, [he] it loas perceived, pers. or impers., 573 ; cf. ii. 4. 22. 
— Tis, pos, ? Cf. ii. 5. 32 n. — irto-rews ^vcKa, [for the sake of assurance] 
to secure his fidelity to the king ; cf. ii. 5. 35. 

5. PcXtiov ctvat, to be [better] advisable. Observe the succession qj, 
of infinitives. — 2<rT*, as long as, whilst. — 8i6({>0€ipov, hii^QupaV) 

sc. the enemy, fr. ry iroKefilq. : tense ? — NiKapxov (Lex.). — «x.€to dirtcov, 
679 d. — vvKTOs, prob. the preceding night, which afforded such opportu- 
nity for intrigue and desertion, 1. 3. 

6. Sia^avTcs : the Greeks were encamped upon the southeast bank of 
the Great Zab, prob. by one of its lowest fords, ii. 5. 1. This is identified 
by Layard with the principal ford in this part of the river, about twenty- 
five miles from its junction with the Tigris. The x°^Po-^P^ mentioned 
4. 1, 3 s, would then correspond with the dry bed of the torrent Bumadus, 
now Gazir-su ; and the second day's march would bring the army to the 
Tigris at Larissa. The Greeks had made such preparations during the 
night that they were ready to cross at once, before the Persians, little 
suspecting such an efficient and rapid movement, were prepared to interfere. 
The final battle between Alexander and Darius iii., commonly called the 
battle of Arbela, was fought on the plain. — Zairdrav, some read Za^arov: 
see Lex. — Ov iroXv, sc. x^P'-^^i expressed § 15. Cf. ^pax^, i. 5. 3, etc. 

7. IrCTpaxTKOv, both archers and slingers. — Kpfircs, i. 2. 9. — t«v Hep- 
o-wv, who had not only esp. skill in archery, but very large and strong 
bows, 4. 17. — SirXwv = oTrXtrcDr'. — dKovTio-raC : the Greek peltasts were 
trained not only to use their light spears in the hand, but also to throw 
them (v. 2. 12) ; and were then specially called aKovTia-rai. — ppaxvrepa 
•fjKovTi^ov, ^ «s s, 513 d. — <r<j)€v8ovTiTwv, case ? 

8. 8i«KT€0v ctvai, 682. — ISiwkov, sc. odroi : ii. 2. 14. 

9. ou ire^ol roiis 'n-€j;ovs, order ? — €K iroXXov (Lex.) ; cf. iK irXhvos, i. 10. 



80 NOTES. 

11. — ovx oiov T€ -^iv, 556 c ; lest they should be surrounded and destroyed 
by the cavalry. 

10. els To{>Trio"0€v (Lex. birLadev), 125 a, 526 b, to|6vovt€s, shooting hack- 
wards, or, behind; "a dexterity which the Parthians exhibited afterwards 
still more signally, and which the Persian horsemen of the present day 
parallel with their carbines." Grote. 

Q^ 11. -qiAepas, SeCXiis, case ^33 a. — Kw|ias, mentioned above, 2. 34. 

^ — iroXcp-iovs ovSiv, two accus. , 480. 2 b. 

12. i]Ti<3vTo, p-apTvpoiT], mode 651 a. — €V t« (xevciv, while keeping our 
places in the appointed order. 

13. dX'r]9f]...X€'7eT£, you speak the truth, briefly and forcibly, for the fact 
was as you say. — KaKws...X°'^€'"'"S, order ? 

14. Oeois X^^Pi-S) sc. ^aroo, thanks [be] to the gods. — |Jt.67dXa, ii. 3. 23. 

15. [sc. ToffovTov] iJorov oirre, as far as neither, i. e. farther than either. 
— 01 €K x^^'Pos pdXXovTcs = 01 dKovTiarai, § 7. — €|iKV€io-0ai, hit, send. — 
'7roXv...x«piov, pos. 719 a, v. — ire^bs irel^ov, cf. § 9. — 8i(0K(dv...eK t6|ov 
pvjxaTCs (Lex.); if he had a bow-shot the start, as an archer would be 
likely to have. 

16. *H|X€is (emph. pos.) oSv el p.€XXo|xev s, if then we are to check these 
men. — jxeXXofjiev, some read fxeWoifiei/. — o-<J)€v8ovt]twv, case 414 b. — ri\v 
Taxto"Ttiv, 483d; cf. i. 3. 14, 20. — «v...ax»T«v, 562. — o-<|)6v8ov«v, 2.14; 
case 409. 

Qfj 17. xeipoirXTjOeo-t, pos. 523 b, 4. 

18. avTwv.-.Tives, who of them, or see 413, and cf. 1. 19. — ire- 
iravTat (Trdo/j.ai.), i. 9. 19. — tovto), as if r/s had preceded, 501. — avrtov, 
for them, i. e. the slings, 429 a. — ev tw TCTa-yiievu), in tJie place assigned 
him : pro in loco constituto, assignato. Poppo. — drcXeiav (Lex.). 

19. Tovs \i-iv Tivas, 530 b. — tovs Se tw KXcapx", those that belonged to 
Clearchus {v. I. rods de rdv 'KKedpxov). — o-K€vo<|)6pa (Lex.), i. e. mules, 
asses, or oxen. — els iirireas, for [horsemen] cavalry use. 

20. l^evovTo, [came to be] were provided. — €8oKi[j.d<r0T]o-av, a term for 
the annual examination and approval of the Athenian cavalry. — crroXdScs, 
V. I. a-iroMdes (see Lex.). — 0wpaK€S avxois s, 587 a, 454 e. 



CHAPTEE IV. 

MARCH ALONG THE TIGRIS FROM THE VICINITY OF NINEVEH TO THE 
REGION OF THE CARDUCHIAN MOUNTAINS. 

1. Trj &XXt], 567 a. — irpwiaiTepov (Lex. Trpwf, v. I. irpwirepov). — \o.po.- 
8pav, see 3. 6 n. — ji^ ImOotvro, 624 c ; form 315 c. 

2. Too-ovTovs s, 2 accus. 480, 2 c. — ^ap€v, viroo^ofAcvos, had received 
them [having promised] on the promise. Having been an adherent of Cyrus, 
Mithridates must, forsooth, commend himself to the confidence and favor 



BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 81 

of the king by an excess of zeal. — XaPxi, mode 645 a. — irpdo-Sev qq 
(v. I. ifi-rrpocdev, 706 b). ^^ 

3. 6<rov, about (Lex.), 556 d, 507 e. — Ilapi^yyeXTO s, instructions had 
been given, both who of the peltasts were to pursue. — eipriTO (Lex. ^rjf^l). — 
«S l(j)€^ojj.evT]s s, as (or, assured that) a competent force would follow in their 
support. 

4. €|tKvovvTO, [were reaching their aim] could take effect. Observe the 
force of each tense in this section. — ka"i\^y\vi, i. 2. 17 ; ii. 2. 4. — oi 8e, 
often of enemy, iv. 3. 31 ; v. 2. 5. 

5. PapPdpois, case 464. — i^Kio-avTO : this, though provoked by the 
repeated treachery of the enemy, was so contrary to Greek usage that Xen, 
takes pains to say that it was done without orders ; cf. 1. 17 N. — opav, 
663 g ; 1. 23 ; ii. 3. 3. 

6. ovTw irpa|avT€S, having fared thus. — to Xoittov, 482 a. 

7. ovofia 8', see Lex. Adptcro-a, MecrTriAa. — to TraXatov, 529 a : to dpxcuov, 
i. 1. 6 ; ii. 2. 5. — kvkXov i\ ireptoSos, order 523 c. 

8. Pao-iXcvs, i. e. Cyrus the Elder. — fiXiov Se V€(f>EXT] irpoKaXvil/acra 
T|<}>dvio-6, ^ixpi s, but a cloud veiling the sun hid it from sight, until the in- 
habitants abandoned the city through superstitious terror from the unusual 
gloom. Some suppose that this tradition originated in an eclipse. Such 
is the common but conjectural text. The mss., with great unanimity, read 
■^Xios 5^ ve^eX-qv irpoKa\v\pas -^(pdcia-e, which seems to be a figurative account 
of the final effort and success of Cyrus : and the Sun (Cyrus, whose name 
has this meaning) having brought a cloud as a veil (a cloud of troops) hid 
the city from sight, until the inhabitants left it (coming forth to surrender). 
— ovTws IdXw, voice 575 a. Even if the Greeks had been aware that they 
were passing by the remains of one of the mightiest cities in the world's 
history, they had no time to stop for their examination, or even to gather 
up carefully the traditions respecting them. But certainly Xenophon's 
slight notices are a striking illustration how complete was the desolation 
of ** great Nineveh" to the mind as well as to the eye. 

9. Ilapd, beside: cf. i. 2. 13 ; 3. 7 : irapd with things regularly takes 
the accusative, sometimes the dative, vii. 2. 25. See Lex. — irvpa- qq 
H-Cs (Lex.). ^^ 

10. T€txos ?pT]p.ov p-e^a, a desolate wall (or, ca.stle) of great extent. — irpbs 
TT) iroXei K6i(JL€vov, lying (in ruins) before its city. This seems much like 
gloss, and is omitted by some editors. — Me<rirtXa, see Lex. 

11. kvkXov : if, as some suppose, relxos, in § 10, signifies an outlying 
fortress or castle, rod kvkXov here must still refer to the enclosure of the city 
also. — KaTa4>v'yetv, 660 b. 

12. Ip-PpovT-fiTovs TTOWi, strikcs with madness, or, with a panic, perhaps 
through a terrific thunder-storm. Compare the word *' Dunder-head." 
(Anthon.) 

13. Els TovTov...<rTa9p.6v, in this day's march, intruding into or upon 
it, 704 a. — CVS t€ avTos tirireas ■JjXOev '^x^^ = ^x^^ '''^'^^ "^^ 'nrir^as oOs avrbs 
^Xde ^xwv, having both the cavalry which he [himself came having] brought 



82 NOTES. 

with him from his own satrapy ; i. 2. 4. — 'Op<JvTOv {v. I. 'OpSvTo), ii. 4. 8. 

— oils Kiipos 2x«>v dve'PTi PapPdpovs, [what barbarians Cyrus having went 
up] the barbarians with whom Cyrus made his ascent. — d8€\(f>6s, ii. 4. 25. 

— €Poirj06i, tense ? 

14. The following diagram may perhaps sufficiently illustrate the rela- 
tive position of the Greeks and Persians : 



Greeks. 



Persians. 



Observe the order of the four infinitives in this section, e/jLJSdWHv, etc. 
.J ^^ 15. IlKvOai To|oTai (v. I. liKvOoTo^oTai) : this term, not ex- 
plained by Xen., appears to distinguish those of the archers who 
had obtained large bows (such as the Scythians carried), chiefly, we may 
suppose, by despoiling those who fell in the battle of the ravine, § 5 (since 
in the previous attacks the bows of the Greeks were inferior in power to 
those of their assailants). — ov8e -ydp, el irdvv TrpoGvjioiTo {v. I. irpovdv' 
fjL€LTo) s, 632 : in such a dense mass did the enemy stand. — direxcopci, dire- 
Xc6pi]<rav, tense ? 

16. Kttl T«v irXetoTCDv to|ot»v, and than most of the archers could send 
their arrows. 

17. Mc^dXa s : yet the bows of the Persians were also large, so that the 
Cretans found their captured arrows of great use with the larger bows which 
they themselves now carried. Cf. Hdt. vii. 61. — KpT]o-i, case 453. — 
SiereXovv (Lex.) xp(o|jL€voi, were constantly using, 677. — dvo), into the air, 
so that they might recover the arrows, as they could not afford to waste 
their small supply in the needed practice with new weapons. — [xoXvpSos, 
sc. irokvs ? 

18. fi€iov (Lex.), i. 10. 8. 

19. KgpttTa, the ivings, flanks, or, sides, = irXevpai, § 22, — lKeXtp€o-0ai s, 
that the hoplites should be pushed out of their places, or, ranks. — dp-a p,lv 
iris^ope'vovs, dp,a 8^ Kal, being at the same time crowded, and [at the same 
time] not only crowded, but also, etc. Cf. iv. 1. 4 ; vi. 2, 14, for this 
doubling of afxa, which the Eng. does not imitate. — omttc 8vcrxpTJ(rTovs 
€ivat dvdYKT] {v. I. avdyK-ri), so that it is unavoidable that tliey should be, or, 
they are necessarily, useless. 

20. Kcvbv 'yt'yv€<r9at...K€pdTwv, that the interval between the flanks should 
be open ; as in their confusion they could not at once take their places so 

1 1^1 as to fill up the ranks. Cf. i. 4. 4 ; 445 b. — ravra irdcrxovTas, 
[suff'ering this] so affected. — 8idpao-iv, ii. 3. 10. — c|)0d<rai (Lex.). 
— 6veTri0€Tov (Lex.) ...TroXep-iois, case 458 ; cf. iv. 8, 12. 

21. iTTOii^oravTO {v. I. eiroirja-av), by the selection of the most valiant, 
active, and reliable, for special service wherever they might be needed. — 
dvd cKarov, 240 f, 692. 5. — Ovtoi 8^ iropevdp.evoi, 402 a. To avoid or soften 
the anacoluthon some needlessly conjecture the gen. for the nom., and 



BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 83 

others oiirco for odroi. — inreiigvov v<rT6poi s, the captains remained behind 
with their companies ; i. e. when stationed in the rear, as they seem at first 
to have been because the danger was from behind. Afterwards, when the 
danger was divided, half the companies were in front with Chirisophus, 
§ 43. — TOTc 81 irapfi70v ^|«0€v twv Kepdrwy, and then led on their com- 
panies outside of the line between the two wings, i. e. here, behind it, or 

apart from it. 
□ 22. Kara Xdxovs, by companies: in this way the companies were 
n arrayed side by side, one enomoty in width and four in depth. 
D — Kara TrevniKoerTvs : the width was now doubled by bring- □ □ 
D ing each pentecostys (or fifty) of the company into the line ; D D 

while in the arrangement Kara ivcoixoTiat it was quadrupled 
by bringing each enomoty forward to the line. When each enomoty formed 
a square, the first arrangement would make of the six lochi a 
body 30 men wide and 20 men deep ; the second, 60 wide D D D D 
and 10 deep ; and the third, 120 wide and 5 deep. 

23. 01 Xoxa-yoC, the captains of the army in general, who crossed in 
order under the protection of the six select companies. — d' irov Se'oi ti rr\s 
c|>d\ayyos (gen. w. ttov, 420 a), lirnrapfjo-av (v. I. iiriirapTJaav), if there loas 
any need in any part of the phalanx, these (the select companies) were at 
hand for support. — iTropevOTio-av, liropetiovTo § 24, tense 593. 

24. Pa<ri\€iov, a (satrap's) palace, § 31 ; cf. iv. 4. 2. — 8id, [through] 
over. — Tj KwjXT], the chief village, containing the palace ; or perhaps the 
first appearance was that of a single village only, though the Greeks found 
that there were many. 

25. dv6pT](rav, KarePaivov, tense? — dvaPafveiv, mode 671 d. — els Tb 
Trpaves (Lex. ), down the hill, giving them a great advantage over the Greek 
missiles sent up the hill. — ^PaXXov s, asyndeton. — •Cirb fiao-TiYwy, 695. 
The Persian troops, even in battle, were treated as slaves. So at Thermo- 
pylae, Hdt. vii. 223 : cf. Ctes. Pers. 23. 



26. KaTCTiTpwo-Kov, €KpdTT]<rav, tense 595 a. — ■yujj.vi^Twv, case 



102 



€l'<r« TWV 67rX(i)V, § 17 ; 2. 36 ; 3. 7. 

27. Observe the tenses. — direirifjSwv, some read ave-n-qdwy. 

28. o-TpaTiwras, see iv. 3. 22, and aTpaTia, vi. 3. 19. — irpiv, conj. 703 d, a. 
— TO 6pos, rising above the hills, § 24. 

29. diroTiiTiGeirio-av, 293 a ; cf. § 35. — avTtSv, case ? Observe the dif- 
ferent reference of the second ol ttoXc/xioi from the first. 

30. 01 86, the targeteers, § 28 ; they passed along the mountain above 
the main army, and in a parallel direction. — laTpovs, i. e. soldiers who had 
most experience and skill in dressing wounds. A Greek array had not the 
fully and carefully appointed staff of modem times ; and the wounds from 
which they suffered were in general less difiicult of treatment than those 
made by fire-arms. 

31. d\oVf for ^xo^^fs, 716 c. — dXevpa s, asynd. 707 j. — tw jraTpairev- 
ovTi, case 460 (or 461 ?), chiefly for the support of the troops which he must 
maintain. Cf. Xen. (Econ. iv. 5 s. 



84 NOTES. 

•wf\ty 33. avTOis, case?— 8i€<j)€pov (Lex.). 

lUo Q^ iroXeiJitois, case 460. — liriewvTat, mode ? i. 8, 24. 

35. novT]pdv, ii. 5.9; 4. 35 : iii. 2. 22. Cf. CijrojJ. iii. 3. 26 s. — a^- 
Tots, case 464. — ws l-irl to itoXv (Lex.). — tov \i.^ <J)€vy€iv ^vcKa (436 d, 
664 d) €l Xv0eiTi<rav, that they might not escape if they should be loosed, or, 
get loose. — Set, Set, observe the emph. repetition and order. — dvSpC, dat. 
after Set, for the more comm. ace. (subject of the inf., Lex. deoj), 453 ; 
yet below dupaKLadeura, cf. i. 2. 1. — 'EWifivwv, case 405 ; cf. 699 f. 

36. iKTJpvgc (Lex.), 571 b. — eire'trxov rfjs iropeias, delayed their 7narch, 
405 a (Lex. iirex^^)- 

37. dva^€v|avT€s, having [yoked] harnessed up, or, decamped. They had 
beasts of burden, but had burned their wagons, 3. 1. — rfj txrrepata, vvic- 

104. '^°^' ^^^^ ^^^^' ^'^^'"^ ^^®^- os)- — H' ¥f implying motion 
•"■^^ towards and under ; cf. ix^' ^, of rest beneath, § 24. 

38. ovpdS) cf. (TTo/jia, § 42 s. 

39. "E|€orTiv opdv, 7/oic can see for yourself — Tjjiiv, for us, i. e. to pre- 
vent our passage, 462 e. Cf. i. 3. 16. — ovk 'ia-ri irapeXOeiv, there is no get- 
ting by. 

40. ^priH-a, [without defenders] unguarded, or, exposed. — Tis...dir€Xa, 
[one] we shall drive off, 548 g. 

41. ToO 6povs, pos. 523 c. — iirip avTOv tov lavruv (i. e. the Greeks im- 
plied in '^evo(pG}v, 499 e) s, directly above their own army, 541 e, or, even 
above, cf. i. 8. 14. — PovXci, form ? — e-yc!) 8*, expressed in distinction from 
Gv iih, understood with the preceding imperative, but which it was more 
courteous to omit. 

42. clirc&v, asjmd. Cf. iv, 1. 20 ; 8. 6. — KeXevei, requests Chirisophus. — 
ol, dat. w. (TvixTrefixpai, 539a. — o-Td|jLaTos, cf. ovpd, § 38. — |xaKpbv...'?iv, 
longum erat, ^Ht was too far to get them from.'' McMich. 

.. ^j- 43. ^Xa^e, took himself in their place. — liriXeKTwv, § 21. 

44, 45. Observe emph. repetitious. — SiaKcXevoiievuv, numb.? 

46. XoiTTTiv (Lex.), 506b; case? 

47. I'o-ov (Lex.), 691. 

48. Kal 8s, i. 8. 16. — dKovoras, KaTaTrqSifjo-as, i. 8. 3. — «0€iTat Kal 
...€7ropev€TO, tense ? — ?x."v ciropevieTo, marched on with it, 674b. — OwpaKa 
(Lex. Oibpa^, l-mreijs). — irapievai s, to pass, though folloiving with difficulty, 
or, while they followed with difficulty. 

49. 'O Se, i. e. Xenophon. — pdo-i^xa ^v [impers. 571 e, or sc. rb. xwpia], 
sc. T^ iinrti), the ground was passable (fit for riding) ; cf. iv. 6. 17. — ^0d- 
vovo-i.v...7roXep.CovS) outstrip the enemy in reaching the summit. 



BOOK III. CHAP. V. 85 



CHAPTER V. 

THE GREEKS RESOLVE TO FIGHT THEIR WAY ACROSS THE MOUNTAINS 
AND THROUGH THE CARDUCHIAN COUNTRY. 

1. Ot hi dfji<j>i, 527 a ; cf. § 3 ; ii. 4. 2. — 68dv, case ? ii. 2. 16 ; -j Qg 
iii. 4. 26 ; i. 2, 20. — (leo-rfj iroXXcov ayaQwv, full of various sup- 
plies, unless the expression is pleonastic. 

2. 8iaPiPa^o}i£vat, in the act of being removed, for security. — to irepav, 
627. 

3. TO, liriT^Seia, pos. ? — y.^ (625 a) . . . ovk 'i\o\.€V, lest they should have no 
source from which they could obtain. Observe the change of subject. 

4. dirijeo-av €•< ttjs PoT]0€ias, were returning from the rescue of the men 
•who were dispersed for supplies, § 2, — KarePr], i. e. from the summit, 
height, 4. 49. 

5. 'OpdT6...-u<}>i6VTas, do you see them conceding ? — d Ydp...8i€irpdTTOV- 
TO, for as to what they stiimlated, ii. 3. 27. Cf. Cyrop. i. 4. 6. — p.'fi Kaieiv, 
sc. yjiJ-as, appositive of a ; more logically of its antecedent. The sentence 
closes as if it had commenced ttjj/ yap ^aaiXeojs xw/oaj', rju. 

6. Playful remarks by the generals, to cheer the desponding. 

7. o-KTivds, a general term for quarters, camp, the tents proper ^ ^„ 
having been burned, 3. 1. — <rTpaTT]7ot Se Kal Xoxa-you, art. om. 

533 f; cf. § 14. — 6pTi s, cf. iv. 1. 2. — inrepexeiv, sc. rod i/5aroj. — ireipco- 
|t€Vois, [for them testing] when they tested. The length of the common 
spear (say about 8 feet) much exceeded a man's height. — pdOo-us, case ? 

8. Kara (Lex.), 240 f. 

9. TttvTa \y. I. raOra om.] irpoPara, 509 b. — &, gend. 496 c. — Kal c}>v- 
OTTiGevTa, and (their skins) inflated, that being referred in general to the 
animal, which belongs specially to its skin ; see 70 j. 

10. Observe multiplication of participles. — opfito-as s, having anchored 
each bag (or, skin) by attccching stones and dropping them. — SiaYaYwv s, 
having extended them across the stream and fastened them at each end to the 
hank, — thus making a floating bridge, suggested by the floats made of 
skins, i. 5. 10 N. 

11. fe'lct Tov Y-'h (713 d) KaraSOvai, case 405 a. Cf. the different mode 
of expression below, w<rT€ h\ jx-^i 6Xio-0dvciv...(rxT|<r6i (the comm. fut. in this 
sense, Lex. '^x^)^ i^i^^ ^^^P you [that you should not slip] /rom slipjnng. 

12. Tots irpwTOvs, the pioneers, who were to cross and fasten the opposite 
end of this bridge. 

13. fi Trpbs BaPvXwva, or towards Babylon, apparently a gloss which 
crept into the text. — ov irpoo-^Xavvov, as they were quite at a loss what 
the Greeks were intending, whether to submit to the king, or in their 
desperation to make off'ensive war. — Sfioioi ^o-av, 657 j. — oirot icori 
(Lex,). — Tpe'ij/ovTai, 643 h, 645 c. 



86 NOTES. 

^ l^rt 14. -{jXeyxov s, inquired in respect to the whole country round, 
474 b. — Tis iKdoTTTj (sc. x^P°-) ^^'"H* what each region was. 

15. TO, jxev, sc. /ie/)77 or xwpta. — ttjs eirl B. (sc. obov) cl'i], [belonged to, 
443] lay upon the route. — -^8^ irpbs ^w (sc. 656s) . . . <|>epoi, the route to the 
east led. — Ocpi^civ Kal eapi^eiv, obviously, from the climate of the two 
capitals, in chiastic order (the spring spent at Susa, etc.). Cf. Cyr. viii. 
6. 22. — i\Z\ SiapdvTi s, the route [for one crossing the river, 462 c] across 
the river. — 5ti, repeated (though not in its proper place before ij 8e did, 
719 rf), giving prominence to this final statement of the route which was 
taken. 

16. dvd rd opr], 689 1. — Pao-iXe'ws, case 432 g. — IjxPoXciv (Lex.), hav- 
ing (TTpaTidv as its subject ; an expedition of which nothing more is known. 
— o-ffxtfv, sc. Ttms (421 b), some of [themselves] tJieir own people, i. e. the 
inhabitants of the plain, this statement coming from them. — irpbs ckcivovs, 
tvith them (the Carduchi). 

17. Tovs-.-elSe'vai, sc. ttjp bdbv, those who professed to know the way to 
each quarter. — ovSev S'qXov iroiTio-avTes, giving no intimation. — tovtovs, 
gov. by did. — '^<f)ao-av, sc. ol eaXcoKores, § 14. — TroXX-qs, for iroKK-qv, 553. 

18. 'Eirl TOVTois, in respect to this proceeding or course ; cf. i. 6. 10. — 
oiriiviKa {v. I. rjvLKa) ... Tfjs »pas (Lex.), 420 a. — vircpPoXirjv s, they feared 
lest the pass over the mountains should be preoccupied, 474 b. — Seiirvija'aieVi 
irapayyeXXi), mode ? order ? 



BOOK lY. 

FROM THE ENTRANCE OF THE GREEKS AMONG THE CARDUCHI 
TO THEIR ARRIVAL AT THE PONTUS EUXINUS. 

CHAPTER I. 

MARCH THROUGH THE MOUNTAIN REGION. — SUFFERING FROM AT- 
TACKS OF THE ENEMY AND THE COLD. 



109 



1. "Oo-a jjt€v, etc. The first four sections, which are chiefly 
recapitulations, are regarded by some as not from the pen of 
Xenophon. Sections 2-4 are wanting in mss. b, c, e (see p. 3, as to divi- 
sion into books, summaries, etc.). — 8(ra...eTroX6fi.i^9T|, [how many things 
were performed in war] what war loas made. — tov IlepcriKOv <rTpaT€V|ia- 
Tos. This did not venture to follow the Greeks among the Carduchian 
mountains ; and ceased the pursuit, as if now certain of their destruction, 
Tissaphernes proceeding to Asia Minor, Orontas to Armenia, etc. 

2. eSoKei Stj, v. I. iboKei de. Some editors bracket as doubtful §§ 2, 3, 4. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. I. 87 

3. T«v d\i<rK0fji6v«v, case? tense? — d SiiKQonv . . .^v fj.lv PovXwvrai, 
8iaPiqo-ovTai...'ir€pi£ao-i (as fut.), 633b. — tov TtYpTjTos, for rQv toO T., 
488 b ; ii. 3. 15. — Kal ^wtiv ovt« o-tcvov, sc, to dtdcrTriiJia or x^P'oi', and 
[it is SQ narrow] so small w really the distance here between the two rivers, 
the Tigris flowing from the southern side of Mt. Niphates, and the Eastern 
Euphrates from the northern side. Such is the text of the Mss. Most 
editions have now the conjectural reading of Abresch, /cat Scttip outws ^x^^} 
and so it is. 

4. €15 Tovs Kap8ovxovs (Lex. els, xcipa); cf. i. 1. 11. — &(i,a -i-ii^ 
p.6v s, endeavoring both to steal away (from the Persians), and at 

the same time to [anticipate before, etc.] gain the heights, before the enemy 
(the Carduchians) should seize them. 

5. d|i(|)l Tif|v TeXevTttiav <}>vXaKT]v (Lex.), i. e. about 3 o'clock in the 
morning. — cXeiireTO s, 556 d. — o-Koraiovs, § 10 ; ii. 2. 17. — dirb irapa-y- 
7eX trews, summons, or, word of command, quietly passed from man to man. 
A trumpet-signal might have defeated their plan. — a|Aa (Lex.), 450 a. 

6. <rTpaT€vp.aTos, case 407. — Tropcvop.e'vtov, i. 4. 12 ; 2. 7 : ii. 4. 24. 

7. e<j)etir€TO 81 del to virepPdXXov s, and [continually the crossing part 
of the army] each part of the army, as it crossed (the height), followed on. 

8. rd 86...Xa|xpdv€iv, and then was an opportunity of taking provisions 
in abundance. — x°'^'^"F''°'°'"' • **The Kurds at the present day take great 
pride in their copper (not brass) utensils." Ainsworth. — ■uTro<|)€i8d|j.6voi, 
sparing them somewhat, or [covertly], from policy. — d irws s, (to see) if 
perchance the Cardtichi would consent, i. e. to ascertain whether, etc. (Lex. 
e/). — «s 8id <{>iXias Tfjs x^P^^> [^•'5 through the country friendly] through 
the country as a friendly one, 553 ; cf. i. 3, 14. 

9. KttXovvTwv, sc. (xxjtCjv, case 432 g (or, as some prefer, 676 a). 

10. o-KOTttioi, 509 ; § 5 : ii. 2. 17. — 8Xt]v t^v Tjp,6pav (482) ... avrois 
e7€V6TO, [took place for them through the whole day] occupied for them the 
whole day. — 6X1701 rive's, 548 d. , , , 

11. iroXv, wt. art. 523 f. — ovtws, so, as has been stated, § 8. 
— OT)V€wpcov dXXT|Xovs, watched each other for their conitnon safety. 

13. SxoXatav, iroXXd, iroXXoC, etc., pos.? — €iroiovv, pi., the subject in- 
cluding persons, 569 a. — iroXXol 81 ot eTrl...6vTes, and [those who were 
over these, many in number] many having charge of these. — Ad|av 81 
raiiTa (sc, iroLetv, or see 502), and this resolved on, 675 c. 

14. €V (TTcvw, sc. x^P^Vf ^^ <^ narrow pass. — irX'fiv el' rts ti ^kX6\|/6v, ex- 
cept [they did not comply, if] perchance one smuggled sonuthing by. — olov 
...6iri0v(XT|o-as, as, for instance, from attachment to. — 'yvvaiKos (432 e) twv 
evirpeiraJv (418 c). — rd |i€V...Td 8e', 483 a, 518 d. 

15. Els s, i. 7. 1 ; iii. 4. 13. — x&.^(av: "A great storm arose in the 
very place to expect it, on the ascent of the highlands of Finduk." Ains- 
worth. 

16 trap-fyf^ikXiv, sent along word to the van. — Ittik^oivto, ....q 
mode ? ^^^ 

17. 6t€ irapeyyvcSTO, whenever the word was passed. — totc Be, but [this 



88 NOTES. 

time, of which an account is to be now given] on one occasion. — irpdY)i,d ti, 
something important. — 6iri<r9o<|)vXa|i, case ? 

18. oTToXdSos, V. I. airoXddos (see Lex.). — SiafJiirep^s els t^v Ke(t>aX'^v, 
i. e. through the helmet, into, etc. Some omit els : if so, dia/xTrepes is fol- 
lowed by the ace, like simple did, 699 a (or refer KecpoK-qv to 481). 

19. o-TaBiidv, a stopping -place. — wo-irep dxev (Lex.). — <j)€V70VT€S djjta 
paxecrOai, [tieeing] to Jiee and fight at the same time. — 8vo koXw tc s, "two 
fine hrave fellows " McMich. ; cf. ii, 6. 19. — dveXeo-Gai, 0di|/ai, the Greeks 
regarded it as a sacred duty to take up and bury the dead. 

20. BXe'xIrov, tense 592 b; see Lex. opdw. — ^t], 574. — Mta (pos.) %\ 
aiiTt] (deictic, 524 c) oSbs, iiv opas, 6p0ta (pos.), there is that one steep path, 
which you see ; or, as some prefer, that which you see is the only path 
(and) steep enough : see 7. 4. — 'o-^Kov too-outov (deictic), [so gi'eat a] that 
multitude. — ti^v ^Kpa<riv, the egress (from the valley in which the Greeks 
then were) by a mountain pass ; hence rr]v vwep^oX-qv, § 21. 

21. TttvTa, case 483 b. — d ir«s : § 8. — oii <j>aoriv, cf. § 24 ; i. 3. 1. 

22. Sirep, 491 b. — ^wyras, sc. TLvds. 

•y-in 23. -iiXeYxov, sc. Chirisophus and Xenophon, with the co- 

operation, doubtless, of other generals, — ovk 2<J)ti, sc. eid^vai. — 
Kal [xdXa, i. 5. 8. — <j)6po)v, ii. 5. 1. — ^Xe^cv, ^e^cv, § 24, tense, 594 a. 

24. aiiTw Tvyxdvet (sc. odaa) s, he happened to have a daughter there, 
settled with a husband. — Swax'^v, i. 2. 21 ; iii. 1. 21. 

25. 8 el (561 a) ^i\ ns (of the Greeks) irpoKaToXirixIfOiTO s, which [unless 
one should preoccupy] must he first occupied, or it would he impossible to 
pass. 

26. Xoxa-yovs Kal ireXTacrrds [= tGsu TreXracrrcDz'] s, the captains both 
targeteers and [some of the] heavy-armed, TreXrao-rds in appos. w. Xoxa7oi>s, 
while a different form of expression follows. — eOeXoi dv, v. I. ideXei. — 
inrooTds, having ofi^ered himself. 

27. ' Y<}>t<rTaTai, v. I. ixpia-Tavrai, numb. ? explain as punctuated. — Me- 
6v8pi€vs 'ApKds, an Arcadian from Methydrium {with, this name compare 
Lat. Interamna). Some suppose the triple 'ApKds to have stolen into the 
text from marginal notes. If genuine, it emphasizes the bravery of the 
Arcadians. — dvTioTao-id^wv, cf. 7. 9 ; vi. 2. 11. — 'i^r\ lOeXeiv s, 659 d, 
503 a. 

28. eQeXot, mode ? — iroXXov, case 431 b. — oTpaTid, case ? 



CHAPTER II. 

SEVERE FIGHTING AND LOSS IN STRUGGLING FORWARD. 

1. ol, they, sc. the generals. — avrovs, i. e. the volunteers. — <rTi|xatv6i,v, 

114. ^^' ''''■^'"^> ^'^^^ ^ signal should be given. — Ti\v <{>avcpdv ^Kpatriv, 

i. 20, 23. — avTot, i. e. the generals, with the main army. — 



BOOK IV. CHAP. II. 39 

<n)p,poTieTi<r6iv cKPatvovTes, v. I. avfi^oXiji evenev ^aivovres : <TVfipoX7i = con- 
fiict. See McMichael. 

2. ovpavov, without article, 533 a, 

3. xapo-Spa-.-i^v ^Set Siapdvras (674 d) s, a ravine (or torrent bed) ivhich 
they must [having crossed go forth] cross before climbing the steep ascent. — 
<J)€pdn€voi...TrTatovT€s, dashing in their course against the rocks. — rv^ elcrdSco 
(case 450 a), the entrance to the mountain path. 

4. €1 |XT| TavTT) SvvaivTo, sc. iK^alveLv, mode 634 b, by this (i. e. one) way. 

— lireipwvTO, liroiow, tense ? — T€KjjLaipe<r0ai 8* (705) ^v, for this [it was 
easy to infer] we could tell : v. I. reK/uLripaadai. 

5. Tovs <})vXaKas, tJie guards of the height mentioned § 1 ; 3. 25 ; who 
were not, however, upon the summit. — a>s...KaT6xovT€s, as holding, or, 
sujrposing they heM, 680. 

6. 01 8*, exception to 518 e. — i^ <rT€v^ avrrj 68ds, order 524 b. Cf. v. 7. 
29 ; vii. 3. 20. 

7. ^aGov (Lex. Xavddvw). — dXlYoi, but feiv (ot dXi-yot, the few, tt - 
523 f) of them, 395 a, c, 417 a. J-iO 

8. TT]s o-dXm77os, i. e. the signal expected from the volunteers, § 1. 

9. Tois irpoKaTaXaPovo-i, § 7. — tovs TjjAio-eis (= to ijfiLav), sc. dvSpas, 
419 e, 418 b; taking the gend. and numb, of the persons constituting the 
half. — [rrj 68$} rjirep, referred to in the next clause. 

10. dv 6'irop€ii0Ti<rav, 636 a. Cf. iii. 2. 24. — oi dXXoi, 523 f, as stated 
in §8. 

11. opOiois (Lex., cf. <pd\ay^) tois Xdxois, with their companies in col- 
umns (five in front, if the enomoty was square). — &<f>o8ov..., d PovXoivto, 
702 b. 

12. ISvvavTO ^KaoTOS, 501 a. — Kal tovtov s, and when the Greeks had 
passed by this, they see another. 

13. 'Evvo-^was iitj, iii. 5. 3. — Kai, even. — Kal irdXiv, with this t-i o 
adv. use of iroKtv, Kriig. compares 'Au7]p 6 (pevy^^^ xai irdXiv fiaxv- •*"*-^ 
<reToi : Menander, Frag., yvQ/xai fxovos. 45. — IttiGoivto, form ? — eirl (Lex.) 
iroXv 8' "^iv, formed a long train, were greatly extended. — diTc, (juippe quae. 

— 8td o-T€vfjs T'qs 68oi) : arevris, predicative, was narrow. — ILT]([>io'd({>(dv- 
Tos, case ? Avhy father's name mentioned ? Krlig, 

14. fiao'Tbs...<}>vXaKf]s, § 5 s. — ttjs vvktos vito t«v cGeXovTwv, deferred 
details ; note difference between ed^XovrOiv and edeXbvTwv. 

15. irdo-i, case 458. — Kal vTrwirrcvov, observe change to an independent 
constr. — iroXtopKoivTo : a compound sometimes becomes so familiar that it 
is treated as a simple, losing the distinct force of one of its elements. 
Hence iroXLopKeui may even take iroXiv as an obj., vi. 1. 28. — dpa, in truth, 
or, as it piroved. * 

16. iiTrdYciv, to lead forward, and not halt in the narrow path for Xen. 
to join them, since this would stop all behind them. — Trpo(r\ii^€iav, might 
march on to join tJiem, which could only be through their issuing upon 
a broader spot. Observe force of irpos. — t<3 ofiaXw, the level ground to 
which the different passes through the heights led, § 22. Voll. refers 686v 
to § 8. 



90 NOTES. 



• 



17. ir€<t)€V7«s, having escaped by fligU. — «s...8Tt, 702 a. — T60va<ri, 

form 50, dp-qaKw, 320. — 5<roi (j-tj, [as many as did not] all except those who. 
— Kara, 689 m. 

., .. — 18. avTCiropov, over agaimt : trajection, emph. — vcKpovs, 

^^' 1. 19 N {e(i^pal). 

19. 14)' w s, 557, 671a. —'Ev w (Lex. €v).—rh &\\o o-Tpdrcvjia, the 
rest of the division under Xenophon. — oi €K, constr. prseg., i. 2. 18. — 
Vo-ravTo, were [stationing themselves] taking their position. Note graphic 
effect of the imperfect. 

20. -{^plavTO, sc. Xenophon and those with him, § 16. — '^v0a to, 6irXa 
'^K€ivTo (as pass, of d^adai, § 16), where the arms were grounded, i. e. where 
they were resting under arms. McMich. — 6 virao-irwrT'/js, an officer who 
was often mounted and required a servant to carry the shield which he might 
need when fighting on foot (Lex. lirirevs). Li the hurry of the descent and 
avoidance of the stones Xenophon's shield-bearer was separated from him. 

21. irpbs Tovs crvvT€Ta7|X€vovs : see § 16. 

23. 8ieirpd|avTo : the exchange seems to have involved an armistice 
during the funeral obsequies, which, with the time occupied in the nego- 
tiation and in the collection of the bodies, appear from the statement of 
time (in 3. 1 s) to have occupied two days. The Greeks, from their favor- 
able situation and need of rest, were probably in no haste. — T|-y€nova, § 1 ; 
1. 24 ; 2. 1. — Tots diroeavovo-iv, for the slain, in honor of them. — Svva- 
T»v (Lex.). 

24. Tt) vcTTtpala, on the day following the funeral obsequies. — IkwXvov 
Tcls irapoSous, [hindered the passing] obstructed the passages. But ace. of 
person, § 25. 

25. Tois irpwTois, case ? — t«v k«Xvovt«v, case ? Observe the parallelism 
in § 25 and 26. 

,,rt 27. 'Hv-.-oiroTc (Lex.), ii. 6. 9 ; i. 5. 7. — dvapdo-t, § 25 s. — 
irdXtv KaraPaivowriv, when descending again. — ^yytiGcv, opp. to 
eK TToWov, iii. 3. 9. They could approach very near the Greeks and still 
escape. 

28. "Apio-Tot Toldrat, excellent bowmen : jaculo bonus, JSn. ix. 572. — 
TpiirTJXT], Sitt^xIj form 213d. — irXe'ov, 507 e,f. — irpbs to K:dTw...irpoo-pat- 
vovT€s {v. I. irpo^alvovTei), stepping %vith the left foot against the lower part 
of the bow. It is easy to understand how a bow of remarkable size and 
strength might be thus strained by the use of foot and hands. The ques- 
tion is how it was kept strained till it could be brought into position, 
aimed, and discharged. Some think, with Schn., that the bow was a kind 
of cross-bow ; Rehdz. is of opinion that the archer shot sitting, still using 
his left foot to keep the bow strained and guide the arrolv. It is perhaps 
more natural to suppose, with Anthon, that when the bow had been bent 
with one end resting upon the ground, and the arrow adjusted, the strength 
of the arms (aided perhaps by the arrow) sufficed during the moment in 
which the bow was raised and discharged. — aKOvrfois, in apposition with 
airoh. 394 b. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 91 



CHAPTER III. 

SUCCESSFUL CROSSING OF THE RIVER CENTRITES INTO ARMENIA. 

1. TavTTiv 8* aS T-fjv -qfJiepav T]vXio-9T]<rav s, and [through] this day 
agai:% they lodged at quarters in the villages : rjfxepav, ace, as the time of 
the march which led to these quarters, 482 ; ad, as their last quarters were 
in villages, 2. 22. — rais, tov, 523 a, 2. — t«v 6pwv...rtov Kap8ovx«v, the 
latter governed by opeoou, deferred detail. 

2. iroWd Tc5v...'irdv<«)v |i.v't][JtovevovTes, [much remembering] dwelling 
much upon their past toils. Suavis laborum est prseteritoinim memoria ; 
Cic. De Fin. ii. 32. — So-ao-irep, 550 d. Ace. to chapters 1 and 2, they 
were strictly but five days on the march. For the other two days of the 
seven, see 2. 23 N. — p.axo)Jt.€voi SicreXco-av, loere constantly fight- -i-tr^ 
ing : with the exception of the time taken for burial of the dead. ■'■•*•*' 

— So-a oti8^ TOL o-vixiravra (in appos. with baa), sc. iwadov, [as many as they 
had not suffered] more than they had suffered all together. Yet these Car- 
duchian mountains, as they turned back the Persian araiy, must be regarded 
as having saved the Greeks. 

3. irov, [somewhere] in some places, here and there, as not fully discerned. 

— eirl Tttis 6x00115, [upon] in command of the upper hanks (the higher sec- 
ondary banks) ; while e(j> &V (§ 5), upon which, denotes simply local posi- 
tion, as the idea of military occupation did not need to be repeated. 

4. 'H<rav, belonged to, or, were troops of. — 'Opdvrov, Orontas (see Lex. 2). 

— (jiLcr0o<j)dpot : from the sentence following this appears to be connected 
with XaX5a?oi only. 

5. direixov : higher up however, it would seem, forming rocky bluffs 
directly over the river, § 11, 23. — 68bs 86...&v(i>, there teas only one way 
which was visible leading up. — ravT-r), here, i. e. over against this road. 

6. ireipcofievois, [for them attempting] on their making the attempt, 462c. 

— o^T* Iv Tw vSaTi, corresponding to iiri re ttJs K€<pa\rj$. — to, SirXa, esp. 
their shields. — cl 8^ p,irj, otherwise, or, else (Lex. et), 717 c. Cf. vii. 1. 8. 

— Tis, Yu|xvoC, number ? 

7. "EvOa, where, 550 e. — ttoXXovs, in great number. — opwo-i, obs. the 
emphatic repetition : i. 9. 10. — cirtKCwrop.evovs, ready to fall upon. 

8. Iv 'ir68ais, [in] with fetters, 695. — avrw, [for Ydxn] from ■tnr\ 
around him ; ireptppvfivat, beautifully expressive of ease. — 8ia- 
Pa£v€iv, to stride, seemed to promise dLa^aiueiu, to cross, § 12, 15. 

9. ws TaxKrra, 553 b. — irpwrov (Lex.). Some supply iepeiov (expressed 
vi. 5. 2), which rather weakens the sense. 

10. ^€vo<|)cuVTi, avTta, case 699 g. — irpoo-erpexov 8vo veavCo-KO), numb. 
494. — eirryeipavra, sc. TLvd. — ^X^*-* ^c. eiireXv. — t«v irpbs rhv irdXcixov, of 
matters relating to the war, 526 a, b. 

11. (is tirl irvp, [as] for a fire : see i. 2. 1. — €V ir^rpais, ujjon rocks 



92 NOTES. 

extending dozen to the very river ; belonging, it would seem, to a Huff con- 
nected with the heights mentioned in § 3, 5. See § 23 N. 

12. ov8€ yap (stronger than ov yap, and the negative of /cai ydp) tois 
iroXeixlois iirTreuo-i (case ?) irpoo-parbv {v. I. irpoa^arov) etvai Kara tovto, /or 
indeed [it was not accessible] there teas no access for the enemy s cavalry to 
this point ; though footmen, it would seem, could climb over the rocks. — 
«s veuo-ovfi€vot, in order to swim, if necessary : {v. I. vevao/jievoi). — SiaPai- 
V€iv, Stapfjvai, tense ? 

13. Tois veavio-KOLs kyyj^lv cKeXevc, Ka\ ei5x€(r8ai, he commanded [to pour 
in wine] the cu]) to be filled for the young men (to offer a libation), aoid [to 
pray] prayer to be made, eyx^^^ ^^^ eu'xeo-^ai refer for their subject to the 
attendants or persons about Xen. If expressed, it would have been reg- 
ularly in the ace. after eKeXeve : cf. 17. — tois <}>i^vao-i 0eois (case 455, sub- 
ject of eTTLTeXea-ai) to, t€ ovcipara, order 523 k, 719 d, ;', — oveCpara, the 
night-visions, referring to the single dream of Xen., § 8. — rd Xotird ciYaGd, 
the remaining benefits, the favors still needed ; or ay add may be the adj. of 
effect (509 d), — that they would also bring what remained to an issue [as 
good] of good. 

•tey-t 14- orirovSds liroUi = ^airevde. Cf. ii. 3. 8. 

16. cv dpia-Tcpq. s, of course ascending the river, about half 
a mile from their former position. 

17. rds oxGas, tlie steep rocky banks close to the river, § 11 ; mentioned 
again § 23. — <rT6<{>av«<rdp.€vos, a Spartan custom before battle, as if this 
were a festivity, Xen. Be liepub. Lac. xiii. 8 ; Plut. Lye. 22. The material 
was prob. taken from the bank on which they stood. See 5. 33. — diroSvs, 
having stript off his outer garment, for easier passage through the water 
(not, as Grote and others think, his wreath, which would have been very 
un-Spartan). 

18. €o-<|>a7td^ovTO s, to propitiate the divinity of the stream. So Alex- 
ander in crossing the Hellespont, and to Indian rivers. Arr. An. i. 11 ; 
vi. 3. Cf. Hdt. vi. 76 ; vii. 113 : II. xxi. 131. — els tov iroTaftov, so that 
the blood and entrails fell into the stream ; cf. ii. 2. 9. 

19. <n)vwXdXv|av : 6\o\<>^o} being esp. applied to the loud cries of 
women (chiefly in worship, oftener joyous), as dXaXdfw to those of war- 
riors. Observe the parataxis. 

1 99 20. eve'Paive, into what ?^— iropov, § 5 s. — TOvs...iinr€is, § 17 ; 

^^^ to induce these to return and thus leave the way open for Chiri- 
sophus. 

21. 01 8^ iroXe'iiioi, referring to toi>s iirirel^, § 20. — |i^ diroKXcio-eetT]- 
<rav, opt. with hist, pres., 624 c, 625 a. — «s irpds, [as to] that they might 
reach, or, aiming at. — T'fiv dirb tov iroTanoii ?KJ3a<rtv &va>, the pass from 
the river upward, avw (which some omit) modifies the verbal idea in l/c- 
^aaiv, 685 a. Some read rrjv rod Trora/xov Slvco (526) ^K^aaiv, the pass above 
the river. Rehdz. compares Tr]v "AXuos irorapiov dvo) 'Aai-qv, Hdt. i. 103 ; 
and the place of ^^w in 8. 12, 15 s. — KaTd. . .l7€vovTo, arrived at, or, reached 
the road. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 93 

22. ot S\ o-TpaTiwTai s, and the soldiers (esp. the main body under 
Chirisophus) shouted to them not to be left behind by the enemy, but to come 
out with them upon tJie mountain. But the enemy with their good horse 
were too far in advance for this, § 25. 

23. Kara rds s, tvent forth by the heights extending to the river (§ 17 x.), 
i. e. climbing the rocky steep above the river so as to be at once, in an 
unlooked-for way, upon the range of hills occupied by the enemy's foot, 
§ 3, 5. The Greek horse and targeteers appear to have emerged upon the 
plain to the left of this rocky steep. 

24. The narrative would be more symmetrical, if § 24 and § 25 changed 
places. 

25. TO. &v« = TOL aKpa, § 23. — twv o-Keuo<|>op«v to, tnroXcnrojJLcva, those 
of the baggage-animals tliatfell behind,. 

26. dvTia TO. oirXa '^Gero, [placed arms opposite] took position in arms 
over against them; the lochi being in columns, thus (the front being 
marked by a star, the rear by r) : 

* * * » 

D D D D n D 

D 

D 

n 

— KttT lv(op,OTias iroii^o-ao-Oai ?Kaorrov tov lavrov Xdxov, that each one 
'should form his company by enomoties, i. e. each enomoty brought to the 
front. A long and continuous line was thus made to prevent the Carduchi 
from anywhere molesting those who were crossing the river. — ^Kacrrov, 
appos. Trapayayovras, 501. — irap* d<nri8as Trapa-ya-yovTas (501) s, bringing 
the enomoty [so that it should stand in, 704] into line of battle by a move- 
7)ient to tlie left (wap da-Tridas, the shield-side, viz. the left), i. e. into the 
following position (the foremost enomoty, of course, keeping its place) : 

nnnn nnnn 

p. 

— Tovs IvftJiioTapxa-S . . . Uvai, thai th^ enomotarclis should [go] toq 
take their positions towards the Carduchi. — ovpaYOvs s, and that 

they should station rear-leaders towards the river ; for the sudden reverse 
movement, § 32. . 

27. TOV oxXov, case ? The Carduchi, at their distance, did not perceive 
that this separation rendered the rear-guard freer for action. — qScvres, 
of. 7. 16. — ToL Trap* avrw do-({>aXcos etxe, his own condition was secure. 
Cf. § 24. 

28. StaPaivovTtts, beginning to cross (v. I. Kara^alvovTa^). — |jlti Siapdv- 
Ttts, [not having crossed] vAthout crossing. As this forms part of the com- 
mand and involves an inf. idea {and not to cross), fir) is used, 686 e. — 
avTot, they themselves, Xenophon's party or division. — Ivavr^ovs ?v0ev Kal 



94 NOTES. 

*iv6iv <r4>wv (539a; case 445c) l|xPaiv€iv, that they (the peltasts, etc.) should 
enter from the opposite hank on each side of [themselves (Xenophon's men)] 
their own track. — iroTafxov, case 420 a. 

29. lireiSav s, whenever, as soon as, a sling (stone) should reach them, 
and a shield ring (struck by a missile). — to iroXcitiKov, the signal for 
charge and not for retreat, to deceive the enemy and hasten their flight, 
§ 32. — avaoTpexIfavras, belonging to both ovpayovs and Trdiras. — -^ ^Ka- 
(TTOS £^X^^> where each one had his place, each enomoty through its proper 
part of the river. — '6r\. (animated asynd.) s, saying that he would he the 
hest fellow who should he first across. — 7evT]Tat, mode ? 
-in A 31. a>s (Lex. e). — iKavus.. iKavws, order? 

32. 'i^evyiov, 'i^ivyovj Golttov, rdxio-Ta, vivid picture of the two 
armies running away from each other. — o-rpcxj/avTcs, voice 577 a : vi. 6. 38. 

33. ot ne'v Tiv€s, 530 b : v. 7. 16. 

34. 01 84, the targeteers, etc. The passage of this rapid stream with an 
army in front, and another in their rear, was an admirable example of 
strategy. 



CHAPTER IV. 

MARCH THROUGH ARMENIA. — REACH THE TELEBOAS. — TRUCE WITH 
TIRIBAZUS. 

1. <n)VTa|dHi€VOi, to guard against sudden attack ; ii. 5. 18. — liropcvOt]- 
<rav 8itt TT^s 'Ap|xevias ircSiov dirav s, they pursued their way through Ar- 
menia, — entire plain and gentle (or, smooth) hills : Trediov and yrfX6(povs 
follow eiropeMrja-av , defining the journey, 479. The expression is con- 
densed, and ctTraj' seems to agree by attraction with irediov (applying no 
less to y7)\6<povs) instead of agreeing with a word like 686v : by a route 
[which was all] consisting entirely of a. plain and smooth hills. 

2. Els 8^ T^v d<f)iKOVTo Kw|XT]v = 7) de KibfiT), cis Tjv d(f>tKovTo, hut the village 
to which they came by this long march, 551 c. — pao-CXeiov, cf. ^aaiXeta, 
§ 7, 489 a. — o-aTpdirT), i. e. Orontas. — rvpa-ns, form 213. 2 ; as defences 
probably against the neighboring Carduchi. 

3. irepl (Lex.) tov irorajjiov, [about] on. 

1 0K ^- "h irpbs lonrepav, 526 a. — iiTrapxcs, as Orontas was satrap of 

all Armenia. — 6 Kal...'Y€vdp.evos, who had also won the friendship 
of the king. He showed his desert of this by the manly counsel which he 
gave the king on the approach of Cyrus (Lex. Ttp/jSa^os); Plut. Artax. 7. 
— pao-iXea lirl tov I'lrirov dvej^aXXcv (constr. changed from part, to finite 
verb, 716 c). Cf. regem in equum subjecit ; Liv. xxxi. 37. This was 
accounted a high honor. 

5. etirev, i. e. through the interpreter, — &pxovo-i, case ? — els linfiKOOV, 
ii. 5. 38. — f|p»T«v (tense ?), ti OeXot, 643 a. 

6. c<j>' <3, on these terms that. — avrcJs, 667 c. — (j.'^T€...t6, ii. 2. 8. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. 95 

7. PaoriXeia, perhaps of Tiribazus : cf. § 2. — •iroXXcI»v...|i€<rTas, supplied 
with provisions in abundance. 

8, and foil. For the sufferings during this march in Armenia from storm 
and cold, cf. Diod. xiv. 28 ; Curt. vii. 3, 

9. irdvTa to, l'7riTT|8eta...d-ya0d, [all provisions as many as are good] aZZ 
kinds of good provisions. 

10, 8iao-KTjvovv, to quarter (their men) apart. — SiaiOpid^eiv, this would 
expose them more to attack in the villages, while it would remove an ob- 
jection to their bivouacking together. 



11. KaTaK€i(ji.6V(DV Yap, dXecivov (gend. 502), ... Sto) (460 or 



126 



699 a) ^\ irapappvei-q (mode ?), for, as they lay^ the snow having 
fallen was a warm covering [to every one by whose side it did not run 
down] on whom it rested without melting. — eirMrcirrwKma, having fallen, 
predicate. 

12. yujJLvos, in his tunic, prob, (Lex.) ; cf. i. 10. 3. — tis Kal dXXos, an- 
other one also. — d<|>€Xop.EVOS, sc. ttji/ a^lvrjv, or ra ^i\a. — kyj^Lovro, to take 
the stiffness from their limbs, and for some protection against the cold. 

13. xpio-p.a, p,vpov, difference ? — Ik t«v iriKpwv, 506 e. — 'Ek...twv av- 
T«v TovTcov, from these saine substances. 

14. els <rT€7as, [into] under shelter. — to irpdrepov, 529 a (Lex,); for the 
time, see § 10. — virb ttjs alOpias, in the open air, 509 b : Dind. and others 
read L»7r6 dra<r^aXtas (connecting with iviTrp-qaav), out of recklessness. 

15. p.T| 6vTa...ovK ovTtt, if things were not so and so, he represented 
them as not so. Obs. use of ix-f} and ov. McMich. — rd ii-^i Svra «s, 686 d. 

16. nop€v0€is, closely connected in sense with IMv. — dvSpa s, but he 
[came leading] brought with him a man whom he had taken, armed with. 
Obs. the sequence of verbal forms. — al *Ap.a^ov€S, as represented in works 
of art. 

17. ^<j>T], tense 603 c. — to crTpdT6v(jLa, case? — kirl rivi, for what pur- 
pose : cf. iirl To&rip, i. 3. 1. 

18. 6ti TipCpa^os di] '^«v, that it was Tiribazus with, 679 a. -.nn 
— irap€<rK€vdo-9ai . . . a>s . . . €irt0i]o-d|i.€vov, that he was prepared to 
attack. — ■^ircp |iovax"n, by which way only. 

19. cirt : cf. i. 4. 2, eir avrah. 

20. TO oTpaToireSov x to (TTpaToircSov, § 22. (For the sign x see 797.) 

21. vir€|i6ivav x ^(leivav, § 20. — TJXwo-av, IdXw (279 b, more Attic ; cf. 
riXoi, 5. 24), voice 575 a. — oi...<|>do-KovT€s ctvai, those who said they were. 
The state and luxury with which Persian commanders went to war are 
illustrated by Hdt. ix. 80 s. 

22. eir£0eo-is...Tois KaTaX€Xei|i|i.evois (case?), the enemy wheeling back 
for this purpose. 



96 NOTES. 



CHAPTER Y. 

GREAT SUFFERING OF THE GREEKS IN THEIR ONWARD MARCH, FROM 
DEEP SNOWS, COLD, AND SCARCITY OF PROVISIONS. 

1. oirq s (Lex. raxews). — irpiv % 703 d, 5. — to trrpareu^a, what array? 

— TOL <rT€vd, ^(JLcXXev, cf. 4. 18. 

.. QQ 2. Ev<}>pdTT]v, the eastern branch, now the Murad : see Lex. — 
^^^ Sie'paivov, tense ? 

3. 8id X'-ovos iroXXT]s Kal ireStov, through a plain of deep snow : hendia- 
dys, 69 e. — ircvTCKaiSeKa, this rate of marching seems incredible. Some 
editors read TreVre (for TrevTeKaldeKo), which would be quite miles enough of 
travelling imder such circumstances. — diroKalcov, parching, spoken of 
severe cold ; see vii. 4. 3 : Lat. urere, adurere. torrere. (Virg. Georg. i. 92.) 

— iravTd'7rao-i.v...TrdvTa, obs. the strength of expression. 

4. clire o-<}>a"Yido-a(r9at, bade them sacrifice, 659 h : i. 3. 14, 8. — tr^ayia.- 
^€Tai, the sacrifice is immediately oj'ered, impers. ; while some supply 6 fidv- 
Tts. — ^8o|€, note difference between this and edoKCL (as in i. 4. 18). — to 
XoXeirdv, 507 a. — tov irv€vp.aTOs : in their adoration of the great forces of 
nature the Greeks not only worshipped ^Eolus, the god of the winds in gen- 
eral, but also special winds. Boreas was honored at Athens with a temple 
and festival, cf. Hdt. vii. 189 ; and the Thurians adojited him as a citizen, 
jElian, xii. 61. — opyutd, doubtless in places only. The wind forbids our 
believing the depth uniform. 

5. Iv Tw <rTa0|xw, at tJie station, or, Imlting place. This region has since 
been so stripped of its wood that dried dung is used for f ael. — irvpovs 
(X'j', § 6), case 472 b, 424. The ace. of that which is given ; the gen. of 
the whole of which a part is given. 

6. '^Kao-TOi, each party. 

7. ipov\i|Aiao-av, became [ox-hungry] /ami{ with hunger. — el'tj, mode 643 a. 
■irtq 8. avTw TbJv eixireiptov, pos. ? — PovXi|xiuo-i, <{>dY(DO-i,v, mode ? — 

8i8ovTas, to give, with a verb of motion, 598 c. 

9. nop€vop.evwv, i. 2. 17. — ■u8po4>opova-as, pos.? Cf. Gen. xxiv. 11 s ; 
Hdt. vi. 137. — Ik ttjs Ktop,T]s, connected . with yvvaiKas and Kopas. — Tig 
KprivT), the spring of the village. 

10. e^Ti, dire'xoi. {v. I. airix^i). — So-ov, 507 e ; i. 8. 6. — on}V€io-epxov- 
Ttti s : observe the chiastic order in the explanatory repetition of the prep- 
ositions. 

12. Ta fjf^ 8vvd[JL€va, tliose which were not strong, or sc. iropeiecrOat or 5m- 
reXecrai rv^ 656v, from § 11. — 6(|>6a\|X0'us, 8aKTv\ovs, case ? 

13. 6:}>6aXp.ots (case 453) €iriKovipT]p,a ttjs xi-ovos (case 405 a) ... twv Bl 
iroSaiv (case 444 b), a protection to the eyes from the snow ... hut of the feet. 
In 6(pda\no7s, the dat, is used rather than the gen., to distinguish its office 
from that of X'oJ'os, 487 b, 464 c. — iropcvoiTO, v. I. iwope^eTO. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 97 

14. "Otrot, antecedent too-ovtcov, understood with, irodas. — ■fjo-av ■. nr\ 
...KapPdrivai (accent, as properly an adj., 777. 2). 

15. T€TTJK€t (v. I. eTeTTjKei), 284 c : see v. 2. 15 ; vi. 4. 11. 

16. TeXevTwv, finally, at last, 509 a, 674 b, d. — 8vvao-0ai, sc. ^(pacrav, 
669. 

17. d|ij})i, with gen. rare in Attic prose ; Redhz. says, only in Xenophon. 

18. oa-ov (Lex.). 

19. ovSe, loose constr. — dvio-rao-av, endeavored to rouse them, were for 
rousing them. 

20. ovx vTroxwpoL€V, § 11. — dirqYyeXXov, oXov (pos.?). They ..q-i 
seem not to have ascertained that the van was more comfortably 
quartered, § 11. 

22. irenirci (sc. rivas) ruv (423) ... (rK€\{;o|jivovs, sends some of his men 
from tlie village to see. — ko)iI^€iv, iii. 4. 42. — i^vXi^cto x T]vXCo-6T]<rav, 
§21. 

23. 'cKaoToi, i. e. each set of oflBicers belonging to each (jxpaTTfYia. 
McMichael. — tovs lavrtov, cf. i. 2. 15, tov$ iavrov. 

24. cKsXeuo-ev d<}>ievat Iavrov, requested [his commander to send him off] 
leave to go forth. — els 8aor|jt6v : ace. to Strabo, xi. 14, the satrap of Arme- 
nia sent an annual tribute of 20000 horses. — lirraicaiScKa, a number far 
too small for the distribution stated in § 35. A careless copyist may have 
changed it from eTrra Kal cKarov, which Bornemann suggests, p. xxiv. ; 
less prob. from the numeral letter 2' (200) to IZ' (17), as suggested by 
Kriiger. — Ivdrr^v (article omitted, 533 e) Tjjispav, case 482 c. 

25. TO |X6V o-TOfJia (in partitive appos. with oldai, 393 d, 395 a [sc. 6v]) 
tto-irep <J>peaTOS, [the mouth being] with the mouth like that of a ■. eyn 
well. — eTpe(j>ovTO, i. e. during the winter. 

26. Kal, Kai, cf. asynd. in § 25. — otvos KpiGivos, [barley wine] beer, in- 
vented, according to the Egyptians, who made much use of it, by their god 
Osiris, Diod. i. 20, 34 ; Hdt. ii. 77. It has been a favorite beverage with 
the Germans from the days of Tacitus (Germ. 23). — at Kpt6a(, some of the 
barley not strained out, but floating on the surface, which would be 
avoided, as well as the need of drinking-cups, by the use of reeds (the 
tubps between the joints). 

27. o-v|ifj,a0ovTt, sc. nvi, to one accustonud to it. 

28. o-TepT|o-otTo, as pass. 576a. — dirtao-iv, § 10. — ^iV-.-llTi^i^o-dficvos 
(Lex.), if he should appear to have rendered a faithful service to the army. 
— €V, const, prffig. 

29. (f>iXo(|>povov(JL€vos (Lex.), to show his good-will. — otvov, case 474 b : 
cf. §34; 2. 22. — ovrws, modifies what? — Iv 4)-oXaK'g . . . Iv 6<j>GaX|JLoiS| 
order ? 

30. d<i>t€o-av, referring to tovs iv rats Kibfiats, their comrades. — aurois 
(v. I. avTci), Xen. and his companions. 

31. OvK 'ijv 8' oTTov ov irapeT^Oeorav, and there vjas no place where they 
did not set forth, i. e. everywhere, etc., nusquam non ; cf. ii. 4. 3. — dp- 
veta s, form 375 a : asyndeton. 

7 



98 NOTES. 



1 0Q '^2. po<}>ovvTa, sucJcing through the reed. — wcnrcp Povv, sc. Set 

irlveLv, or rather by attraction for jSous TrtJ'et, 715. Capital sport 
for the soldiers after theii* severe sufferings ! 

33. KOLKclvovs cTKTivovvTas, m their quarters, feasting implied. — X'-^^v, 
their only material, while its use might add to their merriment. Cf. 3. 17 n. 
— e8elKW(rav, why ? 

34. 8ao-(ids, appos. — \tiipa.v . . . dvox XdXvPas, metonj^my (70 h), the 
people for the country, vii. 2. 32. — x&ptxv (Lex.). — 68ov, case 474 b ; 
cf. § 29. 

35. V''ir'irov...'iraXaiT€pov (514), a horse somewhat old, which Xen. had 
taken on the route from necessity, though informed that it had been con- 
secrated to the Sun ; and which he now feared might die on his hands to 
the displeasure of the deity. The religious character of Xenophon makes 
it probable that he was here acting sincerely and not deceptively. (The 
ind. -rJKovaev expresses fact, not pretence.) For the sacrifice by the Persians 
of horses to the sun, see Cyr. viii. 3. 12. Some refer avrov to genus (horses 
in general), but this interpretation is doubtful. — 'HXiov, case 437 b. — 
T«v TrwXwv, some of the young horses, 423. 

36. TToXv, case 485 e, ^ ; pos. ? — o-aKia : these appear to have been 
slender bags of leather stuffed and then bent and made fast around the 
feet so as to enlarge the surface pressing upon the snow and answer the 
purpose of our snow-shoes. 



CHAPTEE VI. 

MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE PHASIANI. 

1 nA 1. oyZoTt] (wt. art. ). The comfort aif^ abundance found in the 

villages had tempted the army to prolong their stay. — tov -rj-ye- 

(idva, the village-chief, i. e, tou KUfxapxr)''. — tov viov tov &pTi T|Pao-Kov- 

Tos, the son who was now approaching manhood, in distinction from other 

sons, 523 a. — €is Tifjv oUtav s, § 28. — <j)vXdTT6iv, as Kofxi^eiv, 5. 22. 

2. avTois, case 463. — ^Zn] t€ •^v s, 705. — avria, case 456. — oiJ, accent 
786 b. The pause here forbids the change to ovk. 

3. *Ek...tovtov (Lex. e^. — diroSpds ^X^to, 679 d. — Tj dfisXcla, appos. 
cf. edrjae d' ou, § 2. — T|pd(r0T], became attached to, inceptive aor., 592 d. — 
•TraiSds, case ? — iria-TOTdTO) cxP^to, found him very faithful : see ii. 6. 13. 

4. dvd (Lex.). — ti]s fj|xepas, 522 b. — irapd, along (Lex. c). — $d<riv, 
see Lex. 

5. *Evt€€0€v, thence, leaving the river which they found was carrying 
them too far east. — t^ 7rc8tov, the plain of the next river perhaps. 

6. 6is, 692. 5. — KttTa Kepas (Lex.), as was common on a march. — eirl 
<f)dXa'YYos, opposed to Ke'pas, the one meaning in column, the other in liv£: 
see 2. 11. — irapdYciv tovs Xdxovs, to bring up their companies alongside, 
i. 6. to the front. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. VI. 99 

7. a'ywviov|JL€0a, 624 b. IQK 

9. eirdv (Lex.), iii. 1. 9. — Trjiicpov (Lex.), 526. — &XXovs cIko's ^ 

(sc. ea-Ti), ... irXeiovs irpocrYcveorOai, [it is natural for others to join] we must 
expect that others, still more in number, will join them. 

10. 'E7« 8', 708 e. — tovto 8ei...|iaxov|X€9a, we must provide for thiSy 
hoiv we shall fight. — ws eXaxto-ra, as few as possible. 

11. Ti>...6pos...Tb 6pwp.€vov, the mountain [that seen] in sight, or, so far 
as we see it. — Kp6iTTOv...p.dX\ov % better ... [rather] than, 510a. Observe 
in §§ 11, 12, the artistic antitheses. — tov lpi^|iov opovs...Tt, some unoccu- 
pied part of tJie mountain. — KXe\|/at...Xa6ovTas s, 677 f, 674 b ; for order, 
see 719 d, v. — Treipdo-Oai., subject of Kpeirrov iariy, and governing KXexpaL 
and apxaaai. 

12. 6p9iov (sc. x^P'-o^) Icvai, to traverse steep ground, case 477 s. — jieS* 
i^fjtspav (Lex. fJ-erd), 690. — 7\ rpaxeia (sc. 656s) tois ifocriv s, the path that 
is rough to the feet is kinder to those that march without fighting. iQr> 

— K€(}>aXds, in antithesis to iroffiv : case ? 

13. k^v 8^ (sc. rifuv) direXdciv too-ovtov, and when we may go so far off 
from the post of the enemy. — Aokov|j.€V (573) 8' dv (621a, 622 a) |ioi... 
Xpfjorflai, andy it seems to me that we should find. Cf. 2. 2. — |Jievoi6v, the 
force of av continued, 622 b. 

14. Ti ; why ? since any such suggestion to a Spartan is so needless. 
This lively sparring of the generals may have been simply playful to keep 
up the spirits of the army ; or it may have had a tinge of bitterness from 
their recent variance, § 3. — t«v ofioitov (Lex. STrdpriy), case 422. — kXctt- 
T€iv (ieXcTdv, to practise [to steal] theft. The Spartan youths were thus 
trained, under their peculiar system of education, to stratagem in Avar. 

15. dpa = actually, as if the statement were an extraordinary one in the 
speaker's judgment. McMichael. — tov opovs, case 423 ; § 11. 

16. 8etvot)s...KX€'7rT€tv, terrible fellows to steal, or, aA stealing. — Scivov, 
adj. empliatically repeated. The penalties for this peculation were the 
restitution of double the amount, loss of citizenship, and sometimes even 
death. — tows Kpario-Tous, to match tQv bfxolwv, § 14. — {i|xiv...dpx€i'V, to 
[rule for you] hold your offices. Observe here the sarcasm upon the worth- 
less n ess of many of the Athenian office-holders, which was such an object 
for the keen satire of Aristophanes. 

17. Xen. wisely proceeds to the practical, since he could neither deny 
nor outdo the sharp retort of Chirisophus. — tovtcdv, case ? Cf. ii. 5. 16. 

— V6|ieTai (Lex. ) al|t, case ? — ^ard (sc. x^p''-°) s, the ground will he feasi- 
hie : see iii. 4. 49. 

18. TiiAiv s, to a level with us, 451. 1Q7 

19. Kat, 708 e. — dXXd, on the contrary, nay rather; 4. 10; 
8. 12; V. 1. 7. 

21. 8Trci)s...'>rpo<rd|€iv, that lie might [seem as much as possible to be 
about to advance] excite the strongest possible expectation of his advance in 
that direction. " 

22. lYpT]-yop€<rav, plup. used as impf., kept watch. 



100 NOTES. 

24. Tots Kara, toL &Kpa, § 23, — IIplv Be 6[jlov...tovs iroXXovs, hid hefore 

the main bodies had come together ; cf. TroXXoi, § 26, 523 f. I 

25. cK Tov ireSiov, const, preeg., i. 2. 18 ; 1. 5. — ot ireXraoTaC, partitive 
appos. ol e/c tov Trediov. — PaSriv (Lex.) raxv, jjleno gradu, Li v. iv. 32. | 

, QQ 26. TO dvo), sc. /ieyoos, § 24 : i. 8. 18. — "yeppct, which they threw 
away, for the more rapid flight. 



CHAPTER VII. 

ADVANCE THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE TAOCHI, CHALYBES, AND 
SCYTHINI. — FIRST VIEW OP THE SEA. 

1. *Ek si tovt<ov, sc. Koj/jiCov, 6. 27. — €txov s, 679 b. 

2. <rt)V€XT]Xv0oT€s 8* -^io-av, 679. — ai5To<r€, rather than 61 or els 6, 561 d, 
562. — irpoo-ePaWev, tense? — €u©vs -fJKwv, immediately wpon his arrival. 

— dXXoL iroTap.6s : v. I. d\\' aTroro/xov, which would seem to have been also 
true, § 13 s. — kvkXo) (Lex.), leaving only a narrow access. 

3. Els KaXov, "m the nick of tiine." — "rJKCTe, tense 612. — ^trrt, XT]tj;o- 
p.€6a, tense 604 b, mode 653 c. — x«piov, repeated and positive, iii. 2. 5. 

4. [ita auTT] irdpoSds eo-riv s, there is one passage there, or, this which you 
see is the only entrance, 524 c. — ■ tiirep, 689 j. 

1 oQ 5. &XXo Ti 4] s, 567 g (Lex. b), onay we not be sure that nothing 
forbids ? — oXi-yovs tovtovs dvSpwiro'us, a fcio men there. 

6. paXXop,evovs, exposed to their missiles: cf. "under fire." — dv6' (Lex, 
689 h) wv...'irtt(rxoi€V, [against, as viewed from the position of Greeks] 
behind luhich if men should stand, what would they suffer ? — (|>6po|iEV(>)v, 
[borne on, here, through the air] flying, in distinction from KvXtvdovfieuwv, 
while in § 7, 10, one verb seems to be used to express both ideas. 

7. iroXXoi, 523 b, 5. — cI'tj, mode 637 b. — iropevwjxeGa, mode ? (sc, eKeXae). 

— 'iv^fv, [thither whence] to a spot from which: eo unde, cf. ii. 3. 6. 

8. TJ-yeiAovta, ace. to Greek custom, taken by the captains in turn each 
day. — KttG* ?va, iii. 5. 8. 

9. ltj)£(rTao-av, lo-TcLvai, form 46 d, 320. 

10. In the lively and graphic narrative following observe the inter- 
1 /L(\ change of modes, — irpocTpexcv, asvnd. of explanation. — it|xa|ai, 
■■■^^ ii. 2, 20. 

11. Observe each clause preliminary to x'^'P^^- — KaXXtp,axov, 474 b. — 
irpoiTos, 509 f. — oi5T€...'irapaKaX€oras, without even calling. — avrds, 541. 

12. avTov, pos, 538 f. — I'tvos, case 426. — outoi, all Arcadians ; cf, 1, 27; 
V. 2. 11, — dp€Tt]s, case 430 a, 

14. iroXXot, pos,, cf, vi, 3. 22. 

15. cov, case 554a, n, — irTepvYwv (Lex,) ; cf. Xen. De Re Equest. xii. 4 ; 
V. I. TTTepTLTfi-ov. — (nrdpTa irvKvd 60-Tpap.p,^va, cords [platted compact] firmly 
interwoven for protection. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 101 

16. (laxatptov (cf. Kpdvrj, 488 d, i. 7. 8 ; 5. 25) oo-ov ^Xi^v [= roaourov 
Sarj icTTi ^vtjXt], 556 a], a knife as large as a dagger. — dv. . .^'xovtcs i >n 
eirop€vovTo, they would march with them. Some extend the force •'•^■'■ 

of av to rjdov and ixopevov : but see 616 d. — irrjx.«v, form 220 f. (iiav 

XoYX'qv, while the Greek had also the aavpioT-^p (Lex. djpv). 

17. iiaxoiievoi, fighting ; v. I fxaxov/JLeyoi, for battle. — h, const, prceg., 

§ 2, — Xa|xpdv€Lv, 8i€Tpd9T](rav, obs. change of structure ; cf, 671 d. & 

exc. to 554 a. — Ik tuv Ta6\wv (Lex. e^, x^P^)- 

18. "Ap-rrao-ov, the northern and chief branch of the Araxes. Ains- 
worth. 

19. irpbs iroXtv s, order ? — oIkov}ji€vt]v, ^cell inhabited, popxdous. Some 
omit KaL before olKovjxevrjv. — SioL T-qs eavrcSv (cf. iii. 4. 41, case 442 or 436 ; 
.cf. eavTois, § 20, 455) s, through the country of tJieir own enemies. — 61701, 
after historic present. 

20. T-ixepwv, i. 7. 18. — 60€v, 550 e. — TcBvavai (Lex. ev-qaKO}). — 'EXX^- 
vwv, case 444 d. 

21. TO opos, i. e. x^pi-ov, § 20. AVhy article ? 

22. &XX0VS (Lex. b) 567 b. — iroXep.tovs, cf. v. 4. 12. — 8ao-€i«v -, - „ 
Poojv (tffiopdeta [= ci/icDj/, by pleonasm] of shaggy ox-hides un- ^^^ 
tanned ; (SoQv gen. of material, or in appos. ^yith j3oQv contained in d/xo^o. 
394 c. — dji.«j>l rd, i. 2. 9. 

23. (sc. TO(TovT(i}) '6<r(o,just as. Observe the repetition of 5^ in § 23-25. 

— [xst^ov, [greater than usual, 514] of unusual moment. 

24. I<j>* f-mrov, 689 g. — oTpcTituTajv, case ? i. 8. 16. — ©dXarra, case 
401 b. Cf. Virg. ^n. iii. 523. There were so many Greek cities on the 
shores of the Euxine that they now felt almost at home. — TrapeyyuwyTCDv, 
urging others to hasten (make haste). — -^XavvcTo, numb. 569 a. 

25. OTpaTT)-yoys, without article. — 'orov Br\ s, 551 h. 

26. Sepixdrwv s, articles which they had obtained from the region to 
make a kind of trophy for their victory over it. — KaTCTCfivc, that there 
might be no temptation to take them away for use. 

27. dirb koivov, sc. xp77/xaTos or Tap-ieiov, from the common stock, property, 
or, store, booty which had not been divided ; cf. v. 3. 4 ; or, at common cost. 

— coTTcpa, wt. art. 533 d. — vvktos, as his way lay through a hostile region. 



CHAPTER VIII. 

MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE MACRONES TO TRAPEZUS ON 
THE PONTUS EUXINUS. 

1. Tpets, the first occupied in part in reaching the Macrones. lAty 

— a'pi^e, tense ? cf. bpi^ei, 3. 1. ^^^ 

2. oiov (Lex.), 556 a. — 81' ov, manifestly referring to 6 bpi^oiv Trora/xos. 

— 8Ev8p€o-i, cf. SevdpoLS, 7. 9, 225 f. — ^kotttov, in order to clear a way 



102 NOTES. 

through the thicket to the stream. This mountain branch could not need 
bridging, while the trees are not represented as suitable for this. 

3. els Tov irorap.bv ippiirrow, in the direction of the Greeks, to deter 
them from crossing. — oiJ, ovSe'v, pos. emphatic and chiastic. 

4. ^€vo<})«vTt, case 699 g. — TreXTa<rT«v, case 418. — <}>do-K«v (Lex.), 
changed to Xeyuju to avoid repetition ; see 659 h. — €|i^v ra.vTy\v s, with- 
out article 524 c = ravT-qv elvai ifirjv iraTpida, 524 c. 

5. 8ia\e'70v Kal (id0€, tense 592. — avTwv, case ? — Ipwr^o-avros, sc. av- 
Tov, 676 a. — ttVTiTCTdxaTai, form 300 c. 

6. Ae'-yeiv, asynd. in dialogue, iii. 4. 42. — ttoii^o-ovtcs, sc. ipx^fieda or 
^pxovrai. 

_ .^ 7. €1 8oi€V 6.V X 6l 8o€iv. See 4. 20 N. ; cf. i. 6. 2. — rd morrd, 
■^^^ the proper pledges. Cf. i. 6. 7. — 8ia8t8oao-iv, presented, or, handed 
over. Cf. II. vi. 230. 

8. 68bv «8oiroiovv, cf. woXcv iroKiopKio}, 2. 15 N. — 68ov, the road through 
the river, and down and up its banks through the thickets. — Siapipdo-ov- 
T€S : for the difference between this verb and jSaij'w see Lex. — |j.e(roiS} 
508 a. 

9. fie'Ya, wt. ju-fv. Cf. to edpos, iii. 4. 7 ; iv. 6. 2. — ais...&|ovT€S, as in- 
tending to. advance in this way, i. e. Kara (pdXayya, in phalanx form. See 
McMichael. — d^wviovvrai, fut. indie. 

10. iroi7]o-ai (Lex.). Observe carefully Xenophon's various reasons for 
preferring the arrangement by columns. — ttj |i.^v...Tfi hi (Lex. 6), 518 d. — 
6p«<rtv, mode ? 

11. ktri (Lex.). — eirl iroWotis, accus. to show that a change would be 
required for this order, since they were now arranged iw oklywv. — T||j.a)v, 
case ? — xpifjo-ovTai, 8 ti (case 478) dv PovXtovrai (sc. xp^tr^at), they will 
make whatever use they may please. — tiirb dOpdwv (pos.?) . . . liiirecrovTwv, hy 
many missiles and men falling thick upon us. 

12. 6p0tovs, pos.? cf. §14, 15. — TO(rovTov...Xdxois, that standing apart 
we should occupy so much space with the companies. — 6<rov = iba-re, [as 
that] that the outside companies should reach beyond, etc. — Kepdrcov, case ? 

•%Ae — ^OX^S appos. to T^ixels subject of eaofieda, 393d, 395a; the 
rather from Xenophon's own position, § 16. — opOiovs fi-YOVTeSi 
leading our troops in columns ; related alike to irpocrlaaiv and H^cl, which 
are joined by re. — oi Kpdrio-TOi s, the best of us ivill be foremost in the ad- 
vance (not being confined to a uniform line of advance) ; while each com- 
pany would have some freedom to choose the best place of ascent. 

13. 6 TrXif)<riov, sc. Xoxos. — ov8€ls |ji.t]K€ti |X€ivt], 627. 

14. ktrX TO €v«vv}i,ov, i. e. to his own position, as in the order of battle 
the van regularly took the right, and the rear the left. — i\pXv (case ?) Ip.- 
'iro8a)v TOV y.^ (713 d) ^i\ etvat, in the ivay [to us of the now being] of our 
now being. Cf. iii. 1. 13. Some read to ijlt} elvai. — l<nrcv8op,€v, tense ? — 
o>p.ovs 8€i KaTa<j)a'Yeiv, we must eat up raw, or, devour alive, a hyperbole to 
express fierceness of attack, apparently from II. iv. 35, (hixbv ^e^pibdois 
UplapLOv. 



BOOK IV. CHAP. YIII. 103 

15. ?Kao-TOi, i. e. the soldiers of each company. Cf. 5. 23 N. 

16. €i5x€<r0ai, cf. § 25. — e-n-opevovTO, more rapidly than the heavier 
troops, as if to take the enemy in the flank. 

18. Kara to 'ApKaSiKov, (in the centre) beside the Arcadian -tAc^ 
division, a body more purely of Arcadians, while there were also 

many Arcadians in other parts of the araiy. — wv, numb. 499 a. — dva- 
KpaYoVTCS, V. I. ava Kpdros. 

19. -{jp^avTO, sc. ol irekTaaTai. — <j>vyifi &XXos &XXt| IrpdirtTo, [turned in 
flight] fled one this way and another that. 

20. TO. [ikv dXXa, ovBiv, 417 a. Some regard dXXa as ace. of specif. 481. 

— o Ti Kai s, which [also] excited their wonder, as much as what follows, 
viz. the honey and its eff'ects. — K-qpCwv, case 423. — avrots, for them. — 
cStiSokotcs, IwKco-av, form 280 c, 279 d. — iroXv, sc. edrjdoKOTes. — dTro0vii- 
OTKOvo-iv, dat. pi. part. 

22. cirl OdXttTTav, [upon the sea] to the seaside, 689 g (Lex. iiri) : cf. els 
Tpaire^ovuTa. — otKOVjX€VT]v €v, denoting not onlj'^ situation, but also that 
the city was inhabited. — €v tw Ev|€iva) ITovtw (Lex. ), iii the Euxine Pon- 
tus, the basin of the Black Sea. 

24. fidXto-ra oIkovvtwv, especially those dwelling, or, who chiefly -i yi n 
dwelt. — fjXeov, of things : cf. § 25. *' 

25. diro0€o-at s : the expression would have been more complete, if cw- 
T-qpia had been expressed Avith 'LwrripL (iii. 2. 9), and Ti^'Hyeiioi'i. (vi. 2. 15 ; 
5. 25) with 7)yeixbavua. — '^<J>V76, went into exile (cf. i. 1. 7). Among the 
Greeks even involuntary homicide was thought to bring pollution requir- 
ing exile, at least for a time, and purification. See Smith's Diet, of Antiq. 
Banishment (Greek). 

26. rd 8ep[j.aTa s, to be distributed as prizes ; cf. II. xxii. 160 ; Hdt. ii. 
91. — f|Y€i<r9ai (sc. eKeiae) ... Sttov, to lead to the place vjhere. — ireiroii]- 
K«s dt], form 317 a ; mode 641 b, or 643 c. — 8€i|as, ovtrep, pointing to the 
very spot where ; with Spartan disdain of ease and comfort. — rpi\iiv, for 
running, 663 d, — oiirtos, emph. pos. — MdXXdv ri dvido-erai, will suffer 
soTnewhat more, a stimulus to make greater exertion. 

27. o-rdSiov (Lex. ), case 479. — iraiSes- . -oi irXeioToi, hoys [of those taken 
captive the most] chiefly captives. — '^repoi, sc. tucjul^ovto. — KaT£'PT]<rav, 
cf. descendat in campum : Hor. Od. iii. 1. 11. — drc, quippe ; 2. 13 ; v. 2. 1. 

— kraipav : some few prefer iratpQv, but not well (see Lex. eraipos, eraipa). 

28. avTovs, i. e. the riders implied in 'iinrot. — irpos to.. .6p0iov, [against] 
up the exceedingly steep ground. — irapaK^evo-is...avTa)v, cheering of tJiem 



104 NOTES. 



BOOK V. 

FROM TRAPEZUS ALONG THE COAST TO COTYORA. 
CHAPTEE I. 

PREPARATIONS FOR LEAVING TRAPEZUS AND FOR FURTHER ADVANCE. 

.|^Q 1. "0<ra fjiev Sr\ s. See p. 3, Notes, as to division into books, 

summaries, etc. — K-^'xpi, v. I. fi^xP'-^- — """^v Iv t<3 Ev|. Hovtw, 

iv. 8. 22. N. — €^|avTO, iii. 2. 9 ; iv. 8. 16. — <r(arr\pia, 551 c ; iv. 8, 25 N. 

— d<}>tKoivTo, V. I. d(plKovTo. — 8c8iqX.u)Tai, tlie sentences beginning with 
8(ya and ws form the subject of this verb. 

2. 'E"yd> {Uv Toivvv, I for my jKtrt then, since this subject is proposed. — 
?<j>T], 574. — direipiiKa (Lex. under aira-yopevu). — Kal...Ka\.. teal, etc. Ob- 
serve how the wearisomeness is enhanced by the repetition. — (j>vXaKds 
<|>v\dTT«v, ii. 6. 10. — cooTTcp '08v<r<r€iis, who was carried asleep by a Pha^a- 
cian vessel to his native Ithaca ; Od. xiii. 74 s; cf. iii. 2, 25 N. 

1 -Q 4. Tri^^ryri |ji6, to Byzantium, where Anaxibius then was ; cf. 
vii. 1. 3. — dv eXGetv, aor. for fut. after the subjuuc. Tr^fji\f/rjT€, 
but somewhat less positive, 631 c, 649 c, 

5. em, cf. ii. 3. 8 ; vi. 2. 2. — Katpds (Lex.). 

6. oTov (431 a) wvTjcrofieSa, [of that for which we shall purchase] of the 
means of purchase, or, the wherewithal to purchase. 

7. 'AXXd, in opposition to what is conveyed in d/^eXcDs s ; cf. iv. 6. 19. 

— (Tvv Trpovo|JLais, v. I. ev[j,irpovo}xeLv : cf. Cyr. vi. 1. 24 ; Hel. iv. 1. 16. — 
dXXcos, at random. — r\]t.as, we, the generals. — SSoge ravra, asyndeton. 

8. Yap, 705b ; cf. iii. 2. 29 ; vi. 4. 8. — Kal iJiroi, sc. ficXKei e^iivai. — ■ 
dirEipoTepcDV, 514. — c7X^''P'n '"■°''> ''^^^^ «^ attempt [to go] in any direction, 
the idea of going implied ; v. I. iyx^i-pv ''"' ttoicIp. — elSevai, to Jceep our- 
selves acquainted with, i. e., to aid him through knowledge of the strength, 
etc. — 8vva|xiv [sc. to6t(jov\ k^ ovs, 551 f. — I'wcriv, number ? 

9. X-qt^eo-OaL [sc. ^/aSs], to prey iqwn us : cf. dTjpap irepi, 689 f. — &v Sv- 
1 (-^ vaiVTO, cf. 'dv eXdeXv, § 4 N. 

10. Tj7ri(rTd{i£9a...dv ^8€i, 631b; irXoia t/cavd,, emph. pos. in 
participial clause. — vvv 84, but as it is. — avrdflev, from this very region. 

— ^XBt], {iirapxdvTftjv [sc. irXoicap], shall come, bringing vessels, 2vhile tee 
have others here. — d(|)0ov<«)T€pois (Lex.). — irXeuo-ovjxsBa, v. I. TrXevao/neda. 

11. alTTjordjJievoi, having [asked for use] borrowed. — (xaKpa, long in pro- 
portion to the width, for greater swiftness. — irapaXvdfievoi, [loosening 
from beside] unshipping, to prevent the secret escape of the crews. — ^ci»s 



BOOK V. CHAR 11. 105 



dv s, until [those about to convey become sufficient] there should he enough 
to convey us. 

12. gl cLkos, whetlier it is not reasonable ; cf. iii. 2. 22 N. — dirb koivov, 
iv. 7. 27. — a)<j)eXovvTcs Kal a>(j)€X«vTai, parataxis. 

13. 'i]v iipa, i/ [perhaps, or] after all; cf. iii. 2. 22. — oSovs, obj. of 
odoTToieiv : pos.? — rais irapd s, to enjoin upon the states which [dwell beside 
the sea] occupy the sea-shore. 

14. cir€\|/i^<})i<r6 jxev ov8ev, he put nothing to the vote ; cf. vii. 3. 14. 

15. irevTiiKovTopov, a long war-vessel, having 25 oarsmen on each side 
in a single row (the rptaKovTopos having 15 ; § 16). — ^, 699 g. — -,^-1 
AaKCdva irepioiKov (Lex. Zirdprr]). The Perioeci appear to have 
descended in part from the old Achaean inhabitants who made terms with 
the Doric conquerors, and in part from inferiors who accompanied these 
or later immigrants, etc. See Smith's Dictionary, UepioiKoi. — f^XfTO, to 
Byzantium, to Anaxibus and Oleander, whom he endeavored to set against 
the Cyreans, especially Xenophon ; see vi. 1. 32 ; 6. 5 s. — dire'Oavev virh 
NiKavSpov (575 a), died at the hands of Nicander. 

16. ^vXaKtts : these were afterwards brought to account for some loss, 
cf. 8. 1. — els irapa-ywYTiv, in their plundering excursions, cf. 7. 15. 

17. 01 h\ Kal oil, cf. i. 3. 13 N ; Diod. xiv. 31. 



CHAPTER II. 

EXPEDITION AGAINST THE DRILiE. 

1. IJv Xa|JLpdv€iv, 571 f, h. — OPTpdT€vp.a, v. I. (rrparSTeSov. — l^dYei, 
histor. pres. — AplXas, the Drilae were, according to Arrian, the same as 
the Sanni: Kiihner holds rather that the Macrones (iv. 8. 1) and the Sanni 
were the same people. — ftre, iv. 2. 13 ; 8. 27. 

2. [sc. e/ceicre] oirdGev, to places from which. — avTOis, to the inhabitants, 
implied in oirodev ; cf. Hdt. ix. 1. 

3. ApiXais, case 454 c. — ds tovto, asyndeton, 

4. irpo8pa|idvT€s, obs. participles, and see i. 1. 7 ; 3. 5, 10. — TCO 
oirXiTwv, case ? — els SwrxiXCo-us s, as nom. 706 a, 

5. dvaPepXrifxevT], [thrown up] with the earth thrown up. — ol 81, 1. e. the 
Drilse. 

6. €(})* Ivds (Lex €Tri), ii, 4. 26 n, — t| Kardpao-is Ik, art. omitted, 523 d. 

7. 'O 8* IXOwv, and [he that came] the messenger. — 6ri, i. 6. 7. 

8. dirdYctv, to lead back. Some editors, following a few Mss., have here 
&vayaye7v, in the same sense. But, in such a connection as this, that use 
of the term would seem inappropriate : see KarajSacns, § 6, dwdyeiv, § 9. 
MS. C. has dvayayelv, corrected by d.Trayaye'cu. — Kal, also, so that they 
should be beyond the ravine as Avell as the hoplites. — «s dXdvTos s, as if 
the place might thus be taken, 680 b. 

5* 



106 NOTES. 



9. ^dp, introduces the reasons for the latter of the two courses. — ovk 
elvai, not to he possible. — airoSeSeiYpcvot fjcrav, plup. mid. — ^crrai (for 

11. iKcXevcrc s, he hade each of the captains to form his com- 
pany in that way, etc. — dvTeTroioOvTO (cf. iv. 1. 27). The minutiiB of the 
arrangement, for the general order was determined by the nature of the 
place, might yery safely be left to such men. 

12. «s dK0VTtj€iv, that they might shoot. If the absolute impers. Seijaop 
(which is bracketed by some editors) is retained, translate, since they must 
shoot; 675 (Lex. 5f«). — o"T]fjff|VT), i. 2. 17 ; iii. 4. 14. — "yvuvfjTas (Lex.). 
The slingers, from the great freedom and energy of motion which they 
required, were even less encumbered than the peltasts and bowmen. Still, 
the term may here apply in general to any lightly clad men who had 
pouches (dKpdepas) to hold stones and slings or hands to throw them ; see 
§ 4, 14. ^ 

13. irapeo-KevacTTO, were ready, 599 a. — ol d|iovvT€s s, those who claimed 
that they were not inferior to these. — trapia-Kivairro, irapaTeTa-yitevot •?j<rav, 
|vve(6p(ov, eiraidvio-av (§ 14), distinguish force of the tenses ; cf iii. 4. 4 ; 
vi. 2. 8. — Kai...p,ev 8iq, and so, etc., et vero, et profecto, Kiihner. 

14. Iiret, repeated after the parenthesis. The apodosis begins with afia 
re. — (r({>ev86vai, observe the asynd. and the polysyndeton in § 15 ; 707 j. 
— ■?i<rav 8e ol', a7id there ivere those who ; cf. 559 a. 

15. 'Yird (Lex.), i. 5. 5. — &\Xos &XXov cIXkc, 567 c. — Kal dLXXos dva- 
1 ^» p^P'/JKci, and another had already climbed up of himself ; the sing., 

as before, for the plural, to render the description more graphic, 
488. — Ka\ i^X(«K€i s, and the place [had been] was now taken, 599. 

16. KttTeKciXve, V. I. /care/ct^Xucre. — 2|«, proleptic = were ^^w {rod xw- 
plov) fxeveiv. Kiih., cf. iv. 2. 12. 

17. rdxa Be tis, and presently one ; or, and perhaps one or two, ri% not 
used as strictly singular, 548 c. — oi eKiriiTTOVTes, those that were rushing 
out. — ?o-Tiv, oratio dir. 

18. viKw<ri...co0ov[ji6voi, those (of the hoplites, § 16) who were pressing 
in jjrevail over and force back those (the lighter troops) that were rushing 
out. 

19. €|eKop,t<ravTO, sc. ra akovra, prsedara. 

20. eo-KOTTOvv, refers rather to the examination, a-Kowovfi^vocs to what 
was subsequent on consideration, 582 -y. 

21. ?Ka<rToi, each company, iv. 5. 23 N ; 8, 15. — Siijpovv, for freer egress. 
■ — dxpewovs, camp-followers, calones. 

22. ^vSoOev, fro7)i ivithin the citadel. — Kpdvq, of leather thongs braided, 
■, t jr 4. 13 ; Hdt. vii. 72. — oSov, case ? iv. 3. 28. 

23. Kara rds irvXas, along the passage, or, to [the vicinity of] 
the gates. 

24. Maxo|xev«v, i. 4. 12; 2. 17; ii. 4. 24. — e€»v...<ramipCas: these 
•words form an undesigned iambic trimeter. — Stov Zi\ s, 551 h, cf. iv. 
1. 25. — 01 dird, const, prseg., i. 1. 5 ; 2. 3. 



BOOK V. CHAP. III. 107 

25. irapd (Lex. a), Fortune regarded as a person, cf. Hdt. i. 126. — 
evdirrciv, pos. ? — Ik^Xcvc, tense, 595 a. — ra\v kKaiovro, were quickly on 
fire. 

26. Ot...KaTd TO (TTOfJia, those in front towards the citadel. McM. says 
that this rendering is inconsistent with the narrative, and translates, 
"oTiZy those about the entrance (into the fort) were still giving trouble." — 
S-qXoi i^o-av, 573 a. — irapaYyeXXet [sc. irdvTas or 7racrt]...oo-oi, 550 f. 

27. Kal 01 olK^ai, both tlie houses ; cf. Cifis. B. G. viii. 15. 

29. Toiivofia TovTO : he may have been a slave, since slaves were often 
so named from their native lands : cf. otK^T-rji. -^ SeKa, v. I. rerrapas ij 
irevre. — Tovs iroX€|iCovs s, to seek concealment from the enemy. — iKft 
XCtXKai, i. e. in front : see Lex. ireXTrj. 

30. E(f>oPovvTO [sc. avTo] «s eveSpav o5o-av (500), feared [them] as [be- 
ing] as if there were a real ambuscade ; cf. 675 e. — t« Mvo-<3 ka"f\\i.i\v€, a 
signal was given to Mysus (Lex.). Some place the comma after Mysus, 
omitting it after vTr€\r]\v6evat. — Kal 8$, 518 f, i. 8. 16. 

31. ot H6V dXXoi KpfjTes, the otJiers, the Cretans (567 e), i. 5. 5. — 
d\larK€o-9ai, that [they were being caught] the enemy were overtaking them. 
— ^(j>ao'av, vii. 4. 15. — iKirco-ovres, iv. 5. 15. — KvXiv8oti|j.6voi, v. I. koKlv- 
do^fievoL, Kiihner. 

32. ipda, i. 8. 12. — Pot]6€iv Kal k^o'f\6r\(rav, order? — IttI irdSa dv6- 
X«povv, they retreated backwards, facing the enemy. Cf. Cyr. vii. 5. 6. 



CHAPTER III. 

MARCH TO CERASUS. — DIVISION OF THE SPOIL. — XENOPHON's DE- 
SCRIPTION OF THE TEMPLE OF ARTEMIS AT SCILLUS IN ELIS. 

1. X€ipio-o<|>os, 1. 4. According to Diodorus (xiv. 30) the Greeks waited 
for him 30 days. — ■fjv Xap.pdv£iv, 2. 1. — iratSas Kal ^vvatKas, children 
and women, not, however, without exception, 4. 33. — liropcxiovTO, sc. 
Kara yrjv, cf. 4. 1. — biZo'jreTro\.t\^ivr\ (form 283 a) -^jv, was now repaired. 

2. Kcpao-ovvra (Lex.). — rpiraioi, on the third day, 509 a. Cf. i. 2. 11 ; 
5. 1 ; ii. 2. 17. 

3. ScKa, as still expecting Chirisophus. — d|ic{>l tovs jivpCovs, ^ ^„ 
as gen. 706 a. Cf. v. 7. 9. — dirwXovTO vird, voice 575 c. — il tis 

vdo-a>, [if any one perished] except as any one may have perished by dis- 
ease, or now and then one by disease or sickness. 

4. tt|v 8€KdTT]v, a frequent portion for religious consecration. Compare 
the tithes among Jews and Christians. — <j)vXdTT€iv, to keep, infin. of pur- 
pose, after giving, going, sending, etc. 

5. 'AttoXXwvos dvd9T]|xa, [Apollo's gift] the votive gift to Apollo. Some 
work of art, statues, tripods, vases, were common gifts. — •irotTio'd|j,€vos, 
procuring to be made (581), possibly upon his return to Athens directly 



108 NOTES. 

after the enlistment of the army under Thibron, while he had still the 
privileges of an Athenian (see Introduction, p. ix), — Orjo-avpov, the 
Grecian states had each a treasury at Delphi for the reception of their 
offerings. Cf. Hdt. i. 14, 51. 

6. To 8^ TTis *ApTe|xi8os (sc. dvid-r^ixa), hut that (portion or offering) for 
Artemis. — dirT]ei...TT|v...68ov (case 477), departed tqjon the expedition [into 
the country of] against the Boeotians. — Kiv8vv£V(r<tfv...Uvat, he seemed to he 
going [to incur danger] on a perilous adventure. — o'w6t|, mode ? — ■i^v 8€ ti 
•ird0Ti (Lex.), hut if [he should suffer anything] aught should hefall him ; 
the usual Greek euphemism. 

7. ^(}>£V"Y6v, wheyi he was in exile ; v. I. '4<pvyev. This latter, as McM. 
says, would imply that he was banished after serving against his country 
imder Agesilaus at Coronea, b. c. 394. — t^ Gcw = t^ 'Apre/jiidL, § 4. — 6 
0€os, doubtless Apollo at Delphi. 

8. "Etvx.€, as the river had this name at the time of the purchase. — 
V6WV, vadv, § 9, 12 s. Observe use of both forms. — tw ev SkiWovvti 

ir^Q X'^P^'pj ^^6 estate at Scillus. — irdvTwv, sc. Orjplwv. — d-ypevdfjicva 
0T]p£a, heasts of the chase. 

9. 'Eiroliicre x ciroiei ? cf, iii. 3. 5. — Ilapeixe : through of course Xeno- 
phon her steward, whose security and popularity Avere thereby promoted, 
no less than the honor of the goddess. — rots o-ktjvwctiv, to those who were 
tented for the feast ; v. I. aKrjvovaiv. 

10. TO. (X€V, sc. Orjpia. 

11. TJ €K AaKe8aip,ovos...irop€vovTai, [where they travel] on tJie road 
from LacedcBmon or Sparta. — ws el'KOo-i o-Td8ioi, in appos. with xcipa, 
395 c. — hn (Lex.), there are in. 

12. «s jxiKpbs [sc. vahs et'/cao-rai] (jLCYaXw. — yj^vtra^ covered with gold. 
Statements differ in respect to the material so covered. 

13. ■ypdp.p.ara : the inscription was in capital letters, and hence is here 
so printed. An almost exact duplicate of this inscription was found on 
the island of Ithaca in 1758. — 'APTEMIA02, case 437 b. — TON AE 
*EXONTA...[sc. del or xp'n] KATA0YEIN, and whoever occupies it must 
offer, 670a.— nOIHI = tto^t;. — THI OEM MEAHSEI (Lex.), 457. 



CHAPTER IV. 

MARCH THROUGH THE COUNTRY OF THE MOSSTN(ECI. 

•ICQ 1- oi'irep Kal TrpdcrGev, 3. 1. 

2. Mo(r<rvvoiK«v (Lex.), cf. Strabo xii. 3 ; also, ixbcrcvvi, § 26. 
— «s 8id <})iXias...Tf]s X"P°'S [= Sm r?}? xwpas ws (ptXlas, as through the 
country friendly], through the country as friendly. 

3. €1 (Lex.) PovXoiVTo, to see if they would he willing, iv. 1. 8. 

4. Mo<r<nJVo£K«v, 'E\\ifiva>v, order ? — 'iKtyt, iqpiiTJveve, tense ? v. I. Ae^e. 



BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 109 

5. Siacrwdfjvai, to go through safe, : cf. Hdt. vii. 208. — irpds, ■with accus* 
of place, for the more common els, vi. 4. 8 ; Cyr. v. 4. 16. — oils aKOvojicv, 
cf. ii. 5. 13. 

6. i\ZiK'r]Kaai,v. I. rjdiKrjaav. — ti[j,(3v, dat. vii. 7. 29. — etvai, with, impers. 
i^ecTL, though e'xeti' would here give a more systematic construction. 

7. d<|>Ti<r€T€, if you shall let us go (without availing yourselves of our 
Lfclp), Kriig. 

8. 6 &px,cDV, who spoke for the rest, or, the head-chief. — Sexoivro, they 
accepted. 

9. "A7€T6 8tj, come now, or, well th^en. — rC i\[L<av Sci^orecrOe \pi\a-aa-Qai, 
[what shall you want of us to employ us in] what service sJmll you luish 
from us? 661 d. Cf. Cyr. v. 2. 23: see also vii. 2. 31. — v^iis, pos.? — 
Tt otoi T€ s, vjhat [will you be able to do in co-operation with us] assistance 
icill you he able to render us ? 

10. '6r\. iKavoi lo-|i€v, 644 a, 714, 3. — Ik tov lirl Qanpa, from the other, 
or, farther side. , ^^^ 

11. 'Eirl TOVTois, hereiqjon, or, on these terms, 695. — wv oi jiev "*-^^ 
8vo...6 Se els, of whom [the] two. ..hut the third, 530 b. — els roJIcyv s, [put 
their arms into military position] stood to their arms in order. 

12. 01 [JL€v, these, who remained in the canoes. — jicvovtcs, to assist the 
Greeks. — "E(rTT]<rav dvd cKardv, they stood, in two Unus, or companies, of a 
hundred each. — wo-irep |xdXi<rTa xop°^ s, very rauch [as] like roics of dancers 
fronting each other. Some read eKarbv /idXiara (b<nr€p, making ixaXtara 
qualify e/carov = in round numbers, pretty nearly. — oTrio-Gev s, liaving a 
hall of the wood itself, in place of the Greek (xavpurrip : see bbpv, iv. 7. 1 4. 

13. irdxos «s Xivov <rTpaj(iaTo8eo-|iov (412), [as of a linen bed-sack as to 
thickness] ahout the thickness of a linen hed-sack. — KpdvT], cf. 2. 22. — 
Kpu^vXcv, a tuft, prob. of the ends of leathern thongs used in making the 
helmet. Cf. Tacitus, Germ. 38. 

14. rd^ewv, troops of peltasts and light armed, McM. — 8td twv SttXwv, 
the place in the camp where the arms were deposited. Others (Matt., 
Yollb., etc.) make Td^eojv...6ir\a}v a hendiadys = through the [ranks and 
arms] armed ranks; expecting, doubtless, in their simplicity, that the 
Greeks Avould at once follow them. 

15. 'fliKciTo, iv. 8. 22 ; v. I. ^kcito. — avrois [to or for them] their ; 
others translate by them, making it the dat. of the simple agent after pas- 
sive verbs. McM. — t«v Moo-o-uvcIkwv, of the country of the Mossynceci. 
— Trepl TovTOv, referring to to aKporarov. — e"YKpaT€rs...'irdvT«v Mo<rcr., case 
407. — ?<}>a(rav, those of the Mossynceci with the Greeks. — tovtovs, those 
in possession. — koiv^v 6v, [being] though common piroperty . 

16. fiexpt ov, 557. ^ -. gj 

17. vofiu) Tivl a8ovTes, singing a kind of time ; cf. kv pvQjXLo, 
§14; Thucyd. v. 69. 

18. 8ti lirgiroi^Kco-av, their allies ; see a.\)roi% below. — 8, antecedent ? 

19. p.-q8Ev d9v|XTicr»iT€, do not become at all dejected ; the pres. imperat. 
would imply that they were now dejected, 628 c, e. — iVre, be assured 
(Lex. opdcS), 



110 NOTES. 

20. 'HJitv, case? — tw Bvn (Lex. elfil), — oX<nr6p.,.dvd7K'r], to whom [it 
is unavoidable that we also should be enemies] we also must be enemies. 

— Tcov 'EXXiqvwv, pos. ? see 523 c. — oi d<|>povTio-Tif|<ravT€S s, those who Imve 
Tnade light of their orderly arrangemerii with us. — ravrd, v. I. ravra. — 
iiirep |iiv TJ|iiv {^^y omitted by some, 707 b), sc. ^irpa^av^ as with us. — 
SiKTiv (Lex. 1). 

21. ofiolois av8pdo-t...vvv re Kal 8t6, with the satne kind of men [both 
now and when] now as when, 705 c. 

22. Observe the series of participles ; dvaavres preceding in action dpt- 
CTTjaavTes : this preceding iroi'qadfxevoi. and ra^ajxevoi. : and these, eiropeiovro. 

If^n — Kara ravrd, in tlie same way (Lex. Kara). — •uiroXeiiroiie'vovs... 
o-ToiiaTOs (case 406 b), as they were not well protected from the 
missiles of the enemy, § 23. 

23. ''Ho-av oX, ii. 2. 14, Rehdz. — dveo-TcXXov, e-ndeavored to keep in 
check. — TrpwTOv p.ev, cf. eTret 5e, § 25. — oi pdpPapoi x ot pdpPapoi, § 24. 

24. Observe the tenses, the interchange of impfs. and aorists, 592. 

25. 8iq...6|JLov 8iQ, i. 8. 8 ; 1. 4, — AXXa, as in i. 5. 5, unless the TrdXra 
are regarded as a kind of dopara. — -jraxe'a p.aKpd, an unusual asynd. — Bv 
^spoi, could carry, cf. 7. 7. — 4k x^'-pos (Lex. ). 

26. avrov jic'vovTa : the king lived in a seclusion, of which Oriental 
courts have presented many examples ; and, after the defeat of his forces, 
chose rather to die than to submit to the indignity of leaving it. The sub- 
ordinate ruler in the place first taken (6 ej* rep Tporepov s) made the same 
heroic, or stolid, choice ; cf, Diod. xiv. 30. — 4*^XdTT0v<riv, v. I. (pvXdrTov- 
rat. — p,o<ro-vvois, form 225 f. 

27. cos ?<j>ao-av oi Mo<r<r., referring to the usage stated in rarplovs. — 
fjo-av Z\ ^eial ai •n-Xeio-Tai, the most of it was spelt (conforming to fetat 
rather than regularly to o-tros, 500 a) ; cf. i. 4. 4. 

1>3rt 29. Kdpva s. These were afterwards distinguished as Kapva 

KacTTavata, the large chestnut of the Old World, nuces castanese, 

from, it is said, Kda-rava, a town of Pontus, or, according to others, of 

Thessaly. Ainsworth represents them as still abundant along this coast. 

— rd irXarea, of tlie broad kind, 523 i. — tovtw (conforming to a-irip rather 
than Kdpva) Kal irXcio-rcp s, this they used even as their chief food ; to^tcj), 
V. I. ToiJTcov. — otvos : grapes are still found wild in this region, the Koran 
not allowing their culture for wine. 

30. <rvv Tois iroXcp-iois, [with] on the side of the enemy. — oi )i.€V...oi 81, 
some... others of the enemy. 

31. eTepav.-.lTcpas ; not unusual with the Greeks; compare with the 
natural order in English ; cf. vii. 4. 18, els to <f>ws iK tov (tkotovs. — •i>^T]X'ri, 
even with these advantages for the transmission of sound, a long distance 
for the combined shout of many men to reach. 

32. ov TToXXov Seovras l'o-o\)s...€lvai, [not lacking much tobe]7io^/ar 
from being equal. — ttoikIXo-us rd vtora, having their backs party-colored 
(case 481 ; so rd 'ifxirpoadev). In a rude state of society the natural love of 
distinction and ornament has led to this embellishment of the body itself. 



BOOK V. CHAP. V. Ill 



This has the advantage over the civilized passion for dress, of being cheap 
and permanent. For this custom among the Thracians, see Hdt. v. 6. — 
lo-Ti-yiifivovs dvOejiiov (case 479), tattooed in Jlower patterns ; Mossyni notis 
corpus omne persignant. Pomp. Mela, i. 19. 

33. ar^la-i, as reflexive, implies that they stated this. 

34. TovTovs...papPapa)TdTovs SteXOciv, ^/la^ [they passed through these 
the most barbarous] these ivere the most barbarous of the tribes through which 
tliexj passed. — dvOpwiroi, i. e. men in general. — ofj,oia...clir£p dv -iga 
(sc. TTOirjaeLav or Trpd^eiav, or iivdpwiroi Trot.7jaei.av from above), such 

things as they (or, men) would do, 560. — SieXe-yovrd re cavrois, 583, asynd. 
of explanation. — l<j>* eavrois, at (or by) themselves; v. I. icf! iavrQp, by 
themselves. 



CHAPTEK Y. 

ARRIVAL AT COTTORA. — PLUNDER OF THE NEIGHBORING COUNTRY. 

1. OKTO) o-TaGfiovs : as to the time here noted, McM. suggests that "by 
cradfiovs is probably meant the whole time spent in fighting and negotiat- 
ing, as well as marching." See i. 2. 23 N. — XdXv^as : Strabo (xii. 3) 
regards the Chalybes as those referred to by Homer {II. ii. 857), who calls 
them Alizonians, originally Alybians, from their metropolis Alyba. Cf. 
§ 17 N. — Mo<r<rvvoiK«v, case 432 g. — TiPapT]vovs, "quibus in risu 
lusuque summum bonum est," Pomp. Mela, i. 19. 

2. ^XPHt^v, ISe'xovTo, order? — Trpo(rPdX\€tv...6vTi07]vat, change from 
act. to pass, construction ; cf. vii. 3, 3 ; ovTjdrjvai, rare for ouaadai : n, case ? 
— PovXewo-aivTO, mode 641 d. 

3. direSeilavTO, thereby preventing a great crime. — ^ irpoo-ioivro, form ? 
cf. i. 9. 7. — diro^Kovs olKoiivTas, [colonists] a colony dwelling, 394 c ; v. I. 
diroidav, Bvras 8', 499 e ; ii. 1. 6. 

4. T| o-Tparid, the greater part, 3. 1. — nXfjOss Tf]S Kardpao-ews rf\s 
68ov : the latter word in appos. w. Kara^da-eus, the total of the descent of 
the march ; but Pehdz. & Kriig. govern Kara^. by 65ou. — Iv Ba^vXcSvi 
(Lex. iv), iv. 8. 22. 

5. ^p.6ivav, still expecting Chirisophus, and uncertain about their future 
movements. — Kara ^8vos ^Kaarot roiv 'EXX^ivtov, [each body of -irte 
the Greeks] all the Greeks by tribes, each tribe having its special 
religious rites. 

6. na<J)XaYovtas, bounded, in Hdt. i. 6, 72, on the east by the Halys ; 
but here regarded as extending under the powerful king Corylas, to the 
vicinity of Cotyora. 

7. KoTvwpiTwv, modifying both ttoXcws and xcipaj, 523 c. — <|)oPotlfi,€vot, 
apprehensive with the rest of the Sinopeans ; (po^o^/mevoi, eKeivuv, ijKovov, 
referring in sense to the Sinopeans in general, whom the ambassadors 
represented. — 'i^ipov, sc. Koruw/otrat : Greek colonies were always under 



112 NOTES. 

some obligations to the parent states in respect to precedence, alliance, etc. ; 
but Sinope kept her colonies in more than usual subjection, cf. § 19. — 
86ivos...XeYciv : his reputed skill certainly failed him here. 

8. T€...lir€iTa Se (giving more distinctness and thus emphasis to the 
clause), 716 b. — viKdre, are victors over, or, have conquered, 612. — iroXXttv 
T€ Kat, ii. 3. 18, VoUb. — «s TJixeis dKovo|X€v, tense 612 ; ii, 1. 12 ; 2. 3. 

9. "EXXTiv€s...'EXXifiv«v, T|jJLeis vjids, order ? — ov8e -ydp, iii. 1. 16, Kehdz. 
— viriQplafJiev, ii. 3. 23. 

10. |X6V, see M, § 11. — d(|)€Xo|i6voi : for the cases with this verb, see 
485 d. — o Ti s, order 718 o. 

11. {ip.ds...lvlovs, 417 a. — ov TretOovras, not [persuading the owners] hy 
their consent. 

12. Tai)T'...d|iov(i€v, these proceedings we think not right, i. e. we protest 
against, i. 1. 8, McM. — irof/jo-gre, (stronger than the subjunc.) will persist 
in doing. — dXXov (Jvriva, i. 10. 3 ; 4. 15. 

■9r%f> 13. 'Hjxeis 8e, iv. 6. 10. — d7air»vT€s, thankful, well con- 
^^^ tent. Cf. Thucyd. vi. 36. — d-yeiv Kal <|)€p€iv, ii. 6. 5 N. 

14. cv Tpair. |xev, cf. KoTvajptras Be, § 19, — dv6' «v (= clptI totutwv &, 
554 a, N.) s, in return for the honors ivhich they showed us, and [they also 
bestowed gifts] the gifts which they bestowed. — tis, tovtcdv, 501, i. 4. 8. — 
•^■yoivTo, mode ? 

15. oTTOiwv TvvcSv (Lex.), 548 d. 

16. dv T€ (Lex. idv) els pdpPapov y^v, sc. 'iXOwfxev. 

17. XaXSaious, also called XaXu/Ses, iv. 7. 15 ; ol vvv XaXdacoL, XdXvjSes rh 
irakaLov (hvofid^ovTo, Strabo xii. 3. — Kaiircp, kui p,dXa, in concession, 674 f. 

18. T(Sv €K€tv«ov, sc. xpT/^adro;!', of their property ; see 524 b. 

19. KoTvwptras, inverse attr. to ovs, 554 c ; or to be explained by ana- 
coluthon (e. g. as if d<pr]prjl^€6a were to follow instead of avruu eiXrjcpafiev) 
or synecdoche, 481 b. — ti avrav, anything of theirs. — dpp.oo-Ti^v (Lex.), 
cf. vi. 2. 13 ; 4. 18 ; Thucyd. viii. 5. 

20. "O 8e Xfc7€is, quod autem dicis, as to what you say ; so 8. de 'r)irei\iq- 
1 />« eras, § 22. "0 is explained by jStg wapeXdovTas [sc. ijfjias or ewous, 

§ 11] (TKt^vovv. — -^ T[p,ds s, where the pla^e itself ad.rtvitted us with- 
out force, it v/as so ill fortified. — SairavoivTes (Lex.). — l<J)* -qfiiv "p s, it 
vnay he in our power to retnove them. 

21. vTratOpioi, 509 b. 

22. iroiitio-eo-Oe, iroiricrop.ev, voice 585. — ■qp.eis 8e, ive on the other hand^ 
or, for our part. — v|xa>v, case ? — tov na(|)Xa7ova, the Paphlagonian king. 

24. Tw 'EKaTcovvjAO) xaXeiraivovTcs tois elprifJievois, displeased [with 
Hecat., with what he had said] with what Hecat.. had said. Some govern 
'E/car. by <yuv in compos. — irapeXGdiv, used of public speakers. Cf. vi. 
1. 31, 32. — ^evfois, pos.? 

25. iroXXd tc Kal (702 c) eiriTi^8€ia. . .rd re dXXa [sc. SteX^oi'ro]. . .ISeovro, 
they conversed on many suitable topics [both the otliers and] and especially 
they made such careful inquiries as each party desired respecting, etc. : 
iirLr-qdeLa, v. I. (jiiKiKa. 



BOOK V. CHAP. VI. 113 



CHAPTER VI. 

THE GREEKS RESOLVE TO PROCEED BY SEA. — XENOPHON'S PLAN TO 
FOUND A CITY IN PONTUS. 

1. avTOis-irapaKoXeo-avTas, cf. i. 2. 1 N. — Stvwireas, with -i^q 
•whom the generals had already conferred. — fi,v, &v, pos. 621 d, f. ■'■^^ 

— XP^°'''l^°''j it seemed that the Sinopeans would be useful as guides. — 
irpoo-Seiv ISoKct, there seemed to be still more need. 

2. "EXX-qvas 6vTas"EXXT]o-t, being Greeks to Greeks, i. e. being to them 
as Greeks should be to Greeks. Some regard "EWrjaL as displaced by a 
violent parataxis, and as the object of evvovs and av/ji,j3ovXevei,v. 

3. direXo-yrio-aTO, a clumsy lie. — (rcfwSv, the Sinopeans. 

4. 7roXXd...7€votTO, may mamj blessings betide me, 638 d. How would 
the addition of 6.v to yevoiro affect the sense ? 638 f. — Avtt] (509 b) -ydp 
...irapeivai, /or [that which is said to be sacred counsel] Sacred Counsel so 
called seems to me to be here present, as a goddess forbidding all falsehood 
on penalty of infamy. There seems to be here a I'eference to the proverb 
Upbv 7) (Tvix^ovX-q, with rhetorical personification. — vOv 7ap, refers to an 
omitted clause ; and I have more than ordinary reason to give faithful 
counsel, for, etc. McM. — iroXA.oi...|ji,€, there will he many to praise me, 
both you and others. 

5. Kop-i^i^o-Ge, pass. — T[(i,ds, vp-ds, in emphatic antithesis. — oTcXX-qo-Gc, 
mid. (or, pass.?). — v|ids...6tvai, you will have [to be the fighters] the fight- 
ing to do. ^ 

6. XeKTca, sc, Tavrd iaTiu. 

7. (J16V, see Be, § 8. — €vQvs, protinus, gives emphasis to irpQiTov. -i/^q 

— ov 7dp 'ifTTiv dXXT), i] v^ (observe the repetition of sound), for ^^*^ 
it cannot he in any other place tlmn where. — 68ov, governed by endrepa 
(Lex.). — d, the comm. obj. of Kparetv and /car^xoi/res, 399 g ; which « very 
few [occupying] occupants could hold. — ov8* dv...&v, 622a. — oi irdvTcs 
dvGpojTroi, all the men in the world, 523 e. 

8. ireSta ovra (677), that there are p)lains, specially favorable to cavalry 
for harassing infantry. — jiei^ov <}>pov6i, thinks too much of himself, or, is 
too proud for this, 514 a; cf. iii. 1. 27; vi, 3. 18, b (ipx^^v, Corylas. 

9. KXe\|;ai, ^ (|>0d<rai XaPovTCs, to seize by stealth or surprise. — irXciov, 
p.£iov, 507 e. — dXX(i>s tc Kat, esjjccially, 717 a. — "AXw, cf. Strabo xii. 3 
for derivation of name. — ws 8* a^Jrcos (Lex. wcrai^rajs). 

10. ov, not merely. 

11. <}>iXias ^V€Ka TTjs KopvXa (object, gen.), order 721 c, 523a, -inrx 
3. — ws Sdipa XT)\j/dp.evov, m expectation of receiving piresents. — 

T^v Sivojirewv x«pav KaKov ti, xw/oai' belonging, but not essentially, with 
T7)v ^Lvuir^wv, and KaKov with rt, 719 d. — ol 8* o€v, i. 3. 5 ; 2. 12. 



114 NOTES. 

12. oiiTw %\€i (Lex.), ita se res habet, voice 577 c — (icXXei...&v irXeoi- 
|JL6V, mode ? — '4va ji-ij, stronger than fjL-rjdepa, and made still more emphatic 
by apiOfjLi^ ; not [one in number] a single individual. Some editors, accord- 
ing to the conjecture of Weiske, place dpid/j.ui after ws ; but see Kiih. in loc. 

13. KpaT<»ji€v, 8vvai|Jt69' &v, mode? — €V...x«pa, in loco et numero. 
Cf. 7. 8 : Krtiger. 

15. ^€vo^wvTt...awT«, 505 b. — 7rap€o-K€vd<r6Ti, mode 631 b, 636 a, iv. 
2. 10. — X"P**' *^°-^ Svvajiiv, an object not unworthy of the ambition of 
Xenophon. — irpo<rKTT]<ra<r0ai, sc. avrovs. 

16. aiT<av, V. I. avTU)v ; cf. iv. 7. 19, Kiih. — tovs Tr€ptoucovvTas, suc- 
cessful in trade, but otherwise having no eminence. — €iri tovtois, force of, 

.J-, cf. § 22, 27, 28 (Trept)- — eiiretv, mode 703 d, /3. 

17. €avT«...'7r€pnroii]<rcw0ai, referring, by a change of subject, 
to Xenophon. 

18. 'ika^ij see i. 7. 8. — Kiip», indir. obj. of -^Xrideva-e or 6v6/i€vos, or 
both. 

19. Sti, 6ti, cf. vii. 4. 5. — tK-irXeovras, numb.? — povXeverai 7dp, 
change ? 

20. «s...ovT]o-cu, [so that you might benefit] to benefit: us is omitted 
before ^x^iv, and in some Mss. here also. — Tfjs...X"pttS...€KX€|dfJi6vot, Jiav- 
ing selected from (or, of) tJie country^ 699 f, or 423. — tov jicv s, that who- 
ever wislies may return. — irXoia 8' ijiiv, tlien you have vessels, 5' intro- 

T7*> ^^^"^^^S ^^^ apodosis, while the preceding infinitives depend on 
^'^ ^o^XeaSe. 

22. o-TpaTtft)Ta)v ovtwv, 675 . — nrpo<ri\€iv . . .TOtcitrOai, pos. ? — "EXXaSos, 
pos. ? — Tivas, prefening not to name Xenophon ; cf. i. 4. 12. 

23. vovjii^vias, the most frequent time of commencing service and of 
payment. — kv^iktjvov, a standard gold coin among the colonies about the 
Euxine, corresponding in general use to the daric, though somewhat more 
valuable; cf. i. 3. 21 ; vii. 6. 1. — ^Kovres, numb, andgend.? 

24. 4»pTryias <Lex. 2). 

25. al)9is, V. I. €v6vs. — o-TpaTT^-yCas Ijidx^TO, thinking perhaps that, as 
a Boeotian, he ought to have succeeded Proxenus. — okrTe tw povXo)i€V«> 
€vovK€tv, so that whoever vmhed might settle there. The dat. is here used 
for the aceus. to agree with airoLs, 667 c, cf. ii. 6. 9 ; or, is governed by 
^aeadai, supplied from above. 

26. '4a-T€, change ? — wtrrc (Lex. d). 

1 rjn 27. i)irep, differs from irepi, which Xen. uses § 28, in implying 
inclination ; cf. § 16, 22. — ^i\ Koivovijievov. This fonns part of a 
case here assumed upon the statement of others, and not affirmed, 686 ; cf. 
ov ireiaas, § 29. — €ls, with reference to the introduction of the subject ; so, 
els vfxds, § 28, cf. § 37. — rh Kotvdv, sc. ttXtj^os, the general council of offi- 
cers, 7. 17. 

28. TavTa...6'iroia, 550 d. — Kal vvv, cf. iv. 3. 11. — &px€o-Oat, to [be- 
gin] undertake at all ; an ingenious defence against the charge. — irepi, cf. 
§ 27, 16. 



BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 115 

29. TO |Jt€V (w'ykttov, as to the most im-portant, i. 3. 10. — Ijioi, governed 

by eiTL^ovX-q, 455 f, or (pdvoiro, 460. Cf. insidi^e consuli, Sallust. ov 

ireicras : ov, not fxri (§ 27) : ov represents Treto-a? as part of the fact alleged, 
viz. that "without ha\-ing persuaded you I was purposing...," — firj would 
represent Treto-as as part of tiie speaker's thought, — "I was purposing to do 
this without persuading you." ov ireicras is an adjunct of " I " as the subj. 
of SiavooifMTjv: [x-q ireia. of " I " as the subj. of irpaTTetv : cf. Cyr. ii. 3, 5, 
dLavoe2Tai...iJ.7]8ei> KaXov KayaObv iroi.Q)v...i(ToixoLpe'Lv. McM. 

30. ewpft)v...lorKd7roaJv, 631b. — tovt* dv lo-Koirow, d<f)' ov dv ■ye'voiro, 
WO-T6, I sliould he looking out for [that from which it would result so that] 
a measure which would so result that : loare, marking result, is not uncom- 
mon after yiyvo/j.ai.. — ■u|jLds...Tbv |X6v povXdjxevov, 417 a. — tov fti] PovXd- 
jtevov, SC. airow\eLv ijdrj. 

31. irgfiirovTas, tense 594. The vessels had begun to come. — koXo'v 
fioi...Tfis TTopeias {v. I. cuT-qpLas) Xa|Jipdv€iv, it seenis to me [to be] an admi- 
rable tiling to be safely conveyed to tlic point we wi-ih to reach, and then to 
receive [the wages of the journey] ^a?/ /or our journey ; spoken with quiet 
sarcasm. Cf. vii. 6. 30. 

32. kv Yap, cf. iii. 2. 28. — Kara jxiKpd 7€vo|ji€vtis, resolved into ^ „m 
fragments; Kara distributive, as in i. 8. 9. J-/^ 

33. direp vp,a)v, sc. boKei. — 'AvtVeivav, asynd., cf. iii. 2. 33. 

34. XT|\|;ovTat...€iri9irj(roL€v, mode 645 b ; so pi€rap.€\oL..J<TTe, § 36. 

35. TO. 8e xpTi[j.aTa...ex|r6i;<rfj.€V0i ■^o-av Tf]S |iio-6o(|>opds (pos. 719 d), 
but the money [of the wages] for the jJayinent of icagcs they [had falsified 
about] ivithheld ; cf. exl/eva-ro r-qv avfxp.ax'^o.v, Thucyd. v. 83. 

36. €Kir€irXTi"y|jt€Vot -Jjo-av, were [having been struck with surprise] con- 
founded, 599 c, 600 a, b. — #d(rtv (Lex. 2). 

37. AiTJTOv, mentioned as a king that was known. — avTwv, case 442 a, 
407. — el'iroi els, cf. § 27. — vfieis 8e, change ? — p,"^ lKKXT]o-id|etv, -trjc 
686 c ; V. I. ovK iKKX-qa-id^eLv, a stronger expression in contrast to 

dWd s, 686 k. — avrov ^Kaorrov, parataxis, 719, b, e. 



CHAPTER yil. 

CHARGES AGAINST XEXOPHON. — ELOQUENT AND EFFECTIVE DEFENCE 
OF HIMSELF. 

1. dveiruOovTo = got to know. — irdXiv, back,' i. e. towards the quarter 
from Avhich they had just come ; used perhaj)s the rather from the con- 
founding of two rivers (see Lex. ^dais). 

2. ^vKKoyoi, meetings (i. e. for seditious purposes). — kvkXoi, cf. vi. 4. 20. 
— p.dXa (}>op6pol fj<rav, p.'f) iroii\<riia.v, they were greatly to be feared, lest 
they should do : see 573. — tovs tcSv KT|p-uKas, § 17 s. — d-Yopavdp.ovs, § 21 s. 

3. aYopdv = €KKKTf)<Tlav, a use more Homeric than Attic. 



116 NOTES. 

4. T«v ^Iv o-TpaT-q-YaJv (case 699 a)...avTdv, did not charge the generals 
with coming to him. 

5. 8taj3G.XXetv...ws, cf. i. 1. 3. — dKotio-aTe, tense 592b. — Oe<3v, "fiXios 
§ 6, Popeas and votos § 7, withont art. 533 c, a. 

■trjr* 6. Toi)To...ii(j,ds (480 b) lla-jraTfjcrai, cheat you into this belief. 

— «s 'fiXtos...evT6v0ev, that [whence] inhere the sun actnaMy rises, 

there on the contrary he sets ; and where he sets, there on tlie contrary rises ; 

i. e. sets in the east, and rises in the west. Observe that 5e is used here 

twice as an adv. and once as a conj. Cf. Hdt. ii. 42. 

7. jSopeo-s, Poppds, so the Jiss. — «s KaXol irXot elo-iv, [there are favor- 
able voyages] it is fine iveather for sailing. — Tovto (pos.? for constr. 
see § 6)...l|a'7raT'/|o-av, is there then [how] any way in which one could cheat 
you in this ? 

8. 'AXXtt 7dp (709, 2), hut, you say perhaps, this will not secure you, 
for I shall make you embark, etc. — €^.^1^(0 = e/x/3tj8d^w. — Iltas &v s, 
order 621 c. 

9. IIokS 8' ■ujxds...T]K€iv (612), /[make] ivill suppose you to have come. 

— Kal 8f| Kttl diroPaivonev, and now indeed ive are even landing, in suppo- 
sition. — e-y^vis nvplwv, 445 c ; for a different constr. see iv. 2. 8 ; vii. 8. 18. 

— IIws dv o5v...8iKT]v, how then could a man more surely bring punishment 
upon himself. 

10. Svvarai, sc. \eyeip. — Ti -ydp ; 564 c. — rivt, case 453. — IIapCT]p,i, 
, „„ dpxtTw • p.dvov s, obs. the effect of the asynd. Thorax was a dis- 

appointed aspirant for the generalship, 6. 25, and perhaps Neon. 

11. Ijiot, pos.? — V\ avTos (677 b) l|aTraTT)0fjvai dv (622b) d'erai ravra 
(586 c) s, thinks that he either could himself be deceived in these matters, or 
could deceive another in these, viz. the points mentioned in § 6 s. 

12. TovTwv, case 414 a. — dXis, as subst. in ace. 706 a. — y.^ direXOTjTe, 
irpiv dv a.KOVQ-r\Ti, 641 d, 619 b. — 8 el ^irewri, [if which proceeds] for if 
this 2}roceeds, 561 a. — {nroSeiKwo-tv, sc. ^aeaOai. — Kal KaTa4>povT]6(0}Ji£V, 
omitted by some editors, bracketed by Eehdz. and others. 

13. cSv d\ov, ofw'hat they had. — 8okovo-i...tiv6S, and T think that some 
of you. 

14. ToCto (pos.?) KaTa|xa6MV...|xiKpbv cit], observing, or, learning {fhis 
that it was] that this was small. — 8td to (j>iXiov vop.i^€tv etvai, from the 
belief that it was on friendly terms with us. — avToiJs, numb. ? 

15. AievevdT]To, he [had formed the plan] had intended. — IX06tv, ii. 1. 1. 

— irapairXeovTes, some of the coasting party, 1. 16. — el' ti Xdpoi, w'hatever 
plunder he might have ta.ken, 639 a. —ex tov irXoiov, (jonst. prteg. cf. § 17. 

16. nop6vdp,£vov..."Yevop,6'vT], but the dawning of the day surprises him 
T7Q ^'^ ^"'^ march, 677 f. Cf. iii. 4. 49. — 01 85 Tives, ii. 3. 15. 

17. ev TTJ iwi-ipq., [sc. iu] f[, 707 b ; see 4. 1. — avrj-yiievoi, hav- 
ing jnct out to sea. — Ik, const, praeg, § 15. — Tpets dv8p6S, 418 c. 

18. Ti f|p,iv 8d^€iev, [why it seemed best to us] what induced lis. — 'E-n-el 
(jte'vToi (r<j>ets {v. I. a(pas) X^ynv (mode 659 b, but the Cerasuntians said, 
that, when they themselves told them that the affair was not by public 



BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 1]7 

authority, they (the barbarians) were both gratified: <x(t>eU is here used (if it 
be the true reading) as having a kind of reflexive reference to the subject 
of ecpaaav, 667 b : v. I. 'ETret /j.euroL 'ecftaaav otl, k. t. X. — «s rjixtv Xe|ai s, 
that they might tell ns tchat had taken place, and invite those who desired, 
themselves to take and bury the dead. 

19. T»v 8* diro<j)VYovTcov, § 16. — rives, pos. 548 b, of. ii. 5. 32. — Po-p- 
Pdpovs, § 14. — Tois XtOois, the stones at hand. — oi irpeo-peis, KaraXeu- 
o-66VT€s, thus added to emphasize the enormity of the outrage, both from 
its manner and from the sacredness of the persons against whom it was 
committed. 

20. irpbs 'HP'ttSj i- 6. to Cotyora. — 8Tr«s, how. — Ta<j)etT]<rav, iii. 4. 29. 
Kiihner. 

21. ^|ci)dev Tc3v SirXwv, outside of the place of arms, a common place for 
consultation and for receiving visitors. 

22. «s &v [sc. airox<^poiev\ Kttl cwpaKoTcs, [as they would naturally do 
having even seen] as ivell they might having seen. 

23 s. Observe interchange of tenses. — jacv, to which 5e corre- •% rjf\ 
spending ? 

25. Ka9' avTOvs, in their direction, adversum ; eTri, expresses hostility, 
in se. — kirvlyero, was in danger of drowning, 594. 

26. 8oK€iT€ (Lex.). Some here supply iroiTja-at, or BpaaaL, or deicrat. 
Cf. quid ilium censes. Ter. Andrian, v. 2. 12. — 'HStKow, tense 612. — 
Iji-rreTTTuKOi, form 317 b. 

27. oi irdvTCS, the whole body, collectively ; IStqi, [by one's self] indi- 
mdually. — ovK...oi}T€, 713 b. — dveXe'o-eat iroX€|iov = TroXe/jLrjaai., govern- 
ing the dat. 455 f. — ec}>' 6 ti <£v IOcXti, against whatever place, people, etc.; 
or, to whatever ente^yrise. — twv X6-y«v, partit. gen. — t(3v...Iovtwv, gov. 
by \6y(av. 

28. x«pa (Lex.), 6. 13. 

29. ot avGatperoi oijtoi a-Tpa'n]yoC, more emphatic order ; see -. qq 
524 b. — d8iK6t, o^x^'^O'S ^12. — diro-irXcW, 679 d. — <j>€ti'y6i, he is 

a fugitive. 

30. 8i€'irpd|avT0...|X'f| d(r<{)aXes clvai, have [brought it about that it 
should not be safe] rendered it unsafe. — dv |xt|, unless. — K-qpuKlw, often 
marked by wreaths, or figures of serpents (as on the caduceus of Mercury). 

31. 8o|dT« vyXv, let it [seem good to you] he so voted. — ws toiovtwv 
l<ro|X6vwv, in the expectation of such acts. — <|>vXaKT|V...Tis, eaxh one may 
keep guard on his own account. — virepSe'lia, doubtless looking or pointing 
to them. 

32. TjSe'ws, cheerfully, with confidence. 

33. 4>iXia, predicatively, [as friendly] or, to its friendship. —tr^pX rd 
|X£7io"Ta...e|a|xapTdvovT€s, committing such sins [in respect to the greatest 
matters, as the treatment of hei'ald.s] against the highest obligations. Some 
connect rotavra Avith to. fxeyiaTa. — OS, tvherc, i. e. in Greece, cf. vi. 6. 16, 
Kriig., Kiih., etc. — irdvTwv (governed by eiraivov), from all, 434 a, or, 
join o6 with iiraivov, [what praise] tJiC praise which. 



118 NOTES. 

34. irdvT€S ^€70v : this statement must not be pressed. All concurred 
in this view, several speaking as their representatives. — tovs...to'iIt«v &p- 
|avTas, those who had led in these things. — SoOvai, e^eivai, etc., infin. after 
eXeyov = eKeXevof. — tov XoittoO [sc. xP^^^^\ Lex. 433a. — ri^...&yi<r6ai 

1 Ql o-^o^s (numb. ?) kin Qavarto, that they should be led out for death, 
or, punished with death. — 8iKas...KaTao-TT]o-ai, cf. diKrjv viroax^'i'V , 
8. 1. — Ti &XXo, case 586 c, 480 b. — eg ov (Lex. e|), 557 a. 

35. IlapaivotiVTOS. . • o-vjiPovXevovrov, order ? — KaOfjpai (sacrifices, Avash- 
ings, etc.), especially to remove the stain incurred by the murder of the 
heralds, and thus, by these religious ceremonies, to avert the displeasure 
of the gods. (See Dictionary of Antiquities, Kddap<ris, lustratio.) The 
effect upon the discipline of the army may have been also considered. 



CHAPTEK VIII. 

INVESTIGATION INTO THE CONDUCT OF THE GENERALS. — XENOPHON 
FULLY JUSTIFIES HIS COURSE. 

1. The army, in the spirit of Greek institutions, proceeded as a little 
republic, entitled to call its rulers to account. ^iXifj<rios fi^v «4*^6 Kal 
Qav0iKXi]s, 497 b. — ttjs (|>vXaK-i]s, for their negligent charge, 429 a, 431 c. 
— &p\<av aipedels, a commander of the transports, to take charge of the 
persons and property conveyed, 3, 1. — vPpi^ovTOs, as guilty of uKcnton 
abuse. Among the graver suits under the Attic law was the vfipecos SLkt}, 
an indictment for wanton outrage to the person, where the penalty was 
often death. (See Dictionary of Antiquities.) 

2. TTov Ktti, where indeed. — tw plyei, iv. 5. 3 s. 

3. [sc. ToiovTov] ol'ov, 554 a. — lirtXeXotiroTOs, irapov, 675. — otvov (case 
432 a) Be p.Tj8* 6(r4)patv€cr0ai irapdv (675), and where it was not possible even 
to catch the scent of wine, we were so destitute of it. — virb ttjs vj^pews, 
through their wanton spirit. "Every one knows," says Spelman, "that 
asses, and mules, their offspring, have such an inbred viciousness that no 
fatigue can subdue it." Cf. elSevai 6v«v dxdvTwv {iPpio-TOTardv <r€ ovto, 
Lucian. Pseudologista, 3. 

4. €K TLVOs, on what account. — * AXX' dirTJTouv, well then (after a silence 
which implied a negative), did I make a demand? — )i.axd)i.€Vos, sc, iiraiov 
ere. — 6TrapwvT](ra (Lex. irapoLveo)) . 

^ QQ 5. ovK 'i^r\, sc. oirXiTeieLv, he said NO, 662 b. — ov%\ tovt' ?<f>T], 
he did not even say this. 

6. p,d Ai', case 476 a. — 8i€pptx|/as, a harsh term for the act ; cf. bii- 
S(OKa, § 7. 

7. TOiavTT] Tis (Lex.). — o-oi...<rv IjxoC, 536. — crv lp.ol dire'Scilas s, you 
had shown me the man [back] again, i. e. produced him at the end of the 
day's march. Here diro seems to have the same force as in aTroKa^tbv and 
atribwKa. (Lex. airb). — d^iov, sc. aKovcai. 



BOOK V. CHAP. VIII. 119 

8. KaTeXc^ircTO, was beincf left behind. — Bri = ocrou toOto, oti, 560 ; cf. 
iii. 1. 45. — €7(6, cf. (Tij, ii. 1. 12. — dvOpwiros, why rather tlian dvrjp ? 

9. opiiTTOVTtt <os KaTopv|ovTa, parataxis, chiastic. — l-iriorras, adstans, 
Krlig. i. 5. 7. 

10. *Oiro<ra ye PovXerai, Jtist as [much as] he pleases, for aught I care 
about it. — elSoTt loiKevai, to [be] a^t like one who knew. 

11. Tt oW ; 564 c. — i^ttov ti s (Lex. ris), 584 d. — Kal -yap, the nega- 
tion, " no," is here left to be implied. 

12. TovTov, pos.? — 6\lyas, too few (Lex.), 515, case ? Cf. Luke xii. 47 ; 
Aristoph. Nuhes, 968. — dXXovs, ^kcwj-tos, numb. 501. -, q^ 

13. do-ois s, as many as [it contented] loere content. — 8t' iq[ias ■'""*^ 
...lovTwv, 676 b. — auToi hi, 562. — tovto eiroiov|i.ev, had behaved thus, 
tense 604 a ; mode ? 

14. "H8t] Se Kttt, [and now also] then also, so also, -ijdrj referring rather 
to the time of the acknowledgment, than to that of the action, — pxiXaKi- 
^6jj,€vov Tiva, a man yielding to sloth, not referring to a particular indi- 
vidual, 548 c. — irpote'iievov avTov, 583; see iv. 5. 15 s. — KaT€jJta9ov dva- 
OTas, found that I rose, 677 a, i. 3. 10. — (loXis, pos. 719 d, /j.. 

15. *Ev ep,avTw, in my own case. 

16. "AXXov 8€ 7€ IVws, [and indeed] yes, and another one perlmps. — • 
iq|xds, as Xenophon commanded the rear. — •irv^...Xd"YX'n» order? 

17. Xen. acutely shows that they owe their very ability to call him to 
account to the services which he had rendered them. — SUaiov, 8ikt]v, 
parataxis, or parachesis, Vollb. — lirt, cf. i. 1. 4 ; iii. 1. — tL (i£''ya...Xap.- 
Pdv6iv, ivhat outrage could they have suffered so great [of which they Avould 
now be claiming to receive the penalty] that they could noiu be claiming 
to receive satisfaction. 

18. Itt' d'ya0(3...€ir' d^aOw, cf, ii. 4. 5 N. — d|ic3 s, I deem mtyself bound 
to render such an account as, 7. 34. — Kal -ydp, and so of others,/or. 1 q * 

19. Qapp<a...iLaXKov, I have higher spirits. — vvv ^i totc, order ? 

— ev8Ca = 7] dvev avefxwv r]fiipa, i. e. security. 

20. GdXaTTa (Lex,). Some regard fieydXr] as a pred. adj. ; the sea runs 
high. See Eehdz. — xaXciratvci., obs. the parallelism of the two clauses. 

— Trpwpcvs, "the command in the prow of a vessel was exercised by an 
officer called irpwpeijs, who seems to have been next in rank to the steers- 
man, and to have had the care of the gear, and the command over the 
rowers." (Diet, of Antiq.) 

21. oi'TcJiratcTc, as Avas recommended and voted, iii. 2. 31, 33. 

22. avTwv, [of] among them. — Otp-ai ^dp, prefixed without influencing 
the construction. 

23. 8i.6|JLdx€To...do"7rt8a p.'f| <|>ep€iv, [fought through not to carry] con- 
tended persistently for the privilege of not carrying his shield. — vOv 8e s, he 
is well enough to plunder by night, and carry off his booty. — diroSeSvKcv, 
(vestibus) spoliavit, Kriig, 

24. TovTov TdvavT£a...iroio{i<ri (571 c), [you will treat this man contrary 
than, etc.] your treatment of this man will be the reverse of that given to 



120 NOTES. 

dogs. — Tovs H-ev, v. 8. 24. — rds T||iepas, T'fjv iqjilpav, through the day [days], 
or, hy day. — 8i.8£a(ri (Lex. didrj/xL) : if we liave here an extract from an 
old rhyming proverb, the use of this very rare poetic word might seem ex- 
plained. Cf. iii. 4. 35. 

25. 'AXXa 7dp, but, one word more, for. — |ji.e|j.vT]<r6€, obs. how often 
Xen. repeats this word, in impressing his hearers with their faults of mem- 
ory. — el 8e Tw (cf. tivl above) •{]... €ir6K0iipTi<ra, bitt if I either [relieved for 
any one a storm] protected any one from a storm, or the cold, wintry weather. 

If^fr — TotJTcov ovSeis s, 432 c. — ovSev, as i. 1. 8 ; v. I. ovde, emphati- 
cally repeated from ov8' el. 

26. dv€ni|xvT]<rKov, made mention of his (Xenophon's) services. — ircpte- 
yiviro, [it came about so as to be well] and all at length resulted well or 
hajjpily. 



BOOK YI. 

FROM COTYORA BY SEA TO CALPE. — THENCE TO CHRYSOPOLIS 
ON THE BOSPORUS OPPOSITE BYZANTIUM. 

CHAPTER I. 

TREATY WITH THE PAPHLAGONIANS. — VOYAGE TO SINOPE. — XENO- 
PHON OFFERED THE CHIEF COMMAND. 

1Q^ !• As the usual recapitulation is here wanting, some editors (as 
Schneider, Kriig., etc.) attach this and the next chapter to Book 
y., and make Book VI. to begin at what is here numbered as Chapter III., 
which has a brief recapitulation. — SiarpiPfj, at Cotyora. — 'EKXwircvov, 
i.e. to keep or sell them as slaves. — tS \L6Xa (Lex.), quite easily or 
adroitly, scite admodum, Dind. 

2. I'ttitous Kal o-ToXds, for presents. — tovs "EXXt] vas s, i. e. to agree to 
these terms. 

3. SiKaiordTovs (Lex.), cf. § 22, Thucyd, i. 41. 

4. Povs TcSv, 418 c. — KaTaK€i|X€voi, according to custom, supported by 
the left arm and taking food with the right. — o-Kijiiroanv, v. I. a-ri^daip. 

5. o-TTOvSai, the Greek dinner of luxury consisted regularly of two parts, 
the substantial meal and the symposium. The latter, in which came the 
wine and the dessert, was the part especially devoted to conversation, mu- 
sic, spectacles, and in general to pleasure and amusement. This part was 
always introduced, as for a blessing, by sacred libations, with the common 
addition of the singing of a paian. (For a vivid picture of such an enter- 
tainment, see Becker's Charicles, Scene vi.) Both Plato and Xen. intro- 



BOOK VI. CHAP. I. 121 

cliice Socrates at a symposmm. — irpwrov jiev, corresponding to i ^n 
fjLETa TouTo, § 7, 9, etc. — Trpbs avXov, to [a Hute] the music of tlie 
flute, 695. — wpxTrjo-avTo, tjXXovto {nj/t^Xd (Lex. 477 b), IxP^^to, tense 
592a. — Tttis [xaxaipais ky^odyno (Lex.), \j\^^^ flourished, ox, played with 
tJieir swords. — 6 ^Vepos tov ^rcpov, 567 c. — ireirX-q-yevat, transitive, ace. 
to HcM. 

6. TOV SitoXkcv, the Sitalce-song, in lionor of a Thracian king of this 
name. See Dind., Thucyd. ii. 29, Diod. xii. 50. — i'iv...Treirov6ws, but he 
%cas not at all harmed., 679 a, j3. 

7. Kapiraiav, the carpceoM or farm dance (from ^-ap7^6s, fruits or crops, 
Lex.) ; McM. calls it the vjrist dance (from Kapiros, wrist). See Dind., 
who quotes Max. Tyr. Diss, xxviii. 4. 

8. irapaGejievos to, S-rrXa, as our forefathers did with the guns which, 
thpy carried to the field for protection against Indian attacks. Cf. Thucyd. 
i. 6. — TrpotSt^Tat, as soon as he sees him coming ; irpo-, "in front," often 
implies distance. Cf. Cyr. iv. 3. 21. So " ijrospexi Italiam," Virg. JEii. 
vi. 357, 385, McM. — liroiow, in pantomime. — tov dv8pa, the common 
ohj. of bri<yas and airdyeL. — tw X'tlpi, case 481, 485 e. 

9. fJLifjiovnevos, in 2)antornime. 

10. IXepo-iKov, sc. dpxvi^o., case 477 b (see Lex.). 

11. 'Eirt 8€ TOVTtp liriovTSS, and following him. — avXcvfievoi, loith the 
flute playing to the warlike movement. Cf. vii. 2. 30. — too 
irpoo-oSots, solemn processions. Cf. Schneider. 

12. 'EttI TouTots, perhaps best connected with eKireirXriyixivov^. — irvp- 
ptX^iv €Xa<|>p(dS, the Pyrrhic dance was practised with such rapidity as to 
give its name to the quickest foot in piosody, 77, 740 c. It was especially 
used as a preparation for war ; to give strength, and to train to ease and 
lightness of movement in arms. Byron taunted the modern Greeks with 
retaining it as a mere entertainment : — 

"You have the PjTvhic dance as yet ;. 
Where is the Pyrrhic phalanx gone? 
Of two such lessons, why forget 
The nobler and the manlier one?" 

Don Juan, iii. ^Q. 

13. avTtti Kai at Tpexj/djicvai, obs. the repetition of final at, and how the 
influence of a woman (i. 10. 3) is exaggerated into the direct action of the 
whole sex. The Greeks were intent upon astonishing the credulous and 
sim]de-minded Paphlagonians. 

14. fiT|T€ dSiKetv s, cf. § 2. 

15. 2ivwTrr]s, [of] belonging to Sinope. Some regard the word as here 
used to include the whole adjacent territory belonging to the city. 

16. X£ipio-o4>os, Ava|iPios, v. i. 4; cf. Diod. xiv. 31. — l-rraivoiT], 
numb. ? 

17. elo-T^et avTovs, Sirccg, [it entered] the question occupied their ■. qq 
tho'i'qhts, how, etc. 

18. lAoXXov dv.. cTTpaTcvjiaTi, that tlie one could manage the army lUtcr 

6 



122 NOTES. 

than if there were a multiplicity of coynmand. — d' xi 8eoi Xav0dv€iv...Kpv'Tr- 
T€(r0ai...v(rT6p£5€i'V, if it were necessary that any measure should [lie hid] 
he kept secret, that it could better he concealed ; and, on the other hand, if it 
were necessary that any measure should [anticipate] he carried hy surprise, 
it would be in less danger of being too late ; or, more personally, if there 
were any need that they should act in secrecy, they could more surely be 
hidden, etc. — to 8o|av t« kvl, quod uni visum esset id perficiendum. — 
viKwcrr^s, sc. yvdb/j.ijs, i. e. the opinion of the majority. 

20. iri] |i,6v, corresp. to dirdre 8e, § 21. Cf. iii. 1. 12. — t^v ri^-{\v... 
yCyvio-Qai, that so [the honor would be greater to him] he would he in higher 
honor. Some omit Kai before Trpbs roi>s (piXovs, and translate, would be in 
higher estimation with his friends. — V-f^,ov, [greater] with greater distinc- 
tion. — Tvxov (Lex.), 483 a. — d-yaSov, case 444 f. — atrios, case ? 

21. '^^61, cI't] : it is only through the opt. in Greek, as through the poten- 
tial in English, that the future tense can be carried back into the past ; 
and it is only in indirect discourse, and in clauses partaking of its nature, 
that the fut. opt. is used. Yet even here the fut. indie, is very often pre- 
ferred, and even though associate tenses may take the opt., 643 h. 

22. Aiairopov[L4v(o...SiaKplvai, being at a loss how to decide; v. I. diro- 
povfiep^. — Siio Up6ta, as was common, in order that a second sacrifice 
might be forthwith tried, if the first was unsatisfactory. — avrw, case 452 a: 
jjiavTcvTos ^v, for (bvep {dv€cv).../j.avr€VTdv fjv : cf. i. 2. 21 N; iv. 1. 17. McM. 

— Ix AeX({>wv, by the response of Apollo, iii. 1. 6. — to 6vap, iii. 1. 11. — 
dtrb TOVTOv tov 0€oC, for a(p' odirep, 562. — -{^pxcTO s, he began to [set him- 
self to] undertake the joint charge of the army. 

IQQ 23. Kvpo) s, iii. 1. 8. — la\>Ta»...<j>0€yyo|ji6Vov, screammgr [for or 
to him on the right] on his right. — 8€|io'v, i. e. in the east, or the 
lucky quarter. The Greek augur faced the north, and had the east on his 
right hand ; the Koman faced the south, and had the lucky omens on the 
left. Cf. II. xxiv. 320 ; Cicero De Divin. ii. 39. See Diet, of Antiq. — 
wo-irep {v. I. ovirep) s, as (or, of whom) the seer said. Obs. how minute 
analogies were caught up in the ancient system of divination. — (ic'-yas s, as 
king of birds and favorite of Zeus: so to Tarquinius Priscus, Vollb. Cf. II. 
i. 279; Odyss. xv. 160-178. — ircTojxevov, v. I. irepiireTopLeuov, i. e. hy flying 
about. McM. says that there is a prospective reference here to the narra- 
tive at vii. 7. 54 ; 8. 3. 

24. Oiirw 0vojj.€Vft), § 22. — '7rpoo-8€io-0ai s, to desire additional command. 

25. aipifio-ovTai, mode 643 h ; cf. § 21 N. 

26. al'TLov...[sc. fie] 7€'v€o-0ai, 677 e. — AaKcSaifiovCov, sc. Chirisophus. 

— tip,iv...o-uji.(j)€pov, case? pos. of vpuu and eixoU — dXX* [sc. p.oi SoAcet] ^t- 
Tov. — dv...TVYxa.V€tv, supply u/xas as the subj. and roi^roi; or ro^riov (from 
et Ti) as the obj. of the verb. Breitenbach. — cl' ti 8eoto-0€, case 478 a ; cf. 
i. 3. 4. — ov irdvv ti (Lex.), i. e. not at all. 

27. irpoor06v, irpCv, cf. i. 1. 10 N ; iv. 3. 12. — liravo-avTO iroXciiovvres, 
part. 677 a. The great struggle between Athens and Sparta, the Pelopon- 
nesiau wiax, lasted 27 years (b. c. 431 - 404), and resulted in the Athenians 



BOOK VI. CHAP. II. 123 

making a complete submission to the Spartans as their masters, sacrificing 
their famous long Avails and their naval power, and promising rbv avrbu 
ix^pov Kai (/>L\ov vo/xi^ovTas, KaKebaLjxovLoLS evecrdaL Kai Kara yTJu /cai Kara 
doKaTTav oiroi. cLv riyujuraL, Hellen. ii. 2. 20. — avTcov, numb. ? 

28. eiroXidpKT]<rav, iv. 2. 15 N. Cf. 68bv «8oiroiovv, iv. 8. 8. — ck€ivo 
(472 or 481) Ivvow, |it| (625 a) Xiav &v s, in respect to that, I apprehend that 
I should he very quickly brought to my senses : du is here retained without 
regard to the dependence of the clause on iuvoQ /jltj, 631 d, 633 a. Some 
editors reject it : iKeXvo seems to be used for the sake of more marked con- 
trast with 6 5e v/xeis ivpoe^re, but as to this which you have in mind (§ 29). 
Some regard ix-q as here complem., I consider whether I should not, etc. 

29. ^\T]<r9€, 0av(i.do-aifJLi, €vpoiT€, mode 633 b. — €l' rtva, sc. -. q-. 
Chiiisophus. 

30. iiTt...aip»VTai, that it were ridiculous, if it were so, if the Lacedce- 
maiiians would be angry should even banqueters coming together not elect, 
etc. ; i. e. if they insisted on supremacy in everything. Some mss, have 
ws opyiovvTai, as then (to carry out the principle) the Lacedaemonians will 
be angry, etc. — op^tovvTat, mode? — o-ujiiroo-tapxov (Lex.). Cf. Diet, of 
Antiq. 

31. evSc'ov (Lex.) 677 c. — 6|ivvi« (form 315 a) v[uv Geoiis (case 472 f) 
irdvTas Kai irdo-as [sc. 6'Tt]...€0v6|X'r]v d (Lex.). — v^(rQav6\i.r\v, tense? — 
IStwTTjv, a common person, not a, fxavTis : cf. Thucyd. vi. 72. 

32. ovS' dv iy(ay€, neither would I, more than Xenophon, § 29. — ovx 
c\o|i€voi, in not choosing him; ov, as fact is denoted, 686 n. — 'O 8'...eavTa>, 
sc. Dexippus, who ascribed the preference of Clearchus's troops for Tima- 
sion (iii. 1. 47 ; 2. 37) above himself to the influence of Xen. The conse- 
quence attached to such a charge shows how jealous the Lacedsemonians 
were for their dignity. — '0 8* 'd^t] s, this part of the section seems not to 
have been spoken by Chirisophus, but to be an explanation by the author, 
and hence thrown into a parenthesis : Townsend takes this view ; but most 
editors regard the words as part of Chirisophus's speech. 

33. KaTa<rx€iv, sc. mOs, est appellere. Cf. Hdt. vii. 188, Kriig. -.q^ 
See Kuh. in loc. •'•^^ 



CHAPTER II. 

THE GREEKS SAIL TO HERACLEA. — SERIOUS DISSENSIONS IN THE 
ARMY, AND DIVISION INTO THREE PARTIES. 

1. irapairX^ovTcs, in saAling along the coast, referring to the Avhole voy- 
age of the army from Cotyora to Heraclea. They had already passed all 
the places here mentioned as seen, exce})t the mouth of the Parthenius. 
Hence some needlessly suppose that Xen. forgot the situation of the places, 
or that there is here an interpolation. — ukt^v, poetic form, see Lex. — 
"Ipios, form 218, 2. 



124 NOTES. 

2. Iirl Tov Kepp€pov, to fetch Cerberus. Cf. v. 1. 5, iirl TrXota. Thucyd. 
i. 117. McM. 

4. 7rop€iav...Trop6v0f]vai, case 477 : some join iropelav with i^ovXetJovro, 
474 b. — T«v o-TpaTTi-yciiv, case 432 f ; 474 c. — ov ^i] "ye'viiTai, 597, cf . ii. 

■iQn 2. 12 ; iv, 8. 13 N. — 6Trd0ev...ovK ^(ttiv, there is [not whence] no 
source from which toe can obtain ijrovisions for our journey ; cf. 
ii. 4. 5. 

5. [ivpiovs, cf. V. 6. 35 : the Heracleotes had broken their promise of a 
month's pay. — r\[i<av KaQr\\Liv<av, note the transition to oratio directa : cf. 
i. 3. 14 N ; vii. 1. 33 ; Odijss. i. 372. 

6. 'i<rri 8' ol', 559 a. — dva^Kd^eiv, sc. didovaL. — 8 ti [i.r\, nisi quod. 

7. lirairciXeiv, 632 c. — TrotTJorotcv, v. I. iroL-qaaLev. 

8. dveoTKevao-av, IkckXcivto, tense 599 c, f. McM. calls attention to 
Donaldson's Greek Grammar for this particular usage of the pluperfect to 
denote "the establishment of a state of condition in past time." Cf. Coixo- 
XoyrjTo, i. 9. 14 N. 

9. 01 Tapd|avT€s ravra, those vjho had made this trouble, 478. 

10. Ot...avTois, and their language was. — *A0T]vaiov (em rejected by 
some), sc. Xenophon, whom they regarded as the actual leader, notwith- 
standing 1. 32. — Kal AaK€8ai.{Jiovi(ov, and even Lacedaemonians. — ovSeV, 

1 qj_ nothing, or, of no account. — (nrep •fjixKru, as nom. 706 a ; v. I. virep-q- 

fJLLdV. 

11. lavTwv, Ka0' lavTotis, order? cf. 6. 18. 

12. Xeipicr6(|>a), case 464 ; cf. 3. 1. — d<j)* -^s = airb Tairrjs y (or, ^s). 

13. p,6T avriav, sc. the Arcadians and Achceans. — KaO* avrbv iropevc- 
crGai, but with the agreement, it would seem, that the two forces should 
meet at Calpe. — X€ipi<ro4>ov, case ? 

14. [jLTiSeis, i. e. of the rest of the army. — avrol, viz. Neon, Chirisophus, 
and Xenophon. — airiav, pos. 538 g. — rots ^eYcvtip-evois, case ? — aurw, 
i. e. ISTeon, to whom, as his lieutenant, Chirisophus in disgust left the con- 
duct of affairs. Some, with less reason, refer avri^ to Xenophon, or the army. 

15. '4ti {1€v, has been explained in two ways, still further indeed (a sense 
belonging to v. I. ixev 'iri) and as yet indeed, referring to a time continuing 
till what is afterwards stated with 8e. In this last sense, which is now 
generally preferred, it may be translated at first, or, for a ivhile. Cf. Rell. 
ii. 4. 11 ; Plato Protag. 310 c. — Xwov Kal &|X6ivov, a frequent pleonasm in 
consulting the gods ; cf. vii. 6. 44. 

16. 'yL'yveTai...TpiXT], [comes to be in] is divided into three pao^ts. — 'Ap- 
KttSes, appos. 393 d. — X€ipi<r6<|)a), for Chirisophus, or supply elai. — els 
TCTpaKOo-iovs, as nom. 706 a. — ©paKes, cf. i. 2. 9. It is not surprising 
that Chirisophus and Xenophon felt deeply this breaking up of the anny 
which they had guided safely through so many perils ; the more because 
the movement was directed so personally against themselves. The small 
forces which they had rallied about them were mixed, including many in- 
ferior troops, and consisting only in part of their own soldiers, many of the 
best of whom had deserted them. Chirisophus, sick at heart and enfeebled 



i 



BOOK VL CHAP. III. ^ 125 

in health, gave up the conduct of affairs to his lieutenant, IsTeon ; and Xeno- 
phon, who had incurred no responsibility by enlisting troops for the army, 
and yet had done more than any other one to save the Avhole, saw now an 
opportunity, the great perils past, of honorable return to his native city 
Athens. He perhaps thought that the best measure for his present force 
was to unite it with that of Chirisophus : Timasion was the only other 
general who was not an Arcadian or Achsean ; cf. 3. 14. 

17. 'ApKolScs, sc. /cat 'Axaiot, the chief tribe only mentioned. — Kara 
H€o-ov ircos, [somehow at] about the middle of [Thrace] the Thracian coast. 
— TTis ©paxT^s, Asiatic Thrace, i. e. Bithynia, 4. 1. 

18. Kai "ydp ^Zr\ T|<r6ev€t, 709, 2. He therefore took the easiest and 
safest route, 3. 10. He died on the march, 4. 11, 

19. (j.Eoro'yaias, where supplies could be more abundantly obtained. 



CHAPTER III. 

THE ARCADIANS ATTACK THE BITHYNIANS. — RESCUED FROM GREAT 
DANGER BY XENOPHON AND HIS COMPANY. — ARRIVAL AT CALPE. 

1. The first section is rejected by many: cf. 1. 1 n. — rpoirov, case ? — 
Xeipio- J4>ov, 447 b. 

2. "E'irpa^av...Td8€, fared as follows ; case 478. — (Jiev, corresp. to 54, 
§ 10. — 'ApKcLScs, 2. 17. — Xdxos, v. I. \6xov. — oiroia 8^ fiet^wv, bict [what- 
ever, cf. 641] if any one seemed larger than usual, or, too large for a single 
division, 514. — o-vv8-uo, 240 f. — 'H'Yov, sc. eirl Tavr-qv. 

3. Se'oi, mode 643 e. 

4. f|0poi^ovTO, tense ? — 8i€<j)VYOv...6irXiTas s, esca'ped from •tQ.n 
heavy armed troops, out of their very hands. 

5. &[J.a (Lex.). — TpeirovTai, sc. oi QpaKes : cf. vii. 3. 3. 

6. 'irpd"Yp.a<rtv, trouble or difficulty (Lex.), cf. iv. 1. 17. — €VTvxT|(Ji.a, case 
477 : cf. i. 3. 17 n. 

7. to^6tt]v, sing, x plur. ? — oi 86, i. e. the enemy. — lirtoiev, sc. ol "EX- 
\r]ves : cf, iv. 2. 15. — dXXot 8^ AXXt) s, while others made an attack in an- 
other quarter. Some explain according to 567 d. 

8. TeXe-uTwvres, cf. iv, 5. 16 N, 

9. o-uK ISiSocrav, would not give, 594, cf, i. 3, 1 ; vii, 1, 7. — idn 
kv TovTO) 'icrx^€To (Lex.), [on this] here the m^atter stuck or hung. 

10. ^evocj>c!jvTi...'Tropeuo|A€'va), [for Xen, marching] as Xen. tvas march- 
ing ; cf. iii, 2. 22 x, — f|o-9T]VTai, v. I. rjadovTo. — 6vtos 'EXXtjvikov, con- 
sisting of Greeks. 

11. vvv 'on, order 719 b, rj. What word thus becomes more emphatic ? 
— TToXiopKoiivTai, etev, mode ? 

12. ov8*, in indirect discourse, 686 c. — ov8€fJtCav: after verbs of "think- 
ing," oil often takes the place of fxrj in an infinitive clause, when it is in- 



126 ^ NOTES. 

tended to give to the negative an emphasis which nrj appears too weak to 
bear. McM. — ovtw...ovt«, anaphora, VoUb. 

13. |ji.6voi...|j.6voi, obs. emphasis of the repetition. 

14. Rehdz. perceived that § 16-18 ought to precede § 14 ; and Schenkel 
so pkces them. "Whether a copyist misplaced them accidentally, or in 
order that the words of Xen. might immediately precede ravT eiirC^i' TjyeiTo 
(§ 19), we can only conjecture. Kehdz. and Schenkel, from more regard 
to form than thought, place ravr eiirwv rfyeiTo between § 14 and 15. -^ 
8o-ov &v SoK'g, [so far that, 557 a] s, until it may seem to he time, or, as far 
as it may seem proper to advance hefwe supper ; so as to make rapid pro- 
gress. — Ti|ia<ri«v, 2. 16 N. — e^jopwv, keeping us in sight. 

15. cKcXeve, and so also others, § 19. — Kaieiv dTravra, Stw, 550 f., cf. 
§ 19. For the purpose had in view, see § 19 s, 25. 

1 QQ 16. ovSajxov, § 23 ; v. I. ovda/j-ol. — iroXX'q, sc. 656s e<rTi. — 
o^T€...8e, 716 b, v. I. re. — jjtevovoriv, sc. rj/uup. — avTov, sc. at Calpe. 

17. SwiKivSvveveiv, [to risk ourselves through] to meet all perils of a 
march through the country. — tt]s trwr-qptas ^x^(r0ai (Lex.), case 426. — 
^(TTtv, it is ours, or, in our power, we have now an opportunity. 

18. 6 0€os (Lex.)...ovTft)s, perhaps the deity thus directs ; cf. Hdt. vii. 
8, 1. — a>s irXe'ov <j>povoi)VTas (Lex. ), cf. 2. 11 ; x fid^ou (ppovet, v. 6. 8 ; 
cf. Hdt. vii. 10, 5. — dirb Oewv dpxop.€VOvs (Lex.), who began icith the gods, 
i. e. by consulting them. See 2. 15 ; cf. Cyrop. i. 5. 6. — «s &v, final wy 
(or 6'7rws) is sometimes followed by &v, chiefly after a command (here im- 
plied in x/)7?), "you must apply your mind to this, in order that you may 
be able (or, how you may be able)." See ii. 5. 16 ; vii. 4. 2. In such 
cases, Donaldson says, &v expresses an eventual conclusion, i. e. one in 
which an additional hypothesis is virtually contained ; i. e. 'Hf you do, — 
you will..." See McM. 

19. k^' 6<rov (Lex.). — ImirapidvTes (Lex.), marching by the side of the 
main army, § 15 ; cf, iii. 4. 30. — Trdvra, 8<ra, 550 f, cf. § 15. — ifj oTpa- 
Tid (Lex.), the main army ; oi oirXlraL, sc. ^kulov. Cf. Csesar J?. G. ii. 11. 
— irapaXciirofievo), by the cavalry who preceded, § 14 s. 

^qq 21 <^vXaKds X <j)v\aKas ? — «s €is, iv. 3. 11 ; i. 8. 1 ; i. 2. 21. 

22. Tovs TJ-yciiovas, § 10 s. — IXdvOavov (Lex.). — ciroXiop- 

KovvTo, [were previously] had been besieged ; cf. i. 2. 22 N. — -ypatSia 81 

Ka\ Yep^vTia, probably captives whom they did not think worth taking 

with them. 

23. rt, cf. ii. 1. 10, Eehdz. — t»v KaraXcX., case? — 6v6vs d4>' lo-ircpas, 
immediately [from evening] after nightfall; cf. ^wdec, iv. 4. 8; v. 6. 23. — 
8irov, repeat oix^adai : oirov is for ottoi (signif. pr?eg.) the notion of arrival 
and rest being included in the verb of motion (oix^adaL) "where they were 
got to..." Cf. iv. 7. 17. McM. 

24. els, [having come to, 704 a] at. 

25. trxeSbv d)i.(f>i, nearly [about] at, or just about. 

26. 6 xpovosi the time requisite for such a march. — rd ireqi* '^{Jitv, [the 
state of things with us] our situation. — v^av, case .? 



BOOK YL CHAP. IV. 127 



CHAPTER IV. 

THE GREEKS AT CALPE. — ANOTHER EXPEDITION UNDER NEON. — 
XENOPHON AGAIN COMES TO THE RESCUE. 

1. dp|a(Uvii...loTrlv dirb Tov <rT6|JtaT0s...|iexp«''HpaKX€tas, coTn- nr\(\ 

nnencing at the mouth.. \\&] extends to Heradea (i. e. its tenitory, ^^^ 
2. 19). Obs. the two limits placed side by side, 719 b, e, — cIottXcovti, 
462 c. 

2. Tpiiip6i...K«'irais ; from the uniformity of this motion in calm weather, . 
a convenient mode of denoting distance by sea. See Hdt. iv. 86, where 
the voyage for a long day is set at 700 stadia (= about 80 miles), and for 
the night at 600 (= about 68 miles). Arrian's Periplus, in which the voy- 
age from Byzantium to Calpe is reckoned at 870 stadia (= about 98 miles). 

— dXXd, cf. ilL 2. 13 x. — ©poKcs Bi0vvoi, cf. McM. in loc. — tovs"EXXi]- 
vas, for stronger expression rather than avrois. 

3. €V (ie(r<a...Bv5avTiov, lies [in the middle] midway of [persons sailing 
from each place, from H. and B.] tlie voyage between Heradea and Byzan- 
tium. Some regard irXeovruv as gen. absol. 676 a. — to \Uv, avxi^v, to Be, 
393 d. — 6 avxT|V : Kriig. quotes Pliny, iv. 5, as applying the term cervix 
to the Isthmus of Corinth. — p-dXio-ra, cf. v. 4. 12 N. 

4. vir* avTT) ttj TrcTpa, beneath the very rock, i. e. close beneath the rock. 

— TO irpos lo-ire'pav, 529 c. — &<j)0ovos peovo-o, cf. iroXvs p€ei = midtus fluit, 
Yirg. Georg. iii. 28. 

6. X"P<=^» naturally connected with the harbor. — Kal KpiGds qqI 
Kal mjpovs s, cf. 6. 1 ; 707 j. 

7. TO iroXio-jia dv 7€v6|Jt€V0V = to yja[tiov 8 iroXio-iia dv -yevoiTO, the spot 
ivhich might have been made a city, — povXo|i€v«v : such a desire on Xeno- 
phon's part certainly shines through his description. He wishes, however, 
to show that he himself took no steps in that direction ; while the omens 
pointed very strongly that way, and seemed almost to forbid any other 
course. 

8. Obs. the chiastic order of the participles. — '^o-av...eKireirX€VKOT€S, 
had sailed forth. — ov o-irdvet piov...dXXd s, not from the want of subsist- 
ence, but [having heard] /ram tJie report which they liad received of the virtue 
of Cyrus. — ol yXv koX dvSpas &70vt€S, especially the lochagi. — Kal tov- 
Twv '^Tcpot, and [others than these, 406 a] yet others. — diroSeSpaKOTCs, KaTa- 
Xi'Tr6vT€s, tense 605 b : dTrodidpdaKeiv is here used as a transitive verb, tak- 
ing the sjTitax of the equivalent notion <p€\jy€Lv. Cf. Thucyd.-viii. 102, 
eKirXeTu iroXefxiovs : egredi urbem, Livy xxii. 55 : see vii. 8. 12. McM. — 
toS-.-irdXiv, [as to come again] in the hope of returning with wealth acquired 
for them. — tovs irapd Kvpw, cf. i. 4. 12. — iroXXd Kal d-yaOd irpaTTtiv, 
tt?erg ma^-^wg' [for themselves many and good things, 102 c] their fortunes, 
or, had done exceedingly well, 604 a. 



128 NOTES. 

9. (TvvdSov, depends on varipa, 408 ; cf. i. 7. 12, — ircixirraioi (Lex.) ; 
cf. T€TapTaios...€aTt, St. John xi. 39. — K6VOTd<}>iov, 722 a; cf. tumulum 
inanem, Virg. ^n. vi. 505. — avrois, 460. — o-T€<|)dvovs, for funeral crowns 
the Greeks commonly used parsley, if within reach. 

eyf\ey 10- 'A^atrias t€ 2TV(ji<J>d\ios, v. I. 'Ayaa. 6 'Ztv/j.^. See Kiiii. 
for other readings. 

11. Stxa (Lex.). — Kara (Lex.) : the old arrangement of the army, 
recently broken up, was now restored: cf. 2. 12. — dirievai, dejxcrt for 
home. — T€T6X€VTTiK€i, V. I. eTCTeXevTrjKei, 284 c ; cf. § 13, 20. — <}>dp|iaKov 
iriiov, Xenophon seems to mention this as the cause of his death: cf. 2. 18. 

— rd lKeivov...'irap6Xaj36, succeeded to his command, 428 a; cf. v. 6. 36. 

12. 8f]Xov ()Ti...iroiT]T€OV, sc. €(XTiy, impers. 572, 682 a. — ^St], pos.? — 
'Hp.£ts X vjxds ? 

13. What examples of chiasma ? — 6 SiXavds, that Silanus, who had 
been the chief soothsayer of the army, 523 h ; cf. v. 6. 18, 33 s. — (JiwrGw- 
<rd}ji.svos, voice 581. — lYl^veTO, (Lex.) cf. ii. 2. 3. 

14. X67eiv, mode Q6(i b. 

15. KT|pv)|as, some editions read ':El,€vo<pu>u after this word. — iro^civai lirX 
Tf|v Gvcrtav, const, prosg. cf. i. 2. 2. — fx.dvTis, jios. ? — 'iQvi...(dvo[iiv<av 
(§ 16), he proceeded to sacrifice: dvop-evuv expresses the subjective notion of 
consulting the gods hy sacrifice, the matter on which they were consulted 
being expressed by ewl rrj dcpodo). See v. 5. 3, vii. 2. 14, 15, where edOero 
follows ^dve TL {held a sacrifice), vii. 1. 37 N. McM. 

nr\n 16. d ^ovres •qXGov, ichich they had brought luith them. 

18. ft>s...i5Ti, anacoluthon, 716a. — tivos, case? — ck, for iv, 
const, prjcg. 

19. (ri<T]vifiv...Tf|v WevocfxSvTos, art. 523 a 3, c. — [ii^, 686 d. 

20. (TxeSov Ti (Lex.). — Std to |i,€Xeiv,/ror/i its concerning all. — o^,pos.? 

21. Tw kpv^v^ yjiapiia, cf. § 3, 7. 

22. (is ovhlv Se'ov, [as though there were] that there was no need, 680 c. 
liehdz. supplies eVxi, and Kendrick diq, with Seov. — viro (Lex.) 689 k. — 
'irpo9i;{;,€i<r0ai...6l'T], to observe closely whether there was [anything in this] 
here anything facorable. Xen. seems to have so requested Oleanor, on ac- 
count of the suspicion with which his own movements were regarded. — 

€Y£V=TO, V. I. eyevovTO. 

904- ^^' "''^®P"'"'<''"5, case ? — T|7€[jidvos, sc. the Heracleot. — do-KOis s. 
The a(XKb% Avas rather for liquids, and the 6v\aK0$ for dry provis- 
ions, as meal, etc. 

24. a>s Im, iv. 3. 11 N. — irptoroi, cf. § 26. — p€J3oT]0t]KdTes ^<rav,§ 8 N. 

— BiGwois, cf. Hdt. iii. 89, and Xen. Hell. iii. 2. 2. — ^prryiav, which 
Pbrygia ?•— ^^ IXOeiv, 713 d. — ov p,6iov irevTaKocriovs, 507 e, 511 c. — to 
opos, cf. § 5 s. 

25. 'Ek tovtox) s, obs. order, 719 d. — ovk kye^ivTyro, the sacrifice had 
not been offered owing to the want of victims, § 20. — vird, § 22. 

26. Tois XoiTTovs, i. e. those who had escaped. — Kal l^airlvt]s, wlien 
suddenly, 705. — Fsxpij v. I. fiexpts. 

27. €v 8^ Tois 6irXois, cf. iii. 1. 3 n. 



BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 129 



CHAPTER V. 

THE GREEKS ENCAMP AT CALPE. — SUCCESSFUL ATTACK UPON THE 
BITHTNIANS. 

1. el'irovTO, having learned, however reluctantly, the necessity oz-vt 
of this, from the incident in 4. 26 s. — &irav, a distance of 400 ^^*^ 
feet, 4. 3. 

2. Iirl Tov irptoTOv tcpgiov, [upon] in the case of the first victim, or, icpoii 
the first sacrifice : see eiri Avith gen. iv. 7. 10. 

3. 8iapdvT6s, sc. the generals. 

4. TovTov, i. e. Neon Avith his division. — lirl tov, cf. i. 4. 3 ; iv. 3. 3 x. 
— 01 \oxa.*Yol Kttl (TTpaTiwrai. direXeiirov {v. I. aireKiTrov) avTovs, the captains 
and soldiers icere leaving them (i. e. the camp-followers with Neon) ; v. I. 
avTov, him, i. e. Neon. — KareXiirov, sc. the generals, substituting for 
Neon's division, which was unwilling to remain, the older soldiers from 
the army in general. 

5. T-^iv ovpdv...'iroiT]o-d|xevoi s, bringing the rear of the column (in which 
they marched) beside (or into line. with) the first, etc. — 6irdo-ovs...K€pas, 
1. e. all on either side of the column from front to rear. The men simply 
stepped sidewise for their work, ready to fall into line upon any summons. 

6. Tpoirov, case 483, 485, e, a. They repeated this method as often as 
was necessary. — tcSv k«[h5v, 4. 23, 24. 

7. Tjjie'pas, ease ? — <}>d\aYyos : the army was now stretched out nr\G 
in line of battle, bej'ond the villages, to cover those that were 
gathering supplies. — Svvafitv, v. I. ttjv Svvafuv. 

8. <r^a,yi6X,€rai, Kal kyivero, order ? — eirl tov irpwTOv (Lex.) ; some sup- 
ply lepeLov, cf. § 2. — o-c|>d7ia, not lepd, as above § 2 ; the two are distin- 
guished § 21 : see i. 8. 15 n ; iv. 3. 18, 19. 

9. 4>vXaKas (Lex.). — ot iroXefjitot s, the enemy in a state of disorder may 
encounter men in good m-der and fresh. McM. 

10. TTJv, sc. bbbu. — (OS |i.'f| lo-TT|Ka)[i.€v (form 317 b), tliat we may not he 
standing, as if afraid to proceed. — iroXcfJiCovs, case 432 h. 

11. 'fjo-vx.oi, V. I. Tjo-vx^^^- — d4>€Xwv, having detached. — dvd, cf. iii. 
4. 21 N ; V. 4. 12. — diroXiirovTas, numb, and gender? — t^v 8^ p-totv, and 
one other. 

12. TO TiYovfJievov, cf. ii. 2. 4 x. 907 

13. S Ti Tb I'o^ov dr\, cf. iv. 5. 20 ; 7. 4. Rehdz. — povXris ^^ ' 
ouK d^iov 6tT) el, it was not ivorth consideration wliether, implying that the 
attempt would be hopeless. 

14. eGeXovo-iov, with fxe, 509 c. Some join it with kIvSwov, a [rohintaj-T/'] 
danger, i. e. one which could be avoided. — 8d|Tis...eis dv8p€idTT^Ta, repu- 
tation for valor. 

16. Order? — iieTaPaXXojie'vovs, reversing tliem : cf. i. 2. 17. 

6* I 



130 NOTES. 

17. ovZivX KaXw, neuter as ii. 6. 18. Born., following Sturtz, gives to 
^oLK€ the Homeric sense oi decere: "honestum decet neminem." Cf. Plato 
Legg. ix. 16. McM. — tovtovs, obj. of ol8a, 474, or subj. of de^aaOai and 
repeated in auroi/s. — IXirt^cre, expect. 

18. To 8€ SiapdvTas s, to cross and bring a difficult ravine in our rear. 

— §ijp ovxl Kttl dpirdo-ai &|iov ; is not this an advantage even worth snatch- 
ing at? as obliging ns to fight desperately. — •qfjids...8€t 8i8d(rKe<r0ai, it is 

9AQ ^^^^ ^^^^ '^^ should he taught. — ^^ vikwo-i, unless we conquer, 
^^° 686 d. 

19. TO vdiros, position ? 

20. TToo-ov Ti vdiros 6 IIovtos ; what sort of a valley is Tontus (to cross) ? 
ydTTos, properly a hollow between tills, glen, ravine, etc. (Lex.) is here the 
basin of the sea lying between its opposite coasts. Cf. McM. — \v Gdrrov, 
[if] the sooner. 

21. rd Upd, § 2. — o-<|>d"yia, § j. Cf. i. 8. 15 n. — irdvTws, v. I. irdvras. 

22. Kal 6s, 518 f. Cf. i. 8. 16 n. — ^...roii vdirovs, [where, 420 a] at 
whatever part of the ravine. — dv, modifies yheadai, 621 e, f. — €^6[ji.T]pvovTO, 
(Lex. iKfj-ripvofiai). 

23. iirX Tttis eiipais Tfjs 'EX\d8os, cf. ii. 4. 4 n. 

24. ^irco-Ge s, follow Hercules as leader, 523 b, — dvonao-rt, cf. Homer, 
II. X. 68. — dv8peidv ti, v. I. avbpl 6vtl. — 6lir6vTa...'irap€X€iv, sc. tlv6., 667 h. 

— |xvTi}Jit]V [sc. iv TOJJTOLS, 551 f], €v ois cOeXci [sc. irap^x^iv, etc.], to secure 
a remembrance of himself among those he wishes. 

nrxQk 25. iroiTio-dfJicvoi, sc. the Greeks, especially the oflicers. — tir£, 
const, prseg. i. 2. 2. — o-T)(i,aCvoi, cf, ii. 1. 2 ; iv, 3. 29. — o-vv- 
0Tj|i.tt irapi^€i, cf. Virgil, ^n. vii, 637 ; also i, 8, 16 n. 

26. KaXbv ^X^''^ """^ X**P^°^» ^^^"^ [their position favorable, 523 b] a favor- 
able position. 

27. Obs. the polysynd. and change of number. — vTn\vria.%€v, note use 
of virb with words denoting rapid movement. — eTrawovtlov, v. I. iiraidpi^ov 
(Lex.) ; cf. i. 8. 17 ; iii. 2, 9. 

28. ws oXIyoi 6vt€s, [as being few] with so small a member, 2. 16. — 
iin, iv. 2. 13. 

29. TO i'7r'7riK6v...Tb t«v iroXeixtwv, 523 a, 2 ; 719 d, 

30. o-uvco-TT^Kos, consistere, Dind., a compact, unbroken force, — dirci- 
pT]K€o-av...e8dK€t, 705. — ovtws Sirtos, in such manner as; d-rnos when used 
thus instead of ws or ^a-rrep implies distress or difficulty, as in ^irXevcr Sttws 
^irXeva-a. Cf. ii, 1, 6. McM. — a>s |i.irj...dva'irav(raiVTO, ne hostes fiducia 
sumpta vires suas reficerent. 

31. vdiros...awTOvs vTriSi\€ro, a ravine received them beneath, or, more 
freely, lay in their way. This prevented their retreat in order, while they 
hastened to effect their escape through or across it, — 8 (comm. referred to 
the preceding sentence rather than to i'd7ros)..."EXX'r]V€S s, which the GrecTcs 
were not aware of, but had turned back from the pursuit too soon to observe : 
fortunately, perhaps, as otherwise they might have been tempted, late as it 
was, to follow on to the ravine, in the hope of harassing the enemy there. 

32. ^v0a, V. I. he a H cf. iv. 1. 2. 



BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 131 



CHAPTER VI. 

MUCH SPOIL OBTAINED. — OLEANDER ARRIVES, BUT DECLINES THE 
COMMAND. — MARCH TO CHRYSOPOLIS. 

1. dp,<j>i (Lex.). — irpoo-wTaTw (Lex.). — KXcavSpov, 4. 18. — «s i]^ovra, 

[as about to come] i7i expectation of their coming ; fi^ovra agreeing with 
'KXeavdpov as most prominent, or with TrXota as nearest, 497. — €Ka<rTt]s 
T||j,€pas, [in each day] every day, 433 a. dSews, v. I. abeCjs ijdT]. — irvpoiis, 
Kpidds, etc., asynd., cf. ii. 4. 28. 

2. k^r^v, there was leave for individuals. — eXdfiPavov, took for tJiemselves. 

— 01 €|tovT€S, V. I. omit ol : cf. McM. 

3. Ka.rr\yov, put in, or touched at the place, Cf. v. 1. 11. 

4. iroXt^ci, mode? — '6t\. 8eoi, 674b. — l'7re8€tKvv€v...arTpaTi«- g^-t-t 
Tais, shoiuecl them to the soldiers, to avoid all suspicion of secret 
practice, and also, perhaps, hoping for an influence in favor of coloniza- 
tion. Some even translate, perhaps too strongly, introduced or presented. 
Cf. 1. 14. 

5. ovSev, pos. ? — otxd[x,€Voi, by themselves. — dXXoi &XXt|, v. I. omit 
SXkig : Born, conjectures ctXXocre. — d4>aipc66i6v, ace. to the rule adopted 
by the army, § 2, 8. — Aeliirirft), who had come with Oleander, see v. 1. 15; 
vi. 1. 32. — avTOis, cr<}>i<rtv, 537. 

6. dp7rd^€iv, to rob him. 

7. •fjv avTw...\ox.iTT]s, was a soldier of his company. — dYofxevos, the 
man that was being carried off", etc. — dvaKaXovvrcs, 530 a, cf. ivaKokodv- 
res Tov €V€pyeT7]u, rbv avSpa rbv ayadbv, Cyr. iii. 3. 4. 

8. KaT€KwXvov, endeavored to stop them (according to some, this). — 
ovScv el'i] irpd^iia, it was nothing serious. — a'tTiov...Tav)Ta "yeveo-Oat, the 
cause [that these things should be] of this affair, atnos is often followed 
by TOV, 444 f, 

10. 6l...lK8<o<r€i, cf. i. 3. 14; v. 6. 7. o-io 

11. 8id (Lex.). — ki, ov, on which account, wherefore. — irop* 

(Lex.) oXi-yov eiroiovvro, they put Oleander beside a trifle, by Avay of com- 
parison : they made small account of Oleander, parvi faciebant. iroieiadat 

— cestimare, occurs in various forms : ev eXacppI^ iroielffdai, wepl iroWov 
TTOLetcrOaL, deiva iroLelcr., iv aTropp-qru iroi., vii. 6. 43. McM. 

12. €|xol 8e, cf. iv. 6. 10 ; v. 5. 13. — "HP-iv, connect with &Tr€i<Tu/, 453 n; 
i. 7. 20. — cts ^Ktto-Tos, in appos. with .subj. of eiai, 393 d, 501. 

13. dpp,o(rTais, cf. v. 5. 19 n. 

14. ai TToXcts Tj|ift)v, 69€v (<r\Uv : Kriig. compares ex tuis Uteris quas mihi 
misisti, Cicero Eirist. ad Diver, x. 13. 

15. dKovw, tense ? — ovk &v cTrot-qo-cv, 631 b. — ky^ ^\v odv, repeated 
after the parenthesis. — alrias, case 699 f. — €(JiavTow, case 699 a. o-io 

16. amdrai, sc. Oleander? — Kpivai, voice? cf. §18. — el... 



132 NOTES. 



ov8, cf. i. 7. 18 N ; Kiili. vii. 1, 29. — dvTt 8e tovtwv, on the contrary, in 
place of this. — elp^o|X€6a, we shall shut ourselves out from, or (as pass, 
excludemuf) we shall he excluded from, 576 a. 

17. 0€ovs, case 472 f. — \ ^y\v (Lex.). — dtj)ei\dfiT]v, 707 i ; cf. v, 8. 10. 

18. jXTj eKSwre, v. I. fxr] eKdoTe. — toOtov ^'v€Ka (jlt|T6 iroXeixetTC, on this 
account, or, so far as this is concerned, have no xaar. — o-u^oicrde d<r<j>aX(5s, 
tnay you he, etc., 638, d, e. — v|X(«v avrcov, part, gen., of your oivn numhcr. 

19. ^'Sd^Kev s, granted [that he should go having selected] /im the privi- 
lege of selecting as attendants. — 6 d<|)aip€0eis, order, cf. iv. 2. 18, 

20. cKeXevo-e, v. I. ixeXeve : cf. i. 7. 16 N. — o-€, o-e avrdv, emphat. repe- 
al A ^^^i°^^ 5 '^- ^- (^^o-^Tov. — xpTjo-Gai [sc. Tjfuv or avrols] '6 ri &v PovXtj, 

to tr-eat us as you may please ; cf. i. 3, 18 N , iii. 1. 40. — d|iov(ri 
(numb. ?) deem it piroper, or require. 

21. AeliTTTTov, case 485 d, 661 b. Obs. the antithetic and sarcastic repe- 
tition hei'e and in § 22. 

22. k^' «T€, 557, 671 a ; cf. iv. 2. 19. 

23. Kai, Tg, Kai, t€, the office of each ? — Tpair6^ovvTiovs...'n'€VTt]KdvTo- 
pov, case ? — direo-Tep-qKajxcv : airoarepelv follows the syntax of d<pat.p€2adaL 
(i. 3. 4) ; whereas arepe'iv more usually takes a genitivus rei (i, 4. 8). McM. 

• — TO lirl rovT<a, [as to that resting] so far as rested on him. — "Hkovc... 
tijonrep r,(xets, doubtless at Trapezus, as again at Cotyora, v. 6. 9. — Tovtov 
o^v...d<}>etXdp.T|v, sc. rbi^ avbpa, from him, therefore, I rescued the man. 
See § 21, where the genit. is used after d^eXo^tevos. 

24. Tj^es, tense? — rtov irapd <rov, const, pi'seg., cf. i. 1. 5 N. — vdfjii^e 
...diroKTeivwv (though infin. with vop.i^u} oftener), 657 f, 677 a. — dvSpa 
8€tXdv...dv8pa d^aGdv, note antithesis. 

25. ciraivoi-q x eiraivotT] dv. — d|iovT€, claim for yourselves, 644 b. 

26. TOVTOV, sc. Agasias. 

fy-. J- 28. TO [xipos, [the part given to him] his part or share. — Tots 
X-rjo-Tais, § 5. — pi^Tpav, this term is applied to Lycurgus's unwrit- 
ten laws ; Plutarch, Lye. 13. — toiovtos, such a jjersoji, so concerned in 
the affair, yet claiming innocence. Oleander reserves his judgment, neither 
censuring nor acquitting. 

29. Twv dv8pwv, Tw dv8p6, § 30, etc., 494. 

30. atiTois, numb, and gend.? — ApaKdvTiov, why selected? — KaTa 
•jrdvTa Tpd-jTov, cf. iv. 5. 16. 

31. o-ot v^elro, '6 Tt ipovXov (conforming in time to ixpelTo) iroiT^o-ai, 
submitted itself to you that you might do ichatever you pleased. — aiTovvTai 
Kai 8eovTai, what is expressed by doubling the verb ? — IjJtoxO^o-drqv : we 
have repeatedly remarked the eminent services of Agasias. 

32. o-ov (also § 33), case, 434 a. — Kai cos iKavot s, and, while suhmis- 
91 ft ^^^^ ^^ their commander, how capahle they are, with the favor of 

the gods, of meeting the enemy fearlessly. 

33. (rov...'n-apaY€vd|X€vov, cf. i. 2. 1 N. 

34. val TO) Sio), i. e. by Castor and Pollux ; Hell. iv. 4. 10. The Attic 
oath, vq rd> detb, meant Demeter and Persephone. McM. — TroXv...dvTioi 



BOOK VIL CHAP. I. 133 



...f^ ovs, [very different than] quite the 7'evcrse of what. — irepl vjxwv Iviwv, 
concerning some of you. Kiili. regai'ds evlwv as governing vixQv, Kriig. as 
in appos. with it. Cf. v. 5. 11. 

36. ovK. edeXei, refuse. — e^cLYctv, like levai (ii. 2. 3 n.) [favorable] for 
me to lead forth. — Ikcio-c, i. e. to Byzantium. 

37. 8tae€|JL€voi, having disposed of, by sale, to traders touching at the 
jDort. — Bt8vvJiv (Lex.). 

38. oiiSevi, no booty. — tt|v 4>«'^ia'V, sc. x^pai', where they would q-. „ 
he on expense, and could not plunder. — {iiroo-xpexJ/avTas = hav- 

ing turned sharp round, they fell upon the Bithynians. — XpvordiroXiv, 
Xa\KT]8ovkas (Lex.). Some editors use the form KaKxrj^ovla, KaXxijSwj', 
wherever this word occurs. Cf. 167 b. 



BOOK VII. 

MOVEMENTS OF THE GREEKS IX THRACE. — MARCH TO PER- 
GAMUS IN MYSIA. 

CHAPTEK I. 

THE GREEKS INDUCED TO CROSS TO BYZA^^TIUM. — DISTURBAIS'CES 
THERE. — XEXOPHO:S''S COURSE. 

1. "0(ra |X€v 8tj s, see p. 3, Notes, statement as to diWsion into q-i q 
books, summaries, etc. — ^irpalav x liroiovv ? (Lex. irpaTTw) : 

the more definite term is here used with reference to the more recent 
events. — ?|ft) tov o-Td|xaTOS, i. e. ^|w Boairbpov QpaKiov. Kiih. 

2. Xiapav, V. I. dpxw- — o-TpaT€VT]Tai, mode 653. — ocra Se'oi, sc. Toieiv 
^apvd^a^ov. 

3. fji€T€'7re'[i>|'aT0...€ts, 579, cf. i. 1. 2. — twv trrpaTiwTwv, om. by some 
editors. 

4. grt a'Ta\Xd|oiTo...d'Trd, that he was about to take his have of — 
ci;v8tapdvTa, hating crossed over icith (the army). — ^Trcira oiircos (so used 
separately after a participle, rarely both together), then, in this q-j^q 
condition of af airs, i. e. having crossed with them into Europe. 

5. SevGriS, (Lex.) cf. 2. 32 ; v. 1. 15. — o-vfiirpoevntto-eat, iii. 1. 9. — 
Kal gc})Ti...gTi (rare after 07?m^ 659 h ; pos. 719 77, cf. § 11), and promised 
him, if he would add his influence for this, that he should not repent of it. 

■ — p,6Tafi,€Xi(]<r€t, V. I. fxerafjieXriaeiv. 

6. p.T]8£v...}J-T|T€, on emphatic use of negatives, 713b. — TiKiCru, sc. 
'ZeOdr/S. — •jrpo(rc})€pe'<r0« as dv ..d(r<j)aX^S, let him make such application as 



134 NOTES. 

tTiay seem to Mm safe, or (ace. to some) sure of effect ; v. I. ws hv airip doKy, 
as may seem to him. best. 

7. a>s d'iroTr€fi\|;a)v...'irot^(r«v, 598 b. — €Trio-iTl^6o-6ai...irop6iav, to pro- 
cure provisions for the journey. 

8. |€vos, vi, 6. 35. — Tunrd^ero, vale dicebat, teas bidding him farewell. 
— ix-fj iroiTJcrTis, 628 e. — cl 8^ jAirj, 717 c ; iv. 3. 6 N. — ov raxv 4|^pir€t,, is 
creeping forth [not quickly] so slowly. Ace. to some, i^epiret is taken from 
the mouth of Cleander in its more Doric sense, = i^epx^rai. 

9. ol <rTpaTi»Tai avTol, supply airwi eiaiv. 

10. •7rop€vcro]j.€Vov, as if about to march with them. — IX0ovT6s...8ia- 
OOrfc '"■po^oP'^fics (sc. the generals) ive will go and settle with Anax- 

ibius, 

11. o-uv£<rKeua(rpev<nJS, v. l. crvcTKevaaafiePovs. — irpocravcMreiv, v. I. irpo- 
cavelTrev. — Brt, pos. 719 -q. 

12. irpwTOV, V, I. irpuroi. — dpSi^v (Lex.) = TravreXQis. — 'Etcovikos (Lex.), 
Cf. Thue. viii. 23.. — «s, with fut. part. § 7 n. — poxXov, a strong bar 
placed across the double gate, and secured within a socket on each side. 

13. rdXXa rd tiriTqSaa = otJier supplies. Kiih. omits rd. 

14. 'EiraKOvo-avres, having overheard. — ■$] Kai, or [even] perhaps. — 
'Icpoii, V. I. iepoO : the road into the Chersonese lay through this mountain : 
cf. 3. 3. A fortress 'lepbv 6pos is mentioned by Demosthenes, De Halon. 
§ 17 ; De Falsa Leg. § 156. — kvkXw, round about^ or, taking a sweep. — 
Sid ficoTTjs, 508 a. 

15. €l<rtdvT6s, as fut. part. See Lex. eXjxi. 

16. '^KOTTTov, force of the impf.? 594. — €l...dvoC|ov(nv, cf. i. 3. 14 n. 

17. X'hM^ (Lex.), t]ie breakwater or mole., meaning here the projecting 
stone- work which protected the walls next the sea from the violence of the 
waves. See scholiast on Thuc. i. 63, quoted by Kiih. — {urepPafvovo-iv, 

OQ1 rush over. — dvaircravvvovo-i, v. I. dvaTreTavvdacri. — KXc^pa = 
fiox^ov, § 12. See Dictionary of Antiquities. 

18. 29a Kttl o-weio-jriirTci, see § 20, where, in the same wa}^ the impf. 
and histor. pres. are joined together. 

19. 'ivBov, within, i. e. their houses or abodes. — ^« IBeov, Kiih. and 
others omit ideov and supply as understood ^evyovaiv. 

20. TT|v &Kpav, i. e. ttjv ajcpbiroXiv, in next sentence. Kriig. compares 
Hell. vi. 1. 2, where the acropolis is mentioned, which in § 3 is called 
aKpa. — XaXKT]8dvos, cf. vi. 6. 38 N. — <rxctv tovs dvSpas, to sustain the 
expected onset of the soldiers. 

21. iroXXol, in great numbers. — Nvv, cf. v. 6. 15 N. — 'ii,&rr\.v, 459. — 
dv8pl 76ve<r9ai, virum te prnestare, to become a (jieyav^ famous or eminent) 
ma-n, 667 b. — ^X^is, note repetition and asynd. 

22. 66<r0€ rd 8irXa s, range yourselves under arms. Xenophon's readi- 
ness and promptitude in so critical a case deserve to be noted. 

099 23. els oKTO) ey^vovTo, fell in eight deep ; v. I. ircvT-qKosfTa. — 

TO Kcpas cKdrepov, 523 b. 
24. olov, 556 a. — to ©poKiov, an open space within the Avails, near the 



BOOK YIL CHAR I. 135 

gates, called Thracian ; cf. Rell. i. 3 . 20. McM. — ^kcito to. ^TrXa, iv. 
2. 20 N ; cf. rideadai to. 6ir\a, § 22. — o-o-yKoXei, called round him. 

25. Tip.6)pT](r(iop.£6a, 579, 432 a. — ovScv (ace. of specification, 481), in no 
respect 

26. IwpaKOTas, sc. r)/xas. — rd vvv ^hr\ Yey6VT]|X€va, cf. vi. 1. 32. Xeno- 
phon refers to the Pelopoimesian war (b. c. 431 - 404), the result of which 
was that the Spartans gained the supremacy. 

27. clo-TjXGonev, v. I. -^Xdo/j-ev. — rpiaKOo-icov, v. I. TerpaKoalcav. — ev rfj 
iroXci, i. e. aKpoiroXei, see Thuc. ii. 13. 24. — t«v ev5^|x«v, the home reve- 
nues. — vircpopias, sc. yrjs or xwpas. — t(5v VTJ<r«v : concerning the allies 
and tributaries of the Athenians in the great struggle with the Lacedsemo- 
nians, see Thuc. ii. 9. Also, for full and accurate information resjjecting 
the financial condition and management, the sources of revenue, etc., of 
Athens, the student must consult the work of Aug. Boeckh, "Staatshaus- 
haltung der Athener," translated into English by Mr. A. Lamb (1857) un- 
der the title " The Public Economy of the Athenians." 

28. dv, pos. 621 a. — 6(roi, v. I. o'L — tov dv« Pao-iXecos, i. e. the king 
of Persia : avw, up the country, the interior region back from the 090 
sea-coast. — Scttis, ii. 5. 12; 558. ^^O 

29. TOLS fip,€Tepois [= rijxCjp] avTwv, our own friends, 498. — iravres s, 
all (these friends and relatives) arc in those cities which, etc. — SiKaicos, sc. 
CTparevaovraL ecp' tj/jlcLs. — pdpPapov, rather an exaggeration, since Trape- 
zus, Sinope, and Heraclea are called 'EWTjwSas TroXets, v. 5. 14. McM. ex- 
plains by sa5'ing, ' ' they are styled Barbarian here, when compared with 
Byzantium, probably as being in Asia and under barbarian rule ; — the 
Persian king's authority over the Asiatic Greeks having been repeatedly 
acknowledged (during the Peloponn. War), as, for instance, in the treaties 
B. c. 411 (Thuc, viii. 58), and B. c. 387." — ovSep-tav, for fxt]defj.iav. Kith. 
— Ktti Tavra, cf. i. 4. 12 x. — €|aXaird|o|xev, Homeric word ^r eKwopdr}- 
cofiev. 

30. 6i5xo|i.ai, ?}i€Ye, •ycveo-Oai, I pray that I may he: cf. iii. 1. 17 N. — 
liriSeLV, look upon, or, behold. — Kara, doion heloiv, or, under. — SiKaCuv 
Tv-yxo-vetv, 427. — TJp.ds 86t...orTepe(r9at, t/"e ought not, wronged though we 
he, to deprive ourselves of the Grecian soil at least. 

31. 61 8c |x^, [but if not] hut if ice obtain none, 710, 717 c. — ir€iOop,evoi, 

sc. VIJA.V, 

32. 01 lAcv, asynd. Cf. i. 1. 9 n. 

33. Ka6r](j.evb>v, seated, i. e. in council, cf. vi. 2. 5 N. — KoipaTaSTjs, see 
Lex. — ov 4>€VYwv, though not an exile. — a'TpaTTi'Yi«v, an army-seeking 
fellow, ambitious to be a general. — AeXra (Lex.). — p.6X«<riv, 00 j_ 
poetic word, used only here by Xen. ^ o-irta, v. I. alra. 

34. dKot)ov<ri (asynd. )... rots o-TpaTiwrais, anacoluthon. Krlig. remarks, 
the writer began the clause as if ^5o^e dex^adai were about to follow. — 
tIXco-i, i. e. the authorities or maxfistrates : cf. ii. 6. 4. — dTrayyeXci, Pov- 
Xevo-oiTO, for change of mood and tense, see ii. 1. 3 x. 

36. 6<rTis dv, v. I. 6s av. — ireirpdoreTai, 601 b ; cf. i. 5. 16 ; ii. 4. 5. 



136 NOTES. 

37. €is, omitted by some before av-qp. — «? eirt, cf. iv. 3. 11 n. — lOv- 
€TO, teas proceeding to take the auspices, but was stoppe.d before the act of 
immolation (ws dvaicv), § 40, where the narrative is resumed, §§ 38 and 39 
being a parenthesis, stating wliat Xen. Avas doing meantime. McM. 

38. €Ki\ev£ (i. 6. 2 N) Siairpdlai, v. I. eueXevev oi diairpa^ai. 

39. t]E<ti), Xe'^eiv, jxsXXols, obs. abrupt change of construction to oratio 
obliqua, and then to oratio directa. — 24>t), sc. Oleander. — IkcXcvev (r. l. 

QQc €K€\ev(T€v), sc. Anaxibius. 

40. d(nra<rd[X£vos, cf. § 8 N. — ouk £KaXXi€p€i, had no favorable 
sacrifice. — ea-Tecjjavwfis'vcs, having on the garland or chaplet worn by one 
about to offer sacrilice. Cf. Cyrop. iii. 3. 34. — KoipaTdSri, i^7T]o-d|X€vov, 
cf. i. 2. 1 N ; 667 e. — ^t\ (Lex. ), 686. — €l (itj 8wo-€i, for the more usual 
dihaoL : cf. i. 3. 14. 

41. iroXXwv s, literall}^, ichen there was wanting much to him, so that a 
day s food was not the lot of each of the soldiers, i. e. his supply of provis- 
ions fell far short of one day's subsistence for each of, etc. — eveSa, v. I. 
^det. — dircMTwv, throwing up, in disgust. 



CHAPTER II. 

OUTRAGEOUS CONDUCT OF ARISTARCHUS. — NEGOTIATIONS WITH 
SEUTHES, A THRACIAN PRINCE. 

1. 4>pwi<rKos, named as one of the generals, § 29. Cf. iii. 1. 47. — 
Kara, over against, near. 

2. '^ir€i0€, persuadere studebat, ivas trying to persuade. — ^Scdkc (as plupf.), 
had. given. »— ravrd, v. I. ravra: cf. 6. 12. 

99A ^" o-troSiSoixevoi, [giving for one's profit] selling. — Kara toiis 
X^^po^Sj through the districts or fields. — KarcufyvvovTo, v. I. Kare- 
fxiyvovTo. 

4. 8ia<|)0€ipdfj.£vov (explanatory of ravra), loas being dispersed or broken up. 

5. Kv^iKO) (Lex.). — 8(rov ov, tantum non, prope, all but. — irapeiT] tls, 
cf. i. 2. 2 N. ' 

6. €upTi, V. I. eijpoi, or, evpotev. — dva7Kd|o)v s, compelling (the inhabi- 
tants) to receive them into their houses. — 'Apl<rTapxos...d'n'c8oTO, inexcus- 
able cruelty on his part. 

7. Kara rd o-u^Ketjieva, according to the agreement, cf. 1. 2. He now 
calls on Pharnabazus to keep the agreement made between them. The 
satrap, however, thinking Anaxibius to be of no further value to him, 
treats his proposal with contempt, which stirs up Anaxibius to vindictive 
fury. — 'Apio-xapxov, ' Ava|i(3iov : 'Ava^iPiov, 'Apio-rapxcv, chiastic pos. 

— SieirpdrrcTO rd avrd, effected the same arrangement. 

8. ^evotjjwvTa, he seems to have been at the time Avith Anaxibius, 1. 39. 

— o-vv^X^'-v avTo, to keep it together. — irpoirEfixl/ai, to send forward, or. 



BOOK YII. CHAP. II. 137 

escort. — TOis I'lnrois, with tJie liorses requisite or necessary for this neyri 
purpose. — eirl to o-TpdT6V|xa, at or near Selybria, § 28. 

9. SLairXevVas, having sailed across the Propontis. 

10. tnrKrx.vovp,€vos s, idromising to him tlmt wldch he thought by inen- 
tioiing (it), he v:oidd jpersuoAc him. 

11. diroo-irao-aS) sc. rom eavrov, or, eavTov. — kv tw avTw (sc. tottu)), on 
tke same ground, i. e. together. 

12. 2irpaTT6 irepi, was bargaining or negotiating for. — tTeK&.o-y.ivo's, 
urged on. — direiire ^^ Std-yeiv, [said that they should not transport] for- 
bade the shijjmastey-s to transjiort, 713 d. 

13. 8ti, cf. i. 6. 7 X. — Kal Ifig, obs. change to oratio directa. — toiwv, 
cf. T. 1. 2 X. — T^gSe, in this jflace, in Perinthus as well as Bj-zantium, 
6. 24. 

14. ovTojv, sc. avrCbv. — irgio-eTai (Lex. Trdcrxw), euphemistic cycyo 
expression for lose his life. — tovs (acv = tovtovs /xeu. — irpoTreii- 
Tr€Tai, force of mid.? cf. TrpoTre/xTret, § 19. — avros, take with ^ovXolto. 

15. e9i)6TO, for force of mid. see Lex. 6vw. — irapeiev, v. I. irpodev. — 
Tov KwXvcrovTos, i. e. Aristarchus. — ^v0a St|, v. I. evOa de. — dva-yKT], sc. 
^u. — T(S licei, i. e. Cyniscus, 1. 13. 

16. 6 [iiv...dxiv, he teas occv/pied in these matters. — eSoKct, sc. elvai. 

17. aiuTft), V. I. avTU). — Uvai, cf. ii. 2. 3 N. — 'ircpd...lKd<rTou,//w>i each. 

18. epT)|j.ois, i. e. without sentinels or guards stationed at them. — p.6Ta- 
K£X<»P^K€vai, had changed his encampment to some other place. — t»v ircpi, 
527a.— Tw 26u8ti, dat. as in 4. 19; cf. 1. 7. 20 ; ii. 6. 8 ; iii. 4. 31. Its 
effect is to make Seuthes virtually the subject of the sentence : tliat Senthes 
had. fires lit in front, etc. See Arnold at Thucyd. iii. 97. McM. — K-rJTC 
oirdo-ot }1TJT€ OTTOV etev, v. I. fjLrjd' ottov elev : fJLrjre oirov elcn, fir,Te owoi lol€v. 

Kiih. 

19. TrpoTre'iiirei, cf. § 14 x. — 6 dirb toO o-TpaTEvjiaTOS, i. e. 6 6v eysya 

T^ aTpa.Tevjj.aTL ibv koL eKeWev eXdJjv, Kiih. ; qui prseest exercitui. 
Born. 

20. dvaiTTiSTJcravTcs ISicdkov, having leaved up (i. e. mounted their 
horses, probably) they galloped a.way. — iJo-ov, circiter, 507 f. 

21. e"yK6xaX. l;}>i)\dTTeTo, he was keeping guard (for himself) with these 
ready bridged, for use. Born, reads, for eyKexo-^i-vwfiivoL^, eyKexoLKi-viOfxevuv, 
sc. avTuiv. Cf. i. 4. 12 x. 

22. T^pTis (Lex.), cf. Thucyd. ii. 29 ; Hdt. iv. 80 ; vii. 137. — iiro, 
after aTroXecrai, denoting the agent. — d4)aip€8f]vai, 485 d. — [AdXtorra 
vvKTos, especially at night, these, the Thyni, being most distinguished for 
carrying on successful warfare during tlie night. 

24 ' E-irefjulfas, cf. 1. 5. — t)'irio-xvov[i.€ves...irot'<io-€iv, after verbs of 
])romising, etc., the infin. is oftener in the fut. aec. to the rule for iutlir. 
disc, py^omising that you would do, G59 g. 

25. 'ij>t], assented, or, said yes. — a^Bis, § 10. — rd X"P^^> ^^- '^- ^- — 
<rc'...xpT|cr€0-9ai {v. I. xPl'^o.adai.), th'(t I sho7.il d exjjcrience yoit (liud nc\r\ 
you) as a friend. — irapd <rov, cf. iii. 4. 9 N. 



138 NOTES. 

26. "I0t vvv, V, I. vvv, enclit. Kiili. — ?<|)t), sc. Xenophon. — d(f>i^7T]arai 
TOVTw, cf. 452 a. 

27. ovSs'v, governed by reXeiv. — avTos-.-airie'vai, 667 f. 

28. tI "ydp, (^uid igitur ? 708 b. — Kara, to or at, i. e. near to, in vicin- 
ity of. — SiapaCveiv, sc. x/o^rai, from ovx olbv re preceding. Cf. Tliucyd. 
i. 142. 

29. 'iifji €l(riv...6 irio'TOTaTos, sing. nom. for plur. o-rpartwrai or 0iXot. 

30. •n-tcrTOT€pav...'irpd|tv, the transaction or negotiation to be more bind- 
ing. — Kd\€<rai, call in these also. — xd 6ir\a, obj. of KaTaXnreiv. 

31. ovSevl dv...*A0T]vai«v, he would distrust no Athenian. — <ruYy€V€is. 
Kriig. rejects the claim of lineage or kinship, but Kiih. holds that the 
traditions authorize the pretensions of Seuthes. — 8 rt xP*i°"Sa'S Cf. i. 
3. 18 N. 

32. ^jv, for '^aav, agrees in numb, with apxv the predicate. — rd irpd'y- 
p,aTa, 506, c. — evocrrio-cv, this word, by an easy metaphor, is often applied 
to disorders in the state ; cf. Demosth. Phil. iii. 1 2, voaovai Kai o-raaid- 
^ovat. — CKireo-wv, expulsus, banished. — PaciXei, i. e. of the Odrysse. 

oQi ^*^- €v8i<j)pios — ojuLOTpdire^os. — iKCT-qs Sovvai (jloi, as a sup- 

pliant (begging him) to give to me. — roiis eKPaXdvTas...iroioiT|v, 

/ should inflict evil upon those who had, expelled us (my family). — p,^ 

diropXeircDV, cf. v. 6. 27 N. — wcrirep kv«v, these words are rejected by Kiih. 

and others, 

34. <rt»v TOis 0€Ois, ivith the help of the gods. 

36. Kv^iKT]v6v, i. e. per month. — PovXcovrai, 607 a ; 667. 

37. d-iro, Kiih, reads utto, cf. i, 2, 18 N. — dirievai...irapd <ri, to take 
refuge with you. 

38. 2oi...0vYdTT]p, this passage is quoted as in favor of Xen.'s being 
older than is advocated in the present edition of the Anab. (see Introduc- 
tion), cf. 6, 34 N. — 0paKla> vop-w, cf. Hdt. v, 6 ; Tacit. Germania, § 18. 
So too the ancient Greeks, Aristot. Polit. ii. 8. — BLo-dv0Tjv, cf. 5. 8. 



CHAPTER III. 

OPERATIONS OF THE GREEKS IN THE SERVICE OF SEUTHES. 

noo ^' Se^ids, cf. ii. 4. 1 N. ■ — ^KaoToi, i. e. each deputation from 
the several divisions of the army, 2. 29 j cf. iv. 5, 23 ; v, 5. 5. 

2. ^8o§6, force of aor. ? — ti?|v 68bv edo-ai, to decline going. 

3. ovTos 8^ 6 avTos, and this same person, 540. — 'lepov 6povs, cf. 1. 14. 

— '(\v KpaTTjO-avTcs tovtov, if having gained (i. e. crossed) this mountain. 

— tTbikr\cr&.v, i. e, Aristarchns, 2. 6, — €|airaTTi<r€o-0at, fut. mid, in pass. 
?ense, with iixas, cf. v. 5. 2 N. — •ir€pi6\|/€<r0ai, i. e. Aristarchus, overlook 
or neglect you. Note the change of subj. with infin, in this section, 

4. Ik(ivov, i. e. Seuthes. — efi iroii^o-ctv vfids, he will do well for you. - — 



BOOK VII. CHAP. III. 139 

TOVTO, about this, i. e. whether to obey Aristarchus or to go to Seuthes. — 
eiraveXOovTcs, i. e. to the villages named in next section and 2. 1. 

5. e«<ri, so. the Lacedsemouians. — ol -{jttovs, i. e. the Thracian villagers, 
weaker than ourselves. — 8 tw tis vfJwiSv Setrai, what service each of these (i. e. 
Aristarchus and Seuthes) desires of you. 

6. 'Av6T6ivav, cf. iii. 2. 9 N. — t<3 iQ7ov|jLeva), ii. 2. 4 n. ooo 

7. ^ir€i0ov, tried to persuade ; force of imp. ? 594. — avT<3, i. e. ^"" 
Xeuophon. 

8. T«v Tov AaKcoviKov = thosc with Aristarchus, the envoys of the 
Lacedtemonian. Kriig. regards tCju as neuter, referring to things offered 
by the Lacedgemonian. — €^€vi<r0ai, v. I. ^evi^eadaL. 

9. eiirev, v. I. icprj. — 'AXXa, 708 e. — dTr€Xov<ras...J5<rov, distant only 
so far as that. 

10. Kv^iK-qvov, 2. 36. — to, voiii^ojicva, that which is customary, i. e. 
double to the captains, and fourfold to the generals, 2. 36. — 8iaTie£|JL€vos, 
by the sale of. 

11. diroSiSpao-KovTa, cf. i. 4. 8 N. — dv0i(rTT]Tat, v. I. avdiarriTai. — 
•j(€ipov<rQai, to subdue or overcome. 

12. 0a\dTTT]s, i. e. the Propontis. 

13. Tw PovXo|JL€Vft), leave was granted to any one that wished to nn/t 
speak, 678 a. — ^e'yov...c'ti], said to the same effect that the pro- 
posal of Seuthes was worth everything, for it was winter, 643 c. — SiaYC- 
veo-dai, to remain. — a>vov|j.evovs \r\v, to live by purchasing food. — cvpi](JLa, 
a god-send, an unlooked-for piece of good fortune, 633 d. Cf. ii. 3. 18. 

14. €iri\jn]<j)i5€T«, let Mm (i. e. the proper officer) pnit it to vote. Kinig. 
and others read eirLxf/Tjcpi^eade, do you vote fon^ these measures. The mid. 
voice denotes "to decree by vote" (6. 14). Xenophon, in bidding them 
let the officer put the matter to the vote, instead of doing so himself (as at 
V. 1. 14), assumes the attitude of an indifferent party, lest hereafter (if 
matters went ill) he should be blamed for having influenced their choice. 
Cf. 6. 12, and foil. McM. — eire^I/ifjcjjMrc, v. I. €ir€xl/r,(t>i<7av. — a-ua-Tpanv- 
<roiVTo, ace. to Pvennell's calculation, it was now about the beginning of 
December, b. c. 400. 

15. €(rKTivT]o-av, cf. iv. 5. 15 N. 

16. Mapcov€iTT)S, cf. Lex. — €vl iKdorTO) {tovtuv) ovo-Tivas. — 2x"V rt 
Sovvat, cf. Thucyd. ii. 97. — irpwrov \iiv, correlative clause, Aldis 5e, § 18. 
— &7ovT€s avTw, 450 b, 540 f. — dvo), tip the country. ^ 

17. SiaKeCo-erat = e^ei to. irpdyfiaTa, melius vobis erit. Kiih. 

18. vo|ii^oiTo...8«pei(r0ai, it was tis2ial...to maTce p-esents. — OQ5 
Kara-yaYetv, Timasion was in exile at the time. — irpovfivdro, 

sued ox pleaded for. — cKdo-Tw, take with wpocridjv, as in § 16. 

19. dXXoi, reference especially to Alcibiades (5. 8), Hell. ii. 1. 25 ; 
Corn. Nepos, Ale. vii. 4. 

20. Eilvovs, see 444 d. — tovtw, v. I. ro^iov. — ov...}i\<av...(i i*"^, not 
having (anything) except. — iraiSa, Wheeler renders here son; the ordinary 
meaning, servant or attendant, seems better. — 6<rov €4>o8iov, money just 
enough for the journey's expenses. 



140 NOTES. 

21. TpiiroScs, mensse tripedes (cf. Lex.). — ^vjitrai, v. I. ^vfirjTes. 

22. Tpdir€|ai, Kiih, says these are the same as the TpiTrodes, § 21 ; Hutch- 
inson and others understand the word to mean the dishes of food on the 
tables. — Kara tovs ^€Vovs, i. e. before the guests. — 8<rov jxovov, only 
enough, 556 b. 

nc%r% 23. 4>a7€iv Seivos, a terrible fellow at eating. — to (Jiev... 
Xo.ip&.Vj [bid farewell to] let the distribiiting take care of itself. — 
TpixotvtKov, a single choenix was the usual daily allowance. 

24. 7r6pi€(|>6pov, they (i. e. the attendants) carried round. 

25. Xc^oi, V. I. \4yei. — fjirto-Taro (eTricrTafiat). 

26. irpoirivw o-oi, 460. — ov fJLifj, 627, cf. ii. 2. 12 N. 

28. I'va Kttl kydi}, [I say this to you] in order that I also. — Tijiav, sc. ci. 

29. •iroi'<i|0-oi, V. I. TTOL-qaeL. — 6pe|ai, 450 b. — tnroireirwKws erv-yxa-vcv, 
lie happened to have drunk somewhat freely, was pretty well warmed up 
wdth wine. 

9017 *^0- K-aXXov '^Tt Ifiov, even more than I myself. 

31. irpoi£}j.evoi, entrusting themselves, eager. — r^v Z\ kxtjo-t), 
and shall acquire territory in addition. — XTjt^co-Oai, to obtain by plun- 
deiHng. 

32. on)YKaT€<rK€8doraTO...K€pas, and then sprinkled what was left in the 
horn on himself, or on his companions. Plato, De Legg. i. 9, says that the 
Thracians think this "an honorable and excellent custom": to us cer- 
tainly it seems barbarous enough. — (JiaYdSi, 218 (Lex,). 

33. dvcKpa-yc iroXe|xiKdv, he shouted the war-cry, 478. 

■34. o-iiv9r]p.a, cf. i. 8, 16 N. — 6Trfc)s...€i'o-€t<ri, 624b: 6'7rws with fut. 
indie, after a past tense is unusual. — ol' re 7dp...<}>iXoi, for both those who 
are enemies to you are Thracians, and so also are those who are friends to 
us Thracians. 

35. avTovs, i, e. by themselves, 541 a. 

nqo 36. dva|ji€V€Te, v. I. dvafx-eveiTe, fut. for imperat. — oirdrav... 
i\K<a, when it is the proper time, I will come, 641 a. 

37. d...'ixa, whether the Greek custom is not preferable, cf. iii. 2. 22 N. 
— PpaSvTaTov, cf. Cyr. r. 3. 37. 

38. 'fJKi(rTa...dXXit]Xovs, are least likely unconsciously to straggle away 
from one another. — iKpitriTrrova-iVf fall foul of, cf. Thuc. ii. 65. — aYVOovv- 
T€S, sc. dWrjXovs. 

39. T<3 vdfJitp, 524 a. — etirov, i. e. the Thracians. — *A0T]vaiav, v. I. 
*Adr]vaLOL, making it the subject of cIttov. — o-vyyeveiav, 2. 31. 

41. avTos-.-iropevoptevos, that he himself when marching with even afeiv. 
c^oQ — wtnrep Set, just as we require. 

42. drpipT], untrodden. 
43. KaXcSs . . . ^(rrai, 571 d. — tovs dvOptoirovs . . . eirtirco-dvTes, we shall 
fall upon the men unperceived by them. — tois IVirois, loith the cavalry. 

45. ovK efi,ov jjLovov hir\, you do not need me alone or especially. 

46. TptdKOVTtt, Schneider adduces this passage as evidence that Xeno- 
phon was a young man comparatively, about 30 years old. (See Introduc- 
tion.) Some inferior MSs. have the reading ir^vTiiKovTa. 



BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 141 



47. Td8€ 8Vj s, this is just as you said (§ 38), the fellows are 



240 



caught ; but then I have lost my cavalry who are gone away with- 
out supports (of. iii. 4. 40). McM. 

48. <rvv [tovtois] oIs ^X"> 554 a n. — irapaTcivai t-^jv <f>dXaYYa') to extend 
his line. &X\a fxvpia, on the use of dXXa, as here, see 567 e. 



CHAPTER IV. 

FURTHER OPERATIONS AGAINST THE ENEMIES OF SEUTHES. 

1. fiXXois (so. Xoyi^o/xevois) oia ircto-ovrai (Trdcrxw, Lex.), cf. i. 7. 4 N. — 
triCa-ovrai, tense, 607 a, 645. 

2. Xeiav-.-SiaTiOecOai, cf. vi. 6. 37 N. — "ye'voiTo, v. I. ycurp-ai. — &v, af- 
ter oTTws, with optat. denotes condition of attainment, cf. vi. 3. 18 N. — 
€lcXtTrdvT€S, sc. TO iredlov. 

3. air€Katovto, cf. iv. 5. 3 N. 

4. oXbi-rr^Kihos, fox-skin caps: cf. Hdt. vii. 75 ; Ovid. Trist. iii. 10. 19. 

— t^ipas, long overcoats or wrappers, reaching to the feet, and tyA-\ 
buckled round the loins. Cf. Hdt. vii. 69. The Greek chlamys ^^^ 
was a short cloak or mantle. 

5. ToJv alxH''a'X.«T«v (part, gen.), some of the captives, 423. — 8Tt...5Ti, 
714 ; V. 6. 19. — iiird, with ace. under, close under, with the idea of mo- 
tion. 

6. 0"uv6Trwnr6<r6ai (Lex. avve<piiroixaLi), v. I. aweTreadai. — irap-qtrav, cf. 
i. 2. 2 K. 

7. ETTto-GevTis (Lex.). — iraiSepatrri^s, a lover of hoys, a word mostly- 
used in a vile sense. 

8. Kal OS, 518 f. — Scirai, v. I deerat. —trvviki^aro, slot, in plpf. sense. 

— TpoTTOV, character. 

9. [leXXei X^f-^ clSevai, is likely to esteem it a favor. 

10. el iraCoreiev, whetJier he should strike, cf. i. 9. 19 N, — Ikcivov, i. e. 
the boy. — "fipa, sc. eo-xi. — fioi 8ta[Adx€o-6ai, to fight it out with me. 

11. Tavra [i€v €l'a, [allowed these things] acquiesced in this, and spared 
the boy's life. — [j,tj, v. I. ij.7)8\ — Iv r'^...K<a\i.r\,in the village high- n/tn 
est up (of all those) iinder the moitntain. — KoXovjie'vots, cf. i. 

2. 13 N. 

12. «<rT€ diroXc'o-Oai (671 a, b), so as to he destroyed, i. e. where they ran 
the risk of perishing. 

13. ireieofisvovs, so long as they were obedient. — &pa, cf. iv. 2. 15 N. 

14. els, 704 a, cf. i. 2, 3 ; 7. 1. — •n-epteo-ravpcovTO, were fenced about. 

15. i^txa-av, i. e. the Thynian captives so said afterwards ; or, it may 
be, they uttered these things as threats ; see Kiih. — a>s, 680. — avrou, 
there, where he was, within. 

16. €c})aiveTO, was appearing. — ol ircpt, 527. — 2v8ov, cf. 1. 19 N. o^o 

— MaKe'o-Tios (Lex.), a town not farfrom Scillus, Xenophon's resi- 



142 NOTES. 

dence for many years. For this reason probably he makes mention of Sila- 
nus by name. — oKTwKalScKa, some conjecture 6KT(b kuI irevTTjKovTa, on the 
ground that a youth of this age (about 18) could hardly blow a trumpet, 
as here stated. — €<nra<r|i€voi rd ^i^r\, with drawn swords, cf. i. 8. 29 N. 

17. oirio-Ocv = ibare biTLadev elvai, cf. v. 2. 16. — irepiPaXXofievoi, throw- 
ing round from front to back, to protect the rear ; slinging their bucklers 
(ras TreXras) behind. McM. — kv€XPiUv(av, being caught in or entangled. — 
ot 8^ KaC, cf. i. 10. 3 N. 

18. Trap* okKiav, [beside] past a house, 689 d. — -^ikovti^ov, kept hurling 
javelins out of the dark, etc. — els to <})«s Ik tov (tkotovs, cf. v. 4. 31 N. 
— 'drpaarav {TiTpdjaKui). — £vo84a (Lex.). 

19. Tots irpwTots, the first that he met ; others were on the way, — 
cireiTTcp, as soon as he perceived how matters stood. — rb Kcpas l<j>6€yy€T0 
avT<3, his trumpet was kept sounding or blowing. — IScIiovto, [gave the 
right hand] congratulated. 

20. cl PovXerai, cf. i. 3. 14 N. — Idcrai, sc. arpaTeiecdai. 

nAA ^■^' Tpnr\a<riav, three times as large as before the arrival of the 
Greeks. — TrpaTroi, v. I. Tr/odrret. 

23. o-ireio-ao-Gai, Kiih. reads aireiaecrdai., and omits &v before l^i/. — 
Ti|i.ft)pTJ(racr0at, cf. 1. 25 N. 

24. 'AW ^7W7€ (708 e), well, I for my part. — SiK-qv ^X^iv, I have satis- 
faction, I am sufficiently avenged. Cf. Hdt. i. 45. — (rv|xPovX€veiv, note 
sudden change to indir. discourse. — TavTri, sc. r^ X^P^' 



CHAPTER V. 

SEUTHES FAILS TO PAT THE GREEKS. — THE TROOPS BLAME XENO- 
PHON. — EXPEDITION TO SALMYDESSUS. 

1. 'YireppaXXouori (histor. pres.), they now crossed over. Kuh. follow- 
ing Kriig. by a change of punctuation, makes virep^dWovo-L the dat. of the 
participle, depending on iraprjv, § 2. — Ae'Xra (Lex.), cf. 1. 33. — Mai<rd- 
8ov: ^v ovKiri is not applicable to Msesades, the father of Seuthes. He 
was dead (2. 32), and the Delta had never belonged to him, as appears 
from the context, but to the hereditary dominions of this family. The 
sense seems to be, "now this (Delta), though belonging to Teres, the Odry- 
sian, an ancient prince of the family, had formed no part of the kingdom 
in the reign of Meesades." The remark is made as showing that the 
Greeks had already accomplished Seuthes's object, the recovery of his 
father's territory. McM. 

2. 'HpaKX6i8Tis...irapfiv, cf. 4. 2 N. — Siavctfiai, 454 e. 

3. Totvvv, cf. V. 1. 2 N. — Kttl afi0ts, at another time (on Kai, see McM.). 
— ToiiTois...8o)pov, bestow your gifts upon these, the generals and captains, 
who have, etc. 



BOOK VII. CHAP. V. 143 

4. ov ttXciov IjJLiroXiqo-ai, Tie had not sold any more of tlie "booty eyAK 
than would suffice for twenty days' pay : ifxiroXrja-at, v. I. ifiirodij- 

aai, €fj.7rca\T](xai. 

5. dx0€O'9€is, being vexed or annoyed. — Kai 7rpo(r8av....Kal diroSd)!., 
tither by borrowing .. .or selling. — travrov, ^;. I. eavrov, pron. of 3d pers. 
sometimes used for 1st or 2d. 

6. '6 Ti IStivaTo, in whatever way he could. — 8i6Pa\X€, calumniated, 
labored to bring into disgrace. 

7. €V€KdXovv, were finding fault with. — iixOeTO avrw, 661 b. — tov 
po-Gov, i. e. the full pay for the month. 

8. Tcws, tt^j to that time. — del k\ii\ivr\ro, he had been continually men- 
Honing or saying. — ws-.-irapaSwo-oi, v. I. irapaBihaeiv (659 e), cf. iii. 1. 9. 
— Bio-dvOriv (2. 38) s, see Lex. — l|ie|ivTiTO, 432 c. — Kal...8i€Pep\ilK€t, 
had maliciously stated this also. 

9. (in &VW, farther up the country. — Xe^eiv t€ s, on the one hand bade 
them say that tliey could lead the army [no less than] quite as well as Xen. 
(if he refused), and on the other he promised, etc. See McM. — o"<j)€is, on 
this use of the pron. cf. 539 b. — •uirwrxveiTo, v. I. viriaxfeiTai. — '^vtos, 
cm. by Kiih. and others. 

10. (rTpaT€V(raip.T]v &v, cf. v. 1. 4 N. 

11. irapcKoXei, v. I. irapaKoXel. — iravovpYiav, craftiness or knavery. — 
()Ti PouXoiTO, in that he wished. 

12. lirei...lTr€i(r9ii(rav, 605 c. — MeXivocJ). (see Lex.). The coast in the 
vicinity of Salmydessus was noted for shipwrecks and the barbarous prac- 
tice of plundering the wrecked vessels, and enslaving all who were caught 
in them. — okcXXovo-i Kal iKTrtirrovcri, are groxinded and. cast on shore. 

13. e'KaoTOi XT]i;^ovTai, each (tribe) plunders. — tc'ws, up to that time, — 
^670V, dpTrd^ovras, iroXXovs, v. I. eXeyovro, apwd^ovTes, iroWol : subj. of 
iXeyov, the adherents of Seuthes, who made these statements about the 
people in the vicinity of Salmydessus. 

14. Pi'pXoi yiypa[i.^iva\., written books, i. e. manuscripts. Some under- 
stand by ^l^XoL here rolls of bark ; others say that the word is used for 
sails, ropes, coverlets, etc. Kriig. remarks that, "as so many books were 
written and read in Greece, it is not at all surprising that some of them 
should hav^e been transported to the Greek colonies." — ravra, these regions, 
as § 13, Kara ravra (xwpta). 

15. dcL, successively, from time to tim.e (see Lex.) ; cf. iii. 2. 31 ; iv. 1. 7. 

16. iraYXO'Xe'irws ctxov, were very hard in their feelings. — o j_r7 
ovK€Ti...8ieK6iTO, was no longer on familiar terms Avith Xen. — 
6'7rdT€...'^X6oi (i. e, Xen.), 641b. — a.<r\o\io.\., enga^gemients, or pressure of 
business. — l<j)aivovTO, were pretended. 



144 NOTES. 



CHAPTER VI. 

THE GREEKS INVITED TO MARCH AGAINST TISSAPHERNES. — XENO- 
PHON's DEFENCE OP HIMSELF AGAINST ACCUSATION. 

1. ©iPpcDVOs, V, I. Qi/m^pdivos. — 8oK€i <rTpaT€v€cr0ai, had resolved to take 
the field. — Ti(r(ra<j>€'pvT]v. This wil}^ satrap had returned to Asia Minor, 
invested with all Cyrus's former authority, and eager to obtain vengeance. 
The Ionian cities sought help from the Lacedaemonians against Tissa- 
phernes ; accordingly Thibron had been sent out with the title of liarmost, 
and troops to the number of 4500. Cf. Xen. Hell. iii. 1. 3. — SapsiKos, 
of. V. 6. 23 N. 

2. Iirt, for, i. e. for the purpose of taking away with them the army. — 
Xapi€i {v. I. xa/otTj), will confer a favor. — diraiT'^o-ovo-i, i. e. oi arpa- 
Ttwrai. 

3. irapaYctv, to bring in, or introduce the Lacedtemonian envoys. — 
etirov 8Ti...'{JK0V(riv : ^Xe^ev i)Ti...d'iro8t8<«)(ri, 607 ; cf. i. 3. 14 N. — t€, con- 
nects d7ro5i5a>(Tt with /Soi/Xerat. — i^via, v. I. ^euta, cf. vi. 1. 3. 

4. tIs dvTJp, what sort of a man. — \<ilp6v eo-riv avT<S, it is the worse for 
him, 453. —Kal ol', 518 f. — 'AXV, 708 e. 

gy. Q 5. 'Ap* ofiv...fJ.TJ, why, he will not oppose us, (will he ?) respect- 
ing the removal of the army ? Spa pi^-q indicates doubt and mis- 
giving as to the reply. — tov fJLi<r9dv, the pay, cf. § 1. — irpoorxovTcs {irpoa- 
exw) sc. TOV vodv. 

7. 8x1, 644. — 8oK€t, cf. § 1 N. 

8. €V lirTiKoo), see Lex., cf. ii. 5. 38. — IpfiTjvIa, see § 43, rbv eavroO 
ipfjLTjv^a. 

9. 'AXX*, 708 e. — Kal irdXat, jampridem, long ago. — ovZlv 'ireirav\iiQa, 
we have had no rest. Kriig. reads (after Stephens) ireiraixeda (wdofiaL), we 
possess nothing. — 6 8€...^x^i, he has our labors, i. e. the fruit or results of 
our labors and privations. — I8ia (Lex.). — Tj|j,ds...|A«r6ov, 480 c. 

10. 8 ye irpcaros \iy(av kyo) fiev, /, at least, who am the first one to speak 
out the truth in this matter. — 8Ckt|v (Lex.didovai blK-qv). — irepteiXKC (see 

c%Ajcx I-iPX.), has dragged 2is around. — rov (Jii<r06v...^X€tv, / would, I 
think, deem that I had my pay. 

11. 'AXXd irdvTa s, well, really (after this), a man may expect any kind 
of fate. — Iv c3 (with vvv) s, at a time when [to myself at least I seem to be] 
/ am conscious, etc. — irapccrxtljievos, of having shown. — *A'ireTpa'iro|ji,T|V, 
cf. 1. 4 ; 2. 8. — ov (xd...oi{Toi, no, by Zeus, not from learning, etc. — 
dKov«v...€lvai, 657 k. 

12. 89ev = eKelae '6dev, cf. 2. 10, etc. ; i. 3. 17 N. 

13. 8TJ'irov, of course, perhaps a little ironical. 

14. Y-iv, hi, on the one hand, on the other. — TrdvT€S...TavTa; did you 
(or did you not) all say ? etc. Dind. and others omit the interrogation. 



BOOK VIL CHAP. VI. 145 

15. 'EireC, since. — el liraivw avrdv, if I icere to commend him (649 c) ; 
i. e, supposing that / do really praise him, in that case, you may fairly 
accuse me, etc. McM. — 8ia<J>opwTaTos, most at variance. — ircpl »v = 
irepl Tovruv a, concerning 'matters about which I am at variance ey^f\ 
with him. 

16. ^leoTi, it is possible. — ^x^vra, sc. e/ie." — rexvd^eiv, am trying to 
trick you out of it (your money) by feigning enmity towards him. — clVep 
...SevO-qs, if Seuthes paid me anything, 454 e. — ovx ovtws s, he did not, 
assuredly, pay it xcith any idea that he should be both deprived of, etc. — 
ktri TovTO), with this purpose or intention. 

17. '7rpdTTT]Te, TrpdrreLv, with 2 accus. to exact from, 480. — edv lii^ Pe- 
Pai(o TT|v irpa^iv, if I do not complete the business. 

18. 'AXKa....'i\<iiv, but [I am conscious of wanting much of having your 
money] I am far enough from having any of your property, cf. v. 4. 32 N. 

— 6|xvvci)...@eovs, 472 f, cf. vi. 6. 17. — o-uvoiSe [xoi, [knows with me] Jcnoics 
as well as I, whether, etc. 

19. (ruvcTrojiv-ujJti, I sivear further or in addition. — (i-^ toCvw p-ilSe, no, 
indeed, not even, 713 b. 

20. oo-o) (jLoXXov, Too-ovTO) {jLoiXXov, the imore I, so much the more he, etc. 

— (rv)i(|>€po(.]xi, / shared with. — avrov t'^v fviay-ryv, his disposition, un- 
grateful as it is. 

21. Nal fj.d Ata, 476 d. — ■^<r\vv6\i.r]v fievroi, el...l|Ti'TraTTi9'r]v, / should 
he ashamed indeed, if I had been deceived ; av omitted gives emphasis, 
cf. 632. 

22. d'^i...^v\(x.Kx\, if indeed, precaution is (necessary) towards friend.s. 

— irdo-av, sc. cpyKaK-qv. — fiSiK-qo-ajiev tovtov oiSev, 480 b. O^l 

23. Kiihner and others omit div ravra after eovvaro. — ws = 

iaare. — ct.. etirov, v)1iat I would never have spoken. — tovtov, i. e. Seuthes. 

— evavrtov, in the presence of Their lack of sense {ayvdjixov^s) and ingrati- 
tude {axa-pi-(^TOL) forced him to the humiliating acknowledgment of the dis- 
tressed condition in Avhich the Greeks were when they entered the service 
of Seuthes. 

24. irpoo-^Te iroXiv ; v. I. d Trpoa^re ttoKlv, 'Apiarap. — ovk cl'a, forbid 
or prevent. — {nraL0pia, in the op)en air. — [leo-os X^i-F^^v, midwinter. — 
opeSvTcs, ^x°VT6s, vjhile ijou saw, vjhile you had. — i)T«v (253) gen. of price. 

— wv-^o-eo-Ge, Kiih. and others make all these clauses interrogative, did not 
Aristarchus? was it not midwinter ? etc., so also, § 25. 

25. I:rl 0paKT|s, ad fines Thraciae. — €<|)op|xo{io-ai, stationed outride, 
blockading the coast. — ctvai, sc. avdyKt) fjv. 

26. ov8ev Tt dt<f)0ovov, in no great abundance certainly. — {Jtco...ovk ^v, 
hut we had no force tvhereby, etc. — a-vvea-'rr\K6<5, in a body or organized. 

27. ijL'n8*...'7rpoo-aiT'f|o-as, without having asked any pay whatever in ad- 
dition, 551 g. — dv khoKovv, should I seem? — irpb v(j,«v ; in your belutlf? 693. 

28. TovT«v...KoivwvT|o-avT€S, /or, surely, xchile you shared in nen 
these advantages, in having the aid of these troops. — KttTa ottov- 

8^v, 696. Kiih. and others read /xaWov repeated before fier^axere. 
7 J 



146 NOTES. 

29. K«XvovT€s iJL'qSaiJi'fi, 713 d. — • Kar oXt^ovs, in small parties. 

30. (j.i<r0dv...Tf]s d<r<j>aX6tas, cf. v. 6. 31 n. — TovTO...Trd0ii|i,a, is this 
the dreadful calamity you are complaining of ? — Xfivra. k^\ Idv etvai ; to 
suffer me to live? 679: v. I. ^Cbvra i/xe dvduai (Kriig.), to let me go alive? 
cf! Hell. a. 3. 51. 

31. Ov, sc. dTT^pxeade. — e'i rt = 6ti, 639 a ; cf. i. 6. 1. — ravTa irpdr- 
TOVT€s, while faring thus. — o'uTe...direpdX€T€, nor did you lose any alive, 
i. e. by their "being made captives. 

32. El 8e T\....v\uv, if any honor had been gained by you, 461 ; i. 8. 12. 
— irpbs €K6ivots, in addition to those things, i. e. the reputation or glory 
acquired in Asia. — wv €|iol xo-XeiraivcTc, /or which you are angry with me, 
456. — X°'P''^ eiSlvai, be grateful (Lex. xdpts). 

33. irpbs 0€<Sv, 697. — dirfjpa [diralpw), I weighed anchor or set sail : 
OKQ ^' ^' aTTja (aTretyUt). — dv [AC ^irep-irov, (otherwise) they would never 

liave sent me, impf. as of repeated acts, 2. 8, 1. 8 ; or of animus, 
"would not have been disposed to send." McM. 

34. irpbs AaKe8ai|xoviovs, join with StaPcpX-qp-evos, calumniated to, 1. e. 
in the eyes of the Lacedaemonians. — vc})' iifiMV, vir^p vp-wv, emphatic, indi- 
cating their ingratitude. — diroo-Tpo(|)irjv, ii. 4. 22 n. — cl -yevoivTO, i. e. if 
I should have any. These words bear on the question of Xenophon's age 
at the time, and clearly imply that he had neither wife nor children as 
yet. Subsequently he had two sons, Gryllus and Diodorus (by a wife 
named Philesia), the former of whom fell at Mantinea, b. c. 362 : Pint. 
Ages. 20 : cf. 2. '38 n. 

35. e-yo) dirrix^ilH'O'^ {direxddvofiaC) t€ irXeicTTa, I have incurred very great 
hatred. — Kal xaOra, 544 a. — KpeiTToo-tv, dat. of agent, after passive verb, 
461. — irpa"yp.aTev6p.€vos...vp.iv = /cat oh Trpay/xar. in ordinarj'' construc- 
tion. 

36. oiin diroSiSpdo-KOvra, nor running away stealthily. — KaraKavdv- 
T€S, Kiih. reads KaraKeKavores, but it may be doubted whether there is any 
such perf. of Katvu to be found in use. See Veitch's "Greek Verbs." Cf. 
679. — Iv T« |xep€i s, in his (proper) share and beside (beyond) his share; in 
his turn as well as out of his turn. — rpdiraia PapP., trophies over the bar- 
barians. — irpbs vp-ds, contra vos, or apud vos, i. e. against your caprices, 
ov for you, for your sake. 

37. Kal 7dp oilv, cf i. 9. 8 n. — 'Ypets 8e...vw 8^ Kaipbs vjitv SoKct 
ctvat; You, then... does it now seem to you to be just the time? anacoluthon, 
402. — dre, v. I. otl. — irXeirc, you are sailing, i. e. you are at liberty to 
sail. 

38. Ov p.i?|v, sc. of/Tws e56/cei v[xl:v. — (3...p,viip.oviKc&TaToi, ye, of all 
men (I have ever known) possessing most admirable memories ! ironical, of 
course. — oOtoi, i. e. Charininus and Polynicus. 

oc/i 39. irpbs T|pic5v, with us, cf. § 4. 

40. Iirl TovTO), next after him. — tovto, depends on crrpaTT]- 
'YTiorat as cognate ace. {ravT-qv cTpaTrjylav, i. 3. 15), that you should first 
lead us as our generals for this, viz. to exact, etc. 



BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 147 

41. TttvTa diroSdjievos s, having sold these things, he has neither paid 
over the proceeds to Seuthes, nor to us, 579. — l^dfieOa avrov, we sJiall keej) 
hold of him, 582. 

42. fidXa, V. I. fiaWoi', i. e. still more affrighted than at anything he 
had as yet heard. — ^v <r«<J)pov«|i€v, repeating the very words of Poly- 
crates. 

43. Ttt \fapCa, of. 5. 8. — ev diroppirJTa) iroiTjo-dixcvos, having communi- 
cated it as a secret; of. vi. 6. 11 ; Hdt. ix. 94. — IIoXwikov, § 1. qj-c 

— 'ia-TOLi, so. Xenophon. — diroOavoiTO (v. I. diroOdvoi), change of ^"^^ 
mood. 

44. 'EireoTTcXXov, i. e. by letters or messengers, or both. — eGvero, v. I. 
'4dve, 455 g. — Xwov Kal dp.etvov, the usual form in consulting the gods, cf. 
vi. 2. 15 N. — !<{>* ois = eirl TovTOLS a, on the conditions Seuthes 2^1'oposed. 

— 'Avaipei, sc. Zeus, Zeus replies: the word is commonly used of responses 
by oracles, etc., cf. iii. 1. 6 ; vi. 1. 22. 



CHAPTER VII. 

EFFORTS TO INDUCE SEUTHES TO PAY WHAT IS DUE. — XENOPHON'S 
STRONG REMONSTRANCE SUCCESSFUL. 

1. lo-K-^VTio-av els Ktojias, const, pi'ceg., marched into the villages and 
took up their quarters there. ■ — tiiro, cf. i. 1. 6, where in is used, 586. 

2. dvwOev, from the upper country. — Kal Ss, 518 f. 

3. IIpoX€70[i€v, we warn you, etc. — virep SeviBov, in behalf of Seuthes, 
693. — 88€ 6 dvTjp, Kiih. reads 68e dvrjp. — MT]8dKov, king of the Odrysca, 
cf. 3. 16. — €1 Se }Jtifj, 710. ■ — kTrvrpi^o^iV, sc. rds rjixerepas Kufj-as TropOelv. 

— dX€|T](rd|ifc9a, v. I. dXe^ofj-eda. 

4. *AXXd <roi...xaX€irdv, well, even to give an answer to you, spealcing in 
such terms, is disagreeable or annoying ; however, etc. 9^^ 

6. oTTOTc '^XGois, 641 b, iterative optat. Some read ^X^es, but 
cf. 1.5; 2. 10. — €7K€xaXiva)fji€vois, of. 2. 21. 

7. 81' Ti[Ji.ds, 694. — o-vv Geots, with the help of the gods, 533 c. — vvv Si], 
V. I. vvv U. — e|£Xaw€T€, you are (threatening us with) driving us out, 
somewhat sarcastic. 

8. ovx Sirws 8a>pa 8ovs, not only not bestowing any gifts : on the use of 
phrases like ovx oiroos, etc., see 717 g. Compare Lat. non dico. — dvO' wv 
iv giraGcs, cf. i. 3. 4 N. — dXX*...€'iriTp€'Tr€ts, but, as far as lies in your p)oivcr, 
you do not allow us, just going av)ay, even to encamp here {note force of 
aor. ivavXiaOrjvaL). 

9. dirb XT|o-T€ias, [from] by means of robbery, 695. — 'd\ovTa., sc. iiLpa. 

— ^^a■Qa, 2. 34. 

10. tC Kal, cf. 564 c. — i^t], Xenophon asked. — irap€8wKaT€, 306 b. — 
otiS^v lji.€ s, in no wise calling me in {to your counsels), cf. 6. 3. — Gavjia- 



148 NOTES. 



o^draToi (ironical), most wonderful men that you are ! — Sirtos, 624, 701 e. 
— Xapi<raijAT]v, I might gratify them, and thereby secure their good-will. 

11. KaTa,...KaTa8vo|j,ai, I am ready to sink under the earth. — ti-irb Tt]S 
aiffX^v^S, tcith the shame which I feel : see Kiih. on the force of art. here. 

rtjrp? — ovZ\ 7ap &v...€iratvoiT], d e^cXatvoip-i tovs euepYeras, for Medo- 
cus, my king, would not a2Jprove of my conduct, if I should drive 
out our hcnef actors, 631 d. 

12. eXiiiret, distressed or vexed. — ■^ X'^P* iropBovjxgvi], the devastation of 
the country. 

13. Kal 6s, 518 f. — KaXei, 607 a, 645. — irpocptev (Lex, TrpoepQ), edic- 
turus, intending to warn (them) as he had warned him, i. e. Xenophon. — 
dirievai, (viz.) to de])art. 

14. dv diroXaPeiv, you m/ight recover. — c'lTroiTc, v. I. eiTTTjre. — SeSe-qrai, 
V. I. dideiiraL, omitting on, and reading v/jlcLs instead of v/xQv. — oruvava- 
•irpa|at, to join in exacting. — tovtcov tvxovtcs, if they obtain [these things] 
this, i. e. their pay. — ({>ao-i, i. e. the troops. — totc, then, and only then. 

15. 8vv«VTai, cf. i. 3. 14 N. — erriKaiptovs, cf. 1. 6. — Xt'Yciv, sc. \eye 
Stj : d 8e ^i], sc. ^x^ls : ^x^l^^Vj ^^- Xe7e£i', 710, cf. 1. 31 N. 

16. |xdXa 8r) {itj)€i(X€'vws, very submissively indeed. — SciIGtjs, sc. "Keyei. — 
d^tov|X€v...'Y€7€VT]|xevovs, we request that those who have become friends to us, 
i. e. in the villages where the Greeks were now quartered, § 1. — ^8it\, forth- 
with, then and there. 

17. Kal vvv, even now, after all that j'ou have said. — evG6v8€, [from 
oro hence] /ro??z you, to obtain, etc. 

18. €TriTp6»|/ai s, to leave it to these men [whatever decision they 
should make] to decide whctlur it is fitting that you should quit the country, 
or ive ? 

19. ovK 2(j>T], sc. €TriTpi\pai. &v. — olWOai, supply ^^r]. — ircixirciv, depends 
on €Ke\€V€. 

21. T|x0€o-0T]s, cf. 5. 6, 7. — diT'^Tovv, diro8o€vai, diroXaPcCv, Kiih. calls 
attention to the force of diro, in composition, viz. bacJc, where something 
is due ; to demand back, to give back, to take back. — v'iri<r\ov, aor. in 
plup. sense, you had promised. 

22. nerd tovs Geovs, next to the gods. — €is to <(>avepov, in a conspicitous 
position; Xen. Cyr. viii. 7. 23 ; Agesilaus, 5. 6. — Pao-tXca cc liroiT]<rav, 
480 a. — XavGdveiv, supply ttolCjv, from iroLrjcris following. 

23. ISoKEi, V. I. doKel. — eS dKoveiv...dv0pw'irwv, [to hear agreeahly, act. 
for pass. 575 a] to be well spoken of by 6000 men. — <ravTov, Xcyois, change 
of construction from 3d to 2d person. 

A{rQ 24. Twv dirioTTwv, emph. pos. — irXavwiievous, wandering abouty 
i. e. failing in accomplishing their object. — o-«4>povtt^«-v (Lex.) 
to bring to reason or obedience. — to ^hr\ KoXd^ttv, v. I. rds rj^ri KoXdaeis. 

25. Ti 7rpoTeX€oras...^Xaj36s, what it was that you paid us beforehand (or 
in advance) when you received us as allies. — Oio-0', v. I. OlS'. 

26. OvKovv TovTo s, is not, then, this, their confidence in you, that also 
which obtained your kingdom for you, bartered away by you for this sum of 



BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 149 

money? — xP'HH-^twv, gen, of price. — irnrpdo-KCTai ; some omit the inter- 
rogation-mark. 

27. TTws ^iyo. i\>{ov, hoiv you considered it (to "be) a great thing. — cL... 
'i\&'% xchich you now hold by conquest, 679 b. — eiJ^w, v. I. -qv^o}, cf. 278 d. 

— XP'HH'O''''**^' referring to the money due to the soldiers. 

28. oo-wirep, inasmuch as, in the same degi'ee as. — o.^yJ\v, [in the first 
place] at all, with negatives, 483. — irXovrfjorai, ^a.vr\vax, PaoriXcvo-ai, 
incept, aor., to become rich, etc.; cf. irXovrdv, to be rich, etc. 

29. Imo-Ttto-at |X€V, naturally there ought to folloAV, eirlffraaaL U, otl 
eTTix^Lpotev av : a like construction is found in Sophocles, Philoctetes, 1056, 
TrdpecTTL fxev T€VKpos..Jyu> re. — (f>i\ia rfj o-fj (object, use of pron.), /ri'enc?- 
shijjfor you; cf. iv. 5. 13. — Karexot ; some omit interrogation. 

30. <rii)4>pov€tv TO, irpbs <r€, tcould perform their duties towards eyQf\ 
you more discreetly. ■ — irpbs tre, 697. — &XXovs...'7rapaYev€<r9ai, 
supply d vo;j.L^oiep, implied in ei bp^2v, above. — tovtwv aKovovxas, hearing 
from these, 432. — el KaTa8o|d<r€iav, if they should form a bad opinion of 
you (and judge) that no others, etc. — tovtovs, the Greeks. — avrots, i. e. 
the present subjects of Seuthes. 

31. TrXT|96i...X€i<j)0e'vT€s, [left behind us] inferior to us in numbers, 406 b. 

— TovTO (for ovTos) KivSvvos, is not this a danger ? is it not a matter of 
apprehension to you? — tovtwv, i. e. the Greeks. — ■uin<rx(SvTai...<rvo-Tpa- 
T€veo-Gai, cf. 659 g. — &v...dvaTrpd^a)<riv, on condition thai they should now 
(at once) exact what is due from you. — oruvaive(r«<riv...Ta-GTa ; may con- 
cede these things to them (the soldiers) ? Some place the interrogation after 
AaKedac/xoviovs ; others omit it altogether. 

32. yk jJLTJv, porro. — vird o-oi, under your power, 691. — lirt o-e...(roi, 
788 e. 

33. 7rpovo6i(r0ai...8ei, sc. ere. — dira6f| KaK(ov (object, gen.) [lolXXov, more 
free from, suffering evils, less exposed to harm. — c-yKaXo-Go-iv, dema.nd in 
payment. This verb is used of a creditor summoning a debtor into court, 
in order to obtain judgment against him. See Kiih., note. 

34. TOVTOtS, V. I. TOVTO. 6<})6lXotTO, V. I. 6(pei\oLVTO. 

35. *AXXd -ydp 'HpaKXciSri, But (you may object to all this), o^-i 
for to Heracleides, etc., cf. iii. 2. 25. — 'H |xt|v iroXv s, assuredly, 

it is a much svialler ^matter now for you to get and pay this money. 

36. 6 opi^cDv, ivhich determines. — irpdo-oSos, revenue ; your present 
revenue or income will be {v. I. earlv, is) greater than, etc. 

37. Tai)Ta...Trpoevooti[JLT]v, / have been considering these things before- 
hand, as your friend, and in your interests. — av . . .ayaQ^v, cf. 554 a. — 
8ia4>Gapeii]v, be utterly ruined in reputation. 

38. ovT* dv...iKavbs dv yfvo\.^r\v, cf. i. 3. 2 N. 

39. o-vv 06OIS, cf. iii. 1. 23 ; 2. 8, 11. — eirl rots (rrpaTiwrais, for the 
soldiers, i. e, for the sake of conciliating the troops and securing their ser- 
vices. — fJTT]o-a, d-nTJTTjo-a, cf. v. 8. 4 N. 

40. |XTi8^ diroSiSovTos (sc. aov) 8e|a<r0at dv, / would not leave received 
anything even if you had offered it. — Alo-xpdv, on omission of &v cf. 6. 21 N. 

— •ir6pu86iv, cf. 3. 3 N. — dXX«s re Ka£, 717 a. 



150 NOTES. 

41. \'qpos...'n'pbs To...Tp6irov, a trifie, in comparison with the holding on 
to the money by every means in his power. -*-ov8ev...KTf](i.a, no possession. 
Cf. Xen. Ages. 3. 5. 

42. '7rXo\JTei...<})iX«v, is rich in friends, 414 a. — <rvvT]<r6T]<rojJi€vovs, 
OaO '^^^^ share his joy or pleasure. 

43. 'AXXd Yap, But (I need not dwell upon this), for. — irdv- 
T«s, at any rate : v. I. irdpras. 

44. avTo£, they themselves, on their part. — lv€KdXovv...p,oi, brought 
against me the charge (which I do not admit) that I cared more, 702 a. 

45. rd Sbjpa, obj. of e'xetj/. — eviSovras, because they saw; Karavoiljo-av- 
Tas, because they observed. 

46. d7roK€i<r0ai, v. I. dirooeiKi'vadai : see Klih. note. — 8<ra...€V6m(X'7rXa(rd, 
you could not be satisfied tvith promising what great rewards should be m,inc. 

— 6<rov...l8wd|ji.T|v, § 8 N. — vw...ToX}JLas, have you the hardihood (despite 
all that I haA' e urged upon you) to see with indifference that I am noio thus 
dishonored among the soldiers ? 

47. i)Ti...d'iro8ovvai, depend on 5t§d^etv. — avrbv ^e <r€ s, that you your- 
self ivill not bear to see those reproaching you who freely laid out their ser- 
vices in your behalf, and trusted to your honor to compensate them. The 
critics note that Xen, indulges in a little exaggeration here. 

cyr^n 48. tw airCa, 444 f. — oi;T€...'ir«iroTe, never at any time. 

49. dvo|ioi6)s (ixovTa...6Te, that I am differeiUly esteemed in the 
army noto, from what I was when, etc. 

50. dv T€ p.€VT|s, and if you will remain. — rd X"P^*>'j 2. 38 ; 5. 8. 

51. ^X^iv ovTws, 577 c. — Kal (Ji.T|v, atqui, and yet in reality. 

52. 'AXXd = well. — liratvoi, I thank ijoufor, a polite mode of declin- 
ing a proffered kindness or favor. Cf. Lat. laudo, benigne. — vdp^e, be 
assured.. 

53. 'Ap7vpiov...(iiKpdv Ti, I have no money [oihev than] except a little. 

— rdXavTov = 300 darics, i. 7. 18 = about $1200. — oji^povs, cf. 4. 13, 
20, 21. — irpoo-XaP«v, taking in addition. 

54. l^iKviiTai, come up to or amount to = i^apKrj. Cf. Hdt. ii. 135. — 
tCvos rdXavTov s, whose talent shall I say that I have ? among which of the 
Greeks, when their number is so great, shall I divide this talent, which is 
so very small a sum ? — 'Ap* ovk, eiretSri s, is it not better, since danger also 
(as you say, § 51) threatens me, in going back at least (to the army) to 
guard against the stones ? cf. 6. 10. Born, and others give the sense of 
diriovra, going back to my OAvn country and thus escape danger of losing 
my life. See Kiih. note. — ^|X£ivav, v. I. ^fieive. 

55. cXdo-ovras, 305 c. — ^Xe-yov, were saying or were under the impres- 
sion. — d vire<rx€To, what he had p)romised him, 646 d. 

e}f\A 56' St* v(ids, V. I. di TjfjLoLs. — iroXX-fiv ilxov alrtav, were Tnuch 
censured, on the ground of having acted fraudulently. 

57. ov Trpoo-TJet, did not go near Charm inus and Polynicus, i. e. took no 
part in the proceeding. — ou 'Ydp...'Tr€pl <|>vYf)s, for not yet had a decree of 
banishment been passed against him at Athens. See Introduction, p. ix. 
Cf. Thucyd. i. 119, 125. — dira-ydYoi, Kiih. reads diraydyri. 



BOOK YIL CHAP. VIII. 151 



CHAPTER YIII. 

THE GREEKS CROSS TO LAMPSACUS. — ARRIVAL AT PERGAMUS. — 
XEXOPHON ATTACKS ASIDATES, A PERSIAN, AND GAINS MUCH 
BOOTY. — ARMY HANDED OVER TO THIBRON. 

1. Ad|i\|/aKov, see Lex. — diravra t«u gev. 450 a. — Tov...'yeypa<|)6Tos, 

who wrote the (work upon) Dreams in the Lycceum : McM. translates, ' ' who 
painted the Dreams in the Lycseum " (a gjTnnasium at Athens, eastward 
of the city). The verb ypdipw means either to write or to iwAnt^ but, if 
ivvirvio. be the true reading, the former meaning seems most appropriate 
here : v. I. evo'iKia, and iuuina. Kiih. reads yeypacprj kotos for yeypacpbros, 
but that form is used only in later writers. — ?X°"'j '^"- ^- ^^'• 

2. "?) (iTJv, ii. 3. 26. — avrov, Kiih. reads avrbv, — l<|>o8iov, viaticum, 
travelling expenses. 

3. 29ve, i. e. Xen. was sacrificing. — irapeoT-qo-aro tov Evk. = got Eu- 
clides to stand by him, cf. vi. 1. 22. — i€p£ia, v. I. iepd. Euclides conjec- 
tured Xenophon's present lack of means from the poor quality of the 
victims. — (acXXtj, sc. xPWo-'''o- — o^v o-avrw, yoit vjill be a hindrance to 
yourself, i. e. you will allow your disinterestedness and neglect of your own 
interests to stand in the way, as heretofore. 

4. •yap, 708 c. — MeiXixios, gracious to those who propitiate him by 
oflFerings. Zeus was worshipped under this name at the Atdcrta at Athens, 
when all the people offered sacrifices to this god. Cf. Thucyd. i. 126. — 
aitnrep oI'koi eluOeiv €70) vfiiv 0v€<r0ai, as I was accustomed at home 00 e 
(i. e. at Athens) to offer sacrifice, Kal (= namely, that is) oXoKav- 

T61V, to bum whole victims for you. From this it may be inferred that 
Euclides and Xen. were on intimate terms at Athens. — €| otov, since, 
557. — KaOd, V. I. Kal a. — <n>voio-€iv s, it would result to his advan- 
tage. 

5. ctfXoKavT€i, except in sacrifices offered to Zeus Meilichios it was not 
usual to burn the whole victim. — tw irarpiw (f. I. iraTpibu)} vd|xw, sc. ry 
oXoKavreiv. — iKoXXUpci (Lex. KaWiepcu). 

6. EvkXciStis, another person of this name (not the same as in § 1), or 
perhaps the text is corrupt, as Kuh. thinks (see Lex.).— ^evovvrai, are hos- 
pitably entertained (in § 8 irapd goes with this verb). — Virirov.-.SaptiKwv, 
the horse which Jic had sold in Lampsacus for fifty darics (= about $200), 
431 a. — Ti?|v TinT|v, the price paid for the horse. 

7. irapd, along, cf. iv. 6. 4. — AuBias (partit. gen.)...ir£8£ov, sc. d0t- 
KvovvTai, they came to the plain of Thcbc (in, or belonging to) Lydia : v. I. 
Mvaias. 

8. Tiis Mvo-las, 522 h. — gcvovrav, cf. § 6 n, —ToyyvXov, cf. Thucyd. 
i. 128. 

9. avTov (after e07?), i. e. Xenophon. — KaOti-yTiiron^vovs, cf. 598 b. 



152 NOTES. 



e}f\f» H- T€ (after toijs) connects Setirv/jcras and Xa^dtv. — oirws cS 
irotfiorat avxovs, that he might do them a service, viz. by giving them 
a share of the expected plunder. — piao-dftevoi, having forced the'niselves 
into the company of Xen. and his chosen band. — dirifjXawov, were for 
driving them off, or tried to drive them hack, in order that tliey might 
not be called upon to share the booty with these pertinacious volunteers, 
just as if, forsooth {d-q), Xen. dryly remarks, the plunder was already in 
their hands. 

12. Tvpcrtos (218. 2), depends on irepil. — XP^K-*''''*' valuables, i. e. here 
cattle and such like. — direSpa avrovs dp-cXovvTas, «s, escaped (ran away 
from) them, inasmuch as they neglected these in order that. 

14. €irt, with gen. i. 2. 15 n. — -yTjCvtov, = dinCov, cf. ii. 4. 12 ; iii. 4. 7. 

— SicopwpvKTO, cf. 281 d. — Sie(f>dv'r], impers., as soon as ever light shone 
through, i. e. as soon as an opening was made. — poviropo) oPcXictko), wUh 
an ox-spit, cf. Hdt. ii. 135. — 8ia(Mr€pes, cf. iv. 1. 18 n. — Ikto|€vovt6s 
cTToiovv, hy shooting arroivs continually, they made it unsafe any longer 
even to approach. 

15. irupo-cvovTwv (Lex.). — Kofiavlas, a castle or town not far from Per- 
gamus. — dWot, cf. i. 5. 5 ; 7. 11 N. — &XX.ot...dXXoi...t'n"ir6is, cavalry, 
some from . . . others from. 

16. TTws ^o-rat, dir. for indir. disc, ottws ^aoiro, cf. i. 3. 14 N. — XaPov- 
T6S [sc. ToaovTovs ^ovs] oo-oi -^jo-av P6es, 551 c. — iroi-qcrdjAcvoi, cf. i. 10. 9n. 

— ovTta, V. I. '4ti. — |j,'f| <J>v"y?| el'i] -^ dif'^Sos, lest the departure should (seem 
to) he a flight, 534. 3. — el dTrioicv, cf. iii. 4. 35 N. — vvv 8c s, hut, as it 
was (in fact), they retreated as if intending to fight, etc. 

17. Pia Tfjs (Jti^rpos, in spite of his 7nother, who perhaps apprehended 
future retaliation on the part of the Persians. — IIpoKX-qs-.-o diro, cf. ii. 
1. 3n. 

18. Oi irepl 'j^ev. 527 a. — kvkXo), in the form of a circle. — SirXa, i. e. 
shields. — Trpb t«v ro^ev\ia.r<av, as a defence against the missiles. The cir- 
cular form would cause the missiles to strike the shield obliquely and 
glance off. 

19. 'A^aa-^as (Lex.). — irpoPara. . .0u(jLaTa (507 f ), cattle enough for sacri- 
fices, but not enough for provisions or profit ; cf, § 21. 

20. jxaKpoxdTTjv, sc. odov. — Av8ias, gen. depending on superL 419 c. 
His plan was to throw Asi dates off his guard by marching as far as possi- 
ble on the road into Lydia, etc. — els to [it] — Cbcrre /Mr/, to the end that 
(Asidates) might not he in fear, etc. Cf. Xen. Mem. iii. 6. 2. 

21. CTT avTov, i. e. e-jrl ry teVat iw avrop, with a view to another expedi- 
tion against him. — v'7rd...€xovoras, pertinentes, [having themselves under] 
hji7ig close under, i. e. very near to and under the protection of, etc. Cf. 
Hdt. iv. 42. 

22. o-vvTVYXttvovo-tv (hist, pres.), fell in with. — "yvvatKa, Kiih. reads 
yvvoLKa^. — direPr], [came off] were fulfilled, § 10. 

23. ovK -nTido-ttTo, did not hlame the god any longer : the whole story is 
a curious mixture of piety and a free seizing upon other people's property ! 



BOOK VIL CHAP. VIII. 153 

V. I. "fjcirdaaro, hailed the god as his benefactor. — <rvveTrpaTTov...<Ii)(rT€ 
[worked together .. .ihsit] joi7ied together VI bringing it about that, nao 
etc. — e^aipera, select or choice portions of the booty : of. Homer, ^^^ 
II. i. 334-367 ; Virg. JEn. viii. 552. 

24. 'Ek tovtov, v. I. ev rovrip, i. e. in the spring of b. c. 399 (see 
"Record of Marches," etc. after the Appendix, p. 26). 

25. 26. These sections are bracketed, as being of very doubtful authen- 
ticity. Kriig. regards them as a mere interpolation, and gives abundant 
and cogent reasons for his opinion. Dindorf, in his fourth edition (1867), 
and Schenkl (1869), print the paragraph in smaller type, as forming no 
part of the text of Xenophon. Cobet (1859) extrudes the sections entirely 
from his edition. Kiih. brackets § 25, but gives § 26 as genuine. 

26. 'Api6p.os, the numbering or computation. — KaTapdo-ecDS, i. e. to 
Cotyora, cf. v. 5. 4 ; ii. 2. 6 n. — SiaKoorioi s, on the order of numerals in 
Greek, cf. 242 a. As to the numbers, however, as Kiih. justly remarks, 
the Mss. vary to a large extent. 



GEOGEAPHICAL N"OTES 

[From MacMighael's "Anabasis."] 



WALL OF MEDIA (i. 7. 15 ; ii. 4. 12). — PYLiE (5. 5). — THE 
TRENCH (i. 7. 15). — CANALS (i. 7. 15; ii. 4. 13). 

§ 1. Not the least remarkable of the discoveries which of late years have 
marked the progress of geographical inquiry in this most interesting region 
is the actual existence at the present time of an ancient wall stretching 
across Mesopotamia at the head of the Babylonian plain. Dr. Ross, who 
first examined it at its eastern terminus, in 1836, describes it, under the 
name Khalu (or Sidd) Nimriid (Wall or Embankment of Nimrod), as a 
straight wall 25 long paces thick, and from 35 to 40 feet high, running 
S. S. W. \ W. as far as the eye could reach, to two mounds called Ramelah 
(Siffeirah, Ainsworth, pp. 81, 82), on the Phrat, some hours above Felujah. 
The eastern extremity was built of the small pebbles of the country, cemented 
with lime of great tenacity, but farther inland, his Bedwin guide told him, 
" it was built of brick, and in some places worn down level with the desert, 
— and was built by Nimrod to keep off the people of Nineveh, with whom 
he had an implacable feud" {Journal of Royal Geogr. Society, ix. pp. 446, 
472 ; xi. p. 130). That it was constructed for purposes of defence, and 
not as a mere embankmenti for pui-poses of inigation, is indicated by its 
having on its northwestern face 'Ui glacis, and bastions at intervals of 
55 paces, with a deep ditch 27 paces broad" It was further examined by 



1 Captain Jones, cited by Grote {Greece, ch. Ixx.), represents it as "no wall at all, 
but a mere embankment, extending seven or eight miles from the Tigris, designed to 
arrest the winter torrents and drain off the rain-water of the desert into a large reser- 
voir," etc. An embankment of the dimensions given above by Dr. Ross should hardly be 
required to arrest the Avinter torrents of a country remarkable for its drought (j) vij rdv 
'AtTcrvpiiov ilerat oAiytp, Hdt. i. 193\ Its true character as a line of defence is affirmed 
both by Layard, p. 578, and by General Chesney, i. pp. 29, 30, 118. The enormous breadth 
of the wall, "25 long paces," corresponds with that of the walls of Babj'lon (Hdt. i. 178). 
The preservation of the Sidd Nimnid at its eastern extremity must be attributed to its 
material there (pebble, etc.) being useless for building purposes, so that it escaped the 
common fate of brickwork strnctures in having their materials used to build other cities. 
Eennell, Geogr., i. pp. 496, 497. 



2 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

Captain Lynch in 1844, and its eastern extremity determined to be in 
lat. 34° 3' 30", and long. 21' 50" W. of Baghdad. He galloped along it for 
more than an hour without finding any sign of its terminating. {Journal 
of Royal Geogr. Society, ix. pp. 472, 473.) 

§ 2. The identity of this wall with Xenophon's Wall of Media was 
assumed by the explorers tacitly, but with every ground of probability. 
In the first place it is hard to imagine a " Wall of Media" in any other 
position than this, if its use was to protect from northern invasion the 
rich culture of Babylonia, with the entire canal area and system of irriga- 
tion, to which the plain owed its rare fertility. Hdt. i. 193. Then, too, 
of the great antiquity of Sidd Nimriid there can be no question ; record 
of its origin there is none, except local tradition assigning it to Nimrod. 
On the other hand, the continued existence of a wall (corresponding to the 
Median) from Xenophon's age down to comparatively recent times is 
attested by a chain of scattered notices in later writers. Such a wall is 
mentioned by Eratosthenes (in the third century b. c, quoted by Strabo 
ii. 1 and xi. 14), as to ttjs XefMLpafxidos diareixi-o'/J'Ci., having its eastern ter- 
minus near Opis. Again, its western terminus was noticed in ruins by 
Ammianus Marcellinus (363 a. d.) at Macepracta on the Euphrates, near 
the head of a canal [which he distinguishes from the Naha-Malcha (Nahr 
Melik)], the Saklawiyeh apparently, a few miles north of wliich is the 
S. "VV. extremity of the Sidd Nimrud. (See Ammian. Marcell. xxiv. 2.) 

§ 3. Their identity is further attested by their occupying the same gen- 
eral position as a partition line between the rocky desert of Arabia and the 
fertile alluvial plain of Babylonia : ^^ the Sidd Nimrud, for all practical 
purposes, distinguishes the Bctbylonian plain from the hilly and rocky 
country.'' (Ainsworth, p. 82, note 2.) 

Layard (Nineveh and Babylon, p. 577) found the country N". of the 
Bridge of Herbah (N. E. of Babylonia) "a perfect maze of ancient canals 
now dry;... eight miles beyond the bridge the emhaiikments suddenly 
ceased ; a high rampart of earth (the Sidd Kimnid) the7i stretched as far as 
the eye could reach to the right and to the left ; ...to the north of it there are 
no canals oior ivatercourses except the Dijeil, which passes through the 
mound ; beyond the Median Wall Ave entered upon gravelly downs fur- 
rowed by deep ravines..." Kow that a like position, between desert and 
cultivated plain, must be assigned to the Median TFalP is indicated by the 
name it bears ; for the Medes under Cyaxares had conquered all Assyria up 
to Babylonia,'^ a tract which Hdt. describes as one entire canal district 

2 "The wall of defence against the Medes," as " The Picts' Wall " means "against the 
Picts." 

3 ttXtiv Tij? BajSvXcovtTj? fj.oip-r)';, Hdt. i. 806. This was after the overthrow of Nineveh 
by the Medes (b. c. 606?), and the extinction of the Assyrian monarchy, when Media and 
Babylonia became independent, and iiltimately, if Herodotus' authority was good, an- 
tagonistic powers. He represents a jealous fear of Median encroachment prevailing at 
Babylon until both monarchies merged in the Medo-Persian (b. c. 538). The testimony, 
however, of Berosus (a Babylonian priest, who wrote a history of Babylonia, b. c. 260. 



APPENDIX. 3 

(i} Ba^vXctJvir) x^PV ""acra KaTaTiTjj.r]Tat is didopyxas, Hdt. i. 193), so that 
the ^^Wall of Media" as a barrier against Medish incursion would follow 
the northern outline of the old canal district ; and that outline, as we 
have seen, is the line taken by the Sidd Niminid so far as it has been 
examined. 

But, further, Xenophon represents the Desert of Arabia as terminating 
at a place called Pylae (i. 5. 5). Now as the next marches given in his 
itinerary are said to be through Babylonia (7. 1), we conclude that Pylce 
must have lain on the confines of Babylonia, and may be looked for at or 
near the western end of Sidd Ninirud. This general conclusion is remark- 
ably confirmed by comparing the distance of Sidd Nimrud at its W. end, 
from Babylon with that of Pylse from Babylon. General Chesney, in liis 
great work on the Euphrates (vol. i. pp. 48 et seq.), gives us the distance 
by river from 'Thapsacus to Hillah (Babylon) as 61 3 J geographical miles, 
as obtained by the steamer in her course down the river. Now Xenophon 
gives the road distance from Thaiysams to Babylon as 210 parasangs, and 
of Pylce from Babylon as 35 parasangs. If then 210 parasangs by road 
correspond to 613^ geographical miles by river, proportionally 35 para- 
sangs by road will correspond to 102 geographical miles by river. We 
should look therefore for Pylai at a point whose river-distance from Baby- 
lon is 102 geographical miles. Felujah is given as 91 geographical miles 
(Chesney), and 10 or 12 miles measured from Felujah up the river in 
Chesney's map brings us to the AV. end of the Sidd Nimrud, with which, 
therefore, Pylai may be fairly identified. The result has all the more 
claim to our confidence that the route by land follows the course by river 
so closely as to make distance by one almost a measure of distance by the 
other ; it is independent also of any arbitrary assumption respecting the 
value of a parasang. 

§ 4. This coincidence, and the name itself of PylcB {gates or fortified 2oass\ 
suggest the conclusion that Pylae was neither city (as Larcher surmised) 



and whose authority is good) is that Media and Babylonia were friendly, and even allied 
powers, so long as the Median monarchy lasted (i. e. till b. c 559), and that the real 
object of fear at Babylon was the Medo-Pcrsian power founded by Cyms who after 
conquering Lydia and all Asia Minor, finally turned his arms against Babylon and sub- 
dued it (B. c. 538). Probably this is the true account (see Eawlmson, vol. i. p 428) 
If so, we must assign the construction of the wall to the inten^al between b. _c 5o9 and 
B. c. 538. It is probably a monument of the reign of Queen Nitocris (b. cuoS), whose 
great works are described by Hdt. as being purely defensive against Media (i. 18o). He 
represents her as the mother of Labynetus, the last of the Babylonian kings ; but her 
right place in history is not yet ascertained (see Rawlinson's Herodotus, vol. i p. 4-0. 
At any rate, the vast dimensions of the wall (ii. 4. 12) point clearly to a f r.od near to 
that at which Nebuchadnezzar could boast that he -hnilt this great Babylon (Daniel 
iv. 80). and among other structures a palace (the Kasr). whose vast ruins stil exist, of 
which he declares. " in fifteen days I completed and made it the high place oj my tingdo.n 
(Standard Inscription, Rawbnson, ii. p. 487). The "Median Wall" came in later tunes 
to be called " the wall of Semiramis " (super § 2), the fashion in the East being to a.ss.gn 
all great works of unknown origin to Semiramis (see Strabo, xvi.), as in our day to 
Nimrod. 



4 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

nor mountain defile,* "but the ancient pass into Babylonia through the 
wall ^ itself, at a time when it extended — as when entire it must have 
done — to the Euphrates. It certainly excites surprise that Xenophon 
makes no mention of their passing the wall at its west extremity, either at 
Pyloe, or wherever else he passed it on the upward route. But it appears 
(Ainsw. p. 108) that all trace of the wall is lost between Siffeirah and the 
river (a distance apparently of some miles) ; and we may safely conclude 
that the Avail at its western end was demolished when the Greeks passed 
it ; for, assuredly, had it been entire, or capable of defence, the king would 
have defended it, if only to keep the enemy in check ^ till he could bring up 
his distant forces. In this view, therefore, there would be little trace of 
its existence presented to the Greeks beyond the name of "The Gates" 
still retained in the locality, and the ruins which Ammianus M. saw ; 
but it was not the time to take note of ruins, or inquire about them ; for 
when the Greeks were at Pylse a battle seemed imminent. It was in the 
middle of the eleven days (i. 7. 18), when they had ju.st come upon tracks 
of the enemy (6. 1), and were in almost hourly expectation of meeting him. 
It need excite no surprise, therefore, that at this juncture Xenophon 
remarked nothing of which he could afterwards give an account; and Pylae 
is, in fact, the only place in the route that he is content to name and dis- 
miss without comment or description of any kind ; all we gather about it 
is, that it was at the end of the desert marches. 

§ 5. If this assumption be admitted, that Xenophon was ignorant of 
the western tenninus, and at the time he wrote (probably at Scillus) con- 
fused about the true direction of the wall, we have then some clew to 
explain his statement, airex^i Ba(3v\Qyo$ ov ttoXi; (ii. 4. 12). He knew that 
he had been within 36 miles of Babylon without falling in with the western 
end of the wall, and may have had a notion that it lay farther south than 
Cunaxa, which was 12 parasangs from Babylon. Himself laboring under 
some such misconception, it is not surprising that he should have both 
misled and perplexed his best geographical commentators, previous to the 
actual discovery of the wall. Rennell adopts his statement about the 



* There is none such in this qtiarter (Renn. pp. 83, 84), who conjectures that the term 
"refers to the shutting up of the river itself between the mountains, which terminate 
at the same place on both sides of the river." See also pp. 300, 301. 

5 See the description of the Syro-Cilician gates (i. 4. 4) ; something similar at the 
eastern end of the Sidd Nimrud seems to be described by Dr. Ross (JoTirn. R. G. S ix. 
p. 446). 

6 The barrier actually employed was the trench (i. 7. 14-16), commencing at the 
Median Wall (doubtless where its continuity began), and terminating at twenty feet from 
the Euphrates. This interval was left (according to Kriiger) to prevent the water filling 
the trench. But why a dry trench should be preferred, and what would be the use of it, 
requiring to be defended for an extent of thirty-six miles, is not easy to conceive. It 
was probably tilled with water from the canals, which are mentioned in connection with 
it ; in which ease, to have continued it on to the Euphrates would, in the low state of 
the river at that time (i. 4. 18), have only had the effect of emptying the water of the 
canals into the river (see inf. § 6) ; a narrow pass, therefore, was left to be defended. 



APPENDIX. 5 

proximity of the wall to Babylon, and represents it as crossing the isth- 
mus, and touching tlie Tigris, between Baghdad and Ctesiphon ; but — as 
this is a distance of only 20 miles — he is obliged to give up Xenophon's 
other statement respecting the length of the wall, that "it was said to be 
20 parasangs (about 50 geographical miles) long" (ii. 4. 12). Some dif- 
ficulties there are which time and a better knowledge of the country may 
clear up ; but others we must expect to meet with that are simply mistakes 
of the writer, inevitable under the circumstances ; and few cases can be 
imagined more liable to mistake than this of the Greeks : they were 
moving about in the hands of those whose aim and main strategy was to 
mystify and mislead them ; their own observation of the country must have 
been both limited and imperfect ; and they could have little, if an}^, 
previous knowledge of it whereby to correct mistakes, whether of bad in- 
formation, simple misunderstanding, hasty observation, lapse of memory, 
or whatever else goes to make up the sum of human error. Clearchus 
himself speaks as if he had no previous knowledge even of the Tigris (ii. 2. 
3 ; 4. 6) ; and Xenias, who might have known something of Babylonia, had 
deserted (i. 1. 2 ; 4. 7). But further, there is always a doubt about inter- 
preting such indefinite terms as it is not far from Babylon ; for they are in 
their nature relative terms, and we do not know what Xenophon had in 
his mind when he used them. When Plutarch (Artax., 7), speaking of 
Cyrus passing the trench, use.d the equivalent term ttjs Ba^vXQvos ov fiaKpav 
yevofievov, he could not mean less than 70 miles ; for he thought Cunaxa 
was 50 (inf. § 7), and the trench was more than 20 miles farther north ; 
and it is possible that Xenophon, writing in Greece, may, like Plutarch, 
be speaking"^ with reference to the whole length of the journey up, when 
he says of the wall, it is no great distance from Babylon. The use of the 
present tense (aTrex^i) lends support to this view; compare elalv al 5ic6- 
puxes (i. 7. 15) with aSrai (at Stwpuxes) ija-au... (ii. 4. 13), the present tense 
in each case intimating that the statement must be referred to the place 
where and the time when the narrative was written. I can only submit 
this, or the view given above, as possible solutions of an admitted dif- 
ficulty. 



THE CANALS AND TEENCH. 

§ 6. Xenophon's account of the canals has been discredited on various 
grounds, physical and historical (see Rennell, p. 79 ; Ainsw. pp. 89, 90) : 
1st, because four canals, each of them 100 feet broad, and "extremely 
deep," must have entirely drained the river from which they were drawn, 
whether the Tigris, as Xenophon says, or (as some affirm he ought to have 

7 Exactly as Sir H. Rawlinson himself (who conceives the Median Wall to have been 
"the enceinte of Babylon," Hdt. 1. p. 261, note 5) speaks of Hit and its bitumen pits as 
being " near to Babylon " (Hdt. i. p. 495). Hit was an " eight days' journey " from Baby- 
lon (Hdt. i. 179). 



6 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

said) the Euphrates, which is only 450 feet wide at Hillah (Eich.)- 2dly, 
because it is the concurrent testimony of other ancient authors (Herodotus, 
i. 193 ; Ptolemy, v. 18. 8, 10 ; Arrian, vii. 7 ; Pliny, N. H., vii. 26 ; Strabo, 
xvi. 1. 9), that the canals in the north of Babylonia flowed not from the 
Tigris into the Phrat, but from the Phrat into the Tigris ; and that in fact 
tlie old canals still traceable in North Babylonia confirm their testimony, 
the Saklawiyeh (or Isa), Sersar, Nahr Melik, and Cuthiyeh being all 
derived from the Plirat. 3dly, that the slope of land north of Babylon 
favors the same conclusion, the bed of the Phrat being slightly (five feet) 
higher at Felujah than that of the Tigris at the opposite point. (Ains- 
worth's Researches in Assyria, etc., p. 145.) 

In reply to these objections it may be urged in the outset that it is not 
easy to conceive how a careful intelligent observer, like Xenophon, could 
be mistaken on su(!h matters of fact as the number and size of the canals. 
As to objection (1st), it has no force, except on supposition that a constant 
stream ran through all of them at all seasons. But there is no evidence ^ 
of this. The statements of Strabo and Arrian lead to the conclusion that 
they were open only during the season of flood, being afterwards converted 
by dams or flood-gates into reservoirs of water to be distributed over the 
plains during the dry season ; when they became dry, or when the water in 
them fell below the level of the river, then the river would be drained to 
supply thera.^ They were filled during the season of flood, high embank- 
ments (constructed of old for this purpose, Herod, i. 184) lining the course 
of the river, and forcing its pent-up Avaters into the canals. On the flood 
receding, the communication with the rivers was cut off", and the canals left 
full of water to be applied (by hand-labor, Herod, i. 193) to the purposes 
of irrigation. For these a high level would be chosen, and embankments 
raised, so as to give the water elevation enough to be distributed at will by 
means of trenches and ducts all over the plain. " It is remarkable," says 
B. Eraser {McsopoL, p. 31), "that all these canals, instead of having been 
sunk beloAv the surface of the gi'ound like those of the present day, werCv 
entirely constructed on the surface"; from these primary derivatives sec- 
ondary irrigants were given off" in all directions, having lofty "embank- 
ments from twenty to thirty feet in height"; these "lofty embank- 
ments stretching on every side in long lines till they are lost in the hazy 
distance, or magnified by the mirage into mountains, still defy the hand of 

8 Hdt., who visited this country fifty or sixty years before, speaks as if only one. 
flowed into the Tigris : 17 fxeyia-Tr) rlhv 6ia)pv;^u)i' earl vrjutrtTre'pTjTO?, Trpbs ijAioi' TCTpa/x./u,ei/7j 
Tov ^(eijaeptfoc, ea"e';^et 6e . . . es Tor Tiyptv (i. 193). 

Strabo (xvi. 1) alludes distinctly to some such provision as this, and the effect upon 
the river when the canals are dried up in summer. Speaking, apparently, of the diffi- 
culty, from the nature of the soil, of damming up the mouths of the canals expeditiously 
or securely enough to prevent reflux, he says, koX yap koL rdxov^ Sel jrpb? to raxew? 
* K\€L<76rivai * Tag Stu>pvxa^, koX fit) nav eKneaelv e^ avTuiv ro vStap. ar]pav9el<Tai. yap tow 
de'povs |T)patVouo-j. Kal rbi' noTafioi', k- t. A. They served, he remarks, three distinct pur- 
poses : (1) they saved, the crops from destruction by the floods ; (2) from perishing by 
drought in summer ; and (3) they wore serviceable for navigation. 



APPENDIX. 7 

time, and seem rather the work of nature than of man." (Layard, Kin. 
and Bah., p. 479.) From these canals the trenches were filled (ii. 3. 10-13) 
in the dry season when the river was lower than had ever been known 
(i. 4. 18). Hence also we may explain why the trench (note 6) was con- 
ducted 12 leagues along the plain to the canals, instead of a few miles to 
the Phrat, doubtless because in its low state at that time, filling the trench 
from the river was impracticable. 

2dly. As to the concurrent testimony of other authors that the canals 
of JSTorthern Babylonia flowed from the Phrat into the Tigris, Herodotus is 
the only one whose testimony is really pertinent to this inquiry, he being 
the only one who saw and wrote of Babylonia under anything like the same 
conditions as Xenophon himself. Both wrote when the seat of government 
was on the Phrat at Babylon. The other historians speak of a wholly dif- 
ferent state of things, when Seleucus, by building Seleucia on the Tigris, 
and making it his capital, had transferred the seat of government to the 
Tigris. From this era canals, one or more, from the Phrat to the Tigris, 
became a dynastic necessity, to place the new capital in communication with 
the Western Provinces and Europe. 

It is these canals of communication, from their size and importance at- 
tracting the attention of later historians, that are alluded to by name from 
Polybius (b. c. 181) to Ammianus Marcellinus (a. d. 363). At the same 
time it is not denied that " canals of irrigation " also drawn from the Phrat 
did exist in their day in Korthern Babylonia. The removal by Alexander 
the Great of the dikes on the Tigris (jovs Kara^^dfcTas) (Arrian, Anab., vii. 
7. 7 ; Strabo, xvi. 1. 9), would necessarily break up the system of irrigation 
previously carried on from the Tigris (Anab., ii. 4, 13) and transfer it mainly 
to the Phrat. These high dikes characterized the irrigation of the Tigris ; 
from the height of its banks above its channel they would be far more of 
a necessity on the Tigris than on the Phrat, which, according to Arrian 
(vii. 7. 3), ^' floivs everywhere level with the land (pel laoxeiXris iravraxov ttj 
yrj), whereas the banks of the Tigris are high above its stream" (jmerecopoT^pa 
7} ravry yij roO vdaros). Kinneir (Journey, p. 472) noticed this below Samar- 
ra, and remarked, ^'consequently irrigation must always ha.ve been attended 
with difficulty." In fact, the dikes alone made it possible ; remains of them 
are to be seen near Nineveh below Mosul and at the Band el Adhcm ; pos- 
sibly also they may be found at the point where the waters of the Tigris 
are thrown into the two canals, — the Ishaki on the right, and the Burech 
on the left, — where the river forces its way through the Hamrin liiils. 

In Xenophon's day, the conditions of the case being reversed, that is to 
say, the seat of government being on the Phrat, and the dikes of the Tigris 
entire, the presumption is that the canal communication nortli of Babylon 
would be, as Xenophon says it was, from the Tigris to the Phrat. As 
regards Herodotus, his statements about the canals go a very little way to 
invalidate Xenophon's account, if indeed they do not confirm it ; certainly, 
his remark that "the greatest of the canals" goes into the Tigris (note 8), 
implies that soine of the others did not, that they either went into the Phrat 



8 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

(as the Shat el Hye does), or into the Persian Gulf, as the Nahr Sada did, 
or, as at present, that they were chiefly exhausted in the process of irriga- 
tion. Whether Herodotus knew anything at all about Northern Babylonia 
and the upper canal system (with which alone we are concerned) is more 
than questionable. That he did not come ^'^ to Babylon by the Phrat seems 
clear from his singular remark (i. 185), that "those who go from our sea 
to Babylon when sailing down into the Phraf^^ touch three times in three 
consecutive days at the same village (Ardericca)." His " Greatest Canal," 
the one which he describes circumstantially {sup. note 8), woiild be one 
which he saw — perhaps traversed himself — in the vicinity of Babylon, 
either the Nahr Nil or the Cuthiyeh (Cutha Canal) ; either would answer 
to his description ; but we have the testimony of Captain Bewsher that 
there are many ruins of the Babylonian era lining the banks of the Abu 
Dibbis and the Cuthiyeh, i^ so that we may assume the Cuthiyeh at any 
rate to have existed before Herodotus' day. Indeed, from the abundance 
of ruins on the Abu Dibbis and their rarity on the western branch (the 
present bed) of the Euphrates, Captain Bewsher surmises, with good reason, 
that the ancient bed of the river lay in the Abu Dibbis and its continua- 
tion the El Mutn ; and this conclusion I have adopted in the present edi- 
tion, so far as to place Cunaxa on this, rather than on the western branch 
of the river. 



SAKLAWIYEH. SERSAR. NAHR MELIK. CUTH:IYEH. 

It has been supposed, not unnaturally, that the four old canals in North- 
ern Babylonia, still traceable and still partially in use, the Nahr Saklawi- 
yeh, the Sersar, Nahr Melik, and Abu Dibbis or Cuthiyeh, are the identical 
four canals of Xenophon ; and this conclusion has influenced commenta- 
tors ^'^ in placing Pyhe (which was 15 parasangs above the canals) consider- 
ably higher up the river than accords with Xenophon's distances, Eennell' 
(p. 85) placing it 20 geographical miles below Hit, and Chesney 5 miles 

10 He would go either by the i-egular route, the royal road between Sardis, Nineveh, 
and Susa (which we Icnow that he reached), or possibly by the caravan route over the 
Arabian desert from Egypt. 

11 KaraTrAeovTe? es tov Ev(}>pa.Tr}v. All this is a clear impossibility. Doubtless the 
whole account is given by Herodotus as a matter of hearsay, which he accepted 
simply as one wonder in a region of wonders, whatever the explanation of so strange a 
tale may be. There may have been three Ardericcas on the river a day's journey apart. 
There was certainly a second Ardericca near Susa, which Hdt. saw (vi. 119). Mr. Lof- 
tus' suggestion (Travels, p. 160) that the name is a corruption of A'ra de Erek (" Land of 
Erech ") may give a clew to the right explanation. Erech — the modern Irka or Workha, 
in Chaldsea Proper — was one of Nimrod's four primeval cities (Gen. x. 10), and may be 
supposed to have planted colonies bearing its name. 

12 Notably Tel Ibrahim, " by far the largest mound in this part of Mesopotamia, 1,000 
yards long and 60 high." (Bewsher, p, 178.) 

13 Ainsworth alone, in his later work, " Commentary" (p. 294), suggests that Xeno- 
phon's canals may really have been derived from the Tigris or from the marsh of Accad. 



' APPENDIX. 9 

lower down, opposite Jarrah. But there is no trace of four in ancient his- 
tory before the Christian era ; one, or perhaps two, having a continuous 
existence, though with some variety of name, figure in history subsequent 
to the Seleucian era. Almost conclusive evidence is supplied by the his- 
torians of Julian's campaign, in 363 a. d., that the four modem canals did 
not exist, as we have them, at that period. Julian, in order to get his fleet 
from the Phrat into the Tigris to co-operate with his army in the attack on 
Ctesiphon, had to open an old canal of Trajan's, from the K'ahr Melik into 
the Tigris north of Ctesiphon. The account will be found in Gibbon 
(ch. xxiv.). It is plain that this operation could never have been neces- 
sary if Julian could have brought his fleet into the Tigris direct by either 
of the upper canals, the Saklawiyeh or the Sersar (Abu Ghurraib) Canal. 
The Sersar does not seem to have existed at all, and the Saklawiyeh did 
not debouch into the Tigris, being originally (as Amm. Marcell. describes 
it) a canal of irrigation merely, carried into the, interior of Babylonia. 

When we turn to Xenophon's narrative we find nothing whatever, beyond 
the number " four" common to both, to favor the idea that they were the 
same as the four we have been considering ; not only are the two systems 
represented as derived from diff'erent rivers, but their distance apart is itself 
an insuperable difficulty in the way of identifying the one with the other ; 
for on the supposition that they were the same, Xenophon's error in saying 
they were three miles apart is inexplicable ; if they were so, then they must 
have been distinctly in his mind as having occurred at intervals of an 
hour's ordinary journey, and as having all fallen within the compass of 
one day's march ; whereas the four existing ones cover ground that he took 
three or four days to traverse ; a discrepancy far too great to be attributable 
to ordinary errors of narration. Moreover, if we are to place any reliance 
on the distances given in Xenophon's itinerary, and modern investigation 
tends only to corroborate them, there was no canal in his day where the 
Saklawiyeh is now, nor any indication of a canal-system for twenty-five 
miles farther south. All that is stated in the Anabasis goes to show that 
the first four marches in Babylonia Avere through a district neither populous 
nor cultivated ; there is no mention of either cultivation or population, of 
cities or villages, either deserted or otherwise, between Pyla3 and Cunaxa ; 
the canals themselves are not met with until the invaders had marched 
more than 30 geogi^aphical miles through Babylonia, at a point within 
22 parasangs — 55 geographical miles — of Babylon. Even between the 
canals and Cunaxa there is still no mention of cultivation, nor yet on the 
retreat, though the second day's march, in company with Ariieus, would 
be into the interior of Babylonia, — not until the end of that day had 
brought the Greeks back again into the neighborhood of the canals where 
were trenches and date groves (ii. 3. 10) ; and we hear no more of canals or 
trenches till they passed within the Median Wall, where we find two canals 
of irrigation drawn from the Tigris (ii. 4. 13) seiTing the northeastern dis- 
trict of Babylonia. 

The impression which the entire narrative leaves on the mind is, that the 



10 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

cultivation of Babylonia, north of Cunaxa, started from and was mainly 
confined to the northeastern quarter, being carried on by means of two 
canals drawn from the Tigris, of which the Ishaki^* Canal probably was 
one, and the DijeiU^ the other ; that the cultivation, by means of irrigants, 
was carried as far westward as the slope of land allowed the water to go, 
and that the trench (i. 8, 15) was designed by Artaxerxes to cut off the in- 
vaders as long as possible from the cultivated lands on their left ; in short, 
to starve the enemy that he was afraid to fight. 

The third objection, that the slope of the land is against the notion of 
water getting into the Phrat from the Tigris, has no weight, if the water be 
drawn from the Tigris high enough up. This is the case with the Ishaki 
Canal, which we must conceive of therefore as a great trunk irrigant run- 
ning down Northern Babyloi\^a, distributing its waters right and left as far 
as the slope of the land would allow them to go, the trench marking the 
limit. In this view the four canals seen and described by Xenophon would 
only be the last of the series belonging to this system, the extent of which 
lying behind the trench would be unknown to him. 

There is one natural feature of the Tigris that must always have given it 
an especial value, as compared with the Phrat, for purposes of irrigation ; 
it is this, — that the Tigris is in fiood^^ a month earlier than the Phrat, 
and yet seems to continue at flood three weeks longer. If the Tigris, com- 
pared with the Phrat, starts vegetation a month earlier, and supports it 
some weeks longer, there can be little doubt that the Tigris would be the 
chief agent employed in irrigating the Babylonian plain, before Alexander 
removed the dikes on which the irrigation depended. 

Moreover, if the great Sada Canal existed then, as the Inscriptions lead 
us to believe it did, the Phrat would be largely drained to suppl)' the canal 
before entering Babylonia. The Sada Canal must have been to the Phrat 
what the Nahr Wan was to the Tigris (see infra, § 10), the recipient of its 
overflow and the fertilizer of the deserts that skirt its western bank, — with 
this diff"erence, however, that as the Nahr Wan, by intercepting the waters 
of such rivers as the Diyalah and the Adhem, must always have been a 



1* There is evidence that the Ishaki passes through the Median "Wall, as the Dijeil is 

known to do (see Layard, sup. § 3). 

15 " Dijeil, 'the little Tigris,' is the diminutive of Dijla, anciently pronounced Diglah, 
Digl, Digr, or Tigr" {Journ. of R. G. S.. ix. pp. 472-474). It is the " Diglito " of Pliny 
(N. H., vi. 27 [31]), who says of the Tigris, "Ipsi (nomen)gua tardior fluit Diglito." A 
derivative of the Tigris is evidently meant. The Tigris itself has its name from Tigra, 
old Persian for arrow, being so called from the rapidity of its stream (of. Strabo, xi. 
14. 8). 

i(» The Tigris rises before the Phrat, being swelled by the snows lying on the southern 
slope of Mount Niphates, which melt sooner and run a shorter course than those on the 
northern slope, which flood the Phrat. Ainsworth (Journ. R. G. S., xi. p. 72, note) states 
that the Tigris is in flood in April and May, the Zab in June and early in July. There 
being very little difference in respect of volume of water between the Tigris and Zab 
(the Zab, though narrower, being much deeper), it follows from Ainsworth's account 
that the later flood of the Zab must keep the Tigris high till the end of June. The 
Phrat is at its height from the end of May to the beginning of June. 



APPENDIX. 11 

goodly stream independently of the Tigris, ITahr Sada, on the contrary, must 
have been always dependent on the Phrat for its entire supply of water, 
there being no river in the Desert of Arabia to feed it, so that flowing as 
tlie Sada is known to have done for about 400 miles into the Persian Gulf, 
the drainage of the Phrat through this canal must have been so great and 
probably continuous, as to make it difficult to conceive of it as having any 
water to spare for the irrigation of Northern Babylonia, particularly if 
"the Great Canal" of Herodotus, drawn from the Phrat, be it the Nahr 
Cuthiyeh or the Shat el Nil, was a running stream, as Herodotus' account 
seems to imply. 

There is, indeed, one incident in Xenophon's narrative which goes far to 
show that the waters of the Phrat were really thus employed in fertilizing 
the land on its right or southern bank at the date of the Anabasis. In the 
course of the desert marches before reaching Pyhe, the Greeks crossed the 
river to Charmande^'^ for provisions, and found them in abundance. The 
geological character of the country being the same on both sides of the 
river, the fact that we find a desert tract on the one side, and a fertile dis- 
trict on the other, argues artihcial irrigation present in the one case, and 
absent in the other. 

THE TEENCH. 

Xenophon states (i. 7. 15) that the Trench stretched up through the 
plain, a distance of twelve parasangs to the Wall of Media. When Xeno- 
phon gives figures or information from hearsay merely, he is so careful to 
tell us so (see ii. 2. 6, ii. 4. 12, and iv. 1. 3) by the use of eXeyero or e\^- 
yovTo, that where, as in this case, he makes an absolute statement, there is 
strong presumption that he writes from personal knowledge, that in fact 
the route lay along the western side of the Trench up to the Median Wall, 
the Satrap'.s object being to get the invaders away from the rich cultivation 
of Babylonia as quickly as possible. 

The direction of the Trench, as indicated by irapeTeTaro ij rdcppos &vb} 5ti 
rod vediov, is by no means clear ; avu meaning " up from the level of the 
river on to higher ground " (as at iv. 4. 3), would agree very well with 5ta 
Tov Trediov ("across the plain"), but not so well with irapereTaTo, — for 
Trapa- implies that when the Greeks came in sight of the Trench, it seemed 
to run nearly parallel to their line of march along the river. Now this 
would be the case if we suppose that the Trench started from the wall at 
no great distance from the western end, for then, if we take into account 
the length of the Trench (30 geographical miles), it would approach the 

17 Charmande (i. 5. 10) was near the close of the Desert : for we read of herbage burnt 
by the enemy (3. 1 ; compare 5. 5). — Ramadi corresponds in position witli Charmande, 
and seems to retain the name : for Charmande = Harmande (just as Xappdv — Uarran ; 
Xe^piij/ = Hebron, etc. ) ; - and Harmande = PMmande by the same transposition of 
letters as take place in Gr, epir = Lat. rep = creep ; and in opTr-a^ecf = ray-ere. 



12 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

river at a small angle, and would be in sight running along the Greek left 
some time before it reached the narrow pass ; in short, irapa- is in itself 
evidence that the Trench did not start far from the western end of the wall, 
dj/w meaning "up," in a direction contrary to that of the stream, accords 
"better with the Greek than dvo} "up from the level of the river"; it was 
suggested to me by Mr. Long, and is, I believe, the true meaning, unless we 
suppose that a direction including both notions of " up " was in the writer's 
mind, avoj might also mean "up" towards Babylon (as in dv-Tjx^^/o'aj', 
ii. 4. 1), and this appears to be the view on which Grote's Map is con- 
structed (ch. Ixx.) ; a map, it is said, "accommodated to the narrative, and 
not depending on any positive evidence of remaAns now existing. " Grote places 
Cunaxa north of the Median Wall, which he represents as starting from the 
Nahr Melik, and running northeast to a point north of Baghdad ; its length 
is under 30 miles, and its shortest distance from Babylon 60 or 70. The 
canals are all south of the wall. The objections to this arrangement are : 
1. It fails to account for the trenches full of water which the Greeks found 
north of Cunaxa before reaching the provision villages (C in Grote's Map), 
a defect inseparable from any arrangement that places Cunaxa north of the 
Avail, and the canals south of it. 2. That Ammianus connects the wall at 
its western end, not with the Nahr Melik, but with another canal higher up 
the river (see § 2). 3. It does violence to the text in representing the 
three marches mentioned (ii. 4. 12) as reckoning from the station where 
the Greeks joined Arireus, instead of that at which Tissaphernes took charge 
of them. By inadvertence apparently, the retreat in the map begins from 
A, the first station after passing the Trench, instead of B, the station before 
the battle, to which Ari^eus had retreated. This correction being made, 
would (on the same east-by-south course) bring them nearly to the wall at 
the end of the first day of the retreat. Xenophon says they reached it on 
the fifth. 

Captain Bewsher, it is true, describes a wall of bricks on the north side 
of Nahr Melik, called Hubl es Sukhr, which would correspond in position 
with Grote's wall. Its extent does not appear to have been ascertained, 
nor Avhether in this respect or in its construction it corresponds with Xeno- 
phon's wall, which was made "of bricks laid in bitumen"; but apart from 
the difficulty of reconciling such a position with the distance travelled 
between Cunaxa and the wall, it is perfectly clear that the Hubl es Sukhr 
cannot be the wall that Ammianus saw north of his upper canal, there 
being from his account a distance of at least 14 miles (xxiv. 3. 10) between 
that canal and the Nahr Melik. The wall in question has been long known 
to geographers. "Its remains, with the ruins of buildings," says Dr. Vin- 
cent (i. p. 536), "are seen by every traveller who comes by land from 
Hillah to Baghdad ; they are noticed by Tavernier and Ives, and are rep- 
resented in De Lisle's Map. "What they are, whether the extension of old 
Baghdad, or of a wall built by Zobeida, wife of Haroun al Raschid, which 
extended across the desert to Mecca, is difficult to say (see Abd-ul-Khurren, 
p. 129)." 



APPENDIX. 13 



CUKAXA. 

§ 7. The name given by Plutarcli {Artax., 8) to the battle-field. There 
was a village with a hill above it (i. 10. 11, n.), and Ainswoith is very prob- 
ably correct in thinking that the Greeks received the name "from a Persian 
compound, of which Kuh, ' a hill, ' formed the base, as in KuMsfxin, ' the 
country of hills.' " Xenophon (ii. 2. 6) places Cunaxa at 360 stadia from 
Babylon ; Plutarch, at 500 stadia. By the side of Xenophon's definite 
statement, Plutarch's looks like a round number. Captain Bewsher, how- 
ever, following Grote (Greece, ch. Ixix., note 2), adopts it, placing Cunaxa 
at Kimccsha, 50 miles by air-line from Babylon. iS'o reasons are given for 
preferring Plutarch's authority to Xenophon's in such a matter, and I am 
unable to find any. Xenophon's intimate connection with Proxenus, one 
of the generals, would give him access to the best information on the point, 
and he would know how to use it. The distance, occurring among road 
distances, must be a road distance and no air-line. It would no doubt be 
given to Xenophon by the Persian authorities in the national standard, 
L e. as 12 parasangs, which he would reduce (at the usual rate of 30 stadia 
to the parasang) to 360 stadia. Twelve parasangs give a road distance of 
about 30 geographical miles, or 27 by air-line, — little more than a two 
days' march, — from Babylon. With great significance, therefore, might 
the Greeks say, " We have conquered the Mng's forces at his gates, and hav- 
ing laughedj him to scorn, came away " (ii. 4. 4). 

For the (probable) position of Cunaxa on the Abu Dibbis branch, see 
sup. p. 8. 

THE RETREAT. 

§ 8. 'ETret rjfxepa eyivero, eiropevovro iv Se^ta ^xo»^es rhv tjXlov (Anah. ii. 
2. 13). 

The direction in which the retreat commenced has been called in ques- 
tion : whether, in fact, the Greek means, ""When it was day they started, 
having tJie sun on their right,'' i. e. in a northerly direction ; or "... they 
p'oceeded, keeping tJie sun on their right," i. e. as Grote represents it (ffist. 
Gr. ch. Ixx.) in an easterly direction, "as referring to the sun's diurnal 
path through the heavens"; and in his map, constructed on this view, the 
course laid down is south of east, in order that it may strike the wall of 
Media, which he conceives to have lain south of Cunaxa. 

I do not know an instance of direction being either regulated or indicated 
by the sun's diurnal course ; referred to his place of rising it is common 
enough. Thus, Avhen Herodotus means to tell us that the Great Canal (see 
sup. note 8) runs south of east, he describes it as Trpos ijXiov Terpafxaevr, rbv 
Xecp-epLvov. Grote cites indeed Herod, iv. 42 ; but surely the two cases are 
wholly distinct. Herodotus, speaking of the exploring party that circum- 
navigated Africa, and of their westward course along the south coast, says, 



14 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

^Xeyov €/j,ol fiep ov iricTTa (hi rbv ijXiov 'iaxov es to. Se^td. Herodotus is 
treating of a natural phenomenon, which he was told of, but could not 
credit, as at variance with all that he, in north latitude, had ever seen or 
heard of a westerly course. "Whether a soldier was likely to use the ex- 
pression to describe (by a curious curve) the direction of a day's march, is 
another and a very different question. 

On the other hand, tlie remark. They started, having the {rising) sun on 
their right, falls from Xenophon easily and naturally enough, if we suppose 
him speaking of an incident which he had in his mind when he wrote, 
enabling him to fix the direction taken through a coiintry in which he 
hardly knew the bearing of one point from another. This northerly direc- 
tion is, in fact, confirmed by Diod. Sic. (xiv. 25, ad fin.), who tells us that 
the generals in council with Ariseus decided to start off towards Paphla- 
gonia ; and for Pa-phlagonia they started, indicating a more northerly aim 
than eTTi 'Iwvlas did in Ariieus' message (Anab., ii. 1. 3). The same expres- 
sion "towards Paphlagonia" occurs again in Diodorus (xiv. 27) to describe 
the northerly route along the Tigris. ^^ 

We conclude, then, that they commenced the retreat (after joining Ari- 
SEUS, ii. 2. 8) in a northerly direction, and continued it with Tissaph ernes 
— who was journeying homewards (ws ei's oIkou airidov, 4. 8) — far enough 
in this direction to pass out of Babylonia ; for on the sixth day of the 
retreat "they passed within the Median Wall {iraprjXdou ei'troji^ avrov, 
4. 12), — an expression which can only signify an entry through it into 
Babylonia. The line of route suggested by Ainsworth, viz. somewhere to 
the north ^^ side of the wall, but not, I think, by Pyla^, which is not men- 
tioned in the retreat, is apparently the only one consistent with the data, 
geographical and historical, of the problem. General Chesney considers 
that this movement to the northwest was made "in order to round the 
marshes and inundations of Akker Kuf." It may have been so, if the 
marsh (Khor) existed then. I am inclined, however, to think that the 



18 In fact, the direction that a Greek would understand by it would be almost due 
north ; for not only did the Paphlagonia of the Anabasis extend considerably farther 
eastward (i. e. east of the Thermodon, v. 6. 6, 9) than in Herodotus' time, who places 
it west of the Halys, but the ancient geographers, from Herodotus to Strabo, labored 
under an error as to the relative positions of the Persian Gulf and the Euxine, which 
threw the Euxine too far to the east, in fact placed the mouth of the river Phasis a little 
east of Babylon, though it is really three degrees west. "This derangement," says Ren- 
nell, " was the probable cause of Xenophon 's keeping too far to the east in his way 
through Armenia, tovjards Trebizond. He would adhere to the geographical system then 
in vogue through Greece (as given by Herodotus), and expected to find Trebizond nearly 
in the same meridian with Babylon and Nineveh, though it bore about north thirty de- 
grees west from the latter." — Rennell, Geogr., i. pp. 247-249. 

19 The adverb has here its common proleptic usage : so as to get within it. Cf. i. 6. 5 ; 
iv. 2. 12 ; V. 2. 16. Thus Xenophon and Plutarch mean the same thing, when (speak- 
ing of Cyrus passing the trench) Plutarch says, ravr-q? Kvpov ivrog TTapeKBovra 
irepielSe o ^acr. ; and Xenophon, kyivovTo eio-w t^s rd^pov. See also Xen. Hell., v. 4. 41, 
and inf. vii. 1, 18. 

20 This is implied in the remark that they accompanied Tissaphernes on the home- 
ward route. 



APPENDIX. 15 

real object was to draw the Greeks out of the heart of Babylonia for the 
reason given below. It may well be, moreover, that the presence of an in- 
vading and victorious army would be a dangerous incentive to the slave 
population of Bab3donia, alluded to probabl}^ in epyaao/ji.ev<av evovroov (ii. 4. 
22). Many were the captive nations beside Jews that had wept beside the 
waters of Babylon, their "lives made bitter" by forced labor in building 
the palaces and walled cities, and in digging those canals and trenches of 
Babylonia, among which they and their children would find at once a fast 
prison, a merciless taskmaster, and an early grave. The pride, rapacity, 
and cruelty of the Chaldsean towards the many nations that he had spoiled 
and gathered to himself are vividly portrayed in the prophecy of Habakkuk 
ii. 5-12. See also Psalm cxxxvii. ; Josephus, Antiq., x. 11; Eusebius, 
Proipar. Evang., ix. 39. Under Persian rule the Chaldcean himself joined 
the list of subjugated races in Babylonia, the whole forming a population 
ripe enough for insurrection, as history shows. See Eawlinson on Hdt., 
iii. 150. 

In taking the Greeks this circuit, we perceive Tissaphernes securing two 
objects distinctly alluded to in the course of the narrative : to withdraw 
them as much as possible from the heart of Babylonia, lest the value of the 
prize and ease of acquisition should tempt thera either to immediate occupa- 
tion of this inviting province, or to future invasion (see ii. 4. 22, and iii. 2. 
26) ; and also to gain time, by circuitous marching or protracted negotia- 
tion, for bringing up his distant forces, and maturing plans for cutting 
off in the retreat the enemy that had beaten him in the field (ii. 4. 3 and 25). 

Ariteus' plan, if he had any plan beyond that of providing for his own 
safety, was apparently to march along the Tigris, on a line where they 
could get provisions, till they should strike into one of the great western 
roads across Mesopotamia, either at Mosul, or higher up, near the Cardnchi, 
where was a road " carrying to Lydia and Ionia" {Anab., iii. 5. 15), by 
which in fact Tissaphernes returned to his satrapy, after lie gave up pursuit 
of the Greeks (Diod. Sic, xiv. 27). 

§ 9. SiTTAKE (ii. 4. 13) was 15 stadia (about 1^ geographical miles) west 
of the Tigris, 8 parasangs from the Wall of Media, and 70 parasangs from 
the ford over the Zab. Ainsworth places Sittake at Akbara, the summer 
residence of the Caliphs of Baghdad, and this is probably very near the 
true position. [This Sittake is not to be confounded with the "Sittake 
Gr^corum Ab Ortu" of Pliny (iV. H., vi. 27), which is placed by Ptolemy 
the geographer (vi. 1. 3 and 6) 2 degrees (about 80 geographical miles) east 
of Ctesijjhon : Sittake Graxorum was doubtless one of that cordon of Greek 
" colonies built by Alexander's orders round Media to keep the neighboring 
barbarians in check" (Polybius x. 17. 3).] 

§ 10. The river Physcus (ii. 4. 25). After crossing the Tigris (Shat 
Eidha^i at Sittake, the route struck off from the river (ii. 4. 25), and did 

21 Both Chesney and Ainswoi-th identify the Shat Eidha with the Tigris of Xenophon. 
See Commentary, p. 300. 



16 GEOGEAPHICAL NOTES. 

not rettirn to it for the next 10 marches, 6 of which lay through a desert 
tract, the desert of Media (ii. 4. 27, 28). How did these two large armies 
get their supply of water all this time ? We have no difficulty in answer- 
ing the question, if we suppose Xenophon's river Physcus to be represented 
by the Bureich and Resas Canal, and that the route lay along its course. 
This identification of Canal with River was originally suggested as possible 
by Sir H. Rawlinson, and though subsequently abandoned by him from a 
misconception apparently respecting the site of Sittake, appears to be the 
true solution of the question. Compare the case of the Daradax (i. 4. 10), 
and Masca (5. 4), and Pallacopas Canals called iroraixoL (note McMichael's 
Anah., i. 4. 10). 

§ 11. PIS on the Physcus River (ii. 4. 25) was also on the Tigris (see 
Hdt. i. 189, and Strabo xvi. 1. 9, who perhaps — not by any means cer- 
tainly — identified it with Seleucia ; which is irreconcilable with its 
recorded distance from the river Zabatus). Opis was 10 marches, 50 para- 
sangs, from the ford over the Zab. Reckoning this distance back from 
that ford (see § 12), we are brought near to Eski (old) Baghdad for the site 
of Opis. [The following adds confirmation to this view : Alexander we 
know from Arrian (Anab., vii, 7. 6, 8) removed the dikes of the Tigris as 
far up as Opis. Now Dr. Ross {Journal of Royal Geogr. Soc, xi. p. 127) 
gives an account '-^^ of ^he canal that leaves the Tigris at Kaim, which 
shows, I believe, certainly that a dike has been removed at this point ; 
and if the age of this canal (Avhich is said to be "of remote antiquity long 
before the Mohammedan era," Dr. Ross) goes back to Alexander's day, then 
Opis cannot have been lower than Kaim, and may have been higher.] 

The reader will find the question touching the sites of Sittake and Opis 
discussed at length in the Cambridge Journal of Philology, vol. iv. no. 7, 
pp. 136-145. 

§ 12. K^N^ (ii. 4. 28). There are no ruins on the right bank of the 
Tigris to represent Ksenai, except those at Kalah Sherkat, or (as Sir H. Raw- 
linson writes the name) Kileh Sherghat. If the latter be the right spell- 
ing, we may recognize Xenophon's Kcence phonetically ^3 in Ktleh, the 
nasal liquid n being often replaced by I, as it is in BoZogna = Bowonia ; 
iabynetus = iVabonadius ; and ZeZebi = Zewobia, etc. Kileh Sherghat 
was, under the name of Asshur, the original Assyrian capital from 1273 b. c. 
to about 930 b. c, before the seat of government was transferred to Nineveh 
by Asshur-idannipal, the warlike Sardanapalus of the Greeks. See Rawlin- 

22 "It is difficult to imagine Jiow the water ever entered this canal, its ancient ted "being 
seen in section above fifteen feet above the surface of the Tigris, which now (i. e. in June) 
nearly at its highest level sweeps along the high perpendicular banks." 

23 I. e. if Xenophon received the name " Kineh " orally (as he probably did under the 
circumstances of the march, see ii. 4. 10) he would be likely enough to give it in the 
form of a Greek word resembling it ; just as in the case of the next city Nimrud, which 
he calls Larissa, a name familiar to the Greek ear, supposed by Layard to be a corrup- 
tion of Al Assur, by Bochart, of Al Resen. Khi, found in the inscriptions as an epithet 
of Ashur, may have some connection with the name. Rawlinson, Hdt, i. p. 483. 



APPENDIX. 17 

son, Hdt.^ i. pp. 373-377. . Zcmce was passed somewhere "in the course 
of the first march " 2* from the villages of Parysatis, i. e. on the fourth day 
before reaching the ford over the Zah. That ford was only two marches 
distant from the Tigris, at Larissa ; and of these the first was but 2| miles 
(iii. 3. 11). Layard (pp. 60 and 226) identifies the ford with one 25 miles 
up the Zab, a little above the junction of the Gomar-sii (whose bed is the 
Xa.pa.5pa of iii. L 1). Eeekoning back from this ford as a point pretty well 
ascertained (the first that is so in the route beyond the Tigris), we are 
brought opposite Kileh Sherghat in the course of the 4th march from the 
ford. 

The fact of their leaving the Tigris and marching up the Zab before 
crossing it, though not expressly stated, is sufficiently indicated by the 
remark that *'they arrived at the Tigris" near Larissa (iiL 4. 6) after two 
marches from the ford. Nor is this the only instance in the narrative of 
mention of a river being reserved for the point where it was crossed. The 
Phrat itself, for instance, is first mentioned at Thaijsacus, though both 
Chesney and Ainsworth are convinced that the three previous marches 
must have been along its banks (Ainsworth, Travels in the Track, p. 66). 
Tlie same remark may be applicable to the march along the Physcus before 
crossing it, and also to the marches between the rivers Phasis and Harpa- 
sus, some of which lay along the banks probably of both rivers up to the 
point where they were found to be fordable (see iv, 6. 4, 5 j 7. 1 - 15). 



EOUTE THROUGH ARMENIA. 

The Greek route after crossing the Kentritis — admitted to fee the river 
of Sert (the Buhtan Chai) — is a point on which the Judgment of geogi-a- 
phers is divided. The point really at issue is which of the head-waters of 
the Tigris represents the Tigris of Xenophon, of which he says (iv. 4. 3) 
that the Greeks *'came beyond its sources" after a three days' march of 
15 parasangs from the banks of the Kentritis. 

"We are to bear in mind that the Greeks were told on the frontiers of the 
Carduchi (iv. 1, 3) that **«i Armenia they woiild either cross the head- 
waters (Tr-rjyas) of the Tigris, if they liked, or if they did not like, would go 
round them." 

Now they entered Armenia after crossing the Kentritis ; and if it can be 
shown, as I think it may, that the Greeks crossed this stream before its 
junction with the Bitlis-su, then I apprehend that the Bitlis-su (the East- 
ern Tigris) will aptly represent the Tigris of Xenophon and satisfy the con- 
ditions of the narrative better than any other stream ; and the conclusion 

24 e^ To> TrpwTw tnaO^iw; cf. Iv tovtoi? toi? o-Tafljiiot? (i. 5. 5). Dindorf, however, has 
"ad castra prima," " at the first station," and so the English translators. But ei' could 
not apply to a place heyond the river: they did not even cross over to it ; so that in no 
way could it be conceived of as part of the encampment : they stopped only for pro- 
visions ; the station was farther on. 



18 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

will be that the Greek route followed the direct caravan-road between Sert 
and Bitlis, and that the plain of Mush where it is watered by the Kara- 
sic^ (Black water) represents the plain of the Teleboos {iv. 4. 7) "with its 
many villages on its banks " (iv. 4. 3). This view of the route is in the 
main that proposed by Major Kennell {Retreat, pp. 203 - 207). 

The first question is where the Kentritis was forded, Layard's view 
{Bahylon and Nineveh, pp. 49 and 63, 64) is, that the Greeks forded the 
Buhtan Chai (Kentritis) opposite Till or Tilleh, considerably heloiv its 
junction with the Bitlis-su, at a point where he crossed it himself (with 
difficulty) at the end of September. But it is morally certain that the East- 
ern Tigris, the combined stream of the Bitlis-su and the Buhtan Chai, is 
not fordable two months later, the season at Avhich the Greeks reached this 
quarter. 

The state of this stream, as indeed of the entire river-system of the Ni- 
phates, varies regularly with the time of the year. The rivers rise in March 
and April with the melting of the mountain snows, are at their height by 
the end of May, and "commence gradually falling from the beginning of 
June to the end of July" (Kinneir, Journey through Asia Minor, d-c, 
p. 489). They are then at their lowest pitch, and continue so till the 
winter rains swell them in November and December. Kinneir on his way 
from Sert to Redwan crossed the Bitlis-su by bridge, at a point 12 miles 
from Sert, just above its junction with the Buhtan Chai, and found it even 
there " very rapid and certainly not fordable anywhere near wliere I crossed 
it" (p. 412). This was on the 12th of July, when the stream would be 
getting low ; but further, he tells us (p. 488 n.), "I crossed the Euphrates 
and Tigris in December (1810), and they were at that time much fuller than 
when 1 crossed them afterwards in July." Now it was at the end of No- 
vember, or early in December, at any rate after the rains had set in (see 
iv. 1. 15), that the Greeks forded the Kentritis. Indeed, Layard himself, 
speaking of a period a week or 10 days earlier, when the Greeks crossed the 
Kliabour, sup])oses them to have taken " the more difficult road over the 
pass in order to cross the Khabour by a bridge or ferry ; it must be remem- 
bered that it was winter, and that the rivers were consequently swollen" 
(p. 61, note). 

We conclude then that the Greeks crossed the Kentritis before its junc- 
tion with the Bitlis-su. They forded it, we are told, at a point where the 



' 25 JjSLynTdiBahyJon and Nineveh, p. 64) says, "I am convinced that tlie Teleboas can- 
not be identified with the Kara-su, which would be at least forty or tifty parasangs (eight 
to ten days' march) from Tilleh " ; no doubt from Tilleh (or Till), supposing the GreelvS 
to have crossed here, which, however, is more than questionable. Layard seems to have 
adoi)ted this view from the belief that tlie river (Buhtan Chai) narrowed between rocky 
banks is not fordable higher up (than Till), p. 63. But this is an error, as Ainsworth 
has shown ; cf. Commentary, p. 316. Layard supposes that the Greeks, after fording 
the river at Till, and finding no road into Armenia through the Charzan mountains', fol- 
lowed the course of the Bitlis-su, which he identifies with the Teleboas, observing that 
Xenophon says " they came to (inl), not that they crossed the Teleboas." But inl is Xeno- 
phon's regular usiige in speaking of rivers which certainly wei-e crossed ; cf. i. 4. 1 and 11. 



APPENDIX. 19 

Kurd mountains come down to within a mile of the river. The Greeks we 
presume came to the ford by a regular road, of which the made road (656s 
(bairep x^t'POTToiTjTos), which they saw leading over the hills hcijond the river, 
was a continuation (iv. 3. 5). Now Ainsworth, who risited this district in 
1839-40, describes a ford {Covvinentary, p. 316) and "a road carried iqy 
the face of a limcstoiie rock partly by steps cut out of the rock, and partly by 
a causeway paved xcith large blocks of stone. This is the highway to Sert, 
and appears to be of reriiote antiquity.'' He adds that there may very well 
be other fords in this quarter. But assuming that the Greeks crossed here, 
the neighborhood of Sert agrees well with Xenophon's description of the 
first day's march beyond the Kentritis, "it v:as all plaAn and smooth hills, 
not less than 5 parasangs" (iv. 1. 2). Fraser (Mesojyotamia, xii. p. 239) 
describes Sert as situated in "a large undulating jjlain withoict a single 
tree, surrounded at a considerable dista/nce by mountains." Nor is this the 
only coincidence in the case. The Greek march of 5 parasangs ended at a 
"large village where the Satrap had a palace, and rnost of tJie houses had 
towers upon them." Now Kinneir (p. 403) describes Halisnu (a few miles 
north of Sert) as "a large village unlike anything tee had yet seen, built of 
stone and mortar, and each house is a castle, consisting of a square tower 
surrounded with a tvall to protect the inhabitants from cavalry or musket- 
shot." AVhether Halisnu represents Xenophon's village or not, still, Kin- 
neir's description shows this style of building to be peculiar to the district ; 
at the same time it seems to be not uncommon within it, for Ainsworth in- 
forms me that the same kind of structure is to be seen at Sert.^^ "We can 
hardly then be far from the Greek ti-ack at this point, whether we have hit 
upon the exact ford or not. 

From this plain (of Sert) there are four -' roads leading to the plain of 
Mush, which it remains to show corresponds in distance and in other par- 
ticulars with the plain of the Teleboas. Of these roads, three go by Bitlis, 
this being, doubtless, with all its difficulties, the most practicable route ; 
one of them taken by Colonel Shell and Ainsworth, goes by Bakia ; an- 
other diverging a little to the east of these, was travelled by Kinneir, wlio 
describes it in detail, almost mile by mile ; the passage over the mountain 
south of the Bakia River, he says, "is one of the worst roads he ever saw." 

26 Sert will scarcely represent Xenophon's village, for it is hardly two miles from the 
river (Buhtan Chai), and Xenophon's remark that the Greeks were forced to make their 
long afternoon's march of five parasangs, because there were no villages near the river, 
owing to the wars with the Kurds, intimates more than two miles. As Xenophon's 
lilain does not exclude "smooth hills " (iv. 1), he may be supposed to mean any i)lace 
before reaching the mountains, which embosom the plain "at a considerable distance" 
from Sert (Fraser sup.) This undulating country, favorable for the growth of the vine, 
extends as far as Tasil, where are " extensive vineyards spread over the declivities of tho 
neighboring hills " (Kinneir, p. 403). 

27 " From Sert to Bitlis there are three roads of 16, 18, 22 hours respectively. We 
travelled the road said to be 18 liours. Beside these there is a road of 3S hours to Mush 
direct, Avhich does not pass through Bitlis. This must be the road which Kinneir .sup- 
posed the Greeks to have taken." Col. Shell, Joum. ofR. G. S., vol. viii. p. 77. 



20 GEOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 

The third road crosses the Bitlis-su by one of the many bridges over this 
river, and strikes the road skirting the right bank of the Bitlis-su, by which 
Layard travelled from Bitlis to Tilleh, and where he saw the ancient cause- 
way which, bethinks, "has probably been always the great thoroughfare 
between "Western Armenia and the Assyrian plains." It is this last of the 
three roads that may very well have been meant by the captives when they 
told the Greeks "they might cross the head- waters of the Tigris if they 
Uked." 

Supposing Halisnu to represent the Satrap's palace, two marches of 
10 parasangs along the first or second of these roads, the last march being 
by a rugged mountain pass, would bring them fairly over the river of Bakia 
(the Bakia-su), to near Eulak, 8 miles short of Bitlis. It is hereabouts 
that they are said to have "come beyond ^*^ the sources of the Tigris." 
Hence they made three days' march, 15 parasangs, to the river Teleboas 
(the Kara-su), a " beautiful river, though not large, having many villages 
about it." 29 

It is true that they would come upon the head-waters of the Kara-su in 
less than three marches, but it would be wholly out of character with Xen- 
ophon's brief lively narrative to take note of such an incident. Even in 
the case of large rivers, we have seen (see on the Zab; p. 17) that "three 
marches to a river" is Xenophon's ordinary form to express, not the point 
where the route first struck the river, but where it became a point of in- 
terest in the narrative, most commonly where it was crossed ; and, in this 
case, also for its "beauty and many villages." In the present instance 
they would come upon the Teleboas (Kara-su) within a few miles of where 
they left the Bitlis River, the first two days' march lying over the eastern 
extremity of the great watershed between the Tigris and the Phrat, and the 
Teleboas would be the first tributary of the Phrat seen by them. It is pos- 
sible that this narrow strip of land, within which they might observe their 

28 vnepYiKOov. The use of the aorist clearly, I think, implies some definite point at 
which Xenophon conceived that they "came beyond the sources." That point, to all 
intents and purposes, would be when they had crossed the last tributaiy stream, the 
BaMa-su. 

29 Kara-su is Turkish for "Black River." It may be a descriptive, but is certainly 
not a distinctive name ; for there is at least one other Kara-su in this qxiarter. It is 
much to be regretted that such intruders should have been allowed to displace the old 
Armenian names. Possibly it is not too late to recover these latter, and to trace Xeno- 
phon's Teleboas in some local name containing the radical Telb. Teleboas is presum- 
ably, like Larissaand Ksense (siip. n. 23), an adaptation of a Greek word to the local name 
sounding like it. Mr. Consul Brandt crossed the Kara-su at Irishdir, where he found 
it "knee-deep and fifteen yards wide" (Journal, p. 3T9). There is no part of Armenia 
that answers to Xenophon's description of the Teleboas and the plain in connection with 
it (iv. 7), as does this part of the jjlain of Mush watered by the Kara-sxo. Lord Polling- 
ton (p. 445) describes it as "studded ivith villages," "excellent wine made in it." "It 
grows grapes, melons," etc. (Brandt). "Corn, Tiorses of excellent breed, cows and sheep, 
are numerous " (Knight's Cyclopaedia). Compare Xenophon's account (iv. 4. 9), " The 
Greeks found here all manner of good things, live-stock, corn, old wine of good flavor, 
raisins, and all sorts of pulse." 



APPENDIX. 21 

Tigris — the Bitlis-su — flowing one way, and the Teleboas flowing the 
other to join the Phrat, is the (ttcvov alluded to at iv. 1. 3. 

This view of the six marches after crossing the Kentritis is, no doubt, 
like ever}' other view that has been proposed, open to objections. In truth, 
the whole question resolves itself into a choice of difficulties. Layard and 
Ainsworth alike object to the badness of the road between Sert and Bitlis, 
carried as it is over steep and rugged mountains, and by a dangerous pass. 
This is no doubt true. Still the fact remains that, bad as the road may be, 
it is the regular caravan route between Sert and Bitlis travelled by Kin- 
neir, Sheil, and Ainsworth, and therefore presumably not so bad as the 
other by the Kharzan mountains. Brandt, who travelled by the Kolh-su 
route, thought tJiat "the worst he ever saw"; but bad as it was, the Khar- 
zan route, he was told, was still worse. If it be said that there is nothing 
in the narrative here that indicates the difficulties of a mountain pass, the 
answer is that it is not Xenophon's way to give descriptions of country, 
except as illustrating the incidents of the march, and there is a dearth of 
incident in this part of the Retreat, which it is not difficult to account for. 
"We should no doubt have learnt more about the country, had the Satrap 
thought fit to oppose the invaders at any of the passes along the route. 
But he had got to know his enemy too well for that. He had learnt on 
the banks of the Kentritis that he had no force wherewith to oppose an 
army that had fought its way through the mountain passes of Kurdistan ; 
and to try conclusions with them hopelessly in the heart of his Satrapy, 
would, in case of defeat, only place his province at the mercy of a victorious 
and reckless soldiery. Behind him was the plain of Mush, with its many 
villages and fertile soil. These he might hope to save by coming to teims 
with the invaders ; and this, as the narrative tells us, he was wise enough 
to do. 



ON THE GEOGRAPHY OF XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 

"Tliis remarkable work has been read, and its geographical details 
have been either taken for granted, or referred to proximate delineations 
of territory and places, which communicated to the mind anything but a 
sensible or positive satisfaction in tracing the progress of the armies. In 
many cases the reader was compelled, after much examination, to take for 
gi-anted what the mind naturally required to be verified ; and, in others, 
to forego all inquiry as entirely hopeless. A reader of modern military 
history would regard as very imperfect a work which would be found defi- 
cient in the necessary details of geography. In books of travel the defect 
would be felt still more. The Anabasis, independent of its merits arising 
from the grandeur of the subject, the high reputation of its author, and the 
military exploits which it records, contains a great variety of incident to 
recommend it ; it combines with the character of a military history that of 
a book of travels likewise ; and if military operations generally receive their 
character from the nature of the ground on which they are performed, 
how much more must they do so when combined with a lengthened jour- 
ney through hostile countries, and amid inclement seasons ! Nor can the 
mind be satisfied except when such details are accompanied by representa- 
tions and descriptions, which at once serve to render manifest the several 
movements, and to develop the causes which led to them. — W. F. Ains- 
WORTH, F. R. G. S., author of " Travels in the Track of the Ten Thousand 
Greeks." 



EECOUD OF THE MAECHES, HALTS, ETC., DURING THE 
ANABASIS AND KATABASIS OF THE GEEEKS. 



I. THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 

'AvdPa(ris. Ephesus to Cunaxa. 
[February, b. c. 401, to September of the same year.] 

The march begun from the sea at Ephesus (ii. 2. 6), about 
first week in... Feb. b. c. 401. 

To Sardis. Cyrus musters his forces as for an expedition 
against the Pisidians. Of the Greek generals, Xenias, 
Proxenus, Sophsenetus, Socrates, and Pasion are present 
with their forces. Xenophon, having sailed from Athens, 
overtakes Cyrus and Proxenus at Sardis as they are about 
to set forth 

To the Mseander (i. 2. 5) March 6. 

To Colossse (i. 2. 6). Menon arrives 

To Celsenae, to the palace of Cyrus (i. 2. 7). Clearchus ar- 
rives. Greeks reviewed and numbered March 20. 

To Peltse (i. 2. 10). Lyccean games 

To Ceramorum Forum, KepaiiQv ' Kyopd (i. 2. 10) 

To Caystri Campus (i. 2. 11) Maij \. 

Soldiers demand ])ay, now due for more than three months, 
Epyaxa arrives with a large gift of money. Army paid 
for four months 

To Thymbrium (i. 2. 13) 

To Tyrifieum (i. 2. 14). Army reviewed by request of Epyaxa 

To Iconium (i. 2. 19) 

Through Lycaonia (i. 2. 19). Menon sent to escort Epyaxa 
through the western pass of Mount Taums 

To Dana 

To the plain before the pass, Cilician gates (i. 2. 21) 

To Tarsus (i. 2, 23). Interview with Syennesis June 6. 

The soldiers refuse to proceed, but are induced through the 
crafty management of Clearchus (i. 3) 





II 




18 


3 


22 


1 


8 


3 


20 


2 


10 


2 


12 


3 


30 


2 


10 


2 


10 


3 


20 


5 


30 


4 


25 




? 


4 


25 



24 RECORD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 



TothePsarus (i. 4.1) 

To the Pyranms 

To Issus, The fleet arrives, bringing Chirisophus and 
reinforcements 

To the Syro-Cilician gates, Pyla Syriae (i. 4. 4). Abroco- 
mas retreats 

To Myriandrus (i. 4. 6). Xenias and Pasion desert, July 6. 

To the Chains (i. 4. 9) 

To the springs of the Dardes (i. 4. 10) 

To Thapsacus on the Euphrates (i. 4. 11) July 30. 

Cyrus discloses the object of his expedition. Menon art- 
fully induces his division to cross first 

To the Araxes in Syria (i. 4. 19) 

To Corsote (Arabia) on the Mascas (i. 5. 1 - 4). Animals 
found 

To PyljE (i. 5. 5). Hunger. Persian discipline Sept. 1. 

Charmande. Danger and rage of Clearches. Orontes at- 
tempts to desert, is tried and executed (i. 6) 

Through Babylonia (i. 7. 1). Review and preparation for 
battle 

March in battle array (i. 7. 14). Trench passed 

March more negligently (i. 7. 19) 

To Cunaxa (i. 7. 20). Battle (i. 8). Success of the Greeks. 

Death of Cyras Sept. 7. 

Panegyric on Cyrus (i. 9). Later movements of the day 
(i. 10). The surrender of the Greeks demanded and in- 
dignantly refused (ii. 1) 



11. RETREAT OF THE TEN THOUSAND. 



2 


10 




1 


5 




2 


15 


3 


1 


5 




1 


5 


7 


4 


20 




5 


30 


... 


3 


15 


5 


9 


50 


3 


5 


35 


3 


13 


90 


... 


3 


12 




1 


3 


... 


1 


4? 


... 


1 
... 


4 

... 


... 



89 543 



Kardpao-is. Cunaxa to Cotyora,, 
[Sept., B. c. 401, to May, b. c. 400.] 

Night march to last station to join Ariaeus (ii. 2. 8) 

The Cyrean Greeks and barbarians swear mutual fidel- 
ity Sept. 10. 

To Babylonian villages (ii. 2. 13). Truce with the king 
(ii. 3. 1,9) 

To villages for obtaining supplies (ii. 3. 14). The dates 
now ripe and gathered or gathering. Treaty with the 
king through Tissaphernes 



1 


4 


1 


... 


1 


? 



RECORD OF THE IVIARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 25 



"Waiting for Tissaphemes. More than 20 days' halt 

To the Wall of Media, with Tissaphernes and Arieeus (ii. 4. 
12). Entrance within it and passage of two canals 

To the Tigris near Sittace (ii. 4. 13). Stratagem to hasten 
the crossing of the Greeks Oct. 11. 

To the Physcus at Opis (ii. 4. 25). The bastard brother of 
Artaxerxes meets the Greeks 

Through a desert region with Tissaphernes. To the vil- 
lages of Parysatis (ii. 4. 27) 

Through a desert region passing by Caense (ii. 4. 28) 

To the Zapatas (ii. 5. 1) Oct. 29. 

Five generals treacherously seized (ii. 5). Their characters 
(ii. 6). General dejection (iii. 1. 2). Xenophon arouses 
and reinspirits the army. Other generals chosen (iii. 1. 47) 

To villages (iii. 3. 11) 

To the Tigiis at Larissa, crossing a ravine, etc. (iii. 4. 6). 

To Mespila (iii. 4. 10) 

To villages (iii. 4. 13-18) 

Through a plain, pursued by Tissaphernes (iii. 4. 18) 

To villages around a palace (iii. 4. 24-31) 

To a village in a plain 

Kight march of 60 stadia (iii. 4. 37). Enemy dislodged 
from a height 

To villages (iii. 5. 1) beside the Tigris. Progress stopped 
by mountains (iii. 5. 7) 

Towards Babylon (iii. 5. 13). Consultation and inquiry ... 

Night march to the mountains (iv. 1. 5) Xov. 20. 

To -sillages of the Carduchi (iv. 1. 10). Baggage lessened. 

Mountain march, with fighting (iv. 1. 14) 

March in heavy storm. Carduchi occupy the road. A party 
seize another path (iv. 2. 5) 

Passage forced and villages reached (iv. 2. 22) 

Marching without a guide. To the Centrites (iv. 3. 1) ... 

Through Annenia to villages and satrap's palace (iv. 4. 2). 

To the springs of the Tigris (iv. 4. 3) . 

To the Teleboas 

Through a plain followed by Tiribazus (iv. 4. 7) 

Much snow in night Dec. 6. 

To camp of Tiribazus ; but return to their own camp (iv. 4. 22). 

To mountain pass (iv. 5. 1) 

To Euphrates (iv. 5. 2). Desert stages Dec. 1 3. 

Through a plain, deep snow, severe wind (iv. 5. 3) 



3 


? 


2 


8 


4 


20 


6 


30 


4 


20 




"^ 




2 




6 




4 




? 


5 


? 


1 


? 




2 


3 




1 




1 




1 


■ 


1 


? 


1 


? 


3 


? 


1 


5 


2 


10 


3 


15 


3 


15 


1 


? 


1 


? 


3 


15 


3 


15 



26 RECOKD OF THE MARCHES, HALTS, ETC. 



To a village, water-carriers, etc. (iv. 5. 9) 

With a guide, through snow (iv. 6. 2) 

To and along the Phasis (iv. 6. 4) 

To a mountain pass defended by the Chalybes (iv. 6. 5, 27). 

To village in a plain (iv. 6. 27) 

Among the Taochi (iv. 7. 1). Capture of a stronghold 
stocked with cattle (iv. 7. 14) 

Through the Chalybes, the bravest tribe found (iv. 7. 15). 

To the river Harpasus Feb. 3, b. c. 400. 

Through the Scythini, to provision villages (iv. 7. 18) 

To the large city Gymnias ; guide obtained for the moun- 
tain where the sea could be seen 

To Mount Theches. The Euxine in sight (iv. 7. 21). Great 
joy, etc 

Through the Macrones, Avho aided their passage (iv. 8. 1). 

To villages of the Colchi, forcing a passage (iv. 8. 9, 19).... 

To Trapezus (Trebisond), to the sea (iv. 8. 22). Sacrifices 
and games (cf. Diod. Sic, xiv. 30) Feb. 28. 

Chirisophus sails to Byzantium for vessels (v. 1. 4). Treach- 
ery of Dexippus. Expedition against the Drilae (v. 2. 1). 
The older men, women, children, sick, and the baggage 
sent by vessels to Cerasus. The rest march (v. 3. 1) 

To Cerasus (v. 3. 2). Eeview and numbering 

Division of the consecrated tenth (v. 3. 4). Xenophon's 
disposition of his share 

To the Mosynceci (v. 4. 2). Treaty with a part of the tribe. 
Storming the chief fortress. Through Mosynceci to the 
Chalybes (v. 5. 1) 

Through the Chalybes (v. 5. 1) 

Through the Tibareni, as friends, to Cotyora (v. 5. 3), 3Iay 7. 

Embassy from Sinope. Xenophon's plan of a settlement 
frustrated (v. 6. 15). Defends himself before the army 
(v. 7. 4). Eebukes disorder. Purification of the army. 
Trial of the generals (v. 7. 1). Halt of 45 days at 
Cotyora 



1 


? 


3 


? 


7 


35 


2 


10 


1 




5 


30 


7 


50 


4 


20 


4 


20 


5 


? 


3 


10 


1 


? 


2 


7 


3 


? 


1 


? 


8 


? 


1 


? 


2 


? 



118 92 
(107) 

The army thence proceeded to Sinope and Heraclea, July 1. Advanced 
to Calpe and Chrysopolis (vi. 1. 6), Aug. 7. Sale of the spoils. Passed 
into Thrace, and occupied there for several months. Eeturned to Asia, 
and reached Lampsacus early in the following year. Joined Thibron 
{\\i. 8. 24), March 5, B. c. 399. 



INDEX 



OP 



CITATIONS FROM XENOPHON'S ANABASIS. 



"Accomplished Xenophon ! thy truth hath shown 
A brother's glory sacred as thy own. 
O rich in all the blended gifts that grace 
Minerva's darling sons of Attic race ! 
The Sage's olive, the Historian's palm, 
The Victor's laurel, all thy name embalm ! 
Thy simple diction, free from glaring art. 
With sweet allurement steals upon the heart ; 
Pure as the rill, that Nature's hand refines, 
A cloudless mirror of thy soul it shines. 
Thine was the praise, bright models to afford 
To Cesar's rival pen, and rival sword : 
Blest, had Ambition not destroyed his claim 
To the mild lustre of thy purer fame ! " 



CITATIONS FROM THE ANABASIS. 



[The following Index was prepared specially to accompany the Revised Edition of 
the Grammar (1871). The numbers inclosed in parentheses denote the sections of the 
Anabasis which are cited ; those following them, the sections of the Grammar in which 
the citations are made.] 



BOOK I. 



Chap. I. (1) 412, 445 a, 472, 494, 
504, 568, 571, 700, 719, 720; (2) 
393, 480, 505, 522, 561, 573, 579, 
592, 658, 703, 719 ; (3) 444 b, 505, 
518, 530 c, 530 e, 533, 577, 598, 643, 
718 k, 718 n ; (4) 393, 453, 511, 
525, 691, 696; (5) 474, 501, 527, 
577, 592, 641 ; (6) 406, 443, 483, 
533, 553, 586, 680; (7) 419, 444 b, 
472, 533, 595, 658, 674, 689, 718 ; 
(8) 432 b, 505, 524, 586, 661, 666, 
696 ; (9) 460, 483, 509 c, 523 f, 524, 
536, 576, 718, 677 f ; (10) 445 a, 
469, 533, 658, 703 ; (11) 393, 719. 

Chap. II. (1) 551, 571, 689, 711 ; 
(2) 456, 659, Q66, 704 ; (3) 674, 711 ; 
(4) 450, 689, 711, 719 ; (5) 395, 533, 
551, 688 ; (6) 482 a, 482 d, 522, 525, 
605, 674, 689; (7) 393, 414, 459, 
504, 522, 577, 641, 689, 719; (8) 
395, 455, 537, 573, 719; (9) 475, 
504, 531, 706 ; (10) 393, 478, 507 c, 
522, 719 ; (11) 454 d, 479, 573, 696 ; 
(12) 218, 393, 506 b, 718, 719 ; (13) 
450, 523 i ; (14) 534, 576 ; (15) 240 f, 
506 a, 506 c, 692 ; (17) 459, 507 d, 
571, 641 ; (18) 704 ; (20) 482, 506 a, 



522, 533, 540, 554, 699 ; (21) 435, 
533, 657, 685, 699, 719 ; (22) 675, 
689 ; (23) 395, 443, 481, 489, 508, 
569 ; (24) 504, 605 ; (25) 508, 509 a, 
523 f ; (26) 408, 450, 583, 721; (27) 
583. 

Chap. III. (1) 430, 588, 594, 
662, 689 ; (2) 320 a, 482, 483, 607 ; 
(3) 393, 484, 537, 571, 628 ; (4) 485, 
522, 633, 718 ; (5) 459, 523 c, 641, 
713, 719 ; (6) 455, 480, 551, 621, 
622, 680, 689, 714 ; (7) 540, 689 ; (8) 
444 a, 450 ; (9) 419, 506 c, 678, 717, 
719; (10)598 ; (11) 432 d, 537, 598, 
682 ; (12) 405, 572, 582, 641 ; (14) 
480, 483, 549, 553, 579, 677, 679 ; 

(15) 553 a, 553 c, 554, 572, 624, 659 ; 

(16) 463, 644, 693; (17) 284 g, 467, 
650, 677; (18) 466, 560; (20) 595, 
659, 689 ; (21) 242 e, 416 b, 433 f, 
459, 507 d, 522, 645, 689, 721. 

Chap. IV. (1) 533, 572, 689; 
(2) 242 ; (3) 689 ; (4) 445 b, 466, 
500, 569; (5) 418, 436, 677; (6) 
534; (7) 633; (8) 476 d, 496, 641, 
671, 721; (9) 440, 480; (10) 581; 
(11) 467; (13) 405, 523 f, 563, 701; 



CITATIONS FROM 



(14) 455, 563; (15) 414, 454 d, 568; 
(16) 457, 536, 595, 685; (17) 408; 
(18)650; (19) 414, 718, 719. 

Chap. V. (1) 506 b; (2) 408, 
523 i, 571, 641; (3) 788 f; (4) 440, 
469, 586, 227; (5) 240 e, 419; (6) 
446, 472 f, 497 ; (7) 423, 476 e, 559 ; 

(8) 418, 467, 542, 635, 694, 711; 

(9) 259, 468, 485, 507 d, 523 e, 695; 

(10) 394, 412, 414, 426, 466, 585, 
719; (12) 405, 537, 540, 612; (13) 
668 b; (14) 573, 643; (15) 419; 
(16) 401, 408, 484, 523 g, 601; (17) 
691. 

Chap. VI. (1) 419, 506 f, 639, 
676, 719; (2) 405, 419, 452, 622, 
719 ; (3) 553, 649 ; (4) 523 k, 538, 
579, 719 ; (5) 394, 420 ; (6) 405, 524, 
671, 719; (7)549, 668; (8) 636, 685, 
697; (9) 478, 524, 579, 599, 665, 
697; (10) 426, 592, 674; (11) 567. 

Chap. VII. (1) 444 a, 508 ; (2) 
386 c; (3) 211, 280 b, 414, 431 b, 
626, 636, 7] 9; (4) 458, 528, 537, 
698; (5) 317 c, 416 a, 686 ; (6) 557, 
694, 720 ; (7) 538, 642, 686 ; (8) 419, 
536; (9) 476 d, 538, 568, 708; (11) 
509 e ; (12) 408 ; (13) 678, 690, 693 ; 
(14) 395; (16) 495; (17) 569; (18) 
433, 524; (19)685; (20)475. 



Chap. VIII. (1) 467, 525, 550, 
598, 711 ; (3) 530 ; (4) 489, 506 c ; 
(5) 692 ; (6) 466, 523 b ; (7) 573 ; (8) 
416 a; (9)522, 692, 722; (10) 680, 
689, 689 k; (11) 467, 695, 718; (12) 
452, 461, 540, 610; 690; (13) 485, 
523 b; (14) 541 ; (15) 525, 671 ; (16) 
432 a, 518, 530, 563; (17)455, 568; 

(18) 344, 418, 467, 506 c; (20) 571 ; 
(21) 474; (23) 455, 609; (24) 541; 
(26) 530, 540, 603; (27) 402, 466, 
580; (29) 579, 583. 

Chap. IX. (1) 523 h, 586; (2) 
481, 592 ; (5) 466, 694 ; (6) 453, 578 ; 
(7)253, 315 c, 478, 579, 586, 692; 

(9) 482; (10) 315 c; (11) 480; (12) 
690; (13)420, 459, 571, 713; (14) 
466, 550, 554; (15) 442; (16) 716; 

(19) 634; (21) 253, 624, 719; (22) 
512; (23) 460, 538; (24) 467; (25) 
433, 551 ; (26) 456 ; (28) 563 ; (29) 
261 e, 456, 537, 544, 603, 689, 699 ; 
(30) 523 c, 534; (31) 693. 

Chap. X. (1) 443 c, 497, 497 b, 
527, 587; (4) 405, 499, 518; (5) 
648 ; (6) 506 a, 577, 676 ; (9) 694 ; 

(10) 529 a, 529 b, 550, 598; (12) 
443 c, 586, 716; (13) 567, 609; (14) 
594, 689 ; (15) 476 e, 695 ; (16) 643 ; 
(17)433; (18)573. 



BOOK II. 



Chap. I. (1) 526, 666 ; (3) 227, 
438, 645, 693; (4) 612, 615, 685; 
(5)540, 611; (6)482, 518; (7)716, 
(10) 293 a, 484, 571, 595, 718; (11) 
430; (12) 568; (13) 320 a, 451, 478, 
677 ; (14) 454 d ; (15) 393 ; (16) 497, 
507 f; (19) 531, 676; (20) 708; (21) 
680; (22) 502, 714; (23) 643. 

Chap. II. (1) 432 f ; (2) 537 ; (3) 



675; (4) 506 e, 671; (5) 518; (6) 
242 ; (10) 564, 577 ; (11) 433 e, 459, 
523 a; (12) 445 a; (13) 533; (14) 
690; (15) 569, 645, 709; (16) 533, 
540, 547, 571; (17) 420, 671; (20) 
394, 719 ; (21) 469, 523 b. 

Chap. III. (1) 697, 705 ; (2) 641 ; 
(4) 643, 645, 689 ; (5) 571 ; (6) 491, 
571, 645; (10) 679; (11) 282 c, 530, 



THE ANABASIS. 



5 



634, 713; (13) 556; (14) 412; (15) 
406, 481, 533; (17) 442, 695; (18) 
450, 484, 633, 663; (19) 545; (20) 
458 ; (21) 592, 595 ; (23) 472 f, 547, 
636, 696 ; (24) 641 ; (25) 663 ; (26) 
483, 571 ; (27) 506 b. 

Chap. IV. (1) 533 ; (3) 533, 649, 
664; (4) 533, 547; (5) 671, 678 ; (6) 
320 a, 458 ; (7) 505 ; (8) 523 c ; (9) 
450; (10) 695, 699; (12) 440, 533, 
679; (13) 459; (14) 414, 445 c; (15) 
548; (16) 497, 540; (19) 572, 642; 
(20) 642; (24) 533, 676, 679; (26) 
567. 

Chap. Y. (2) 598; (3) 225 d, 



472 f; (4) 472 b, 657; (5)485, 694; 
(7) 455, 641; (9) 502, 523 e; (10) 
414;* (12) 558, 716; (14) 622; (15) 
456, 547, 566, 636; (16) 624; (18) 
421, 582; (19) 455; (20) 719; (21) 
558 ; (22) 444 f; (23) 481 ; (32) 468, 
548; (37) 528; (39) 484, 550; (41) 
544 ; (42) 452. 

Chap. VI. (1) 481, 587 ; (2) 592 ; 
(6) 671 ; (8) 682 ; (9) 467, 559, 663, 
667; (10) 477; (13) 466; (18) 507 a, 
695 ; (19) 457 ; (20) 437 a, 446 ; (22) 
451, 507 a, 663; (23) 253, 573, 699; 
(26) 698; (29) 481, 523 k; (30)505, 
690, 697. 



BOOK III. 



Chap. I. (1) 690; (2) 526, 646; 
(3) 432 a, 501, 577, 690, 707 ; (4) 
453; (6) 211, 477, 554; (7) 544, 
550; (9) 659; (11) 416 a, 573; (12) 
693; (13) 531, 713; (14) 680; (15) 
663; (16) 419; (17) 562 ; (18) 664, 
682, 687; (19) 413; (20) 459; (21) 
538, 572; (23) 438 b, 489, 533; (24) 
533, 628 ; (27) 478, 484, 514 ; (29) 
313, 432 e, 450, 713; (31) 587; (32) 
641; (35) 458, 633, 657; (36) 450; 
(37) 408; (38) 577, 621; (40)433; 
(42) 711; (43) 460; (45) 560; (47) 
662. 

Chap. II. (1)577, 667; (2)564, 
703, 788 e; (4) 442, 484, 540, 550, 
690, 708; (5) 442, 562, 685; (6) 
638; (7) 425; (8) 612, 694; (10) 
676; (11) 473, 661, 716; (12)692; 
(13) 412, 530; (14) 409; (15) 661; 
(17) 425; (18) 534; (19) 467, 472 b, 
663; (20) 472 f; (25) 657, 709 j (28) 



419, 553; (29) 460; (32) 709; (37) 
418, 665 ; (38) 432 b, 594 ; (39) 432 e, 
443, 657. 

Chap. III. (1) 675; (4) 645; 
(5) 679; (8) 682; (9) 556; (11) 433; 
(16) 414, 482, 514; (19) 530; (20) 
394, 454, 587. 

Chap. IV. (1) 315 o, 567, 624; 

(2) 706 ; (5) 464 ; (6) 419 ; (7) 523 c, 
529; (10) 533; (12) 575; (13) 692; 
(15) 632; (17) 453; (19) 572; (21) 
240 f, 692 ; (23) 467, 593 ; (25) 609, 
671, 695; (26) 595; (28) 540; (30) 
467; (34) 460; (35) 464; (36) 571; 
(37) 469; (38) 609; (41) 541; (46) 
506 b; (47) 691; (49) 689. 

Chap. V. (1) 527 ; 577 ; (2) 527 ; 

(3) 527 ; (5) 540 ; (7) 671 ; (8) 240 f ; 
(9) 509 b; (10) 522; (11) 405, 713; 
(13) 643, 645, 657; (14) 474; (15) 
460; (16) 421, 432 g, 689; (17)553; 
(18) 320 a, 420, 474. 



CITATIONS FROM 



BOOK lY. 



Chap. I. (3) 633 ; (5) 450, 533, 
556; (6) 407; (9) 432 g; (10) 548; 
(11) 523 f; (13) 675; (14) 483, 518, 
710; (20) 574, 592; (21) 483; (22) 
491, 540; (23) 594: (27) 503, 659; 
(28) 431 b. 

Chap. II. (2) 485 ; (3) 450, 674 ; 
(4) 703 ; (6) 524 ; (7) 523 f ; (9) 419 ; 
(10) 523 f, 636; (11) 702; (12) 501; 
(13) 485; (15) 458; (16) 506 c, 689; 

(17) 506 a, 523 f, 689, 702 ; (19) 557 ; 
(20) 279 e ; (23) 507 d ; (28) 213 d. 

Chap. III. (1) 523 a, 582; (2) 
509 a, 550; (5) 722; (8) 234 f; 695 
(9) 553; (10) 494; (11) 548; (13) 
444 b, 455, 523 k; (28) 420, 689 
(32) 571, 577. 

Chap. IV. (2) 218, 489, 551 
(4) 526; (7) 489; (13) 506 e; (14) 
509 b, 529, 698 ; (15) 686 ; (17) 603 

(18) 603, 679. 



Chap. Y. (4) 507 a; (5) 472 b; 

(7) 320 a, 474, 643; (10)507 f; (11) 
474, 476 e; (16) 509 a, 669; (17) 
580, 582 ; (22) 423 ; (24) 482 ; (29) 
474; (31) 375 a; (36)469, 485. 

Chap. YI. (2) 463, 705 ; (9) 526 ; 

(10) 708; (11) 510, 677; (12) 510, 
689, 690; (13) 622; (14) 505; (21) 
690; (22)690; (24) 523 f; (25)643; 
(26) 523 f. 

Chap. YII. (1)569; (3) 604, 612; 
(4) 527, 689 ; (5) 567 ; (6) 689 ; (7) 
637; (8) 692; (9) 225 f; (10) 609; 

(11) 541 ; (12) 426; (16) 220 f, 556; 
(17) 554 ; (20) 444 d, 550, 701 ; (24) 
401, 689; (25) 551, 569; (27) 533. 

Chap. YIII. (1)469; (2)225 f; 
(4) 418, 699 ; (5) 5^2, 676; (6) 524; 

(8) 690 ; (10) 518 ; (11) 653 ; (13) 627 ; 
(14) 713; (18) 499; (20) 423; (22) 
394, 689 ; (25) 550 ; (27) 479, 507 f. 



BOOK Y. 



Chap. I. (l)506b; (2)574; (8) 
514, 551, 694; (9) 689; (13) 522; 
(15) 575. 

Chap. II. (5) 509 e ; (14) 559 ; 

(15) 567; (20) 582; (24) 548; (26) 
573; (29) 522. 

Chap. III. (1) 283; (2) 240. 3, 
394, 509 a; (3) 575, 706; (11) 395, 
699 ; (13) 437 a. 

Chap. IY. (1) 689 ; (9) 556, 661 ; 
(10) 644; (11) 530, 695; (15) 407; 

(16) 557 ; (22) 507 d ; (24) 592 ; (26) 
225 f; (29) 523 i; (34) 560, 583, 
635, 695. 

Chap. Y. (l)432g; (3) 394; (4) 
242 ; (5) 242 ; (8) 612, 716 ; (11) 417 ; 



(12) 585 ; (15) 548 ; (20) 691 ; (21) 
509 b; (22)585; (25)702. 

Chap. YI. (1) 621 ; (7) 523 e ; (9) 
507 f ; (12) 577 ; (16) 703 ; (17) 583 ; 
(20) 569; (21) 624; (27) 506 c; (29) 
455 ; (30) 631 ; (32) 663 ; (37) 442, 644. 

Chap. YII. (5) 533, 592; (7) 
533; (8) 621; (9) 445 c; (10) 281, 
453, 564; (12) 414, 706; (17) 418; 
(20) 699; (21) 677; (26) 317 b; (28) 
480 ; (29) 612 ; (34) 694. 

Chap. YIII. (3) 259, 432 a, 554, 
675 ; (4) 282 c ; (5) 662 ; (6) 476 d ; 
(7) 536; (8) 560; (11) 548, 564; (12) 
501, 515; (13) 676; (22) 259; (24) 
523 a; (25) 432 c. 



THE ANABASIS. 



^7 



BOOK YI. 



Chap. I. (3) 695 ; (5) 567, 592, 
609, 695 ; (6) 679 ; (8) 234 e, 481 ; 
(10)477; (14)482; (18) 506 b; (20) 
483 ; (21) 454 c ; (22) 452 ; (23) 509 b ; 
(25) 643; (28) 677; (29) 633, 691; 
(30) 571 ; (31) 315 a, 504, 574, 658, 
677, 707. 

Chap. II. (1) 218, 689; (2) 315 a; 
(8) 599 ; (10) 415, 706 ; (12) 464 ; (14) 
538; (15) 261 a, 523 b; (18) 709. 

Chap. III. (1)464, 528; (2) 240 f; 
(6) 477, 533; (11) 719; (14) 557; 
(15) 550; (16) 716; (19) 550; (25) 
483. 



Chap. IY. (1) 462; (4) 529; (8) 
605 ; (9) 240. 3, 460, 722 ; (11) 284 c ; 
(13) 284 c, 523 h, 581 ; (14) 666 ; (18) 
716; (19) 523 c, 686; (22)680, 689; 
(23) 577 ; (24) 507 f. 

Chap. Y. (5) 550; (6) 485; (10) 
317 b, 432 b; (24) 523 b; (30) 705. 

Chap. YI. (1) 433; (4) 674; (5) 
537; (7)530; (11) 692; (13) 526; 
(15)631, 699; (16) 451, 576; (17) 
472 f, 707; (22) 557; (23) 691 ; (24) 
657; (29) 494; (32) 434, 696; (33) 
434; (34) 476 d; (38)529. 



BOOK YII. 



Chap. I. (6)713; (8) 628, 717; 
(11) 719; (18) 506 b; (21) 459, 667; 
(22) 282 c ; (23) 523 b ; (25) 481 ; 
(27) 676; (29) 498; (30) 427, 482, 
689 ; (33) 378 d ; (34) 643 ; (36) 601, 
719; (39) 659. 

Chap. II. (1) 689 ; (2) 716 ; (3) 
315 a; (5) 450; (6) 553; (8) 553; 
(9) 509 c; (12) 713; (13) 469; (16) 
433 ; (17) 433 ; (18) 225 f, 461 ; (20) 
507 f; (24) 659; (25) 577; (26)452; 
(29) 419; (32)466, 506 c. 

Chap. III. (3) 540 ; (13) 643 ; (16) 
450, 540 ; (20) 284 c, 444 d ; (22) 556 ; 
(26) 460 ; (27) 460 ; (29) 450 ; (32) 
218 ; (33) 478 ; (35) 541 ; (36) 641 ; 
(39) 524 ; (43) 571 ; (48) 554, 567. 

Chap. IY. (4) 689 f; (5) 423, 
714; (16) 527; (18) 689; (19) 523 c. 

Chap. Y. (2) 454 ; (5) 432 d ; (7) 
661; (8) 432 c; (9)539. 



Chap. YI. (3) 607 ; (4) 453, 518 ; 
(9) 480; (11) 537, 577; (15) 649; 
(16) 454, 636; (19) 713; (21) 632; 
(22) 480; (23) 636; (24) 253; (27) 
551, 693; (28) 696; (29) 466, 713; 
(30) 679 ; (32) 456, 461 ; (33) 697 ; 
(36) 550, 596 ; (37) 402 ; (38) 480, 
659 ; (41) 579, 582 ; (44) 455. 

Chap. YII. (3) 693; (7) 533, 
694 ; (8) 717 ; (9) 695 ; (10) 306 ; (11) 
631; (15)710; (22)480; (23) 575; 
(27) 679 ; (28) 483 ; (29) 538 ; (30) 
697; (31) 406, 659; (32) 691, 788 e; 
(33) 444 a; (41)717; (42)414; (44) 
702; (53) 701; (55) 305 c, 646; (57) 
225 i. 

Chap. YIII. (1) 450; (4) 557 
(6) 431 a; (8) 522 ; (11) 507 d, 510 
(12) 218; (14) 281; (16) 534, 551 
(19) 507 f ; (26) 242. 



ON THE STUDY OF GKEEK. 

"The reasons why we spend so long a time in acquiring a mastery 
over the Greek Language are manifold. AVe do so partly because 
it is one of the most delicate and perfect instruments for the expres- 
sion of thought which was ever elaborated by the mind of man, and be- 
cause it is therefore admirably adapted, both by its points of resemblance 
to our own and other modern languages, and by its points of difference 
from them, to give us the idea, or fundamental conception, of all Gram- 
mar ; i. e. of those laws which regulate the use of the forms by which we 
express our thoughts. 

* ' Again, Greek is the key to one of the most astonishing and splendid 
regions of literature which are open for the intellect to explore, — a 
literature which enshrines works not only of imperishable interest, but 
also of imperishable importance, both directly and historically, for the 
development of human thought. It is the language in which the New 
Testament was first written; and into which the Old Testament was first 
translated. It was the language spoken by the gi'eatest poets, the greatest 
orators, the greatest historians, the profoundest philosophers, the world 
has ever seen. It was the language of the most ancient, the most elo- 
quent, and in some respects the most important of the Christian fathers. 
It contains the record of institutions and conceptions Avhich lie at the base 
of modern civilization ; and at the same time it contains the record, and 
presents the spectacle, of precisely those virtues in which modern civiliza- 
tion is most deficient. 

" x^or is it an end only ; it is also a means. Even for those who never 
succeed in reaping all the advantages which it places within their reach, 
it has been found to be, in various nations and ages during many hundred 
years, one of the very best instruments for the exercise and training 
OF THE mind. It may have been studied irrationally, pedantically, and 
too exclusively ; but though it is desirable that much should be super- 
added, yet with Latin it will probably ever continue to be — what the 
great German poet Goethe breathed a \^dsh that it always should be — 
the basis of all higher culture." — Yahf.ak' a Gh-cek Si/7itax. 

Inflection. — '^ Greek presents the most perfect specimen of 
an inflectional, or synthetic language. A language which gets rid of in- 
flections as far as possible, and substitutes separate words for each part 
of the conception, is called an ana2ytic language ; and next to the Chi- 
nese, which has never attained to synthesis at all, few languages are more 
analytic than the English. A s}Tithetic language will express in one word 
what requires many words for its expression in an analytic language : 
e. g. '7r€(t>tXif|oro|xai, I shall have been loved, Icli werde geliebt worden sein : 
wX^TO, abierat, il s'en etait alU. 

"The advantage of a synthetic language lies in its compactness, jm;- 
cision, and beauty of form. * * * 

* ' It is most important to observe that no inflection is arbitrary. Among 
all the richly multitudinous forms assumed by the Greek and liUtin verbs, 
there is not one which does not follow .some definite and ascertainable law. 
Parsing loses its difficulty and repulsiveness, when it is once understood 
that there is a definite recuiTcnce of the same forms in the same meaning, 
and that the distorted shape assumed by some words is not due to arbi- 
trary license, but to regular and well understood laws of phonetic coiiiip- 
tion." — Do. (.Vom § 7 - U of Pt. \.). 



METHOD FOR LEARNING GREEK. 

A. Let the student, with such aid as the teacher may supply or approve, 
so acquaint himself with a passage from a classic author that he can trans- 
late it into English, and also explain, illustrate, analyze, and paree it as 
fully as the teacher may wish, — learning such portions of the Grammar 
as are here needed. It is the order of nature, that the language in its 
dctiml use, should be presented to the learner before its grammar, of 
which it is then the proper office to explain and generalize this use. 
If "Things before Y/oeds " is a sound maxim in education, "Dis- 
course BEFORE Grammar " is no less so. Yet grammar, in its place, is 
not therefore any the less important. "Facts before philosophy"; but 
facts want their chief value, unless they lead to philosophy. 

B. At the recitation, let new sentences based upon this passage (or upon 
previous attainment) be proposed to the student for immediate trans- 
lation ; and let this lead at length to exercises in translating from some 
Greek book upon the first sight or hearing ("reading at sight," &c.). 

c. For the next exercise, let the stu.dent make himself so familiar with 
the jjassage that, if the English is repeated to him, either word by word, 
clause by clause, or sentence by sentence, he can promptly return the 
corresponding Greek. Some change in the forms of the words or sentences 
will often render this exercise still more valuable ; and the Vv'ords and con- 
structions which are learned should be early made the basis for freer and 
more varied translation from English into Greek. The habit, which has 
so much prevailed, of translating in one direction only, renders those 
associations upon which the accj^uisition of a language depends one-sided, 
— both incomplete and insecure. The nail is not clinched. 

D. Let a fourth exercise be a simple and easy form of Greek Dialogue, 
consisting of questions and answers drawn from the passage. Freer ex- 
ercises in Greek conversation or composition should follow as the student 
acquires strength for them. To learn a language, lue must use it. 

In what way these several exercises, all so important in the acquisi- 
tion of a language, may be best carried forward together, the teacher will 
judge. In most cases, the same recitation may usefully combine the trans- 
lation and analysis of the lesson of the day with retranslation into Greek 
from the previous lesson, and a brief dialogue upon the lesson still preced- 
ing, — thus maintaining, with the progress in advance, a double review, 
and fixing what is learned deeply in the mind, as a secure basis for rapid at- 
tainment. Other reviews at proper intervals will render the student's ac- 
quisitions still more firm, till they become an inseparable jjart of himself. 

The translation into English or Greek, the analysis, &c., may be either 
brought to the instructor in writing ; or may be written before him on 
paper, slate, or blackboard ; or may be oral. Books should be open or 
closed, according to the nature of the exercise. The judicious teacher will 
give variety to the daily recitation, and as much active employment for 
each pupil as will consist with the needed instruction. Let the members 
of a class be accustomed to propose to each other the English to be re- 
translated into Greek (thus reviewing their previous translation into Eng- 
lish) and new sentences for translation, to frame the Greek questions to be 
answered, and to correct each other's Avritten or oral work. In his private 
study, let the learner do all he can to render the teacher's office needless ; 
and let him repeat again and again the Greek which he has learned, that 
the words may become directly associated with their ideas, without the 
intervention of another language ; and this often aloud, so that the voice 
and ear may cooperate with the eye in impressing the memory ; while se- 
lect portions should be so learned as to be repeated without hook. 

This fourfold method evidently applies no less to other languages. 



PEECEPTS OF EMINENT EUKOPEAN SCHOLARS. 

"If <all the improvements in the mode of teaching languages which are 
already sanctioned by experience, were adopted in onr clu^sicTal schools, we 
should soon cease to hear of Latin and Greek as studies -which must engVoss 
the school years, and render impossible any other acquirements; there would 
then be no need wliatever fo)- ejecting them" from the school course, in order io 
have suflflcient time for everything else that need be included tlierein." — 
John Stuaet 31ill. 

'•To learn languages is not a difficult task in itself; it is made so, only by 
the method in which they are studied. Adults are unwilling to imitate chil- 
dren in their mode of learning them. The latter, whose minds are uneml)ar- 
rassed and free from any violence by constantly hearing others speak, soon 
attempt to express their own ideas in a similar way. In like manner, aihilts 
Avho learn languages from books, Avith a similar freedom of mind, should daily 
read, repeat ar/ain and again the reading, Jtear others read, iviite out what 
they read, and peruse andrepervse it, and assiduously persevere in this oxerci-'e 
of repeating, until what is read be deeply engraven upon the memory." — Jaux. 

"What I choose is this: that every day the task of the preceding day 
should be reviewed; at the end of every icetk\ the task of the week; at the 
end of every month, the studies of the month; in addition to which, this w/.o/e 
course should be gone over again during the vacations. I can truly say, that, 
if I have made any progress myself in Greek learning, I owe it to this practice 
of reviewing." — Wyttexbach. 

" The precepts either of general or particular grammar should be taught as 
opportunity occurs. So also the principles, as well as the application of them, 
must be inculcated: and at the same tune, in connection with this, grammat- 
ical analyses should be made. Lectures vrholly devoted to general or particular 
grammar can be given with profit, only after the student has attained consider- 
able skill and ability in translating." — Michaelis. 

" Every reflecting teacher must know, from his own experience, how much 
familiarity with one particular elementaiy book, which unites fulness with 
precision," contributes to lead in the safest and shortest way to that establisl)cd 
knowledge, which it is the object of all instruction to convey. On the other 
hand, he will easily see how much loss of time, and embarrassment to the 
student, are occasioned by a change of his elementary books of instruction. 
For this reason, I must protest against the teacher's directing his pu))!! to t!;e 
■use of a skeleton-gi-ammar, before he takes up this." — GiiSLXius: Prtfacc to 
a Hebrew (Jiammar. 

" The best method of acquiring a foreign language, whether dead or living, 
will of course be that in which the greatest amount of heauixg, si'E.vkixg, 
EEADixG, and WRITING cau be compressed, in well graduated lessons, into a 
given amount of time. Some minds will profit more by one of these exercises, 
and others by another; but the greatest progress will unquestionably be made 
by him Avho'avails himself of the resources oi all the four. Writing must be 
conducted by a well-calculated application of the materials presented by read- 
ing; so that* whatever is read to-day will certainly be required to-innrrow, or 
next day. for the performance of the written exercise." — I'koi". Blackii:. 

Gkeek Dialogue. — " There is nothing to hinder the teacher and his i)U|)il* 
from talking together every day on the matter and in the words read; an I, by 
judiciously mingling repetitions of the old with the new lessons, a ]jerfect 
command may thus be acquired over a whole book. The Greek language has 
been so taught for years in Dr. Hauschild's Gesammt-Gymnasium. Leipsic. 
The language must Uve for him who would appreciate its beauty: l)ut it cannot 
live for him, unless it live in him, i. e. unless he use il for the expression ot 
his o'wn living thought. In this regard, si'EAKING is even a more inipurtant 
exercise than writing." — Dr. Clyde. 

[These extracts have been taken with some abria-^mcnt, but witli none c'lnupi^yr t!i3 
geuse. Those from the distinguislicd philologians and t.e.icluTs (Sosenius, .Ja'n, M.c';;:"- 
lis, and Wyttenbach, were translated by Prof. Motes fc'tuart and llou. Jo.iii I'l licria;.] 



GREEK GENIUS AND CULTURE. 

[Testimony of Oriental Scholars and of Statesmen.] 

The Greek Problem, " What the inhabitants of the small city of 
Athens achieved in philosophy, in poetry, in art, in science, in poli- 
tics, is known to all of us ; and our admiration for them increases ten- 
fold if, by a study of other literatures, such as the literatures of India, 
Persia, and China, we are enabled to compare their achievements with 
those of other nations of antiquity. The rudiments of almost everything, 
with the exception of religion, we, the people of Europe, the heirs to a 
fortune accumulated during twenty or thirty centuries of intellectual toil, 
owe to the Greeks ; and, strange as it may sound, but few, I think, would 
gainsay it, that to the present day the achievements of these our distant 
ancestors and earliest masters, the songs of Homer, the dialogues of Plato, 
the speeches of Demosthenes, and the statues of Phidias, stand, if not un- 
rivalled, at least unsurpassed by anything that has been achieved by their 
descendants and pupils. 

^^ How the Greeks came to be what they were, and how, alone of all 
other nations, they opened almost every mine of thought that has since 
been worked by mankind ; how they invented and perfected almost every 
style of poetry and prose which has since been cultivated by the greatest 
minds of our race ; how they laid the lasting foundation of the principal 
arts and sciences, and in some of them achieved triumphs never since 
equalled, is a problem which neither historian nor philosopher has as yet 
been able to solve. Like their own goddess Athene, the people of Athens 
seem to spring full-armed into the arena of history ; and we look in vain 
to Egypt, Syria, or India for more than a few of the seeds that burst into 
such marvellous growth on the soil of Attica." —Lectures on the Science 
of Language^ by Max MUller, Professor in the University of Oxford. 

''Greece [the real founder of Indo-European pre-eminence], enrich- 
ing itself with elements drawn from the decaying institutions of older 
races, assimilated them, and made them lively and life-giving, with an 
energy of genius unrivalled elsewhere in the annals of the world. The 
wider the range of our historical study, the more are we penetrated with 
the transcendent ability of the Greek race." — Language and the Study 
of Lang2iage, by Wm. D. "Whitney, Professor of Sanskrit in Yale Coll. 

"European civilization from the Middle Ages downwards is the com- 
pound of two great factors, the Christian religion for the spirit of man, 
the Greek (and in a secondary degree, the Roman) discipline for his mind 
and intellect." — Wm. E. Gladstone, Prime Minister of England. 

" It is impossible to contemplate the annals of Greek literature and art, 
without being struck with them as by far t/ie most extraordinary and bril- 
liant phenomenon in the history of the human mind. The very language, 
even in its primitive simplicity as it came doM'n from the rhapsodists who 
celebrated the exploits of Hercules and Theseus, was as great a wonder as 
any it records." — H. S. Legarl', late Attorney Gen. of the United States. 

" Let me repeat, that so far from dissuading from the study of Greek as 
a branch of general education, I do but echo the universal opinion of all 
persons competent to pronounce on the subject, in expi'essing my own con- 
viction that the language and literature of ancient Greece constitute tlie most 
efficient instrument of 7nental training ever enjoyed by man ; and that a 
familiarity with that wonderful speech, its poetry, its philosophy, its elo- 
quence, and the history it embalms, is incomparably the most valuable 
OF intellectual possessions." — Hon. George P. Marsh : Lectures on 
the English Language. 



